Full Mathematics
Full Mathematics
QUIZRR 3
PROBABILITY
To begin with, you all must have heard of this term though not in academic sense but relating
to many other events in your life. Some famous examples are
1. In Betting, chances of winning of India.
2. While playing Lodu, the probability of occuring 6 on the face of a dice.
3. While playing cards, etc.
This chapter is one of those Chapters which will be utilized throughout your life irrespective of
academics. Notion is that this is a very difficult chapter which is wrong. This is an easy though
TRICKY chapter.
So without beating around the bush we will come directly to the point and will keep the approach
as direct as possible.
1.1 Experiment
An experiment is an operation which can result in more than one way.
Random Experiment : An experiment whose outcome can not be predicted with certainty is
called a random experiment.
Examples : (i) “Throwing an unbiased die” is a random experiment because when a die is
thrown we can not say with certainty which one of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
and 6 will come up.
(ii) “Tossing of a fair coin” is a random experiment because when a coin is tossed
we can not say with certainty whether either a head or a tail will come up.
(iii) “Drawing a card from a well-shuffled pack of cards” is a random experiment.
Note : (i) A pack of cards consists of 52 cards in 4 suits i.e.,
(a) spades () (b) Clubs ()
(c) Hearts () (d) Diamonds ().
Each suit consists of 13 cards. Out of these, spades and clubs are black faced cards, while
hearts and diamonds are red-faced cards. The aces, kings, queens, Jack (or knave) are
called face cards or honour cards.
PROBABILITY
4 QUIZRR
1 .3 Event
An event is a subset of the sample space S.
Example :
Let us consider the experiment of tossing a coin. This experiment has two possible outcomes :
heads (H) or tails (T).
sample space = S = {H, T}
We can define one or more events based on this experiment. Let us define the two events A and
B as :
A : heads appears B : tails appears
It is easily seen that set A (corresponding to event A) contains outcomes that are favourable to
event A and set B contains outcomes favourable to event B. Recalling that n(A) represents
the number of elements in set A, we can observe that
n(A) = number of outcomes favourable to event A
n(B) = number of outcomes favourable to event B
n(S) = number of possible outcomes
Here in this example, n(A) = 1 ; n(B) = 1 and n(S) = 2.
(ii) When we throw a die then any one of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 will come up. So
the sample space S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 5
For example : (i) When an unbiased coin is tossed then occurrence of head or tail are equally likely
cases and there is no reason to expect a ‘head’ or a ‘tail’ in preference to the other.
(ii) When an unbiased die is thrown, all the six faces 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 are equally
likely to come up. There is no reason to expect 1 or 2 or 3 or 5 or 6 in preference
to the other.
1 .7 Independent Events :
Two events are said to be independent, if the occurrence of onedoes not depend on the occurrence
of the other.
Let E1 = {1, 3, 5} = the event of occurrence of an odd number
and E2 = {2, 4, 6} = the event of occurrence of an even number.
Clearly, the occurrence of odd number does not depend on the occurrence of even number.
So, E1 and E2 are independent events.
PROBABILITY
6 QUIZRR
n(E) 1
P(E) = Probability of occurrence of head = =
n(S) 2
(ii) When a die is tossed, sample space S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
Let A = the event of occurrence of an odd number = {1, 3, 5}
Let B = the event of occurrence of a number greater than 4 = {5, 6}.
n(A) 3 1
Then P(A) = = =
n(S) 6 2
n(B) 2 1
and P(B) = = =
n(S) 6 3
(ii) When one ball is drawn at random from a bag containing 3 black and 4 red balls (balls of the
same colour being identical or different), then sample space S = {B1, B2, B3, R1, R2, R3, R4}.
n(S) = 7
Here the three black balls may be denoted by B1, B2 and B3 even if they are identical because
while finding probability only number of black and red balls are to be taken into account.
Let E = the event of occurrence of a red ball.
Then E = {R1, R2, R3, R4} n(E) = 4
n(E) 4
Now P(E) = =
n(S) 7
(iii) When two coins are tossed, sample space S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}.
Let E = the event of occurrence of one head and one tail, then
Let E = {HT, TH}
n(E) 2 1
Now P(E) = = =
n(S) 4 2
Theorem 1. : Probability of occurrence of an event is a number lying between 0 and 1.
0 P(E) 1
Note : (i) If is the impossible event,
n() 0
thenP() = = =0
n(S) n(S)
n(S)
(ii) If S be the sure event, then P(S) = = 1.
n(S)
(iii) P(E) = 0 E =
and P(E) = 1 E = S
Theorem 2. : If is any event and E´ be the complement of event E, then P(E) + P(E´) = 1.
n(E) P(E)
and odds against event E = =
n(E) P(E)
(ii) If any one of P(E), odds in favour of E and odds against E is given, then other two
can be determined.
If odds in favour of an event are a : b then the probability of the occurrence of that
event is a/(a + b) and of non-occurrence is b/(a + b).
2 2 5
Ex. ii(i) If P(E) = , then odds in favour of E = and odds against E = .
7 5 2
3 11 11
i(ii) If odds against E = , then odds in favour of E = and P(E) =
11 3 14
3 8 3
(iii) If odds in favour of E = , then odds against E = and P(E) =
8 3 11
Illustration 1
If two dice are thrown simultaneously, represent the sample space and the following events.
i(i) the sum of the numbers coming up is greater than 9.
(ii) The sum of the numbers coming up is 8.
Solution :
Here random experiment is : Throwing of two dice simultaneously.
Let S = the sample space
A = the event that the sum of the numbers coming up is not less than 9.
and B = the event that the sum of the numbers coming up is 8.
Let 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 denote the occurrence of numbers 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6 respectively on a die.
PROBABILITY
8 QUIZRR
Let (m, n) denote the occurrence of m on first die and n on second die, then
S = {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (1,5), (1, 6), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6), (3, 1),
S = (3, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4), (3, 5), (3, 6), (4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4), (4, 5), (4, 6), (5, 1), (5, 2),
S = (5, 3), (5, 4), (5, 5), (5, 6), (6, 1), (6, 2), (6, 3), (6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6)}
A = {(6, 3), (5, 4), (4, 5), (3, 6), (6, 4), (5, 5), (4, 6), (6, 5), (5, 6,), (6, 6)}
and B = {(6, 2), (5, 3), (4, 4), (3, 5), (2, 6)}
Illustration 2
If three coins are tossed, represent the sample space and the event of getting two heads and
one tail and also find the number of elements in them.
Solution :
Here random experiment is : tossing of three coins.
Let S = the sample space
and E = the event of occurrence of two heads and one tail.
Let H denote the occurrence of head and T the occurrence of tail when one coin is tossed.
Then S = {H, T} ï {H, T} ï {H, T}
= {(H, H, H), (H, H, T), (H, T,H), (T, H, H),
= (H, T, T), (T, H, T), (T, T, H), (T, T, T)}
and E = {(H, H, T), (H, T, H), (T, H, H)}
Also n(S) = 8 and n(E) = 3.
Illustration 3
A coin is tossed successively three times. Find the probability of getting exactly one head
or two heads.
Solution :
Let S be the sample space and E be the event of getting exactly one head or exactly two heads,
then
S = {HHH, HHT, HTH, THH, TTH, THT, HTT, TTT}.
and E = {HHT, HTH, THH, HTT, THT, TTH}
n(E) = 6 and n(S) = 8.
n(E) 6 3
Now required probability, P(E) = = =
n(S) 8 4
Illustration 4
Two dice are thrown simultaneously. What is the probability of obtaining a total score of 7 ?
Solution :
Here random experiment is : throwing of two dice at a time
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 9
n(E) 6 1
Now required probability, P(E) = = =
n(S) 36 6
Note here that (1, 6) and (6, 1) are 2 different cases
Illustration 5
If a leap year is selected at random, what is the chance that it will contain 53 Tuesdays ?
Solution :
A leap year has 366 days i.e. 52 complete weeks and two days more. These two days will be the
two consecutive days of a week. A leap year will have 53 Tuesdays if out of the two consecutive
days of a week selected at random one is a Tuesday.
Here random experiment is : Selection of two consecutive days of a week.
Let S be the sample space and E be the event that out of the two consecutive days of a week one
is a Tuesday, then
S = {(Monday, Tuesday), (Tuesday, Wednesday),
= (Wednesday, Thursday), (Thursday, Friday),
= (Friday, Saturday), (Saturday, Sunday), (Sunday, Monday)}
n(S) = 7
and E = {(Monday, Tuesday), (Tuesday, Wednesday)}
n(E) = 2
n(E) 2
Now, required probability, P(E) = =
n(S) 7
Illustration 6
What are the odds in favour of throwing at least 8 in a single throw with two dice ?
Solution :
Here random experiment is : throwing of two dice.
Let S be the sample space and E the event of occurrence of a total of at least 8, then
S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} ï {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
n(S) = 6 ï 6 = 36
Throwing at least 8 with two dice means throwing 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12.
E = {(6, 2), (5, 3), (4, 4), (3, 5), (2, 6), (6, 3), (5, 4), (4, 5), (3, 6), (6, 4), (5, 5), (4, 6),
= (6, 5), (5, 6), (6, 6)}
PROBABILITY
10 QUIZRR
n(E) = 15
n(E´) = 36 ă 15 = 21
n(E) 15 5
odds in favour of E = = = = 5 : 7
n(E) 21 7
Illustration 7
Two dice are thrown simultaneously. What is the probability obtaining a total score less
than 11 ?
Solution :
Let S be the sample space and E be the event of obtaining a total less than 11.
Then S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} ï {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
n(S) = 6 ï 6
= 36
then E´ be the event of obtaining a total score greater than or equal to 11.
Also E´ = {(5, 6), (6, 5), (6, 6)}
n(E´) = 3
The Probability of obtaining a total score greater than or equal to 11,
n( E ) 3 1
P(E´) = = =
n(S) 36 12
P(E) = 1 ă P(E´)
1
= 1 ă
12
11
=
12
11
Hence required probability is .
12
Illustration 8
Balls are drawn one-by-one without replacement from a box containing 2 black, 4 white
and 3 red balls till all the balls are drawn. Find the probability that the balls drawn are in
the order 2 black, 4 white and 3 red. [IIT 1978]
Solution :
To draw 2 black,4 white and 3 red balls in order is same as arranging two black balls at first 2
places, 4 white at next 4 places, (3rd or 6th place) and 3 red at still next 3 places (7th to 9th
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 11
place), i.e., B1B2 W1W2W3W4 R2R2R3, which can be done in 2 ! ï 4 ! ï 3 ! ways. And total ways
of arranging all 2 + 4 + 3 = 9 balls is 9 !
2! 4! 3! 1
Required probability = =
9! 1260
Illustration 9
Six boys and six girls sit in a row randomly. Find the probability that
(i) the six girls sit together
(ii) the boys and girls sit alternately. [IIT 1979]
Solution :
i(i) 6 boys and 6 girls sit in a row randomly.
Total ways of their seating = 12 !
No. of ways in which all the 6 girls sit together = 6 ! ï 7 ! (considering all 6 girls as one person)
6 !7 !
Probability of all girls sitting together =
12 !
720 1
= =
12 11 10 9 8 132
(ii) Starting with boy, boys can sit in 6 ! ways leaving one place between every two boys and one
at last.
B _ B _ B _ B _ B _
These left over places can be occupied by girls in 6 ! ways.
If we start with boys, no. of ways of seating boys and girls alternately = 6 ! ï 6 !
In the similar manner, if we start with girl, no. of ways of seating boys and girls alternately
= 6! ï 6!
G _ G _ G _ G _ G _ G _
Thus total ways of alternate seating arrangements
= 6! ï 6! + 6! ï 6!
= 2ï 6 ! ï 6!
Probability of making alternate seating arrangement for 6 boys and 6 girls
26 !6 !
=
12 !
2 720 1
= =
12 11 10 9 8 7 462
PROBABILITY
12 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 0
Out of 3n consecutive integers, three are selected at random. Find the probability that
their sum is divisible by 3.
Solution :
Let the sequence of 3n consecutive integers begins with the integer m. Then the 3n consecutive
integers are
m, m + 1, m + 2, ...., m + (3n ă 1).
3n
Out of these integers, 3 integers can be chosen in C3 ways.
Let us divide these 3n consecutive integers into three groups G1, G2 and G3 as follows :
G1 : m, m + 3, m + 6, ...., m + (3n ă 3)
G2 : m + 1, m + 4, m + 7, ...., m + (3n ă 2)
G3 : m + 2, m + 5, m + 8, ...., m + (3n ă 1)
The sum of 3 integers chosen from the given 3n integers will be divisible by 3 if either all
the three integers are chosen from the same group or one integer is chosen from each group. The
number of ways that the three integers are from the same group is (nC3 + nC3 + nC3) and the
number of ways that the integers are from different groups is (nC1 ï nC1 ï nC1).
So, the number of ways in which the sumof three integer is divisible by 3 is (nC3 + nC3 +
n
C3) + (nC1 ï nC1 ï nC1).
3 . nC 3 + ( n C 1 ) 3 3 n2 3 n+ 2
Hence, required probability = 3n
=
C3 (3 n 1)(3 n 2)
Illustration 1 1
Two numbers a and b are chosen at random from the set (1, 2, 3, ....,3n). Find the probability
that (i) a 2 ă b 2 is divisible by 3.(ii) a 3 + b 3 is divisible by 3.
Solution :
3n
The number of ways of choosing two numbers from the given set is C2.
Let us divide given 3n numbers into three groups G1, G2 and G3 as follows :
G1 : 3, 6, 9, ...., 3n
G2 : 1, 4, 7, 10, ...., 3n ă 1
G3 : 2, 5, 8, 11, ...., 3n ă 2
(i) Now, a2 ă b2 = (a ă b) (a + b)
Therefore, a2 ă b2 will be divisible by 3 if either a and b are chosen from the same group
or one of them is chosen from G2 and the other from G3. Therefore, the favourable number of
ways is (nC2 + nC2 + nC2) + nC1 ï nC1 = 3 nC2 + n2
3 . nC 2 + n 2 5 n 3
Hence, the required probability = 3n
=
C2 3 (3 n 1)
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 13
n
C 2 + n C1 n C 1 1
Hence, the required probability = 3n
=
C2 3
Illustration 1 3
Six dice are thrown simultaneously. Find the probability that
i i ( i) all of them show the same face.
i(ii) all of them show different faces.
(iii) exactly three of them show the same face and remaining three show different faces.
(iv) atleast four of them show the same face.
Solution :
The total number of elementary events associated to the random experiment of throwing six dice
is 6 ï 6 ï 6 ï 6 ï 6 ï 6 = 66.
(i) All dice show the same face means we are getting same number on all six dice. The number
of ways for which is 6C1.
6
C1 1
Hence, required probability = 6
= 5.
6 6
(ii) The total number of ways in which all dice show different faces is same as the numberof
arrangements of 6 numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 by taking all at a time.
So, favourable number of elementary events = 6 !
6!
Hence, required probability = .
66
(iii) Select a number which occurs on three dice out of six numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. This can be
done in 6C1 ways. Now select three numbers out of the remaining 5 numbers. This can be
done in 5C3 ways. Now we have 6 numbers like 1, 2, 3, 4, 4, 4; 2, 3, 6, 1, 1, 1 etc. These
6!
digits can be arranged in ways. So, the number of ways in which three dice show the
3!
same face and the remaining three show distinct faces is
6 5
6!
C1 ï C3 ï
3!
PROBABILITY
14 QUIZRR
6 6!
C1 5 C 3
Hence, required probability = 3!
66
(iv) Atleast four of them show the same face means either four dice show the same face and
remaining two show distinct faces or five dice show the same face and remaining one shows
a different face or all the six show same face. So, required probability
6 6! 6 6! 6
C1 5 C 2 + C1 5 C1 + C1
= 4! 5!
66
Illustration 1 4
If the integers m and n are choosen at random between 1 and 100, then find the probability
that a number of the form 7m + 7n is divisible by 5.
Solution :
We know that
71 = 7, 72 = 49, 73 = 343, 74 = 2401, 75 = 16807
7k (where k Z), results in a number whose unitÊs digit is 7 or 9 or 3 or 1.
Now, 7m + 7n will be divisible by 5 if unitÊs place digit of resulting number is 5 or 10 clearly it
can never be 5.
But it can be 0 if we consider values of m and n such that the sum of unitÊs place digits become
0. And this can be done by choosing
m = 1, 5, 9, .... 97
and corresondingly
n = 3, 7, 11, .... 99
(25 options each) [7 + 3 = 10]
or m = 2, 6, 10, .... 98
n = 4, 8, 12, .... 100
(25 options each) [9 + 1 = 10]
I case. Thus m can be chosen in 25 ways and n can be chosen in 25 ways.
II. case. or m can be chosen in 25 ways and n can be chosen in 25 ways.
Total no.of selections of m, n so that
7m + 7n is divisible by 5 = (25 ï 25 + 25 ï 25) 2
because we can interchange the values of m and n.
And using the same lgoic, total possible solutions of m and n out of 100 = 100 ï 100
2 (2 25 25) 1
Required probability = =
100 100 4
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 15
1. (A B)
Interpretation : A occurs as well as B occurs or Both A and B occur simultaneously.
Example :
If sample space is, S {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
A {1, 3, 5}
B {3, 6}
n(A B)
P (A B) =
n(S)
1
P(A B) =
6
2. (A B)
Interpretation : Atleast one of A and B occur or either A or B or both occur.
Note : Here case of both can also be there in term of set, it is UNION of A & B.
Shaded Area represents the region required.
PROBABILITY
16 QUIZRR
This is because we have counted the region R (which represent A B) twice in P(A) and
P(B). P(A) includes the area ÂRÊ (i.e. A B) and P(B) also includes the same. So we have to
subtract it once. How to calculate it then ?
Let us take the sample example as taken earlier
S {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
A {1, 3, 5}
B {3, 6}
3 1 2 1
P(A) = = P(B) = =
6 2 6 3
n(A B) 1
P(A B) = =
n(S) 6
1 1 1
P(A B) = +
2 3 6
1 1
= +
2 6
4 2
= =
6 3
(a ) Complementary Events :
i.e. non-occurence of A (the shaded area in the diagram)
So if P(A) is the probability of occurence of A then
P( A ) = 1 ă P(A)
as the entire space (in diagram entire rectangle has
probability of occurence as 1.
Condition :
P(A B ) = P(A) + P(B)
in general
P(A1 A2 .... An) = P(A1) + P(A2) + .... P(An)
where A1, A2, A3 .... An are n mutually exclusively events
from diagram the area where A & B do not occur
simultaneously is the answer.
3. Only A
Interpretation : This means that only one of the events occur at a time.
represents : P(A B )
Logic : We want the region of only A and it we see the vein diagram there is a region
A B, i.e. some part of B is also there hence P(A B ), area of A not
containing (i.e. B ) B.
= P(A B ) + P( A B)
= {P(A) ă P(A B)} + {P(B) ă P(A B)}
= P(A) + P(B) ă 2 P(A B)
PROBABILITY
18 QUIZRR
= as (P(A) + P(B) = (P(A B) + P(A B)
= P(A B) ă P(A B)
Also you can just simply derive the formula from vein diagram.
shaded region = P(A B) ă P(A B)
example, extending the earlier one
2
we know P(A B) =
3
1
and P(A B) =
6
2 1
Required Answer =
3 6
3 1
= =
6 2
5. None of A and B
Interpretation : It means that neither A nor B occurs.
formula = P( A B )
= P(A B ) + P( A B) + P(A B)
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 19
1. P(A B C)
Interpretation : Occurrence of all the events A, B and C simultaneously.
n(A B C)
P(A B C) =
n(S)
2. P(A B C)
Interpretation : either A or B or C occurs or all of them can occur
3. Only A
PROBABILITY
20 QUIZRR
4. Exactly 1 event occurs :
this is equal to
P(only A) + P(only B) + P(only C)
= P(A B C ) + P( A B C ) + P( A B C)
put the values using the above result to get
= P(A) + P(B) + P(C) ă 2P(A B) ă 2 P(B C)
= ă 2 P(C A) + 3 P(A B C)
Illustration 1 5
Two cards are drawn at random from a pack of cards. Find the probability that both the
cards are of red colour or they are queen.
Solution :
Here random experiment is :
Drawing of two cards from a pack of 52 cards.
Let S = the sample space.
Let A = the eventhat the two cards drawn are red.
Let B = the event that the two cards drawn are Queen.
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 21
Total number of cards = 52, number of red cards = 26, number of queen = 4
52 26
Now, n(S) = C2, n(A) = C2, n(B) = 4C2
A B = the event that the two cards drawn are both red or both queen.
A B = the event that the two cards drawn are queen of red colour.
Required probability,
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) ă P(A B)
26 4 2
C2 C2 C2
= 52
+ 52
52
C2 C2 C2
26 25 4 3 12 285
= + =
52 51 52 51 52 51 2652
Illustration 1 6
20 tickets are numbered from 1 to 20. One ticket is drawn at random out of these tickets.
What is the probability that the ticket number is a multiple of 2 or 5 ?
Solution :
Here random experiment is : Drawing of one ticket numbered from 1 to 20.
Let S = the sample space.
A = the event that the ticket drawn contains a number which is a multiple of 2.
B = the event that the ticket drawn contains a number which is a multiple of 5.
Then A B = the event that the ticket drawn contains a number which is a multiple of 2
or 5.
and A B = the event that the ticket drawn contains the number which is a multiple of
2 and 5 i.e. a multiple of 10.
Now, S = {1, 2, 3, 4, ..., 20} n(S) = 20
A = {2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20} n(A) = 10
B = (5, 10, 15, 20} n(B) = 4
A B = {10, 20} n(A B) = 2
n(A) 10 n(B) 4
Now, P(A) = = , P(B) = =
n(S) 20 n(S) 20
n(A B) 2
and P(A B) = =
n(S) 20
10 4 2 12 3
= + = =
20 20 20 20 5
PROBABILITY
22 QUIZRR
Second method : A B = {2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20}
n(A B) 12 3
n(A B) = 12 P(A B) = = =
n(S) 20 5
Illustration 1 7
Two dice are tossed once. Find the probability of getting an even number on first die, or
a total of 8.
Solution :
Here random experiment is : Tossing of two dice
Let S be the sample space. Then, n(S) = 36.
Let A = the event of getting an even number on first die
and, B = the event of getting a total of 8.
Then, A B = the event of getting an even number on first die and a total of 8.
Now, A = {(2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6),
= (4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4), (4, 5), (4, 6),
= (6, 1), (6, 2), (6, 3), (6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6)};
and B = {(2, 6), (6, 2), (3, 5), (5, 3), (4, 4)}
A B = {(2, 6), (6, 2), (4, 4)}.
n(A) = 18, n(B) = 5 and n(A B) = 3.
n(A) 18 1 n(B) 5
Now, P(A) = = = ; P(B) = =
n(S) 36 2 n(S) 36
n(A B) 3 1
and P(A B) = = =
n(S) 36 12
FG 1 + 5 1 IJ = 20 = 5 .
Now required probability P(A B) = P(A + P(B) ă P(A B) =
H 2 36 12 K 36 9
Illustration 1 8
1
The probability of a horse A winning a race is and that of a horse B winning the same
3
1
race is , find the probability that (i) either of them will win, (ii) none of them will win.
5
Solution :
Let E1 = the event that horse A wins the race
and E2 = the event that horse B wins the race
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 23
Then E1 E2 = the event that either of horses A and B will win the race
(E1 E2)´ = the event that none of the horses A and B will win the race.
1 1
According to question P(E1) = , P(E2) =
3 5
Since both the horses A and B take part in the same race, therefore, both of them cannot
win at a time.
Hence E1 a nd E2 a re mutua lly exclusive events
1 1 8
P(E1 E2) = P(E1) + P(E2) = + =
3 5 15
8 7
and P(E1 E2)´ = 1 ă P(E1 E2) = 1 ă =
15 15
Illustration 1 9
A and B are two candidates seeking admission in I.I.T. The probability that A is selected
is 0.5 and the probability that both A and B are selected is at most 0.3. Is it possible that
the probability of B getting selected is 0.9. [I.I.T. 1982]
Solution :
Let E1 = the event that A is selected
E2 = the event that B is selected
According to question,
P(E1) = 0.5, P(E1 E2) 0.3
By additiontheorem of probability,
P(E1 E2) = P(E1) + P(E2) ă P(E1 E2)
0.5 + P(E2) ă 0.3 [ĉ.ĉ Max. Value of P(E1 E2), = 0.3]
= 0.2 + P(E2)
P(E2) P(E1 E2) ă 0.2 1 ă 0.2 = 0.8 [ĉ.ĉ P(E1 E2) 1]
Hence P(E2) 0.9
Illustration 20
An urn contains 5 white, 4 block and 3 yellow balls. Four balls are drawn at random. Find
the probability that all of them are of the same colour.
Solution :
Here random experiment is : Drawing of 4 balls from an urn containing 5 white, 5 black and
3 yellow balls.
Let S = the sample space
PROBABILITY
24 QUIZRR
A = the event of drawing 4 white balls
B = the event of drawing 4 black balls
Then A B = the event of drawing 4 balls of the same colour
Total number of balls = 12
12 12 11 10 9
n(S) = C4 = = 495
4
5
n(A) = 5C4 = = 5, n(B) = 4C4 = 1
4 1
n(A) 5 n(B) 1
Now P(A) = = and P(B) = =
n(S) 495 n(S) 495
5 1 6 2
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) = + = =
495 495 495 165
Illustration 21
For a post three persons A, B and C appear in the interview. The probability of A being
selected is twice that of B and the probability of B being selected is thrice that of C, what
are the individual probabilities of A, B, C being selected ?
Solution :
Let E1, E2, E3 be the events of selection of A, B and C respectively.
Let P(E3) = x
Then according toquestion, P(E2) = 3P(E3) = 3x
and P(E1) = 2P(E2) = 6x
Since there are only three candidates A, B and C, therefore, one must be selected and
exactly one will be selected.
P(E1 E2 E3) = 1
and E1, E2, E3 are mutually exclusive.
Now 1 = P(E1 E2 E3) = P(E1) + P(E2) + P(E3)
or 1 = 6x + 3x + x = 10x
1 1 6 3 3
x= P(E3) = x = . P(E1) = 6x = = , P(E2) = 3x =
10 10 10 5 10
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 25
Illustration 23
The odds in favour of standing first of three students appearing at an examination are 1
: 2, 2 : 5 and 1 : 7 respectively. What is the probability that either of them will stand first.
Solution :
Let the three students be P, Q and R.
Let A, B, C denote the events of standing first of the three students P, Q, R respectively.
Given, odds in favour of A = 1 : 2
odds in favour of B = 2 : 5
and odds in favour of C = 1 : 7
1 1 2 2 1 1
P(A) = = , P(B) = = , P(C) = =
1+2 3 2+5 7 1+7 8
1 2 1 56 + 48 + 21 125
= + + = =
3 7 8 168 168
Illustration 24
Two cards are drawn from a pack of 52 cards. What is the probability that either both are
red or both are kings ?
Solution :
52
Out of 52 cards, two cards can be drawn in C2 ways.
52
So, exhaustive number of cases = C2.
Consider the following events :
A = Two cards drawn are red cards; B = Two cards drawn are kings.
Required probability = P(A B)
= P(A) + P(B) ă P(A B) ...(i)
Now we shall find P(A), P(B) and P(A B).
26
There are 26 red cards,out of which 2 red cards can be drawn in C2 ways.
26
C2
P(A) = 52
C2
Since there are 4 kings, out of which 2 kings can be drawn in 4C2 ways.
4
C2
P(B) = 52
C2
PROBABILITY
26 QUIZRR
There are 2 cards which are both red and kings, therefore
P(A B) = Probability of getting 2 cards which are both red and kings.
4
C2
= Probability of getting 2 red kings = 52
C2
From (i)
Required probability = P(A) + P(B) ă P(A B)
26 4 2
C2 C2 C2
= 52
+ 52
52
C2 C2 C2
325 1 1 55
= + =
1326 221 1326 221
Illustration 25
A candidate has to appear in an examination in three subjects : English, Mathematics and
Physics. His entrances of passing in these subjects are 0.5, 0.7 and 0.9 respectively. Find the
probability that :
(a ) he passes in at least one of the subjects.
(b) he passes exactly in two subjects.
Solution :
A : he passes in English
B : he passes in Mathematics
C : he passes in Physics
(a) P(he passes in at least one subject) = P (A B C)
To calculate P(A B C), use :
P (A B C) = P(A) + P(B) + P(C) ă P(A B) ă P(B C) ă P(C A) + P(A B C)
P (A B C) = 0.5 + 0.7 + 0.9 ă (0.35 + 0.63 + 0.45) + 0.315 = 0.985
Alternatively,
it is easy to calculate P(A B C) by :
P(A B C) = 1 ă P ( A A C ) = 1 ă P( A ) ï P( B ) ï P( C )
= 1 ă (1 ă 0.5) (1 ă 0.7) (1 ă 0.9) = 0.985
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 27
INDEPENDENT EVENTS
Two or more events are said to be independent if the probability of occurence of any of them does
not change by the occurence of other.
For example :
If two coins are tossed, then the occurence of either heads or tail on the coins is independent. i.e.
there can be anything on the either of coins.
But, now consider the scenario.
A bag contains 5 white and 5 black balls.
Now we define 2 events A and B such that
A : first ball drawn is black without replacement.
B : second ball drawn is again black.
here A & B are not independent as the event B depends on the out come of event A. (for example
now in case of event B, only 4 black balls are available to choose from)
i.e., P( A 1 A 2) = P( A 1) P( A 2)
PROBABILITY
28 QUIZRR
3. Mutually independent events are always pair waise independent but converse is not
necessarily true
CONDITIONAL PROBABILITY
If A & B are 2 events related to an experiment then the probability of occurence of A
under the condition that B has already occured etc. i.e. relative to B, is known as
conditional probability.
It is denoted by P(A/B) or P(A given B).
Note here P(B) 0 is must.
What do we mean by this ?
Let us take an experiment to consider it. Two dices are thrown and 2 events A & B are recorded.
A : The sum of dices is 8.
B : There is an odd number on first die.
So now if we need to find the probability of occurence of event A such that B has already occured
will be called conditional probability. „A given B‰.
i.e. P(A/B)
Now we can imagine from the above written lines that the sample space for P(A/B) will become
the possible outcomes of event B.
And the favourable events become the intersection of A and B, as B has to be taken in consideration
as result of A is based on B.
Hence the formula becomes
P(A B)
P(A/B) =
P(B)
5 18 1
P(A) = and P(B) = =
36 36 2
{as sample space = 36, when 2 dices are rolled}
n(A B) = 2 {possible cases are (3, 5) & (5, 3)
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 29
2 1
P(A B) = =
36 8
n(A B) 2 1
Hence P(A/B) = = =
n(B) 18 9
P(A B) 1 1
Or = = =
P(B) 1 9
18
2
MULTIPLICATION THEOREM
If A and B are two events associated with a random experiment, then
P(A B) = P(A) . P(B/A)
or P(B A) = P(B) . P(A/B)
This can be just derived from conditional probability.
Note : This theorem is used in cases where the events occur in different stages and not
simultaneously.
Illustration 26
If A and B are two events such that P(A) = 0.5, P(B) = 0.6 and P(A B) = 0.8, find P(A/B)
and P(B/A).
Solution :
We have, P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) ă P(A B)
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) ă P(A B) = 0.5 + 0.6 ă 0.8 = 0.3
P(A B) 0.3 1
Now, P(A/B) = P(A / B) = =
P(B) 0.6 2
P(A B) 0.3 3
and P(B/A) = P(B / A) = =
P(A) 0.5 5
PROBABILITY
30 QUIZRR
Illustration 27
A die is rolled twice and the sum of the numbers appearing on them is observed to be 7.
What is the conditional probability that the number 2 has appeared at least once ?
Solution :
Consider the following events :
A = getting number 2 at least once; B = getting 7 as the sum of the numbers on two dice. We
have
A = {(2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6), (1, 2), (3, 2), (4, 2), (5, 2), (6, 2)}
and B = {(2, 5), (5, 2), (6, 1), (1, 6), (3, 4), (4, 3)}
11 6 2
P(A) = , P(B) = and P(A B) =
36 36 36
P(A B) 2 / 36 1
= P(A/B) = = =
P(B) 6 / 36 3
Illustration 28
Two dice are thrown. Find the probasbility that the sum of the numbers coming up on them
is 9, if it is known that the number 5 always occurs on the first die.
Solution :
When two dice are thrown, let S be the sample space and
A = the event that the sumof the numbers coming up is 9.
and B = the event of occurrence of 5 on the first die.
Then S = {1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6} ï {1,2,3, 4, 5, 6}
n(S) = 6 ï 6 = 36
A = {(6, 3), (5, 4), (4, 5), (3, 6)} n(A) = 4
and B = {(5, 1), (5, 2), (5, 3), (5, 4), (5, 5), (5, 6)}
A B = {(5, 4)} n(A B) = 1
n(A B) 1 n(A) 4
Now P(A B) = = and P(A) = =
n(S) 36 n(S) 36
1
P(A B) 36 1
Required probability, P(A/B) = = =
P(A) 4 4
36
n(A B) 1
Second Method : P(A/B) = =
n(B) 4
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 31
Illustration 29
Two coins are tossed. What is the probability of coming up of two heads, if it is known that
at least one head comes up ?
Solution :
When two coins are thrown, let S be the sample space and
A = the event of coming up of two heads
B = the event of coming upof at least one head
Then S = {(H, H), (H, T), (T, H), (T, T)}
A = {(H, H)} and B = {(H, H), (H, T), (T, H)}
n(S) = 4, n(B) = 3, n(A) = 1
Also A B = {(H, H)} n(A B) = 1
n(B) 3 n(A B) 1
Now P(B = = and P(A B) = =
n(S) 4 n(S) 4
1
P(A B) 4 1
Required probability, P(A/B) = = =
P(B) 3 3
4
n(A B) 1
Second Method : P(A/B) = =
n(B) 3
Illustration 30
In a class 30% students fail in English; 20% students fail in Hindi and 10% students fail in
English and Hindi both. A student is chosen at random, then what is the probability that
he will fail in English if he has failed in Hindi ?
Solution :
Here random experiment is selection of a student.
Let S = the sample space
Let A = the event that the student chosen fails in English
and B = the event that the student chosen fails in Hindi.
Then A B = the event that the student chosen fails in both English and Hindi.
According to question, n(S) = 100, n(B) = 20 and n(A B) = 10
n(B) 20 1
P(B) = = =
n(S) 100 5
n(A B) 10 1
and P(A B) = = =
n(S) 100 10
PROBABILITY
32 QUIZRR
1
P(A B) 10 1
Required probability, P(A/B) = = =
P(B) 1 2
5
n(A B) 10 1
Second Method : P(A/B) = = =
n(B) 20 2
Illustration 31
A bag contains 5 white and 8 red balls. Two draws of 3 balls each are made without
replacement. What is the probability that the first draw gives 3 white balls and second draw
gives 3 red balls ?
Solution :
Let A = the event of drawing 3 white balls in the first draw and
B = the event of drawing 3 red balls in the second draw.
Then A B = the event of drawing 3 white balls in the first draw and 3 red balls in the second
draw.
5
C 5
Now P(A) = 13 3 =
C 3 143
when 3 white balls are drawn in the first draw, number of balls left = 10 and number of red balls
left = 8
8
C 7
P(B/A) = 10 3 =
C3 15
FG B IJ = 5 7 = 7
P(A B) = P(A) . P
H A K 143 15 429
Illustration 32
A bag X contains 3 white and 2 black balls; another bag Y contains 2 white and 4 black
balls. A bag and a ball out of it is picket at random. What is the probability that the ball
is white ? [I.T.T. 1971]
Solution :
Let E1 = the event of selecting bag X
E2 = the event of solecting bag Y
E = the event of drawing a white ball
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 33
Let A = E1 E and B = E2 E
Now required probability,
P(E) = P(A B) = P(A) + P(B)
[Since events A and B are mutually exclusive]
= P(E1 E) + P(E2 E)
= P(E1) . P(E/E1) + P(E2) . P(E/.E2)
1 3 1 2 3 1 9+5 7
= . + . = + = =
2 5 2 6 10 6 30 15
Illustration 33
A lot contains 50 defective and 50 non-defective bulbs. Two bulbs are drawn at random, one
at a time, with replacement. The events A, B, C are defined as
A : „the first bulb is defective‰,
B : „the second bulb is non-defective‰,
C : „the two bulbs are bothdefective or both non-defective.‰
Determine whether
i(i) A, B, C are pairwise independent,
(ii) A, B, C are mutually independent.
Solution :
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
We have P(A) = , P(B) = , P(C) = + = .
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
P(A B) = Probability that the first is defective and the second is non-defective
1 1 1
= = = P(A) . P(B)
2 2 4
P(B C) = Probability that both the bulbs are non-defective
1 1 1
= = = P(B) P(C)
2 2 4
and P(A C) = Probability that both the bulbs are defective
1 1 1
= = = P(A) P(C)
2 2 4
Hence, A, B, C are pairwise independent.
Now, P(A B C) = Probability that the first bulb is defective and the second is non-
defective and the first and second are both defective or both non-defective = 0
1
and P(A) . P(B) . P(C) =
8
P(A B C) P(A) P(B) P(C)
Thus, A, B, C are not mutually independent.
PROBABILITY
34 QUIZRR
Illustration 34
There are three urns A, B and C. Urn A contains 4 white balls and 5 blue balls. Urn B
contains 4 white balls and 3 blue balls.Urn C contains 2 white balls and 4 blue balls. One
ball is drawn from each of these urns. What is the probability that out of these three balls
drawn, two are white balls and one is a blue ball ?
Solution :
Consider the following events :
E1 = ball drawn from urn A is white,
E2 = ball drawn from urn B is white,
E3 = ball drawn from urn C is white
4 4 2 1
Then P(E1) = , P(E2) = and P(E3) = =
9 7 6 3
4 5
= 1 ă P (E1) = 1 ă = ,
9 9
4 3
= 1 ă P(E2) = 1 ă =
7 7
1 2
= 1 ă P(E3) = 1 ă =
3 3
Now, two white balls and one black ball can be drawn in the followingmutually exclusive ways :
(I) White from urn A, white from urn B and black from urn C i.e. E1 E2 E 3
(II) White from urn A, black from urn B and white from urn C i.e. E1 E 2
E3
(III) Black from urn A, white from urn B and white from urn C i.e. E 1
E2 E3
Required probability = P(I) + P(II) + P(III)
Required probability = P(E1 E2 E 3) + P(E1 E 2
E3) + P( E 1
E2 E3)
4 4 2 4 3 1 5 4 1 64
Required probability = + + =
9 7 3 9 7 3 9 7 3 189
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 35
Illustration 35
A and B throw alternately a pair of dice. A wins if he throws 6 before B throws 7 and B wins
if he throws 7 before A throws 6. Find their respective chance of winning, if A begins.
Solution :
6 can be thrown with a pair of dice in the following ways : (1, 5), (5, 1), (4, 2), (2, 4), (3, 4).
5
So, probability of throwing a Â6Ê =
36
5 31
and, probability of not throwing a Â6Ê = 1 ă =
36 36
Now, 7 can be thrown with a pair of dice in 6 ways, viz. (1, 6), (6, 1), (2, 5), (5, 2), (4, 3),
(3, 4).
6 1
So, probability of throwing a Â7Ê = =
36 6
1 5
and, probability of not throwing a Â7Ê = 1 ă = .
6 6
Let E and F be two events defined as :
E = throwing a Â6Ê in a single throw of a pair of dice, and
F = throwing a Â7Ê in a single throw of a pair of dice.
5 31 1 5
Then P(E) = , P( E ) = , P(F) = and P( E ) =
36 36 6 6
A wins if he throws Â6Ê in 1st or 3rd or 5th ..... throws.
5
Probability of A throwing a Â6Ê in first throw = P(E) = .
36
A will get third if he fails in first and B fails in second throw.
Probability of A throwing a Â6Ê in third throw
31 5 5
P( E F E) = P( E ) P( F ) P(E) =
36 6 36
Similarly, probability of A throwing a Â6Ê in fifth throw
= P( E F E F E) = P( E ) P( F ) P( E ) P( F ) P(E)
F 31I F 5I
2
=G J G J
2
5
H 36K H 6K
36
and so on
PROBABILITY
36 QUIZRR
= P(E) + P( E F E) + P( E F E F E) + ...
5 FG
31 5 5 IJ 31 5 FG IJ 2
5
=
36
+
H
36 6
36 K
+
36 6 H K
36
+...
5 / 36 30
= =
1 (31 / 36) (5 / 6) 61
30 31
Thus, probability of winning of B = 1 ă =
61 61
The bracketed events (B A1), (B A2)... (B An) are mutually exclusive (if one occurs then
none of the others can occur) and so, using the addition law of probability for mutually exclusive
events :
P(B) = P(B A1) + P(B A2) + .... + P(B An)
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 37
Each of the probabilities on the right-hand side may be expressed in terms of conditional
probabilities :
P(B Ai) = P(B/Ai) P(Ai)
P(B) = P(B|A1) P(A1) + P(B|A2) P(A2) + ... + P(B|An) P(An)
n
= P(B|Ai)P(Ai)
i=1
This is the theorem of Total Probability. A related theorem with many applications in statistics can
be deduced from this, known as BayesÊ theorem.
We solve the questions on total probability by tree diagram.
Illustration 36
A box contains N coins, m of which are fair and the rest are biased. The probability of getting
a head when a fair coin is tossed is 1/2, while it is 2/3 when a biased coin is tossed. A coin is
drawn from the box at random and is tossed twice. The first time it shows head and the second
time it shows tail. What is the probability that the coin drawn is fair ? [I.I.T. 2002]
Solution :
Let E1 be the event that the coin drawn is fair and E2 be the event that the coin drawn is biased.
m Nm
P(E1) = and P(E2) =
N N
A is the event that on tossing the coin the head appears first and then appears tail.
P(A) = P(E1 A) + P(E2 A)
= P(E1) P (A/E1) + P(E2) P(A/E2)
FG IJ + FG N m IJ FG 2 IJ FG 1 IJ
m 1
2
=
H K H N K H 3K H 3K
N 2
...(1)
PROBABILITY
38 QUIZRR
We have to find the probability that A has happened because of E1
P(E1 A)
P(E1/A) =
P(A)
FG IJ
m 1
2
=
N 2HK (by (1))
FG IJ
m 1
2
Nm 2 FG IJ FG 1 IJ
N 2HK +
N 3 H K H 3K
m/ 4 9m
= =
2(N m) m+ 8N
m/ 4 +
9
Illustration 37
For a student to qualify, he must pass at least two out of three exams. The probability that
he will pass the 1st exam is p. If he fails in one of the exams then the probability of his
p
passing in the next exam is otherwise it remains the same. Find the probability that he
2
will qualify. [I.I.T. 2003]
Solution :
Let us consider
E1 event of passing I exam.
E2 event of passing II exam.
E3 event of passing III exam.
Then a student can qualify in anyone of following ways
1. He passes first and second exam.
2. He passes first, fails in second but passes third exam.
3. He fails in first, passes second and third exam.
Required probability
= P(E1) + P(E2/E1) + P(E1) P(E2/E1) P(E3/E2) + P(E1) P(E2/E1) P(E3/E2)
[as an event is dependent on previous one]
p p
= p.p + p. (1 ă p) . + (1 ă p) . . p
2 2
p2 p3 p2 p3
= p2 + + = 2p2 ă p3
2 2 2 2
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 39
Illustration 38
An urn contains 2 white and 2 black balls. A ball is drawn at random. If it is white it is not
replaced into the urn. Otherwise it is replaced along with other balls of same colour. The
process is repeated. Find the probability that 3rd ball drawn is black. [IIT 1987]
Solution :
(a) There are following four possible ways of drawing first two balls
(i) Both the first and the second balls drawn are white.
(ii) The first ball drawn is white and the second ball drawn is black.
(iii) The first ball drawn is black and the second ball drawn is white.
(iv) Both the first and the second balls drawn are black. Let us define events (i), (ii), (iii) and
(iv) by E1, E2, E3, E4 respectively. Also let E denote the event that the third ball drawn is black.
2 1 1 2 2 1
Then, P(E1) = = , P(E2 ) = =
4 3 6 4 3 3
2 2 1
P(E3) = =
4 5 5
2 3 3
P(E4) = =
4 5 10
Also P (E/E1) = 1, since when the event E, has alreaqdy happened i.e., the first two balls drawn
are both white, they are not replaced and so there are left 2 block balls in the urn so that the
2
probability that the third ball drawn in this case is black = = 1.
2
3
Again P(E/E2) = , since when the event E2 has already happened there are 3 black and one
4
3
white balls in the urn. So in this case the probability that the third ball drawn is black = .
4
3 2
Similarly, P(E/E3) = and P(E/E4) =
4 3
Now by theorem of total prob. for compound events, we have
P(E) = P(E1) P(E/E1) + P(E2) P(E/E2) + P(E3) P(E/E3)
= + P(E4) P(E/E4)
1 1 3 1 3 3 2
= 1+ + +
6 3 4 5 4 10 3
1 1 3 1 23
= + + + =
6 4 20 5 30
PROBABILITY
40 QUIZRR
Illustration 39
A lot contains 20 articles. The probability that the lot contains exactly 2 defective articles
is 0.4 and the probability that a lot contains exactly 3 defective articles is 0.6. Articles are
drawn from the lot at random one by one without replacement and are tested till defective
articles are found. What is the probability that testing procedure ends at the twelfth
testing. [IIT 1986]
Solution :
Let A1 be the event that the lot contains 2 defective articles and A2 the event that the lot contains
3 defective articles. Also let A be the event that the testing procedure ends at the twelfth testing.
Then according to the question :
P(A1) = 0.4 and P(A2) = 0.6
Since 0 < P(A1) < 1, 0 < P(A2) < 1, and P(A1) + P(A2) = 1
The events A1, A2 form a partition of the sample space. Hence by the theorem of total probability
for compound events, we have
P(A) = P(A1) P(A/A1) + P(A2) P(A/A2) ...(1)
Hence P(A/A1) is the probability of the event the testing procedure ends at the twelfth testing
when the lot contains 2 defective articles. This is possible when out of 20 articles, first 11 draws
must contain 10 non defective and 1 defective article and 12th draw must give a defective article.
18
c10 2 c1 1 11
P(A/A1) = 20
=
c11 9 190
17
c9 3 c1 1 11
Similarly, P(A/A2) = 20
=
c11 9 228
Now substituting the values of P(A/A1) and P(A/A2) in eq. (1) we get
11 11 11 11 99
p(A) = 0.4 ï + 0.6 = + =
190 228 475 380 1900
Illustration 40
In a certain city only 2 newspapers A & B are published, it is known that 25% of the city
population reads A and 20% reads B while 8% reads both A & B. It is also known that 30%
of those who read A but not B look into advertisements and 40% of those who read B but
not A look into advertisements, while 50% of those who read both A and B look into
advertisements. What is the percentage of the population that reads advertisement ?
[IIT 1984]
Solution :
Let P(A) denotes the prob. of people reading newspaper A and P(B) that of people reading
newspaper B.
25
Then, P(A) = = 0.25
100
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 41
20 8
P(B) = = .20, P(AB) = = 0.08
100 100
Prob. of people reading the newspaper A but not
B = P(ABc) = P(A) ă P(AB)
= 0.25 ă 0.08 = 0.17
Similarly,
P(AcB) = P(B) ă P(AB) = 0.20 ă 0.08 = 0.12
Let E be the event that a person reads an advertisement. Therefore
30 40
according to question P(E/ABc) = P(E/AcB) =
100 100
50
P(E/AB) =
100
By total prob. theorem
P(E) = P(E/ABc) P(ABc) + P(E/AcB) P(AcB) + P(E/AB) . P(AB)
30 40 50
= 0.17 + 0.12 + 0.08
100 100 100
= 0.051 + 0.048 + 0.04
= 0.139.
Thus the population that reads advertisement is 13.9%. Ans.
BAYES’ THEOREM
We again consider the conditional probability statement :
P(A B) P(A B)
P(A|B) = =
P(B) P(B|A 1 ) P(A 1 ) + P(B|A 2 ) P(A 2 )+...+P(B|A n ) P(A n )
in which we have used the theorem of Total Probability to replace P(B). Now
P(A B) = P(B A) = P(B|A) ï P(A)
Substituting this in the expression for P(A|B) we immediately obtain the result
P(B|A) P(A)
P(A|B) =
P(B|A 1 )P(A 1 ) + P(B|A 2 )P(A 2 )+...+P(B|A n )P(A n )
This is true for any event A and so, replacing A by Ai gives the result, known as BayesÊ theorem
as
P(B|A i ) P(A i )
P(Ai|B) =
P(B|A 1 ) P(A 1 ) + P(B|A 2 ) P(A 2 )+...+P(B|A n ) P(A n )
This theorem is used in the cases where the required even thas already taken place and you are
required to find the probability under some previous stage conditions.
PROBABILITY
42 QUIZRR
For example.
The required event A has occured then find the probability that it occured through event
B (which is defined in prior stages)
Illustration 41
In a test an examine either guesses or copies of knows the answer to a multiple choice
question with four choices. The probability that he make a guess is 1/3 and the probability
that he copies the answer is 1/6. The probability that his answer is correct given that he
copied it, is 1/8. Find the probability that he knew the answer to the question given that
he correctly answered it. [I.I.T. 1991]
Solution :
First of all to find out whether this question is of BayeÊs theorem or not.
See the language of the question, „he correctly answered it‰ i.e. the event has already occured.
And we asked to find the probability of occured event on some prior event i.e. „he knows the
answer‰.
Let us define different events so as to ease out the question.
A1 the examinee guesses the answer
A2 the examine copies the answer
A3 the examinee knows the answer
A the examinee answers correctly
Now according to question
1
P(A1) =
3
1
P(A2) =
6
Now notice that A1 A2 A3 are mutually exclusive and exhaustive event.
i.e. P(A1) + P(A2) + P(A3) = 1
we needed this to find the value of P(A3)
1 1
+ + P(A3) = 1
3 6
1
P(A3) =
2
We need to find the probability of P(A3/A) which is equal to
P(A / A 3 ) P(A 3 )
P(A3/A) = ...(i)
P(A / A 1 ) P(A 1 ) + P(A / A 2 ) P(A 2 ) + P(A / A 3 ) P(A 3 )
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 43
1
P(A/A2) =
8
Now coming to P(A/A1)
1
it is equal to
4
as there are only 4 options to guess from and one
option will be correct.
for P(A/A3), it is equal to 1, obviously because he knows the correct answer which can be known
in 1 possible way only.
Now substituting all these values in (i)
P(A / A 3 ) P(A 3 )
P(A3/A) =
P(A / A 1 ) P(A 1 ) + P(A / A 2 ) P(A 2 ) + P(A / A 3 ) P(A 3 )
1
1.
= 2
1 1 1 1 1
. + . +1.
4 3 8 6 2
1 48 24
= =
2 29 29
Illustration 42
Three urns contain 6 red, 4 black, 4 red, 6 black and 5 red and 5 black balls respectively.
One of the urns is selected at random and a ball is drawn from it. If the ball drawn is red,
find the probability that is drawn from the first urn.
Solution :
Let E1, E2, E3 and A be the events defined as follows:
E1 = urn first is chosen, E2 = urn second is chosen,
E3 = urn third is chosen, and A = ball drawn is red.
Since there are three urns and one of the three urns is chosen at random, therefore
1
P(E1) = P(E2) = P(E3) = .
3
If E1 has already occurred, then urn first has been chosen which contains 6 red and 4 black balls.
The probability of drawing a red ball from it is 6/10.
6
So, P(A/E1) = . Similarly
10
PROBABILITY
44 QUIZRR
4 5
P(A/E2) = and P(A/E3) =
10 10
We are required to find P(E1/A), i.e. given that the ball drawn is red, what is the probability that
it is drawn from the first urn.
By Baye]s rule
P(E1 ) P(A / E1 )
P(E1/A) =
P(E1 ) P(A / E1 ) + P(E2 ) P(A / E2 ) + P(E3 ) P(A / E3 )
1 6
3 10 6 2
P(E1/A) = = =
1 6 1 4 1 5 15 5
+ +
3 10 3 10 3 10
Illustration 43
A man is known to speak truth 3 out of 4 times. He throws a die and reports that it is a six.
Find the probability that its actually a six.
Solution :
Let E1, E2 and A be the events defined as follows :
E1 = six occurs, E2 = six does not occur, and A = the man reports that it is a six.
1 5
We have P(E1) = , P(E2) =
6 6
Now, P(A/E1) = Probability that the man reports that the is a six on the die given that six has
Now, P(A/E1) = occurred on the die
Now, P(A/E1) = Probability the man speaks truth = 3/4 and P(A/E2)
Now, P(A/E1) = Probability that the man reports that there is on the die given that six has not
Now, P(A/E1) = occurred on the die.
Now, P(A/E1) = Probability that the man does not speak truth
3 1
Now, P(A/E1) = 1 ă =
4 4
We have to find P(E1/A) i.e., the probability that there is six on the die given that the man has
reported that there is six. By BayeÊs rule, we have
1 3
P(E1 ) P(A / E1 ) 6 4 3
P(E1/A) = = =
P(E1 ) P(A / E1 ) + P(E2 ) P(A / E2 ) 1 3 5 1 8
+
6 4 6 4
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 45
Illustration 44
A person goes to office either by car, scooter, bus or train, the probability of which being
1 3 2 1
, , and respectively. Probability that he reaches office late, if he takes car, scooter,
7 7 7 7
2 1 4 1
bus or train is , , and respectively. Given that he reached office in time, then what
9 9 9 9
is the probability that he travelled by a car.
Solution :
Let us define the following events
C person goes by car,
S person goes by scooter
B person goes by bus,
T person goes by train,
L person reaches late
Then we aqre given in the question
1 3 2 1
P(C) = ; P(S) = ; P(B) = ; P(T) =
7 7 7 7
2 1 4 1
P(L/C) = ; P(L/S) = ; P(L/B) = ; P(L/T) =
9 9 9 9
P(L / C) P(C)
P(C/ L ) = ...(i)
P(L / C) P(C) + P(L / S) P(S) + P(L / B) P(B) + A(L / T) P(T)
2 7 1 8
Now, P( L /C) = 1 ă = ; P(L / S) = 1 =
9 9 9 9
4 5 1 8
P( L /B) = 1 ă = P( L /T) = 1 ă =
9 9 9 9
Substituting these values, we get
7 1
P(C/ L ) = 9 7
7 1 8 3 5 2 8 1
+ + +
9 7 9 7 9 7 9 7
7 1
= =
49 7
PROBABILITY
46 QUIZRR
Illustration 45
A letter is known to have come either from TATANAGAR or CALCUTTA. On the envelope
just two consecutive letters TA are visible. What is the probability that the letter has come
from (i) Calcutta (ii) Tatanagar ?
Solution :
Let E1 be the event that the letter came from Calcutta an E2 be the event that the letter came
from Tatanagar. Let A denote the event that two consecutive letters visible on the envelope are
TA.
Since the letters have comeeither from Calcutta or Taganagar, therefore,
1
P(E1) = = P(E2).
2
If E1 has occurred, then it means that the letter came from Calcutta. In the word CALCUTTA
there are 8 letters in which TA occurs in the end. Considering TA as one letter there are seven
letters out of which one can be in 7 ways. Therefore
1
P(A/E1) =
7
If E2 has occurred, then the letter came from Tatanagar. In the word TATANAGAR there are 9
letters in which TA occurs twice. Considering one of the two TAÊs as one letter there are 8 letters.
Therefore
2
P(A/E2) =
8
By BayeÊs rule
P(E1 ) P(A / E1 )
(i) P(E1/A) =
P(E1 ) P(A / E1 ) + P(E2 ) P(A / E2 )
1 1
2 7 4
= =
1 1 1 2 11
+
2 7 2 8
P(E2 ) P(A / E2 )
(ii) P(E2/A) =
P(E1 ) P(A / E1 ) + P(E2 ) P(A / E2 )
1 2
2 8 7
= =
1 1 1 2 11
+
2 7 2 8
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 47
BINOMIAL DISTRIBUTION
In n independent trials of a random experiment, let X be the number of times an event A occurs.
In each trial, event A has same probability as P(A) = p referred to as success. Then in a trial non-
occurrence of A is referred as failure and given by q = 1 ă p.
Here X can assumed values from 0 to n. Now X = r means A occurs in r trials and (n ă r)
it does not occur this may look as
A
AA.....A
A A.....A
r times n r times
here A means complement of A. Using the assumption that trials are independent, that is, they
do not influence each other, hence has the probability
r nr
p
p........
pq
q........
q = p q
r times n r times
n !
and it can be arranged in = nCr ways.
r ! (n r) !
Now, if X denotes the number of successes in 4 trials, there X can take values 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4
such that
P(X = 0) = 4C0 p0 q4 ă 0
, P(X = 1) = 4C1 p1 q4 ă 1,
P(X = 2) = 4C2 p2 q4 ă 2
, P(X = 3) = 4C3 p3q4 ă 3
PROBABILITY
48 QUIZRR
Ć The probability of getting almost K successes is
k
P(X k) = n
Cr pr qn – r
r=0
n
Ć n
Cr pr qn – r
= (p + q)n = 1
r=0
Illustration 46
Ten coins are tossed simultaneously. Find the probability of getting at least 7 heads.
Solution :
In this case n = 10 ; p = 1/2; q = 1/2
P(X 7) = P(X = 7) + P(X = 8) + P(X = 9) + P(X = 10)
1 176
= (10C3 + 10
C2 + 10
C1 + 1) 10
= 10
2 2
Illustration 47
Numbers are chosen at random, one at a time, from the two digit numbers 00, 01, 02, ... 99
with replacement. An event E occurs if and only if the product of the two digits of a
selected number is 18. If four numbers are selected, find the probability that E occurs at
least 3 times.
Solution :
The numbers, whose two digits product is 18, are 29, 36, 63, 92
4
P(E) = = 0.04
100
Since there is replacement, P(E) remains the same for every selection. Four such selections are
made.
Probability that E occurs, at least thrice
= Probability that E occurs thrice and fails to occur once + Probability that E occurs all the four times
= 4C3 (0.04)3 (0.96) + (0.04)4 = 0.00024832
Illustration 48
A man takes a step forward with probability 0.4 and backwards with probability 0.6. Find
the probability that at the end of eleven steps he is just one step away from the starting
point. (I.I.T. 1987)
Solution :
Let p denote the probability that the man takes a step forward. Then p = 0.4
PROBABILITY
QUIZRR 49
q = 1 ă p = 1 ă 0.4 = 0.6
Let X denote the number of steps taken in the forward direction. Since the steps are independent
of each other, therefore X is a binomial variate with parameters n = 11 and p = 0.4 such that
P(X = r) = Cr (0.4)r (0.6)11
11 ă r
; r = 0, 1, 2, ..., 11 ...(i)
Since the man is one step away from the initial point, he is either one step forward or one
step backward from the initial point at the end of eleven steps. If he is one step forward, then
he must have taken six steps forward and five steps backward and if he is one step backward,
then he must have taken five steps forward and six steps backward. Thus, either X = 6 or X =
5.
Required probability = P[(X = 5) or (X = 6)]
= P(X = 5) + P(X = 6)
11
= C5 (0.4)5 (0.6)11 ă 5
+ 11
C6 (0.4)6 (0.6)11 ă 6
[Using (i)]
11 5 5 11 11
= C5 (0.4) (0.6) [0.6 + 0.4] [ĉ.ĉ C5 = C6]
5 5 5
= 462 (0.4) (0.6) = 462 (0.24)
Illustration 49
Suppose the probability for A to win a game against B is 0.4. If A has an option of playing
a „best of 3 games‰ or a „best of 5 games‰ match against B, which option should A choose
so that the probability of his winning the match is higher ? (No game ends in a draw).
[I.I.T. 1989]
Solution :
Let E = the event that A wins a game against B.
Let occurrence of the event E be called a success and X denote the number successes.
Lt E1 = the event that A wins „a best of 3 games‰ match
A will win a best of 3 games match if he wins in 2 or 3 games.
E2 = the event that A wins „a best of 5 games‰ match.
A will win a best of 5 games match if he wins in 3 or 4 or 5 games
Now, P(E1) = P(X = 2 or X = 3)
= P(X = 2) + P(X = 3)
= 3C2 p2q + 3C3p3
= 3(0.4)2 (0.6) + (0.4)3
= (0.4)2 [0.18 + 0.4] = (0.4)2 (2.2) = 0.352.
P(E2) = P(X = 3 or X = 4 or X = 5)
= P(X = 3) + P(X = 4) + P(X = 5)
= 5C3p3q2 + 5C4p4q + 5C5p5
= (10p3q2 + 5p4q + p5 = p3 (10q2 + 5pq + p2)
= (0.4)3 ï [10 ï (0.6)2 + 5 ï (0.4) ï (0.6) + (0.4)2]
= (0.064) ï (3.6 + 1.2 + 0.16) = 0.064 ï 4.96 = 0.317
Since P(E1) > P(E2), hence A should choose the first option.
PROBABILITY
50 QUIZRR
Illustration 49
An urn contains 25 balls of which 10 balls bear a mark ÂAÊ and the remaining 15 balls bear
a mark ÂBÊ. A ball is drawn at random from the urn, its mark is noted down and it is
replaced. If 6 balls are drawn in this way, find the probability that
ii(i) all will bear ÂAÊ mark
i(ii) not more than 2 will bear ÂBÊ mark
(iii) the number of balls with ÂAÊ mark and ÂBÊ mark will be equal
(iv) at least one ball will bear ÂBÊ mark
Solution :
Let p denote the probability of drawing a ball which bears mark ÂAÊ. Then
10 2
p = =
25 5
Let X denote the number of balls which bear mark ÂAÊ in 6 draws. Then X is a binomial variate
2 2 3
with parameters n = 6 and p = . Also q = 1 ă p = 1 ă =
5 5 5
Now, P(X = r) = Probability of getting r balls bearing mark ÂAÊ.
FG 2 IJ FG 3 IJ
r 6 r
= 6Cr
H 5K H 6K , r = 0, 1, 2, ..., 6 ...(i)
FG 2 IJ FG 3 IJ
6 66
= 6C6
H 5K H 6K [Using (i)]
= (2/5)6.
(ii) Not more than 2 balls will bear ÂBÊ mark means that there can be either no ball or one ball
or two balls of ÂBÊ mark. This implies that there can be either 6 or 5 or 4 balls of ÂAÊ mark.
Required probability = P(X 4)
= P(X = 4) + P(X = 5) + P(X = 6)
FG 2 IJ FG 3 IJ
4 2
F 2I F 3I F 2I F 3I
5
C G J G J+ C G J G J
6 0
F 2I
= 7G J
4
H 4 K H 5K H 5K H 5K H 5K H 5K H 5K
6 6 6
= C4 + 5 6
ALITER Let p denote the probability that a ball drawn bears mark ‘B’. Then
15 3
p = =
25 5
Let Y denote the number of balls which bear mark ÂBÊ in 65 draws. Then Y is a binomial variate
with parameters n = 6 and p = 3/5 such that
PROBABILITY
THREE
DIMENTIONAL
GEOMETRY
QUIZRR 3
TIP : Notice that for the coordinate whose distance is to be found never consists of the plane.
Thus, the coordinates of a point are the distances from the origin to the feet of perpendiculars
from the point on the respective axis.
If i→, →j, k→ are unit vectors along x-axis, y-axis and z-axis respectively, then the position vector of
point P (of the above diagram) is given by
p ai→ aj→ ak→
in general for any point r , it could be given by
r xi→ yj→ zk→
Position vector of a point which divides the segment joing A and B in ratio m : n internally is
mb na
, where a and b are position vectors of points A and B respectively.
mn
If P divides AB externally in the ratio m : n, that means it divides AB internally in the ratio
m : (–n).
Position vector of P is
mb na
OP
mn
and coordinates of P are
x1 x2 y1 y2 z1 z2
2 , 2 , 2
Result. : The coordinates of centroid of a triangle the coordinates of whose vertices are
( x1 , y1 , z1 ),( x2 , y2 , z2 ) and ( x3 , y3 , z3 ) are
x1 x2 x2 y1 y2 y3 z1 z2 z3
, , .
3 3 3
Illustration 1
Find the locus of the point which is equidistant from the points (1,3,5) and (-2,1,4).
Solution :
Let P(x,y,z) be any point equidistant from the point A(1,3,5) and B(-2,1,4), then
PA PB PA2 PB2
x2 2 x 1 y2 6 y 9 z2 10 z 25 x2 4 x 4 y2 2 y 1 z2 8 z 16
6 x 4 y 2 z 14 0
3x 2 y z 7 0
which is the required locus.
Illustration 2
Find the ration in which the join of (2, 1, 4) and (4,3,2) is divided by the point ( 2, 9, 8).
Solution :
Let the ratio be : 1
The point which divides the join of (2,-1,4) and (4,3,2) in ratio : 1 is
4 2 3 1 2 4
1 , 1 , 1
But the given point is (-2,-9,8)
4 2
2
1
4 2 2 2 2
6 4
3
2
Required ratio is : 1 i.e., -2 : 3.
3
Thus, ( 2, 9, 8) divide the join of (2, 1, 4) and (4, 3, 2) externally in ratio 2:3.
Illustration 3
Find the ratio in which the line joining the points (1,2,3) and (-3,4,-5) is divided by the xy-
plane. Also find the coordinates of the point of division.
Solution :
Let the ratio be : 1 .
Thepoint which divides the join of (1,2,3) and (-3,4,-5) in ratio : 1 is
3 1 4 2 5 3
1 , 1 , 1 ....(i)
But this point lies on xy-plane, therefore z-coordinate is zero,
5 3 3
i.e., 0 .
1 5
3
Therefore, required ratio is : 1 , i.e. 3 : 5.
5
The required point is
4 22 1 11
i.e. 8 , 8 ,0 i.e. 2 , 4 ,0
Illustration 4
Two vertices of a triangle ABC are A(2,-4,3) and B(3,-1,2) and its centroid is (1,0,3). Find its
third vertex C.
Solution :
Let the third vertex be ( x3 , y3 , z3 ) , then centroid is
2 3 x3 4 1 y3 3 2 z3
, ,
3 3 3
5 x3 5 y3 1 z3
i.e., 3 , 3 , 3
But centroid is given to be (1,0,3).
5 x3 5 y3 1 z3
1, 0 and 3
3 3 3
x3 2, y3 5 and z3 8
Thus, the third vertex is (-2,5,8).
Illustration 5
If origin is the centroid of triangle ABC with vertices A(a,1,3), B(-2,b,-5) and C(4,7,c), find the
values of a,b and c.
Solution :
Centroid of triangle ABC with vertices A(a,1,3), B(-2,b,-5) and C(4,7,c) is
a 2 8 b 2 c
i.e. 3 , 3 , 3
But, centroid is given to be (0,0,0)
a2 8b 2 c
0, 0 and 0
3 3 3
a 2, b 8 and c 2 .
Illustration 6
The mid-points of the sides of a triangle are (1,5,-1), (0,4,-2) and (2,3,4). Find its vertices.
Solution :
Let A( x1 , y1 , z1 ), B( x2 , y2 , z2 ) and C (c3 , y3 , z3 ) be the vertices of the triangle and letD(1,5,-1),
E(0,4,-2) and F(2,3,4) be the mid-points of the sides BC, CA and AB respectively. Then
x2 x3 y y3 z z
1, 2 5, 2 3 1 ;
2 2 2
x3 x1 y3 y1 z3 z1
0 4 2
2 2 2
x1 x2 y1 y2 z1 z2
2 3 4
2 2 2
Thus x2 + x3 = 2 x3 + x1 = 0 x1 + x2 = 4
Adding them
(x1 + x2 + x3) = 3
so from the above relations we get
x1 = 1, x2 = 3 x3 = 1
Similarly we get the values
y1 = 2 y2 = 4 y3 = 6
z1 = 3 z2 = 5 z3 = 7
Hence vertices of triangle are
A (1,2,3) B(3,4,5) & C( 1, 6, 7)
THREE DIMENTIONAL GEOMETRY
8 QUIZRR
Dir ect ion-C osines and Dir ect ion-R at ios
As the x-axis makes angles 00 , , with ox, oy and oz respectively. Therefore direction cosines
2 2
of x-axis are cos0, cos , cos i.e. 1,0,0,. Similarly the direction cosines of y and z-axes are 0,1,0
2 2
and 0,0,1 respectively.
(iii) l 2 m2 n2 1
Direction Ratios :
Let l, m, n be direction cosines of a vector r and a, b, c be three numbers such that
l y n
a b c
Illustration 7
2 2 1
If , , are direction cosines of a vector r , then its direction ratios are 2, -2, 1 or -2, 2, -1 or
3 3 3
4, -4, 2, because
2 / 3 2 / 3 1 / 3 2 / 3 2 / 3
,
2 2 1 2 2
1 / 3 2 / 3 2 / 3 1 / 3
, .
1 4 4 2
It is evident from the above defintion that to obtain direction ratios of a vector from its direction
cosines we just multiply them by a common number. This also shows that there can be infinitely
many sets of direction ratios for a given vector. But the direction cosines a re unique.
Obtaining Direction Cosines (DC) from Direction Ratios (DR)
Let a,b,c be direction ratios of a vector r having direction cosines l, m, n . Then,
l m n
a b c
l m n
Let . Then l a , m b , n c
a b c
l 2 m2 n 2 1
a 2 2 b2 2 c2 2 1
1
a b2 c2
2
a b c
So, l ,m ,n
a 2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2 a 2 b2 c2
where the signs should be taken all positive or all negative.
Thus, if a,b,c are direction ratios of a vector, then its direction cosines are given by
a b c
, ,
a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2 a 2 b2 c2
where the signs should be taken all positive or all negative.
For example, if 3, 4, 12 are direction ratios of a vector then its direction cosines are
3 4 12 3 4 12
, , , ,
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 or
(3) (4) (12) (3) (4) (12) (3) (4) (12) 13 13 13
then the Direction Ratios are given by a,b & c only where the Direction Cosines (l, m, n) are
given by
a b c
l , m ,n
r r r
r
r ( ai→ bj→ ck→)
2 2 2
a b c
If P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) & Q( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are points given which have to form the line, then the
( x2 x1 ) y2 y1 ( z2 z1 )
DCÊs of PQ are , ,
PQ PQ PQ
NOTE :
The DCÊs of a line are defined as the direction cosines of any vector whose support is
the given line.
If l, m, n are DC of a given line, then l, m, n are also the DCÊs of the same line.
If a & b are 2 parallel vectors then they have same DR & DC.
l1 l2 , m1 m2 , n1 n2 .
Illustration 8
A vector OP is inclined to OX at 45 and OY at 60. Find the angle at which OP is inclined
to OZ.
Solution :
Suppose OP is inclined at an angle to OZ. Let l, m, n be the direction cosines of OP . Then
1 1
l ,m , n cos .
2 2
1 1
Now, l 2 m2 n2 1 n2 1
2 4
1 1
n2 n
4 2
1
cos 600 or 1200
2
Hence, OP is inclined to OZ either at 60 or at 120.
Illustration 9
Solution :
Let l, m, n be the direction cosines of the given vector. Then l cos , m cos , n cos .
Now, l 2 m2 n2 1
Illustration 1 0
Find the direction cosines of a vector r which is equally inclined with OX, OY and OZ. If
r is given, find the total number of such vectors.
Solution :
Let l, m, n be the direction cosines of r . Since r is equally inclined with OX, OY and OZ.
Therefore,
lmn [ cos cos cos ]
1
Now, l 2 m2 n2 1 3l 2 1 l
3
1 1 1
Hence, direction cosines of r are , , .
3 3 3
Now, r r li→ mj→ nk→
1 → 1 → 1 → .
r r i j k
3 3 3
Since + and - signs can be arranged at three places in 2 2 2 8 ways. Therefore, there are eight
vectors of given magnitude which are equally inclined with the coordinate axes.
Illustration 1 1
A vector r has length 21 and direction ratios 2, 3, 6. Find the direction cosines and
components of r , given that r makes an acute angle with x-axis.
Solution :
Recall that if a,b,c are direction ratios of a vector, then its direction cosines are
a b c
, ,
a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2 a 2 b2 c2
Therefore direction cosines of r are
2 3 6
, ,
22 (3) 2 62 22 (3)2 62 22 (3)2 62
Since r makes an acute angle with x-axis, therefore cos 0 i.e. l 0 .
2 3 6
So, direction cosines of r are , ,
7 7 7
2
7
3
r 21 i→ →j k→
7
6
7
[Using r r li→ mj→ nk→ ]
or r 6i→ 9 →j 18 k→
So, components of r along ox, oy and oz are 6i→, 9 j→ and 18 k→ respectively.
Illustration 1 2
Find the angles at which the vector 2i→ →j 2 k→ is inclined to each of the coordinates axes.
Solution :
Let r be the given vector, and let it make angles , , wit ox,oy and oz respectively. Then its
direction cosine are cos ,cos ,cos .
We have r 2i→ j→ 2k→ so, direction ratios of r are 2, -1, 2.
2 1 2
, , ,
22 (1)2 22 22 (1)2 22 22 (1)2 22
2 1 2
i.e. , ,
3 3 3
2 1 2
cos , cos , cos
3 3 3
2 1 2
cos1 , cos1 , cos1
3 3 3
2 1 2
cos1 , cos1 , cos1
3 3 3
Let a1 , b1 , c1 and a2 , b2 , c2 be the direction-ratios of two lines and be the angle between them,
then angle between vectors r1 a1i→ b1 j→ c1 k→ and r2 a2 i→ b2 →j c2 k→ is also .
r .r
cos 1 2
r1 r2
a1 a2 b1b2 c1 c2
cos
a12 b12 c12 a22 b22 c22
Now, let l1 , m1 , n1 and l2 , m2 , n2 be the direction-cosines of two lines and be the angle between
them, then angle between unit vectors r→1 l1i→ m1 →j n1 k→ and r→2 l2 i→ m2 →j n2 k→ is also .
r→1 .r→2
cos
→r1 r→2
cos2 (l1 l2 m1 m2 n1 n2 )2
1 cos2 1 (l1 l2 m1 m2 n1 n2 )2
sin 2 l12 m12 n12 l22 m22 n22 l1 l2 m1 m2 n1 n2
2
2 2 2
2 2 2
[Using the identity l1 m1 n1 l2 m2 n2 l1 l2 m1 m2 n1 n2
2
sin 2 (m1 n2 m2 n1 ) 2
sin (m1 n2 m2 n1 )2
Illustration 1 3
3 6 2 2 2 1
Find the angle between the lines whose direction-cosines are , , and , ,
7 7 7 3 3 3
Solution :
Let be the angle between the two lines whose direction-coosines given, then
3 2 6 2 2 1
cos
7 3 7 3 7 3
6 12 2 16
21 21 21 21
16
cos1 .
21
Illustration 1 4
Find the the coordinate of point P such that OP is inclined to x-axis at 45 and to y-axis
at 60 and OP 2 .
Solution :
1
l cos 450
2
1
m cos 600 and
2
n cos
Now, l 2 m2 n2 1
1 1
n2 1
2 4
1 1
n2 n
4 2
1
cos 600 or 1200
2
1 i→ 1 →j 1 k→
Now, OP
2 2 2
OP OP OP 2 1 i→ 1 →j 1 k→
2 → → →
i j k 2i→ →j k→
2 2 2 2
Illustration 1 5
The projections of a line segment on the coordinate axes are 6,2,3. Find the length of the
line and its direction-cosines.
Solution :
Let l, m, n be the direction-cosines of the line segment and r be its length
Then,
Projection on x-axis = rl 6
Projection on y-axis rm 2
and Projection on z-axis rn 3
r 2 l 2 r 2 m2 r 2 n2 36 4 9
r2 (l2 m2 n2 ) 49 [ l2 m2 n2 1 ]
r 2 49 r 7
6
rl 6 l
7
2
rm 2 m
7
3
and rn 3 n
7
Illustration 1 6
Find the direction-ratios of a line pependicular to the two lines having direction-ratios
1, 3, 2 and 2, 2, 4 respectively.
Solution :
Let a,b,c be the required direction-ratios.
Since, this line is perpendicular to the two lines having direction-ratios 1,3,-2 and -2,2,4.
a 3b 2 c 0
2 a 2b 4 c 0
a b c
3 2 1 2 1 3
2 4 2 4 2 2
a b c a b c
i.e., i.e.,
16 0 8 2 0 1
Illustration 1 7
Find the foot of the perpendicular from the point (1,1,1) to the joint of the points (4,7,1) and
(3,6,3).
Solution :
Let A(1,1,1), B(4,7,1) and C(3,5,3) be three points and D be the foot of perpendicular from A on
BC
3 4 5 7 3 1
, ,
1 1 1
3 4 5 7 3 1
1, 1, 1
1 1 1
2 3 4 6 2
i.e. , ,
1 1 1
B (4,7,1) D C (3,5,3)
Direction-ratios of BC are
3 4,5 7,3 1 i.e. 1, 2, 2
Since AD BC
2 3 4 6 2
1 2 2 0
1 1 1
2 3 8 12 4
0
1
6 15 5
0 6 15
1 2
D divides BC in ratio 5:2 externally.
Coordinates of point D are
15 8 25 14 15 2 7 11 13
3 , 3 , 3 i.e. 3, 3 , 3
Illustration 1 8
If the edges of a rectangular parallelopiped are a,b,c prove that the angle between the four
diagonals are given by
a 2 b2 c 2
cos 1 2
a b 2 c 2 .
Solution :
Let OA, OB, OC be the coterminous edges of the paralleopiped taken along the coordinateaxes
and let
OA a, OB b and OC c
The coordinates of the vertices are
O(0,0,0), A(a,0,0), B(0,b,0), C(0,0,c)
D(a,b,0), E(a,0,c), F(0,b,c), G(a,b,c)
A D
a b c
, , X
a 2 b2 c2 a 2 b2 c2 a 2 b2 c2
a b c
, ,
2 2 2 2 2 2
a b c a b c a b2 c2
2
a b c
, ,
a 2 b2 c2 a 2 b2 c2 a 2 b2 c2
a b c
, , respectively.
2 2 2 2 2 2
a b c a b c a b2 c2
2
a2 b2 c2
cos 1
a 2 b2 c2
a2 b2 c2
1 cos 1
a 2 b2 c 2
a 2 b2 c2
cos2
a2 b2 c2
a2 b2 c2
2 cos1
a 2 b2 c2
Similarly, the angle between the other pairs of diagonals can be obtained.
Thus, the angles between the four diagonals may be given by
a 2 b2 c2
cos1 2
a b2 c2 .
Illustration 1 9
1 1
Show that the angle between any two diagonals of a cube is cos .
3
Solution :
Let OA, OB, OC be the conterminous edges of a cube, taken along the coordinates axes and let
OA OB OC a
The coordinates of the vertices are
O(0,0,0), A(a,0,0), B(0, a,0), C(0,0, c)
1 1 1 1 1 1
, , ; , , ;
3 3 3 3 3 3
Z
1 1 1 1 1 1 C
, , and , , F
3 3 3 3 3 3 a
E G
respectively. a
a Y
B
If 1 be the angle between OG and AF, then
A D
1 1 1 1 1 1
cos1 X
3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1
3 3 3
1 1
cos 1 1 cos 1
3
3
1 1
Similarly, the angle between any two diagonals of the cube is cos .
3
Illustration 20
A line makes angles , , , with the four diagonals of a cube, then prove that
4
cos 2 cos 2 cos 2 cos 2 .
3
1 1 1 1 1 1
, , ; , ,
3 3 3 3 3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
,
, and , ,
3 3 3 3 3 3
respectively. Z
Let l, m, n be the direction cosines of a line which makes angles C
F
, , , with the four diagonals of the cube. Then a
E G
l m n lmn a
cos a Y
B
3 3 3 3
A D
l m n l m n
cos X
3 3 3 3
l m n lm n
cos
3 3 3 3
l m n lmn
cos
3 3 3 3
On squaring and adding, we get
2 2 2 2
l m n l m n l m n l m n
3 3 3 3
1 2
[ l m2 n2 2lm 2mn 2nl l2 m2 n2 2lm 2mm 2nl
3
l2 m2 n2 2lm 2mn 2nl l2 m2 n2 2lm 2mn 2nl]
1 2 4
4(l m2 n2 )
3 3
Illustration 21
m1 n1 m 2 n1 , n1l 2 n 2 l1 , l1 m 2 l 2 m1 .
Solution :
Let l, m, n be the direction-cosines of the line perpendicular to each one of the given lines. Then
l m n
m1 n1 l1 n1 l1 m1
m2 n2 l2 n2 l2 m2
l m n
m1 n2 m2 n1 n1 l2 n2 l1 l1 m2 m1 l2
l m n l 2 m2 n2
m1 n2 m2 n1 n1 l2 n2 l1 l1 m2 m1 l2 {Using langranges identity}
(m1 n2 m2 n1 ) 2
l m n 1
m1 n2 m2 n1 n1 l2 n2 l1 l1 m2 m1 l2 sin
Since, , sin 1
2
Thus, l m1 n2 m2 n1 , m n1 l2 n2 l1 and n l1 m2 l2 m1
Hence, the direction-cosines of the required line are
m1 n2 m2 n1 , n1 l2 n2 l1 , l1 m2 l2 m1 .
Illustration 22
l1 l2 l 3 m1 m 2 m 3 n1 n 2 n 3
Verify that , , can be taken as the direction-cosines of a
3 3 3
line equally inclined to three mutually perpendicular lines with direction-cosines
l1 , m1 , n1 : l 2 , m 2 , n 2 and l 3 , m3 , n 3 .
l12 m12 n12 1, l22 m22 n22 1 and l32 m32 n32 1
and l1 l2 m1 m2 n1 n2 0
l2 l3 m2 m3 n2 n3 0
and l3 l1 m3 m1 n3 n1 0
l1 l2 l3 m1 m2 m3 n1 n2 n3
, ,
3 3 3
and l1 , m1 , n1 then
l l l m m2 m3 n1 n2 n3
cos1 l1 1 2 3 m1 1 n1
3 3 3
1
[(l12 m12 n12 ) (l1 l2 m1 m2 n1 n2 ) (l1 l3 m1 m3 n1 n3 )]
3
1 1
[1 0 0]
3 3
1
1 cos1
3
Similarly, we can show that the angle between the other pairs i.e., between the line with direction-
cosines.
l1 l2 l3 m1 m2 m3 n1 n2 n3
, , and l2 , m2 , n2
3 3 3
l1 l2 l3 m1 m2 m3 n1 n2 n3
and , , and l3 , m3 , n3 is also cos1 1 .
3 3 3
3
Equation of a straight line passing through a given point and parallel to a given
d i r ec t i o n .
Vector Form
Let a be the position vector of the point through whichline passes and m
be the vector to which
line is parallel.
Let P be an arbitrary point on the line with position vector r
AP m P
A
AP m
m
OP OA m
a r
r a m
r a m
O
which are the required eqautions.
Thus, equations of a line which pass through the point whose position vector is a and which is
parallel to m are
r a m
Cartesian Form
Let the coordinates of the point through which line passes be ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and a,b,c be the direction-
ratios of vector to which line is parallel.
Let P be an arbitrary point on the line with coordinates (x,y,z).
Then a x1i→ y1 →j z1 k→
m ai→ bj→ ck→
and r xi→ yj→ zk→
Vector equation of line are
r a m
x x1 a, y y1 b, z z1 c
x x1 y y1 z z1
a b c
which are the required equation.
Thus, equations of a straight line passing through ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and parallel to vector whose direction-
ratios are a,b,c are
x x1 y y1 z z1
a b c
Remark :
(i) The direction-ratios of this line are a,b,c
Vector Form
Equation of line passing through points whose position vectors are a and b are
r a (b a)
Cartesian Form
Let the coordinates of the points through which line passes be ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) .
x x1 y y1 z z1
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
Note : We have the direction-ratios of line joining the points (x1, y1, z1) and (x2, y2, z2) in the
denominator.
x x1 y y1 z z1
...(i)
a b c
then the vector form is
which is obvisous as in (i) ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) is the point lying on the line and (a, b, c) are DRs of
a line parallel to the given line.
2. Vector to Cartesian
If you are given the equation
r a b
THREE DIMENTIONAL GEOMETRY
QUIZRR 25
where a a1 i→ a2 j→ a3 k→
and b b1i→ b2 j→ b3 k→
x a1 y a2 z a3
b1 b2 b3
m1 .m2
Thus, cos
m1 m2
Vector From
Let r a m1 and r b m2
m1 .m 2
Then, cos
| m1 || m 2 |
Cartesian Form
x x1 y y1 z z1 x x2 y y2 z z2
Let and
a1 b1 c1 a2 b2 c2
be equations of two lines and be angle between them. The direction-ratios of the two lines are
a1 , b1 , c1 and a2 , b2 , c2
a 1 a 2 b1b2 c1 c 2
cos
a 12 b12 c12 a 22 b22 c 22
a1 b1 c1
If the two lines are parallel then a b c or their direction-ratios are same.
2 2 2
Illustration 23
Find the equation of straight line passing through point (1,3,2) and parallel to vector
Solution :
Vector Form : Position vector of the point through which line passes is a i→ 3 j→ 2k→ and the
vector to which line is parallel is m 2i→ →j k→ .
Cartesian Form : Coordinates of the point through which line passes are (1,3,2) and direction-
ratios of vector to which line is parallel are 2,1,-1.
Cartesian equation of line are
x x1 y y1 z z1 x1 y3 z 2
a b c 2 1 1
Illustration 24
Find the equation of straight line passing through the point (4,-3,-2) and (2,0,5), both in
vector and cartesian form.
Solution :
Vector Form : Position vectors of the points through which line passes are
a 4i→ 3 →j 2 k→ and b 2i→ 5k→
Vector equation of line are
r a (b a)
r (4i→ 3 →j 2k→ ) (2i→ 5k→ 4i→ 3 →j 2k→ )
r 4 i→ 3 →j 2k→ (2i→ 3 →j 7 k→ )
Cartesian Form : Coordinates of the points through which line passes are (4,-3,-2) and (2,0,5).
Cartesian equation of line are
x x1 y y1 z z1
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
Illustration 25
The cartesian equation of a line are 6 x 2 3 y 1 2 z 2 . Find its direction ratios and also
find vector equation of the line.
Solution :
Recall that in the symmetrical form of a line the coefficients of x,y and z are unity. Therefore to
put the given line in symmetric form, we must make the coefficients of x,y and z as unity.
The given line is
6 x 2 3 y 1 2z 2
1 1
6 x 3 y 2( z 1)
3 3
1 1
x y
3 3 z 1
1 2 3
This shows that the given line passes through (1/3, -1/3, 1) and has direction ratios 1,2,3. In
1 1
vector form this means that the line passes through the point having position vector a i→ j→ k→
3 3
and is parallel to the vector b i→ 2 →j 3k→ .
1 1
r i→ →j k→ (i→ 2 →j 3k→ )
3 3
Illustration 26
x 2 2y 5
Find the direction cosines of the line , z 1 . Also find the vector equation of
2 3
the line.
Solution : The given line is
x 2 2y 5
, z 1
2 3
x 2 2y 5 z 1 x 2 y 5 / 2 z1
2 3 0 2 3 / 2 0
Note, when nothing is given take z = 1, take 0 in deno minator.
This shows that the given line passes through the point (2, 5/2, -1) and has direction ratios 2,
3/2, 0.So, its direction cosines are
2 3 / 2 0
, ,
2 2 2
3 3 3
22 02 22 02 22 02
2 2 2
2 3 / 2
or , ,0
5/2 5/2
4 3
or , ,0
5 5
5
Thus given line passes through the point having position vector a 2i→ j→ k→ and is parallel to
2
3
the vector b 2i→ →j 0 k→ , its vector equation is
2
5 3
r 2i→ →j k→ 2i→ →j 0 k→
2 2
Illustration 27
x b y 0 z d
...(ii)
a 1 c
Lines (i) and (ii) are parallel to the vectors m1 ai→ →j ck→ and m2 ai→ j→ ck→ respectively.
Now, (i) and (ii) are parallel to the vectors m1 ai→ →j ck→ and m2 ai→ j→ ck→ respectively.
Now, (i) and (ii) are perpendicular
m1 and m2 are perpendicular.
m1 .m2 0 ( ai→ j→ ck→ ).(ai→ →j ck→ ) 0 aa 1 cc 0 .
Illustration 28
A line passes through (2, 1, 3) and is perpendicular to the line r (i→ j→ k→ ) (2i→ 2 →j k→ )
and r (2i→ →j 3 k→ ) (i→ 2 →j 2 k→ ) . Obtain its equation.
Solution :
The required line is perpendicular to the line which are parallel to vectors b1 2i→ 2 →j k→ and
b2 i→ 2 →j 2k→ respectively. So, it is parallel to the vector b b1 b2 .
i→ →j k→
Now, b b1 b2 2 2 1 6i→ 3 →j 6 k→
1 2 2
Thus, the required line passes through the point (2,-1,3) and is parallel to the vector
b 6i→ 3 →j 6 k→ . Som, its equation is
r (2i→ →j 3k→) (6i→ 3 →j 6 k→ )
x x1 y y1 z z1 x x2 y y2 z z2
&
a1 b1 c1 a2 b2 c2
P1 : ( x1 a1 , y1 b11 , z1 c1 )
P2 : ( x2 a2 , y2 b2 , z2 c2 )
Step-2 For intersection, we equate, hence equate coefficeints of same axis i.e.
x1 a1 x2 a2 ...(i)
y1 b1 y2 b2 ...(ii)
z1 c1 z2 c2 ...(iii)
Step-3 There are 2 variables now & .Find their value from first two equation of Step-2.
IMP.: Now after finding values of & you people think you have found the
intersection point. No, you have to check, i.e. put the values of & obtained
in the third equation of Step-2.
If it satisfies the equation then for these values of & the lines intersect.
& if the values does not satisfy the equation, then that means lines did not intersect.
2. Vector Form :
Let the two lines be
r1 ( a1 i→ a2 →j a3 k→ ) (m1i→ m2 →j m3 k→ )
Apply the same steps as done earlier in Cartesian form with the only difference being that you
need not find any general point as the equation in vector form is equation of a point on the line.
x x1 y y1 z z1
a b c
Logic : For PQ we need to find point Q, for this we need some condition.
And the condition comes from perpendicularity of the lines PQ & AB. A Q B
Algor it hm :
i.e. Q ( x1 a, y1 b, z1 c)
Step-2 : Find DR of PQ & the line for the line we know it is a,b,c for
PQ = position vector of Q - position vector of P
( x1 a px )i→ ( y1 a py ) →j (z1 a pz ) k→
DRs of PQ ( x1 a px ), ( y1 a py ),( z1 a pz )
i.e. ( x1 a px ) a ( y1 a py )b ( z1 a pz ) c
Step-4 : From find point Q & hence by using distance formula find PQ.
This case also covers the case of finding the foot of perpendicular i.e. the position of
point Q.
2. Vector form :
The same process applied in this case also. We will demonstrate it with thehelpof an example.
Illustration 29
x y1 z 2
Find the foot of perpendicular from the point (1,6,3) to the line .
1 2 3
Also, find the length of perpendicular and the equation of the perpendicular.
Solution :
x y1 z 2
Any point on the line can be taken as (,1 2,2 3 ) .
1 2 3
A (1,6,3)
Let this point be D, the foot of perpendicular from A(1,6,3) to the line
x y1 z 2
.
1 2 3
Direction-ratios of given line are 1,2,3.
Direction-ratios of AD
D x = y 1= z 2
1, 1 2 6, 2 3 3 [using x2 x1 , y2 y1 , z2 z1 ] 1 2 3
i.e. 1, 2 5, 3 1
Since, AD is perpendicular to the given line
1 4 10 9 3 0
14 14 0 1
0 9 4 13
Equation of perpendicular i.e., equations of AD are
x 1 y 6 z 3 x 1 y 6 z 3
i.e.
11 36 53 0 3 2
Illustration 30
Find the image of the point (2,-1,5) in the line
x 11 y 2 z 8
10 4 11
Solution :
x 11 y 2 z 8
Any point on the line
10 4 11
[using x2 x1 , y2 y1 , z2 z1 ]
D x 11 = y+2 = z+8
i.e. 9 10 , 1 4 , 13 11 . 10 4 11
Since, AD is perpendicular to the given line.
237 237 0 1
Thus, coordinates of D are
(11 10, 2 4, 8 11)
i.e. (1,2,3) .
x 11 y 2 z 8
.
10 4 11
2 x1 1 y1 5 z1
1, 2 and 3
2 2 2
x1 0, y1 5 and z1 1
Illustration 31
Find the point of intersection of the lines
x1 y 3 z 5
can be taken as
3 5 7
(1 3 , 3 5 , 5 7 ) ...(i)
Any point on line
(2 ,4 3 ,6 5 ) ...(ii)
The given lines intersect, therefore for some values of and the point (i) and (ii) coincide
i.e. 1 3 2
3 3 ...(iii)
and 3 5 4 3
5 3 7 ...(iv)
1 3
Solving (iii) and (iv), we get and -
2 2
1 1 1 3
Putting in (i), we get 2 , 2 , 2
2
3 1 1 3
Putting in (ii), we get 2 , 2 , 2
2
Illustration 32
Find the coordinates of the point where the line through (2,1,7) and (1,5,0) crosses the yz-
plane.
Solution : The equations of line through (2,1,7) and (1,5,0) are
x 2 y1 z7 x 2 y 1 z 7
1 2 51 07 1 4 7
THREE DIMENTIONAL GEOMETRY
34 QUIZRR
Any point on this line can be taken as
(2 ,1 4 ,7 7 )
If this point lies on yz-pplane then x-coordinate is zero i.e.,
20 2
The required point is (0,9,-7)
AB m
sin
AB m
AB m
AB
AB m
l2
Q B(b)
AB m
m
(b a) m
m
(b a ) m
Shortest distance between the parallel lines
m
x x1 y y1 z z1
a1 b1 c1
x x2 y y2 z z2
and
a2 b2 c2
Then a x1i→ y1 →j z1 k→
b x2 i→ y2 j→ z2 k→
m1 a1 i→ b1 →j c1 k→
and m2 a2 i→ b2 →j c2 k→
b a ( x2 x1 )i→ ( y2 y1 ) j→ ( z2 z1 ) k→
i→ →j k→
m1 m2 a1 b1 c1
a1 b2 c2
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
and (b a).(m1 m2 ) a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2
x 2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
a1 b1 c1
(b a ).(m1 m2 ) a2 b2 c2
m1 m2 (a 1 b2 a 2 b1 )2
Remarks :
(i) It is more convenient to use vector form for finding shortest distance rather than cartesian
form. lf the equations of lines are given in cartesian form, then find the corresponding vector
equation and use vector form for finding the shortest distance.
(ii) For finding the equations of line of shortest distance PQ, we find the coordinates of points
P and Q asÊ follows:
Take a general point on line l1 and take it as P then take a general point on l2 and take
Solve the equations for and and substitute their values in general points to get the
coordinates of P and Q.
Once the coordinates of P and Q are obtained, we can find equations of line PQ both in
vector as well as cartesian form and we can also find distance PQ using distance formula.
Illustration 33
Find the shortest distance between the lines
r (6i→ 2 →j 2k→ ) (i→ 2 →j 2k→ ) and r (4i→ k→ ) (3i→ 2 →j 2k→ )
Solution :
Given lines are
r (6i→ 2 →j 2k→ ) (i→ 2 →j 2k→ )
and r (4i→ k→ ) (3i→ 2 →j 2k→ )
a 6i→ 2 →j 2 k→; m1 i→ 2 →j 2 k→
and b 4i→ k→; m2 3i→ 2 →j 2k→
Now, b a 10i→ 2 j→ 3k→
i→ →j k→
and m1 m2 1 2 2 8i→ 8 →j 4 k→
3 2 2
m1 m2 82 82 42
64 64 16 144 12
Also, (b a).(m1 m2 )
where the lines of shortest distance intersects the two given lines.
If two lines intersect then the shortestdistance between them is zero. If two lines are parallel then
the shortest distance between them is the distance between the two lines.
x x1 y y1 z z1 x x2 y y2 z z2
If the
l1 m1 n1 and l2 m2 n2 intersect, then the shortest distance
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
l1 m1 n1
l2 m2 n2
d 0
(m1 m2 m2 n1 )2 (n1 l2 l1 n2 )2 (l1 m2 l2 m1 )2
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
l1 m1 n1 0
l2 m2 n2
Illustration 34
Solution :
Vector equations of the given lines are
r 3i→ 8 →j 3k→ (3i→ →j k→ )
and r 3i→ 7 →j 6k→ (3i→ 2 →j 4 k→ )
a 3i→ 8 →j 3k→; m1 3i→ →j k→
and b 3i→ 7 →j 6 k→; m2 3i→ 2 →j 4 k→
Now, b a 6i→ 15 →j 3k→
i→ →j k→
and m1 m2 3 1 1 6i→ 15 j→ 3k→
3 2 4
m1 m2 (6)2 (15)2 (3)2 36 225 9 270
Also, (b a).(m1 m2 )
Shortest distance
(b a).(m1 m2 ) 270
3 30
m1 m2 270
Illustration 35
Show that the following pair of lines intersect
r i→ →j k→ (3i→ →j ) ; r 4 i→ k→ (2i→ 3 k→ )
Solution : Given lines are
r i→ →j k→ (3i→ →j )
and r 4 i→ k→ (2i→ 3 k→ )
a i→ →j k→; m1 3i→ →j
and b 4 i→ k→; m2 2i→ 3k→
The given lines will intersect if (b a).(m1 m2 ) 0
i.e., if [b a m1 m2 ] 0
Now, b a 3i→ →j
3 1 0
and b a m
1 m2
3 1 0 0 [ R1 and R2 are identical]
2 0 3
Illustration 36
Find the length and the equation of the line of shortest distance between the lines
x 8 y 9 z 10 x 15 y 29 z 5
and
3 16 7 3 8 5
Solution :
Given lines are
x 8 y 9 z 10
...(i)
3 16 7
THREE DIMENTIONAL GEOMETRY
QUIZRR 39
x 15 y 29 z 5
and ...(ii)
3 8 5
Any point on line (i) can be taken as
x 8 y 9 z 10
P (3 8, 16 9,7 10) Puting 3 16 7
Any point on line (ii) can be taken as
x 15 y 29 z 5
Q(3 15,8 29, 5 5) Puting
3 8 5
Direction ratios of PQ are
(3 3 7, 8 16 38, 5 7 5)
Let PQ be the line of shortest distance then PQ is perpendicular to lines (i) and (ii).
3(3 3 7) 16(8 16 38) 7(5 7 5) 0
77 157 311 0
Illustration 37
Find the shortest distance and the equation of the line of shortest
r 3i→ 5 j→ 7 k→ (i→ 2 →j k→ ) and r i→ j→ k→ (7i→ 6 →j k→ )
Solution :
Given lines are
r 3i→ 5 →j 7 k→ (i→ 2 →j k→ ) ...(i)
and r i→ →j k→ (7i→ 6 →j k→ ) ...(ii)
(3 )i→ (5 2 ) →j (7 ) k→
and Q bea point on line (ii) _with position vector
OQ i→ →j k→ (7i→ 6 →j k→ )
PLANE
A plane is a surface such that a line that joins any two points of the surface lies in the surface.
The general equation of plane is ax by cz d 0 . Here there are 4 variables a, b, c & d . We can
reduce them to three i.e.
Ax By Cz 1 0
So now there are 3 variables & hence 3 conditions are required to find the equation of a plane.
x y z
1
a b c
NOTE : For finding x-intercept we put both y & z equal to zero in the equation. Similarly for
y-intercept, put x = 0 & z = 0 Z-intercept, put x = 0 & y = 0.
Illustration 38
A plane meets the coordinates axes in A,B,C such that the centroid of triangle ABC is the
x y z
point (p,q,r). Show that the equation of the plane is p q r 3 .
Solution :
Let the equation of the required plane be
x y z
1 ...(i)
a b c
Then the coordinates of A,B and C are A(a,0,0), B(0,b,0) and C(0,0,c) respectively. So, the centroid
a b c
of triangle ABC is , , . But the coordinates of the centroid are (p, q, r).
3 3 3
a b c
p , q and r a 3 p, b 3q and c 3r
3 3 3
Substituting the values of a,b and c in (i), we get the required plane as
x y z x y z
1 3.
3 p 3q 3r p q r
Illustration 39
A variable plane moves in such a way that the sum of the reciprocals of its intercepts on
the three coordinate axes is constant. Show that the plane passes through a fixed point.
Solution :
Let the equation of the plane be
x y z
1 ...(i)
a b c
Then, a,b,c are intercepts made by the plane with coordinate axes.
1 1 1
k , k is a constant.
a b c
1 1 1
1
ak bk ck
1 1 1 1 1 1
1
a k b k c k
1 1 1
This shows that plane (i) passes through the fixed point , , .
k k k
1. VECTOR FORM :
r .n→ d ...(i)
where n→ = unit vector in n direction
d = distance of plane from origin.
Logic : From diagram NP ON & we have to find the equation of plane containing N & P
So NP ON
or n NP
or n→ NP N P
( NP).n→ 0
(OP ON ).n→ 0 n r
(r n).n→ 0
O
r.n→ n.n→
n.n→ is nothing but the magnitude of ON i.e. distance ON & hence the result.
NOTE : In equation (i) n should be a unit vector only. If you not given the unit vector
n d
instead it is given like r .n d , then at this moment convert it to r.
n n .
2. Cartesian Form :
l m n p
i.e. x y z
l2 m2 n2 l2 m2 n2 l2 m2 n2 l2 m2 n2
l m p
so here , , are direction cosines (and not DRs) of
2 2 2 2 2 2
l m n l m n l m2 n2
2
p
the normal & is the distance of plane from origin.
l2 m2 n2
E q uat ion of p lane p assing t hr ough a given p oint and nor mal t o a given vect or .
If ÂaÊ is the given point and ÂnÊ is the normal vector then the equation is given by
(r a).n 0
Cartesian form :
a a1 i→ a2 j→ a3 k→
and n n1i→ n2 →j n3 k→
in the above vector equation, then the equation becomes
( x a1 ) n1 ( y a2 ) n2 ( z a3 )n3 0
NOTE : The coefficients of x,y,z here are Directional Ratios (not DCÊs) of the normal.Please do
not get confuse between the two, that is the reason we keep mentioning it everytime.
Illustration 40
d
p
a b2 c2
2
14 14 14 14
2
2
(2) (3) (6) 2 2 4 9 36 49 7
Illustration 41
Write the normal form of the equation of the plane r .(2i→ →j 2 k→ ) 72 .
Solution :
Given equation of the plane is r.(2i→ →j 2 k→ ) 72
Here n 2i→ →j 2 k→ and d 72
n 2i→ →j 2k→ 2i→ →j 2k→
Now, n→
n (2) 2 (1)2 (2) 2 3
2→ 1 → 2 →
i j k
3 3 3
d 72 72
p 24
n 2 2
(2) (1) (2) 2 3
Equation of plane in normal form is r .n→ p
2 1 2
r . i→ →j k→ 24 .
3 3 3
Illustration 42
Find the cartesian form of equation of a plane whose vector equation is r .(2i→ 3 →j k→ ) 10 .
Solution :
Given equation of the plane is r.(2i→ 3 →j k→ ) 10
Here n 2i→ 3 →j k→ and d 10 .
2 x 3 y z 10
Other Method :
r xi→ yj→ zk→
Given equation of plane is r.(2i→ 3 →j k→ ) 10
2 x 3 y z 10
which is the required cartesian form.
Illustration 43
Find the equation in cartesian form of the plane passing through the point (3,-3) and
normal to the line joining the points (3,4,-1) and (2,-1,5).
Solution :
We know that the vector equation of a plane passing through a point having position vector a
and normal to n is
(r a).n 0
or r .n a.n ...(i)
Since the given plane passes through the point (3, 3, 1) and is normal to the line joining
A (3, 4, 1) and B (2, 1, 5). Therefore
a 3i→ 3 →j k→
and n AB P.B. of B- P.V. of A
x 5 y 6 z 18 or x 5 y 6 z 18 0
Illustration 44
o
A vector n of magnitude 8 units is inclined to x-axis at 45 , y-axis at 60o and an acute
angle with z-axis. If a plane passes through a point
2, 1,1 and is normal to n , find its
equation in vector form.
Solution :
Let be the angle made by n with z-axis. Then direction cosines of n are
1 1
l cos 450 , m cos600 and n cos
2 2
2 2
1 1
l2 m2 n2 1 2
2 n 1
2
1 1
n2 n [ is acute n cos 0 ]
4 2
We have n 8.
n n li→ mj→ nk→ n 8
1 → 1 → 1 →
2
i j k 4 2i→ 4 →j 4 k→
2 2
r .(4 2i→ 4 →j 4 k→)
2i→ →j k→ .(4. 2i→ 4 →j 4 k→)
r.
2i→ →j k→ 4
Illustration 45
Reduce the equation r .(3i→ 4 j→ 12 k→ ) 5 to normal form and hence find the length of
perpendicular from the origin to the plane.
Solution :
The given equation is r.(3i→ 4 →j 12 k→ ) 5
or r .n 5 wheer n 3i→ 4 →j 12 k→
Since n 32 (4) 2 122 13 1 , therefore the given equation is not in normal form. To reduce
n 5 3 4 → 12 → 5
r. r . i→ j k
13 13
n n or .
13 13
This is the normal form of the equation of given plane. The length of the perpendicular from the
5
origin is .
13
Vector Form
Let r .n1 d1 and r .n2 d2 be two planes and be the angle between them, then is the angle
between normals n1 and n2 .
n1 . n 2
cos
n1 n 2
If the two planes are perpendicular than n1 n2 and n1 .n2 0
If the two planes are paralell then n1 n2 and n1 n2 .
Carteisan Form :
Let a1 x b1 y c1 z 0 and a2 x b2 y c2 z d2 be two planes and be angle between them ,
then is the angle between their normals whose direction-ratios are a1 , b1 , c1 and a2 , b2 , c2 .
a1 a2 b1b2 c1 c2
cos
a12 b12 c12 a22 b22 c22
If the two planes are perpendicular then their normals are perpendicular and hence
a1 a2 b1 b2 c1 c2 0 .
a1 b1 c1
If the two planes are parallel then their normals are parallel and hence a b c .
2 2 2
Illustration 46
Find the angle between the planes r .(2i→ →j k→ ) 6 and r .(i→ →j 2 k→ ) 7 .
Solution :
Let be the angle bnetween the given planes then is the angle between their normals
2i→ →j k→ and i→ →j 2k→
2 1 2 3 1
6 6 6 2
600 .
Illustration 47
2 1 (1) 2 1 (1)
cos
(2) (1)2 (1)2 (1)2 (2)2 (1)2
2
2 21 1
6 6 6
1
cos1 .
6
M et h o d - 1
a ( x x1 ) b( y y1 ) c( z z1 ) 0
M et h o d - 2
(a) Vector Form :
If 3 points r1 r2 r3 are given on the plane.
According to equation type 3 weneed one point and normal direction. We have points, we need
normal. For normal we can do
(r1 r2 ) (r2 r3 )
x a1 y a2 z a3
a1 b1 a2 b2 a3 b3 0
b1 c1 b2 c2 b3 c3
where r xi→ yj→ zk→
r1 a1 i→ a2 →j a3 k→
r2 b1 i→ b2 →j b3 k→
r3 c1 i→ c2 →j c3 k→
B
C
a P
b
c
r
(ii) Vector equation of a plane passing through two given points and parallel to a given
straight line
be a vector
Let A and B be the two given points with position vectors a and b respectively, m
parallel to the given straight line and P be an arbitrary point on the plane with position vector r.
A
m
B P
a
b
r
(iii) Vector equation of a plane passing through a given point and parallel to two given
straight lines
LetA be the given point with position vector a, m1 and m2 be vectors parallel to the given straight
lines and P be an arbitrary point on the plane with position vector r .
m1
A
m2
P
a
r
Points A, P and vectors m1 , m2 lie on same plane, therefore AP, m1 and m2 are coplanar.
Hence, AP m 1 m2 0
OP OA m1 m2 0
r a m1 m2 0
m2 C m1
M
A
P
L B
r
O
Take AB m1 and AC m2
Complete the parallelogram ALPM.
AL m1 and AM m2
AL m1 and AL m1
Illustration 48
Find the vector equation of the plane passing through the points
i→ j→ k→
(b a) ( c a) 1 2 3
5 2 7
20i→ 8 →j 12 k→
From (i)
[r (2i→ 2 →j k→ )}.[20i→ 8 →j 12k→ ] 0
r (20i→ 8 →j 12k→ ) (2i→ 2 →j k→ ).(20i→ 8 →j 12k→ ) 0
r .(20i→ 8 →j 12k→ ) (40 16 12) 0
r .(20i→ 8 j→ 12k→ ) 68
r.(5i→ 2 →j 3k→ ) 17
which is the required equation.
Illustration 49
Find the vector equation of the plane passing through the points i→ →j k→ and 2i→ 6 j→ k→
and parallel to the line
r (3i→ 5 →j k→ ) (i→ 2 j→ k→ ) .
Solution :
Let a i→ →j k→, b 2i→ 6 →j k→ and m i→ 2 →j k→
Equation of the required plane is
[r a. b a. m] 0
(r a).{(b a) m} 0 ...(i)
Now, b a (2i→ 6 →j k→ ) (i→ →j k→ ) i→ 5 →j 2 k→
i→ →j k→
(b a) m 1 5 2 9i→ →j 7 k→
1 2 1
From (i)
{r (i→ →j k→ ).(9 k→ →j 7 k→ } 0
r (9i→ →j 7 k→ ) (i→ →j k→ ).(9i→ →j 7 k→ ) 0
r .(9i→ →j 7 k→ ) (9 1 7) 0
r.(9i→ →j 7 k→ ) 17
Illustration 50
Find the vector equation of the plane passing through the point 3i→ →j k→ and parallel to
the lines
r (i→ j→ k→ ) (2i→ j→ k→ ) and r (2i→ →j 3 k→ ) (5i→ 3 j→ k→ )
Solution :
Let a 3i→ →j k→, m1 2i→ →j k→ and m2 5i→ 3 j→ k→
i→ →j k→
m1 m2 2 1 1
5 3 1
4 i→ 3 →j 11 k→
Illustration 51
Find the vector equation in scalar product form of the plane
r i→ →j (i→ j→ k→ ) (i→ 2 j→ 3 k→ )
Solution :
The given equation is r i→ →j (i→ →j k→ ) (i→ 2 →j 3 k→ ) .
It represents a plane passing through the point i→ →j and parallel to i→ →j k→ and i→ 2 →j 3k→ .
Let a i→ →j, m1 i→ →j k→ and m2 i→ 2 →j 3k→
Equation of given plane in scalar product form is
[r a m1 m2 ] 0
(r a).(m1 m2 ) 0 ...(i)
i→ j→ k→
m1 m2 1 1 1
Now,
1 2 3
5i→ 2 →j 3 k→
From (i) {r (i→ →j )}.{5i→ 2 →j 3k→ } 0
r .(5i→ 2 →j 3k→ ) (i→ →j ).(5i→ 2 →j 3k→ ) 0
r .(5i→ 2 →j 3k→ ) (5 2 0) 0
r.(5i→ 2 →j 3k→ ) 7
which is the required equation.
Illustration 52
Find the vector equation of the plane r ( s 2t )i→ (3 t ) j→ (2s t )k→ in scalar product form.
Solution :
Given equation is
r ( s 2t)i→ (3 t) →j (2s t) k→
i.e. r 3 →j s(i→ 2k→ ) t(2i→ →j k→ )
It represents a plane passing through point 3 →j and parallel to i→ 2k→ and 2i→ →j k→ .
Let a 3 →j, m1 i→ 2k→ and m2 2i→ →j k→
i→ →j k→
Now, m1 m2 1 0 2
2 1 1
2i→ 5 →j k→
From (i)
(r 3 →j ).(2i→ 5 j→ k→ ) 0
r .(2i→ 5 →j k→ ) 3 →j.(2i→ 5 →j k→ ) 0
r.(2i→ 5 →j k→ ) 15 0
r.(2i→ 5 →j k→ ) 15
T wo Sid es of a Plane
Let a and b be positionvectors of two points A and B and r.n d be equation of a plane.
Let P be a point on given plane which divides the line segment joining A and B in the ratio m : n .
ma nb
The position vector of P is .
mn
ma.n nb.n md nd
m(a.n d) n(b.n d ) 0
m (b.n d)
n ( a.n d )
m
If is positive then a .n d and b.n d are of the opposite sign and P divide AB internally.
n
Therefore, A and B are on theopposite side of the plane (Figure).
m
If is negative then a .n d and b.n d are of the same sign and P divides AB externally.
n
Therefore A and B are on the same side of the plane
Thus, if a .n d and b.n d
are of opposite sign then points with position vectors a and b are
on opposite sides of the plane r.n d and a .n d and b.n d are of same sign then points with
position vector a and b are on same side of the plane r.n d .
P P
A B A B
Similarly, for cartesian form the points ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are on opposite sides of the
plane ax by cz d if ax1 by1 cz1 d1 and ax2 by2 cz2 d2 are of opposite sign and the
points ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) are on same side of the plane ax by cz d if ax1 by1 cz1 d1
Illustration 53
Show that the points i→ j→ 2 k→ and i→ →j k→ lie on opposite sides of the plane
r .(5i→ 2 →j 7 k→ ) 9 0 .
Solution :
Let a i→ →j 3k→ and b i→ →j k→ .
Equationof plane is
r .(5i→ 2 →j 7 k→ ) 9 0
r.(5i→ 2 →j 7 k→ ) 9
Here n 5i→ 2 →j 7 k→ and d 9
Now, a.n d (i→ →j 3k→ ).(5i→ 2 →j 7 k→ ) 9 5 2 21 9 9
and b.n d (i→ →j k→ ).(5i→ 2 →j 7 k→ ) 9 (5 2 7) 9 9
Since a.n d and b.n d are of opposite signs,therefore, a and b lie on opposite sides of the
given plane.
d1 d2
Then, distance of r.n d1 from the origin is p1 n and that of r.n d2 is p2 n .
d d d d
p1 p2 1 2 1 2
n n n
d1 d2
.
a b2 c2
2
d
Perpendicular distance of r.n d from the origin is n .
a.n d a.n d
Distance between the two planes is n n
n
which is same as distance between the
a.n d
point A with position vector a and plane r.n d is
n
Similarly, for cartesian form the distance of point ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) from the plane ax by cz d is
Illustration 54
3 3 d
p1 1 p
2 2
(2) (2) (1) 2 3
a2 b2 c2
Perpendicular distance of the plane 4 x 4 y 2 z 5 from the origin is
5 5
p2
2 2
(4) (4) (2) 2 6
5 1
p1 p2 1 units
6 6
Illustration 55
Find the distance of the point 2i→ j→ 4 k→ from the plane r .(4i→ 12 →j 3 k→ ) 7 .
Solution :
Given plane is
r.(4i→ 12 →j 3k→ ) 7
Here n 4i→ 12 →j 3k→
and d 7
Let a 2i→ j→ 4 k→ , then
distance of a from the plane is
(2i→ →j 4 k→ ).(4i→ 12 →j 3 k→ ) 7
a.n d
n (4)2 (_12)2 (3)2
8 12 12 7 25 25
units
16 144 9 169 13
Illustration 56
2 2(3) 2(5) 9 2 6 10 9
(1) 2 (2)2 (3)2 9
9
3 units.
3
Cartesian Form
Family of planes parallel to the plane ax by cz d is ax by cz because the parallel
planes have same normal and hence direction-ratios of normals are same. Different values of
given different planes parallel to the plane ax by cz d .
where is a constant
r .(n1 n2 ) d1 d2 ...(i)
Cartesian Form
and a2 x b2 y c2 z d2 is
( a1 x b1 y c1 z d1 ) ( a2 x b2 y c2 z d2 ) 0
Illustration 57
Find the equation of plane passing through the line of intersection of the planes
2 x 7 y 4 z 3, 3 x 5 y 4 z 11 0 and the point A ( 2, 1, 3).
Solution :
Equation of family of planes passing through theline of intersection of the planes
2x 7 y 4 z 3 and 3 x 5 y 4 z 11 0 is
(2 x 7 y 4 z 3) (3 x 5 y 4 z 11) 0
Since, this plane passes through the point (-2,1,3)
(2(2) 7(1) 4(3) 3) (3(2) 5(1) 4(3) 11) 0
2 (12) 0
12 2
2 1
12 6
Thus, required equation of the planeis
1
(2 x 7 y 4 z 3) (3 x 5 y 4 z 11) 0
6
12 x 42 y 24 z 18 3 x 5 y 4 z 11 0
15 x 47 y 28 z 7 0
15 x 47 y 28 z 7
Illustration 58
Find the equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of the planes
x y z 6 , 2 x 3 y 4 z 15 0 and perpendicular to the plane 4 x 5 y 3 z 8 .
Solution :
Equation of family planes passing through the line of intersection of the planes
x y z 6 and 2 x 3 y 4 z 15 0 is
( x y z 6) (2 x 3 y 4 z 15) 0
(1 2 ) x (1 3 ) y (1 4 ) z 6 15 0
6
6 + 11 = 0 =
11
6
( x y z 6) (2 x 3 y 4 z 15) 0
11
11 x 11 y 11z 66 12 x 18 y 24 z 90 0
x 7 y 13 z 156 0
x 7 y 13 z 156 0
Illustration 59
Find the equation of the plane through the line of intersection of the planes r .(i→ 3 j→ ) 6 0
and r .(3i→ j→ 4 k→ ) 0 , which is at a unit distance from the origin.
Solution :
Equation of family of plane passing through the line of intersection of the planes
r .(i→ 3 j→) 6 0 and r .(3i→ →j 4 k→ ) 0 is
[r .(i→ 3 j→) 6] [r .(3i→ →j 4 k→ )] 0
r [(1 3 )i→ (3 ) →j 4 k→ ] 6 0
r .[(1 3 )i→ (3 ) →j 4 k→ ] 6
Perpendicular distance of this plane from the origin is
6
((1 3 ) (3 )) 2 (4 )2
2
6
1
(1 3 )2 (3 )2 (4 )2
6 (1 3 )2 (3 )2 (4 )2
36 1 6 9 2 9 6 2 16 2
36 10 26 2 26 26 2
26
2 1
26
Thus, required equations of the planes are
[r .(i→ 3 j→) 6] [r .(3i→ →j 4 k→ )] 0
r .(4i→ 2 →j 4 k→ ) 6 0
and [r .(i→ 3 j→) 6] [r .(3i→ →j 4 k→ )] 0
r .(2i→ 4 →j 4 k→ ) 6 0
Let P be an arbitrary point on the plane bsiecting the angle between the given planes with
position vector r . Then distance of point P from thegiven plane should be equal
r .n1 d1 r .n2 d2
n1 n2
r.n1 d1 r.n2 d2
n1 n2
Cartesian Form :
a1 x b1 y c1 z d1 a2 x b2 y c2 z d2
a12 b12 c12 a22 b22 c22
*You can see that results of cartesian form are very similar to that to straight lines.
one of the given planes and one of the angle bisectors. If tan 1 , then the chosen bisector plane
bisects the acute angle between the given planesÊ and the other bisector plane bisects the obtuse
angle~between the planes. If tan 1 , then the chosen bisector bisects the obtuse angle between
the planes and the other bisector bisects the acuteÊangle between the planes.
and a2 x b2 y c2 z d2 0
such that d1 and d2 are of the same sign, then the bisecting plane
a1 x b1 y c2 z d1 a2 x b2 y c2 z d1
a12 b12 c12 a22 b22 c22
bisects the angle betwen the planes that contains the origin.
Illustration 60
Find the equation of the plane bisecting the angles between the planes x 2 y 2 z 3 0
and 3 x 4 y 12 z 1 0 . Also specify the plane which bisects the acute angle.
Solution :
The equations of the given planes are
x 2 y 2z 3 0 ...(i)
and 3 x 4 y 12 z 1 0 ...(ii)
The equations of the two bisectors planes are
x 2 y 2z 3 3 x 4 y 12 z 1
2 2 2
(1) (2) (2) (3) 2 (4)2 (12) 2
x 2 y 2z 3 3 x 4 y 12 z 1
3 13
13 x 26 y 26 z 39 (9 x 12 y 36 z 3)
4 x 14 y 10 z 42 0
and 22 x 38 y 62 z 36 0
2 x 7 y 5 z 21 0 ...(iii)
and 11 x 19 y 31 z 18 0 ...(iv)
Thus, the two bisectors are
2 x 7 y 5 z 21 0 and 11 x 19 y 31 z 18 0
Now, let be the acute angle between the plane(i) and the bisector plane (iii), then
2 14 10 6 2 2
9 78 3 78 78 39
2 37
Now, sin 1 cos2 1
39 39
sin 37
tan 1
cos 2
450
Therefore, the bisector plane (iii) biscts the obtuse angle between the given planes.
Hence, plane 11 x 19 y 31 z 18 0 bisects the acute angle between the given plane.
Illustration 61
Find the equation ofplane bisecting the angle in which the origin lies of the planes
x 2 y 2 z 9 and 4 x 3 y 12 z 13 0 .
Solution :
The given equation are
x 2 y 2z 9 and 4 x 3 y 12 z 13 0
x 2 y 2z 9 4 x 3 y 12 z 13
2 2 2
(1) (2) (2) (4) 2 (3)2 (12) 2
x 2 y 2 z 9 4 x 3 y 12 z 13
3 13
13 x 26 y 26 z 117 12 x 9 y 36 z 39
25 x 17 y 62 z 78 0
Illustration 62
Reduce in symmetrical form, the equation of the line of intersection of two planes
x y 2 z 5, 3 x y z 6 .
Solution :
Let a,b,c be the direction ratios of the required line.
Since the required line lies in both the given planes, we must have
a b 2 c 0 and 3a b c 0
a b c a b c
or
1 2 6 1 1 3 3 5 4
In order to find a point on the required line, we put z 0 in the two given equation to obtain
x y 5, 3 x y 6
11 9
Solving these two equations, we obtain x , y .
4 4
11 9
Therefore, coordinates of a point on the required line are , ,0 . Hence, the equation of the
4 4
required line is
11 y 9
x 4 z 0
4 4 x 11 4 y 9 z 0 4 x 11 4 y 9 z 0
or or .
3 5 4 12 20 4 3 5 1
b.n
sin
b n
n b
In Cartesian form, if the plane is ax by cz d 0 and line
x x1 y y1 z z1
is then
l m n
al bm cn
sin
a b c 2 l 2 m2 n2
2 2
So, the condition that line is parallel to the plane is b.n 0 or al bm cn 0 and the condition
l m n
of perpendicular is b n or .
a b c
Illustration 63
x 1 y1 z 3
Find the angle between the line and plane 6 x 3 y 2 z 5 .
2 2 1
Solution :
Let be the angle between the given line and given plane, the direction-ratios of line are 2,2,1
and that of normal to the plane are (6,-3,2).
12 6 2 8
9 49 21
8
sin 1 .
21
Illustration 64
Show that the line r (i→ j→ ) (2i→ →j 4 k→ ) is parallel to the plane r .(2i→ k→ ) 5 . Also find
the distance between them.
Solution : Given line is
r (i→ j→) (2i→ →j 4 k→ )
where m 2i→ →j 4 k→
and given plane is r.(2i→ k→) 5
where n 2i→ k→
Now, m.n (2i→ j→ 4 k→ ).(2i→ k→ ) 4 0 4 0
Given line and given plane are parallel.
Distance between given line and given plane is same as perpendicular distance of point a i→ →j
from the plane r.(2i→ k→) 5 ,
a.n d
which is
n
(i→ →j ).(2i→ k→ ) 5 2 5 7 7
2 2 5 5 5
(2) (1)
x x1 y y1 z z1
To find the point of intersection of the line and the plane ax by cz d 0
l m n
x x1 y y1 z z1
are given by
l m n P
(x1+1r, y1+mr, z1+nr)
x x1 y y1 z z1 ax+by+cz+d=0
r (say)
l m n
a ( x1 lr ) b( y1 mr ) c( z1 nr) d 0
Substituting the value of r in(i), we obtain the coordinates of the required point of intersection.
Illustration 65
x 1 y 2 z 5
Find the point of intersection of the line and the plane 2 x 4 y z 3
2 3 4
Solution :
x 1 y 2 z 5
Any point on the line can be taken as
2 3 4
(1 2 ,2 3 , 5 4 ) ...(i)
2 4 8 12 5 4 3
15 12 3
1
From (i), point of intersection is (1+2, 2-3, -5+4) i.e. (3,-1,-1).
Illustration 66
Find the distance between the point with position vector i→ 5 j→ 10 k→ and the point of
x 2 y1 z2
intersection of the line with the plane x y z 5 .
3 4 12
Solution :
The coordinates of any point on the line
x 2 y1 z 2
r (say) are (3r 2,4 r 1,12r 2) ...(i)
3 4 12
3r 2 4 r 1 12r 2 5 11r 0
r 0.
Putting r = 0 in (i), we obtain (2, 1, 2) as the coordinates of the point of intersection of the given
line and plane.
Required distance = distance between (-1,-5,-10) and (2,-1,2)
x x1 y y1 z z1
(b) Cartesian Form : If the line lies in the plane ax by cz d 0 then
l m n
(i) ax1 by1 cz1 d1 0 and (ii) al bm cn 0 .
Illustration 67
Show that the line r (i→ j→ ) (2i→ →j 4 k→ ) lies on the plane r .(i→ 2 j→ k→ ) 3 .
Solution :
If the line
r (i→ →j ) (2i→ →j 4 k→ ) lies on the plane
r .(i→ 2 →j k→ ) 3 then line must satisfy the equation of plane
Illustration 68
Find the equation of the line through the point 2i→ →j k→ and perpendicular to the plane
r .(3i→ 5 j→ k→ ) 4 .
Solution :
Since, line is perpendicular to the plane r .(3i→ 5 →j k→ ) 4 ,
Therefore, normal to the plane is parallel to the line. Thus, equation of the line through the point
a 2i→ →j k→ and parallel to m 3i→ 5 j→ k→ is
r (2i→ →j k→ ) (3i→ 5 →j k→ ) .
Illustration 69
Find the equation of the plane passing through the point (0,7,-7) and containing the line
x 1 y3 z 2
.
3 2 1
Solution :
Let the equation of a plane passing through (0,7,-7) be
a (x 0) b( y 7) c( z 7) 0 ...(i)
x1 y3 z 2
The line passes through the point (-1,3,-2) and has direction ratios -3,2,1. If
3 2 1
(i)contains this line, it must pass through (-1,3,-2) and must be parallel to the line. Therefore
a(1) b(3 7) c(2 7) 0
and 3 a 2b 1c 0 (iii)
On volving (ii) and (iii) by cross-multiplication, we get
a b c a b c
( say)
14 14 14 1 1 1
a , b , c
Puttingthe values ofa,b,c in (i), we obtain
( x 0) ( y 7) ( z 7) 0 x y z 0
This is equation of the required plane.
C ond it ion of C op lanar it y of t wo lines and eq uat ion of t he p lane cont aining t hem
Vector Form
Let r a m1 and r b m2 be two coplanar lines.
Then, the plane containing them is parallel to b a, m1 and m2 . Therefore b a, m1 and m2 are
coplanar.
[r b m1 m2 ] = 0 or [r a m1 m2 ] 0
Cartesian Form
x x1 y y1 z z1
Let and
a1 b1 c1
x x2 y y2 z z2
be two coplanar lines then
a2 b2 c2
a x1i→ y1 →j z1 k→
b x2 i→ y2 j→ z2 k→
m1 a1 i→ b1 j→ c1 k→ and m2 a2 i→ b2 →j c2 k→
condition of complanarity
[b a m1 m2 ] 0
Equation of plane
r a m1 m2 0
x x1 y y1 z z1
a1 b1 c1 0
a2 b2 c2
or [r b m1 m2 ] 0
x x2 y y2 z z2
a1 b1 c1 0
a2 b2 c2
Illustration 70
Show that the lines r (i→ →j k→ ) (3i→ →j ) and (4i→ k→ ) (2i→ 3 k→ ) are coplanar. Also, find
the plane containing these two lines.
Solution :
Given equation are
r (i→ →j k→ ) (3i→ →j )
and r (4 i→ k→ ) (2i→ 3k→ )
where a i→ →j k→ , m1 3i→ →j
and b 4i→ k→ , m2 2i→ 3k→
Condition for coplanairty is b a m
1 m2 0
Now, b a 3i→ →j
b a m1 m2 0
3 1 0
3 1 0 0
2 0 3
i→ →j k→
Again, m1 m2 3 1 0 3i→ 9 j→ 2k→
2 0 3
Logic : The line of intersection is perpendicular to the normals of both the plane. (Think over it).
So a vector perpendicular to both normals is (n1 n2 ) .
a x1i→ y1 →j z1 k→
n1 a1i→ b1 →j c1 k→
and n2 a2 i→ b2 j→ c2 k→
x x1 y y1 z z1
b1 c1 c1 a1 a1 b1
b2 c2 c2 a2 a2 b2
Illustration 71
11 9
Therefore, point , ,0 is a point on line of intersection.
4 4
11 9
x y
Therefore, equation of line is 4 4 z (i)
a b c
a b c
3 5 4
Putting the proportional values of a,b,c in (i) , we get
x 11 9
y
4 4 z
3 5 4
4 x 11 4 y 9 z
12 20 4
4 x 11 4 y 9 z
3 5 1
which is the required equation.
STEP-I : Write the equation of the line passing through P and normal to the given plane
as
x x1 y y1 z z1
a b c
Illustration 72
a b c
Does 0 represent a pair of planes ?
x y yz z x
Solution :
a b x
Givenequation is 0
x y y z z x
or az2 ayz axy axz bx2 bzx bxy byz cy2 cxy czx cyz 0
1 1
b (b c a) ( a b c)
2 2
1 1
(b c a) c ( c a b)
2 2
1 1
( a b c) ( c a b) a
2 2
0 0 0
1 1
(b c a) c ( c a b)
2 2 R1 R1 R2 R3 0
1 1
( a b c) ( c a b) a
2 2
Illustration 73
x 1 y 2 z 3
1 2 4
1 4 4 12 16 38
21 21 1
Therefore, coordinates of D from (i) are (2,4,7)
1 x1
2 x1 3
2
D
2 y1
4 y1 6 x + 2y + 4x = 38
2
3 z1
7 z1 11
2 A´ (x1, y1, z1)
Illustration 74
Find the coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from the point (2,3,7) to the plane
3 x y z 7 . Also, find the length of the perpendicular and equation of perpendicular.
Solution :
Let A(2,3,7) and D be the foot of perpendicular from A to the plane 3 x y z 7 .
Line through A and D passes through (2,3,7) and is perpendicualr to 3 x y z 7 , therefore its
equation is
3(2 3 ) (3 ) (7 ) 7
6 9 3 7 7
11 11 1 A (2, 3, 4)
INTRODUCTION TO VECTORS
Scalars Vs. Vectors :Physical quantities are divided into 2 ategories
(a) Scalar
(b) Vectors
Scalars : The quantities which have only magnitude and which are not related to any fixed
direction in space.
ex. distance.
Types of Vector :
(i) Zero Vector : It is nothing but a vector with magnitude zero. Denoted by 0 and geometrically
it just represents a point.
(ii) Unit Vector : It is a vector whose magnitude is unity. i.e.
a 1
a→ & is obtained by
a
a→
a
VECTOR ALGEBRA
4 QUIZRR
Note : Any two unit vectors a→ & b→ should not be taken to equal as you never know about
their direction & for vectorÊs to be equal, both direction & magnitude should be equal.
(iii) Negative Vector : If a be a vector, then -a is a negative vector, whose magnitude is equal
to that of a but has opposite direction.
a a
a a
(iv) Equal Vectors : Two vectors are equal if and only if, both their direction
and magnitude is equal. Here a & b areparallel & a b
a
b
(v) Like & Unlike Vectors : Two vectors are said to be like if they have same direction (not
necessarily same magnitude). & unlike, if they have opposite directions.
ALGEBRA OF VECTORS
(I) Addition of Vectors:
Parallologram Law of Addition : If two vectors lie along 2 adjacent sides of a parallelogram
then the diagonal through the common vertex represent their sum
i.e. s a b
a s b
a
Triangle Law of addition :
C
If 2 vectors are represented as 2 sides of a triangle taken in order,
then their sum is represented by thrid side taken in reverse order.
c
c a b
b
These 2 laws can be extended to any polygon for example
A a B
here f a b c d e e d
f c
a b
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 5
3. a b a b
a b
i.e.
a b
We will work this out from addition law only, we know a b i.e.
b
If a b has to be found, we write + b
a
a b a ( b )
a
–b
which is nothing but negative vector of b , i.e. it has the same
magnitude but just the direction has changed as shown in the diagram. a –b
Property :
1. a b ab
If we multiply any vector with any scalar, then following cases can occur.
Taking a as vector quantity & k as scalar
1. If k 0 , then ka represents a vector whose direction is same as that of a but with a
magnitude k times a.
2. If k 0 , then ka represents a vector opposite in direction having magnitude k times that
of a .
Properties of multiplication
VECTOR ALGEBRA
6 QUIZRR
Illustration 1
If the vector a and b represent two adjacent sides of a regular hexagon, express the other
sides as vectors in terms of a and b .
Solution :
ABCDEF is a regular hexagon. D
Let FA a and AB a
E C
FB FA AB a b
FC 2b ( FC is parallel to AB and lengthwise doubled
which is the property of regular hexagon)
F B
BC FC FB 2b a b b a
a b
CD a; DE b; EF a b A
Illustration 2
Prove that the sum of three vectors determined by the medians of a triangle directed from
the vertices is zero.
Solution :
ABC is the triangle and AD is the median through A. If AD be produced to a length DE AD ,
then ACEB is a parallelogram.
Hence by the parallelogram law of addition of two vectors,
AB AC AE 2. AD
Similarly
A
BA BC 2 BE and CB CA 2 CF
Adding, we have F E
AB AC BC CB CA 2 AD BE CF D
B C
But the L.H.S. is such that
AB BA AB AB 0 .
Similarly, the other two pairs also become zero. Hence
AD BE CF 0 E
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 7
Illustration 3
Five forces represented by AB, AC , AD , AE and AF actat the vertex A of a regular hexagon
ABCDEF. Prove that their resultant is a force represented by 6 AO , where O is the centre
of the hexagon.
Solution. E D
AB AC AD AE AF
ED AC AD AE CD
F C
AC CD AE ED AD O
AD AD AD 3 AD
6 AO
A B
This is the resultant required.
Illustration 4
If G be the centroid of a triangle ABC, show that GA GB GC 0 ; and conversely, if
GA GB GC 0 , then G is the centroid of the triangle ABC.
Solution :
Necessary part.
Take G as the centroid .
Let the parallelogram GCFB be completed. A
GB GC GF (parallelogram law of addition of vectors)
2GD
H E
GA ( GA is oppositely directed to GD and lengthwise doubled) G
as G divides AD in the ratio 2 : 1
GA GB GC 0 . B C
D
Now for the second part
F
Let G be joined to the midpoint D of BC and produced to F
GC GB GF 2GD
2GD GA 0 ...(i)
This means that GD and GA have the same directions. Already GD is the join of G to the
midpoint of BC. Hence, AGD is a continuous line. So AD is the median. From (i), it is also seen
AG 2
that . G is the point of trisection of the median. Hence G is the centroid.
GD 1
VECTOR ALGEBRA
8 QUIZRR
POSITION VECTOR OF A POINT
p p x i→ p y →j p z k→
To find AB :
We have to find AB , given that position vectors of A & B are a & b respectively.
i.e. OA a
B
OB b
in OAB OA AB OB A
putting values
AB OB OA
O
ba
TIP to remember
Illustration 5
The position vectors of point A,B,C,D are a , b , 2a 3b and a 2b respectively. Show that
DB 3b a and AC a 3b
Solution :
We have,
DB = Position vector of B - Positionvector of D
b (a 2b) 3b a
and AC = Position vector of C - Position vector of A
(2a 3b) a a 3b .
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 9
Illustration 6
Let ABCD be a parallelogram. If a , b , c be the position vector of A,B,C respected with
reference to the origin O, find the position vector of D with reference to O.
Solution :
We have OA a, OB b and OC c . Let a be the position vector of D.
Since opposite sides of a parallelogram areparallel and equal. D(d) C(c)
AB DC P.V. of B - P.V. of A = P.V. of C - P.V. of D
b a c d
d c ab
Hence, the position vector of D is (c a b) .
A(a) B(b)
SECTION FORMULA
B
(i) I nt er nal Division
b n
Let A and B be two points with position vectors a and b respectively, and
let C be a point dividing AB internally in the ratio m : n. Then the c C
o
position vector of C is given by m
a
mb na
OC
mn A
Remark : If C is the mid point of AB, then it divides AB in the ratio 1:1. Therefore, position vector
of C is
1.a 1.b a b
.
11 2
1
Thus, the position vector of the mid point of AB is (a b ) .
2
VECTOR ALGEBRA
10 QUIZRR
Illustration 7
Find the position vector of the point which divide the joint of points 2a 3b and 3 a 2b
internally and externally in the ratio 2 : 3.
Solution :
Let A and B be the given points with position vectors 2a 3b and 3a 2b respectively. Let P and
Q be the points dividing AB in the ratio 2 : 3 internally and externally respectively. Then,
3(2a 3b) 2(3a 2b)
Position vector of P
32
12 a 13b
5 5
3(2a 3b) 2(3 a 2b)
Position vector of Q 5b
32
Illustration 8
Let a , b , c be the position vectors of three distinct points A,B,C. If there exists scalar x,y,z
(not all zero) such that xa yb zc 0 and x y z 0 , then show that A,B and C lie on a
line.
Solution :
It is given that x, y, z are not all all zero. So, let z be non-zero.
Then
xa yb zc 0
( xa yb)
zc ( xa yb) c
z
xa yb
c [ x y z 0 z ( x y) ]
x y
This shows that the point C divides the line joining the points A and B in the ratio y : x. hence,
A, B and C lie on the same line.
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 11
VECTOR ALGEBRA
12 QUIZRR
Illustration 9
Prove that the internal bisectors of the angles of a triangle are concurrent. Also find the
position vector of incentre.
Solution :
Let the triangle be ABC with sides of length BC a; CA b; AB c
Let A,B,C with respect to an origin O have position vector a , b, c .
BD c
If AD be the internal bisector of A , by the bisector theorem and hence D divides the
DC b
cc bb
join of B and C in the ratio c : b. Position vector of D is . Consider a point l on AD such
cb
(cc bb)
Al b c (b c) aa
that so that l has position vector b c
ID a a b c
aa bb cc
This simplifies to .
a b c
The symmetry of this result indicates that this point also lies on the other two internal bisectors
of angles B and C. Hence these bisectors have a common point in I, i.e. they are concurrent at
I whose position vector is
aa bb cc
a b c
Illustration 1 0
D, E and F are the middle points of the sides BC, CA, and AB respectively of a triangle ABC.
2 1
Three concurrent forces are reprsented by AD , BE and CF . Show that their resultant
3 3
1
is represented by AC .
2
Solution :
The medians intersect at G
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 13
A
2 1
BE CF AD FA AD
3 3
FD
F E
1
AC
2 G
B D C
Illustration 1 1
The velocity of a boat relative to water is 3i→ 4 j→ and that of water relative to Earth is
i→ 3 →j . Find the velocity of the boat relative to the Earth if i→ and →j represent velocities of
1km per hour East and North respectively.
Solution :
Velocity of boat (u) = velocity of water + velocity of boat relative to water
i→ 3 →j 3i→ 4 →j 4i→ →j
1 1
Magnitude of u is 16 1 17 kmph in a direction tan 4 North of East.
If a vector r can be represented as r xa yb zc where a, b & c are vectors & x, y & z are
1 a1 + 2 a2 ... n an = 0
a a
i.e. a b
b b
VECTOR ALGEBRA
14 QUIZRR
Also, if 2 vectors a & b are non-collinear and x & y are scalars such that
xa yb 0, then x y 0
To Prove that 3 points are collinear, we form 2 vectors out of them & then prove these
vectors to be collinear.
for example, if A, B &C are 3 points, we form 2 vectors AB & BC & now will prove then
collinear.
If 2 points are non-collinear then if
pa qb xa yb p x & q y
Note : 2 vectors are always co-planar.
C ollinear it y of 3 p oint s
a, b & c are collinear if there exists scalars x, y, z not all zero such that
xa yb zc 0 where x yz 0.
COPLANARITY :
C op lanar Vect or s :
A set of vectors is said to be coplanar, if they lie in same plane. As already stated any two vectors
will constitute a plane.
Method-1 : To prove that 4 points A,B,C,D are coplanar, make 3 vectors AB, AC & AD &
prove them to be coplanar by above method.
Method-2 : Given that position vectors of 4 points are a, b , c & d respectively, then these
points are coplanar if
(i) xa yb zc wd 0 , &
(ii) x y z w 0
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 15
Illustration 1 2
Prive that Any three non-coplanar vectors are linearly independent.
Solution :
Let a, b, c be three non-coplanar vector and let xa yb zc 0 for some scalar x, y, z . In order
to prove that a, b, c are linearly independent we must show that x y z 0 .
If possible, let x 0 . Then
y z
xa yb zc 0 a b c [ x 0 ]
x x
a lies in the plane of b and c
a, b, c are coplanar vectors.
This is a contradiction. So x 0 . Similarly, we can show that y z 0 .
Hence, a , b, c are linearly independent vectors.
Note : Since i→, →j, k→ are non-coplanar vectors, therefore i→, →j, k→ are linearly independent unit
vectors.
Illustration 1 3
Any four vectors in 3-dimensional space are linearly dependent.
Solution :
Let a, b, c, d be four vectors in 3-dimensional space. Two cases arises.
Case-1 When a , b, c are coplanar vectors.
In this case, a , b, c are coplanar
there exist ascalars x, y such that a xb yc
a ( x)b ( y) c 0 a ( x)b ( y) c 0 d 0
x1 a x2 b x3 c x4 d 0 , where x1 1, x2 x, x3 y and x4 0 .
[ x1 1 0 ]
a, b, c, d are linearly dependent vectors
Case-2 When a , b, c are co-planar vectors
In this case
a, b, c are non-coplanar vectors and d is any vector in space
there exists scalar x, y, z such that d xa yb zc
xa yb zc (1) d 0
xa yb zc d 0
where ( 1) which is nothing but condition of coplanarity.
VECTOR ALGEBRA
16 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 4
Prove that the points 2a b c , 5a b 2 c and 8 a 3b 5 c are collinear.
Solution :
Let x, y, z be scalars such that
x(2 a b c ) y(5 a b 2c ) z(8 a 3b 5c ) 0
2 x 5 y 8 z 0 , x y 3 z 0 and x 2 y 5 z 0
2 x 5 y 8 z 0 , x y 3 z 0 and x 2 y 5 z 0
Solving first two of these equation by cross-multiplication, we get
x y z x y z
or ( say)
7 14 7 1 2 1
x , y 2 and z
These values of x, y, z satisfy the third eqaution and x y z 0 . Hence, the given points are
collinear.
Illustration 1 5
Show that the points with position vectors a 2b 3 c , 2a 3b c and 4a 7b 7 c are collinear.
Solution :
Let P,Q,R be the points with position vectors a 2b 3c , 2 a 3b c and 4 a 7b 7 c respectively.
Then,
PQ = P.V. of Q - P.V. of P
(2a 3b c) (a 2b 3c)
3a 5b 4 c
and
QR = P.V. of R - P.V. of Q
(4 a 7b 7c) (2a 3b c)
6 a 10b 8 c
Clearly, QR 2 PQ . This shows that PQ and QR are parallel vectors. But Q is a point common
to them. So, PQ and QR are collinear. Hence, point P, Q and R are collinear.
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 17
Illustration 1 6
Show that the points with position vectors a 2b 3 c , 2a 3b 2 c and 8 a 13b are
collinear whatever be a , b, c
Solution :
Let P, Q, R be the points with position vector
Illustration 1 7
If the vectors a and b represent two adjacent sides of a regular hexagon. How many sets
of collinear vectors can be found, from the sides of hexagon ?
Solution :
ABCDEF is a regular hexagon.
Let FA a and AB b
FB FA AB a b
FC 2b ( FC is parallel to AB and lengthwise doubled)
BC FC FB 2b a b b a
CD a; DE b; EF a b .
Thus three sets can be found as :
AB and DE; BC and EF ; CD and FA .
VECTOR ALGEBRA
18 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 8
Examine whether 3a 7b 4c ; 3a 2b c ; a b 2 c are coplanar.
Solution :
Let p 3 a 7b 4 c
q 3a 2b c
r a b 2c
Consider p 2 q 3r 3 a 7b 4 c 2(3a 2b c ) 3(a b 2c )
a(3 6 3) b(7 4 3) c (4 2 6) 0
p, q, r are coplanar.
Illustration 1 9
Show that the vectors 2a b 3c , a b 2 c and a b 3 c are non-coplanar vectors.
Solution :
Let, if possible, the given vectors be coplanar.
Then one of the given vectors is expressible in terms of the other two.
Let 2a b 3c x(a b 2 c ) y(a b 3c ) , for some scalar x and y
2a b 3c ( x y) a ( x y)b (2 x 3 y) c
2 x y, 1 x y and 3 2 x 3 y .
Solving, first and third of these equations, we get x 9 and y 7 . Clearly, these value do not
satisfy the third equation.
Hence, the given vectors are not coplanar.
Illustration 20
Prove that four points 2a 3b c , a 2b 3c , 3a 4 b 2c and a 6b 6 c are coplanar.
Solution :
Let the given four points be P,Q,R and S respectively. These points are coplanar if the vectors
PQ, PR and PS are coplanar. These vectors are coplanar iff one of them can be expressed as a
linear combination of other two. So, let
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 19
PQ xPR yPS
a 5b 4 c x(a b c ) y( a 9b 7 c )
a 5b 4 c ( x y) a ( x 9 y)b ( x 7 y) c
x y 1, x 9 y 5, x 7 y 4
1 1
Solving the first of these three equations, we get x , y . These values also satisfy the third
2 2
equation. Hence the given four points are coplanar.
MULTIPLICATION OF VECTORS
b
Scalar Pr od uct / Dot Pr od uct
It is represented as follows, a.b (ÂaÊ dot ÂbÊ) & its value is
a.b = |a| |b| cos
where is is the angle between the vectors a and b
Geometrical Interpretation : a
Geometrically it represents the „product of a vector with projection of a vector on the other.‰
So according to the above statement
a.b = a (projection of b on a)
or = b (projection of a on b)
a.b = a b cos
= a (cos ) b
B
now OL = projection of b on a
= b cos
& hence the result.
A
a.b O L a
projection OL = a
a
a.b
, in vector =
OL a2
VECTOR ALGEBRA
20 QUIZRR
(c) If a . b 0 |a| |b| cos = 0 and |a|, |b| 0
i.e. cos = 0 = /2 or the two vectors are perpendicular to each other.
So for two perpendicular vectors, a.b = 0
2
(d) a. a a
as this can be written as a . a a a cos0
ma . n b mn a . b
(e)
i→, →j & k→ are known as orthonormal trials as all the 3 are normal to each other.
so i→ . j→ j→ . k→ k→ . i→ 0
i→ . i→ j→ . →j k→ . k→ 1
(g) angle between 2 vectors
if a a1 i→ a2 →j a3 k→
b b1 i→ b2 →j b3 k→
then a.b = a1b1 + a2b2 + a3b3
i.e. multiply the coefficients of same unit vectors i→ with i→ , like this & angle between the
vectors is given by
a1 b1 a2 b2 a3 b3
cos = a b
a1 b1 a2 b2 a3 b3
=
a12 a22 a32 b12 b22 b32
a.b B
= OL = a
a
b
component of b perpendicular to a = BL
a . b A
= b a O L a
a 2
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 21
Illustration 21
Find the value of for which a i→ 2 j→ k→ and b 4i→ 9 j→ 2 k→ are perpendicular.
Solution :
If a b , then
a.b 0
4 18 2 0
4 16 0
4 16 4 .
Illustration 22
AB.CD
cos
AB CD
(i→ 4 →j k→ ).(2i→ 8 →j 2 k→ )
(1)2 (4)2 (1)2 (2)2 (8)2 (2)2
cos 1 .
VECTOR ALGEBRA
22 QUIZRR
Illustration 23
Dot product of a vector with vectors 3i→ 5 k→ , 2i→ 7 →j and i→ →j k→ are respectively 1, 6 and 5.
Find the vectors.
Solution :
Let a 3i→ 5 k→
b 2i→ 7 j→ and c i→ →j k→
r xi→ yj→ zk→ be the required vectors, then
r . a 1
3 x 5 z 1 ...(i)
r .b 6
2x 7 y 6 ...(ii)
r.c 5
x y z 5 ...(iii)
Solving (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
x 3, y 0 and z 2
r 3i→ k→
Illustration 24
Find the value of for which projection of a i→ →j 4 k→ on b 2i→ 6 j→ 3 k→ is 4 units.
Solution :
a.b
Projection of a on b is b .
a.b ( i→ →j 4 k).(2i→ 6 →j 3k→ )
2 6 12 2 18
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 23
b (2)2 (6)2 (3)2 4 36 9 49 7
a.b
4
Now, b
2 18
4
7
2 18 28
2 10 5 .
Illustration 25
If a 4i→ 2 j→ k→ and b i→ j→ 3 k→ , then find
(i) projection of a on b (ii) projection of b on a .
Solution :
(i) Projection of a on b
a.b
b
a.b (4i→ 2 →j k→ ).(i→ →j 3k→ )
423 5
b (1)2 (1)2 (3)2 1 1 9 11
a.b 5
Projection of a on b
b 11
(ii) Projection of b on a
a.b
a
a (4)2 (2)3 (1)2 16 4 1 21
a.b 5
Projecton of b on a .
a 21
VECTOR ALGEBRA
24 QUIZRR
Illustration 26
If a i→ →j k→ and b 2i→ →j 3 k→ , then find
(i) component of b along a .
(ii) component of b perpendicular to a .
Solution :
a.b
(i)
Component of b along a is 2 a
a
a.b (i→ →j k→ ).(2i→ →j 3k→ ) 2 1 3 4
2
a (1) 2 (1) 2 (1) 2 3
a.b 4
2 3
a
a.b 4 4
a a (i→ j→ k→ ) 4 i→ 4 →j 4 k→
a 2 3 3
3 3 3
a.b
(ii) Component of b perpendicular to a is b a
a2
4 4 4
(2i→ →j 3k→ ) i→ →j k→
3 3 3
4 4 4
2 i→ 1 →j 3 k→
3 3 3
2→ 7 → 5 →
i j k
3 3 3
Illustration 27
If a is any vector then prove that a (a .i→ )i→ (a . j→ ) j→ (a . k→ )k→
Solution :
Let a a1 i→ a2 j→ a3 k→ then,
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 25
a.i→ ( a1i→ a2 →j a3 k→ ).i→
Similarly, a. j→ a2 and a.k→ a3
Now, ( a.i→)i→ ( a. j→) j→ ( a.k→ ) k→
a1 i→ a2 →j a3 k→ a
Thus, a ( a.i→ )i→ ( a. →j ) →j ( a.k→ ) k→
This is an important question, so remember it, as this result will be used ahead also.
Illustration 28
2 2
Prove that (a .b )2 a b .
Solution :
2
( a.b)2 a b cos
2 2
a b cos2 where is the angle between a and b
Now, 1 cos 1
0 cos2 1
2 2
( a.b) 2 a b cos2
2 2 cos2 1
a b
2 2
Thus, ( a.b) 2 a b .
Illustration 29
If a→ and b→ are two unit vectors and is angle between them, then prove that.
1
(i) sin a→ b→
2 2
1
(ii) cos a→ b→
2 2
VECTOR ALGEBRA
26 QUIZRR
Solution :
2
(i) a→ b→ ( a→ b→ )2
2 2
a→ b→ 2 a→ b→ cos
a→ 1 and b→ 1
1 1 2cos
2 2sin 2 4 sin 2
2 2
2
a→ b→ 4 sin 2
2
a→ b 2sin
2
1
sin a→ b→
2 2
2
(ii) a→ b→ (a→ b→ ) a→ 2 b→ 2 2 a→ .b→
2 2
a→ b→ 2 a→ b→ cos
2 2 cos2 4 cos2
2 2
2
a→ b→ 4 cos2
2
a→ b→ 2 cos
2
1
cos a→ b→
2 2
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 27
Illustration 30
If a b c 0 and a 3, b 5, c 7 , find the angle between a and b .
Solution :
abc 0 a b c
Squaring both sides , we get
(a b)2 ( c)2
a2 b2 2a.b ( c)2
2 2 2
a b 2 a b cos c where is angle between a and b
15 1
cos
30 2
3
Illustration 31
Find the value of for which the angle between the vectors a 2 2 i→ 4j→ k→ and
b 7i→ 2 →j k→ is obtuse.
Solution :
If is angle between a and b , then
a.b
cos
a b
(2 2 i→ 4 →j k).(7i→ 2 →j k→ ) 0
14 2 8 0
VECTOR ALGEBRA
28 QUIZRR
14 2 7 0 7 (2 1) 0
1 1
0 0
2 2
1
Thus angle between a & b is obtuse if 0 .
2
QUESTIONS ON GEOMETRY
Illustration 32
2 2
r a
r
0 r a
A O B
a –b
AP BP
APB 900
Therefore, APB is a right angled triangle.
Illustration 33
Prove by vector method that in a right-angled triangle, the mid-point of the hypotenuse is
equidistant from its vertices.
Solution :
Let ABC be a right-angled triangle and D be the mid-point of hypotenuse AC
AD DC
To prove :
AB BC 0 AB BC
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 29
( AD DB).( BD DC) 0
( AD DB).( DC DB) 0 BD DB
( AD DB).( AD DB) 0 AD DC
2 2 A
AD DB 0
2 2
AD DB 0
2 2 D
AD DB
AD DB
B C
AD DB
Thus, AD DB DC .
Illustration 34
Prove by vector method that the altitude of a triangle are concurrent.
Solution :
LetABC be a triangle with AD and BE as two altitudes (Figure). Let AD and BE intersect at
origin O.
Let CO meet AB at F.
Let a, b and c be the position vectors of points A,B and C respectively w.r.t. O.
Now, AD BC OA BC
OA.BC 0
OA.(OC OB) 0
a.(c b) 0
a.c a.b 0
...(i)
a.c a.b A
Also, BE CA OB CA
E
F
OB.CA 0
O
OB.(OA OC) 0
b.(a c) 0
b.a b.c 0
B D C
b.a b.c ...(ii)
VECTOR ALGEBRA
30 QUIZRR
From (i) and (ii), we get
a.c b.c a.b b.a
a.c b.c 0
(a b).c 0
(OA OB).OC 0
BA.OC 0
BA OC EA CF
CF is also an altitude.
Thus, altitudes are concurrent.
Illustration 35
Prove by vector method that the diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other at right angles.
Solution :
Let OABC be a rhombus with O as origin and D point of intersection of diagonals OB and AC.
Let a be the position vector of A and c that of C, then
OB OA AB
OA OC a c
ac ac
Position vector of mid-point of OB is , and position vector of mid-point of AC is also .
2 2
Thus, the mid-points of diagonals OB and AC coincide. Hence the diagonals OB and AC bisect
each other.
C B
Again, OA OC
OA2 OC 2
2 2
OA OC c
D
2 2
OA OC
2 2
OA OC 0
O a A
(OA OC).(OA OC) 0
OB.CA 0
OB CA
Thus, diagonals are at right angle.
Hence, the diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other at right angles.
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 31
Illustration 36
Prove cosine formulae using vectors :
b2 c 2 a 2 c 2 a 2 b2 a 2 b2 c 2
(i) cos A (ii) cos B (iii) cos C
2bc 2ca 2a b
Solution :
Consider a triangle ABC such that side opposite to A represents a , side opposite to C
represents c as shown in Figure.
Now, a b c 0 [Sum of vectors represented by three sides of a triangle taken in order is zero]
b c a
Squaring both sides , we get
(b c)2 ( a)2
b 2 c 2 2b.c a 2 A A
2 2
b c 2 b c cos( A)
b
c
2
a [angle between b and c is A ]
C
B
b2 c2 2bc cos A a2 a a B
a
C
2bc cos A b2 c2 a2
b2 c2 a 2
cos A
2bc
Illustration 37
Prove projection formulas using vectors.
VECTOR ALGEBRA
32 QUIZRR
b c a
Taking dor product with a on both sides
A A
a.(b c ) a.a
a.b a.c a 2 b
c
a b cos( C) a c cos( B) C
B
2 B
a
C
a
ab cos C ac cos B a2
b cos C c cos B a
Similarly, (ii) and (iii) can be proved.
Illustration 38
Prove by vector method that
Then, POQ A B
Y
.OQ
OP OP
OQ
cos( A B)
P (cos A, sin A)
.OQ
OP cos( A B) ....(i)
OP 1
OQ
OM MP
Now, cos A and sin A A
OP OP N
X´ O B M X
MP
OM cos A and
OP
sin A OP 1
Y´
Therefore, coordinates of point P are (cos A,sin A)
Q (cos B, sin B)
Similarly, coordinates of point Q are (cos B, sin B)
VECTOR ALGEBRA
QUIZRR 33
.OQ
OP (cos Ai→ sin Aj→).(cos Bi→ sin Bj→ )
Illustration 39
If two pairs of opposite edges of a tetrahedron are perpendicular, then prove using vectors
that the opposite edges of the third, pairs are also perpendicular to each other.
Solution :
Let OABC be a tetrahedron in which OA BC and OB AC . LetO be the origin and let the
position vectors of A, B and C be a, b and c respectively.
Now, OA BC and OB AC
OA.BC 0 and OB. AC 0
OA.(OC OB) 0
and OB.(OC OA) 0 O
a.(c b) 0 and b.(c a) 0
a c
and
b
a.c a.b 0 b.c b.a 0
and
A C
a.c a.b b.c b.a
a.c b.c
B
a.c b.c 0
(a b).c 0
OA OB .OC 0
BA.OC 0
OC BA OC BA
VECTOR ALGEBRA
34 QUIZRR
VECTOR PRODUCT OR CROSS PRODUCT
(i) Defintion : The vector product of two non-null and non parallel
>
n
vector a and b is a vector whose ab sin , being the angle
between the directions of a and b and whose direction is that
of a unit vector n→ perpendicular to both a and b such that
B
a, b,n→ are in the right handed oreintation. By the right handed b
oreintation we mean that if we turn the vector a into the vector O
a C
b, then n will point in the direction in which a right-handed
screw would move if turned in the same manner. A
BL
In OBL , sin BL OB sin b sin ...(i)
OB
>
n
Now, a b a b sin n→ B C
(OA) ( BL) n→
b
= (Base height)n→
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 35
1 1
a b OA OB .
2 2
NOTE : By the term vector area of a plane figure we mean that a vector of magnitude equal to
the area of the plane figure and direction normal to the plane of the figure in the sense of right
handed rotation.
(ii) Properties :
(a) Vector Product is not commutative :
i.e. a b b a but a b = -(b a)
(b) (ma) b m(a b) a (mb) .
(c) if the vectors are collinear, then
ab 0 0 or
As a conseqeunce of above a a 0
i→ →j k→, →j k→ i→, k→ i→ →j
→j i→ k→, k→ →j i→, i→ k→ →j
Let a a2 i a2 j a3 j a a12
b b1i b2 j b3 k , b b12
then a b ( a1 i a2 j a3 k) (b1i b2 j b3 k)
or ab sin n
→ a1 b2 i j a1 a3 i k a2 b1 j i a2 b3 j k a3 b1 k i a3 b2 k j
i j k
a b a1 a2 a3
b1 b2 b3
VECTOR ALZEBRA
36 QUIZRR
(f) Sine of the angle between a and b
From the value of a b derived above in (e) part and squaring it
a 2 b2 sin 2 ( a2 b2 a3 b2 )2
( a2 b3 a3 b2 )2
sin 2
a12 .b12
(i) For any three vectors a , b, c , we have
a (b c) a b a c
Remark : It follows from the above property that a a 0 for every non-zero vector a
which in turn implies that i→ i→ →j →j k→ k→ 0 .
a b a b sin n→
where n→ is a unit vector to the plane of a and b such that a, b, n→ form a right-handed system
ab
( a b) a b n→ n→
ab
ab
Thus, a b is a unit vector to the plane of a and b .
ab
Note that a b is also a unit vector to the plane of a and b .
(a b )
A vector of magnitude ' ' normal to the plane of a and b is given by
a b
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 37
1
2. The area of a triangle with adjacent sides a and b is ab .
2
1
4. The area of a parallelogram with diagoinals a and b is ab .
2
1
5. The area of a plane quadrilateral ABCD is AC BD , where AC and BD are its diagonals.
2
LAGRANGE’S IDENTITY
If AC and a,b be any two vectors, then
2 2 2
a b a b ( a.b)2
2 2 2
or a b ( a.b)2 a b
Proof. We have
a b a b sin
2 2 2
a b a b sin 2
2 2
a b 1 cos2
2 2 2 2
a b a b cos2
2 2
a b ( a b cos )2
2 2
2
a b a.b
2 2 2
2
Hence, a b a b a.b
2 2 2
a b (a.b)2 a b
VECTOR ALZEBRA
38 QUIZRR
Illustration 40
If a , b , c are the position vectors ofthe vertices A,B,Cofa triangle ABC, show that the area
1
of triangle ABC is a b bc c a .
2
Deduce the condition for points a , b , c to be collinear.
Solution :
1
Area of ABC AB AC .
2
Now, B Position vector of B - Position vector of A b a ,
AC = Position vector of C - Position vector of A c a
AB AC (b a) (c a)
bc ba ac aa
b c ab c c a 0
ab bc ca
1 1
Hence, area of ABC AB AC ab bc c a
2 2
If the points, A,B,C are collinear, then
Area of ABC 0
1
ab b c c a 0
2
ab b c c a 0
ab bc ca 0
Thus, a b b c c a 0 is the required condition of collinearity of three points a , b, c .
Illustration 41
If a 2i→ →j k→ and b i→ 3 j→ k→ , find a b
Solution :
i→ →j k→
ab 2 1 1
(1 3)i→ (2 1) →j (_ 6 1) k→ 2i→ 3 →j 7 k→
1 3 1
a b (2)2 (3)2 (7)2 4 9 49 62 .
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 39
Illustration 42
Solution :
Let a i→ j→ k→, b 2i→ →j 3k→ and n→ be the unit vector perpendicular to a and b . Then
ab
n→
ab
i→ →j k→
a b 1 1 1
(3 1)i→ (3 2) →j (1 2) k→ 2i→ 5 →j 3k→
2 1 3
a b (2) 2 (5)2 (3)2 4 25 9 38
2i→ 5 j→ 3k→ 2 → 5 → 3 →
ab i j k
n→
ab 38 38 38 38
Illustration 43
Find the area ofaparallelogram whosediagonals arethe vectors 2i→ 3 →j 6 k→ and 2i→ 2 j→ k→
Solution :
Let a 2i→ 3 →j 6 k→ and b 2i→ 2 j k→
1
Then, area of parallelogram ab
2
i→ j→ k→
a b 2 3 6 15i→ 14 →j 2 k→
2 2 1
a b (15) 2 (14)2 (2)2 225 196 46 495 5 17
1 5
Required area = ab 17 sq. units.
2 2
VECTOR ALZEBRA
40 QUIZRR
Illustration 44
Find the area of atriangle whose vertices are (3, 1, 2), (1, 1,3) and (4, 3,1) .
Solution :
Let A(3, 1,2), B(1, 1,3) and C(4, 3,1) then
a OA 3i→ j→ 2k→
b OB i→ →j 3k→
and c OC 4 i→ 3 →j k→
where a, b and c are position vectors of A,B, and C resectively.
Area of triangle 1 a b b c c a
2
i→ →j k→
a b 3 1 2 i→ 7 →j 2 k→
1 1 3
i→ →j k→
b c 1 1 3 8i→ 11 j→ k→
4 3 1
i→ →j k→
c a 4 3 1 5i→ 5 →j 5k→
3 1 2
a b b c c a 2i→ →j 4 k→
a b b c c a (2)2 (1)2 (4)2 4 1 16 21
1 1
Requiredarea = ab bc ca 21
2 2
Second Method :
OA 3i→ →j 2k→
OB i→ →j 3k→
OC 4i→ 3 →j k→
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 41
Now, AB OB OA
i→ →j 3k→ 3i→ →j 2 k→ 2i→ k→
(4 i→ 3 →j k→ ) (3i→ →j 2k→ ) i→ 2 →j k→
1
Area of triangle AB OA
2
i→ →j k→
AB AC 2 0 1 2i→ →j 4 k→
1 2 1
AB AC (2)2 (1)2 (4)2 4 1 16 21
1 1
Required area= AB AC 21
2 2
Note. It is convenient to use second method as it involves only one cross product.
Illustration 45
If a 2, b 5 and a b 8 , find a .b .
Solution :
ab 8
a b sin 8 (2)(5)sin 8
4 3
sin cos
5 5
3
Now, a.b a b cos (2)(5) 6
5
a.b 6
or we could directly use lagranges identity
i.e. | a b|2 (a.b)2 | a |2| b|2
a.b 6
VECTOR ALZEBRA
42 QUIZRR
Illustration 46
If A<B,C bethreenon-collinear points with positon vectors a , b , c respectively, show that
a b bc ca
the length of perpendicular from C on AB is
ba
Solution :
C(c)
Area of ABC
1
AB AC
2
p
1
(OB OA) (OC OA)
2
1
(b a) ( c a) A(a) B(b)
2
1 1
b c b a a c a a b c ab c a ...(i)
2 2
1
Also, Area of ABC p( AB)
2
1 1
p b a bc ab ca
2 2
ab bc ca
p .
ba
Illustration 47
2 a .a a .b
Prove that (a b ) .
a .b b .b
2
Solution : ( a b)2 a b sin n→
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 43
2 2
2 2 2
a b sin 2 n→ a b 1 cos
2
n→ 1
2 2 2 2
2
a b a b cos2 a 2 b 2 a b cos = (a.a )(b.b) (a.b)2
a.a a.b
a.a b.b
Illustration 48
If a b c b and a c b d , show that (a d ) is parallel to (b c ) , where a d and b c .
Solution : (a d ) (b c )
ab ac db dc ab ac bd cd
ab b d b d ab [ a c b d and c d a b]
0
ad bc .
Illustration 49
Prove that a (b c ) b ( c a ) c (a b ) 0
Solution :
a (b c) b (c a) c (a b)
ab a c b c b a c a c b
ab bc ca ca bc ab 0
Illustration 50
Prove that (a b) (a b ) 2a b and intercept it geometrically.
Solution :
( a b) ( a b) a a a b b a b b
a b a b 2a b
Geometrical interpretation. Let ABCD be a parallelogram whose diagonals intersects at origin O.
VECTOR ALZEBRA
44 QUIZRR
Let positive vector of A and B be a and b respectively. Then, D C
OC a and OD b b
Aea of parallelogram ABCD a
O
AB AD b
a
(OB OA) (OD OA) (b a) ( b a)
A B
b b b a a b a a ab ab 2 ab
= 2 (area of || gm with adjacent sides OA and OB )
Thus, the area of a given parallelogram is twice the area of another parallelogram whose
adjacent sides are the semi diagonals of the given parallelogram.
GEOMETRICAL PROBLEMS
Illustration 51
Prove by vector method that the parallelograms on the same base and between the same
parallels lines are equal in area.
Solution :
Let ABCD and ABCÊDÊ be two parallelograms on the same base AB and between the same
parallels lines
Let AB a and AD b D´ D C´ C
Now, DD a
DD a
b
and AD AD DD b a
Area of parallelogram ABCD
AB AD a ( b a) A a B
a b a a a b = area of ||gmABCD.
Illustration 52
If D,E,F are the mid-pointsof the sides of a triangle ABC, prove by vector method that
1
area of DEF (area of ABC ) .
4
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 45
Solution :
Let A be the origin and position vectors of B and C be b and c respctively. Then the
1
position vector of D (b c )
2
1
position vector of E c and A
2
1
position vector of F b.
2
F E
Now, DE (P.V. of E) - (P.V. of D)
1 1 1
c (b c ) b
2 2 2
B D C
and DF (P.V. of F ) (P.V. of D)
1 1 1
b (b c ) c
2 2 2
1 1 1 1
area of DEF DE DF b c
2 2 2 2
1 1 11 11
(b c ) b c b c
2 4 24 42
1 1 1
AB AC area of ABC
4 2 4
Illustration 53
a b c
Prove sine formula vectors .
sin A sin B sin C
Solution :
Consider a triangle ABC such that side opposite to A represents a , side opposite to B represents
b and side opposite to c represents c as shown in Figure
Now, a b c 0 A
A
a b c
b
c
(a b) b c b
C
a b b b c b B
B
a C
VECTOR ALZEBRA
46 QUIZRR
ab b c
a b sin( C)n→ b c sin( A) n→
absin Cn→ bc sin An→ [ a a and b b ]
ab sin C bc sin A [if two vectors are equal then their magnitudes are equal]
a sin C c sin A
a c
sin A sin C
a b c
Similarly,
sin A sin B sin C
Illustration 54
Then, POQ A B
OP
OQ
OP
sin( A B) k→ A B
OQ
X´ O M N X
OP
OQ sin( A B)k→ Y´
OP
OQ sin( A B)
...(i)
OM MP
Now, cos A and sin A
OP OP
OM cos A and MP sin A [ OP 1 ]
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 47
i→ →j k→
OP
OQ cos B sin B 0
cos A sin A 0
OP
OQ sin A cos B cos A sin B
...(ii)
TRIPLE PRODUCTS
Let a, b, c be three vectors. By increasing dot and cross between a , b, c in the same alphabetical
order we intriduce the following products :
( a.b).c, ( a.b) c, ( a b).c and (a b) c
Consider the product (a.b).c . Since a.b is a scalar quantitity and dot product is defined between
two vector quantities, therefore the product a.b .c is not meaningful.
Similarly, (a.b) c is not meaningful.
But (a b).c is meaningful, because a b is a vector and its dot product with c i.e. (a b).c is
a scalar quantity. This product is known as the scalar triple product of a, b, c .
The product (a b) c is also meaningful, because a b is a vector and its cross-product with c ,
i.e. (a b) c is also a vector. This product is known as the vector triple product of a, b, c .
Thus, [a b c ] (a b ). c
VECTOR ALZEBRA
48 QUIZRR
Geometrical Interpretation of Scalar Triple Product
Let a, b, c be three vectors. Consider a parallelopiped having coterminous edges OA, OB and OC
such that OA a, OB b and OC c . Then a b is a vector perpendicular to the plane of
a and b . Let be the angle between c and a b . If n→ is a unit vector along a b , then is also
the angle between n→ and c .
Now, [ a b c ] ( a b).c
C F
L
= ( Area of the parallelogram OADB) n→ .c
c
= ( Area of the parallelogram OADB) n→ .c
E G
= ( Area of the parallelogram OADB) n→ c cos
b
O B
= ( Area of the parallelogram OADB) c cos [ n 1 ]
a
Thus, the scalar triple product [ a b c ] represents the volume of the parallelopiped whose coterminous
edges a , b, c from a right handed system of vectors.
i.e. (a b).c (b c).a (c a).b
or [ a b c ] [b c a ] [ c a b ]
2. The change of cyclic order of vector in scalar triple product changes the sign of the scalar
triple product but not the magnitude.
i.e. [ a b c ] [b a c ] [ c b a ] [ a c b ]
3. In scalar triple product the position of dot and cross can be interchanged provided that the
cyclic order of the vectors remains same i.e. (a b).c a.(b c)
4. The scalar triple product of three vectors is zero if any two of them are equal.
5. For any three vectors a , b, c and scalar , a b c a b c .
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 49
6. The scalar triple product of three vectors is zero if any two of them are parallel or collinear.
7. If a b c d are four vectors, then a b c d a c d b c d
8. The necessary and sufficeint condition for three non-zero, non-collinear vectors a, b, c to be
coplanar is a b c 0 i.e., a , b, c are coplanar a b c 0 .
9. For points with positive vectors a , b, c and d will be coplanar if
[ a, b, c ] [ d, c, a] [ d, a, b] [ a, b, c ]
a1 a2 a3
a b c b1 b2 b3
.
c1 c2 c3
Illustration 55
If a 2i→ 3 j→ k→ , b i→ 2 j→ k→ and c 3i→ →j 2 k→ find [a b c ]
Solution :
We have
2 3 1
[ a b c ] 1 2 1 2(4 1) 3(2 3) 1(1 6)
3 1 2
10 15 5 30
Illustration 56
If a 2i→ j→ k→ , b i→ 3 j→ k→ and c i→ 2 j→ 3 k→ , find their scalar triple product.
Solution :
2 1 1
a b
c 1 3 1 2(9 2) 1(3 1) 1(2 3)
1 2 3
22 4 1 25
VECTOR ALZEBRA
50 QUIZRR
Illustration 57
Find the value of so that the vector i→ j→ 4 k→ , 4i→ 7 j→ 10 k→ and 2i→ →j 2 k→ are coplnar.
Solution.
Let a i→ →j 4 k→ , b 4 i→ 7 j→ 10 k→ and c 2i→ →j 2k→ . If a, b and c arecoplanar, then a b c 0
1 4
4 7 10 0
2 1 2
12 36
3
Illustration 58
Find so that the four points with position vectors i→ 3 →j 2 k→ , 3i→ →j 4 k→ , 5i→ 7 →j 3 k→ and
Solution :
Let O be the origin and
OA 6i→ 3 →j 2k→
OB 3i→ →j 4 k→
OC 5i→ 7 →j 3k→
and OD 13i→ 17 →j k→
If the four points A,B,C, and D are coplanar, then vector AB, AC and AD are also coplanar and
therefore AB AC AD 0 .
Illustration 59
Show that a b b c c a 2 a b c
Solution : a b b c c a
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 51
( a b). (b c ) ( c a)
( a b). b c b a c c c a
(a b).(b c b a c c c a)
(a b).(b c b a c a) [ c c 0 ]
a.(b c) a.(b c) a.(c a) b.(b c ) b.(b a) b.(c a)
[If two vectors in scalar triple product are same then scalar triple product is zero]
= a.(b c ) b.(c a )
a.(b c) a.(b c) (Using property)
a b c a b c 2 a b c
Illustration 60
Show that a b b c c a 0
Solution :
a b b c c a
( a b). (b c ) ( c a) ( a b). b c b a c c c a
( a b). b c b a c a ( a b). b c a b c a
a.(b c) a.(a b) a.(c a) b.(b c ) b.(a b) b.(c a)
a.(b c) b.(c a)
Illustration 61
Find the value of if the volume of the parallelopiped whose cote r minous edges are
Solution :
If a 12i→ k→, b 3 j→ k→ and c 2i→ j→ 15k→ are cotermious edges of the parallelopiped, then its
volume is a b c . The volume is given to be 546 cubic units.
VECTOR ALZEBRA
52 QUIZRR
a b c 546
12 0
0 3 1 546
2 1 15
12(44) 6 546
528 6 546
6 18
3 .
Illustration 62
(i) Show that a , b and c are noncoplanar if and only if a b , b c and c a are noncoplanar.
(ii) Show that a , b and c are coplanar if and only if a b , b c and c a arecoplanar.
Solution.We know that
a b b c c a 2 a b c
(i) a, b and c are non-coplanar
a b c 0
2 a b c 0
a b b c c a 0
a b, b c and c a are non-coplanar.
(ii) If a, b and c are coplanar
a b c 0
2 a b c 0
a b b c c a 0
a b, b c and c a are coplanar.
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 53
Illustration 63
a .l b .l c .l
If a , b , c and l , m , n aretwo traids of vectors, prove that a b c l m n a .m b .m c .m
a .n b .n c .n
Solution : Let a a1i→ a2 →j a3 k→, b b1i→ b2 j→ b3 k→ , c c1 i→ c2 →j c3 k→
l l1i→ l2 →j l3 k→ , m m1 i→ m2 →j m3 k→ and n n1i→ n2 →j n3 k→
Then,
a1 a2 a3 l1 l2 l3
a b c l m n b1 b2 b3 m1 m2 m3
c1 c2 c3 n1 n2 n3
a1 l1 a2 l2 a3 l3 a1 m1 a2 m2 a3 m3 a1 n1 a2 n2 a3 n3
b1 l1 b2 l2 b3 l3 b1 m1 b2 m2 b3 m3 b1 n1 b2 n2 b3 n3
c1 l1 c2 l2 c3 l3 c1 m1 c2 m2 c3 m3 c1 n1 c2 n2 c3 n3
a.l a.m a.n a.l b.l c.l
b.l b.m b.n a.m b.m c.m
c.l c.m c.n a.n b.n c.n
Illustration 64
a b c
If a , b , c , l , m are vectors , prove that [a b c ](l m ) a .l b .l c .l .
a .m b .m c .m
Solution.
a1 a2 a3 i j k
a b c l m b1 b2 b3 l1 l2 l3
c1 c2 c3 m1 m2 m3
a1 i→ a2 →j a3 k→ a1 l1 a2 l2 a3 l3 a1 m1 a2 m2 a3 m3
b1 i→ b2 →j b3 k→ b1 l1 b2 l2 b3 l3 b1 m1 b2 m2 b3 m3
c i→ c →j c k→ c l c l c l
1 2 3 11 22 33 c1 m1 c2 m2 c3 m3
a a.l a.m a b c
b b.l b.m a.l b.l c.l
c c.l c.m a.m b.m c.m
VECTOR ALZEBRA
54 QUIZRR
Illustration 65
( x a )2 ( x b)2 ( x c )2
If ( y a )2 ( y b)2 ( y c )2 0 and X ( x 2 , x ,1), Y ( y 2 , y,1), Z ( z 2 , z,1) are non-coplanar,
( z a )2 ( z b)2 ( z c )2
then prove that a ( a2 , a,1), b (b2 , b,1), c ( c2 , c,1) are coplanar.
Solution :
Since X ( x2 , x,1), Y ( y2 , y,1) and Z ( z2 , z,1) are non-coplanar vectors. Therefore
x2 x 1
[ X Y Z ] 0 y2 y 1 0
z2 z 1
x2 x 1 1 2a a 2
y2 y 1 1 2b b2 0
{by using row expansion method}
z2 z 1 1 2 c c2
x2 x 1 a2 a 1
y2 y 1 b2 b 1 0
2 2
z z 1 c c 1
X Y Z a b c 0
a b c 0 [ X Y Z 0 ]
a, b, c are coplanar.
Illustration 66
The vector OP 5i→ 12 →j 13 k→ turns through an angle /2 about O passing through the
positive side of the →j axis on its way. Find the vector in the new position.
Solution :
Let OQ xi→ yj→ zk→ be the vector in the new position. Thenm
OP OQ x2 y2 z2 338 ...(i)
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 55
Also, OP OQ
OP.OQ 0 5 x 12 y 13 z 0 ...(ii)
Clearly, OP, →j and OQ are coplanar.
OP →j OQ 0
5 12 13
0 1 0 0
x y z
13
13 x 5 z 0 z x ...(iii)
5
Vect or T r ip le Pr od uct
If a, b and c are three vectors then (a b) c and a (b c) are called vector triple products.
In general a (b c) (a b) c .
b c is perpendicular to b and c and a (b c) is perpendicular to a and b c , therefore a (b c)
is perpendicular to a and is parallel to b and c . Whereas (a b) c is parallel to a and b and
is perpendicular to c , thus a (b c) (a b) c .
For any three vectors a, b and c
(i) a (b c) (a.c )b (a.b)c
(ii) (a b).c (a.c)b (b.c) a
AID To Memory
a (b c) (a.c )b (a.b)c can also be wrotten as I ( II III) ( I. III) II ( I. II ) III .
Note 1. The vector triple product a (b c) is a linear combination of those two vectors which
are within brackets.
Note 2. The vector r a (b c) is perpendicular to a and lies in the plane of b and c .
Note 3. The formula a (b c) (a.c )b (a.b)c is true only when the vector outside the bracket
is on the left-most side. If it is not we first shift on left by using the properties of cross-
product and then apply the same formula. For example,
(b c) a (a (b c))
{(a.c)b (a.b).c } (a.c)b (a.b)c
VECTOR ALZEBRA
56 QUIZRR
Illustration 67
Prove that (a b ) c a (b c ) iff (c a ) b 0
Solution :
We have
( a b ) c a (b c )
c (a b) a (b c)
( c.b) a ( c.a)b ( a.c )b (a.b) c
( c.b) a ( c.a)b ( a.c )b (a.b) c
(c.b)a (a.b)c
(b.c) a (b.a) c
(b.a)c (b.c) a 0
b (c a ) 0
(b (c a)) 0
(c a) b 0
Illustration 68
Show that (a b ) c a (b c ) iff a and c are collinear.
Solution : We have.
(a b) c a (b c)
( c (a b) a (b c )
{(c.b)a (c.a)b} (a.c)b (a.b) c
(c.b)a (a.c)b (a.c )b (a.b) c
(c.b) a (a.b)c
(c.b)a (a.b)c
(a.b)
a .c
(c.b)
, where a.b
a c
c.b
a and c are collinear.
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 57
(i)
a.a b.b c.c 1
(ii) a.b a.c 0; b.c b.a 0; c.a c.b 0
(iii) a b c 1
a b c
(iv) a, b, c are non-coplanar iff so are a, b, c .
Illustration 69
Prove that a (b c ) b ( c a ) c (a b ) 0
Solution :
a (b c) (a.c )b (a.b)c
b (c a) (b.a) (b.c)a
c (a b) (c.b)a (c.a)b
Adding them, we get
a (b c ) b (c a) c (a b) 0 [a.c c.a, a.b b.a and b.c c.b ]
Illustration 70
Prove that for any vector a , i→ (a i→ ) →j (a →j ) k→ (a k→ ) 2a .
Solution :
i→ ( a i→ ) →j (a →j ) k→ ( a k→ )
(i→.i→ ) a (i→.a)i→ ( →j. →j ) a ( →j.a) →j ( k→.k→ ) a (k→.a) k→
VECTOR ALZEBRA
58 QUIZRR
3 a (i→.a)i→ ( j.a) j→ (k→.a)k→
3 a ( a1 i→ a2 →j a3 k→ )
3a a 2a
Illustration 71
2
Prove that a b b c c a a b c
Solution : a b b c c a
( a b) (b c ) .( c a)
r (b c ) .( c a)
where a b r
(r .c )b (r .b) c .( c a)
[( a b).c ] b [( a b).b ]c .(c a)
( a b).c b.(c a) [ ( a b).b 0 ]
a b c b c a a b c a b c
2
a b c
Illustration 72
a b d c a b c d .
Prove that (a b ) (c d )
Solution :
( a b ) (c d )
r ( c d) , where r a b
(r.d) c (r.c)d
[(a b).d ]c [(a b).c ]d
[ a b d ] c a b c d
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 59
Illustration 73
a .c a .d
Prove that (a b ).( c b )
b .c b .d
Solution :
(a b).(c d )
r.(c d) , where r a b
(r c ).d
[(a b) c ].d
( a.c )b (b.c ) a .d
(a.c)(b.d) (b.c)(a.d )
a.c a.d
.
b.c b.d
Illustration 74
Prove that
(i) a , b and c are non-coplanar if and only if a b , b c and c a are non-coplaanr.
(ii) a , b and c are coplanar if and only if a b , b c and c a are coplanar.
Solution :
We know that
2
a b b c c a a b c
(i) a, b and c are non-coplanar
a b c 0
2
a b c 0
a b b c c a 0
a b, b c and c a are non-coplanar.
(ii) a, b and c are coplanar.
a b c 0
VECTOR ALZEBRA
60 QUIZRR
2
a b c 0
a b b c c a 0
a b, b c and c a are coplanar.
Illustration 75
Show that : (a b ) c a (b c ) if and only if a and c are collinear.
Solution : Let (a b) c a (b c)
(a.c)b (b.c)a (a.c)b (a.b)c
(b.c) a (a.b)c
a.b
a c
b.c
a.b
a c where
b.c
a and c are collinear.
Conversely, Let a and c be collinear, then a c .
(a b) c ( c b) c ( c.c)b (b.c) c
[(c.c)b (b.c)c ] ...(i)
Also, a (b c) c (b c)
( c.c)b ( c.b)c
[(c.c)b (c.b)c ] ...(ii)
from (i) and (ii), we get
( a b ) c a (b c )
Illustration 76
1
If a→ , b→ and c→ be three non-parallel unit vectors such that a→ (b→ c→ ) b→ , then find the angle
2
which n→ makes with b→ and c→ .
Solution :
1
a→ (b→ c→ ) b→
2
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 61
1
( a→ .c→ )b→ (a→ .b→) c→ b→
2
1→ →
a→ .c→ 2 b ( a→ .b) c→ 0
1
a→ .c→ 0 and a→ .b→ 0 [b→ and c→ are non-parallel]
2
1
a→ .c→ and a→ .b→ 0
2
1
a→ c→ cos and a→ b→ [where is angle between a→ and c→ ]
2
1
cos and a→ b→
2
and a→ b→
3
Thus, angle between a→ and b→ is and angle between a→ and c→ is .
2 3
Illustration 77
If p , q and r are the vectors b c , c a and a b respectively, then show that a , b and c
are parallel to q r , r p and p q respectively.
Solution :
a (q r )
( a.r ) q (a.q)r
a.( a b) q a.( c a) r
a a b q a c a r
(0) q (0) r 0
a q r
Similarly, b r p and c p q .
VECTOR ALZEBRA
62 QUIZRR
GEOMETRY OF VECTORS
1. Angle bisector of a & b
We know that diagonals of rhombus are angle bisectors also, so arangin a & b to form a rhombus
(remeber vector are like free lines which can be moved parallel to their direction ratios, which we
will cover in 3D)
From diagonal
OP OM ON
OP a b M
a P
( a b) [as sides are of equal length
so same for both side]
and unit vector will be
ab
OP O N
ab b
or if a & b are unit vectors only i.e. a→ & b→ then angle bisectors are a→ b→ only.
VECTOR ALZEBRA
QUIZRR 63
a b
r
a b
2. The angle bisector for lines r a b r a c {i.e. lines originating or passing through
the point a) is given by
b c
r a .
b c
Equation of lines through 2 points a & b
It is given by r a (b a )
Logic :
It is easy, as we need a parallel vector along the line & (b a ) will serve that purpose now.
A
T et r a h ed r o n
1
2. The angle between any two plane faces of regular tetrahedron is cos1
3
1
4. Angle between any edge & a face not containing the angle is cos1 , for any regular
3
tetrahedron
VECTOR ALZEBRA
DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATION
QUIZRR 3
1. Defint ion :
dy d 2 y
An equation containing x, y & , , etc is called a differential equation. In other words, a
dx dx2
differential equation is an equation that involves an independent variable ( x) , the depednent
dy d 2 y
variables ( y) & the derivatives of the dependent variable i.e., , 2 ,etc. .
dx dx
Example :
dy d2 y dy
(i) 5x 0 (ii) 4 x(sin x y) 0
dx dx2 dx
3/2
2 2
1 d y dy 3
dy d5 y
I ky 1
(iii) dx2 dx
(iv)
dx dx5
d2 y dy
(i) y 0 . This differential equation is of second order because order of the highest
dx 2 dx
d2 y
order derivative is two. Degree of this differential equation is one because power of the
dx2
d2 y
highest order derivative is one.
dx2
2
d3 y dy
3
(ii) 3 3 20.
dx dx
d3 y
This differential equation is of 3rd order because highest order derivative is and its
3 dx3
d y
degree is 2 because power of the highest order derivative is 2.
dx3
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
4 QUIZRR
(iii) 1 x2 dx 1 y2 dy 0
dy 1 x2
This differential equation can be written as dx . It is of first order and first
1 y2
degree.
Example :
Consider the differential equation
d2 y
y0 ...(i)
dx2
d2 y
A sin x B cos x
dx2
d2 y d2 y
y y0
dx2 dx2
It can be easily seen that y 3sin x 2cos x, y B cos x are all solutions of (i). The most general
of these solution is (ii), all others are particular solutions of the differential equation (i).
f ( x, y, C1 , C2 ,..., Cn ) 0 ...(i)
& the differential equation obtained from (i) be
dy d 2 y dn y
F x, y, , 2 ,..., n 0 ...(ii)
dx dx dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 5
d2 y
y0
dx2
Both (1) and (2) contains two parameters (1) can be written as
y a (cos x cos b sin x sin b)
dn y d n1 y dy
a0 n
a1 n1
... an 1 an y Pn
dx dx dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
6 QUIZRR
Examples :
2
d3 y dy
1. 2 5 7 y x2 (non-linear)
dx3
dx
dy
Here exponent of is 2.
dx
dy
2. y x (non-linear)
dx
dy
Here degree of the term y is 2.
dx
f ( x, y, a) 0 ...(1)
P ( x, y, y, a) 0 ...(2)
Eliminating a from eq (1) and (2), we get an equation involving x, y, y .. This is the required
differential equation of the family of curves represented by (1). Similarly if the given differential
equation has two arbitrary constants then we differentiable the given equation twice with respect
to x. By eliminating the arbitrary constants from the given equation and the equations obtained
by the differentiation, we get the required differential equations.
Illustration 1
Find the differential equation from the family of straight lines which pass through the
origin.
Solution :
The equation of the straight lines which pass through the origin
y mx , where m is a parameter ...(1)
Differentiating (1) with respect to x
dy
m ...(2)
dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 7
Illustration 2
dy
ex ( A cos x B sin x) ex ( A cos x B sin x)
dx
dy
y ex ( A sin x B cos x) ...(2)
dx
Again differentiating with respect to x
d2 y dy dy
ex ( A cos x B sin x) ex ( A sin x B cos x) y y [From Equation (2)]
dx 2 dx dx
d2 y dy
or 2 2 y 0 ; which is the required differential equation.
dx 2 dx
Pr ob lem b ased on for mat ion of d iffer ent ial eq aut ion
Working Rules :
(i) Write down the given equation
(ii) Differentiate the given equation with respect to independent variable x as many times as
the number of arbitrary constants.
(iii) Eliminate the arbitrary constants from given equation and the equations obtained by
differentiation.
Illustration 3
Obtain the differential equation of the family of curves represented by
dy
Aex Be x 2 x ...(2)
dx
Again differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
8 QUIZRR
d2 y
2
Aex Be x 2 ...(3)
dx
d2 y d2 y
(1) - (2) y 2
x2 2 or, 2
y x2 2 0 ...(4)
dx dx
(4) is the required differential equation, because it does not contain arbitrary constant A and B.
Illustration 4
d2 y dy
6 9y 0 .
dx 2 dx
Solution :
dy
Differentiating (i) w.r.t. x, we get Be3 x 3e3 x ( A Bx) ...(ii)
dx
d2 y
Differentiating (ii) w.r.t. x, we get 6 Be3 x 9 e3 x ( A Bx) ...(iii)
dx2
d2 y dy
6 9 y {6 Be3 x 9e3 x ( A Bx)} 6[ Be3 x 3e3 x ( A Bx)} {9( A Bx)e3 x
dx2 dx
d2 y dy
6 9y 0
dx2 dx
Illustration 5
We have x2 y2 c( x2 y2 )2
Differentiating (i) w.r.t. x, we get
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 9
dy dy
2x 2 y 2 c( x2 y2 ) 2 x 2 y
dx dx
dy 2 2 dy
x y dx 2c( x y ) x y dx
From (i) and (ii), we have
dy 2( x2 y2 ) 2 dy
x y 2 ( x y2 ) x y
dx ( x y )
2 2
dx
dy dy
( x2 y2 ) x y 2( x2 y2 ) x y
dx dx
x(x 2
y2 ) 2 x( x2 y2 )
dy
dx
2 y( x2 y2 )) y( x2 y2 )
dy
(3 xy2 x3 ) (3x2 y y3 )
dx
( x3 3 xy2 ) dx ( y3 3 x2 y) dy
which is the given differential equation.
Illustration 6
From the differential equation representing the family of curves y A cos( x B) , where
A and B are constants.
Solution :
We are given that y A cos( x B) ...(i)
[Since the given equation contains two arbitrary constants, we shall differentiate it two times and
we shall get a differential equation of second order.]
Differentiate (i) w.r.t. x,. we get
dy
A sin( x B) ...(ii)
dx
d2 y
A cos( A B)
dx2
d2 y
y [Using (i)]
dx2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
10 QUIZRR
Illustration 7
d 2 y dy 2 dy
x y y
2 dx dx
dx
Illustration 8
(i) To form a differential equation from the equation y2 4 ax where a is the parameter.
dy y2 dy y
y i.e. ...(iii)
dx 2 x dx 2 x
which is the required differential equation.
(ii) To form a differential equation of a family of circles touching y-axis at origin.
y
O x
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 11
dy
2x 2 y 2g 0 ...(ii)
dx
Now eliminating ÂgÊ using (i) and (ii), we get
dy dy
x2 y2 2 x x y 0 i.e. y2 x2 2 xy 0
dx dx
x2 y2 a 2 ...(i)
a=4
where a (radius) is the parameter.
Differentiating (i) w.r.t. x, we get a=2
a=1
O
dy x
2x 2 y 0 (0,0)
dx
This is a differential equation for all the members of
the family & it does not contain any parameter.
Illustration 9
d2y dy
a b cy 0 , then a ,b,c
dx 2 dx
Solution :
dy
3ae3 x bex ...(ii)
dx
d2 y
and 9 ae3 x bex ...(iii)
dx2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
12 QUIZRR
Eliminating a and b from equation (i), (ii) & (iii), we get
d2 y 4y
3 y 0 a 1, b 4, c 3
dx2 dx
Note : The order of differential equation (of family of curves with n constants) is equal to n. But
sometimes the order of the differential equation can be find on the basis of its solution. The
order of differential equation is equal to the number of constants involved in the solution
(in reduced condition).
dy
f ( x, y)
dx
dy y y
The equation 1 is a first order differential equation in which f ( x, y) 1 .
dx x x
S et - 1
dy
Type-1 Differential Equation of type f ( x)
dx
This is a very simple type which can be solved easily by using
dy f ( x) dx C
dy
Type-2 Differential equation of the type f ( y)
dx
This is the same type as above with the only change in functions on R.H.S. Here we solve
it by the following manner.
dy
If, f ( y) then
dx
dy dy
dx
f ( y)
dx
f ( y)
C
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 13
dy
Type-3 Equation in variable separable form f ( x)
dx
In this type the differential equation exists as product of two separate functions of x & y
respectively in R.H.S. We solve them as follow,
dy
f ( x) g ( y)
dx
dy
f ( x) dx
g ( y)
dy
g ( y)
f ( x) dx C
g ( y) dy f ( x) dx C
dx
or g ( y) dy
f ( x)
C
dy
Type-4 Equation reducible to variable separable form i.e. f ( ax by c)
dx
In this form the D.E. is not directly in Type-3 but by proper substitution it can be reduced
to Type-3.
For this put ax by C t
dy dt
ab
dx dx
f (ax by c1 ) dx f ( ax by c2 ) dy 0
in this substitute ax by t
dy dt
ab
dx dx
TIP : The success of this substitution lies only when after substritution, the D.E. gets free from
all forms of x,y terms and converts solely into a function of t.
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
14 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 0
Solve the following differential equations :
Type-1
dy dy
(i) x log x 2
(ii) (1 x ) x 2 tan 1 x .
dx dx
Solution :
(i) Given differential equation is
dy
x log x dy x log xdx
dx
Integrating both sides, we get
x log x dx
1dy II I
x2 1 x2 x2 1
y log x. . dx log x xdx
2 x 2 2 2
x2 1 x2
log x . c
2 2 2
x2 1
y log x x2 c
2 4
which is the required solution.
(ii) Given differential equation is
dy
(1 x2 ) x 2 tan 1 x
dx
dy dy x 2tan 1 x
(1 x2 ) x 2 tan 1 x
dx dx 1 x2 1 x2
x 2 tan 1 x
dy 2
dx
1 x 1 x2
x 2 tan 1 x
1dy
1 x
2
1 x2
dx
x tan 1 x
y dx 2 1 x2 dx
1 x2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 15
1
Putting tan 1 x t dx dt
1 x2
1 2x 1 t2
2 1 x2
2
dx 2 tdt log 1 x 2 c
2 2
1
y log 1 x2 (tan 1 x)2 c
2
which is the required solution.
Illustration 1 1
Tpye 2
Solve the following differential equations :
d y 1 cos 2 y d y 1 y2
(i) dx 1 cos 2 y (ii)
dx y3
Solution :
dy 1 cos2 y
(i) Given differential equation is
dx 1 cos 2 y
dy 2sin 2 y dy
tan 2 y
dx 2cos2 y dx
dy
dx cot 2 ydy dx
tan 2 y
cot y y x c
x y cot y c 0
which is the required solution.
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
16 QUIZRR
(ii) Given differential equation is
dy 1 y2 y3
dy dx
dx y3 1 y2
y3
y2 1
dy 1dx
y
y 2 dy 1dx
y 1
1 2y
ydy 2
2 y 1
dy 1dx
y2 1
log y2 1 x c
2 2
which is the required solution.
Illustration 1 2
Tpye 3
Solve teh following differential equation.
y
(i) e x 1 y 2 dx dy 0 (ii) (1 e 2 x )d y (1 y 2 )e x dx 0
x
dy dy dy
(iii) 2 x 2 y2 x 2 y 2 2 (iv) y x a y2
dx dx dx
dy dy
(v) log a x by (vi) 1 x 2 y2 x 2 y 2 xy 0
dx dx
Solution :
(i) Given differential equation is
y y
ex 1 y2 dx dy 0 dy ex 1 y2 dx
x x
y
dy xex dx
2
1 y
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 17
y
dy xex dx Puting 1 y2 t 2 ydy dt
2
1 y
1
ydy dt
2
1 dt
xex ex dx
2 t
t [ xex ex c] 1 y2 xex ex c
which is the required solution.
(ii) Given differential equation is
(1 e2 x ) dy (1 y2 ) ex dx 0
(1 e2 x ) dx (1 y2 ) ex dx
dy ex
dx
1 y2 1 e2 x
dy ex
1 y2
1 e2 x
dx Putting ex t ex dx dt
dy dt
1 y 2
1 t2
tan 1 y tan 1 ex c
which is the required solution.
dy
2 x2 y2 x2 y2 2 2 x2 2 x2 y2 y2
dx
2( x2 1) y2 ( x2 1)
dy dy
( x2 1)(2 y2 ) 2
( x2 1) dx
dx y 2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
18 QUIZRR
Integrating both sides , we get
dy 1 y x3
2
y 2
( x2 1) dx
2
tan 1
2
3
x c
dy dy dy dy
y x a y2 y x ay2 a
dx dx dx dx
dy dy y ay2
y ay2 ( a x)
dx dx a x
dy dx dy dx
y ay 2 a x y(1 ay) a x
dy dx
y(1 ay)
ax
1 a dx
y 1 ay dy a x
[Using partial fraction]
1 1 dx
y
dy a
1 ay
dy
ax
a log 1 ay
log y log a x log c
a
y y
log log a x c ( a x) c
1 ay 1 ay
dy
log ax by
dx
dy
eaxby [ log x y x ey ]
dx
dy dy
eax .eby by
eax dx
dx e
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 19
e by dy eax dx
Integrating both sides, we get
eby dy eax dx
eby eax
c
b a
eax e by
c0
a b
which is the required solution.
dy dy
1 x2 y2 x2 y2 xy 0 1 x2 y2 (1 x2 ) xy 0
dx dx
dy dy
(1 x2 )(1 y2 ) xy 0 1 x2 1 y2 xy 0
dx dx
dy y 1 x2
xy 1 x2 1 y2 dy dx
x
dx 1 y2
y 1 x2
dy
x
dx
1 y2
y 1
I1
2
Let dy Putting 1 y t 2 ydy dt ydy dt
1 y 2 2
1 dt
I1
2 t
t c 1 y2 c1
1 x2
Let I2 dx Puting 1 x2 z2 2 xdx 2 zdz
x
z z
dx dz dx dz
x 2
z 1
z z z2
I2 . dz dz
z2 1 z2 1 z2 1
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
20 QUIZRR
1 1 1 z 1
1 dz 1dz dz z log c2
z 12 2
z 1 2 z1
1 1 x2 1
1 x2 log c2
2 1 x2 1
1 1 x2 1
1 y2 1 x2 log c [ c c2 c1 ]
2 1 x2 1
1 1 x2 1
1 y2 1 x2 log c
2 1 x2 1
Illustration 1 3
Solve the following initial value problems :
dy 1
(i) 2ex y3 , y(0) (ii) edy/ dx x 1, y(0) 3
dx 2
dy
(iii) xy y 2, y(2) 0 (iv) (1 y2 )(1 log x) dx xdy 0, y(1) 1
dx
Solution :
(i) Given differential equation is
dy dy
2ex y3 3
2ex dx
dx y
Integrating both sides, we get
dy 1
3
2 ex dx 2
2 ex c ...(i)
y 2y
1 1
Now, y(0) when x 0, y
2 2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 21
1
Thus 2
2e0 c From (i)
1
2
2
2 2 c c 4
1
From (i) 2
2 ex 4
2y
edy/ dx x 1
dy
log( x 1) dy log( x 1)dx
dx
Integrating both sides, we get
1dy log( x 1) dx
x
y log( x 1).1dx log( x 1). x
x1
dx
1
x log( x 1) 1 dx
x 1
1
x log( x 1) 1dx dx
x1
c3 [ log1 0 ]
dy y dx
xy y 2 dy
dx y2 x
y dx 2 dx
y 2
dy
x
1 y 2 dy x
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
22 QUIZRR
1 dx
1dy 2
y2
dy
x
c 3 log 2
ey
log 2
log
( y 2) 8
ey x
2
( y 2) 8
8 e y x( y 2)2
which is the required particular solution of given differential equation.
(iv) Given differential equation is
dy 1 log x
dx
1 y 2 x
dy 1 log x
1 y 2
x
dx
(1 log x)2
tan 1 y c ...(i)
2
1
Thus tan 1 (1) c [From (i)]
2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 23
1 1 (1 log x) 2 1
c From (i), tan y
4 2 2 4 2
which is the required particular solution of the given differential equation.
TYPE-4
E q uat ions R ed ucib le t o Var iab les Sep ar ab le
In some differential equations the variables are not separablem, but by suitable substituting they
can be reduced to a form in which variables are separable.
Illustration 1 4
dy dy
(i) tan 2 ( x y) (ii) (3 x y 1)2
dx dx
dy dy 2 x y
(iii) sin( x y) cos( x y) (iv)
dx dx 3 2 x 2 y
Solution
(i) Given differential equation is
dy
tan 2 ( x y)
dx
dy dv dy dv
Putting x y v 1 1
dx dx dx dx
dv dv dv
1 tan 2 v tan 2 v 1 sec 2 v
dx dx dx
dv
dx cos2 vdv dx
sec 2 v
1 cos 2v
cos2 vdv 1dx 2
dv 1dx
1 1 sin 2v
2
(1 cos2v) dv 1dx v x c
2 2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
24 QUIZRR
1 sin 2( x y)
( x y) x c
2 2
1 1
( x y) sin 2( x y) x c
2 4
1 1
( y x) sin 2( x y) c
2 4
which is required solution.
dy
(ii) Given differential equation is (3 x y 1)2
dx
Putting 3x y 1 v
dy dv
3
dx dx
dy dv
3
dx dx
Given equation reduces to
dv dv dv
3 v2 v3 3 3 dx
dx dx v 3
Integrating both sides , we get
dv
2
v 3
dx
1 v
tan 1 x c
3 3
1 (3 x y 1)
tan 1 x c
3 3
which is the required solution.
dy
(iii) Given differential equation is sin( x y) cos( x y)
dx
Putting x y v
dy dv
1
dx dx
dy dv
1
dx dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 25
dv
1 sin v cos v
dx
dv
sin v cos v 1
dx
dv
dx
sin v cos v 1
Integrating both sides, we get
dv
sin v cos v 1
1dx
dv
v v
1dx
2 tan 1 tan2
2 2 1
2 v 2 v
1 tan 1 tan
2 2
v
1 tan 2
dv
2
v v v
1dx
2 tan 1 tan 2 1 tan 2
2 2 2
v
sec 2 dv
1 2
2 tan v 1
1dx
2
v
Putting tan 1 t
2
1 v
sec 2 dv dt
2 2
dt log t x c
1dx
t
v x y
log tan 1 x c log tan 1 x c
2 2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
26 QUIZRR
(vi) Given differential equation is
dy 2 x y 2 ( x y)
dx 3 2 x 2 y 3 2( x y)
Putting x y v
dy dv
1
dx dx
dy dv
1
dx dx
Given equation reduces to
dv 2 v
1
dx 3 2v
dv 2 v 3 2v 2 v 1 v
1
dx 3 2v 3 2v 3 2v
3 2v
dv dx
1v
Integrating both sides , we get
3 2v
1v
dv 1dx
1
2 1 v dv
1.dx
1
2 1dv dv 1dx
1v
2v log 1 v x c
2( x y) log 1 x y x c
x 2 y log 1 x y c
which is the required solution.
Illustration 1 5
Solve the following differential equation :
dy dy
(i) y2 x 2 xy (ii) ( x 3 3 xy 2 )dx ( y3 3 x 2 y)dy 0
dx dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 27
Solution :
(i) Given differential equation is
dy dy
y2 x2 xy
dx dx
dy dy y2
2
( xy x ) y2
dx dx xy x2
Since degree of each term of numerator and denominator is same i..e, 2, therefore given
equation is homogeneous.
dy dv
Putting y vx v x
dx dx
Given equation reduces to
dv v2 x2 v2
v x
dx xvx x2 v 1
dv v2 v2 v2 v
x v
dx v 1 v1
dv v
x
dx v 1
v1 dx
dv
v x
Integrating both sides, we get
v1 dx
v
dv x
1
1 dv log x c
v
y y
v log v log x c log log x c
x x
y
log y c
x
which is required solution.
dy x3 3 xy2
( x3 3 xy2 ) dx ( y3 3 x2 y) dy 0 dx 3
y 3 x2 y
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
28 QUIZRR
Since degree of each term of numerator and denominator is same i..e, 3, therefore given
equation is homogeneous equation.
dy dv
Putting y vx v x
dx dx
Given equation reduces to
dv x3 3 xv2 x2
v x 3 3
dx v x 3 x2vx
dv 1 3v2
v x 3
dx v 3v
dv 1 6v2 v4 v3 3v dx
x dv
dx 3
v 3v 2
1 6v v 4 x
Integrating both sides, we get
v3 3v dx
2
1 6v v 4
dx
x
1 dt dx
4 t
x
1 1 c
log t log x log c log t log
4 4 x
4
c c4
log t log t
x x4
c4 6 y2 y4 c4
1 6v2 v4 1
x4 x2 x4 x4
x4 6 x2 y2 y4 c4
which is the required solution.
dy yx y2
2
x dy y( x y) dx 0
dx x2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 29
dy dv
Putting y vx v x
dx dx
dv vx2 v2 x2 dv
v x v x v v2
dx x2 dx
dv
x 2v v2 (2v v2 )
dx
dv dx
2v v 2 x
dv dx 1 1 1 dx
v(2 v)
x
2 v 2 v
dv
x
1 1 1 1 dx
2 v
dv
2 2v
dv
x
1 1
log v log 2 v log x log c
2 2
1 v c
log log
2 2v x
v c2 v c2
log log 2 2
2v x 2v x
y
x c2 x2 y
c2
y x2
2 2x y
x
1
When x 1, y 1 c2
3
x2 y 1
Rquired solution is 3 x2 y 2 x y
2x y 3
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
30 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 6
Solve the following differential equation :
y y x
(a) x cos ( yd x xd y) y sin ( xdy yd x ) (b) (1 e x / y )d x e x / y 1 dy 0
x x y
y y
x cos ydx xdy y sin xdy ydx
x x
y y y y
xy cos dx x2 cos dy xy sin dy y2 sin dx
x x x x
y 2 y 2 y y
xy cos x y sin x dx x cos x xy sin x dy 0
2
y y y cos y y sin y
y2 sin
xy cos
dy x x x x x x
dx y y y y y
x2 cos xy sin cos sin
x x x x x
dy y
Since is a function of , therefore, given equation is homogeneous.
dx x
dy dv
Putting y vx v x
dx dx
Given equation reduces to
dv v cos v v2 sin v
v x
dx cos v v sin v
cos v v sin v dx
v cos v
dv 2
x
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 31
c
log v cos v 2log x log c log v cos v log
x2
c y y c
v cos v cos 2
x 2 x x x
y
xy cos c,
x
which is the required solution.
x
(1 ex/ y ) dx ex / y 1 dy 0
y
x
x/ y ex/ y 1
dy 1 e dx y
dx x dy x/ y
ex / y 1 1 e
y
x dx dv
Putting v x vy v y
y dy dy
dv ev (1 v) dv ev (1 v)
v y y v
dy 1 ev dy 1 ev
dv ev vev v vev
y
dy 1 ev
dv ev v 1 ev dy
y dv
dy 1 ev v ev y
1 ev dy
v ev
dv
y
log v ev log y log c
c c
log v ev log v ev
y y
x c
ex/ y x yex/ y c
y y
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
32 QUIZRR
Now given equation can be written as xy2 dx x2 ydy y.exy dx x.exy dx xexy dy 0
u 2u.eu
udu eu du 2. dy 0 udu eu du .dy 0
y y
1 u eu dy
2
u
du 0
u.e y
1
2
1
log u log eu log y c log xy xy log y c
2
dy a1 x b1 y c1
dx a2 x b2 y c2
dy dY
dx dX
Now equation (1) becomes
dY a1 ( X ) b1 (Y ) c1
dX a2 ( X ) b2 (Y ) c2
dY a1 X b1Y a1 b1 c1
or
dX a2 X b2Y a2 b2 c2
a1 b1 c1 0
and a2 b2 c2 0
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 33
1
so that
b1 c2 b2 c1 c1 a2 c2 a1 a1b2 a2 b1
b1 c2 b2 c1 c a c a
or , 1 2 2 1
a1b2 a2b1 a1b2 a2b1
a1 b1
These values of and are possible only when a b .
2 2
dY a1 X b1Y
...(3)
dX a2 X b2Y
Finally replacing X by x and Y by y in the solution thus obtained we will get the
required solution.
Special Case.
a1 b1
If a b k (say) , then method given above fails. In this case equation (1) becomes
2 2
dy a2 kx b2 ky c1
dx a2 x b2 y c2
k(a2 x b2 y) c1
...(4)
a2 x b2 y c2
Putting z a2 x b2 y , we get
dz dy
a2 b2
dx dx
dz dy
dx a2 b2 dx
kz c1
b2 [from (4)]
z c2
dz kz c1
or a2 b2
dx z c2
Now the variables can be separated.
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
34 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 7
dz dy dy 1 dz
Put z 2 x 2 y , then 22 or 1
dx dx dx 2 dx
z
1
1 dz 2 z2
1
2 dx z 1 2z 2
dz z2 2(3 z 4) 3 x 4
or 2 1
dx 2z 2 2z 2 z1
z1 z1
or
3z 4
dz dx or 3z 4
dz dx
1 3z 3
3 3z 4
or dz dx
1 3z 4 1
3 3z 4
or dz dz
1 1
or
3 1
3 z 4
dz dx
1 1
or z log(3 z 4) x k
3 9
or 3 z log(3 z 4) 9 x 9 k
or 6 x 6 y log[6 x 6 y 4] 9 x 9 k
1 1 3
or y x log 6( x y) 4 c , where c k
2 6 2
Illustration 1 8
dy x 2y 3
Find the solution of differential equation dx 2 x y 3
Solution :
dy x 2 y 3
Given equation is dx 2 x y 3 is ...(i)
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 35
( X 2Y ) (h 2k 3)
...(ii)
(2 X Y ) (2 h k 3)
Now choosing h & k such that
h 2k 3 0
and 2h k 3 0
h k 1
Solving by cross multiplication
6 3 6 3 1 4
h 1, k 1
dY X 2Y
equation (ii) becomes ...(iv)
dX 2 X Y
dY dv
Putting Y vX , then v X
dX dX
dv 1 2v
from (iv), v X Ê
dX 2v
Separating the variables, we get
dv 1 v2 2v dX
X dv
dX 2v 1v2 X
2v dX
Integrating both sides, 1v 2
dv
X
c1
2v
or (1 v)(1 v)
dv log X c1
1 3
or log(1 v) log(1 v) log X c
2 2
1 v
3
cX 2
(1 v)
Y
1
X cX 2
3
or Y
1 X
or X Y c( X Y )3
or x 1 y 1 c[( x 1) ( y 1)]3
or x y 2 c( x y)3
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
36 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 9
d y ( x y 1)2
Find the solution of differential equation
dx 4( x 2)2
Solution :
dy ( x y 1)2
Given differential equation is ...(i)
dx 4( x 2)2
Putting x X h, y Y k in (i)
then dx dX , dy dY
dY ( X h Y k 1)2
given equation becomes dX ...(ii)
4( x h 2)2
Choosing h and k such that
h k1 0 & h2 0 h 2, k 1
dY ( X Y )2
equation (ii) becomes ...(iii)
dX 4X2
dY dv
Puting Y vX , then v X
dX dX
from (ii), we have
dv ( X vX )2 (1 v)2
v X
dX 4X2 4
dv (1 v)2 (1 v)2
X v
dX 4 4
4 dX
Separating the variable, dv
(1 v) 2 X
4
log X C
1v
4
or log X c
1 (Y / X )
4( x h)
or log( x h) c
( x h) ( y k)
4( x 2)
or log( x 2) c is the required solution.
x y3
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 37
SET -3
TYPE-1
LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
A differential equation is linear if the dependent variable (y) and its derivative appear only in
the first degree. The general form of a linear differential equation of first degree is
dy
Py Q ...(i)
dx
Where P and Q are the functions of x (& not of y).
dy xdy dy
Example : xy x2 , 2 y x3 , 2 y sin x
dx dx dx
dx
Similarly, Px Q is a linear differential equation, where P and Q are functions of y
dy
(& not of x).
dy
Py.e Q.e
Pdx Pdx Pdx
.e
dx
d Pdx Pdx
or y.e Q.e
dx
Integrating both sides w.r.t. x, we get
y.e Q.e
Pdx Pdx
dx c
The factor e Pdx is called an integra tion factor of the differential equation & is shortly written
as I.F.
dy
Remember : The solution of
dx
Pt Q is y.( I . F ) Q .( I . F )dx c .
Illustration 20
Solve the following differential equations :
(i)
dy y
x2
dx x
(ii) ( x log x )
dy
dx
y 2 log x
(iii) 1 x
2
dx
dy
y tan 1
x
3 dy dy 1 sin x dy
(iv) (1 x ) 6 x 2 y (1 x 2 ) (v) y 2
(vi) ( x 1) 2 xy x2 4
dx dx 1 cos x dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
38 QUIZRR
Solution :
(i) Given differential equation is
dy y
x2
dx x
1
which is linear in y, where P and Q x2 .
x
1
dx log x
I .F . e x e x [ elog m m ]
Solution is given by
y( I .F .) Q( I .F .) dx
x4
yx x2 .xdx yx x3 dx yx
4
c
dy dy y 2
( x log x) y 2 log x
dx dx x log x x
1 2
which is linear in y, where P x log x and Q
x
1
dx
I .F . e x log x
elog(log x) log x [ elog m m ]
Solution is given by y( I .F .) Q( I .F .) dx
2 log x 1
y log x dx 2tdt where t log x dt dx
x x
t2 c
dy dy y tan 1 x
(1 x2 ) y tan 1 x
dx dx 1 x2 1 x2
1 tan 1 x
which is linear in y, where P and Q
1 x2 1 x2
1
dx 1 x
I .F . e 1 x2 etan
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 39
Solution is given by
y( I .F .) Q( I .F .) dx
1 x tan1 x 1 x
yetan 2
etan dx
1 x
1 1
tet dt where t tan x dt dx
1 x2
1 x
yetan tet et c
1 x 1 x 1 x
yetan tan 1 xetan etan c
e
y (tan 1 x 1)
1 x
etan
(iv) Given differential equation is
dy dy 6 x2 (1 x2 )
(1 x3 ) 6 x2 y (1 x2 ) y
dx dx 1 x3 1 x3
6 x2 1 x2
which is linear in y, where P and Q
1 x3 1 x3
6 x2
dx 3) 3 )2
I .F . e 1 x3 e2 log(1 x elog(1 x (1 x3 )2
Solution is given by
y( I .F .) Q( I .F .) dx
1 x2
y(1 x3 )2 (1 x3 )2 dx (1 x2 )(1 x3 ) dx
1 x3
1 x3 x2 x5 dx 1 x2 x3 x5 dx
x3 x4 x6
y(1 x3 )2 x c
3 4 6
dy 1 sin x
y
dx 1 cos x
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
40 QUIZRR
1 sin x
which is linear in y, where P 1 and Q
1 cosx
I.F . e
1 dx
ex
Solution is given by y( I .F .) Q( I .F .) dx
1 sin x x 1 sin x
yex e dx ex dx
1 cos x 1 cos x cos x
x x
2sin cos
x 1 2 2
e dx
2cos2 x 2cos 2 x
2 2
1 x x
ex sec 2 tan dx
2 2 2
1 x x
sec 2 ex dx tan ex dx
2 2 2
1 x x 1 x
sec 2 ex dx tan ex sec 2 ex dx
2 2 2 2 2
x x
yex tan e c
2
dy dy 2x x2 4
( x2 1) 2 xy x2 4 2 2
dx dx x 1 x 1
2x x2 4
which is linear in y, where P and Q
x2 1 x2 1
2x
I.F. dx log x2 1
e x2 1 e x2 1
Solution is given by
y( I .F .) Q( I .F .) dx
x2 4
y( x2 1) 2
( x2 1) dx x2 4 dx
x 1
x 2
y( x2 1) x 4 2 log x x2 4 c
2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 41
Type 2
dy
Py Qyn
dx
where P & Q are functions of x alone and do not contain y. How to solve it then :
dividing by yn
1 dy P
n dx
n 1 Q
y y
dy
Step-2 : Make the coefficient of free of x. Here it is already free so go to Step-3.
dx
1
Step-3 : Substitute n1
t {Substituting the coefficient of middle term i.e.f.}
y
(n 1) dy dt
yn dx dx
putting in DE
1 dt
PQ
(1 n) dx
dt
P(1 n) Q(1 n)
dx
which becomes our normal linear form now & can be solved as done earlier.
Illustration 21
dy
(a) ( y log x 1) ydx xdy (b) sec 2 y x tan y x 3
dx
Solution.
(a) ( y log x 1) ydx xdy
dy
y2 log x y x
dx
dy
or x y y2 log x
dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
42 QUIZRR
1 dy 1 log x
or 2 dx
y xy x
1
Now put t
y
1 dy dt
y2 dx dx
dt t log x
dx x x
dt t log x
dx x x
Now this is normal linear form
1
dx
I.F. = e
P.dx 1
e x e log x elog(1/ x)
x
Solution becomes
t 1 1 1
log x . dx
x x x x
t 1 1
or log x C
x x x
t log x 1 Cx
log x log e Cx
log ex Cx
replacing the value of t
1
log ex Cx
y
dy
(b) sec 2 y x tan y x3
dx
This is again bernoulliÊs equation through simplified one as step-1 & step-2 have already
been done here. Only step-3 is required to be done
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 43
putting tan y t
dy dt
sec 2 y
dx dx
dt
xt x3
dx
Now this is normal Linear form
I.F. = e
xdx 3 /2
ex
2 /2 2 /2
t.ex x3 ex dx
x2
for R.H.S. now putting z
2
xdx dz
2 /2
t.ex 2 z ez dt
using by parts
2 /2
t.ex 2ez ( z 1) C
replacing value of t & z
2 /2 2 /2 x2
tan y.ex 2 ex 1 C
2
x2 2
tan y 2 1 Ce x /2
2
solution is
2 /2
tan y ( x2 2) Ce2 x
Illustration 22
dy dy xy
(a) Solve the differential equation : x 2 xy y2 (b) xy1 / 2
dx dx 1 x 2
Solution :
dy y y2
The differential equation is (BernoulliÊs Diferential Equation)
dx x x2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
44 QUIZRR
1 dy 1 1
2 dx xy
2 ...(1)
y x
1 1 dy dt
Let t
y y2 dx dx
On substituting in (1), we get
dy t 1
i.e. linear differential equation.
dx x x2
1
dx 1
I.F. e x e tan x
x
Using the standard result, the solution of the differential equation is
1 1 1
2 dx C
x x x
1 1
2 C is the general solution.
xy 2x
dy xy
(b) xy1/2
dx 1 x2
1 dy x 1/2
y x
y dx 1 x2
1/2
1/2 1 dy
& d( y ) , which has same function of y as in coefficient of ,
2y 1/2 dx
putting y1/2 t
1 dy dt
2y 1/ 2 dx dx
equation becomes
dt x
2 t x
dx 1 x2
dt x t x
dx 1 x2 2 2
or
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 45
1 xdx
2 1 x2
e
putting 1 x2 z
2xdx dz
1 dz 1 1
z log z log(1 x2 )
I.F. = e 4 e 4 e 4
2 )1/4
elog(1 x
I.F. = (1 x2 )1/4
so solution of D.E. becomes
x
t.(I.F.) = 2
(I.F.)dx C
x
t.(1 x2 ) 1/4 (1 x2 ) 1/4 dx C
2
2xdx dz
z3/4
t.(1 x2 ) 1/4 C
3
z3/4
t.(1 x2 ) 1/4 C
3
putting back the value of t & z
solution to D.E. is
Illustration 23
2 dy
Solve the differential equation : y x y3
dx
Solution :
2 dy
The given differential equation is : y x y3
dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
46 QUIZRR
dy x
y
dx y2
dy
y xy2 (BernoulliÊs Differential Equation)
dx
dy
y2 y3 x
dx
dy dt
Let y3 = t 3 y2
dx dx
On substituting in the differential equation, it reduces to linear differential equation : i.e.
dt
3t 3 x
dx
e
3 dx
I.F. e3 x
Using the standard result, the solution of the differential equation is :
e3 xt 3 xe3 x dx c
1
y3 e3 x x e3 x dx e3 x dx C
3
1 3 x
y3 e3 x xe3 x e C
3
1
y3 x Ce3 x
3
3 y3 x 1 ke3 x is the general solution
dy
Step-2 : Make coefficeint of independent of x
dx
dy
Step-3 : If derivative of terms of y from middle term = coefficeint of term then the equation
dx
is reducible to linear D.E. by assuming the coefficient of middle term = t
else
interchange middle term & R.H.S. in original D.E. & then go to Step-1 again.
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 47
For example
dy y y(log y)2
take D.E., log( y)
dx x x2
Step-1 R.H.S. independent of y
1 dy 1 1
2
y(log y) dx 2(log y) x x
dy
Step-2 : Coefficient of independent of x
dx
1
Step-3 : Middle term = x log y
1
& terms of y (log y)
d 1 1 dy
derivative of terms of y 2 = coefficient of
dx log y y(log y) dx
1
now put t
log y
1
dy dt
y(log y)2
original DE becomes
dt t 1
2
dx x x
dt t 1
2
dx x x
which is our normal linear D.E. Solve it using the method used in earlier questions.
dy tan y
(1 x) ex sec y
dx 1 x
applying the above procedure here too
1 dy (1 x) ex 1
sec y
tan y dx tan y (1 x)
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
48 QUIZRR
sec y
now terms of y in middle terms tan y cos ecy
d 1
& (cos ecy)
dy tan y
dy tan y
(1 x) ex sec y
dx 1 x
removing terms of y from R.H.S.
1 dy tan y
(1 x) ex
sec y dx sec y (1 x)
dy sin y
cos y (1 x)ex
dx (1 x)
d
now (sin y) cos y
dx
dy
which is equal to coefficeint of except for the minus sign which can neglected.
dx
Type 3. Linear DE in x
dx
i.e. Px Q , where P & Q are functions of y or constants
dy
I.F.=e
Pdy
i.e.
Solution to the DE becomes
x(I.F.) = Q.(I.F.)dy C
dx
i.e. for Px Qxn , the process remains the same
dy
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 49
i.e. divide by xn
1 dx P
n dy
n 1 Q
x x
1
Let n1
t
x
(1 n) dx dt
xn dy dy
1 dt P
Q
(1 n) dy t
dt P
(1 n) Q(1 n)
dy t
I.F.=e
(1 n) Pdy
Solution becomes
1
n 1
(I.F.) Q(1 n)(I.F.)dy C
x
Note : The condition for checking whether the given DE is linear or not will remain same as done
earlier for this type, just repalce y by x & x by y in all the conditions done there.
Illustration 24
Solve the following differential equations :
dy
(i) ydx ( x 2 y 2 )dy 0 (ii) ( x y 1) 1
dx
1 dy
(iii) y2 x 0 (iv) (1 y2 )d x (tan 1 y x )d y
y dx
Solution :
(i) Given differential equation is
ydx ( x 2 y2 ) dy 0
dx
ydx ( x 2 y2 ) dy 0 y x 2 y2
dy
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
50 QUIZRR
dx x dx x
2y 2y
dy y dy y
1
which is linear in x, where P and Q 2 y
y
1
dy
y log y 1 1
I.F. e e elog y
y
Solution is given by
1 1
y
x(I.F.) Q(I.F.)dy x. 2 y. dy
y
x
2 1dy 2 y c
y
x 2 y2 cy
dy
( x y 1) 1
dx
dx dx
x y1 x y 1
dy dy
I.F. = e
1dy
e y
xe y ( y 1) e y dy
xe y ( y 1) e y e y dy ( y 1) e y e y c
x ( y 1) 1 ey c
x ( y 2) ey c x y 2 ey c
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 51
2 1 dy
(iii) Given differential equation is y x 0
y dx
2 dx 1 dx x 1
y dy x y 0 2 3
dy y y
1 1
which is linear equation in x, where P 2 and Q .
y y3
1 1
dy
y2 y
I.F. = e e
1 1 1
y 1 y 1 y 1
xe e dy e . 2 dy (tet )dt
y3 y y
1 1
where t dt 2 dy
y y
1 1
1
1 y
xe y
e e y c
y
1 1 1 1
1 1
y
xe e y e y c x 1 ce y
y y
(1 y2 ) dx (tan 1 y x) dy
dx tan 1 y x
dy 1 y2
1 y2
dx x tan 1 y
dy 1 y2 1 y2
1 tan 1 y
which is linear in x, where P 2
and Q
1 y 1 y2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
52 QUIZRR
1
dy
1 y
1 y2
I.F. = e etan
Solution is given by
x(I.F.) = Q(I.F.)dy
1 y tan 1 y 1 y
xetan 2
.etan dy
1 y
1 y 1 1
xetan tet dt , where t tan y dt dy
1 y2
1 y 1 y 1 y
xetan tan 1 yetan etan c
c
x (tan 1 y 1) 1 y
etan
Illustration 25
Solve the following initial value problems :
dy
(i) 2 y tan x sin x , y 2
dx 3
dy
(ii) y cot x 2 x x 2 cot x , y(0) 0
dx
3 dy
(iii) ( x 2 y ) y, y(2) 1 .
dx
Solution :
dy
(i) Given differential equation is 2 y tan x sin x which is linear in y,
dx
I.F. = e
2 tan xdx 2 log sec x 2x
e elog sec sec 2 x
Solution is given by
y(I.F.) = Q(I.F.)dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 53
y sec 2 x sec x c
Now, y 2 when x , y2
3 3
2sec 2 sec c 8 2 c c6
3 3
y sec 2 x sec x 6
which is the required solution.
dy
y cot x 2 x x2 cot x
dx
I.F. = e
cot xdx
elog (sin x) sin x
Solution is given by
y(I.F.) Q(I.F.)dx
y sin x x2 sin x c
dy dx
( x 2 y3 ) y x 2 y3 y
dx dy
x dx dx x
2 y2 2 y2
y dy dy y
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
54 QUIZRR
1
which is linear in x, where P y and Q 2 y2
Solution is given by
x(I.F.) = Q(I.F.).dy
1 1
x 2 y2 dy 2 ydy
y
y
x x
y2 c y2 c
y y
2 1 c c 1
x 2 3
Thus y y 1 x y y
is required solution.
Set-4
A differential equation of the form M ( x, y)dx N ( x, y)dy 0 is said to be exact form if its left hand
expression is the exact differential of some function i.e. ( x, y) .
1
2. xdx ydy d ( x2 y2 )
2
xdy ydx y
3. d
x2
x
ydx xdy x
4. d [remember these two by the dinominator in DE]
y
2
y
xdy ydx y
5. d log
xy x
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 55
ydx xdy x
6. d log
xy y
xdy ydx y
7. d tan 1
2
x y 2
x
ydx xdy x
8. d tan 1
x2 y2 y
ydx xdy
9. d log( xy)
xy
xdy ydx 1
10. d
xy
2 2
x y
Illustration 26
xdy ydx
(a) xdx ydy 0 (b) (1 x2 y2 ) dx ydx xdy (c) (1 xy) ydx (1 xy) xdy 0
x2 y2
Solution :
xdy ydx
ydy
xdx 2 2
0
x y
(a) If you see this one, this is
x2 y2 This one is derivative of
d y
2 tan 1
x
DE becomes
x2 y2 1 y
d d tan 0
2 x
x2 y2 y
tan 1 0
2 x
We know RHS is of teh form d[ xy] and LHS also contains the term of xy . Rearranging
d[ xy]
dx
1 x2 y2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
56 QUIZRR
on RHS putting xy t
d[ xy] dt
dt
dx
1 t2
dt
integrating dx
1 t2
1 1 t
x log c
2 1t
replacing t by xy
1 1 xy
x log c
2 1 xy
x ydx xdy
and d log
y xy
So arranging for DE
( xdy ydx)
( ydx xdy) 0
xy
d ( xy) x
d log 0
y
2
( xy)
for this part
put xyt , d[ xy] dt
dt x
d log 0
y
2
t
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 57
1 x
log c 0
t y
x 1
log c0
y xy
Illustration 27
y
(a) ydx dx sin ydx xdy log xdy x cos yd y 0
x
xdx yd y a 2 x 2 y2 dy y 1
(b) (c)
xdy ydx x 2 y2 dx x (1 log x log y)2
Solution :
y
(a) ydx dx sin ydx xdy log xdy x cos ydy 0
x
arranging them to pair, to form exact forms
y
ydx xdy sin ydx x cos ydy
dx log xdy 0
x
d [ xy] d [ x sin y]
d[ y log x]
why d[ x sin y] ?
xy x sin y y log x 0
xdx ydy a2 x2 y2
(b)
xdy ydx x2 y2
xdx ydy a2 ( x2 y2 )
xdy ydx x2 y2
x2 y2
also we know xdx ydy d
2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
58 QUIZRR
x2 y2
d
2 a2 ( x2 y2 )
xdy ydx
x2 y2
1 d[ x2 y2 ] a2 ( x2 y2 ) xdy ydx
2 2
2 x2 y2 x2 y2
x y
1 d[ x2 y2 ] y
d tan 1
2 x2 y2 a 2 ( x2 y2 ) x
put x2 y2 t2 on LHS
1 2tdt y
d tan 1
2 t2 a2 t2 x
dt y
d tan 1
a 2 t2 x
t y
sin 1 tan 1 c
a x
The solution is
x2 y2
sin 1 tan 1 y c
a x
dy y 1
(c)
dx x (1 log x log y)2
dy y 1
dx x (1 log xy)2 using log a log b log ab
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 59
xdy ydx 1
xdx (1 log( xy))2
putting xy t
2(1 log t) x2
(1 log t) 2 .t t. dt c
t 2
x2
t.(1 log t)2 2 (1 log t) dt c (i)
2
Now solving
t log tdt
t (t log t t)
t log t
putting this value back in (i)
x2
t.(1 log t) 2 2t log t c
2
solution is
x2
xy(1 log xy) 2 2 xy log xy c
2
Any curve, which cuts every member of a given family of curvs at right angle, is called an
orthogonal trajectory of the family.
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
60 QUIZRR
y
Orthogonal
projactory
Pr oced ur e :
dx dy
(iii) Substitute for in the equation obtained in step (ii)
dy dx
Illustration 28
y ax2 ...(i)
Differentiating equation (i), we get
dy
2 ax ...(ii)
dx
Eliminating a from equation (i) & (ii) , we get
dy 2 y
x ...(iii)
dx x2
dx dy
Putting dy in equation (iii) in place of , we get
dx
dx 2 y
xdx 2 ydy
dy x
x2 2 y2
2 y2 x2 0
2 2
This is the family of required orthogonal trajectories.
Note : All the curves in this family of curves are orthogonal to the given family of curves.
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 61
Illustration 29
n1 dy
Differentiating equation (i) w.r.t. x, we get a nxn1 ...(ii)
dx
Eliminating a from equation (i) & (ii) we get
xn dy
nxn1 ...(iii)
y dx
dx dy
Putting in equation (iii) in place of , we get
dy dx
xn dx xdx
. nxn 1 n xdx nydy
y dy ydy
x2 ny2
c ny2 x2 constant .
2 2
Illustration 30
dy dy
2x 2 y a 0
dx dx
dy x2 y2 dy 2 2 x2 y2
2x 2 y 0 x y ay 0 a
dx y dx y
y2 x2 dy
or 2x 0.
y dx
This is the differential equation of the circle. The equation of orthogonal trajectories is
y2 x2 dx dx dy
2x . 0, putting in place of
y dy dy dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
62 QUIZRR
or 2 xydy ( x2 y2 ) dx 0 .
It is a homogeneous equation.
dy dy
Put y vx ; then v x
dx dx
dv
2 x.vx. v x x2 v2 x2 0
dx
dv dv
or 2v v x 1 v2 0 1 v2 2vx 0
dx dx
dx 2v
or dv 0 ; integrating, we get log x log(1 v2 ) log c
x 1 v2
x(1 v2 ) c
y2
or x 1 2 c , i.e., x2 y2 cx .
x
T o solve d iffer ent ial eq uat ion of t he fir st or d er b ut of higher d egr ee.
Standard forms of differential equation of the first order and higher degree are as follows (here
dy
we denote by p).
dx
Ć Solvabale for p.
Form { p f1 ( x, y)}{ p f2 ( x, y)}...{ p fn ( x, y)} 0
Method Solve the first order and first degree equation p f1 ( x, y) 0 etc. If ( x, y, c) 0 , etc. are
solutions (taking the same arbitrary constant c for each) then 1 ( x, y, c).2 ( x, y, c)...n ( x, y, c) 0
is the solution.
Ć Solvable for y. Form y f (x, p)
Method. Differentiate y f ( x, y) w.r.t. x which gives a first order and first degree equation
in p and x. Solve it to get ( x, p, c) 0 .
Method. Differentiate x f ( y, p) w.r.t. y, which gives a first order and first degree equation
in p and y. Solve it to get ( y, p, c) 0 . Eliminate p from x f ( y, p) and ( y, p, c) 0 .
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 63
dp
{ x f ( p)} 0
dx
p c or f ( p) x 0
When p c , the general solution is y cx f (c) which gives a family of straight lines.
Illustration 31
2
dy dy
Solve x ( y x) y0.
dx dx
Solution :
dy
Here xp2 ( y x) p y 0 where p
dx
or xp2 xp yp y 0
xp( p 1) y( p 1) 0
or ( p 1)( xp y) 0
or ( p 1)( xp y) 0
p 1 0 or xp y 0
dy
Now, p 1 0 1
dx
y x c
dy
xp y 0 0 x y0
dx
xdy ydx 0
d ( xy) 0
xy c
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
64 QUIZRR
Illustration 32
2
d y dy
Solve y 2 x .
dx dx
Solution :
dy
Here, y 2 xp p2 where p .
dx
dp dp
p 2 p 2x 2p
dx dx
dp
2( x p) p0
dx
dx
or p 2x 2 p 0
dp
dx 2
x 2 ...(1)
dp p
Multiplying (1) by p3 .
dx
p2 2 px 2 p2
dp
d
( p2 x) 2 p2
dp
or d ( p2 x) 2 p2 dp
2 p3 c
p2 x 2 p2 dp .
3 3
2 py c 2 p(2 xp p2 ) (3 p2 x 2 p3 )
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 65
p(2 y 2 x)2 xy c
xy c
p .
2 y 2 x2
Putting this in y 2 xp p2
2
xy c xy c
y 2 x.
2 y 2 x2 2 y 2 x2
4 y( y x2 )2 4 x( xy c)( y x2 ) ( xy c)2
Illustration 33
2
dy dy
Solve 1 x
dx dx
Solution :
dy
Here , xp 1 p2 where p
dx
1
x p ...(1)
p
1 1 dp
2 1
p p dy
1
or dy p 1 2 dp
p
1
y c p dp
p
p2
or y x log p ...(2)
2
the p-eliminating , obtained by eliminating p from (1) and (2), is the genenral solution.
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
66 QUIZRR
Illustration 34
2
dy dy
Solve y x .
dx d x
Solution :
dy
Here, y xp p2 where p ; this is of the form y xp f ( p) .
dx
Differentiating w.r.t. x
dp dp
p p x 2p
dx dx
dp dp
( x 2 p) 0; x 2 p 0 or 0
dx dx
dp
0 p c]
dx
y xp p gives y cx c2
x
x 2p 0 p .
2
dy y
(i) Slope of tangent at any point P ( x, y)
dx P(x, y)
dy
(ii) Equation of tangent PQ at ( x, y) is Y y ( X x)
dx
T N
dx
(iii) Equation of normal PR at ( x, y) is Y y dy ( X x)
Q S.T. M S.N. R x
2
dx
(iv) Length of trangent PQ at ( x, y) y 1
dy
2
dy
(v) Length of normal PG at ( x, y) y 1
dx
dx
(vi) Length of subtangent QM at ( x, y) y.
dy
dy
(vii) Length of subnormal MR at ( x, y) y. .
dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 67
Illustration 35
Find the equation of curve whose subtangent is n times the abscissa of the point of contact.
Solution :
dx
If (x,y) be any point on the curve, the subtangent at ( x, y) y dy ...(i)
dx
Now y nx (given)
dy
dy dx
or n
y x
Illustration 36
Find the equation of curve in which the length of the subnornal in twice the square of the
ordinate.
Solution :
dy
The subnormal at any point ( x, y) on the curve is given by y .
dx
dy 2
Now y 2y (given)
dx
dy
or 2dx
y
Integrating, log y 2 x c
y
or e2x i.e. y ce2x
c
Illustration 37
Find the equation of the curve for which the length of the normal at any point is k times
square of the ordinate.
Solution :
2
dy 2
Given that y 1 ky
dx
2
dy dy
or 1 k2 y2 k2 y2 1
dx dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
68 QUIZRR
dy
dx
or 2 2 ...(i)
x y 1
dy
dx
or x ...(i)
y2 1 / x2
Illustration 38
Find equation of the cure in which the perpendicular from the origin upon the tangent is
equal to the abscissa of point of contact.
Solution :
Let P(x, y) be any point on the curve equation of tangent at P is
dy
yă y= ( x x)
dx
dy dy
or X Y y x 0 ...(i)
dx dx
Now, length of perpendicular from then origin (0,0) on (i) is x
dy
0 0 y x dy
2 2
dx x dy 2
y x dx x 1 dx
dy
2
dx 1
dy
or y2 2 xy x2
dx
dy y2 x2
or ...(ii)
dx 2 xy
dv v2 x2 x2 v2 1
v x [putting y vx in (ii)]
dx 2vx2 2v
dv v2 1 1 v2
x v
dx 2v 2v
2v dx
dv 0
1 v 2 x
Integrating (1 v2 ) x c
x2 y2 cx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 69
Illustration 39
Find the equation of the curve passing through (2,1) which has constant subtangent.
Solution :
The length of subtangent is constant. Using this property, we can define the differential equation
y
of the curve i.e. subtangent k where k is a constant.
y
dy
k y
dx
Integrate both sides to get :
kdy
y
dx
Note that above equation can also be put in the form y AeBx .
Illustration 40
Find the curve through (2,0) so that the segment of tangent between point of tangency and
y-axis has a constant length equal to 2.
Solution :
The segment of the tangent between the point of tangency and y-axis has a constant length
= PT 2
Using this property, we can define the differential equation of the curve i.e.
2
dy
x 1 2
dx
2 P(x, y)
dy 4
1 2
dx x T
x
dy 4 x2
dx x2
Intgerate both sides to get :
4 x2
y dx c1
x2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
70 QUIZRR
Put x 2sin dx 2cos d
cos2
y2 d c1 (cos ec sin ) d c1
sin
(2log cos ec cot 2cos ) c
2 4 x2
y 2 log 4 x2 c
x
2
y 2 log 2 4 x 4 x2
the equation of the curve is : x .
Illustration 41
A normal is drawn at a point P(x,y) of a curve. It meets the x-axis at Q. If PQ is of constat
length k, then show that the differential equation describing such a curve is
dy
y k 2 y2
dx
Find the equation of such a curve passing through (0,k). [IIT 1994]
Solution :
Let P(x, y) be any point on the curve . Given, PQ = k
y 1 tan 2 Y
no
rm tangent
al
2
dy dy P(x, y)
y 1 tan dx 90Ĉ
dx
dy 2 y
k2 y2 1
dx O L N Q X
2
2 2 dy 2
or k y y
dx
dy
y k2 y2
dx
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 71
2nd part.
y
From (1), dy dx
k2 y2
or k2 y2 x c ...(2)
Sine curve (2) passes through (0,k)
k2 k2 0 c c 0
or k2 y2 x2 or x2 y2 k2
Illustration 42
Let y f ( x ) be a curve passing through (1,1) such that the triangle formed by the co-
ordinate axes and the tangent at any point of the curve lies in the first quadrant and has
area 2. From the differential equation and determine all such possible curves. [IIT 1995]
Solution :
Equation of tangent to the curve
y f ( x) at P ( x, y) is
dy
Y y ( X x) ...(1)
dx
y
Putting Y 0 , we get X x y
1
dy
where y1
dx
y y
A x ,0 x 0 as P lies on the positive side of x-axis
y1 y1
Again putting X 0 in (1), we get Y y xy1
or ( xy1 y)2 4 y1
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
72 QUIZRR
xy1 y 2 y1 ...(2)
dy1 2 dy1
y1 x y1
dx 2 y1 dx
dy1 1
or x 0
dx y1
dy1 dy
0 y1 constant y1 c
dx dx
c 1 2 c c2 2c 1 4 c
c2 2 c 1 0 (c 1)2 0 c 1
From (3), x y 2
or x y 2
1
Again x 0
y1
1 1
x x2
y1 y1
1 dy 1
or y1 2
x 2 dx x
1
or y c1 ...(5)
x
Since curve (5) passes through (1,1)
1 1 c1 c1 0
1
from (5), y or xy 1 ...(6)
x
Hence required curves are
x y 2 and xy 1 .
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 73
Illustration 43
A curve y f ( x ) passes through the point P(1,1). The normal to the curve at P is
a ( y 1) ( x 1) 0 . If the slope of the tangent at any point on the curve is proportional to
the ordinate of the point. Determine the equation of the curve. Also obtain the area bounded
by the y-axis, the curve and the normal to the curve at P. [IIT 1996]
Solution :
Equation of the curve is y f ( x) ...(1)
Let P ( x, y) be any point on the curve. According to question
dy dy
dx
ky y
kdx
or log y kx c ...(2)
Since curve (2) passes through (1,1)
log1 k c c k ...(3)
dy
Also at (1,1) = k.1 k
dx
But normal to the curve at P(1,1) is
a ( y 1) x 1 0 ...(4)
1 1 1
Its slope = k a
a k a
from (3), c a
Hence required curve is log y ax a ...(5)
or y eax a e a .eax ,
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
74 QUIZRR
Illustration 44
A curve C has the property that if the tangent drawn at any point P on C meets the co-
ordinate axes at A and B, then P is the mid point of AB. The curve passes through the point
(1,1). Determine the equation of the curve. [IIT 1998]
Solution :
Let the given curve C be y f ( x) ...(1)
Let P(x,y) be a point on curve (1).
Equation of the tangent to curve (1) at P is
dy
Y y ( X x) ...(2)
dx
Here (X,Y) is arbitrary point on the tangent and (x,y) is arbitrary point on the curve.
y
Putting Y 0 , we get X x
dy
dx
dy
and putting X 0 , we get Y y x .
dx
Since line (2) cuts x and y axes at A and B respectively.
dy dy
A x y/ ,0 , B 0, y x
dx dx
Since P(x,y) is the mid point of AB,
dy dy
2x x y / x y ...(3)
dx dx
dy dy
and 2y y x x y ...(4)
dx dx
dy
From (3) and (4), x y
dx
dy dx
or 0 log y log x log c
y x
or log xy log c
or xy c or xy c or xy c ...(5)
Since curve (5) passes through (1,1)
c 1.1 1
From (5), required curve is xy 1 ...(6)
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 75
Illustration 45
A curve passing through the point (1,1) has the property that the perpendicular distance
of the origin from the normal at any point P of the curve is equal to the distance of P from
the x-axis. Determine the equation of the curve. [IIT 1999]
Solution :
Let the curve be y f ( x) ...(1)
Equation of the normal to curve (1) at any point P(x,y) is
dx
Y y ( X x)
dy
dx dx
or X Y y x 0 ...(2)
dy dy
dx
y x dx
2 dx 2
dy y x y2
1
y or dy dy
2
dx
1
dy
2 2
dx dx dx
or y2 x2 2 xy y2 y2
dy dy dy
dx 2 dx dx
x 2 xy y2 0
dy
or
dy dy
dx
0 x = constant = k
dy
dx dx
Again x2 2 xy y2 0.
dy dy
dx 2 xy
2
dy y x2
dy y2 x2
or ...(3)
dx 2 xy
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
76 QUIZRR
dy dv
Put y vx , then v x
dx dx
dv v2 1
From (3), v x
dx 2v
dv v2 1 1 v2
or x v
dx 2v 2v
2v dx
or 1 v 2
dv
x
c
or log(1 v2 ) log x log c log
x
c
or 1 v2
x
y2c y2
or 1 2 c 0 and 1 0
x x x2
or x2 y2 cx ...(4)
From (4), x2 y2 2 x 0
Illustration 46
A country has a food defict of 10%. Its population grows continuously at a rate of 3% per
year. Its annual food production every year is 4% more than that of the last year. Assuming
that the average food requirement per person remains constant, prove that the country
will become self-sufficeint in food after n year, where n is the smallest integer bigger than
or equal to
log10 log 9
log(1.04) 0.03
[IIT 2000]
Solution :
Let x0 be the present population and y0 be the present food production. Let k units be the food
requirement per person which is given to be constant.
9
Given, y0 kx0 ...(A)
10
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 77
dx 3
x 0.03 x
dt 100
x dx t
x0 x 0
0.03dt
x x
log 0.03t e0.03t x x0 e0.03t ...(B)
x0 x0
n
4
y y0 1 y0 (1.04)n
100
...(2)
9
y0 (1.04) n kx0 e0.03 n kx0 (1.04) n kx0 e0.03 n
10
n
1.04 10
0.03 9
e
log10 log 9
n
log1.04 0.03
Illustration 47
A hemisphere tank of radius 2 metres is initially full of water and has an outlet of 12cm2
cross-sectional area at the bottom. The outlet is opened at some instant. The flow through
t h e ou t l et i s accor di n g t o t h e l aw v(t ) 0.6 [2 gh(t )] , where v(t) and h(t) are respectively the
velocity of the flow through the outlet and the height of water level above the outlset at
time t and g is the acceleration due to gravity. Find the time it takes to empty the tank.
[IIT 2001]
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
78 QUIZRR
Solution :
Let PQ and RS be the level of water at time t and t + dt respectively.
Let OL x, OM x dx . O
A B
Given OO 2 metres L X
P Q
R M S
Now LQ2 OQ2 OL2 22 x2
Decrease in volume of water in the tank in time dt
O´
LQ2 .LM (22 x2 ) dx ...(1)
Volume of water following out in time dt
12
.v(t)dt
1002
12 v 0.6 2 gh
0.6 2 gh dt
10000
7.2
10000
2 g (2 x) dt h OL 2 x ...(2)
7.2
2 g (2 x) dt (22 x2 ) dx
10000
10000 (4 x2 )
or dt dx
7.2 2g 2 x
T 10000 2
0 dt 7.2 2g
0 (2 x) 2 xdx (3)
When x 0, z 2 , when x 2, z 0
from (3)
10000 2
T
(7.2)
2g 0
(4 z2 ) z2 dz
2
100002 z3 z5 20000 8 2 4 2
4 .
(7.2) 2 g 3 5
0
(7.2) 2 g 3 5
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 79
Illustration 48
dy
Solve the differential equation : y (1 p ) x a p 2 , where p .
dx
Solution :
The given differential equation is y (1 p) x ap2 [solveable for y, refer section 3.3] ...(1)
Differentiating the given eqaution w.r.t. x, we get
dy dp dp
p 1 p x 2ap
dx dx dx
dp
0 1 ( x 2 ap)
dx
dx
x 2ap 0 , which is a linear equation.
dp
I.F. = e dp
ep
Using the standard result, the solution of the differential equation is :
xe p 2a pe p dp C 2a( p 1) e p C
Illustration 49
y yp
The given differential is : x [solvable for x, refer section 3.4] ...(1)
2p 2
dx 1 1 y dp p y dp
dy p 2 p 2 p2 dy 2 2 dy
1 p y dp 1
2 1
2p 2 2 dy p
1 p2 y dp 1 p2
2p 2 dy p2
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
80 QUIZRR
y dp
1 as 1 p2 0
p dy
C
Integrating, we get py k p .
y
C2 C
y. 2 x. y C 2 2Cx y2
y2 y
Illustration 50
Find the equation of the curve passing through (1,2) whose differential equation is
y( x y 3 )dx x ( y3 x )dy .
Solution :
Here, ( xy y4 ) dx ( xy3 x2 ) dy
xdy ydx
or x2 y3 . xd ( xy) 0
x2
y y d ( xy)
or d 0 (dividing by x3 y2 )
x x x2 y2
y y d ( xy)
or d c
x x ( xy)2
2
y
1 y2 1
x ( xy) 1 c0
.
c 2 x2 xy
2 1
y3 2 x 2 cx2 y 0
It passes through (1,2). So
23 2 2c.2 0
10 5
c
4 2
the curve is y3 2 x 5 x2 y 0
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 81
Illustration 51
dy
If y1 , y2 are two solutions of the differential equation P ( x ). y Q( x ) then prove that
dx
y y1 c ( y1 y2 ) is the general solution of the equation where c is any constant . For what
relation between the constants , will the linear combination y1 y2 also be a solution.
Solution :
As y1 , y2 are two solutions of the differential equation.
dy
P ( x). y Q( x) ...(1)
dx
dy1
P ( x). y1 Q( x) ...(2)
dx
dy2
and P( x). y2 Q( x) ...(3)
dx
From (1) - (2)
dy dy1
dx dx P ( x).( y y1 ) 0
d
( y y1 ) P( x).( y y1 ) 0 ...(4)
dx
From (2) - (3)
d
( y1 y2 ) P ( x).( y1 y2 ) 0 (5)
dx
From (4) and (5)
d d d
( y y1 ) ( y y1 ) ( y1 y2 )
dx y y1 dx
dx
d y1 y2 y y1 y1 y2
( y1 y2 )
dx
integrating log( y y1 ) log( y1 y2 ) log c
or log( y y1 ) log c( y1 y2 )
y y1 c( y1 y2 ) .
Now, y y1 y2 will be a solution if
d
( y1 y2 ) P ( x).( y1 y2 ) Q( x)
dx
dy1 dy
or P ( x) y1 2 P ( x) y2 Q( x)
dx dx
or .Q( x) .Q( x) Q( x) , using (2) and (3)
( )Q( x) Q( x) .
Hence 1 .
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
82 QUIZRR
Illustration 52
du dv
Let u( x ) and v( x ) satisfy the differential equation p( x )u f ( x ) and p( x )v g ( x )
dx dx
respectively where p(x), f(x) and g(x) are continuous functions. If u ( x1 ) v( x1 ) for some x 1
and f ( x ) g ( x ) for all x x1 , prove that any point (x, y), where x > x 1, does not satisfy the
equations. y u( x ) and y v( x ) .
Solution :
du( x)
Here, p( x)u( x) f ( x)
dx
dv( x)
and p( x)v( x) g ( x)
dx
d[u( x) v( x)]
p( x){u( x) v( x)} f ( x) g ( x)
dx
d p ( x) dx p ( x) dx
or {u( x) v( x)}.e
dx
{ f ( x) g ( x)}e
it was in linear form
x
p ( x) dx x p ( x) dx
{u( x) v( x)}e x1 { f ( x) g( x)}e dx ...(1)
x1
p( x) dx p( x) dx
e , e
Let
x x1
p ( x) dx
u( x) v( x) {u( x1 ) v( x1 )}. 0 f ( x) g ( x) for x x1 and e 0
u( x) v( x) 0 for x x1
u( x) v( x) when x x1 .
Hence the problem.
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
QUIZRR 1
AREA
CURVE SKETCHING
There are 5 steps to draw a curve, y = f(x)
Step 1 :
CHECK FOR SYMMETRY
1. Check whether function is even.
(a) Replace x by x
(b) If no change in f(x), then function is even
(c) Graph is symmetrical about y-axis.
2. Check if function is odd
(a) Replace x by x
(b) If f ( x) = f(x), then function is odd
(c) Graph is symmetric about origin
3. Replace y by y, if no change, then the graph is symmetrical about x-axis.
4. If function is periodic, draw graph only in the period, as the remaining curve is a repetition of
this one.
Step 2 :
POINTS OF INTERSECTION
(a) Find points of intersection with x-axis & y-axis.
for x axis, put y = 0
y axis, put x = 0
(b) Special care of double & triple roots
for example, if f (x) = (x a)2 g (x)
here x = a, is a double root of f (x) or you can also say repeated root of f (x) = 0
note in this case f (a) = 0, f´(a) = 0 but f´´ (a) 0 i.e. can be point of local maxima / local
minima
AREA
2 QUIZRR
a is the point of inflection (as shown in diagram) i.e. the point where shape of the
curve changes from convex to concave & vice-versa.
TIP : if f (x) = (x a)n g (x)
& nth derivative is the first non zero derivative then
· + +
0 1
double root so
no sign change across it.
for x (0, ) y > 0
x ( 0) y < 0
so approximate graph would be
0 1
from this we can also deduce that x = 1 will be point of local minima & not local
maxima. If it was local maxima then the curve will come in the negative half.
Step 3 :
SIGN OF GRAPH
(a) Put y > 0 & see where the graph is above x-axis & where it is below x-axis.
for example if f (x) = x (x 1) (x 2)
put x (x 1) (x 2) > 0 · + · +
(using wavy curve) 0 1 2
AREA
QUIZRR 3
So corresponding to it the graph will be above x-axis where region is +ve & below x-axis
where region is represented by ve sign.
0 1 2
Check the domain : Find the domain (especially in cases where denominator can become
zero). Draw the curve only in its domain.
Step 4 :
ASYMPTOTE
Examples of asymptote
y=Logx
y=1
x
x=0 is a vertical
asymptote
here x = 0 is a vertical asymptote
& y = 0 is a horizontal asymptote
AREA
4 QUIZRR
(a) Horizontal asymptote
for example
1
y = tan x
/2
/2
OR
in normal words, if for a finite value of x, y approaches ( or ) then x = c is a vertical
asymptote.
e.g.
/2
y = tanx y = Log x
AREA
QUIZRR 5
Step 5 :
Find the points of maxima, minima.
find the shape of curve, i.e. either concave or convex.
Concave Convex
No line segment lies above the graph No line segment lies below the graph
(0,3)
now put origin (0, 0) in the inequation.
AREA
6 QUIZRR
(b) Circle
general form : x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
standard form : (x h)2 + (y k)2 = r2
for inequality (x h)2 + (y k)2 r2 or r2
(h,k) (h,k)
2 2 2
(x h) + (y k) < r
(region inside the circle) 2 2 2
(x h) + (y k) > r
(region outside the circle)
3. Parabola
standard forms : y2 = 4ax
other forms y2 = 4ax, x2 = 4ay & x2 = 4ay
for inequalities
Ar ea of Bound ed R egions
1. For a continuous function f (x) defined over [a, b], the area bounded by the curve y = f (x), the
x-axis and the ordinates x = a and x = b is given by
b b
f (x) dx or y dx
a a
y = f (x)
Other types
a b
AREA
QUIZRR 7
2. When f (x) is below x-axis then the value of integral will come
out to be negative but as we know area is a positive quantity.
a b
b b
Area = (upper
a
lower)dx
y = f (x)
b
= (difference of curves)dx
a
a b
b y = g (x)
= ( f (x) g(x) dx
a
The result will be the same whether the curves meet in 2 points or 1.
a b
AREA
8 QUIZRR
Sometimes it is easier to take area with y-axis as in following cases :
y=b
b
b
1. Area = f ( y) dy x = f (y)
a a
y=a
Note : The function inside the integral is a function of y not x.
It is because we have to integrate with respect to y.
2. Area = f ( y) dy
a y=b
b
= f ( y) dy
a
y=a
a
when we were integrating with respect to x, portion below x-axis gave negative area, & here left
part will give negative area.
area = (right
a
left)dy
g (y) f (y)
a
b
= f ( y) g( y) dy
a
AREA
QUIZRR 9
see you can use any set of formula, but choose such a one which makes your calculation easier.
let us discuss some cases.
f (x)
g (x)
f (x) g(x) dx
for such cases use f ( y) g( y) dy
because to integrate wrt x is very
lengthy & cumbersome
for such case both sets can be used i.e. f (x) g(x) dx
f ( y) g( y) dy
Illustration 1
Draw the rough sketch of the curve y 3 x 4 and find the area under the curve above
x-axis and between x = 0 and x = 4.
Solution :
4 4
x , therefore vertex is at 3 , 0 . The parabola opens on the right, therefore it also intersects
3
y-axis. Putting x = 0, we get y = 2, therefore parabola passes through points (0, 2) and
(0, 2) as shown. x = 0 is equation of y-axis and x = 4 is equation of line parallel to y-axis as
shown. The region whose area is to be determined is the shaded portion shown.
AREA
10 QUIZRR
The region is bounded between two parallel lines x = 0 and x = 4
required area
3 4
= y dx
0 0
3 x 4 dx Y y = 3x + 4
4 (0,2)
2 (3 x 4)3 / 2
= 3
3 0
X´ 4 X
( , 0)
2 3/2
3
= [16) (4)3 / 2 ] x=4
9
2 2 Y´ x = O
3 3
= [(4) (2) ] (64 8)
9 9
2 112
= 56 sq. units.
9 9
Illustration 2
Find the area of region bounded by the curve 4x 2 + 9y2 = 36.
Solution :
The equation 4x2 + 9y2 = 36
x2 y2
1, represents an ellipse, with a = 3 and b = 2.
9 4
2
y= 9 x2
3
X´ (3, 0) ( 3, 0) X
x=3
Y´
x=O
The region is symmetric about both coordinates axes. We determine the area of region in first
quadrant and multiply it by 4 to get the required area. The region in first quadrant is bounded
between two parallel lines x = 0 and x = 3.
AREA
QUIZRR 11
required area
= 4 y dx
0
x2
9
y2
4
= 1
y2 9 x2
=
4 9
2
y= 9 x2
3
3 3
2 8 x 9 x
= 4
0
3
9 x2 dx
3 2
9 x2 sin 1
2 3 0
8 9 1 9 8 9
= 0 2 sin (1) 0 2 (0) 3 2 . 2 6 sq. units.
3
Illustration 3
Find the area bounded by the curve y2 = 4a x and the line y = 2a and y-axis.
Solution :
The equation y2 = 4ax represents a parabola whose vertex is at origin, axis of symmetry is x-axis
and it opens on right side with focus on positive direction of x-axis, y = 2a is equation of straight
line parallel to x-axis as shown. The region whose area is to be determined is the shaded
portion.
The region is bounded between two parallel lines y = 0 and y = 2a.
required area
2a 2a
y2
=
0
x dy
0
4a
dy Y y2 = 4ax
y = 2a
2a 2a
1 1 y3 y=O
2
= 4a y dy =
4 a 3 X´ O X
0 0
1 8 a3 2
= 4a 0 = 2a sq. units. Y´
3 3
AREA
12 QUIZRR
Illustration 4
Find the area of the region included between the parabola y2 = x and the line x + y = 2.
Solution :
The equation y2 = x represents a parabola whose vertex is at origin, axis of symmetry is x-axis
and it opens on the right with vertex on positive direction of x-axis.
For finding the points of intersection of y2 = x and x + y = 2, we solve them to get
(2 x)2 = x 4 + x2 4x = x
2
x 5x + 4 = 0
(x 4) (x 1) = 0
x = 4 and x = 1
y= 2 and y = 1
The region whose area is to be determined is the shaded portion.
The region is bounded between two parallel lines y = 2 and y = 1.
required area
Y
1 1
= (x of line) dy (x of parabola) dy
2 2
(0, 2) y2 = x
y=1
(2, 0)
1 1 1 1 X´ O
y2 y3 X
=
2
(2 y) dy
2
y2 dy 2 y
2
2
3
2
y= 2
x+y=2
1 4 1 ( 8)
= 2 4 Y´
2 2 3 3
3 1 8 15 9
= 6 3 sq. units.
2 3 3 2 2
Illustration 5
x2 y2
Find the area of smaller region bounded by the ellipse 1 and the straight line
a2 b2
x y
1
a b
x2 y2
Solution : The equation 1 represents an ellipse.
a2 b2
AREA
QUIZRR 13
a a
b x 2 a2 2 1 x b (a x)2
= a a x sin
2 2 a a 2 0
0
a2 b a
2
b
= a 0 sin 1 (1)
2 a 2
ab ab ab
. 1 sq. units.
2 2
=
2 2 2
Illustration 6
Sketch the region bounded by the curve y 5 x 2 and y = |x ă 1| and find its area.
Solution :
The equation y 5 x2 represents the upper half of the circle x2 + y2 = 5 whose centre is at
origin and radius 2.
The region whose area is to be determined is the shaded region.
For finding the points of intersection of Y
2 2
2 2
x 1 dx
2
5 x dx
=
1 1
2 1 2
2
5 x dx ( x 1) dx ( x 1) dx
=
1
1 1
2 1 2
( x 1) ( x 1) 2
2
x 2 5 1 x
= 2 5 x 2 sin
5 1 2
2
1
1
5 2 5 1 1 1
= 1 sin 1 1 sin 2
2 5 2 5 2
5 1 2 5 1 1 1
= sin sin sq. units.
2 5 2 5 2
Illustration 7
Find the area of the smaller region bounded by the curves x 2 + y2 = 4 and y2 = 3 (2x ă 1).
Solution :
Y
The equation x2 + y2 = 4 represents a circle with
centre at origin and radius 2 and y2 = 3 (2x 1) is y2 = 3(2x 1)
x2 + y2 =4
equation of a parabola whose axis of symmetry is
x-axis and it opens on the right. The vertex is on
x-axis, putting y = 0, we get x = 1/2, therefore
(1/2, 0) is the vertex. X
X´ O (2, 0)
2 2
For finding the points of intersection of x + y = 4
and y2 = 3 (2x 1), we solve them to get
x2 + 3 (2x 1) = 4
2
x + 6x 7 = 0 x=2
(x + 7) (x 1) = 0 x=1
Y´
AREA
QUIZRR 15
1 2
= 2 ( y of parabola) dx
1 / 2
1
( y of circle) dx
1 2
= 3
2
1/ 2
2 x 1 dx
1
4 x2 dx
1 2
2 (2 x 1)3 / 2 x x
=
2 3 . . 4 x2 2sin 1
3 2 1 / 2 2 2 1
1 3 1
= 2 2 sin 1 (1) 2 sin1 2
3 2
1 1 2
= 2 2
2 3 3 2 3 3
4 1
= sq. units.
3 3
Illustration 8
Find the area of the region bounded by the x-axis and the curves defined by
3
y tan x , x ; y cot x , x
3 3 6 2
Solution :
To find the area hold by x-axis and curves
y = tan x, /3 < x < /3 ...(1)
and y = cotx /6 < x < 3/2 ...(2)
The curves interesect at P, where tan x = cot x, which is satisfied at x = /4 within the given
domain of x.
AREA
16 QUIZRR
The required area is shaded area
/4 /3
A= / 6 y1 dx / 4 y2 dx
P y = cotx
where (/4, 1)
y1 = tan x
/3 /6 /4/3/2 3/2
y2 = cot x O X
x
b = cotx
tan
/4 /3
y=
A = / 6 tan x dx / 4 cot x dx
/4 /3
= [log sec x] [log sin x]
/6 /4
2 3 1
= log 2 log log log
3 2 2
3 3
= log 2 log log log 2
2 2
3 3
= 2 log 2 . 2 = 2 log
2
Illustration 9
Solution :
The given curves are
x2 + y2 = 4 ...(1)
x2 2 y ...(2)
x= y ...(3)
It is clear from the equations of curves that eq. (1) represents a cricle with centre (0,0) and radius
2. (2) represents a downward parabola with vertex at origin.
(3) represents a straight line, through origin making as anlge of 45 with +ve direction of x-axis.
Now points of intersection of (1) and (2)
Substituting the value of x2 from (2) in (1), we get
y2 2 y 4 0
2 2 16 23 2
y
2 2
AREA
QUIZRR 17
4 2 2 2
= or = 2 2 or 2
2 2
x2 2 2
[rejective ve value of y as x2 can not be ve]
x2 = 2
x= 2
2x2 = 4 x2 = 2 x = 2 y = 2
point of intersection are ( 2, 2), ( 2, 2) . Thus we observe all the three curves pass
2 0 2 x
0
O
= y dx y dx yP dx x1
2 C 2 L (0,0) B
(- 2,- 2) A
( 2,- 2)
C (0,2)
y1
2 0 2 x2
= 2 0 0
2
4 x dx x dx dx
2 2
0 2
x 2 4 1 x
2 x2 x3
2
= 2 4 x sin
2 2 0 2 3 2 0
2
2 2 2 2 2
= 2 2 4 2 2sin 1
2 2
3 2
2 1
= 1 2. 1
4 3 3
AREA
18 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 0
Find the area bounded by the curves, x 2 + y2 = 25, 4y = |4 ă x 2| and x = 0 above the x-axis.
Solution :
We have to find the area bounded by the cruves
x2 + y2 = 25
4y = |4 x2|
x= 0
above x-axis
4 x2 if x2 4
Now, 4 y 4 y2
2 2
x 4 if x 4
4 x2 if 2 x 2
4y
2
x 4 if x 2 or 2
AREA
QUIZRR 19
2 4
1 x3 1 x3
4
4 25 1 x
= 0
2
2 25 x sin 4 x 4 x
2 5 0 4 3 4 3
0 2
25 4 1 8 1 64 8
= 2 2 9 sin 1 8 16 8
2 5 4 3 4 3 3
25 4 4 4 4
= 2 6 sin 1
2 5 3 3 3
4 4
= 12 25sin 1 8 4 25sin 1
5 5
Illustration 1 1
Find the area of the region bounded by the curve C : y = tan x, tangent drawn to C at x
4
and the x-axis.
Solution :
The given curve is y = tan x ...(1)
Let P be the point on (1) where x = /4
y = tan /4 = 1
i.e. co-ordinates of P are (/4, 1)
Equation of tangent at P is
y 1 = m (x /4)
dy
Where m ]( / 4, 1) sec2 x sec 2 / 4 2
dx ( / 4, 1)
Equation of tangent at P is
y 1 = 2 (x /4)
or y = 2x + 1 /2 ...(2)
The graph of (1) and (2) are as shown in the figure.
Y
2
,1)
4
/(
P=
/4 1 x=-/2
x=/2
= y(1) dx LM.PM
0 2
AREA
20 QUIZRR
/4 1
=
0
tan x dx
2
(OM OL) PM
/4 1 2
= [log sec x]0 .1
2 4 4
1 1
= log 2 2 Sq. units. Ans.
2
Illustration 1 2
1
Sketh the curves and identify the region bounded by x , x = 2, y = In x and y = 2x. Find
2
the area of this region.
Solution :
The given curves are
y = ex loge x ...(1)
log e x
and y ...(2)
ex
log x
The two curves intersect where ex log x =
ex
1
ex ex log x 0
1
x or x= 1
e
At x = 1/e or ex = 1,
log x = log e = 1, y = 1
1
so that , 1 is one pt. of intersection and at x = 1, log 1 = 0 y = 0
e
1
Now in between, i.e., x1 or 1 < ex < e
e
1
and log < log x < log 1
e
AREA
QUIZRR 21
log e x
y1 = ex loge x, y2
ex
1
Clearly under the condition stated above y1 < y2 both being ve in the interval x1
e
The rough sketch of the two curves is as shown in fig. and shaded area is the required area.
The required area = shaded area
1 1
log x
= 1/ e
( y1 y2 ) dx =
1/ e
ex log x
ex
dx
1 1 1 log x
x
x log x Log
= e dx y=ex
1/ e e 1/ e x B
O (1, 0) X
1
(e , -1) A
1 1
x2 x2 1 (log x)2 Log
X
= e log x y= ex
2 4 e 2
1/ e 1/ e
1 1 1 1 1
= e 4 2 2 e 0 2
2e 4e
1 3 1 e 3 1
= e 2 =
4 4e 2 e 4 4 e 2 e
5 e 5 e2 e2 5
= = = Ans.
4e 4 4e 4e
Illustration 1 3
2
Sketh the region bounded by the curves y = x 2 and y . Find the area.
1 x2
Solution :
2
The given curves are y = x2 and y . Here y = x2 is upward parabola with vertex at origin.
1 x2
2
Also, y is a curve symmetrical with respect to y-axis.
1 x2
AREA
22 QUIZRR
dy 4x
At x = 0, y = 2 0 for x > 0
dx (1 x2 )2
dy
Moreover 0 at x = 0
dx
1
y
2
2
The required area = 2 x dx
0 1 x2
(1,1)
1
1 2 x3 2 x´ O x
= 4 tan x 4.
3 4 3
0
2
= sq. units. y´
3
Illustration 1 4
Find the possible values of b > 0, so that the area of the bounded region enclosed between
x2
the parabolas y = x ă bx 2 and y is maximkum.
b
Solution :
The given curves are
y = x bx2 ... (1) and y = x2/b ...(2)
2
1 1
y 4b b x 2b and x2 = by
1 1
Here clearly first curve is a downward parabola with vertex at , and meeting x-axis at
2b 4 b
(0, 0) and (1/b, 0) while second is an upward parabola with vertex at (0, 0).
b b
Solving (1) and (2) we get the intersection points of two curves at (0, 0) and 2
,
2 2
1 b (1 b )
AREA
QUIZRR 23
b
x2
y
1 b2 x bx2 dx 2 b
A =
0 b 1 b , (1+b2 )
2
P 1+b
O(0, 0) x
b
x bx 2
x 3 3 1 b2
A =
2 3 3b
0
b2 b4 b2
=
2 (1 b2 )2 3 (1 b2 )3 3 (1 b2 )3
b4 b2 b2
=
6 (1 b2 )3 6 (1 b2 )2
dA
For area to be max/min we should have 0
db
1
[2b (1 + b2)2 (1 + b2) . 2b . b2] = 0
6
2b (1 + b2) (1 + b2 2b2) = 0
1 b2 = 0
b = 1, 1
but given that b > 0 b = 1
Illustration 1 5
1
Let O (0, 0), A (2, 0) and B 1, be the vertices of a triangle. Let R be the region consisting
3
of all those points P inside OAB which satisfy, where d denotes the distance from the
points to the corresponding line. Sketch the region R and find its area.
Solution :
OAB is the given . Consider OI the bisector of BOA. We know any point on OI must be at
equal distances from OB and OA.
Thus for d (P, OA) min [d (P, OB), d (P, AB)]
Point P must lie under OI and similarly under AI. Thus within or on OIA
Req. area = Ar ( OIA)
AREA
24 QUIZRR
1/ 3 1
Now, tan BOA =
1 3
BOA = 30
IOA = 15
SimilarlyIAO = 15
Eqn of OI is y = (tan 15) x ...(1)
n
Eq of IA is y = ( tan 15) (x 2) ...(2)
with point of intersection I (1, tan 15)
Required area
1
2
= (tan 15) xdx
1
tan 15 ( x 2)dx
0 Y
2 1 2
2
x x
= tan 15 2 x B(1, 1/ 3)
2
2
0 1
I
A
1 4 1 (0, 0)O
= tan15 4 2 (2, 0) X
2 2 2
= 2 3 sq. units.
Illustration 1 6
Let f (x) be a continuous function given by
2x | x | |
f (x) = f ( x )
2
x a x b, | x | |
Find the area of the region in the third quardrant bounded by the curves x = 2y2 and
y = f (x) lying on the left of the line 8x + 1 = 0.
Solution :
x2 ax b ; x 1
2 x ; 1 x1
2
x ax b ; x 1
f (x) is continuous at x = 1
AREA
QUIZRR 25
( 1)2 + a ( 1) + b = 2
and 2 = (1)2 + a.1 + b f (x
)
y= y
i.e., a b = 3
and a + b= 1
On solving we get a = 2, b = 1
x1 O x
x 2x 1 ; x 1
2
f ( x) 2 x ; 1 x1
2
x
x = -2Y2
x 2x 1 ; x 1
=
-2
x = -1 x = -1/8
1 1
y = 2x and x = 1/8 meet at ,
8 4
x
1 1/ 8 x
=
2
2
( x2 2 x 1) dx
1
2
2 x dx
1 1/8
1 2( x)3 / 2 x3 2 1 2( x)3 / 2
= x x x2
2 3 3 2 2 3 1
2 1 4 8 2 1 1 2
= 3 3 1 1 3 3 4 2 3 . 1
16 2 64 3
2 5 4 8 18 4 3 2 3
= 3 192 3
3
257
= square units
192
AREA
DEFINITE
INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 3
DEFINITE INTEGRATION
Definition :
If f ( x)dx F(x) i.e. F(x) be an integral of f (x), then F(b) ă F(a) is called the definite integral
b b
of f (x) between the limits a and b and in symbols it is written as f ( x)dx or, [F( x)].
a
a
b
Thus if f ( x)dx = F( x) then by definition
a
b b
f ( x)dx = [F(x)] F(b) F(a)
a
a
a is called the lower limit or inferior limit and b is called the upper limit or superior limit.
It is clear that value of a definite integral of a function is unique and it does not depend on
different forms of indefinite integral. For if
b b
a f ( x) dx = [F( x) c]a {F(b) c} F(b) F( a)
b b
Thus the value of a f ( x)dx is same as when we take a f ( x)dx = F(x) .
b
If f(x) > 0 for all x [a, b]; then a f ( x)dx is numerically equal to the area bounded by the curve
y = f(x), the x-axis and the straight lines x = a and x = b. The areas above x-axis are taken plus
sign and the areas below x-axis are taken with minus sign i.e.,
b
i.e., a f ( x)dx = area APB ă area BQC ă area CRD + area DSTE
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
4 QUIZRR
Illustration 1
1
0 (4 x
3
Find 3 x 2 2 x 1)d x .
Solution :
1 x4 x2
0 (4 x3 3 x2 2 x 1) dx 4.
3
2.
2
x x4 x3 x2 x
1
0 (4 x
3
3 x2 2 x 1) dx
= (14 + 13 ă 12 + 1) ă (0 + 0 ă 0 + 0) = 2 ă 0 = 2
Illustration 2
sin x
4
0 cos 3 x 2 cos x
dx .
Solution :
sin x sin x
cos3x 3cos x dx (4 cos3 x 3cos x) 3cos x dx
sin x 1 1
4 cos3 x dx 4 tan x sec
2
= xdx tan2 x [Put z tan x]
8
sin x 1
4
0 cos 3 x 2cos x
dx [tan2 x] 4
8
1 1 1
= tan 2 tan 2 0 1 0
8 4 8 8
Illustration 3
dx
2
0 1 sin x
dx dx dx
Solution : 1 sin x
1 cos x 2cos2
2 4 2
tan
1 1 4 2 tan
= sec2 dx . 4 2
2 4 2 2 1
2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 5
I dx
2
0 1 sin x
tan 2
4 2
0
= tan tan tan 0 1 1
4 2 4
2nd Method :
(sec
2
= x tan x sec x) dx tan x sec x.
dx
2
0 1 sin x
[tan x sec x] 2
0
sin x 1
Lt tan x sec x tan sec 0 Lt (0 1)
= x
0 x
0
cos x
2 2
tan 2 and sec 2 are undefined
Hence we can not take value of
tan x sec x at x
2
Here we take limit as x 0]
2
sin h 1
2
Lt 1 putting x = h
= h 0 2
cos h
2
h
2sin2
cos h 1 1 cos h 2 1
= Lt 1 Lt 1 Lt
h 0 sin h h 0 sin h x 0 sin h
2
h
sin 2 h2
2 .
h 4
= Lt 2 1011
h 0 sin h
.h
h
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
6 QUIZRR
Note :
In the second method, numerator and denominator have been multiplied by (1 ă sinx) and the
value of 1 ă sinx is 0 when x and hence when x integrand is undefined
2 2
Hence avoid multiplying numerator and denominator by an expression which becomes zero at
any point of the interval [a, b] where a and b are the lower and upper limits respectively of
integration.
Pr omb lems in which int egr al can b e found b y Sub st it ut ion met hod :
Working Rule :
When definite integral is to be found by substitution then change the lower and upper limits of
integration. If substitution is z = (x) and lower limit of integration is a and upper limit is b then
new lower and upper limits will be (a) and (b) respectively.
Illustration 4
cos x
Find the value of 2
0 (1 sin x )2
dx .
Solution :
Let z = 1 + sinx, then dz = cosxdx
When x = 0, z = 1 + sin = 1 + = 1
and when x , z 1 sin 1 1 2
2 2
cos x 2 dx 2
2
Now I = 2 dx 1 1 z dz
2 2
0 (1 sin x) z
2
z1 1
2
1 1
= 1 z 2 1 2
1 1
Note : Only principal value of is taken. For example when sin = 0, = n but principal value
of is 0.
Illustration 5
1 1 x
Evaluate 0 1 x
d x.
Solution :
Let x = cos 2, then dx = ă2sin2d.
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 7
When x = 0, cos2 = 0 2 or,
2 2
1 1x 0 1 cos 2
Now I = dx (2sin 2) d
0 1 x 4
1 cos2
0 2sin2 0
4 sin
2
= 2
(2.2sin cos )d d
4
2cos 4
01 cos2 0
= 4
2
d 2 (1 cos2) d
4 4
00
sin 2
= 2 [2 sin 2]
2 4
4
= (0 sin ) sin = (0 1 1
2 2 2 2
Illustration 6
dx
Find ( x ) ( x )
.
Solution :
Let x = cos2 + sin2
Then dx = (ă2cossin + 2sincos)d = 2( ă ) sincosd
When x = , = cos2 + sin2
or, ( ă )sin2 = 0 or, sin2 = 0 = 0
when x = , = cos2 + sin2
or, cos2 = cos2 or, ( ă )cos2 = 0
dx
Now I = a (x )( x)
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
8 QUIZRR
Illustration 7
e ex
Find 1 x
(1 x log x )dx .
Solution :
ex x1
x (1 x log x)dx e x log x dx
x
= e [ f ´( x) f ( x)]dx, where f ( x) log x = exf (x) = exlogx
e ex e
1 (1 x log x) dx [ ex log x] ee log e e log 1 ee
x 1
Illustration 8
2 dx
Evaluate 2 4 x 2 directly as well as by the substitution x = 1/t.
2 dx
I = 2 4 x2
2
1 x 1 1
= tan 1 [tan 1 (1) tan 1 (1)] = I
2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4
2 dx 1/ 2 dt 1/2 dt
I = 2 4 x2 1 / 2 t2 (4 1/ t2 ) 1 / 2 4t2 1
1/2
= tan 1 (1) tan 1 (1) =
1 1
= 1 tan 1 (2t)
2 2 2 8 8 4
1 / 2
1
I = when x
4 t
1
In above two results I = ă/4, is wrong. Since the integrand 0 and therefore the definite
4 x2
integral of this function cannot be negative.
Since x = 1/t is discountinuous at t = 0, the substitution is not valid (I = /4).
Note : It is important the substitution must be continuous in the interval of integration.
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 9
b b
Property 1 :
a
f ( x)dx f (t )dt
a
b b
Property 2 :
a
f ( x)dx f ( x)dx
a
i.e. if the limits of a definite integral are interchangable then its value becomes negative
of the earlier value.
b c b
where a cb
Logic : We know that definite integral represents the area of the function between x-
axis under the given limits.
f(x) E
B C
A D F
a c b
b
Now f ( x)dx area of f ( x) i.e. area ABCEFI
a
You can prove all the above 3 properties by alzebraic method. We are leaving that part
for you to do it yourself.
where a c1 c2 ... cn 1 b
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
10 QUIZRR
W or king R ule
This property is used when integrand is different in different intervals. This happens in the
following cases.
1. funct ion changes or is discount inuous at some point s in [ a , b]
2. Modulus function
3. Greatest intger function & fractional part.
In each of the 3 cases we find the point where the function is different & divide the interval
accordingly using property-3.
Illustration 9
1 1 2 x ; x 0
(a) Evaluate 1 f ( x )dx , where f ( x ) 1 2 x ; x 0
1 1 2 x ; x 0
(b) Evaluate 1 f ( x )dx , where f ( x ) 1 2 x ; x 0
Solution :
(a) The function is discontinuous at 0, at its value is changing. Hence we cannot integrate over
[ă1, 1]. So applying the rule.
1 0 1
1 f ( x)dx 1 f ( x)dx 0 f ( x)dx
0 1
(1 2 x) dx (1 2 x) dx
1 0
0 1
[ x x2 ] [ x x2 ]
1 0
= [0 ă (ă1 ă 1)] + [1 + 1 ă 0] = 4
(b)
ă1 ăve 0 +ve ă1
In case of modulus function, the value of function changes at the point where it becomes 0.
Hence, breaking the interval
1 0 1 0 1
Now 1| x|dx 1| x| dx 0| x| dx 1 xdx 0 xdx
[... when ă 1 < x < 0, |x| = ă x and when 0 < x < 1, |x| = x]
0 1
x2 x2 1 1
0 0 1
2
2
2 2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 11
3
3. [ x]dx
1
We know greatest integer function returns integral values only. So for every integral interval
value will change.
0 1 2 3
2
[ x]dx [ x]dx [ x]dx [ x]dx
1 0 1 2 1
0
1 0 1 2
ă1 1 2 3
2
x dx
2
4.
0
x dx x dx xdx ( x 1)dx
1 2 1 2
0 1 0 1
1 2
x2 ( x 1) 2 1 1
1
2 0 2 1
2 2
Illustration 1 0
2
2
(a) Find the value of
0
sin x dx (b) Evaluate 0 x 2 2 X 3 dx
Solution :
(a) [When sin x 0, x n , where n 0, 1, 2,... out of which only p lies between lower and
upper limits of integration].
0 +ve ăve 2
2 2
Now I 0
sin x dx sin x dx
0
sin x dx
2
sin xdx sin xdx cos x0 cos x
2
0
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
12 QUIZRR
2
(b) x + 2x ă 3 = 0 x = ă 3, 1
0 ăve 1 +ve 2
2
0| x
2
Now I = 2 x 3| dx
1 2 1 2
= | x2 2 x 3| dx | x2 2 x 3| dx = ( x2 2 x 3) dx ( x2 2 x 3) dx
0 1 0 1
1 2
x3 2
x3
= x 3 x x2 3 x
3 0 3 1
1 8 5 2 5
= 1 3 0 4 6 1 3 = 4
1
3 3 3 3 3 3
Illustration 1 1
Find the value of
x dx
4
cos x sin x dx
3/ 2
(a)
0
(b)
0
(c) Evaluate x cos x dx
0
Solution :
(a) cos x sin x 0 cos x sin x tan x 1 tan x n
4 4
where n 0, 1, 2,... out of which only lies between lower and upper limits of definite
4
integration.]
sign scheme for cos x ă sin x
0 +ve ăve
4
Now I 0
cos x sin x dx
/4
cos x sin x dx cos x sin x dx
0 /4
/4
(cos x sin x)dx (cos x sin x)dx [sin x cos x]0 / 4 sin x cos x / 4
0 /4
sin cos sin 0 cos 0 sin cos ) sin cos
4 4 4 4
1 1 1 1
1 (0 1) 2 1 ( 1 2) 2 1 1 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 13
x dx
4
(b)
0
Here also the value of fractional part will change at integral values
x 1 at x 1
, which is the upper limit.
x2 at x 4
so value of
x x, 0 x 1
x 1, 1 x 4
x dx xdx
4 1 4
x 1 dx
0 0 1
1 4
2 3/ 2 2
x3/2 x 1
4
x
3 0 3 1
2 2
(8 1) (4 1)
3 3
7
3
x 0
(c) x cos x 0
cos n x 0 or x (2n 1) 2 , n I
3/ 2
x cos x dx
1/ 2
x cos x dx
3/ 2
Now x cos x dx
0 0 1/2
1/ 2
x cos xdx
3/ 2
x cos xdx
0 1/ 2
0
2
2 1/ 2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
14 QUIZRR
1 1 3 1
2
2 2 2
1 1 2 5 1
2 2
2 2
f ( x)dx f (a x)dx
a a
Property 4 :
0 0
a
f (t )dt {using Property-2]
0
a
f ( x)dx [using Property-1]
0
Usefulness
This property is useful to convert an indefinite integral to a more easily solvable integral. This
property is specially very useful in trignometric integrals. Let us see how.
Illustration 1 2
/2 sin x
1
(a) 0
sin x cos x
(b) 0
x(1 x)99 dx
Solution :
/2 sin xdx
(a) I ...(i)
0
sin x cos x
see now if you solve this without any use of definite properties, as a normal indefinite
question it will become a very lengthy problem.
Let us see how property comes handy in this case.
I
/2 sin x
dx
/2
sin x
2
0
sin x cos x 0
sin x cos x
2 2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 15
/2 cos( x)
I ...(ii)
0
cos x sin x
adding (i) and (ii)
/2 sin x cos x
dx
0
cos x sin x sin x cos x
/2 sin x cos x /2
dx dx
0
sin x cos x 0
/2
x0
2
2I I
2 4
So you can notice the usefulness of this property. When sin x & cos x are interchangeable
by this property, use it to reduce the integral.
1
(b) x(1 x)99 dx
0
Though we can solve this question by first using by parts and then applying the limits, but
here we will use this property to prevent that long step.
1
I x(1 x)99 dx ...(i)
0
applying Property-4
1
I (1 x)[1 (1 x)]99
0
1
(1 x) x99 dx
0
1
( x99 x100 )dx
0
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
16 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 3
/2 /2 sin x cos x
(a) 0
log tan xdx (b) 0 1 sin x cos x
dx
/4 /2 x
(c)
0
log(1 tan x)dx (d)
0 sin x cos x
dx
Solution :
/2
(a) I log tan xdx ...(i)
0
applying Property-4
/2
I log tan 2 dx
0
2
/2
log cot xdx (ii)
0
/2
(log(tan x) log cot x)dx
0
/2
log(tan x cot x)dx
0
/2 /2
log1dx 0.dx 0 [as log1 0 ]
0 0
2. Most importantly, upper limit is and every trignometric, function gives it
2
opposite pair at ă x, hence purpose solved.
2
/2 sin x cos x
(b) I dx ...(1)
0 1 sin x cos x
Similarly in this question, a bell should ring that upper limit is / 2 and function comprises
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 17
/2 sin( x) cos( x)
I 2 2 dx
0
1 sin( x) cos( x)
2 2
/2 cos x sin x
dx ...(ii)
0 1 cos x sin x
adding (i) and (ii)
I = 0
/4
(c) I log(1 tan x)dx
0
applying Property-4
tan tan x
/4 /4
log 1 tan x dx log 1 4 dx
0 4 0 1 tan tan x
4
/4 1 tan x
log 1 dx ...(ii)
0
1 tan x
/4 2
log dx
0
1 tan x
adding (i) and (ii)
/4 2
2I log(1 tan x) log 1 tan x dx
0
/4 2
log (1 tan x) dx
0
(1 tan x)
/4
0
log 2 dx
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
18 QUIZRR
/4 /4
2 I log 2 dx log 2 x 0 log 2
0 4
I log 2
8
Note. Another common mistake is the last step. Students forget that on L.H.S. it is 2I , and
they have to divide by 2 to get the answer. So keep this in mind.
/2 x
(d) 0 sin x cos x
dx
x
Let f ( x) (i)
sin x cos x
x
2
Then f x
2 sin x cos x
2 2
x
2
or f x
2 cos x sin x
1
(1) + (2) f ( x) f x
2 2 cos x sin x
2 2 cos x
4
sec x
2 2 4
Now I 1
/2
2 f ( x) f x dx
0
2
1 /2
.
2 2 2
0
sec x dx
4
/2
log sec x tan x
2 2 4 4 0
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 19
log cosec 4 cot 4 log sec 4 tan 4
2 2
4 2
log
2 1 log 2 1
2 1
2
log log 2 1
4 2 2 1 4 2
2 2
log 2 1
f ( x)dx f (a b x)dx
b b
Property-5
a a
I f (t )(dt )
a
b
by using Property-2
I f (t )dt f ( x)dx
b b
a a
Illustration 1 4
x /3 1
2
(a)
1
3 x x
dx (b) /6
1 cot x
dx
Solution :
2 x
(a) I dx
1
3 x x
If we apply Property-5 in this integral then the denominator remains the same, which gives
encouragement to use the same.
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
20 QUIZRR
applying Property-5.
2 3 x
I dx
1
3 (3 x) 3 x
2 3 x dx
(ii)
1
x 3 x
adding (i) and (ii)
2 3 x x
2 I dx
1
x 3 x 3 x x
2 3 x x
dx
3 x x
1
2
dx x 1 2 1 =1
2
1
I .
2
/3 1 /3 sin x
(b) /6
1 cot x
dx
/6
sin x cos x
dx
Earlier we have seen that in case of x transformation in trignometric integrals, the
2
interigral was reduced to a very simple one. See, here also it is happening.
Now,
3 6 2
& property 5 replaces x by ( a b x) i.e. x .
2
Hence our purpose is solved.
sin x
/3 2
I dx
/6
sin x cos x
2 2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 21
/3 cos x
dx (ii)
/6
cos x sin x
Now I hope you understand what we are trying to do & what we will do next.
adding (i) and (ii)
/3
2I dx
/6
3 6 6
I
12
2 a f ( x)dx,
f ( x)dx 0
a if f ( x) is even
Property-6 a
0, if f ( x) is odd
0 0
a f ( x)dx,
if f ( x) is an even function
0 a (ii)
f ( x)dx, if f ( x) is an odd function
0
0
f ( x)dx f ( x)dx f ( x)dx 2 f ( x)dx
a a a
a 0 0 0
0
f ( x) f ( x)dx f ( x)dx 0
a a
a 0 0
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
22 QUIZRR
Geometrical Proof.
If f ( x) is EVEN
y
++ =2X
f(x) ++
=2X
ăa 0 a x
If f ( x) is ODD
This property should be used only when limits are equal and opposite and the function
which is to be integrated is either odd or even.
Illustration 1 5
/4
1
1
4
(a) Find x3e x dx (b) Find x x dx (c) Evaluate x3 sin 4 xdx
1 1 /4
Solution :
Let f ( x) x3e x
4
(a)
f ( x) ( x)3 e( x) x3e x f ( x)
4 4
Then
1 1
f ( x)dx 0 x3e x dx 0
4
1
or
1
(b) Let f ( x) x x
Then f ( x) x x x x f ( x) [ x x ]
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 23
1 x
1
f ( x)dx 0 or dx 0
1 1 x
x3 sin 4 x f ( x) .
Hence f(x) is an odd function
/4
/ 4 f ( x)dx 0
Illustration 1 6
a ax
f ( x2 )dx 2 f ( x2 )dx
a a
(a) Show that (b) Evaluate dx
a 0 a ax
Solution :
a ax a ax
(b) I dx dx
a ax a
a 2 x2
a dx a ax
a dx
a a
a x
2 2
a 2 x2
a dx x
a .2 0 [ is an odd function]
0
a 2 x2 a 2 x2
a
x
2a . sin 1 2a [sin 1 (1) sin 1 0]
a 0
2a 0 a
2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
24 QUIZRR
2 a f ( x)dx;
f ( x)dx 0
2a if f (2a x) f ( x)
Property-7
0, if f (2a x) f ( x)
0
f ( x)dx f ( x)dx
2a a 2a
Proof. f ( x)dx
0 0 a
when x 2a then t = 0
If f (2a x) f ( x)
f ( x)dx f ( x)dx f ( x) dx 2 f ( x) dx
2a a a a
then 0 0 0 0
and if f (2a x) f ( x)
f ( x) dx f ( x) dx f ( x)dx 0
2a a a
then 0 0 0
Illustration 1 7
Evaluate
2 xdx
(a)
0
cos 5 xdx (b)
0 1 cos 2 x
Solution :
(a) We will first check for the property-7 conditions. For that let
f ( x) cos5 x
cos5 x f ( x)
f ( x)dx 2 f ( x)dx
2a a
0 0
if f (2a x) f ( x)
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 25
2 cos5 xdx
0
2 cos 5 xdx ...(ii)
0
xdx
(b) I ...(i)
0 1 cos2 x
This is an interesting problem, because here. Property-7 is not visible at first. So the tip that
we can derive from this question is that approach the question as given rather than going
by a fixed mind.
Here we can see that property-4 is applicable so without thinking anything else I will use
it first
( x) dx ( x)dx
I ...(ii)
0 1 cos ( x) 0 1 cos 2 x
2
xdx x
2I dx
0 1 cos x
2 0 1 cos2 x
dx
0 1 cos 2 x
Now if I apply property-4 back then I will have no advantage as I will get the same integral.
Hence no use. But if I apply Property-7.
1 /2 dx
I 2 as f (2a x) f ( x)
2 0 1 cos 2 x
/2 dx
I
0 1 cos2 x
1 dx
2 0 1 cos 2 x
I
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
26 QUIZRR
MISTAKE : Common mistake at this step, is to take it as a normal substitution integral.
sec2 x
2 0
i.e. I dx (dividing by cos 2 x )
sec 2 x 1
Now the common substiution
x tan x
dx sec2 xdx
But wait this is a wrong step, as per the rule of substitution the function which is substituited
should be continuous in the interval.
But there for x tan x , tan x is not continuous over interval [0, ] . It is discontinuous at x .
2
Therefore, it is not possible to substitute tan x in the interval [0, ] .
So next thought should be to brea k the interval so tha t we c a n a ply the tra nsforma tion.
Illustration 1 8
/2 /2
Prove 0
log sin xdx
0
log cos xdx
2
log 2
/2
Solution : Let I 0 log sin xdx ...(i)
/2 /2
I log x dx log cos xdx ...(ii)
0
2 0
/2 /2 sin 2 x
log sin x cos x dx log dx
0 0
2
/2
0
log sin 2 x log 2 dx
/2 /2
log sin 2 xdx log 2dx
0 0
/2
log sin 2 xdx log 2 x0
/2
0
/2
2I logsin 2 xdx log 2 ...(iii)
0
2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 27
Now (iv) is almost similar to I with the only difference being in the upper limit.
applying property -
1 /2 /2
I 2 logsin tdt log sin t dt I
2 0 0
2I I log 2
2
/2 /2
I log sin xdx
log 2 cos xdx
0 2 0
/2 sec2 xdx
I
0 1 sec2 x
/2 sec 2 xdx
0 2 tan 2 x
Now obvisously we will substitute tan x t
as x0 tan x t 0
x tan x t
2
dt t
I tan 1
0 2 t2 2 2 0
tan tan 1 0
2
1
0
2 22 2 2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
28 QUIZRR
f ( x) dx f ( x) dx
a a /2 a /2
Property 8 f (a x)dx
0 0 0
Geometrical Proof :
Y f(x) Y f(x) Y
f(aăx)
X X X
O a O a O a
a a/2 a/2
f ( x)dx f ( x) dx
f (a x) dx
0 0 0
= +
Y
f(x) If f (a x) f ( x) x (0, a )
a
i.e. f ( x) is symmetrical about x .
2
then 2
X a a/2
O a/2 a 0 f ( x) dx 0 f ( x) dx
Illustration 1 9
/2 /2 /4
Show that
0
f (sin 2 x)sin xdx
0
f (sin 2 x) cos xdx 2
0
f (cos 2 x) cos xdx
Solution :
/2
Let I f (sin 2 x) sin xdx ...(i)
0
/2
I f sin 2 x sin x dx (using property-4)
0
2 2
/2
I f sin( 2 x) cos xdx
0
/2
I f (sin 2 x) cos xdx ...(ii)
0
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 29
/4 /4
f (sin 2 x)sin xdx f sin 2 x sin x dx (using Property-5)
0 0
2 2
/4 /4
f (sin 2 x) sin xdx f (sin 2 x) cos xdx
0 0
/4
f (sin 2 x)(sin x cos x) dx
0
/4
f sin 2 x sin x cos x x x dx (using property-4)
0
4 4 4
/4 1 1 1 1
f (cos 2 x) cos x sin x cos x sin x dx
0
2 2 2 2
/4
2 f (cos 2 x) cos xdx
0
f ( x) dx (b a ) f ((b a ) x a )dx
b 1
Property-9 a 0
dz (b a )dx
& when x0 , za
x 1 , zb
new integral becomes
dz
f ( x)dx =L.H.S.
b b
(b a ) f ( z)
a (b a ) a
some other properties.
b c
f ( x)dx
b
1. a a c
f ( x)dx
bc
f ( x)dx
b
2. f ( x c) dx
a a c
bc
f ( x)dx
b
or f ( x c )dx
a ac
b 1 b x
3. a
f ( x) dx
c a
f dx
c
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
30 QUIZRR
Illustration 20
2
2
5 2/3 9 x
dx 3
( x 5) 2 3
Evaluate e e dx
4 1/3
Solution :
2
N ot e : Here we know e x dx cannot be evaluated by idefinite integral
5
I 1 e ( x 5) dx
2
Thus,
4
( 5 4) e (( 5 4) x 4 5) dx
1 2
I1 e ( x1) dx
1 2
0
...(i)
again, let
I2
2/ 3
e9( x 2/ 3) .dx
2
1/3
2
2 1 1 2
2 1 1 9 x
e 3 2 3 3 .dx
3 3 0
1 1 ( x1)2
3 0
e .dx
1
( I1 ) ...(ii)
3
where, I I 1 3I 2
I
I1 3 1
3
I1 I1
I 0
5
e( x 5) dx 3
2/3
e 9( x 2/3) dx 0
2 2
4 1/3
f ( x) dx n f ( x)dx
nT T
Property-10 : I f ( x) is a periodic function with period T then
0 0
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 31
O T 2T 3T nT
Since the area under the curve for an interval of T is same everytime.
Total area = n (curve under one interval)
f ( x) dx\ n f ( x)dx
nT T
0 0
a T
f ( x) dx f ( x) dx
T
Property-11 a 0
T
if 0
f ( x) dx
O T 2T
now
a a+T
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
32 QUIZRR
so observation only we can say
a T
f ( x)dx
T
f ( x) dx
0 a
a nT
f ( x) dx n f ( x)dx
T
a 0
a nT
f ( x)dx f ( x) dx n f ( x) dx
nT T
a 0 0
f ( x) dx (n m) f ( x) dx ,
nT T
Property-13 : mT 0
n, m I
Geometrical Proof.
mt nt
We can write,
f ( x) dx f ( x) dx
nT nT mT
f ( x) dx
mT 0 0
i.e. area of curve between = area of curve uptil nT - area of curve uptil mT
f ( x)dx n f ( x)dx m f ( x) dx
nT T T
mT 0 0
( n m) f ( x)dx
T
a nT
f ( x)dx
nT
2. a mT mT
f ( x) dx
b nT
f ( x) dx f ( x)dx
b
3. a nT a
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 33
Illustration 21
400
10 100
(a) Prove that ( x [ x]) dx 5 . (b) e x[ x] dx 100(e 1) (c) 1 cos 2 xdx 800 2
0 0 0
Solution :
(a) Since x [ x] is a periodic function with period one unit. Therefore
0 0 0 0
x2 1 10
10 0 5
2 0 2
(b) Since x [ x] is a periodic function with period one unit, therefore so is e x[ x ] , and hence
0 0 0
400 400
(c)
0
1 cos 2 x
0
2 sin x dx
2 400 sin x dx [ sin x is periodic with period ]
0
400 2 sin xdx 400 2 cos x0 800 2
0
Illustration 22
4 32 / 3
(a) Evaluate 0
cos x dx (b) Evaluate 0
1 cos 2xdx
Solution :
4 /2
0
cos xdx cos xdx
/2
4 sin x0 sin x /2 4(1 1) 8 .
/2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
34 QUIZRR
32 / 3 10 32 /3
(b) 0
1 cos 2 xdx 2
0
cos x dx 2
10
cos x dx
2 / 3
10 2 cos x dx 2 cos x dx
0 0
/2 /2 2 /3
10 2 cos xdx cos xdx 2 cos xdx cos xdx
0 /2 0 /2
3
10 2 1 1 2 1 1
2
3 3
20 2 2 2 22 2
2 2
Illustration 23
n V
Show 0
sin x dx (2n 1) cos V , where n is positive integer. and 0 V . [IIT-1994]
Solution :
n V n V
sin x dx sin x dx
V
sin x dx
0 0 V
sin xdx n sin x dx
V
0 0
(Using Property-IX)
cos x0 n sin xdx
V
0
(cosV ) 1 n(1 1)
(2n 1) cosV
n V
0
sin x dx (2n 1) cos V
1. If f ( x) 0 on an interval [a , b] , then
b
f ( x)dx 0
a
b
or if f ( x) 0 , then f ( x)dx 0
a
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 35
The reason is very obvious because if f ( x) 0 the area will be above x-axis i.e. positive & for
f ( x) 0 it will be negative.
2. Property-14 : If f ( x) g ( x) on [a , b] , then
f ( x )dx g( x )dx
b b
a a
3. Property-15 : If m and M are the smallest & largest values of function f ( x) defined on an
interval [a , b] then
m( b a ) f ( x )dx M (b a )
b
a a a
m(b a ) f ( x)dx M (b a )
b
a
f ( x )dx f ( x ) dx
b b
a a
a B
A o b
b
So a
f ( x) dx area OBC - area OAD ...(i)
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
36 QUIZRR
whereas
D C
A B
a o b
b
f ( x) dx area OBC + area OAD ...(ii)
a
g ( x)dx
b b b 1/ 2
f ( x ) g ( x )dx f 2 ( x )dx 2
a a a
Illustration 24
sin x 1 1 dx
19
(a) Show that 10 1 x8
dx 7
10
(b) Prove that
6 0
4 x x
2
4 2
Solution :
19 sin x 19 sin x
dx
b b
(a) 10 1 x8 10 1 x8
dx [ a
f ( x) dx f ( x) dx ]
a
19 sin x
dx
10 1 x8
1 19 1
dx 8 dx
19
10 1 x8 10 x
[ sin x 1 ]
19
1 1 1
1 1
7
7 7
7 x 10 7.(10) 7.(19)
7 7
7.(10) 10
(b) 0 x 1
4 x2 4 x2 x3 4 x2 x2 [ x2 x3 ]
4 x2 4 x2 x3 4 2 x2 1
4 x2 4 x2 x3 4 2 x2
4 x2 4 x2 x3 4 2 x2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 37
1 1 1
4 x 2
4 x x 2 3
4 2 x2
1 dx 1 dx 1 1 dx
0
4 x 2
0
4 x x
2 3
2 0 2 x2
1 1
1 x 1 1 x
sin 2 I 2 sin
0 2 0
I
6 4 2
Illustration 25
1 15
(1 x)(1 3 ) dx
3
(a) Prove that 4 3 x3 dx 2 30 (b) Prove that .
1 0 8
Solution :
dy 3x2
(a) Let y 3 x , then 0 3
dx 2 3 x3
y is an increasing function
1 x 3
3 13 3 x3 3 33
2 3 x3 30
3
2dx
3
3 x3 dx 30 dx
3
1 1 1
4
3
3 x3 dx 2 30
1
a
b
f ( x) g ( x)dx b
a
f 2 ( x)dx g (x)dx
b
a
2
0
1
(1 x) (1 x2 ) dx (1 x)dx (1 x )dx
1
0
1
0
3
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
38 QUIZRR
1 1
x2 x4
x x
2 0 4 0
3 5 15
.
2 4 8
1 15
Thus, 0
(1 x)(1 x3 ) dx
8
.
d h( x )
f ( t )dt f h ( x ) h ( x ) f g( x ) g ( x )
i.e. dx
g ( x )
independent of x
d x
dx 0
f (t ) dt f ( x)
Case-2. If the integrand is the function of variable whose derivative is taken, i.e.
d b
f ( x, t ) dt
b d
dx a a dx
f ( x, t )dt
d h( x ) h( x ) d
f ( t , x )dt f ( t , x )dt f h( x ) h ( x ) f g ( x ) g ( x )
dx g ( x ) g ( x ) dx
Property-18. Let a function f ( x, a ) be continuous for a x b and c d . Then for any [c, d ] ,
I ( ) f ( x, ) dx , then
b
if a
dI ( ) b ( f ( x , ))
dx
d a
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 39
Illustration 26
Differentiate the following w.r.t. x
x2 x
(a) 0
(cos t 2 ) dt (b)
1/ x
sin t 2 dt
Solution :
d x2
I 0 cos t dt
2
(a) We have to find
dx
This is an example of case-1 where only limits are a function of x.
I cos( x2 ) 2
d 2
( x ) ă cos(0).0
dx
I 2 x cos x4
d x
dx 1/ x
(b) I sin t 2 dt
I sin x
2
d
dx
1 2 d 1
x sin
x dx x
1 1 1
sin x sin 2 2
2 x x x
1 1 1
sin x sin 2
x
2
2 x x
Illustration 27
x2 t 2 5t 4
Find the points of maxima / minima of 0 2 et
dt .
Solution. We will apply the normal rules of maxima/minima & for maxima/minima we differentiate
x2 t 2 5t 4
if f ( x) dt
0 2 et
d x2 t 2 5t 4
dx 0 2 et
then f ( x) dt
( x2 ) 2 5( x2 ) 4 d 2
f ( x) . (x ) 0
2 ex
2
dx
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
40 QUIZRR
( x2 )2 5( x2 ) 4
2x
2 ex
2
2 x( x2 4)( x2 1)
2 ex
2
equality it to zero.
· + · + · +
ă2 ă1 0 1 2
Hence the points of maxima (i.e. where sign = -1, 1 changes from +ve to -ve) & points of minma
(where sign changes from -ve to +ve) = -2,0,2
Illustration 28
x2 cos x.cos dy
(a) If y( x) 2 /16 d , find at x .
1 sin
2
dx
/2
(b) Evaluate 0
log(1 sin sin 2 x)cosec 2 xdx .
Solution :
x2 cos
(a) y (cos x). d
2 /16 1 sin 2
here cos x is a constant in integration, so it can be moved out of integral & this is the trick here.
x2 cos
y cos x. d
1 sin 2
2
/16
dy d x2 cos d x2 cos d
(cos x) 2
dx 2 /16 1 sin 2
cos x.
dx dx /16
1 sin 2
the derivative of integral is an example of our case-1 i.e. integrand is not the function of
x, only limits are
dy x2 cos cos x2
sin x. 2 d (2 x) (cos x) 0
dx / 16
1 sin 2 1 sin 2 x2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 41
2 x cos 2 x x2 cos
1 sin x
2
sin x /16
2
1 sin 2
d (i)
t2
d 2tdt
& limits at x2 tx
2
t
16 4
cos t
I
x
Integral 2tdt
/4 1 sin t
dy
But stop, we are solving in futile. We need to find the value of at x & ahead of this
dx
integral is sin x which is 0 at x , so no need of solving the integral
dy 2 cos 2 ( )
2 cos 2 ( ) 2
dx x 1 sin 2 ( )
/2
(b) I log(1 sin sin 2 x)cosec 2 xdx
0
/2
dI
d
0
log (1 sin sin 2 x cosec 2 xdx
means differentiating the function containing only & taking all other variables as
constant while differentiating.
I /2 1
sin 2 x cos .cosec2 xdx
0 (1 sin sin x)
2
Put tan x t
sec2 xdx dt
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
42 QUIZRR
& limits at x0 t0
x t
2
dI cos dt
d 0 1 ( sin )t 2
cos dt
(1 sin ) t 2 1
0
sin
cos
1 sin
tan 1 t 1 sin
0
1 sin
cos
1 sin
2
1 sin 0
.cos
1 sin
2(1 sin )
cos
2 1 sin
(cos 2 / 2 sin 2 / 2)
2 sin / 2 cos / 2
as 1 sin sin 2 cos 2 2 cos sin
2 2 2 2
cos sin
2 2 2
dI ( )
cos sin
d 2 2 2
now integrating to get the value of I
2
I cos sin dx
2 2
I 2 sin 2 cos C
2 2 2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 43
I sin cos C ...(i)
2 2
/2
I (0) (log(1)).cos ec2 xdx 0
0
I ( ) sin cos
2 2
g ( x) f (t ) dt is an even function.
x
Property-19 : If f (t ) is an odd function, then
a
x
Property-20 : If f (t ) is an even function, then g ( x) f (t ) dt is an odd function.
0
x
NOTE : For f (t )dt might not be an odd function. So apply the above property
a
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
44 QUIZRR
Proof of this property is very simple.
b
a
The area can be zero only iff there is some part of f ( x) below the x-axis (i.e.
negative area). And for that to happen for a continuous function f ( x), f ( x) must
cross the y 0 line at atleast one point.
IMPROPER INTEGRAL
If f ( x) is continuous on [ a , ] , then a
f ( x)dx is called as improper integral and
b
a
f ( x)dx lim f ( x)dx
b a
If the Right Hand Limit of integral exists then the improper integral is convergent otherwise it
is divergent.
GAMMA FUNCTION
It is defined by the improper integral, by 0
e x xn1dx and is denoted by n
n e x xn 1dx where x is a positive rational number.
0
1. 1 1, 0 and ( n 1) nn
2. if n N , ( n 1) n !
3. (1/ 2)
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 45
/2 /2
1.
0
sin 2 xdx
0
cosn xdx
n 1 n 3 n 5 3 1
n . n 2 . n 4 ... 4 . 2 . 2 , if n is even
n 1 . n 3 . n 5 ... 4 . 2 .1, if n is odd
n n 2 n 4 5 3
/2 /2
2.
0
sin m x cos n xdx
0
sin n x cosm xdx
3.
0
sin m x cosn xdx 0 , if n is odd
/2
2 sin m x cosn xdx , if n is even
0
Illustration 29
dx
Evaluate the integral 0 1 x2
Solution :
y
y 1
1 y=
y=
1+x2 1+x2
x x
O b b O
dx dx
1+x2 1+x2
0 0
By the defintion of an improper integral we find
dx b dx b
1
lim lim tan x lim tan 1 b .
0 1 x b 0 1 x b
2 2
0 b 2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
46 QUIZRR
Illustration 30
dx
Evaluate 1 x2
Solution :
dx dx dx
0
1 x2 1 x 2 0 1 x2
The second integral is equal to . Compute the first integral :
2
dx 0 dx
1 x 1 x2 lim
2
lim
tan 1 x |0 lim (tan 1 0 tan 1 )
2
Therefore
dx
1 x 2
2 2
In many cases, it is sufficient to determine, whether the given intergal converges or diverges, and
to estimate its value.
because f ( x) is not continuous on the interval [ a , c] , and for this reason the limit may not exist.
c
The integral f ( x)dx of the function f ( x) discontinuous at the point c is defined as follows :
a
c b
f ( x)dx lim f ( x)dx
a b c 0 a
If the limit on the right exist, the integral is called an important convergent integral, otherwise
it is divergent.
If the function f ( x) is dicsontinuous at the left extremity of the interval [ a , c] (that is, for
c c
x a ), then by defintion f ( x)dx lim f ( x)dx
a b a 0 b
a a x0
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 47
Illustration 31
1 dx dx
1
(a) Evaluate 0
1 x
. (b) Evaluate the integral
1 x2
Solution :
1 dx b dx
(a)
0
1 x
lim
b 1 0 0
1 x
lim 2 1 x |b0
b 1 0
lim 2
b 1 0
1 b 1 2
(b) Since inside the interval of integration there exists a point x 0 where the integrad is
dicsontinuous, the interal must be represented sum of two terms :
dx 1 dx 1 dx
1
lim 2 lim 2
1 x 2 1 0 1 x 2 0 2 x
dx1 1 1 1 1
lim 2 lim lim
1 0
a 0 1 x 1 0 x
1 1 1
dx
1 1
1 0 1 x2
lim lim 1
1 0
2
And this means that the integral also diverges on the interval [0,1]. Hence, the given
integral diverges on the entire interval [ 1,1] . It should be noted that if we had begun to
evaluate the given integral without paying attention to the discontinuity of the intgerand
at the point x 0 , the result would have been wrong.
1
y
dx
1 1 1 1
Indeed 1 x2 x 1 1 1 2
which is impossible (fig.)
y = 12
x
x
ă1 0 1
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
48 QUIZRR
SUMMATION OF SERIES USING DEFINITE INTEGRAL AS A LIMIT OF SUM
n
lim
h 0
f (a rh)
r 0
y
f(x)
1 n 1 r
t
We get 0
f ( x)dx lim
n n
r 0
f
n
WORKING RULE
1 r
Step-1. n
Express the series in the form, lim
n
f
n
Step-2. Replace by ,
r
by x and
n
1
by dx
n
r
Step-3. Obtain the lower & upper limits of the integral by computing nlim for the least &
n
greatest value of r respectively i.e. put the starting & ending values of r to get the
limits.
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 49
Illustration 32
1 1 1 1
Show that lim ... log 6 [IIT ă 81]
n
n 1 n 2 n 3 6n
Solution :
1 1 1 1
lim ...
n n 1 n2 n3
6n
1 1 1 1
lim ...
n n 1 n2 n3 n 5n
[writing last term in the same form as the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, ... terms are]
5n
1 5n
1 n
lim lim
r 1 n r r 1 n n r
n n
1 5n 1
lim
n n
r
r 1
1
n
lower limit of r 1
1
lower limit of integration nlim 0
n
upper limit of r 5n
5n
upper limit of integration lim
n
5
n
Hence from (i) required limit
dx
log(1 x)0
5 5
0 1 x
Illustration 33
n n n 1
Evaluate lim 2 2 2 ...
n 1 n 2 n 3 2n
n 2 2 2
n n n n
Solution : lim 2 2 2 ... 2
n 1 n 2 n 3 n n2
n 2 2 2
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
50 QUIZRR
[Writing last term in the same form as first, 2nd, 3rd,.... term are]
n
n 1 n n2
lim 2 2 lim 2 2
r 1 n r r 1 n r
n n n
1 n 1
lim 2
n n
r 1 r ...(i)
1
n
lower limit of r 1
1
lower limit of integration = lim 0
n n
upper limit of r n
n
upper limit of integration = lim 1
n n
Hence from (i), required limit
dx
1 1
tan 1 x
0 1 x 2 0
0
4 4
Illustration 34
1 1 1 1
Evaluate lim ...
n n 2 12 n 2 22 n 2 (n 1) 2
n 2
1 1 1 1
Solution : lim ...
n
n 2 n 2 12 n 2 22 n 2 (n 1) 2
n 1
1 1 n 1 n
lim lim
n
r 0 n2 r 2 n n
r 0 n2 r 2
1 n 1 1
lim
n n
2
r 0 r
1
n
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
QUIZRR 51
y
lower limit of r 0 lower limit of integration = lim 0
n n
upper limit of r n 1
n 1 1
upper limit of integration = lim lim 1 1
n
n n n
from (i), required limit
1 dx
1
sin 1 x sin 1 (1) sin 1 (0) 0
0
1 x2 0 2 2
Illustration 35
r n
r2
Evaluate lim
n
r 1 r n
3 3 .
Solution :
n
r2 1 n r 2n
lim lim
r 1 r n r 1 r n
n 3 3 n n 3 3
2
r
1 n n
lim 3
n n
r 1 r ...(i)
1
n
1
lower limit of r 1 lower limit of integration lim
n
0
n
n
upper limit of r n upper limit of integration lim
n
1
n
1 x2
from (i), required limit dx ...(ii)
0 x3 1
Let z x3 1 , then dz 3 x2 dx
1 2 dz 1 1 1
from (ii), required limit log z1 (log 2 log1) log 2 .
2
3 1 z 3 3 3
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
INDEFINITE
INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 3
INTRODUCTION
Differential Calculus is centred on the concept of the derivative. The original motivation for the
derivative was the problem of defining tangent lines to the graphs of functions and calculating
the slope of such lines. Integral Calculus is motivated by the problem of defining and calculating
the area of the region bounded by the graph of the functions.
If a function f is differentiable in an interval I, i.e., its derivative f Âexists at each point of I, then
a natural question arises that given f Âat each point of I, can we determine the function ? The
functions that could possibly have given function as a derivative are called anti derivatives (or
primitive) of the function. Further, the formula that gives all these anti derivatives is called
integration. Such type of problems arise in many practical situations. For instance, if we know the
instantaneous velocity of an object at any instant, then there arises a natural question, i.e., can
we determine the position of the object at any instant ? There are several such practical and
theoretical situations where the process of integration is involved. The development of integral
calculus arises out of the efforts of solving the problems of the following types : (a) the problem
of finding a function whenever its derivative is given, (b) the problem of finding the area bounded
by the graph of a function under certain conditions.
These two problems lead to the two forms of the integrals, e.g., indefinite and definite integrals,
which together constitute the Integral Calculus.
There is a connection, known as the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, between indefinite
integral and definite integral which makes the definite integral as a practical tool for science and
engineering. The definite integral is also used to solve many interesting problems from various
disciplines like economics, finance and probability.
An t id er iva t ive
In differentiation we considered the following problem : given a function F (x), find its derivative,
that is, the function f(x) = F´(x).
In this chapter we shall consider the reverse problem : given a function f(x), it is required to find
a function F (x) such that its derivative is equal to f(x), that is, F´(x) = f(x)
Definition 1 : A function F (x) is called the antiderivative of the function f(x) on the interval
(a, b,) if at all points of the interval F´ (x) = f(x).
Illustration 1
Find the antiderivative of the function f(x) = x 2
Solution :
x3
From the definition of an antiderivative it follows that the function F ( x) is an antiderivative,
3
´
x3
since x2 .
3
It is easy to see that if for the given function f(x) there exists an antiderivative, then this
antiderivative is not the only one. In the foregoing example, we could take the following functions
as antiderivative :
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
4 QUIZRR
x x x
F( x) 1, F( x) ă 7 or, generally, F( x) C (where C is an arbitrary constant),
3 3 3
´
x
since C x2 .
3
Thus here general value of f (x) dx is F(x) + c, where c is an arbitrary constant. c is called
constant of integration.
Clearly integral will change if c changes. Thus integral of a function is not unique and if one
integral of f(x) is F(x), then F(x) + c will be also an integral of f(x), where c is a constant.
Thus f (x) dx will have infinite number of values and hence it is called indefinite integral of f(x).
Definition Particular Integral : If d[F( x) c] f ( x) then
dx
f (x) dx = F(x) + c. f (x) dx will have different values for different values of c.
For a definite value C1 of c, f (x) dx will have a definite value F(x) + c1.
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 5
shape because at any x-value, their tangent lines all have the same slope, as shown in figure.
A natural question arises : do antiderivatives (and, hence, indefinite integrals) exist for every
function f(x)? The answer is no. Let us note, however, without proof, that if a function, f(X) is
continuous on an interval [a, b], then this function has an antiderivative and hence, there is also
an indefinite integral).
This chapter is devoted to working out methods by means of which we can find antiderivatives
(and indefinite integrals) for certain classes of elementary functions.
d
(i) ( x) 1 dx x
dx
d xn 1 x n 1
n
x x n dx (n 1)
(ii) dx n 1 n 1
d 1
x dx log | x |
1
(iii) (log| x|)
dx x
d
(iv) (sin x) cos x cos dx sin x
dx
d
(v) (cos x) sin x sin xdx cos x
dx
d
(vi) (tan x) sec 2 x sec 2 xd x tan x
dx
d
(vii) (cot x) cosec2 x cosec 2 xdx cot x
dx
d
(viii) (sec x) sec x tan x sec x tan xdx sec x
dx
d
(ix) (cosec x) cosec x cot x cosec x cot xdx cosec x
dx
d x
(x) (e ) ex e x dx e x
dx
d 1
1
(sin 1 x) dx sin 1 x
(xi) dx 2
1 x2 1 x
1
d 1
(xii) dx (tan x)
1
1 x2
1 x 2
dx tan 1 x
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
6 QUIZRR
d 1
x
1
(sec 1 x) dx sec 1 x
(xiii) dx 2
x x2 1 x 1
d ax
(xiv)
dx
(a x ) a x log e a a x dx
log e a
,a 0
Illustration 2
Find each antiderivative.
(a) dx
Write dx as 1. dx, and using the fact that x0 = 1 for any nonzero number x,
1 1
dx 1 dx x
0
dx x C x c
1
x dx
3
(b)
Use the power rule with n = 3.
x dx 3 1 x
3 1 31 1 4
C x C
4
t
1
(c) 2
dt
1 1 t 1 1
First, write 1 / t2 as t2 . Then
t 2
dt
t2 dt
2 1
t21
1
C
t
C
(d) u du
1 1 2
Since u u1 / 2 , u du u1 / 2 du uó 1 C u3 / 2 u3 / 2 C
1/ 2 1 3/2 3
2 3/2 ó
To check this, differentiate u C , the deriative is u , the original function.
3
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 7
[ f1 ( x ) f 2 ( x )] dx f1 ( x ) dx f 2 ( x ) dx
2. Constant factor may be taken outside the integral sign, that is, if a const, then
af ( x ) dx a f ( x ) dx
When evaluating indefinite integrals it is useful to bear in mind the following rules.
Example :
(2x
3
3sin x 5 x ) 2x3 dx 3sin xdx 5 x dx
* Here we have divided the L.HS. into separate integrals on R.H.S. and also we have taken
constants outside the integration.
x
3 1/ 2
= 2 x dx 3 sin x dx 5 dx
x31 xó 1
= 2 3 ( cos x) 5 C
31 1
1
2
1 4 10
= x 3cos x x xC
2 3
Example :
3
x x
1 1 / 3 1 1 / 2
x4 x 3 dx dx x5 / 4 dx
3
x 2 x 2
1 1 5
1 1 1
x
1 x 2
3 x4 9 4 2
3 3x x x 4
x C
1 2 1 5 2 9
1 1 1
3 2 4
sin(3 x 5)
(i) if cos (3 x + 5) dx
3
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
8 QUIZRR
x x 4 x 5 e4 x5
(ii) e dx e , then e dx 4
1 1
n xn1 1 (2 x 3) 2 1 3
(iii) x dx n 1 , then 2 x 3dx
2 1 2 1
3
(2 x 3) 2
dx
(iv) x 3 ln|x 3| C
1
(v) cos 7x dx 7 sin 7 x C
1
(vi) sin (2x 6) dx 2 cos (2x 6) C
METHODS OF INTEGRATION
There are various techniques or methods of finding the integrals by reducing them to standard
forms. Prominent methods among them are
1. Method of Transformation
2. Substitution
3. Integration by Parts
4. Integration of Irrational function
In this method of integration, given function is expressed as the algebraic sum of such functions
whose integral can be written down with the help of standard formulae.
Rule :
Simplify the given function whose integral is to be found to express it as the algebraic sum of
functions of the following forms
1
(i) (ax + b)n (ii)
1 x2
1 1
(iii) (iv)
1 x2 x x2 1
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 9
Illustration 3
3 5 7
(a) Find (4 x 3 3 x 2 2 x 4) d x . (b) Find
x ( x 2 7 x 2 9 x 2 ) dx
(1 x )3
(c) Find x
dx
Solution :
(a) As the rule says, we will break the integral into sum of different interals and will then use
standard formulas.
(4x
3
3 x2 2x 4) dx
4x dx 3x dx 2xdx 4dx
3 2
=
4 x3 dx 3 x2 dx 2
xdx 4 x dx
0
x3 1 x2 1 x11 x01
= 4. 3. 2. 4. c
31 21 11 01
x4 x3 x2
= 4. 3. 2. 4. x c
4 3 2
= x4 x3 x2 4 x c
3 5 7
(b)
x (x2 ă 7 x2 9 x2 ) dx
1 3 5 7 1 3 1 5 1 7
=
x2 (x 2 ă 7x 2 9 x2 ) dx =
x2 . x 2 ă 7 x2 . x 2 9 x2 . x 2 ) dx
(x x dx 7 x dx 9 x dx
2
= 7 x3 9 x4 ) dx = 2 3 4
x2 1 x3 1 x4 1
7. 9. c
21 3 1 4 1
x3 x4 x5
= 7. 9. c
3 4 5
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
10 QUIZRR
(1 x)3
(c) x
dx
1 3 x 3 x2 x3 1 3 x 3 x2 x3
= x
dx =
x
x
x
dx
x
1 1 1 1
1 2 3
=
(x 2 3x 2 3x 2 x 2 ) dx
1 1 3 5
=
x 2 dx 3
x2 dx 3
x dx
2
x 2 dx
1 3 5 7
3 5 7
x2 x2 x2 x2 6 2 2 2
=
1
3
3
3.
5
7
c = 2 x 2 x2
5
x x c
7
2 2 2 2
Illustration 4
( x 3 8) ( x 1) sin 3 x cos3 x dx
(a) Ev al u at e 2
x 2x 4
dx (b) 2
sin x cos x 2
dx (c) x x 1
Solution :
( x3 8) ( x 1) ( x3 23 ) ( x 1)
(a) x2 2 x 4
dx
x2 2x 4
dx
( x 2) ( x2 2 x 4)( x 1)
= x2 2 x 4
dx
(x 2) (x 1) dx (x
2
= x 2) dx
x dx xdx 2 x dx
2 0
=
x3 x2
= 2x c
3 2
sin x cos x
cos 2
x
dx
sin 2
x
dx
tan x sec xdx cot x cosec xdx = sec x ă cosec x + c.
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 11
dx
(c) x x1
( x x 1)
= ( x x 1) ( x x 1)
dx
( x x 1) ( x x 1)
= x ( x 1)
dx
1
dx
3 3
3 3
( x 1) 2 x2 2 2
= c = ( x 1) 2 x2 c
3 3 3 3
2 2
Illustration 5
For what values of c and a is the following equation satisfied ?
1
(sin 2 x cos2 x )dx sin(2 x c ) a
2
Solution :
For this question, we will evaluate L.H.S. first & then will equate if to R.H.S. and will then find
the values of c & a
1 1 1
= sin2 x cos2 x k
2 2 2
1
= sin 2 x cos 4 cos2 x sin 4 k
2
1
= sin 2 x k
2 4
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
12 QUIZRR
According to question
(sin 2x cos2x) dx
1
sin (2x c) a
2
1 1
sin 2 x sin (2 x c) a
2 4 2
c and a k = an arbitrary constant.
4
Illustration 6
5
If f ´( x ) 1 x and f(1) = , then what is f(x) ?
x 2
Solution :
Given,
1
f ´( x) x
x
1
f ´(x)dx x x dx
x2
f ( x) log x c (i)
2
Now we need to find the value of c. For that, we are given with the value of F(1)
1
Putting x = 1, we get f (1) log 1 c
2
5 1
0 c c = 2
2 2
x2
f ( x) log x 2 .
2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 13
Illustration 7
x4 1
(a) x 2
1
dx
Here we will transform the numerator, such that it can be expressed in terms of denominator.
x + 1 = (x4 ă 1) + 2 = (x2 ă 1) (x2 + 1) + 2
4
x4 1 ( x2 1) ( x2 1) 2
x 2
1
dx =
( x2 1)
dx
dx
(x (x
2
= 1) dx 2 2
1)
x3
= x 2 tan 1 x c
3
ax b
(b) cx d dx
Linear
This is a general form of type , you should follow this example very closely.
Linear
Again we will express numerator in terms of denominator.
a bc
ax + b =
c ( cx d ) ( d a
bc
ax b ( x d) d
a
cx d
dx = a
c
cx d
dx
a bc
cx d
1
= c dx d a dx
a d bc 1
= x log cx d c
c a c
x7
(c) x 1
dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
14 QUIZRR
7
(using expansion of x + 1)
x7 dx
(x x1
6
= x5 x4 x3 x2 x 1) dx
x1
x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2
= x log x 1 c
7 6 5 4 3 2
x
(d) (2 x 1) 2
dx
1
x
2
(2 x 1) 1
x
dx = 1 2 x 1 dx dx
(2x 1) 2
2 (2 x 1)2 (2 x 1) 2
1 1 1 1 1
= 2 log 2 x 1 2 2 x 1 = log 2 x 1
4 2 x 1
Type III : f ( x ). g ( x )d x
E xp r essing one funct ion in t er ms of ot her funct ion
Illustration 8
3x 5
(a) Find 7x 9
dx . (b) ( x 1) x 1 dx
Solution :
(a) [Here we will write 3x + 5 in the form a(7x + 9) + b]
Let 3x + 5 = a (7x + 9) + b
or 3x + 5 = 7ax + 9a + b
Equating the coefficients of similar powers of x from both sides,
3
we get 7a = 3 a
7
3 8
and 9a + b = 5 b 5 9a 5 9.
7 7
3 8
(7 x 9)
3x 5
Now
7x 9
dx
7
7x 9
7 dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 15
3 7x 9 8 dx
=
7
.
7x 9
dx
7 7x 9
1
3 8
=
7
.
7 x 9 dx
7 (7 x 9) 2 dx
1 1
1 1 3 1
3 (7 x 9) 2 8 (7 x 9) 2 2 16
= .
7 1
.
7 1
c =
49
(7 x 9) 2
49
(7 x 9) 2 c
1 .7 17
2 2
2 2
= 7 x 9 (7 x 9 8) c = (7 x 17) 7 x 9 c .
49 49
(b) 4 + x ă 1 = a (x + 1) + b
or (x ă 1) = ax + a + b
Equating the co-efficients of similar powers of x, we get
a = 1 and a + b = ă 1 b = ă 1 ă a = ă 2
from (i), x ă 1 = (x + 1) ă 2
Now (x 1)
x 1 dx [( x 1) 2] x 1 dx
3
=
(x 1) 2 2 x 1] dx [(x 1) 2] x 1 dx
5 3
(x 1) 2 (x 1) 2
= 2. c
5 3
2 2
5 3 3
2 4 x 1 2
= ( x 1) 2 (x 1) 2 c 2 (x 1) 2 c
5 3 5 3
5 3
2 (3 x 3 10) 2
= ( x 1) 2 . c ( x 1) 2 (3 x 7) c
5 15 15
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
16 QUIZRR
Illustration 9
a
3x 3
Evaluate dx , a 0
Solution :
a
3x 3
dx a3 x .a3 dx
3x 3 x log a
3 3
= a a dx a . e dx [ a x ex log a ]
3 e
(3log a) x ekx
= a
3
e(3 x log a) x dx = a .
3 log a
c ekx dx
k
3 e
(3log a) x ekx
kx
= a . c e dx
3log a k
a3 x 3
= c
3 log a
ax (a 3 ) x a3 x
Note : a x dx
log e a
a3 x dx
(a3 ) x dx
log a3
c
3 log a
c
T yp e V. I nt egr at ion of T r igonomet r ical funct ions using t r ansfor mat ion met hod
Working Rule
1. Whenever the expression is given in terms of powers of sin or cos or tan etc, convert it to
the form sin k, cos k, tan etc using following formulas
1 cos2 x 1 cos2 x
(i) sin 2 x (ii) cos2 x
2 2
2. For the expressions of type sin mx cos nx, use the following formulas to get 2 separate
functions & then so we the question.
(i) 2 sinA sinB = cos (A ă B) ă cos (A + B)
(ii) 2 cos A cos B = cos (A ă B) + cos (A + B)
(iii) 2 sin A cos B = sin (A + B) + sin (A ă B)
(iv) 2 cos A sin B = sin (A + B) ă sin (A ă B)
(b) Then find the integral by using the standard formulae.
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 17
Illustration 1 0
sec2 x
cosec x dx sin cos
3 4
(a) Find 2 (b) xdx (c) xdx
Solution :
sec 2 x
cos
1
(a) cosec x2
dx = 2
x
sin2 xdx tan2 xdx
(sec dx = tan x ă x + c
2
= x 1) dx sec 2 xdx
3sin x sin 3 x
sin
3
Now xdx = dx
4
3 1 cos3 x
( cos x) c
3
=
4 4
3 cos 3x
= ă cos x c
4 12
2
1 cos2 x 1 2
4 (1 2cos2 x cos 2 x)
4
cos x =
2
1 1 cos 4 x
1 2cos2 x
4
=
2
1 1 1
= 1 2cos2 x cos4 x
4 2 2
13 1 3 1 1
= 2cos2 x cos4 x cos2x cos 4 x
42 2 8 2 8
3 1 1
Now cos
4
xdx = 8 2 cos2x 8 cos4 x dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
18 QUIZRR
3 1 1
=
8 dx 2 cos3xdx 8 cos4 xdx
3 1 sin 2x 1 sin 4 x
= x . . c
8 2 2 8 4
3 sin 2x sin 4 x
= x c
8 4 32
Illustration 1 1
dx dx
(a) Find 1 sin d (b) 1 cos x (c) 1 sin x
Solution :
(a) 1 sin d
1 cos d
2
/2 2 x
= 2cos2
2
d
1 cos x 2 cos 2
= 2
cos 4 2 d
sin( / 4 / 2)
= 2 c 2 2 sin c
1 4 2
2
= 2 2 sin c [ sin ( ) sin ]
2 4
1
Note : sin sin cos cos sin sin cos
2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2
1 = 2 sin cos c
2 2
dx dx
(b) 1 cos x 2cos 2
x/ 2
1 x 1 tan x / 2 x
=
2 sec 2
2
dx .
2 1
c tan c
2
2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 19
2nd Method :
dx 1 cos x
1 cos x = 1 cos x 1 cos x dx
1 cos x 1 cos x
= 1 cos 2
x
dx
sin 2 x
dx
1 cos x
= sin 2
x
dx
sin2 x
dx dx
(c) 1 sin x 1 cos x
2
dx 2
=
2sin ( / 4 x / 2)
2 1 cos 2sin 2
= 1 x x
cosec
2
dx
2 4 2
1 cot ( / 4 x / 2) x
= . c cot c
2 1 4 2
2
Note : This problem can also be solved by multiplying numerator and denominator by 1 + sin x.
Illustration 1 2
1
(a) Let I = sin 3x cos5xdx 2 2cos5xsin 2 xdx
1 1
=
2
(sin 8 x sin 2 x) dx [ sin 8 xdx sin 2xdx]
2
1 cos8 x 1 cos2 x
c
2 8 2 2
=
cos8 x cos2 x
= c
16 4
Given when x = 0, I = 0
cos0 cos0 1 1
0= c c
16 4 16 4
1 4 3 3
= c c; c
16 16 16
1
= (cos x cos3 x) sin 3 xdx
2
1
=
4
[ 2sin 3 x cos xdx
2cos 3x sin 3 xdx]
1
=
4
[ (sin 4 x sin 2x) dx
sin 6 xdx]
1
=
4
[ (sin 4 xdx
sin 2xdx sin 6 xdx]
1 cos4 x cos 2x cos6 x
= c
4 4 2 6
dx dx
I=
a sin x b cos x a b cos x
a 2 b2
sin x
a 2 b2 a 2 b2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 21
dx
= a 2 b2
sin x cos cos x sin
a b
letting cos , sin
a 2 b2 a2 b2
2 2
a b a2 b2
1
a2 b2 a2 b2 a 2 b2 a2 b2
1 dx 1 dx
I
a 2 b2
sin x cos cos x sin a 2 b2
sin (x )
1
=
a 2 b2
cosec (x a) dx
1
= log cos ( x a) cot ( x ) c
a b2
2
TRY IT YOURSELF : 1
dx x1
(a) 5 3x 4 3x (b) x 1 dx
x3
(c) cos x cos 2x cos3x dx (d) (x 1) 2
dx
elog x
(e) sin2 x cos 2 x dx (f)
x
dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
22 QUIZRR
METHOD–II : INTEGRATION BY SUBSTITUTION (CHANGE OF VARIABLE)
Let it be required to find the integral
f (x) dx;
we cannot directly select the antiderivative of f(x) but we know that it exists.
Let us change the variable in the expression under the integral sign, putting
x = (t) ... (1)
where (t) is a continuous function (with continuous derivtive) ha ving a n inverse
function.
The dx = ´ (t) dt, we shall prove that in this case we have the following equation :
f ´( x)
Type 1 : f (x) dx
This is a very common type of substitution.
put f (x) = t, then
f´(x) dx = dt, so the integral becomes
f ´( x) dt
f (x) dx t log t c
f ´( x)
f (x) dx log f ( x) c
derivative of denominator
denominator
log denominator c
Illustration 1 3
Find :
Solution :
Though we have already learnt the formulas for the above integrals, let us now prove them
tan x sec x
(a) tan x dx sec x
dx
d
and we know sec x tan x sec x
dx
f ´( x)
hence f ( x) form
d
(tan x sec x) sec 2 x sec x tan x
dx
d
(cos ec x cot x) cosec x cot x co sec 2 x
dx
Illustration 1 4
Evaluate the following :
1 tan x sec x
(a) 1 tan x
(b) log sec x tan x
1 a
(c) (d)
x x log x b ce x
Solution :
f´
All the above question are of the type . Let us see how
f
1 tan x
(a) 1 tan x dx
Right now it is not in f´/f form. But if we put tan x = sin x / cos x
sin x
1
1 tan x cos x sin x
1 tan x
dx
1
cos x
sin x cos x sin x
cos x
Now take another look at the last integral, do you see f´/f form
d
Bingo, yes we can cos x sin x cos x sin x
dx
1 tan x
1 tan x dx log cos x sin x c
sec x
(b) log sec x tan x dx
d
dx
log (sec x tan x
1
(sec x tan x)
sec x tan x sec 2 x = sec x
sec x dx
int egral
log (sec x tan x) log log (sec x tan x) c
1
1 1 dx /x
(c) x log x
x 1 log x
1 log x dx
d 1
Now, 1 log x x
dx
dx
x x log x log x x log x c
1
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 25
a a
(d) b ce e be
x x x
c (taking ex common)
Now
d
dx
be x c be x
a
b ce x
log be x c
Illustration 1 5
Evaluate :
x2 1 x e 1 e x 1
(a) xx 2
1
dx
(b) x e ex
dx
sin 2 x dx dx
(c) a cos 2
x b sin x 2 (d) x x
dx
Solution :
x2 1
(a) x (x 2
1)
dx
f´
at first sight you will not be able to judge that its a type question.
f
1
1
x2 1 x2 1 2
x(x 2
1)
dx
1
x2 ( x )
dx
x x1 dx
x
x
d 1 1
(x ) 1 2
dx x x
x2 1 1
x(x 2
1)
dx log x
x
c
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
26 QUIZRR
xe1 ex1
(b)
xe ex
dex
at first look this gives the feel of f´/f type but ex1 , this is a block ade here.
dx
d
( xe ex ) exe1 ex
dx
which we can get by multiplying the numerator e, thus integral becomes
ex exe1 1 1
x e e
e x
dx log ex xe c
e
sin 2 x
(c) a cos 2
x b sin 2 x
dx
d
dx
a cos2 x b sin 2 x = 2a cos x (ă sin x) + 2b sin x (cos x)
sin 2 x dx 1
a cos 2
x b sin x 2
b a
log a cos2 x b sin 2 x c
dx
(d) x x
In this question students start substituting values like x = t2 etc., which is though also correct.
But let us see how without substituting such values we can cover this in f´/f type directly.
dx 1 1/2 x
x x
x ( x 1)
dx 2
x 1
dx
now
d
dx
x 1 1
2
x
dx
x x
2 log x 1 c
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 27
f ( x )
n
Type II f ´( x ) dx
tn1
tn dt
n1
c
f ( x )n 1
f ( x )
n
f ´( x ) dx c
n 1
Illustration 1 6
(a) sec 4
x tan x dx (b) x cos 3
x 2 sin x 2 dx
1
(c)
2 x
tan x sec 2 x (d) sin 3
x cos x d x
(e) x 2
( x 3 1)10 dx
Solution :
sec
4
(a) x tan x dx
d
sec
3
We can write this as x (sec x tan x) dx and (sec x) sec x tan x
dx
hence applying the above formula
sec 4 x
sec 4 x tan x dx
4
c
x cos x sin x dx
3 2 2
(b)
= x sin x cos x
2 3 2
dx
d
(cos x2 ) (sin x2 ) (2 x)
dx
1 cos4 x2
x cos3 x2 sin 2 dx
2
4
c
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
28 QUIZRR
2
1
(c) tan x sec 2 x dx
x
d
dx
(tan x ) sec 2 x
1
2 x
tan2 x
2
1
tan x sec 2 x dx
x 2
sin
3
(d) x cos xdx
d
(sin x) cos x
dx
sin 4 x
sin3 x cos x dx
4
c
3
( x3 1)10 (3x2 dx) Sustitution u x 21,
(e) 1
x2 ( x3 1)10 dx
3 du 3 x dx
1 1 u11 1
=
3 u10 du .
3 11
C
33
( x3 1)11 C
Illustration 1 7
Evaluate :
x2 x
(a) 1 x 6
dx (b) a x3
3
dx
1 x
x 24 e a tan
(c) 10 dx
x 1
(d) 1 x2
dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 29
Solution :
x2
(a) 1 x 6
dx
dt
x2 dx =
3
1 dt 1
integral is, 3 1 t 2
3
tan 1 t c
1
= tan 1 x3 c
3
x x1 / 2 dx
(b) a
dx
a x
3 3
x 3/2 2 3/2 2
3 1/2
x dx dt
2
2
x1 / 2 dx dt, which is numerator only.
3
2 dt
integral is 3
a
2
3/ 2
t2
2 1 t 2 x3 / 2
= 3 sin 3/ 2
sin 1 3 / 2 c
a 3 a
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
30 QUIZRR
x24 x x dx
x24 dx
54 4
(c)
x 10
1
dx
x 1 x 1
5
2
5
2
Now let x5 = t
5x4 dx = dt; integral becomes
t4 dt 1 t4 1 t4 1 1
5 t 2
1
5 2 dt
t 1 5 t2 1
dt
1 t4 1 1 1 (t2 1) (t2 1) 1
= 5 2
t 1
dt
t2 1 5
t2 1
dt
2 dt
t 1
1 2 1 1 t3 1
= 5 (t 1) dt 2
dt t tan t
t 1 5 3
1 x15 5 1 5
= 5 3 x tan x c
1 x 1
(d) [Here ea tan is a function of tană1x and d.c. of tană1x = = second function.
1 x2
1
Let z = tană1x, then dz dx
1 x2
ea tan 1 x eaz 1 1
Now 1 x2
dx eaz dz
a
c ea tan x c
a
Working Rule :
Put z = ax + b
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 31
Illustration 1 8
Evaluate (5x 3) 2 x 1 dx .
Solution :
dz dz
Let z 2 x 1 then 2, dx
dx 2
z1
Again z 2 x 1; x
2
z 1 dx
= 5 3 z
2 2
5 z 11 5 3 11
= 4 4
z dz z 2
4
z dz
5 z 11 5 2 11
= 4 4
z dz z 3
4
z dz
3
5 11
=
4 z 2 dx
4 z dz
5 3
5 3
5 z2 11 z 2 1 11 2
= . c z2 z c
4 5 4 3 2 6
2 2
3 3
z2 11 3 z 11 z2
= z c c
2 3 2 3
Now putting back the value of z in terms of x.
3
= (2 x 1) . [3(2 x 1) 11] c
2
3 3
= (2 x 1) 2 (2 x 1) 2 . (3x 4)
. (6 x 8) c c
6 3
Note : This problem can also be solved by the method of transformation.
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
32 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 9
x2
Evaluate (a bx ) 2
dx [I.I.T. 79]
Solution :
[Here P(x) = x2 and (a + bx)2 is of the form (ax + b)n]
dz dz
Let z = a + bx b dx
dx b
za
Again z a bx x
b
2
z a
x2 z2 2az a2 1
b . dz
Now
(a bx) 2
dx
z2 b b2 z2 b
dz
1 z2 2az a2 1 2a 2 2
=
b3 z2 z2 z2 dz b3
1 z a z dz
1 dz
= dz 2a
b3 z a2 z2 dz
1 2 z
1
= 3 z 2a log| z| a c
b 1
1 a2
= z 2 a log| z| c
b3 z
1 a2
= 3 a bx 2a log| a bx| c
b a bx
1 a2
= 3 bx 2 a log| a bx| c´
b a bx
a
where c c 3
b
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 33
T yp e 5
W or king R ule :
If integrand contains any expression of the form sin, cos, tan, cot, sec, cosec, where is a
function of x, then put z = .
Illustration 20
e x 1 x
(a) Find
sin x
x
dx (b)
cot log x
x
dx (c) cos xe dx
2 x
Solution :
(a) [Here integrand contains sin x which is of the form of sin,
1
Let z = z x then dz dx
2 x
or dx 2 x dz 2 zdz z x
sin x sin z
Now x
dx z
2 zdz 2 sin zdz
= 2 cos z c 2cos x c
(b) [Here integrand contains expression of the form cot,
where = logx is a function of x, therefore, put z = logx]
1
Let z = logx then dz = dx
x
cot log x
Now x
dx = cot zdz
= log |sinz| + c [ cotxdx = log |sinx|]
= log |sin(logx)| + c.
(c) [Here integrand contains expression of the form cos,
where = xex is a function of x, therefore, put z = xex]
Let z = xex, then dz = (1.ex + xex)dx = ex (1 + x)dx
ex 1 x
Now cos xe dx = dzcos1 zx sec
2 x
2
2
zdz
= tanz + c = tan(xex) + c.
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
34 QUIZRR
Illustration 21
x3 x5
(a) Evaluate x4 1
dx (b) 1 x3
dx
e2 x x
(c) 1 e x
dx (d) x 2
dx
Solution :
1
(a) [Here x4 1
is a function of x4 + 1 and d.c. of x4 + 1 = 4x3 = 4. second function.
x3 1
1 dz 1
Now
x4 1
dx =
z 4
4 z 2 dz
1
1 z2
1 x4 1
. c zc c
= 4 1 2 2
2
x5 x3
(b) [Here integrand = 1 x 3
1 x 3
. x2
x3 1 x3 1
and is a function of 1 + x3
1 x3 1 x3
x5 x3 z 1 dz
Now 1 x 3
dx
1 x 3
x2 dx
z 3
1 z 1 1 z 1 1
1
= 3 z
dz
3
z
dz
z 3 z z 2 dz
3 1
1 2 2
3
1 z 2 z2
c z 2 z c
= 3 3 1 3 3
2
2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 35
=
2
9
z z 3 c
2
9
1 x3 1 x3 3 c
=
2
9
1 x3 x3 2 c
e2 x ex .ex 1 ex 1 x 1 ex 1
(c) [Here integrand = 1 e x
1 ex 1 ex
e and
1 ex
is a function of 1 + ex
e2 x ex z1
Now 1 e x
dx
1 e x
ex dx
z
dz
1
= 1 z dz z log z c
= 1 + ex ă log |1 + ex| + c
= ex ă log |1 + ex| + c´, where c´ = c + 1
x x x2 1
.
1
x2
(d) [Here integrand = x 2 x2 x x 2 x and is a function of x
x 2
1 1
and d.c. of x . second function. Hence put z x .]
2 x 2
1
Let z x , then dz = dx
2 x
x x dx
Now x2
dx = x2
.
x
z2 z2
=
2 dz 2
z 2
z2
dz ...(i)
Let y = z + 2, then dy = dz
z2 y 2 2 y2 4 y 4
Now z2
dz
y
dy
y
dy
4 y2
=
y 4
y
dy
2
4 y 4 log y c
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
36 QUIZRR
=
z 22 4 z 2 4 log z 2 c
2
z2 4 4 z
= 4 z 8 4 log z 2 c
2
x44 x
= 4 x 8 4 log x2 c
2
x
from (i), x2
dx
= x 4 4 x 8 x 16 8log
x 2 2c
= x 4 x 8log
x 2 c´, where c´ = 2c ă 12
T yp e 6 : T r igonomet r ic I nt egr al
I nt egr at ion of t he for m :
W or king R ule :
(i) If power of sin x is odd positive integer, put z = cos x
(ii) If power of cos x is odd positive integer, put z = sin x
(iii) If powers of both sin x and cos x are odd positive integers, put z = sin x or z = cos x.
(iv) If power of neither cos x nor sin x is odd positive integer, see the sum of powers of sin x and
cos x.
(a) If the sum of powers is even negative integer, put z = tan x.
(b) If the sum of powers (m + n) is even positive integer and m, n are integers, express
the integrand as the algebraic sum of sines and cosines of multiple angles.
For this use the following formulae whichever is needed.
In this case method of transformation is used in place of method of substitution
1 cos2 x 1 cos 2 x
sin2x = , cos2 x
2 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 37
Illustration 22
sin cos
5 3
(a) Find xdx (b) x sin x dx
dx
(c) sin x cos3 x (d) sin
4
xdx
Solution :
(a) [H er e power of sin x is 5 which is odd positive integer, therefore, put z = cosx]
Let z = cosx then dz = ă sinxdx
1 cos
2
2
= x sin xdx
(1 z ) dz
2 2
= [ z = cosx]
z3 x5
1 2 z
2
= z4 dz z 2 c
3 5
2 3 z5
= z .z c
3 5
2 cos5 x
= cos x .cos3 x c
3 5
(b) [Here power of cosx is 3 which is odd positive integer, therefore, put z = sinx]
Let z = sinx, then dz = cosxdx
1 sin
2
= x sin x cos xdx
5
= 1 z2 z dz z z 2 dz
3 7
3 7
z2 z2 2 2
c z2 z2 c
= 3 7 3 7
2 2
3 7
2 2
= sin 2 x sin 2 x c
3 7
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
38 QUIZRR
(c) [H er e power of sin x is ă 1 and that of cosx is ă 3. Since sum of powers of sinx
and cosx is ă 4 which is even and negative, therefore, put z = tanx.]
Let z = tanx, then dz = sec2xdx
dx sec 2 x sec 2 x
Now sin x cos3 x sin x cos3 x.sec2 x
dx sin x cos x dx [ sec2xcos2x = 1]
sec 2 x
tan x sec
2
= xdx
z 2
1 z2 tan x z 1 and sec xdx dz
= dz
z 2 2
& sec x 1 tan x
1 z2 1
= dz z z dz
z
z2
= log z c
2
tan 2 x
= log tan x c
2
(d) [Here power of sinx is 4 and that of cosx is 0 and sum of their powers is 4 which is even
positive integer.
Therefore, we will have to express sin4x as sines and cosines of multiple angles.]
2
sin x
2 1 cos 2 x
sin xdx
4 2
Now dx dx
2
1 2 cos 2x cos
1 2
= 2 x dx
4
1
dx 2 cos 2 xdx cos2 2 xdx
4
=
1 sin 2 x 1 cos 4 x
= x 2. 2 dx
4 2
1 1 sin 4 x
= x sin 2 x 2 x
4
c
4
1 3 sin 4 x
x sin 2 x c
8
=
4 2
3 sin 2 x sin 4 x
= x c
8 4 32
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 39
m
tan x sec n xdx or cot
m
x co sec n xdx
W or king R ule :
m
I. For tan x sec n xdx :
m
II. For cot x cosec n xdx
Illustration 23
tan cos ec
3 4
(c) xdx (d) xd x
tan
6
(e) xd x
Solution :
(a) [Here power of secx is 2 which is even positive integer, therefore, put z = tanx]
Let z = tanx, then dz = sec2xdx
n n zn 1
c
tan x sec xdx z dz
2
Now = [ n ă 1]
n 1
tan n 1 x
= c.
n 1
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
40 QUIZRR
(b) [H er e power of secx is even positive integer, therefore, put z = tanx]
Let z = tanx, then dz = sec2xdx
1 tan
4 2 2
Now sec xdx = sec x.sec 2 xdx = x sec 2 xdx
z3 tan3 x
= 1 z2 dz z c tan x c.
3 3
(c) [Here power of secx is not even positive integer and power of tanx is odd positive integer
therefore, put z = secx]
Let z = secx, then dz = secxtanxdx
sec 2 x 1 z2 1
= sec x sec x tan xdx z dz
1 z2
=
z
z
dz
2
log z c
sec 2 x
= log sec x c
2
(d) [Here power of cosecx is even positive integer therefore, put z = cotx]
Let z = cotx, then dz = ă cosec2xdx
cosec co sec
2
Now 4
xdx = x.cos ec 2 xdx
1 cot
2
= x cosec 2 xdx
1 z dz 1 z dz
2 2
=
z3 cot3 x
= z c cot x c.
3 3
(e) [Here power of tanx is even positive integer therefore, change tan2x into sec2x ă 1
and then put z = tanx]
tan sec
3 3
tan
6 2 2
Now xdx x dx x 1 dx
sec
6
= x 3sec 4 x 3sec 2 x 1 dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 41
1 tan 1 tan
2
2
= x sec 2 xdx 3 2
x sec 2 xdx
1 z
2
= 2
dz 3 1 z2 dz
1 2 z
2
= 2
z4 dz 3 1 z2 dz
z3 z5 z3
= z 2. 3 z 3.
3 5 3
z5 z3 tan5 x tan3 x
= 2z 2 tan x
5 3 5 3
Putting in (i), we get
tan 5 x tan 3 x
tan 6 xdx 5
3
2 tan x 3 tan x x c,
tan5 x tan 3 x
= tan x x c.
5 3
1
1. a 2
x 2 or x = a sin or a cos
a2 x2
dx
Example : I Let x = a sin dx = a cos d
a2 x2
a cos d x
So I d C sin 1 C
2
a a sin 2 2 1
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
42 QUIZRR
Function of the form Substitution
1 1
2. or x = a tan or a cot
a 2
x 2
a2 x2
dx
Example : I Let x = 3 tan dx = a sec2 d
9 x2
3sec 2 d 1 1 x
So I
2
d C tan 1 C
9sec 3 3 3 3
1
3. or x2 a 2 x = a sec or a cosec
x a2
2
dx
Example : I
x x4 1
x
2
Here x4 1 2
1
Put x2 = sec
2x dx = sec tan d
I
sec tan d 1 1
d C sec 1 x2 C
So
2 sec sec . sec 2 1 2 2 2
a x a x
4. or x = a cos 2
a x a x
1x
Example : I dx Let x = cos 2 dx = – 2 sin 2 d
1 x
1 cos 2 sin
So I = 2 sin 2 d 2 .2sin cos d
1 cos 2 cos
= 2 2sin 2 d 2 1 cos 2 d
= 2 sin 2 C cos 1 x 1 x2 C
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 43
x a x
5. or x = a sin2 or x = a cos2
a x x
x9
Example : Evaluate dx
2 x8 x9
x9
I=
2 x8 x9
dx
x
= 2x
dx
putting x = 2 sin2
dx = 2 (2 sin cos ) d
2sin 2
I
2 2 sin 2
2 2sin cos d
sin
= 4 cos sin cos d
2 2
= 4 sin d 2 2sin d
= 2 1 cos2 d
sin 2
= 2 c
2
= 2 ă sin 2 + c
x 1 x
6. or x = a tan2 or x = a cot2
a x x
x
Example : Evaluate dx
9 x
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
44 QUIZRR
x
I
9x
dx
putting x = 9 tan2
dx = 9 (2 tan sec2) d
9 tan 2
I
9 9 tan 2
9 (2 tan sec 2 ) d
tan
= 1 tan 2
(18) tan sec 2 d
tan 2 sec 2 d
= 18
sec
= 18 tan tan sec d
put sec = t
sec tan d = dt
I 18 t2 1 dt
We will using this type later on, so we are leaving it here only. Once you have read this type do
come back to solve this.
x a
7. or x a b x x = a cos2 + b sin2
b x
1
Example : Evaluate dx
x a .b x
3
1
x a 3
b x
dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 45
2 b a sin cos d
I
a cos b a cos
2 3
b sin 2 2
b sin 2
2 b a sin cos d
=
b sin b 1 sin a cos
3
2
a 1 cos2 2 2
2 b a sin cos d
=
3
2
2
2 2
b sin a sin b cos a cos
2 b a sin cos d
=
sin
3
b a 3 2
b a cos2
sin cos d
= 2 b a b a 2
cos sin3
2 2
cosec d b a cot c
2
=
b a
x a
8.
x b or x a x b x = a sec2 ă b tan2
xa
Example : Evaluate xb
dx
xa
I
xb
dx
a sec 2 1 b tan 2
2 a b sec 2
I tan d
a sec 2
b 1 tan 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
46 QUIZRR
a b tan2
= a b sec 2
2 a b sec 2 tan d
tan
sec a b sec
2
= 2 tan d
= 2 a b tan sec tan d
let sec = t
I = 2 (a ă b) t2 1 dt
We are leaving this integral here as we will cover this type in the following segments.
1
9. x ă a = t2 or x ă b = t2
x a x b
1
Example : Evaluate dx
x 1 x 2
dx
I
x 1 x 2
putting x ă 2 = t2 dx = 2t dt
2t dt dt
I
t 2
1 t2
2
t2 1
2
= 2 log t t 1 c {do not worry about this result, we will do this one in
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 47
dx
Example : ( x 1)( x 2)
2 sec 2 tan d
I
sec 2
2 tan 2 1 sec 2
2 tan 2 2
2 sec 2 tan d
= tan sec
2 2
2 sec 2 tan
= tan sec
d
= 2 sec d 2 log sec tan c
In symbols :
d
f ( x). g ( x) dx f ( x). g ( x) dx f ( x). g( x) dx dx
dx
W or king R ule :
(i) Integrals of functions of the form uv may be found by method of integration by parts when
u and v are two different functions not connected by their derivatives.
In finding integrals by this method proper choice of functions u and v is essential. Although
there is no fixed law for taking u and v and their choice is possible by practice, yet following
rule is helpful in the choice of functions u and v.
If the two functions are different types, take that functions as, u which comes first in the
word ILATE.
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
48 QUIZRR
where I stands for Inverse circular function
L stands for Logarthmic function
A stands for Algebraic function
T stands for Trigonometrical functions
and E stands for Exponential function
(ii) If both the functions are trigonometrical, take that function as v whose integral is simpler.
(iii) If both the functions are algerbraic take that functions as u whose d c is simpler.
Note :
1. Integral can be used by the method of integration by parts if the integrand is the product
of two functions u and v, where d c of u is not a factor of v and d.c. of v is not a factor
of u.
2. If logarithmic or inverse circular function occurs in the numerator and its d.c. is not a factor
of the integrand use integration by parts.
3. Sometimes integration by parts may be used by taking integrand as u and 1 as v.
Illustration 24
Solution :
x3 . log
x dx
(a) (integrating by parts)
II I
d
dx log x. x
3 3
= log x . x dx dx dx
x4 1 x4 x4 x4
= log x . . dx .log x C
4 x 4 4 16
(b) [Here x is an algebraic function and sin 3x is a trigonometric function and
A occurs before T in ILATE, therefore, we take x as u and sin3x as v]
cos3 x cos3 x
x sin 3xdx = x
3 1.
3
dx
x cos 3 x 1
=
3
3 cos 3xdx
x cos3 x 1 sin 3 x
= . c
3 3 3
x cos 3 x sin 3 x
= c
3 9
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 49
1 cos 2 x
x cos x
2
(c) I xdx dx
2
1 x2 1 sin 2 x sin 2 x
= .
2 2
x.
2 2
1 . 2
dx
x2 1 1
=
4
x sin 2 x
4 4 sin 2xdx c
x2 x 1
= sin 2 x cos 2 x c
4 4 8
1 1
(d) I x sin 2 x .cos 3 x dx 2 x cos3 x sin 2 x dx x sin 5 x sin x dx
2 2
1 1
= x sin 5 x dx x sin x dx ...(1)
2 2
cos 5 x cos 5 x
Let I1 x sin
I
5x dx x 5
II
1. 5
dx
x cos 5 x sin 5 x
=
5 25
& I2 = xsin
x dx x cos x 1. cos x dx x cos x sin x
I II
Illustration 25
Evaluate x 2
sin xdx
Solution :
[Here x2 is an algebraic function and sinx is a trigonometric function therefore, we take x2 as u
and sinx as v.]
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
50 QUIZRR
x sin dx =
x2 cos x 2 x ( cos x) dx
2
x cos xdx
2
= x cos x 2
1.sin x dx
2
= x cos x 2 x.sin x
Illustration 26
Solution :
[Here integral contains cos x and x is a function of x therefore, first we put z = x .]
1
Let z= x, then dz dx
2 x
1
or, dz dx dx = 2z dz
2z
= 2 x sin x 2cos x c z x
Illustration 27
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 51
1
= log x x . x dx x log x
x dx
= xlogx ă x + c.
log x
dx 1. log x dx
2 2
(b) I =
1
= (logx)2 . x ă 2 log x. x . x dx
= x (logx)2 ă 2 log xdx
= x (logx)2 ă 2 1.log xdx
1
= x log 2 log x . x . x dx
2
x
= x log x 2 x log x 2 dx c
2
= x log x 2 2 x log x 2 x c
x2 1 x2
(c) I = x log x 1 dx log x 1 .
2
x 1 2
.
dx
x2 x2
1
= log x 1 dx ...(i)
2 2 x1
x2
Now to evaluate x1
dx
x2 ( z 1) 2 z2 2 z 1
x1
dx =
z
dz
z
dz
1 z2
= z 2 dz
z 2
2 z log z
=
x 12 2 x 1 log x 1
2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
52 QUIZRR
x 12
From (i), I x log( x 1) 1
2
2 x 1 log x 1 c
2 2 2
=
x2
log x 1
x 1 x 1 1 log x 1 c
2
2 4 2
=
x2
log x 1
x 1 x 1 log x 1 c´
2
2 4 2
(d) Let x2 = z, then 2xdx = dz
x e x e
3 x2 2 x2
Now, I = dx xdx
1 z 1 z 1 2 1 2
= ze e c x2 ex ex c
2 2 2 2
Illustration 28
x sin x
Evaluate
1 cos x dx
Solution :
x sin x x sin x
I = 1 cos x dx 1 cos x dx 1 cos x dx
x x
2sin cos
x
= 2 cos 2 x
dx
2
2cos 2 x
2 dx
2 2
1 x x
x. sec tan 2 dx
2
= dx
2 2
x x
tan tan
1 2 dx x
= x.
2 1
2 1.
1
tan 2 dx
2 2
x x x x
= tan
2 2
tan dx
tan
2
dx x tan c
2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 53
Illustration 29
Evaluate sin 1
xdx
Solution :
sin 1.sin x dx
1 1
I = xdx
1
ă1
= (sin x).x ă x dx
1 x2
x
= x sin x ă ă1 1 x2
dx
...(i)
x
To evaluate 1 x2
dx
1
1 z2
= z 1 x2
2 1
2
Illustration 30
Evaluate sec 1
x dx
Solution :
sec
1
I = x dx (1.sec 1 xdx)
1
= sec
1
x x x
1
. . x dx
x 1 2 x
1
1
x 1 2 Tdx
1
= x sec x
2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
54 QUIZRR
1
1 1 x 1 2
= x sec x . c
2 1
2
1
= x sec 1 x x 1 2 c
= x sec 1 x x1 c
Illustration 31
x sin 1 x
Evaluate 1 x2
dx
Solution :
x 1
. sin 1 x sin1 x
[Here integrand = 2 and d.c. of which is a factor of the function
1 x 1 x2
1
therefore, first of all we will substitute z = sină1x.]
1 x2
1
dz dx
Let z = sină1x then and sinz = x
1 x2
x sin 1 x
Now, I = 1 x2
dx
sin z. z dz z sin zdz
= z cos z 1 cos z dz z cos z cos zdz
= z cos z sin z c sin 1 x 1 x2 x c [ sinz = x]
= 1 x2 sin 1 x x c
(i) e x
f ( x ) f ´ x dx e x f ( x ) c
e f ( x) f ´( x) dx ex f ( x)dx ex f ´( x) dx
x
e e
x x x
= e f ( x) f ´( x) dx f ´( x) (on integrating by pats) = ex f(x) + c
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 55
(ii) [ xf ´( x ) f ( x )]d x x f ( x ) c
[ xf ´( x) f (x)]dx xf (x)dx f (x) dx
= x f ( x) f (x)dx f (x)dx x f (x) c
Illustration 32
xe x x2 1
(a) Evaluate 1 x 2
dx (b)
ex dx
x 1 2
x2 x 1
[log log x log x
2
(c) 3
e x dx (d) ]dx is
x 2
1 2
1 1
(e)
dx
log x log x 2
Solution :
xex 1 x1
1 x 1 x e dx
x
dx
(a) I = 2 2
1 x
x 1
e dx
=
1 x
2 2
1 x2
1 1
= ex dx
1 x 1 x 2
1
= ex [ f ( x) f ´( x)]dx , where f ( x)
1 x
x x 1 ex
= e f ( x) c e . c c
1x 1 x
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
56 QUIZRR
x2 1 2 x x
ex
ex 1
e dx 2 e
dx x x
(b) = dx dx
x 1 2 x 1 2
x 12
x11
ex 2
e . x 1
x
dx
= 2
1
x 1
x
= e 2 e 2
dx
x 1 x 1
d 1 1 ex
= ex 2 c
dx x 1 ( x 1)2 x1
2 2
x x1 x 1 x
(c) I = 3
ex dx
ex
3
dx
3
x2 1 2
x2 1 2
x2 1 2
x
1
= ex
2
3
dx
x 1 x2 1
2
e
x
as [ f ( x) f ´ ( x)]dx, = exf(x) + c
1 1 2x
where f ( x) & f ´
2
x 1 2 ( x 1)3 / 2
2
1 ex
c c
x2 1 x2 1
1 t 1 t 1 1
e
t
I log t 2 e log t t e t 2
t t
1
We have added and subtracted et . to give the form ex [f (x) + f´(x)]
t
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 57
1 x
I et log t et . x log(log x)
t log x
1
dx ez dz
1 1 1
Now I = log x log x
2
z z2
1 1
e
z
= 2 dz
z z
e
z 1
= [ f ( z) f ´ ( z)]dz, where f ( z)
z
z 1 x
= e f z c e . z c log x c
z
Note : If logarithmic or inverse circular function occurs in the denominator put it equal to z.
I nt egr als of
(i) eaz cos (bx + c) (ii) eaz sin (bx + c)
Applying the rule of integration by parts, we obtain
eaz eaz
=
a
cos bx c
a
b sin bx c dx
eaz b
cos bx c
e sin bx c dx
az
= ...(i)
a a
e sin bx c dx
az
Similarly we have
eaz eaz
=
a
sin bx c
a
. b cos bx c dx
eaz b
sin bx c
e cos bx c dx
az
= ...(ii)
a a
e cos bx c dx be required, we substitute the R.H.S. of (ii) for the last term
az
If the value of
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
58 QUIZRR
e cos bx c dx
az
eaz b b2
cos bx c 2 eaz sin bx c 2
e cos bx c dx
az
=
a a a
b2 az
a
1 2 e cos bx c dx
az a cos bx c b sin bx c
= e
a2
a cos bx c b sin bx c
az
eaz cos bx c dx = e
a 2 b2
Similarly we have
a sin bx c b cos bx c
az
eaz sin bx c dx = e
a 2 b2
To put the results in another form, we determine two numbers r and a such that
a = r cos and b = r sin
These give
r= a 2
b2 , tan 1 b / a
r cos bx c a
az
eaz cos bx c dx = e
a 2 b2
b
cos bx c tan 1
az a
= e
a 2 b2
Similarly
b
sin bx c tan1
a
e sin bx c dx = eaz
az
a 2 b2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 59
Illustration 32
Evaluate
(i) e 3x
sin 4 x dx , (ii) e 4x
cos 2 x cos 4 x d x ,
(iii) xe 2x
cos x d x
Solution :
(i) From the formula proved above in we get
e3 z 4
e3 x sin 4 x dx =
3 2
4 2
sin 4 x tan 1
3
e2 x 4
= sin 4 x tan 1
5 3
1
(ii) Now, cos 2x cos 4x = [2cos 2x cos 4x]
2
1
= (cos 6x + cos 2x)
2
e
4x
cos 2x cos 4 x dx
1 4x 1
e
4x
= e cos 6 x dx cos 2 x dx
2 2
1 e4 z 6 1 e4 x 2
= . cos 6 x tan 1 . cos 2 x tan 1
2 2
4 6 2 4 2
4 2
22 4
e4 x 1 3 1 1
= cos 6 x tan 1 cos 2 x tan 1
2 52 2 20 2
xe
2x
(iii) To evaluate cos x dx, we apply the rule of integration by parts. Taking x and e2z cos
x e
I
2x
cosx x e
II
2x
cos x dx 1. e2 x cos x dx
e2 z 1 e2 x 1
x.
5
cos x tan1 1.
2 5
cos x tan1 dx
2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
60 QUIZRR
Again,
1
e cos x tan 1 dx
2z
2
x 1 1 1
xe cos x tan 1 cos x 2 tan 1
2z
= cos x dx e2 z
5 2 5 2
Illustration 34
Solution :
[Here integrand contains, expression of the form sin, where = logx which is a function of x;
therefore, put z = logx.]
1
Let z = logx; then dz dx
x
dx
or dz or ezdz = dx as logex = z ez = x
ez
z z
= sin z.e cos z.e dz
sin z e dz]
z z z
= e sin z [ e cos z
e sin zdz
z z z
= e sin z e cos z
I = ez (sinz ă cosz) ă I
ez sin zdz I
or, 2I = (ez (sinz ă cosz)
ez
I = sin z cos z c
2
x
= [sin(logx) ă cos(logx)] + c
2
[ ez = x and logx = z]
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 61
Illustration 35
(for linear factors)
6 2x 3 x 1 dx
(a) x 1 x 1 (b) x 2
9
dx (c) 2 x 1 x 2 x 3
Solution :
(x 1) (x 1) dx
6
(a)
6 A B
( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 1)
6 3 3
( x 1)( x 1) ( x 1) ( x 1)
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
62 QUIZRR
3 dx 3 dx
(x 1) (x 1) dx x 1 (x 1)
6
= 3 log |x ă 1| ă 3 log |x + 1| + c
2x 3 2x 3
(b) x 2
9
dx
( x 3)( x 3)
dx
2x 3 A B
I
(x 3)(x 3) dx x 3 x 3 dx ...(i)
3 1
A ,B=
2 2
putting these values in equation (i)
3 1
/ 2 dx / 2 dx
I = x3
(x 3)
3 1
= log x 3 log x 3 c
2 2
T r ick
We can also solve the partial fractions by the following easier method.
Note : This method is valid only for linear factors in denominator.
2x 3 A B
( x 3) ( x 3) ( x 3) ( x 3)
for A
2x 3 2( 3) 3 9 3
A
x3 x3 33 6 2
this means remove the term under A from denominator & put that root (i.e. x + = 0) in the term
to get the value of A.
Similarly B
2x 3 2(3) 3 3 1
B
x 3 x3 33 6 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 63
2x 3 3 1 1 1
( x 3) ( x 3) 2 x 3 2 x 3
( x 1) dx
(c) (2 x 1) (x 2)(x 3)
now by partial fraction
( x 1) A B C
(2 x 1) ( x 2) ( x 3) 2 x 1 ( x 2) ( x 3)
since there are linear factors, we can use the trick discussed in the previous part.
1
x1 /2 1 6
A
( x 2) ( x 3) x 1 / 1 1 35
2 2 2 2 3
x1 21 1
B
(2 x 1) ( x 3) x 2 2(2) 1 2 3 5
x1 31 2
C
(2 x 1) ( x 2) x 3 2(3) 1 3 2 7
6 dx dx dx
(2 x 1) 5 x 2 7 (x 3)
1 2
=
35
6 1 1 2
= 2 log 2 x 1 5 log x 2 7 log x 3 c
35
Illustration 36
(quadratic factors)
x dx dx x2 1
(a)
( x 1) (1 x )2 (b) x 3
1
(c) (x 2
2) (2 x 2 1)
dx
Solution :
By quadratic factors we mean that some (not all) factors of the denominator are quadratic, which
cannot be factorized further into linear factors and also they are non repeating.
x dx
(a) (x 1) (x2
1)
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
64 QUIZRR
2
see here x + 1 cant be broken further, for quadratic factor we represent the function as follows.
x A Bx C
2
2
( x 1) (x 1) ( x 1) ( x 1)
Note here that Bx + C is linear in nature because the denominator has quadratic factor.
TIP : We heep the degree of numerator one less than that of the denominator. The reason being
to be able to use the formula type f´/f
x = A (x2 + 1) + (Bx + C) (x + 1)
= (A + B)x2 + (B + C)x + A + C
Equating powers on both side we get
A +B = 0 ...(i)
B +C = 1 ...(ii)
A +C = 0 ...(iii)
Solving (i), (ii) & (iii)
1 1
A 1/2 , B ,C
2 2
integral becomes
x 1
1 / 2 dx
/ 2 dx
I =
( x 1)
2
( x2 1)
1 1 1 x 1 dx
= 2 x 1 dx 2 x2 1
1 1 x
x
1
= log x 1 2 dx 2
dx
2 2 x 1 1
1 1 1
= log x 1 log x2 1 tan 1 x C
2 2 2
dx
(b) I
x 3
1
here x3 ă 1 can be further factorized, so factorizing it.
x3 ă 1 = (x ă 1) (x2 + x + 1)
now it cant be further factorized.
dx
I=
(x 1) (x2
x 1)
using partial fraction
1 A Bx C
2
2
( x 1) (x x 1) ( x 1) x x 1
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 65
1 = A (x2 + x + 1) + (Bx + C) (x ă 1)
1 = (A + B)x2 + (A + C ă B) + (A ă C)
equating powers
A +B = 0 ...(i)
A +B = 0 ...(ii)
A ă C = 1 ...(iii)
Solving (i), (ii) & (iii)
1 2
A 1/3 , B /3 & C
3
1
1 dx / 3 x ( 2 / 3 ) dx
I = 3 x1
x2 x 1
1 dx 1 x2
= 3 x1 3 x 2
x1
dx
1 1 1 (2 x 1 3)
=
3
log x 1
3 2 x2 x 1
dx {we will try to break it into f´/ f form}
1 2x 1 3 dx
x
1 1
= log x 1 2
dx
3 3 2 x1 x2 x 1
1 1 1 1 3dx
x
2
= log x 1 2 log x x 1 6 2
3 3 x1
Leave the last integral, we learn how to solve this type of integral shortly.
x2 1
(c) (x2
2) (2 x2 1)
dx
x2 1 Ax B Cx D
2 2
2
( x 2) (2 x 1) ( x 2) (2 x2 1)
note here that both numerators are linear because denominator in both factors is quadratic.
x2 + 1 = (Ax + B) (2x2 + 1) + (Cx + D) (x2 + 2)
x2 + 1 = (2A + C)x3 + (2B + D)x2 + (A + 2C)x + B + 2D
equating terms on both sides
2A + C = 0 ...(i)
2B + D = 1 ...(ii)
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
66 QUIZRR
A + 2C = 0 ...(iii)
B + 2D = 1 ...(iv)
A = 0, B = /3, C = 0, D = 1/3
1
1 1
/3 / 3 dx
I = 2
( x 2)
dx
(2x 2
1)
1 dx 1 dx
= 3 x 2
2
3 2 (x 2
1/2 )
tan 1
1 1
=
3 2
x
2
1
6
2 tan 1 x 2 C
Note : In quadratic factor part we have not used the trick method as it is applicable only when
all factors are linear.
T yp e 2
When repeating factors are present i.e. when denominator is of the form
k1
D(x) = (x ă ) (x ă )k2 ... {for linear factor}
= (ax2 + bx + c)k1 (px2 + qx + c)k {for quadratic
(1) If function is linear.
N( x)
i.e. we write it as following
( x a) ( x b)2 ( x c)3
A B1 B2 C1 C2 C3
= ( x a) ( x b) 2
( x c) ( x c) 2
( x b) ( x c)3
i.e. if (x ă b) has power 2 then there will be two terms for it, (x ă b) & (x ă b)2
& if (x ă c) has power 3, then 3 terms i.e. (x ă c), (x ă c)2 & (x ă c)3
First Method
It is the normal method of equating coefficients of equal degree on both sides. Though it might
become complicated as the degree of factors increase.
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 67
N(x) N(a)
A 2 3
( x b) ( x c) xa
( a b) 2 ( a c)3
N(x) N(b)
B2 2 3
( x a) ( x c) xb
(b a)2 (b c)3
N(x) N( c)
C3 2 3
( x a) ( x b) xc
( c a) (c b)2
The values of B1, C1 & C2 are found as in the previous method ie., by comparing the coefficients
on both sides.
N( x)
i.e of the form etc.
(ax bx c) ( px2 qx c)2
2
Ax B P1 x Q1 P2 x Q2
=
2
ax bx c px 2
qx r px 2
qx r 2
There is no trick method for this type, use the standard method of equating coefficients.
Illustration 37
1 ( x 2 1) x d x
(a) x 3
( x 1)2 ( x 1)
dx (b) (x 2
1)2 ( x 3)
Solution :
dx
(a) I
x 3
( x 1)2 ( x 1)
1 A1 A 2 A 3 B1 B2 C
3
x ( x 1) ( x 1) 2 x x2
x3 ( x 1) ( x 1) 2 ( x 1)
1
A3 3
1
( x 1) ( x 1) x0
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
68 QUIZRR
1 1
B2 3
x ( x 1) x 1
2
1 1
C 3 2
x ( x 1) x1
4
7
We get A1 = 2, A2 = 1, B1
4
7 1 1
2 dx dx /4 / 2 dx /4
I
x
x x
2
3
( x 1)
(x 1) x 1
2
1 1 7 1 1 1
= 2 log x 2 log x 1 log x 1
x 2x 4 2 ( x 1) 4
( x2 1) xdx
(b) I
(x 2
1)2 ( x2 3)
first of all we can see here that if we substitute x2 = t here the xdx gets removed
2xdx = dt.
(t 1) dt
I = 2 (t 1)2 (t 3)
1 (t 1) dt
= 2 (t 1)2 (t 3)
t1 A1 A2 C
2
(t 1) (t 3) (t 1) (t 1) 2 (t 3)
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 69
t1 11
A2 = (t 3) 1
t1
13
t1 4
C = (t 1) 1
t3
4
1 dt 1 dt 1
I = 2 dt
t 1 (t 3)
2
(t 1)
1 1
= log t 1 log t 3 C
2 t1
putting back the value of t
1 2 2 1
I = log x 1 log x 3 C
2 t 1
x2 3
1 1
= 2 log C
x2
1 t 1
Illustration 38
dx
(a) ( x 1)2 ( x 2)( x 2 4)
Solution :
Tip : For type where denominator is a combination of linear (repeating/non repeating) factors
and quadratic, (non-factorizable) factors, we can find some values by trick method.
For example, here
1 A1 A2 B ( x D)
2
2 2
( x 1) ( x 2) ( x 4) ( x 1) ( x 1) 2 ( x 2) ( x 4)
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
70 QUIZRR
we can find the values of A2 & B by trick method.
How do determine whether A1 or A2 will be given by trick method ?
The answer is, the numerator of highest degree of that particular linear factor can be determined
by trick method.
for ex., in t he quest ion 1 degr ee of (x ă 1) is 2. Hence in partial fractions the term with (x ă 1)2
in denominator can be determined by trick method.
1 1
A2 = ( x 2)( x2 4)
5
x1
1 1
B = ( x 1)2 ( x2 4)
8
x2
for A1, C & D we have to equate coefficients of x4, x3 & x2, to get
A1 + B + C = 0 ...(i)
ă 3A1 + A2 ă 2B ă 2C + D = 0 ...(ii)
6A1 ă 2A2 + 5B + 4C ă 2D = 0 ...(iii)
Solving (i), (ii), (iii) we get
3 1 7
A1 ,C ,D
25 200 100
3 dx 1 dx 1 dx 1 2x 7 dx
I
25 x 1 5 ( x 1)2
8 x 2 400 x2 4 dx 100 x2 4
3 1 1 1 1 7 1 x
= log x 1 log x 2 log x2 4 tan 1 C
25 5 ( x 1) 8 400 100 2 2
Sp ecial T yp e
When integrand consists of even powers of x only
Illustration 37
x 2
1 x2 2
Integrate
x 2
3 x 2
4
Solution :
For these kind of question, we can put x2 = t for making partial fractions & then put the value
back for finding integrand.
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 71
x 2
1 x2 2 (t 1) (t 2)
x2 t
x 2
3 x 2
4 (t 3) (t 4)
since the term is not in proper rational form, we will first convert it into that.
(t 1) (t 2)
1 1
(t 3) (t 4)
(t 1) (t 2) (t 3) (t 4)
= 1
(t 3) (t 4)
now degree of denominator is greater than numerator making it a proper fraction (as t2 term will
cancel out).
( 4 t 10)
= 1 now using partial fraction for this part.
(t 3) (t 4)
4 t 10 2t 5
Let, I1 2 dt
(t 3) (t 4) (t 3) (t 4)
2t 5 A B
(t 3) (t 4) t 3 t 4
2t 5
A = t4 1
t3
2t 5
B = t3 3
t4
2 6
1
t3 t3
2 6
1 2
2
x 3 x 4
integrating it
dt dt
I = dx 2 x2 3 6 x2 4
2 x 6 x
= x tan 1 tan 1 C
3 3 2 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
72 QUIZRR
Some Sp ecial int egr als
dx 1 xa dx 1 a x
Set-I 1. x2 a 2
2a
log
xa
c 2. a 2 x2
2a
log
a x
c
dx 1 x
3. x2 a 2 tan 1 c
a a
Illustration 40
dx dx dx
(i) 1 4x 2 (ii) 1 25 x 2 (iii) 9x2 1
Solution :
dx 1 dx
(i) I = 1 4 x2
4 1
x2
4
x
1 dx 1 1 1 1
. tan 1 1
c tan (2 x) c
= 4 1
2
2
4 1 2
2
x 2
2
dx 1 dx
(ii) I = 1 25 x2
25 1
x2
25
1
x
1 dx 1 1 5 1 1 5x
= 25 1 2
.
25 1
log
1
c
10
log
1 5x
c
2 2 5 x
x 5
5
dx 1 dx 1 dx
(iii) I = 9 x2 1 9 1
9 1
2
x2 2
x
9
3
1
x
1 1
log 3 c 1 log 3 x 1 c
= 9 1 1 6 3x 1
2 x
3 3
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 73
Illustration 41
Evaluate :
3x 2x 2x 3
(i) 1 2x4 dx (ii) 1 4x dx (iii) 4 x8 dx
Solution :
3x
(i) I = 1 2 x4 dx
1
Putting x2 = t 2x dx = dt dx dt
2
3 dt 3 1 dt 3 dt
. 1
1 / 2
2 2
I = 2 1 2t 2 2 t2 4 t2
2
3 1
= 4.
1/ 2
tan 1
t
1/ 2
c
3
2 2
tan1
2t c
3
2 2
tan1
2 x2 c
2x 2x 2x
(ii) I 1 4x dx 1 (22 ) x
dx 1 (2 x )2 dx
dt
Putting 2x = t 2x log 2 dx = dt 2x dx = log 2
1 dt 1 1t 1 1 2x
I
log 2 1 t2
2 log 2
log
1t
c
2 log 2
log
1 2x
c
2 x3
(iii) I 4 x8 dx
1
Putting x4 = t 4x3 dx = dt 2x3 dx = dt
2
1 dt 1 dt
I = 2 2
2 2 t2
2
4t
1 1 t 1 x4
= . tan 1 c tan 1 c
2 2 2 4 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
74 QUIZRR
dx x dx
Set-II 1. sin 1
a
c 2. 2 2
log x x 2 a 2 c
a 2 x2 x a
dx dx 1 x
3. 2 2
log x x 2 a 2 c
4.
a
sec 1
a
c
x a x x a2 2
Illustration 42
dx dx dx
(i) 4 9x 2 (ii) 2
5x 2
(iii) 4x2 1
Solution :
dx
(i) I = 4 9 x2
dx
4
9 x2
9
dx 1 x 1 3x
= 2
2
3
sin 1 c sin 1
2 3 2
c
3 x2 3
3
dx dx 1 dx
(ii) I = 5x 2
2
2
5 2
2
5 x2 2
5 x
5
2
1 2
2 1 2
log x x c log x x2 c
= 5 5 5 5
dx dx
(iii) I = 4x 2
1
1
4 x2
4
2
1 dx 1 1 1 1
=
2 1
2
2
log x x2
2
c
2
log x x2
4
c
x2
2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 75
Illustration 43
dx dx
Evaluate : (i) x 2
(log x ) 25
(ii) 1 e 2x (iii)
a x
a x
dx
Solution :
dx
(i) I = x (log x)2 25
1
Putting log x = t dx dt
x
dt
= 2
t 25
log t t2 25 c log x (log x)2 25 c
dx dx dx e x
(ii) I =
1 e2 x
2x 1
e x
e 2 x 1
e 2 x 1
dx
e 2x 1
e
dt
I =
2
t 1
log t t2 1 c log e x e2 x 1 c
( a x)2 ax a x
= a x2 2
dx
2
a x 2
dx
2
a x 2
dx
a x2
2
dx
x x
= a sin
1
a
a 2 x2
dx
Putting a2 ă x2 = t2 ă 2x dx = 2t dt xdx = ă t dt
1 x t dt x x
I = a sin a t2
a sin 1
a
1 dt a sin 1 t c
a
1 x
= a sin a2 x2 c
a
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
76 QUIZRR
x a2 x
Set-III 1. a 2 x2dx a 2 x2 sin 1 c
2 2 2
x a2
2. x2 a 2 dx
2
x2 a 2
2
log x x2 a2 c
x x a2
3. x 2 a 2 dx
2
x2 a 2 dx
2
x2 a2
2
log x x2 a 2 c
Illustration 44
x2
Evaluate : (i) 16 9x 2 dx (ii)
4
1 dx (iii) 3 x 2 2 dx
Solution :
16
(i) I = 16 9 x2 dx
9
9
x2 dx
4
2
2 2 3
4
x 4 x2 .sin 1 x c
2
= 3 x dx = 3
3 2 3 2 (4 / 3)
3 x 16 16 3x 3x 16 8 3x
= x2 sin 1 c = x2 sin 1 c
2 9 6 4 2 9 3 4
x2 x2 4 x2 4
(ii) I =
4
1 dx
4
dx
2
dx
1 1 x (2)2
= 2 x2 (2)2 dx
2
2
x2 (2)2
2
log x x2 (2)2 c
x
= x2 4 log x x2 4 c
4
2
2 2
2
3 x 2 dx 3 x2 dx 3 2
x dx
(iii) I =
3 3
2
2
3
2 2
x 2 2 2
2
3 x log x x c
3
= 2 3 2
3 2 1 2
= x x2 log x x2 c
2 3 6 3
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 77
Illustration 45
x2
Evaluate : (i) 3 x x
9 1 dx (ii) x 3
1 x 8
dx (iii) x2 1
dx
Solution :
3 3
x
(i) I = 9 x 1 dx 3 x (32 ) x 1 dx = x
(3 x )2 1 dx
dt
Putting 3x = t 3x log 3 dx = dt 3x dx =
log 3
1 1 t 1
I =
log 3 t2 1 dt
log 3 2
t2 1
2
log | t t2 1| c
1 3x 1
= log 3 32 x 1 log |3 x 32 x 1 c
2 2
3x 1
= 9x 1 log 3 x 9 x 1 c
2 log 3 2 log 3
x
3
(ii) I = 1 x8 dx
1
Putting x4 = t 4x3 dx = dt x3 dx = dt
4
1 1 t 1 t
I =
4 1 t2 dt
4 2
1 t2 sin 1 c
2 1
t 1 x4 1
= 1 t2 sin 1 t c 1 x8 sin 1 x4 c
8 8 8 8
x2 x2 1 1
(iii) I = x2 1
dx
x2 1
dx
x2 1 1
1 1
dx x2 1 dx x2 1 dx dx
= =
x2 1 x2 1 x2 1 x2 1
x 1 x 2 1
= x2 1 log x x2 1 log x x2 1 c = x 1 log x x2 1 c
2 2 2 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
78 QUIZRR
INTEGRATION OF RATIONAL & IRRATIONAL FUNCTIONS
dx dx
Integral of the form
ax 2
bx c
,
2
a x bx c
and
ax 2 bx c dx
For evaluating such integral we make the coefficients of x2 in ax2 + bx + c as one. Complete the
square by adding and subtracting the square of half of the coefficient of x to get the form
b
2 c b2
a x
2a 2
a 4 a
Illustration 46
Evaluate :
dx dx
(i) x 2
4x 7
(ii) 1 6x 9x 2
dx dx
(iii) 9 8x x2
(iv) 2 x 2 3x 2
(v) 1 4x x 2 dx (vi) 2 x 2 3 x 4 dx
Solution :
dx dx
(i) I = x 2
4x 7
(x 2
4 x 4) (7 4)
dx dx
= (x 2) 2
3
(x 2) 3
2 2
1 x 2
= tan1 c
3 3
dx dx
1 6x 9x x
1
(ii) I =
2 9 2 2 1
x
3 9
1 dx
=
9 22 1 1 1
2
x x
3 9 9 9
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 79
1 dx 1 dx
=
9 1 2
2
9 1
2
2
2
x x
3 9 3 3
2 1
x
1 dx 1 1
=
9 2
2
1
2
.
9 2 2
log 3
2
x
3 c
1
x 3 3 3
3 3
1 2 3x 1
= log c
6 2 2 3x 1
1 1
=
dx dx
(iii) I
9 8 x x2 [ x2 8 x 9]
1 1
= [( x2 8 x 16)2 9 16]
dx
[(x 4) 2
25]
dx
1 1 x 4
= 25 ( x 4)2
dx
(5)2 ( x 4)2
dx sin 1
5
c
dx dx
(iv) 2
2x 3x 2
=
3
2 x2 x 1
2
dx dx
1
2
= =
3 2 3 9 9
2 x2 x 1 x 2 x 16 1 16
2
1 dx
2
=
2
2 3 25
x
4 16
1 dx
2
=
2 2
2 3 5
x
4 4
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
80 QUIZRR
2 2
1 3 3 5 1 4x 3 3
= log x x c = log x2 x1 c
2 4 4 4 2 4 2
(v) 1 4x x2 dx
= [ x2 4 x 1] dx
[ x2 4 x 4 1 4] dx
= [ x 2)2 5] dx
5 ( x 2)2 dx
x2 5 x 2
= 5 ( x 2)2 sin 1 c
2 2 5
x2 5 x 2
= 1 4 x x2 sin 1 c
2 2 5
3
(vi) I = 2 x2 3 x 4 dx
2 x2 x 2 dx
2
3
= 2 x2
2
x 2 dx
2 3 9 9
= 2
x x
2
2
16 16
dx
2 2 2
3 3 23
23
= 2 x dx 2 x
dx
4 16 4 4
23
2
3
x 4 4
2 2
3
2
23 3 3
2
23
2 x log x x c
=
4 4 4
2 4 2 4
4x 3 3 23 3 3
= x2 x1 log x x2 x3 c
4 2 2 16 2 4 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 81
Illustration 47
Evaluate :
x2 x 1 ex 2(log x )2 3 (log x ) 4
dx
(i) 2
x x 6
dx (ii) x
5 4e e 2x (iii)
x
dx
Solution :
x2 x 1 1
(i) I = x 2
x6
dx 2
x + xă 6 ) x + xă 1 2
x2 + x ă 6
ă ă +
5
5 1
I =
1 x 2
x6
dx
1 dx 5 2
x x6
dx
1 1
= x5
1
2
25
dx x 5
1
2
5
2
dx
x 2 4 x 2 2
1 5
x
1 2 2 c x log x 2 c
= x5 log
2.
5 1 5
x x3
2 2 2
ex
(ii) I = 5 4 ex e2 x
dx
Putting ex = t ex dx = dt
dt
I =
5 4t t2
dt dt
I = [t2 4t 5]
1 [(t 2)2 5 4]
dt dt
= [(t 2) 9]2
9 (t 2)2
dt t 2 ex 2
= sin 1 c sin
1
c
3 3
(3)2 (t 2)2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
82 QUIZRR
1
Putting log x = t dx dt
x
3 3
I = 2t2 3t 4 dt
2 t2 t
2
2 dt
2 t2
2
t 2 dt
2
3
3 9 9 23
= 2 t2 t 2 dt 2 t dt
2 16 16 4 16
2 2
3 23
= 2
t
4 4
dt
23
2
3
t 4
2 2
3
2
23 4 3 3
2
23
= 2
2
t 4 4
2
log t
4 t 4 4
c
3
t
4 3 23 3 3
= t2 t2 log t t2 t2 c
2 2 16 2 4 2
4 log x 3 3 23 3 3
= (log x) 2 log x 2 log log x (log x)2 log x 2 c
4 2 2 16 2 4 2
px q px q
ax 2
bx c
dx ,
a x 2 bx c
dx
and ( px q ) a x 2 bx c d x
For evaluating such integrals we choose suitable constants A and B such that
d
px q A ( ax2 bx c) B
dx
A and B can be determined by equating the coefficient of x and the constant terms on both sides.
This enables us to separate the given integral into two integrals.
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 83
Illustration 48
x3 x 2 5x 3
dx
(i)
x2 4x 5
(ii) (3 x 2) x 2 x 1 (iii)
x2 3x 2
dx
Solution :
x3
(i) I = x2 4 x 5
dx
d
Putting x + 3 = A ( x2 4 x 5) B
dx
x + 3 = A (2x + 4) + B
Comparing the coefficient of x, we get
I = 2A A = 1/2
Comparing the constants, we get
3 = 4A + B 3= 2 + B B = 1
1 / 2 (2 x 4) 1
I =
x2 4 x 5
dx [Using (i)]
1 2x 4 1
=
2 x2 4 x 5
dx
x2 4 x 5
dx
1 1 1
I = 2 t
dt
(x 2) 2
1
dx
1
= .2 t log | x 2 ( x 2)2 1| c
2
= x2 4 x 5 log | x 2 x2 4 x 5| c
(iii) I = (3x 2) x2 x 1 dx
d
Let 3x ă 2 = A ( x2 x 1) B
dx
3x ă 2 = A (2x + 1) + B
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
84 QUIZRR
Comparing the coefficient of x, we get
3
3 = 2A A
2
Comparing the constant terms
3 7
ă 2 = A + B ă 2 B B
2 2
3 7
I = 2 (2x 1) 2 x2 x 1 dx
(2 x 1)
3 7
= x2 x 1 dx x2 x 1 dx
2 2
Putting x2 + x + 1 = t in 1st integral
(2x + 1) dx = dt
2 2 2
1 3 2 3/2 7 1 3
3 7 1
2
I = t dt x 1 dx = . .t x dx
2 2 2 4 2 3 2 2
1
x 2
3
2 2
3
2
7
= ( x2 x 1)3 / 2 2 1 3 1 1
x x x c
2
3 / 8 log
2 2 2 4 2
2 2
2
2 3/2 7 (2 x 1) 21 1
= ( x x 1) x2 x 1 log x x2 x 1 c
8 16 2
x2 5 x 3 1
(iii) I = 2
dx 2 2
x 3x 2 x + 3x + 2 ) x + 5x + 3
x2 + 3x + 2
ă ă ă
2x + 1
2x 1 2x 1
I = 1 x 2
3x 2
dx 1 dx
x 2
3x 2
2x 1
= x 2
x 3x 2
dx
d
Let 2x + 1 = A ( x2 3 x 2) B
dx
2x + 1 = A (2x + 3) + B
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 85
1 (2 x 3) 2 2x 3 1
I = x 2
x 3x 2
dx x
x2
3x 2
dx 2
x 2
3x 2
dx
1
2
= x log x 3 x 2 2 2 2
dx
3 1
x 2 2
3 1
x
2 1 2 2 c
= x log x 3 x 2 2. log
1 3 1
2. x
2 2 2
x1
= x log x2 3 x 2 2 log c
x2
px 2 qx r
Integrals of the Form : a x 2 bx c
dx
For evaluating such integrals we choose suitable constants, A, B and C such that
d
px2 + qx + r = A (ax2 + bx + c) + B ( ax2 bx c C
dx
A, B and C can be determined by equating the coefficients of x2, x and constant terms respectively
on both sides.
This enables us to separate the given integral into three integrals which are easily integrable.
Illustration 49
Evaluate :
x2 3x 6 5 4x 2 x 2
(i) x2 x 1
dx
(ii) 1 x x2
dx
x2 2
(iii) 3 x2
dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
86 QUIZRR
Solution :
x2 3 x 6
(i) I = x2 x 1
dx
d
Let x2 + 3x + 6 = A (x2 + x + 1) B ( x2 x 1 c
dx
x2 + 3x + 6 = A (x2 + x + 1) + B (2x + 1) + c
Comparing the coefficient of x2, we get
1= A
Comparing the coefficient of x, we get
3 = A + 2B 2B = 2 B = 1
Comparing the constant terms, we get
6 = A + B + C C = 4
( x2 x 1) (2 x 1) 4
I
x2 x 1
dx
x2 x 1 2x 1
1
dx dx 4 dx
=
x2 x 1 x2 x 1 x2 x 1
1 1
= x2 x 1 dx
t
dt 4
x2 x 1
dx
[where t = x2 + x + 1]
2 2
1 3 1
= x 2 2 dx 2 t 4
1
2
3
2
dx
x 2 2
2
3
1
x 2
3
2
2 2
3
2
2 1 1 1
= x log x x
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 1
2 x2 x 1 log x x2 x 1 + c
8 2
2x 9 35 1
= x2 x 1 log x x2 x 1 c
4 8 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 87
5 4 x 2 x2
(ii) I = 1 x x2
dx
d
Let 5 ă 4x ă 2x2 = A (1 ă x ă x2) + B (1 x x2 ) C
dx
5 ă 4x ă 2x2 = A (1 ă x ă x2) + B (ă 1 ă 2x) + C
Comparing the coefficients of x2, we get
ă 2 = ă A A = 2
Comparing the coefficient of x, we get
ă 4 = ă A ă 2B ă 2 = ă 2 B B = 1
Comparing the constant terms, we get
5 = A ă B + C C = 4
2 (1 x x2 ) ( 1 2 x) 4
I = 1 x x2
dx
1 x x2 1 2x
1
2 dx dx 4 dx
=
1 x x2 1 x x2 1 x x2
1 2x 1
=
2
1 x x2 dx
1 x x2
dx 4
1 x x2
dx
2 2
5 1 1 1
=
2
2
x
2
dx
t
dt 4
5
2
1
2
dx
[where t = 1 ă x ă x2]
x
2 2
5
2
1 1 1
x 2 2 x x
2 2
5 1 2 2 1 x x2 4 sin 1 2 c
2 x sin 1
= 2 5
5
2 2 2
2 2
2x 1 5 2x 1 1 2 x 1
= 1 x x2 sin 1 2
2 1 x x 4 sin c
2 4 5 5
2x 5 21 2x 1
= 1 x x2 sin 1 c
2 4 5
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
88 QUIZRR
x2 2
(iii) I
3 x2
dx
d
Let x2 ă 2 = A (3 ă x2) + B (3 x2 ) c
dx
x2 ă 2 = A (3 ă x2) + B (ă 2x) + c
Comparing the coefficients of x2, we get
1 = ă A A = ă 1
Comparing the coefficient of x, we get
0 = ă 2B B = 0
Comparing the constant terms, we get
ă 2 = 3A + C C = ă 2 ă 3 (ă 1) = 1
(3 x2 ) 1 (3 x2 )
1
I = dx dx dx
2 2
3x 3x 3 x2
1
= 3 x2 dx
3 x2
dx
1
( 3)2 x2 dx dx
3
= 2 2
x
x 3 x 1 x
= 3 x2 sin 1 sin c
2 2 3 3
x 3 x 1 x
= 3 x2 sin 1 sin c
2 2 3 3
x 2 1 1 x
= 2 3 x 2 sin c
3
x2 1
Integrals of the form : x 4
kx 2 1
dx
For evaluating such integrals, divide the numerator and denominator by x2. Complete the square
2 2
1 1
of denominator to get the form x a or x a
x x
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 89
Illustration 50
Evaluate :
x2 1 1
(i) x 4
1
dx (ii) x 4
1
dx
x2 1 x2 3x 1
(iii) x 4
x2 1
dx (iv) x 4
x2 1
dx
Solution :
x2 1
(i) x 4
1
dx
1 1 1
1 2
1 2
1
x2
x x dx
1 x 1
x dx
2
dx
2
I = 2
2
2 2 1 2
x2
x2
x
x
1 1
putting x t 1 2 dx dt
x x
1
dt 1 t 1 x x
I = t 2
( 2) 2
2
tan 1
2
c
2
tan 1 c
2
1 x2 1
tan 1 c
=
2 2 x
1 1 2
(ii) I = x 4
1
dx
2 x 4
1
dx
1 x2 1 x2 1 1 x2 1 x2 1
= 2 x4 1
dx
2 x 4
1
x4 1
dx
1 x2 1 1 x2 1
= 2 x 4
1
dx
2 x 4
1
dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
90 QUIZRR
1 x2 1 1 x2 1 2 x
I = tan 1 log 2 c
2 2 2x 4 2 x 1 2x
x2 1
(iii) I = x 4
x2 1
dx
1 1 1
1 2
1 2
1
x2
I = x 2
1
x
1
dx
x 2 1
x
2 2 1
dx
1
2
dx
x2
x x 1
x
1 1
Putting x t 1 2 dx dt
x x
1
x 1
dt 1 t1 1 1 x2 1 x
I = log
t2 1 2 t1
c log
2
x
1
x 1
c log
2 x2
1 x
c
x2 3 x 1 x2 1 x
(iv) I = x 4 2
x 1
dx
x 4
x 12
dx 3
x 4
x2 1
dx
1
x dx dt in 2nd integral.
2
1
1
x2 3 dt
I = x 2
1
1
dt
2 t 2
t1
2
x
1
1
x2 3 dt
=
1
2
dx
2 1
2
3
2
x 3 t
x 2 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 91
1
Putting z = x ă
x
1
dz 1 2 dx in 1st integral
x
1
dz 3 1 t
I = z 3
2 2
2 3
tan 1 2 c
3
2 2
1 z 2t 1
= tan 1 3 tan1 c
3 3 3
1
1 1
x x 1
2 x2 1
tan 3 tan c
= 3 3 3
1 x2 1 2 x2 1
tan 1 3 tan 1 c
=
3 3 x
3
dx
Integrals of the form : P Q
1
For evaluating such integrals, put P =
t
3. Both P and Q are pure quadratic.
1
For evaluating such integrals, put x .
t
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
92 QUIZRR
Illustration 51
Evaluate :
dx dx
(i) ( x 2) x 1 (ii) 1 x dx
x
(iii) (x 2
1) x
Solution :
dx
(i) I
(x 2) x1
2t dt t x1
(t t 3
2 2 2
I dt tan 1 c tan 1 c
2
2
3) t 2 2 3 3 3 3
x x
(ii) I = 1 x dx (1 x) x
dx
(1 x) 1 1 x 1
= (1 x) x
dx
(1 x) x
(1 x) x
dx
1 1 1 1
= x
(1 x) x
dx
x
dx
(1 x) x
dx
1
= 2 x (1 x) x
Putting x = t2 dx = 2t dt
2t dt 2
I =
2 x
1 t 2
t2
2 x
1 t 2
dt
dx
(iii) I = (x 2
1) x
Putting x = t2 dx = 2t dt
2t dt 2 t2 1 t2 1
I = t 4
1 t2
t 4
1
dt
t4 1
dt
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 93
1 1
1 1
t2 1 t2 1 2
t2 dt
= t t t t
dt dt t dt
4
1 4
1 2 1 2 1
2
t t2
1 1
1 2
1
t2
= 1
t
2
dt
1
2
dt
t 2 t 2
t t
1 1
Putting t z in 1st integral Putting t y in 2nd integral
t t
1 1
to get 1 2 dt dz to get 1 2 dt dy
t t
dz dy z y 2
z 2 y 2
1 1
tan 1 log c
2 2
I = 2 2 2 2 2 2 y 2
1 1
t t 2
1 1 t 1 t
tan log c
= 2 2 2 2 1
t 2
t
1 t2 1 1 t2 1 2 t
= tan 1 log c
2 2t 2 2 t2 1 2t
1 x 1 1 x 1 2x
= tan 1 log c
2 2x 2 2 x 1 2x
Illustration 52
dx
Evaluate : ( x 2) x2 6x 7
Solution :
dx
I = (x 2) x2 6 x 7
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
94 QUIZRR
1 1 1
Putting x 2 x 2 dx 2 dt
t t t
1 1
dt
dt
t2
I =
1 1 1
2
1 4
t
6
4 12 7
2 6 2 7 t 2 t t
t t t
1 1
dt dt
dt
=
t t
2
1 2
1 1 2t t 1 2t t2
t2 t t
dt dt t 1
= ă 2 (t 1)2
( 2)2 (t 1)2
sin 1
2
c
1
x 2 1 x1 1 x1
= sin 1 c sin1 c = sin c
2 2 ( x 2) 2 ( x 2)
Illustration 53
dx
Evaluate : (3 4 x 2
) 4 3x 2
Solution :
dx
I = (3 4 x ) 2
4 3 x2
1 1
Putting x dx 2 dt
t t
1 1
dt dt
2
t2 t dt
I =
t
4 3
(3t 2
4) 4t2 3
(3t 2
4) 4t2 3)
3 2 4 2
t t t2 t
2 1 2
Putting 4t2 ă 3 = z2 t ( z 3)
4
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 95
1 1
2t dt (2z) dz t dt z dz
4 4
1 z dz dz
I = 4 3 (z 2
3) 4 z2
3z2
9 16
4
dz 1 dz
=
3z 2
25
3 z 2
25
3
1 dz 1 z
=
3 5
2
3
tan 1 c
5/ 3
z2
3
1 3 z 1 3 4t2 3
1
= 3 tan c tan 1 c
5 3 5
12
12t2 9 9
2
=
1
tan 1 c 1 tan 1 x c
3 5 3 5
1 12 9 x2
= tan 1 c
3 5x
a x b a / n ax b
1. f x, a , b , c , d , , n R Substitute : tn
cx d cx d
1/2
x 2
1
Example : Evaluate . dx
2x 3 x
x2 2
3t2 2 2t dt
Solution : Substitute 2 x 3 t x
1 2t2 dx
1 2t
2 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
96 QUIZRR
1 2t2 2t dt
t2 dt
I2
t. 2
3t 2 1 2t
2
4
3t 2
2 1 2t2
Let t2 = y
y A B
Now using partial fraction 3 y 2 1 2 y 3 y 2 1 2 y , we get A and B and then
we evaluate the integration with respect to t after replacing y by t2.
Substitute :
2.
f x, a x b
a /n
, a x b
/m
a x + b = tp , where p is L.C.M. of m and n.
dx
Example : Evaluate x 1 x 11 / 4
Solution : Substitute x + 1 = t4 ( p is 4) dx = 4t3 dt
4t3 dt t2 t2 1 1
I = 2
t t
4 dt 4
t 1
t1
dt
t2
t 1 dt 4
1
= 4 dt 4. 4t 4 log t 1 C
t1 2
T yp e V
n
4. f x a 2 x2 Workrule : x a2 x2 t
x
2
Example : Evaluate a 2 x2 dx
a2 t2 1 a2
x
2t dx 2 dt
Solution : Substitute x 2 2
a x t
2 2t
t2 a 2
I
2
dt
2
dx
;
5. p m + p N, m + p > 1 Workrule : a + bx = tx
x m
a bx
dx
Example : Evaluate x 2/3
2 3x
4/
3
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 97
2
Solution : Substitute 2 + 3x = tx dx dt
t 3 2
2
dt
t 3 2 dt
I
2t
4/
3
2. t 4/
3
3
t
dx
L1 x L 2 x
6. m n Work rule
L1 ( x)
(i) If n > m; L ( x) t
2
L2 ( x)
(ii) If n < m; L ( x) t
1
7. x m (a + bx n )p dx Work rule
(i) I f p I, substitute x = ts
where s is L.C.M. of denominator of m & n.
m 1
(ii) If is an Integer, substitute a + bxn = ts
n
is the denominator of fraction p.
m 1
(iii) If p substitute axăn + b = ts
n
s is denominator of rational number p.
Illustration 54
Find the value of
3 dx
x2
6
x x
(a)
x 1 3
x
dx (b)
1
10
x . x /4 1
dx
(c)
4
x 13 x 2 5
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
98 QUIZRR
Solution :
(a) Here L.C.M. of 3 and 6 is 6.
we put x = t6
dx = 6 t5dt
t
6
t dt 6. t t 1 dt 6. t
t4 t 5 3
dt
Hence I = 6. t 1 t
6 1 t
2
5
2
3
dt 6.
1 t 2
3 4 3 4 1
= t 6 tan 1 t C x / 6 6 tan 1 x / 6 C
2 2
(b) Hence is integer put x = t4 dx = 4t3 dt
4t3 dt
I = t 2
t 1 10
t t 1 1 dt 4
t 1 t 1 t 1 t 1
9 10
= 4 10
dt 4 10
dt 4 dt
= 4 t 1 8 4 t 1 9 C
8 9
1 1 4
= C
2 8 9
4 4
x 1 9 x 1
dx
(c) I = 3/ 5/
x 1 4 . x 2 4
dx x1 3
= x 1 3/
4
Put
x2
t
x 2 2
dx dt
x 2 2
x 2
1/4
4 x 1
1 4 1/4
I = t3 / 4 dt t C C
3 3 3 x 2
x2 q
(I) x 4
px2 q
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 99
Working Rule
Divide numerator & denominator by x2
q
1 2
i.e.
x 2
p
x
q
dx
x2
q
now substitute t x
x
q
then dt 1 2 dx
x
integral becomes
dt
t 2
2 q p
2 2 q
because t x 2 2 q
x
now solve this integral as it is in standard form, so you can use direct formula also.
Type II
dx
x 4
px2 q
1 x
2
q x2 q
q
write this in form 4 2
2 x px q
break it
1 x2 q x2 q
=
2 q x4 px2 q
dx
x4 px2 q
dx
Type III
x2 r
x 4
px2 q
dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
100 QUIZRR
x2 + r = l x 2
q + m x2 q
where l + m = 1
& q l m r
T ype I
dx dx dx
a b cos x or a b sin x or a b cos x c sin x
Working Rule :
x x
2 tan 1 tan 2
Put sin x 2 and cos x 2
x x
1 tan 2
1 tan 2
2 2
x
whichever is needed and then put z = tan
2
Illustration 55
dx
Evaluate 4 5sin x
dx dx
Solution : I = 4 5sin x 2 tan
x
4 5. 2
x
1 tan2
2
x
1 tan2
= 4 1 tan 2 x
2
x
dx
10 tan
2 2
x
sec 2
= 4 tan 2 x
2
x
10 tan 4
dx
...(i)
2 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 101
x 1 2 x
Let z = tan , then dz sec dx
2 2 2
2dz dz
From (i), I = 4z 2
10 z 4
2z2
5z 2
dz dz
2 z z
1
=
2 5 2 2 5 25 25
2 z. 1
z 1
2 4 16 16
1 dz
=
2 5 3
2 2
...(ii)
z
4 4
5
Let y z , then dy = dz
4
1 dy 3
From (ii), I
2 y 2
a 2
where a
4
5 3
1 1 y a z
1
c = . 1 4 4 c
= . log
2 2a y a 2 2. 3 log z 5 3
4 4 4
x
2 tan 1
1 2z 1 1 2
= 3 log 2 z 2 c = 3 log c
x
2 tan 2
2
Illustration 56
1
Evaluate 3 sin x cos x
dx
Solution :
Let 3 = r sin and 1 = r cos. Then
3
r 32 12 2 and tan
1
3
1 1
3 sin x cos x
dx
r sin sin x r cos cos x dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
102 QUIZRR
x
sec(x )dx r log tan 4 2 2 C
1 1 1 1
dx
r cos x r
1 x 1 x
log tan C log tan C
2 4 2 6 2 2 12
Type II
W or king R ule :
Step ă 1 : Put Numerator = A (dinominator) + B (derivative of denominator.) where a 0, b 0
Step ă 2 : Then equate the coefficients of sinx and cosx to find A and B.
Illustration 57
3 sin x 2 cos x dx
(i) 3 cos x 2 sin x dx (ii) 3 4 cot x
Solution :
3 sin x 2 cos x
(i) I
3 cos x 2 sin x dx
d
Let 3 sin x + 2 cos x = A (3 cos x + 2 sin x) + B [3 cos x 2 sin x
dx
3 sin x + 2 cos x = A (3 cos x + 2 sin x) + B (ă 3 sin x + 2 cos x)
Comparing the coefficient of sin x and cos x, we get
3 = 2A ă 3B and 2 = 3A + 2B
Solving them, we get
12 5
A= and B =
13 13
12 5
(3 cos x 2sin x) ( 3 sin x 2 cos x)
I =
13 13
3 cos x 2 sin x
dx
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 103
12 5 dt
=
13
1 dx
13 t
where t = 3 cos x + 2 sin x
dt = (ă 3 sin x + 2 cos x) dx
12 5 12 5
= x log t c x log 3 cos x 2 sin x c
13 13 13 13
dx dx sin x dx
(ii) I
3 4 cot x 3 4 cos x 3 sin x 4 cos x
sin x
d
Let sin x = A (3 sin x + 4 cos x) + B (3 sin x 4 cos x
dx
sin x = A (3 sin x + 4 cos x) + B (3 cos x ă 4 sin x)
Comparing the coefficients of sin x and cos x, we get
1 = 3A ă 4B and 0 = 4A + 3B
Solving them, we get
3 4
A= ,B
25 25
4
(3 sin x 4 cos x) (3 cos x 4 sin x)
3
25
I = 25
3 sin x 4 cos x
3 4 dt
25
= 1 dx
25 t
where t = 3 sin x + 4 cos x
dt = (ă 3 cos x + 4 sin x) dx
3 4 3 4
I = x log t c x log 3 sin x 4 cos x c
25 25 25 25
Illustration 58
sin x
Evaluate sin x cos x
dx [I.I.T. 78]
Solution :
Let sinx = A(sinx ă cosx) + B d.c. of (sinx ă cosx)
or, sinx = A(sinx ă cosx) + B(cosx + sinx)
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
104 QUIZRR
or, sinx = (A + B)sinx + (B ă A)cosx ...(i)
Equating the coefficients of sinx and cosx, we get
A + B = 1 (i) and B ă A = 0 ...(ii)
1 1
Solving (i) and (ii) we get A ,B
2 2
1 1
From (i), sin x sin x cos x cos x sin x
2 2
sin x
Now I = sin x cos x dx
1 1
sin x cos x cos x sin x
=
2 2
sin x cos x
dx
cos x sin x
dx 2 sin x cos x dx
1 1
=
2
x 1
= log sin x cos x c
2 2
[Putting, z = sinx ă cosx, so that dz = (cosx + sinx)dx]
a sin x b cos x c
T yp e 3. I nt egr als of t he for m
p sin x q cos x r
Working Rule :
To evaluate this type of integrals, we use the following algorithm
(i) Write Numerator = (Diff. of denominator) + ø (Denominator) + v
i.e. a sin x + b cos x + c = (p cosx ă q sinx) + ø (psin x + q cosx + r) + v
(ii) Obtain the values of and ø by equating the coefficient of sinx and cosx and the constant
terms on both the sides
(iii) Replace numerator in the integrand by (p cosx ă q sinx) + ø (p sinx + qcosx + r) + v to
obtain
a sin x b cos x c
p sin x q cos x r dx
p cos x q sin x p sin x q cos x r
p sin x q cos x r dx p sin x q cos x r v p sin x q cos x r dx
1
=
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 105
p sin x q cos x r dx
1
= log p sin x q cos x r x v
(iv) Evaluate the integral on RHS in step III by using the method discussed earlier.
Illustration 59
3 cos x 2
Evaluate sin x 2 cos x 3 d x
Solution :
3 cos x 2
I
sin x 2cos x 3 dx
Let 3 cos x + 2 = (sinx + 2cosx + 3) + ø (cosx ă 2 sin x) + v
Comparing the coefficients of sinx, cosx and constant term on both sides, we get
ă 2ø = 0, 2 + ø = 3, 3 + v = 2
6 3 8
, and v
5 5 5
cos x 2sin x
sin x 2 cos x 3 dx v sin x 2cos x 3 dx
1
I = dx
sin x 2cos x 3 dx
1
I1
2 tan x / 2 1 tan 2 x / 2
Putting sin x , cos x , we get
1 tan 2 x / 2 1 tan 2 x / 2
1
2 tan x / 2
2 1 tan 2 x / 2 3
dx
I1 =
1 tan 2 x / 2 1 tan 2 x / 2
1 tan 2 x / 2 sec 2 x / 2
= 2 tan x / 2 2 2 tan 2
x / 2 3(1 tan 2 x / 2)
dx
tan 2
x / 2 2 tan x / 2 5
dx
x 1 2 x 2 x
Putting tan t and sec dx = dt, or sec dx = 2 dt, we get
2 2 2 2
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
106 QUIZRR
x
tan 1
2dt dt 2 1 t 1 1
I1
t 2
2t 5
2
t 1 2
tan
22 2 2
tan
2
2
x
tan 2 1
Hence, I = x + ø log |sinx + 2cosx + 3|+ v tan 1 C
2
8
Where 6 , 3 and v
5 5 5
1 1 1 1 1
a sin 2 2
x b cos x
dx .
a b sin 2
x
dx ,
a b cos 2
x
dx,
a sin x b cos x 2
dx,
a b sin 2
x cos2 x
dx
W or king R ule :
To evaluate this type of integrals we use the following algorithm :
(i) Divide numerator and denominator both by cos2x
(ii) Replace sec2 x, if any, in denominator by 1 + tan2 x
(iii) Put tan x = t so that sec2 x dx = dt
1
This substitution reduces the integral in the form
at 2
bt c
dt
(iv) Evaluate the integral obtained in step III by using the methods discussed earlier.
Illustration 60
dx dx
(i) 3 sin 2
x 8 cos x 1 2 (iv) 3 2 sin 2
x
Solution :
dx
(i) I = 3 sin 2
x 8 cos2 x 1
sec 2 x dx sec2 x dx
I = 3 tan 2
x 8 sec 2 x
3 tan 2
x 8 tan 2 x 1
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
QUIZRR 107
sec 2 x dx
= 4 tan 2
x9
dt 1 dt 1 dt
I
= 4t
2
9
4 t 2
9
4 3
2
4 t2
2
1 1 t 1 2t
tan 1 c tan 1 c
= 4 3 3 6 3
2 2
1 2 tan x
tan 1 c
3
=
6
dx
(iv) I
3 2 sin 2
x
sec 2 x dx sec 2 x dx
I = 3 sec 2
x 2 tan 2 x
3 (tan 2
x 1) 2 tan2 x
dx
sec 2 x dx sec 2 x dx
= 3 tan 2
x 3 2 tan 2 x
dx
tan 2
x3
dt 1 t 1 tan x
I = t 3
2 2
3
tan 1
3
c
3
tan 1
3
c
INDEFINITE INTEGRATION
APPLICATION
OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 3
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
Slope of Tangent :
The slope of tangent to a continuous curve, y = f(x), is given by
y=f(x)
dy
slope = m dx
P( x, y) nt
nge
at a point P (x1, y1) on the curve ta
dy P(x1,y1)
From the diagram dx tan
P
dy
Tangent parallel to x axis : then, dx 0 normal
P
dy dx
Tangent perpendicular to axis : then dx approaches or dy 0
P P
1
Slope of normal = slope of tangent at P
1
=
dy
/ dx
P
dx
=
dy P
dy
Equation of tangent at a point (x1, y1) y y1 x x1
dx x1 y1
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
4 QUIZRR
dx
Equation of normal at a point (x1, y1) y y1 x x1
dy x1 y1
dy dy
dx C1 dx C2
= dy dy
1
dx C2 dx C1
Generally we take acute angle as the angle of intersection. We will get 2 answers & 180 ,
& we select the smaller of 2.
O r t hogonal C ur ves
If 2 curves intersect at right angles i.e. the angle of intersection of 2 curves is a right angle, then
the two curves are said to be orthogonal curves.
i.e. the two tangents are perpendicular
dy dy
1
dx C1 dx C2
L engt h of t angent , lengt h of nor mal and sub t angent and sub nor mal :
dy
Let y1 tan
dx
1. Length of tangent at a point : The portion of the tangent which is intercepted between the
point of contact P and x-axis is called the length of the tangent at P.
In the given figure,
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 5
length of tangent at P
= PL = LM 2 PM 2
Y no
rm tangent
= ( y cot )2 y2 al
90 P(x,y)
= y cot 2 1 y = f(x)
1 y
= y 1 [ tan = y1]
y12
O L M K X
y
= 1 y12
y1
2. Subtangent at a point : Projection of LP on the positive direction of x-axis is called the subtangent
at point P.
y
Subtangent at P = LM = y cot , subtangent at a point may be positive or negative.
y1
Thus the subtangent at P is positive or negative according as M lies on the right or left side of L.
y
Length of subtangent at P = .
y1
3. Length of normal at a point : The portion of the normal at P intercepted between the point
P and x-axis is called the length of the normal at P.
In the given figure, length of normal at P
= PK = PM2 MK 2
= y2 ( y tan )2
= y 1 tan 2 y 1 y12
4. Subtangent at a point : The projection of PK on the x-axis is called the subtangent at P.
Subtangent at P = MK = y tan = y y1
subtangent at a point may be positive or negative. The subtangent at P is positive or negative
according as K lies on the right or left side of M.
Illustration 1
Find the slope of the curve y2 = x at point x = 1.
Solution :
Give curve is y2 = x ...(i)
Given point is x= 1
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
6 QUIZRR
2
from (i), when x = 1, y = 1 y = 1
points are (1, 1) and (1, 1)
Differentiating both sides of (i) w.r.t. x, we get
dy dy 1
2y 1 = ...(ii)
dx dx 2y
dy 1 1
at (1, 1), =
dx 2 1 2
dy 1 1
and at (1, 1), =
dx 2( 1) 2
1 1
Hence slope of tangents at points (1, 1) and (1, 1) are and respectively.
2 2
Illustration 2
1
Prove that the tangents to the curve y2 = 2x at the points where x are at right angles.
2
Solution :
Given curve is y2 = 2x ...(i)
1
Given point is x=
2
1 1
From (i), when x = , y2 = 2 . = 1, y = 1
2 2
1 1
given points are , 1 and , 1
2 2
Differentiating both sides of (i) w.r.t. x, we get
dx dy 1
2y 2.1; = ...(ii)
dy dx y
1 dy 1
at , 1 , = = 1 = m1 (say)
2 dx 1
1 dy 1
and at , 1 , = = 1 = m2 (say)
2 dx 1
Since m1m2 = 1.( 1) = 1
hence the two tangents are at right angle to each other.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 7
Illustration 3
ax
If the slope of the curve y at the point (1, 1) be 2. Find the values of a and b.
bx
Solution :
ax
Given curve is y ...(1)
bx
a
1= ...(2)
b1
dy (b x)a ax( 1) ab
Now, = 2
dx (b x) (b x)2
dy ab
at (1, 1) =
dx (b 1)2
dy
But dx at (1, 1) = 2 (given)
ab b a
2 or, 2 1 from (2)
2
(b 1) b1 ba
or, 2b 2 = b or, b = 2, from (2), a = 1
Hence a = 1, b = 2
Illustration 4
Find the angle of intersection of the curves y2 = 4a x and x 2 = 4by.
Solution :
Given curves are
y2 = 4ax ...(i)
2
and x = 4by ...(ii)
dy dy 2a
from (i), 2 y 4a ...(iii)
dx dx y
dy dy x
from (ii), 2 x 4b ...(iv)
dx dx 2b
x2
Putting y from (ii) in (i), we get
4b
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
8 QUIZRR
1 2
x4
4 ax or x (x 3 2
64ab ) = 0 x 0, 4a 3 b 3
16b2
x2
From (iii), y when x = 0, y = 0
4b
2 4
1 2 2 1
16a 3 b 3
and when x 4a 3 b3 , y 4 a 3 b3
4b
1 2 2 1
4a 3 b3 , 4 a 3 b3
Points of intersection of curves (i) and (ii) are (0, 0) and
2a
From (iii), slope of the curve (i) at (0, 0) = (undefined)
0
0
From (iv), slope of the curve (ii) at (0, 0) = 0 tan 0
2b
1 2 2 1
Angle of intersection of the curves at 4 a 3 b 3 , 4 a 3 b3
1
dy 2a a3
From (iii), = = = m1 (say)
dx 2 1 1
4 a 3 b3 2b 3
1 2 1
dy 4 a 3 b3 2a 3
From (iv), = = = m2 (say)
dx 2b 1
b3
1/ 1/
2a 3 a 3
1/
1/
m1 m2 b 3 2b 3
tan =
1 m1 m2 1/ 1/
2a 3 a 3
1 1/
. 1/
b 3 2b 3
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 9
1/ 1/
3a 3 b 3
= 2 b 2 / 3 a 2 /3
1/ 1/
3a 3 b 3
tan 1
2 2
2 b /3 a /3
Illustration 5
Find the equation of the tangent and normal to the curve x 3 + y3 = 6xy at point (3, 3).
Solution :
Equation of the given curve is x3 + y3 = 6xy ...(i)
Differentiating both sides w.r.t. x, we get
3 x2 3 y2
dy
dx
dy
6 1. y x
dx
or 3 y
2
6x dy
dx
2
6 y 3x
dy 6 y 3 x2 2 y x2
...(ii)
dx 3 y2 6 x y2 2 x
dy 2.3 32 3
at (3, 3), dx 2 1
3 2.3 3
1 1
Again slope of normal at (3, 3) = 1
m ( 1)
Illustration 6
Find the equations of the tangent and the normal at the point t on the curve x = a sin3 t,
y = b cos3t.
Solution :
Given curve is x = a sin3t,
y = bcos3t. ...(i)
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
10 QUIZRR
dy
From (1), b3 cos2 t.( sin t)
dt
dy
and a3 sin 2 t.cos t
dt
b
slope of tangent at point ÂtÊ = cot(t)
a
a
and slope of normal = tan t
b
b
y b cos3t= cot (t) (x a sin3t)
a
b cos t 3
or y b cos3t= a sin t ( x a sin t)
y b cos3 t
a sin t
b cos t
x a sin3 t
or, yb cos t b2 cos4t = xa sin t a2 sin4 t
or, ax sin t by cos t = a2 sin4 t b2 cos4 t.
Illustration 7
Prove that the curves xy = 4 and x 2 + y2 = 8 touch each other.
Solution :
Equation of the given curves are
xy = 4 ...(i)
2 2
and x + y = 8 ...(ii)
dy dy y
from (i), 1. y x 0, = ...(iii)
dx dx x
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 11
dy x
from (ii), 2 x 2 y dy 0, = ...(iv)
dx dx y
16 x4 + 16 = 8x2
x2 2
8, or
x
4
or x 8x2 + 16 = 0 or (x2 4)2 = 0
or x2 4 = 0, or x2 = 4, x= 2
4
from (i), when x = 2, y= 2
2
4
and when x= 2, y= 2
2
Hence points of intersection of the two curves are (2, 2) and ( 2, 2).
Slope of the tangent to the curve (i) at point (2, 2).
2
m1 1 [from (iii)]
2
Slop of tangent to the curve (ii) at point (2, 2)
2
m2 1 [from (iv)]
2
m1 = m2, therefore, the two curves have a common tangent at (2, 2)
i.e. they touch each other at (2, 2).
At point (ă 2, ă 2) :
2
Slope of tangent to curve (i), m3 = = 1
2
2
Slope of tangent to curve (ii), m4 = = 1
2
Since m3 = m4, hence the two curves touch each other at ( 2, 2). Thus curves (i) and (ii) touch
each other.
Illustration 8
Find the condition that the curves a x2 + by2 = 1 and a 1x 2 + b 1y2 = 1 may cut each other
orthogonally.
Solution :
ax2 + by2 = 1 ...(i)
2 2
and a1x + b1y = 1 ...(ii)
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
12 QUIZRR
dy dy ax
From (i), 2ax + 2by 0, = by ...(iii)
dx dx
dy dy a1 x
From (ii) 2a1x + 2b1y 0, = ...(iv)
dx dx b1 y
dy
Curves (i) and (ii) will cut each other at right angles if the product of the values of for the
dx
two curves is 1
a x a1 x aa1 x2
i.e. 1 or, 1 ...(v)
b y b1 y bb1 y2
x2 b1 b
...(vi)
y 2 a a1
x2 aa1 b1 b
Putting the value of in (v), we get 1
y 2 bb1 a a1
a a1 b1 b b b1
or, =
aa1 bb1 bb1
1 1 1 1
or =
a1 a b1 b
Illustration 9
Find the equation of the normal to the curve x 2 = 4y which passes through the point (1, 2).
Solution : [IIT 84]
Given curve is x2 = 4y
dy
Differentiating w.r. to x, we get 2x = 4
dx
dy x dy
at (, ),
dx 2 dx 2
slope of tangent at (, ), =
2
2
slope of normal at (, ) =
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 13
2
Now equation of normal at (, ) is y ( x )
Since this normal passes through (1, 2)
2
2 (1 ) or 2 = 2 + 2
or, = 2 ...(ii)
Again since (, ) lies on curve (i),
2 = 4 ...(iii)
Putting the value from (ii) in (iii), we get
2
2 4 or 3 = 8 = 2
From (ii), 2 2 1
2
Now from (A), required equation of normal is
2
y1 ( x 2) or x+ y 3= 0
2
Illustration 1 0
Show that the normal to the curve x = a (cos + sin ), y = a (sin ă cos ) at any point
is at a constant distance from the origin. [IITă83]
Solution :
Hence the equation of the normal at any point on the curve is given by
cos
y a(sin cos ) = sin [ x a(cos sin )]
0.cos 0.sin a
= a constant.
cos2 sin2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
14 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 1
x 2 that are parallel to the line
Find all the tangents to the curve y = cos (x + y), ă 2
x + 2y = 0 [IITă85]
Solution :
The given curve is y = cos (x + y) ...(i)
dy dy
sin(x + y) 1
dx
= ...(ii)
dx
dy sin ( x y)
or = 1 sin ( x y)
dx
The given curve is x + 2y = 0 ...(A)
1
its slope =
2
Since tangent is parallel to line (A)
dy 1
= slope of the tangent = ...(iii)
dx 2
sin( x y) 1
From (ii) and (iii),
1 sin( x y) 2
or 2 sin (x + y) = 1 + sin (x + y)
or sin (x + y) = 1 or 1 = sin (x + y) ...(iv)
2 2 2
From (i) and (iv), y + 1 = cos (x + y) + sin (x + y) = 1
or y2 = 0 y= 0
from (i), cos (x + 0) = 0 or cos x = 0 = cos
2
x = 2n , where n = 0, 1 1, 2, ...
2
values of x such that 2 x 2 are
3 3
, of which only and satisfy equation (iv)
2 2 2 2
3
Hence points are, , 0 and , 0
2 2
1
Equation of tangent at , 0 is y 0 = (x )
2 2 2
or 2x + 4y = 0
3 1 3
Equation of tangent at , 0 is y 0 = (x )
2 2 2
or 2x + 4y + 3 = 0
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 15
Illustration 1 2
a a a 2 x2
y log e
a 2 x2
Show that the segment of the tangent to the curve 2 a 2 2
a x
contained between the y-axis and the point of tangency has a constant length.
Solution :
Given curve is
a a a 2 x2
y log a 2 x2 ...(1)
2 a a2 x2
a a a cos
y = log a cos
2 a a cos
= a log cot a cos
2
Thus parametric equation of given curve is
x a sin
...(2)
y a log cot a cos
2
dy a 2
= tan cosec a sin
d 2 2 2
a a cos2
= a sin
sin sin
dx
= a cos
d
dy dy / d cos
=
dx dx / d sin
a
Let P a sin , log cot a cos be a point on the curve (2).
2 2
a cos
Equation of tangent at P is y log cot a cos ( x a sin ) ...(3)
2 2 sin
Let line (3) cut the y-axis at Q (0, k)
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
16 QUIZRR
a a
then k log cot a cos a cos k log cot ...(4)
2 2 2 2
a
Now PQ2 = (0 a sin )2 + ( k log cot a cos )2
2 2
= a2 sin2 + a2 cos2 [from (4)
= a2
PQ = |a| = constant
Illustration 1 3
Prove that the ordinate of any point of the curve 2x 2y2 ă x 4 = c is the mean proportional
between the abscissa and the difference between the abscissa and subnormal drawn to the
curve at the same point.
Solution :
Given curve is 2x2y2 x4 = c ...(1)
subnormal at P (x, y)
Y
dy
= yy1 y ...(2)
dx
y f(x)
2 dy J
From (1), 2( x .2 y 2 xy2 ) 4 x3 0
dx P(x,y)
y
dy x( x2 y2 )
...(3)
dx x2 y O Q L R X
To prove, y x ( x yy1 )
dy
Now x (x yy1) = x2 xy
dx
= x2 (x2 y2) [from (3)]
2
= y.
Illustration 1 4
Find the equation of tangent to the curve x 2/3 + y2/3 = a 2/3 at (x 0, y0). Hence prove that the
length of the portion of tangent intercepted between the axes is constant.
Solution :
Method 1 :
Differentiating wrt x,
1 1
2 3 2 dy
x y3 0
3 3 dx
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 17
1
dy y 3
0
dx ( x0 , y0 ) x0
1
y 3
equation is y y0 = 0 ( x x0 )
x0
xy10 / 3 y x01 / 3
x02 / 3 y02 / 3
x01 / 3 y01 / 3 x01 / 3 y01 / 3
x y
equation of tangent is : a2 / 3
x01 / 3 y01 / 3
Length intercepted between the axis
= a 2 / 3 x02 / 3 y02 / 3 = a 2 / 3 a 2 / 3
= a i.e. constant
Method 2 :
Express the equation in parametric form
x = a sin3t, y = a cos3 t
3 3 a cos2 t sin t
Equation of tangent is : y a cos t ( x a sin3 t)
2
3 a sin t cos t
y sin t a sin t cos3 t = x cos t + a sin3 t cos t
x y
x cos t + y sin t = a sin t cos t a
sin t cos t
x y
in terms of (x0, y0) equation is : a
x0 / a 1/3
y0 / a 1 / 3
Length of tangent intercepted between axes
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
18 QUIZRR
ROLLE’S THEOREM
Statement : If a function f(x) is
(i) continuous in the closed interval [a, b] i.e. continuous at each point in the interval [a, b].
(ii) differentiable in an open interval (a, b) i.e. differentiable at each point in the open interval
(a, b) and
(iii) f(a) = f(b), then there will be at least one point c, in the interval (a, b) such that f´(c ) = 0.
O L M X O L M X
a b a b
If the graph of a function y = f (x) be continuous at each point from the point A (a, f (a)) to the
point B (b, f (b)) and tangent at each point between A and B is unique i.e. tangent at each point
between A and B exist and ordinates i.e. y co-ordinates of points A and B are equal, then there
will be at least one point P on the curve between A and B at which tangent will be parallel to
x-axis.
In fig. (i) there is only one such point P, where tangent is parallel to x-axis, but in fig. (ii) there
are more than one such points where tangents are parallel to x-axis.
Note : Converse of RolleÊs theorem is not true i.e, if a function f (x) is such that f´ (c) = 0 for at
least one c in the open interval (a, b) then it is not necessary that
(i) f (x) is continuous in [a, b]
(ii) f (x) is differentiable in (a, b)
(iii) f (a) = f (b)
for a function f (x) which is continuous & differentiable and follows RolleÊs theorem.
i.e. f (a) = f (b) = 0, where a, b are roots of the function then we say there exists c (a, b) such
that f´(c) = 0 or we can say c is the root of f´(x).
Between any two roots of a polynomial function f(x) lies a root of its derivative f´(x).
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 19
f (b) f (a)
then there exists a real number c (a, b) such that f ´( c)
ba
Note : Rolle Theorem is a special case of this theorem, when f (b) = f (a) i.e. f´(c) = 0
Let A (a, f (a) and B (b, f (b)) be two points on the curve y = f(x). T
Y
Then OL = a, OM = b, AL = f (a), BM = f (b).
B
Now slope of chord AB P
BK f (b) f ( a)
tan ...(i)
AK ba A
K
T´ f(b)
f (b) f (a) f(a)
By LagrangeÊs Mean Value theorem f ´(c) = slope of OH L M X
ba
a b
tangent at point P (c, f (c))
from (i), tan = slope of tangent at P
slope of chord AB = slope of tangent at P
Hence chord AB || tangent PT.
Thus geometrical meaning of mean value theorem is as follows :
Y E
T B
Y
P
T´ B C
D
A
A
f(a) f(b) f(a) f(b)
O L M X L OM X
a b
If the graph of a curve y = f (x) be continuous at each point from the point A (a, f (a)) to to the
point B (b, f (b)) and tangent at each point between A and B exists i.e. tangent is unique then
there will be at least one point P on the curve between A and B, where tangent will be parallel
to chord AB.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
20 QUIZRR
In fig. (i) there is only one such point P where tangent is parallel to chord AB but in fig. (ii) there
are more than one such points where tangents are parallel to chord AB.
Illustration 1 5
If a function f (x) is continuous in the closed interval [0, 1] and differentiable in the open
interval (0, 1) then show that there will be at least one c , where 0 < c < 1 such that f´(c ) =
f (1) ă f (0).
Solution :
Given,
(i) f (x) is continuous in the closed interval [0, 1]
(ii) f (x) is differentiable in the open interval (0, 1)
by LagrangeÊs mean value theorem, there will be at least one c, 0 < c < 1 such that
f (1) f (0)
f ´( c) f (1) f (0)
10
Illustration 1 6
Taking the function f (x) = (x ă 3) logx, prove that there is at least one value of x in (1, 3)
which satisfies x log x = 3 ă x.
Solution :
Given : f (x) = (x 3) log x ...(1)
1
f´(x) = (x 3) . 1.log x ...(2)
x
Clearly f (x) is finite for all positive values of x and hence f (x) is differentiable for all x > 0
f(x) is differentiable in [1, 3]
f(x) is also continuous in [1, 3]
Also f(1) = (1 3) log 1 = 0 and f (3) = (3 3) log 3 = 0
f(1) = f (3)
Therefore, by RolleÊs theorem, there will be at least one value of x in (1, 3) such that f´(x) = 0
x3
from (2), log x 0 or x log x = 3 x
x
Illustration 1 7
If functions f (x) and g (x) are continuous in [a , b] and differentiable in (a , b), show that
f (a ) f (b) f ´(a ) f ´(c )
there will be at least one point c , a < c < b such that g (a ) g (b) (b a ) g (a ) g ´( c )
f ( a) f ( x)
Solution : Let F(x) = g (a) g( x) f (a) g ( x) g ( a) f ( x) ...(i)
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 21
f ( a) g (b) g( a) f (b) 0
f (a) g´( c) g ( a) f ´ (c)
ba
f ( a) f (b) f ( a) f ´( c)
or, (b a)
g (a ) g (b) g( a) g´(c)
Illustration 1 8
1
Verify RolleÊs theorem for the function f (x) = 2x 3 + x 2 ă 4x ă 2, where x 2
2
Solution :
Given f(x) = 2x3 + x2 4x 2 ...(1)
2
f´(x) = 6x + 2x 4 ...(2)
Clearly f´(x) is finite for all x and hence also f(x) is differentiable at all x, therefore,
1
(i) f(x) is continuous at all x and hence also continuous in , 2
2
1
(ii) f(x) is differentiable in , ( 2)
2
1 1 1 1
(iii) Also from (1), f 2 4 2 0 and
2 8 4 2
1
f ( 2) 2.2 2 2 4 2 2 0 f f ( 2)
2
Hence all conditions of RolleÊs theorem are satisfied.
Now f´(c) = 0
6c2 + 2c 4 = 0 or, 3c2 + c 2= 0
2
or, 3c + 3c 2c 2 = 0 or, (c + 1) (3c 2) = 0
2
or, c 1,
3
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
22 QUIZRR
1 2
But c 2, c
2 3
2 1
Thus we get at least one c , where c 2 such that f´(c) = 0
3 2
Thus RolleÊs theorem has been verified.
Illustration 1 9
Are all the conditions of RolleÊs theorem satisfied for the function f (x) = |x| in the interval
[ă 1, 1] ?
Solution :
Given f (x) = |x|
f(x) = |x| is differentiable at all x except x = 0, therefore f (x) may or may not be continuous at
x = 0 and will be definitely continuous at all other x.
Since 0 lies in the closed interval [ 1, 1] hence continuity of f (x) at x = 0 must be tested.
L.H. limit in this case x < 0 |x| = x
Lt f ( x) = Lt x Lt ( x) 0
x00 x0 x00
Lt f ( x) = Lt x Lt x 0
x00 x00 x00
Thus Lt f ( x) = Lt f ( x) f (0)
x00 x00
Illustration 20
Are the conditions of LagrangeÊs mean value theorem satisfied for the function f ( x ) x 1
in the interval 1 x 3 ?
Solution : Given, f ( x) x1 ...(i)
1
f ´( x) ...(ii)
2 x1
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 23
Clearly f´(x) is finite at all x > 1 and hence f (x) will be differentiable at all x > 1.
Therefore, f´(x) will be also continuous at all x > 1
Since 1 [1, 3], therefore, continuity of f (x) at x = 1 must be tested.
Now f (1) 1 1 0
Since Lt f ( x) = f (1)
x1 0
f (b) f (a)
Now f ´( c)
ba
1 2 c1 1 = 2 (c 1)
1 3
c 1 c
2 2
Illustration 21
Using RolleÊs theorem show that on the graph of y = x 2 ă 4x + 3 there is a point between
(1, 0) and (3, 0) where the tangent is parallel to x-axis. Also find that point.
Solution :
Given f (x) = x2 4x + 3 ...(i)
f´(x) = 2x 4 ...(ii)
Clearly f´(x) is finite for all x and hence it is differentiable at all x, therefore
(i) f (x) is continuous at all x and hence also at all points from A (1, 0) to B (3, 0)
(ii) f (x) is differentiable at all points between A (1, 0) and B (3, 0) i.e. tangent at all points
between A and B exists.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
24 QUIZRR
Again f (1) = f(3) = 0
Hence by geometrical meaning of RolleÊs theorem, there will be at least one point C(c, f(c))
between A and B on curve
where tangent will be parallel to x-axis and x-co-ordinate c of this point C is given by f´(c) = 0
Now 2c 4 = 0 c= 2
from (i), y = f (2) = 22 4.2 + 3 = 1
Hence required point is (2, 1)
Ap p licat ion of Der ivat ive in Det er mining t he Nat ur e of Root s of a Cubic Polynomial
Let f (x) = x3 + ax2 + bx + c be the given cubic polynomial, and f (x) = 0 be the corresponding
cubic equation, where a, b, c R
Now, f´(x) = 3x2 + 2ax + b
Let D = 4a2 12b = 4 (a2 3b), be the discriminate of the equation f´ (x) = 0.
Then the following cases arises,
Y
Case I : If D < 0 f´(x) > 0 x R.
y = f(x), if c > 0
That means f (x) would be an increasing function of x. (0,c)
x2
X x1 x2 X
0 x1 0
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 25
(iii) Y (iv) Y
(o,c)
x1 x2
X
O x1 x2 X
(v) Y
x2
X
O x1
Illustration 22
Find all possible values of the parameter a so that x 3 ă 3x + a = 0 has three real and distinct
roots.
Solution :
Let f(x) = x3 3x + a
2
f´(x) = 3x 3
= 3 (x 1) (x + 1)
Now, f (1) = a 2, f ( 1) = a + 2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
26 QUIZRR
We know the roots would be real and distinct if,
f(1) f ( 1) < 0 (a 2) (a + 2) < 0
2 < a < 2 [using wavy curve method]
Thus the given equation would have real and distinct roots if a (ă 2, 2).
Illustration 23
Let f (x) = a x5 + bx 4 + cx 3 + dx2 + ex, where a , b, c , d, e R and f (x) = 0 has a positive
root , then
(a) f´ (x) = 0 has root a1 such that 0 < 1 <
(b) f´´ (x) = 0 has at least one real root
(c) f´ (x) = 0 has at least two real roots
(d) all of the above
Solution :
It is given that is a positive root of f (x) and by inspection, we have f (0) = 0
x = 0 and x = a are roots of f (x) = 0
By RolleÊs theorem, f´ (x) = 0 has a root 1 between 0 and i.e., 0 < 1 <
(a) is correct.
Clearly, f´ (x) = 0 is a fourth degree equation in x and imaginary roots always occurs in pairs.
Since x = 1 is a root of f´ (x) = 0
f´(x) = 0 will have another real root, 2 (say)
Now, 1 and 2 are real roots of f´ (x) = 0
By RolleÊs Theorem f´´ (x) = 0 will have a real root between 1 and 2 .
(b) is correct.
We have seen that x = 0, x = are two real roots of f (x) = 0. As f (x) = 0 is fifth degree equation,
it will have at least three real roots. Consequently by RolleÊs Theorem f´ (x) = 0 will have at least
two real roots.
(c) is correct.
Hence (d) is the correct answer.
Illustration 24
f(x) is a polynomial of degree 4 with real coefficients such that f (x) = 0 is satisfied by
x = 1, 2, 3 only, then find the value of f´ (1). f´ (2). f´ (3)
Solution :
f(x) = has roots 1, 2, 3 only
Any one of 1, 2 or 3 is a repeated root of f (x) = 0
f´ (1) or f´ (2) or f´ (3) any one of them must be zero.
f´ (1). f´ (2). f´ (3) = 0
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 27
Illustration 25
If f (x) is a polynomial of degree 5 with real coefficients such that f(|x|) = 0 has 8 real roots
then f (x) = 0 has how many real roots :
Solution :
Given that f(|x|) = 0 has 8 real roots.
f(x) = 0 has 4 positive roots.
Since f(x) is a polynomial of degree 5, f(x) cannot have even number of real roots.
f(x) has all the five roots real in which four positive and one root is negative.
Illustration 26
given that a 0, a , b, c , d R ?
Solution :
Let f(x) = x5 a0x4 + 3ax3 + bx2 + cx + d
f´(x) = 5x4 4a0x3 + 9ax2 + 2bx + c
f´´(x) = 20x3 12a0x2 + 18ax + 2b
f´´´(x) = 60x2 24a0x + 18a
or f´´´(x) = 6 (10x2 4a0x + 3a)
D = 8 2a02 15a 0 [as 2a02 15a 0 given]
MONOTONICITY
There are 2 types of functions according to their behaviour / monotonicity.
(1) Increasing function
(2) Decreasing function
We further divide them into 2 subcategories
(a) strictly increasing function
(b) increasing or non decreasing function / decreasing or non increasing function
1. Increasing functions
As the name suggests these functions are such that there value at a point on the curve keeps
increasing or stays constant as we increase the value of x.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
28 QUIZRR
i.e. if x x2
f(x1) f(x2)
Some examples :
(b) Increasing or non decreasing : Here the functions value may be constant for some values and
then increase and this cycle continues. It is not necessary that value increases for every input.
For example :
a b c d
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 29
the curve in the above figure is an example of this. The value of curve is constant for the period
(a, b) & (c, d)
Note : The value never decreases though it may remain constant.
As x1 > x2
f(x 1) > f(x 2)
(2) Decreasing functions : As the same suggests the value of function keeps on decreasing as the
value of x increase.
(a) Strictly decreasing function : In this case the value of the function decreases continuously
as the value of x increase.
As x1 > x2
f(x 1) < f(x 2)
note the change in equality sign.
Example :
dy
Also note the tangent to such curves always forms obtuse angles that means or f´(x) =
dx
tan < 0 as is obtuse.
Necessary Condition : Hence the necessary condition required is f´(x) < 0 for all x.
(b) Decreasing or non decreasing functions : Here the value of function might be constant
for some period & then will reduce and this cycle goes on, but remember never the value
of function starts increasing.
Example :
a b c d
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
30 QUIZRR
Notice that during the interval (a, b) & (c, d) the value remains constant whereas it has decreasing
values for other inputs.
So the required condition is
as x1 > x2
f(x 1) < f(x 2)
Note the equality sign.
In case we find out that f´(x) is greater than zero in some part of domain & less than zero in other,
then what can we say ?
i.e. for f (x) be continuous in [a, b] & differentiable in (a, b) & then
f´(x) > 0 for x (a, c)
< 0 for x (c, b)
where c (a, b)
for example
for y = sin x curve, it is increasing function
from 0, and decreasing function from , .
2 2
0
2
Pr op er t ies of monot onic funct ions :
(1) If f (x) is continuous on [a, b] such that f´ (c) 0 for each c (a, b), then f (x) is
monotonically increasing function. Similar definition goes for monotonically decreasing
function.
1
(2) If f (x) is strictly increasing function on [a, b] then f (x) exists & is also strictly increasing
on [a, b].
Similar result follows for strictly decreasing functions.
(3) If f (x) & g (x) are two continuous & differentiable functions, then we can relate fog (x) &
gof (x) by the following table.
f(x) g(x) fog/gof
+ + +
+
+
+
+ denotes increasing function
denotes decreasing function
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 31
Illustration 27
Show that the function f (x) = cos2 x is decreasing in 0,
2
Solution :
Given function is f(x) = cos2 x
= f´(x) = 2 cos x ( sin x) = 2 cos x sin x = sin 2x
Now, x 0, 0x
2 2
Multiplying by 2
0 < 2x < 2x ]0, [
sin 2x > 0 if 2x ]0, [ i.e. x 0, [ sin is +ve in 1st & 2nd quadrant]
2
sin 2x < 0, if 2x ]0, [ i.e. x 0,
2
f´ (x) < 0, if x 0,
2
f (x) is decreasing function in 0,
2
Illustration 28
3 7
Show that the function f (x) = cos 2 x is increasing in ,
4 8 8
Solution :
Given function is
f (x) = cos 2 x f´ (x) = 2 sin 2 x
4 4
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
32 QUIZRR
3 7 3 7
Now, x , x
8 8 8 8
3 7
2x
4 4
3 7
2x 2x 2x
4 4 4 4 4 4
2x , 2 sin 2 x 0, if 2 x , 2
4 4 4
3 7
sin 2 x 0, if 2 x , 2 i.e. x ,
4 4 8 8
3 7
f´ (x) > 0 if x ,
8 8
3 7
Hence, f (x) is increasing in ,
8 8
Illustration 29
Find the least value of Âa Ê such that f (x) = x 2 + a x + 1 is increasing on ]1, 2[.
Solution :
Given function is f (x) = x2 + ax + 1
f´ (x) = 2x + a
Now, x ]1, 2[
1< x< 2 2 < 2x < 4
2 + a < 2x + a < 4 + a 2 + a < f´ (x) < 4 + a
If f (x) is an increasing function.
f´(x) > 0 2+ a 0 a 2
the least value of a is 2.
Illustration 30
2x
Show that the function f ( x ) log (1 x ) 2 is increasing for all x > 0.
x
Solution :
2x
Given function is f ( x) log (1 x)
2x
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 33
1 (2 x).2 2 x
f´(x) = 1 x
(2 x)2
1 4 (2 x)2 4 4 x
=
1 x (2 x)2 (1 x) (2 x)2
4 4 x x2 4 4 x x2
= 0 for all x > 0
(1 x) (2 x)2 (1 x) (2 x)2
Illustration 31
Find the intervals of monotonicity of the function y = 2x 2 ă log |x|, x 0 [IITă83]
Solution :
Given, y = 2x2 log |x|, x 0 ...(i)
1 1 4 x2 1
4 x (1) 4 x , x0
dy
x x x
dx 1 4 x2 1
4x , x0
x x
dy 4 x2 1 dy 4 x2 1
Thus , x 0 Sign scheme for i.e. for is
dx x dx x
1 1
y is continuous at x and x and not defined at x = 0
2 2
1 1
(i) y is a decreasing function in , and 0,
2 2
1 1
(ii) y is an increasing function in , 0 and ,
2 2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
34 QUIZRR
Illustration 32
The function f (x) = sin4x + cos4x increases if
3
(A) 0< x < (B) x
8 4 4
3 5 5 3
(C) x (D) x [IITă95]
8 8 8 4
Solution :
f´(x) = 4 sin3x cos x + 4 cos3 x ( sin x)
= 4 sinx cos x (sin2x cos2x)
= 2 sin 2x cos 2x = sin4x
For f(x) to be an increasing function,
f´(x) > 0 sin 4x < 0
< 4x < 2
x
4 2
3
Since , is a subset of , correct choice is (B).
4 8 4 2
Illustration 33
If 0 < < < , show that ă sin < ă sin [IITă75]
2
Solution :
Let f(x) = x sin x ...(i)
Then f´(x) = 1 cos x ...(ii)
In interval 0, , f´ (x) = 1 cos x > 0
2
Hence f (x) is an increasing function in the interval 0,
2
Now, 0 < < < , 0,
2 2
< f () < f () sin < sin
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 35
Illustration 34
x2
If 0 < x < , show that cos x > 1 ă
2 2
Solution :
x2
Let f(x) = cos x 1 + ...(i)
2
f´(x) = sin x + x = x sin x ...(ii)
Y
y=x
y = sin x
X
0 2
From the graph of y = sin x and y = x, it is clear that for x > 0, x > sin x
In 0, , f´ (x) > 0 and f´(x) is continuous at x = 0 and x
2 2
Hence f (x) is an increasing function in 0,
2
0< x< x> 0 f(x) > f(0)
2
x2 x2
cos x 1+ > 0 cos x > 1
2 2
Second Method :
x2
f(x) = cos x 1 ...(i)
2
f´(x) = sin x + x = x sin x ...(ii)
f´´(x) = 1 – cos x > 0 in 0,
2
f´(x) is an increasing function in 0,
2
x> 0 f´(x) > f´(0)
x sin x > 0 f´(x) > 0 in 0,
2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
36 QUIZRR
f´(x) is an increasing function in 0,
2
[. . . f(x) is continuous at x = 0 and x ]
2
x> 0 f(x) > f(0)
x2
cos x 1 0
2
x2
cos x 1
2
Illustration 35
Use the function f(x) = x 1/x, x > 0 to determine the bigger of the two numbers ex and e.
[IIT ă 81]
Solution :
f(x) = x1 / x
1/ x 1 log x
f´(x) = x
x2
Now 1 log x = 0 log x = 1 x = e
Since x2 > 0, therefore, sign scheme for f´ (x) will be same as that of 1 log x
put x = 1
in (e, ), f´ (x) < 0 and f (x) is continuous at x = e
Hence in interval [e, ), f (x) is is a decreasing function.
Now , e [e, )
e e
1 / e1 / e e < e
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 37
Illustration 36
Solution :
1 2x 2x
x2 1) x. 1
f´(x) = 1.log( x
x x2 1 2 x2 1 2 1 x2
x x
log( x x2 1)
=
x2 1 1 x2
= log( x x2 1)
1 x log( x x2 1) 1 x2 0 [ f (0) = 0]
1 x log( x x2 1) 1 x2
Illustration 37
dg
Let a + b = 4, where a < 2 and let g(x) be a differentiable function. If 0 for all x, prove
dx
a b
Solution :
Given, a + b = 4 and a < 2 b > 2 Hence b > a
Let z = b a, then z > 0 Now b + a = 4 and b a = z
z4 4z
b = and a
2 2
a b
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
38 QUIZRR
4z 4 z
2 2
Then, y =
0
g ( x) dx
0
g ( x) dx ...(i)
dy 4 z 1 4 z 1
= g g .
dz 2 2 2 2
1 4 z 4 z 1
g g [ g(b) g ( a)]
2 2
= ...(ii)
2 2
dg
According to question 0 for all real x
dx
g(x) is an increasing function
b> a g (b) > g (a)
dy
Therefore, from (ii), 0 for all real z
dz
Hence y increases as z increases.
C r it ical Point s
An interior point of the domain of a function where f´ is zero or undefined is a critical point of f.
Also the function can attain a maxima or minima only at critical points or at end points (of
domain).
There may be points in the domain of the function where function does not attain the greatest
(or the least) value but its value it greater than or less than the values of function at neighbouring
points.
Such points are known as local maxima or local minima or combined known as extreme points.
The values at these points are called local maximum value, local minimum value and extreme
values respectively.
Let us take the following diagram to understand the concept.
Points P, R T are points of local maxima
Points Q, S are points of local minima.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 39
R
T
P
S
a p r s t b
Points to notice :
1. All the points of local maxima / minima are critical points i.e. tangent to the curve at these
points is parallel to axis or f´(x) = 0 at these points.
2. They are local maxima / minima, but remember they are not the maximum & minimum
values of the functions. Local minimum might not be the least value of function.
3. A value of local minimum can be greater than value of local maximum. For example in our
case value at S (local minimum value) is greater than value at P (local maximum value).
+ · f´ > 0 f´ < 0
x=a
x=a
Case 2 : x = a is local minima
if the sign of f´(x) changes from to + as x passes through a i.e.
at every point to the left of a, f´(x) < & at every point to the right of
a, f´(x) > 0
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
40 QUIZRR
f´ < 0 f´ > 0
+ ·
f´ < 0
f´ > 0 f´ > 0
f´ < 0
a
C
Befor e going on t o higher or der der ivat ive t est , let us discuss t he shape of cur ve.
C oncave shap e
If f´´(x) > 0 in the interval (a, b) then the function f (x) is concave upwards in the domain
(a, b).
a b
(Concave Upward)
C onvex shap e
If f´´(x) < 0 in the interval (a, b) then the function f (x) is convex upwards in the domain
(a, b).
a b
Point of inflect ion
A point of inflection is point where the curve changes its shape from convex to concave or from
concave to convex.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 41
H igher O r d er T est
Let f be a differentiable function on interval I & let c be any point in the domain of f such that
(1) f´(c) = f´´(c) = f´´´(c) .... fn 1
(c) = 0 and
n
(2) f (c) 0 and exists.
then
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
42 QUIZRR
Illustration 38
Find the maximum and minimum values of the function 2x 3 ă 15x 2 + 36x + 11
Solution :
Let y = 2x3 15x2 + 36x + 11 ...(i)
dy
= 6x2 30x + 36 = 6 (x2 5x + 6)
dx
= 6(x 2) (x 3) ...(ii)
dy
Sign scheme for i.e. for (x 2) (x 3) is
dx
+ve 2 ve 3 +ve
decreasing increasing
max. min.
putting x= 0
y is increasing
y has minimum value at x = 2
From (i), the corresponding minimum value of y
= 2.23 15.22 + 36.2 + 11 = 39
y has maximum value at x = 3
From (i), maximum value of y = 2.33 15.32 + 36.3 + 11 = 38
Second Method :
let y = 2x3 15x2 + 36x + 11 ...(i)
dy
= 6x2 30x + 36
dx
= 6(x2 5x + 6) ...(ii)
dy
For maximum or minimum values of y, 0
dx
x2 5x + 6 = 0 x = 2, 2
d2 y
From (ii), = 6 (2x 5) ...(iii)
dx2
d2 y
At x = 2, = 6 (2 2 5) = 6 < 0
dx2
Hence y has maximum value at x = 2
From (i) corresponding maximum value of y = 2.23 15.22 + 36.2 + 11 = 39
d2 y
At x = 3, 6(2 3 5) 6 0
dx2
Hence y has minimum value at x = 3
From (i), corresponding minimum value of y = 2.33 15.32 + 36.2 + 11 = 38
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 43
Illustration 39
x2 7x 6
Find the maximum and minimum values of the following function y
x 10
Solution :
x2 7 x 6
Let y=
x 10
dy ( x 10)(2 x 7) ( x2 7 x 6).1
= ...(i)
dx ( x 10)2
2 x2 27 x 70 x2 7 x 6
=
( x 10)2
x2 20 x 64
= ...(ii)
( x 10)2
dy
Since (x 10)2 > 0, therefore sign scheme for will be same as that of x2 20x + 64.
dx
x2 20x + 64 = 0 x = 4, 16
dy
Sign scheme for i.e. for x2 20x + 64 is
dx
+ve 4 ve 16 +ve
y is increasing y is decreasing y is increasing
max. min.
42 7 4 6
From (i) corresponding maximum value of y = 1
4 10
y has minimum value at x = 16
From (i) corresponding minimum value of y
162 7 16 6 150
= 25
16 10 6
Second Method :
x2 7 x 6
let y= ...(i)
x 10
dy x2 20 x 64
= ...(ii)
dx ( x 10)2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
44 QUIZRR
dy
For maximum or minimum values of y, 0
dx
x2 20x + 64 = 0 or x = 4, 16
dy x2 20 x 100 100 64
From (ii), =
dx ( x 10)2
( x 10)2 36 36
= 2
1 ...(iii)
( x 10) ( x 10) 2
d2 y 72
= ...(iv)
dx2 ( x 10)3
d2 y 72 1
At x = 4, 2
3
0
dx ( 6) 3
d2 y 72 1
At x = 16, 2
3
0
dx 6 3
Hence y has minimum value at x = 16
From (i), corresponding minimum value of y = 25
Illustration 40
Investigate the values of x for which the function x 5 ă 5x 4 + 5x 3 ă 1 has maximum or
minimum or neither. Find also its maximum and minimum values.
Solution :
y = x5 5x4 + 5x3 1
dy
= 5x4 + 20x3 + 15x2 = 5x2 (x2 4x + 3)
dx
= 5x2 (x 1)(x 3)
dy
Sign scheme for 5x2 (x 1)(x 3) = 0 x = 0, 1, 3
dx
dy
Sign scheme for i.e. for 5x2 (x 1)(x 3) is
dx
+ve +ve ve +ve
0 1 3
inc. dec. inc.
neither max. max. min.
nor min.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 45
Second Method :
Let y = x5 5x4 + 5x3 1 ...(i)
dy
= 5x4 20x3 + 15x2
dx
dy
For maximum or minimum values of y, 0
dx
x4 4x3 + 3x2 = 0
x2(x2 4x + 3) = 0 ...(ii)
2
x (x 1)(x 3) = 0
x = 0, 1, 3
d2 y
From (ii), 2
20 x3 60 x2 30 x ...(iii)
dx
d2 y
From (iii), at x = 1, 20 60 30 50 60 10 0,
dx2
Hence y has maximum value at x = 1
This maximum value of y = 15 5 15 + 5 14 1 = 0
d2 y
From (iii), at x = 3, 2
20 33 60 32 30 3 90 0,
dx
Hence y has minimum value at x = 3
This minimum value of y = 35 5 34 + 5 33 1= 28
d2 y
At x = 0, 20 0 60 0 30 0 0
dx2
d3 y
From (iii), 3
60 x2 120 x 30
dx
d3 y
at x = 0, 30 0
dx3
Hence at x = 0, x has neither maximum nor minimum value.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
46 QUIZRR
Illustration 41
x
1
Show that the maximum value of is e1 / e
x
Solution :
x
1
Let y ...(i)
x
x
1
Here for, to be defined x > 0
x
1
From (i), log y = x log = x log x
x
Differentiating both sides with respect to x, we get
1 dy 1
. log x x . (1 log x)
y dx x
x
dy 1
or, y (1 log x) (1 log x) ...(ii)
dx x
1
Since x > 0 x log > 0
x
dy
Sign scheme for will be same as that of (1 + logex)
dx
1 1
1 + logex = 0 logex = 1 x= e =
e
dy
Sign scheme for i.e. for (1 + logex) is
dx
1
y has maximum value at x
e
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 47
Second Method :
x
dy 1
(1 log x) ...(ii)
dx x
d2 y 1 x 1 1 x
. (1 log x). (1 log x)
x x ...(iii)
dx2 x
1 d2 y 1
At x , e1 / e 0 at x , 1 log x 0
e dx2 e
1
Hence y has maximum value at x
e
Illustration 42
Let f (x) = 2x 3 ă 9x 2 + 12x + 6. Discuss the global maxima and minima of f (x) in [0, 2] and
(1, 3).
Solution :
f(x) = 2x3 9x2 + 12x + 6
f´(x) = 6x2 18x + 12 = 6 (x2 3x + 2) = 6 (x 1) (x 2)
First of all let us discuss [0, 2]
Clearly the critical point of f (x) in [0, 2] is x = 1
f(0) = 6, f (1) = 11, f (2) = 10
Thus x = 0 is the point of global minimum of f (x) in [0, 2] and x = 1 is the point of global
maximum.
Now let us consider (1, 3). Clearly x = 2 is the only critical point in (1, 3).
Thus x = 2 is the point of global minimum in (1, 3) and the global maximum in (1, 3) does not
exist.
Illustration 43
t (e
t
Solution : Given, f(x) = 1) (t 1) (t 2)3 (t 3)5 dt
1
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
48 QUIZRR
x 3
f´ (x) = x(e 1) (x 1) (x 2) (x 3)5
f´(x) = 0 x = 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3
Sign scheme for f´(x) i.e. for x(ex 1) (x 1) (x 2)3 (x 3)5 is :
Illustration 44
Investigate for maxima and minima the function
[2(t 1)(t 2)
3
f (x) 3(t 1)2 (t 2)2 ]dt [IITă88]
1
Solution :
Given, f ( x) [2(t 1)(t 2)3 3(t 1)2 (t 2) 2 ]dt
1
7
(x 1)(x 2)2 (5x 7) = 0 x 1, 2, 2,
5
Sign scheme for f´(x) is
+ve 1 ve 7/5 +ve 2 +ve
7
Hence the max. value at x = 1 and min. value at x
5
f(x) has neither maximum nor minimum value at x = 2
Illustration 45
Let f(x) = sin3x + sin2x, x . Find the intervals in which should lie in order that
2 2
f (x) has exactly one minimum and exactly one maximum. [IITă85]
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 49
Solution :
f(x) = sin3x + sin2x
f´(x) = 3 sin2x cosx + .2 sinx.cosx
1
= sin x.cos x(3 sin x + 2) = sin 2x(3 sin x + 2) ...(i)
2
1
f´´(x) = cos2x(3 sin x + 2) + sin 2x(3 cos x) ...(ii)
2
For maximum or minimum values of f (x), f´(x) = 0
sin 2x(3 sin x + 2) = 0
Now, sin 2x = 0 2x = n, n = 0, 1, 2, ...
x = 0 x
2 2
2
3 sinx + 2 = 0 sin x
3
1 2
x = sin (say)
3
1 2
Also for sin to be defined,
3
2 2
1 1 2 , 2 , 3 1
3
3 3 3 3
...(A)
2 2 2 2
Also since f(x) has exactly one maximum and one minimum, therefore 0 as x should have two
values.
0 ...(B)
From (ii), f´´(0) = 2 ...(iii)
1
and f´´()= cos2 (3 sin + 2) + sin 23 cos
2
1
= 0 2 sin cos 3 cos
2
1 2 2
[ = sin sin 3 3sin 2 0 ]
3
2 4 2 2
= 3 sin cos2 = 3 1 9 = (4 2 9)
9
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
50 QUIZRR
3
Since from (A) and (B), 0, f´´(0) = 0 and f´´() 0
2
f (x) has exactly one maximum and one minimum, therefore
f´´(0) and f´´() must be of opposite signs i.e. f´´(0) f´´() < 0
4 2 4 2
(4 2 9) 0 42 9 < 0 0
9 9
Sign scheme for (42 9) is
+ve 3/2 ve 3/2 +ve
3 3
f´´(0)f´´() < 0 ,0 ...(C)
2 2
From (A), (B) and (C) common values of are given by
3 3 3
, 0 i.e. 3 3 or 0
2 2 2 2 2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 51
CURVE SKETCHING
There are 5 steps to draw a curve, y = f(x)
Step 1 :
CHECK FOR SYMMETRY
1. Check whether function is even.
(a) Replace x by x
(b) If no change in f(x), then function is even
(c) Graph is symmetrical about y-axis.
2. Check if function is odd
(a) Replace x by x
(b) If f ( x) = f(x), then function is odd
(c) Graph is symmetric about origin
3. Replace y by y, if no change, then the graph is symmetrical about x-axis.
4. If function is periodic, draw graph only in the period, as the remaining curve is a repetition of
this one.
Step 2 :
POINTS OF INTERSECTION
(a) Find points of intersection with x-axis & y-axis.
for x axis, put y = 0
y axis, put x = 0
(b) Special care of double & triple roots
for example, if f (x) = (x a)2 g (x)
here x = a, is a double root of f (x) or you can also say repeated root of f (x) = 0
note in this case f (a) = 0, f´(a) = 0 but f´´ (a) 0 i.e. can be point of local maxima / local
minima
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
52 QUIZRR
a is the point of inflection (as shown in diagram) i.e. the point where shape of the
curve changes from convex to concave & vice-versa.
TIP : if f (x) = (x a)n g (x)
& nth derivative is the first non zero derivative then
0 1
from this we can also deduce that x = 1 will be point of local minima & not local
maxima. If it was local maxima then the curve will come in the negative half.
Step 3 :
SIGN OF GRAPH
(a) Put y > 0 & see where the graph is above x-axis & where it is below x-axis.
for example if f (x) = x (x 1) (x 2)
· + · +
put x (x 1) (x 2) > 0
0 1 2
(using wavy curve)
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 53
So corresponding to it the graph will be above x-axis where region is +ve & below x-axis
where region is represented by ve sign.
0 1 2
Check the domain : Find the domain (especially in cases where denominator can become
zero). Draw the curve only in its domain.
Step 4 :
ASYMPTOTE
Examples of asymptote
y=Logx
y=1
x
x=0 is a vertical
asymptote
here x = 0 is a vertical asymptote
& y = 0 is a horizontal asymptote
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
54 QUIZRR
(a) Horizontal asymptote
for example
1
y = tan x
OR
in normal words, if for a finite value of x, y approaches ( or ) then x = c is a vertical
asymptote.
e.g.
/2
y = tanx y = Log x
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 55
Step 5 :
Find the points of maxima, minima.
find the shape of curve, i.e. either concave or convex.
Concave Convex
No line segment lies above the graph No line segment lies below the graph
Illustration
Trace the following curves
(a) y = ă 3x 4 + 4x 3 + 3x 2 ă 4x
2x 3
(b) y 2
x 3x 2
Solution :
(a) The function given is a polynomial which we know are continuous for all x. So there is no point
of finding the asymptotes as the function is completely continuous.
We will go step by step for a better understanding
Step 1 : Symmetry : No
There is no symmetry as the function is neither odd nor even.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
56 QUIZRR
x intercept : Put y = 0
3x4 + 4x3 + 3x2 4x = 0
x3(3x 4) + (3x 4)x = 0
(x x3)(3x 4) = 0
2
x(x 1)(3x 4) = 0
4
xint. = 0, μ 1,
3
4
f(x) = x(x 1)(x + 1) x
3
by wavy curve
So the curve will lie in + · + · +
1 0 1 4/3
the shaded region
1 0 1 4/3
2x 3
y 2
(b) x 3 x 2
Now here there is a term in denominator and so we can talk of asymptotes in this question
Step 1 : Symmetry : No
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 57
3
yint
2
2x 3
xint 2 0
x 3x 2
3
x
2
2x 3 2x 3
f ( x)
2
( x 3 x 2) ( x 2)( x 1)
+ +
· ·
1 3/2 2
dy
Finding for it.
dx
dy 2( x2 3 x 2) (2 x 3)(2 x 3)
=
dx ( x2 3 x 2)2
(2 x2 6 x 4) (4 x2 12 x 9)
=
( x2 3 x 2)2
3
2
1
2 x
2 x3 6 x 5 2 4
= 2 2 2 2
( x 3 x 2) ( x 3 x 2)
3
2
1
2 x
2 4
= 2
[( x 1)( x 2)]
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
58 QUIZRR
dy
now is always less than zero as numerator and denominator are both positive
dx
2
3 1 2 2
i.e. x 2 4 0 & (x 1) ( x 2) 0
Step 4 :
Asymptotes : Since denominator could be zero there will be asymptotes for those points.
And in case denominator becoming zero there are vertical asymptotes at x = 1
& 2
We can also prove it
2x 3
lim
x1 ( x 1)( x 2)
2x 3
lim
x1 ( x 1)( x 2)
hence x = 1 is an asymptote
Similarly we can prove it for x = 2
Now we can draw the curve
3/2
x=1 x=2
vertical
asymptotes
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 59
Now we know that the function is a decreasing one so we will draw decreasing curve.
See all these curves are decreasing functions and have been drawn in their respective regions
according to step-3.
Illustration 47
Trace the following curves
1 x2 x2 4x 3
(a) y (b) y
1 x2 x2 4x 3
Solution :
1 x2
(a) Given function is y f ( x) , going through our step procedure
1 x2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
60 QUIZRR
for intersection point
yint = 1
xint : no x intercept as 1 + x2 cannot be zero.
dy 2 x(1 x2 ) (1 x2 (2 x)
=
dx (1 x2 )2 1 1
y<0
2 x(1 x2 1 x2 )
=
(1 x2 )2
4x
=
(1 x2 )2
dy
> 0 for x> 0 increasing in x (0,)
dx
dy
< 0 for x < 0 decreasing in x ( , 0)
dx
Step 4 : Asymptotes :
horizontal asymptote :
1 x2
right part : lim f ( x) lim 1
x x 1 x2
1 x2
left part : lim f ( x) lim 1
x x 1 x2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 61
(0,1)
(0, 1)
x2 4 x 3
(b) y
x2 4 x 3
Step 1 : Symmetry : No
Step 2 : Intersection point & domain
Domain : x2 + 4x + 3 0
(x + 3) (x 1) 0
x = 3, 1
domain : x R { 3, 1}
Intersection points :
yint = 1
xint x2 4x + 3 = 0
(x 3) (x 1) = 0
x = 1, 3
x2 4 x 3
f ( x)
x3 4 x 3
x2 4 x 3
0
x3 4 x 3
( x 3) ( x 1)
0
( x 3) ( x 1)
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
62 QUIZRR
by wavy curve graph will be + + +
above x-axis for x ( , 3) ( 1, 1) (3, ) 3 · 1 1 · 3
below x-axis for x ( 3, 1) (1, 3)
increasing & decreasing
dy (2 x 4) ( x2 4 x 3) ( x2 4 x 3) (2 x 4)
=
dx ( x2 4 x 3)2
8( x2 3)
=
( x2 4 x 3) 2
critical points x 3
+ +
3 3
dy
0 for x ( , 3 ) ( 3 , ) i.e. increasing
dx
dy
0 for x ( 3 , 3 ) i.e. decreasing
dx
x 3 is minima &
x 3 is maxima
decreasing for x ( 3 , 1) ( 1, 3)
Step 4 : Asymptotes
horizontal asymptotes :
x2 4 x 3
lim f ( x) lim 1
x x x2 4 x 3
lim f ( x) 1
x
y = 1 is a horizontal asymptote.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 63
Vertical asymptotes :
This we have already covered
i.e. x = 3 and x = 1
Now let us draw the curve
(0,1) y=1
3 (1,0)
(3,0)
( 3,4 3 7)
X= 3 X= 1
Illustration 48
Solution :
log x
Given function y f ( x)
x
Step 1 : No symmetry
Step 2 : log x > 0 & x 0
domain : x (0, )
intersection points :
no intersection point on y-axis
xint = 1
Stet 3 : Sign :
log x
0 as x is always positive {a to domain}
x
log x > 0
+
x > 1 · x=1
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
64 QUIZRR
increasing & decreasing
1
dy x log x 1 log x
= x =
dx x2
x2
dy 1 log x
putting 0 0
dx x2
1 log x > 0
1 > log x
log e > log x
e
log 0
x
e
1
x
x<e
function is increasing for (0, e)
& decreasing for (e, )
Step 4 : Asymptote :
horizontal asymptote
log x
lim 0
x x
y = 0 is a horizontal asymptote
Vertical asymptote
only x = 0 , though this is not in domain
decreasing
X
(1,0) (e,0)
increasing
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 65
Illustration 1
x
If f ( x ) ( p 2 2) x
0
(cos 4 t sin 2 t 2)d t is decreasing function of x for all x R and
2 2
3 1
= 2 p cos2 x 1 1 1 = 2 p cos2 x
2 4 4 2
3
2
Clearly, f ´( x) 2 p 1
min.value of cos2 x 0
4 2
3
2 p 0
4
42 4 p 3 0 R
D 0 16 p2 48 0 3 p 3
Illustration 2
Let f (x) = sin3 x + K sin2x, x . In order that f (x) has exactly one minimum find the
2 2
value K should belong to ?
Solution :
f´(x) = 3sin2x . cosx + 2K sinx cosx
= sinx . cosx (3sin x + 2K) = 0
2K
sin x 0 or cos x 0 or sin x
3
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
66 QUIZRR
2K
x 0, sin 1 in ,
3 2 2
2K 3 3
1 1 K
3 2 2
But K = 0, when sinx = 0
which gives only one critical point
3 3
K , ~ {0} .
2 2
Illustration 3
Let f (x) = x 3 + 6x 2 + a x + 2. If the largest possible interval in which f (x) is a decreasing
function is (ă 3, ă 1), then find the value of a
Solution :
f´(x) = 3x2 + 12x + a
Since, coefficient of x2 is positive, therefore f´(x) can be negative only when the roots and
( < ) of equation f´(x) = 0 are real and equal.
In this case the largest interval in which f(x) is a decreasing function will be (, ), but according
to question largest such interval is ( 3, 1).
= 3, = 1, = 3
a
3
3
= 9.
Illustration 4
2 g(x)
Let f ( x ) sin 1
1 ( g ( x ))2
, then which are correct ?
(i) f(x) is decreasing if g (x) is increasing and |g(x)| > 1
(ii) f(x) is an increasing function if g (x) is increasing and |g(x)|< 1
(iii) f(x) is a decreasing function if g (x) is decreasing and |g(x)| > 1
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (ii) and (iii)
(c) (i), (ii) and (iii) (d) (iii)
Solution :
If |g(x)| < 1, f(x) = sin 1(sin2), where g(x) = tan
f(x) = 2, = tan 1(g(x))
= 2tan 1(g(x))
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 67
when |g(x)|> 1,
1
f (x) = sin 1(sin2), tan
g ( x)
f (x) = 2 = 2cot 1(g(x)), g(x) > 1
2
Thus, f´ (x) = g´( x),| g( x)| 1
1 g2 ( x)
2
= g´( x),| g( x)| 1
1 g2 ( x)
Illustration 5
Discuss the monotonicity of the function g defined by g (x) = f (x 2 ă x ă 10) +
f (14 + x ă x 2), f ´´(x) > 0 for all real numbers x except finite number of real numbers x, for
which f ´´(x) = 0
Solution :
f ´´(x) > 0 f´(x) is an increasing function of x. (f ´´(x) = 0 at finitely many values of x does not
affect the increasing ness of f ´(x)
Now g´(x) = (2x 1) f ´(x2 x 10) f´(14 + x x2)
If g(x) increases then g´(x) > 0.
(2x 1) and [f´(x2 x 10) f´(14 + x x2)] are of same sign.
Case I
2x 1 > 0 and f´ (x2 x 10) f´(14 + x x2) > 0
1
x and x2 x 10 > 14 + x x2, as f´ is increasing
2
1
x and x2 x 12 > 0 x > 4
2
Case II
2x 1 < 0 and f´(x2 x 10) f´(14 + x x2) < 0
1
x and 3 < x < 4
2
1
3 x
2
1
Similarly, g(x) decreases for x (, 3] , 4
2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
68 QUIZRR
Illustration 6
The function f ( x ) a x 3 bx 2 cx d has its non-zero local minimum and maximum values
at ă 2 and 2 respectively. If a is a root of x 2 ă x ă 6 = 0. Find the possible values of a , b, c
and d.
Solution :
Since minimum occurs before maximum, so a < 0. Also ÂaÊ is a root of x2 x 6 = 0 a = 2
3 2 3 2
Let g(x) = ax + bx + cx + d = 2x + bx + cx + d
2
g(x) = 6x + 2bx + c
root of g´(x) = 0 are 2 and 2 b = 0, c = 24
Since minimum value is non-zero g( 2) > 0
d > 32 so a = 2, b = 0, c = 24, d > 32.
Illustration 7
Suppose that f and g are non-constant differentiable, real valued functions on R. If for
every x, y R,
f(x + y) = f(x)f(y) ă g(x)g(y),
g (x + y) = g(x)f(y) + f(x)g(y) and f´(0) = 0,
then prove that maximum and minimum value of the function f 2(x) + g 2(x) are same for all
x R.
Solution :
We have f(x + y) = f(x)f(y) g(x)g(y)
Differentiate both sides w.r.t. x keeping y constant, we get
f´(x + y) = f´(x)(y) g´(x)g(y)
Putting x = 0, we get
f´(y) = g´(0) g(y) ... (1) (as f´(0) = 0)
We also have g(x + y) = g(x) f(y) + f(x) g(y)
Differentiate both sides w.r.t. ÂxÊ keeping ÂyÊ constant, and put x = 0, we get
g´(y) = g´(0) f(y) ... (2) (as f´(0) = 0)
we have
f´(y) = g´(0) g(y) & g´(y) = g´(0) f(y)
g( y)
f ´( y) g ( y) f ( y) f ´( y) g´( y) g( y)
f ( y)
d
( f 2 ( y) g 2 ( y) 0
dy
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 69
g(0) = 1 or f(0) = 1
2
1
But if f (0) , first equation gives g 2 (0) 1 ,
2 4
whit is not possible.
Hence g(0) = 0 and f(0) = 1 = 1
Hence, f2(x) + g2(x) = 1, x R.
Maximum and minimum values of f2(x) + g2(x) are same for all x R.
Illustration 8
x y 2 f ( x ) 2 f ( y) 4
Real valued function f (x) satisfies the relation f x , y R. If f´(0)
3 6
= 2, prove that f (x) is an increasing function for all x.
Solution :
For x = 0, y = 0, the given equation gives
4 f (0) 4
f (0) f (0) 2
6
Now,
3 x 3h
f ( x h) f ( x)
f f ( x)
lim
3
f ´( x) lim
h 0 h h 0 h
2 f (3 x) 2 f (3 h) 4
f ( x)
= lim 6
h 0 h
2 f (3 x) 2 f (3 h) 4 6 f ( x)
= lim
h 0 6h
For y = 0, the given relation yields
x 2 f ( x) 2 f (0) 4
f
3 6
2 f (3 x) 4 4 f (3 x) 4
f ( x)
6 3
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
70 QUIZRR
[Replacing x/3 by x]
f(3x) = 3f(x) + 4
6 f ( x) 8 2 f (3 h) 4 6 f ( x)
Hence, f ´( x) lim
h 0 6h
f (3 h) 2 f (3h) f (0)
= lim lim
h 0 3h h0 3h
f(x) = 2x + c at x = 0, c = 2
f(x) = 2x 2
f´(x) = 2 > 0 Always increasing
Illustration 9
For what value of Âa Ê the point of local minima of f (x) = x 3 ă 3a x2 + 3(a 2 ă 1)x + 1 is less than
4 and point of local maxima is greater than ă 2 ?
Solution :
f´(x) = 3(x2 2ax + a2 1)
Clearly roots of the equation f´(x) = 0 must be distinct and lie in the interval ( 2, 4)
> 0 a R ...(1)
2
f´( 2) > 2 a + 4a + 3 > 0
a < 3 or a > 1 ...(2)
2
f´(4) > 0 a 8a + 15 > 0
a > 5 or a < 3 ...(3)
B
and 2 4 2 a 4
2A
From (1), (2), (3) and (4) 1 < a < 3.
Illustration 1 0
1
Let f(x) (2 2 4 x 2 x 2 ), where ÂÊ is a read parameter. Now let x 1, x 2 be the roots of f(x)
2
x2
where x 1 < x 2. If F() = f ( x )dx find the minimum and the maximum value of F() and the
x1
corresponding .
Solution :
Consider g(x) = x2 + 2x
Clearly 2 will be a negative number. If increases then 2 will decrease or graph of g(x) will
come down by the quantity 2. Also F() is algebraic area bounded by x-axis and the curve and
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 71
will be negative. So if we have increasing , F() will decrease, Hence maximum value of F() will
be corresponding to = 0 and this value is equal to
0
0 x3 4
F() max ( x 2 x) dx
2
x2
2 3 3
2
4
F() max for = 0 and clearly F() min does not exist.
3
Illustration 1 1
a 5 a
Let f(x) = 2x 3 ă 15x 2 + 24x, and g ( x ) f ( x )d x f ( x )dx , 0 a 5 . Find the interval in which
0 0
g(x) is increasing.
Solution :
f´(x) = 6x2 30x + 24 = 6(x 4)(x 1)
Graph of f(x) will be as shown in fig.
g(a) = f(a) f(5 a)
if a < 5 a f(x)
5
a , then from the graph f(a) > f(5 a) x
2 1 5/2 4 5
so g´(0) > 0
5
and if a , then f(5 a) > f(a) so g´(a) < 0.
2
5
Hence g(x) is increasing in 0,
2
Illustration 1 2
A point P(x, y) moves on the curve x 2/3 + y2/3 = a 2/3, a > 0. For each position (x, y) of P,
perpendiculars are drawn from origin upon the tangent and normal at P, the length (absolute
dp1 d p2
value) of them being p 1(x) and p 2(x) respectively. Prove that . 0.
dx dx
Solution :
Any point P(x, y) on the curve can be represented by using parameter , as (acos3, asin3)
dy
dy d 3a sin2 cos
tan
dx dx 3 a cos2 sin
d
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
72 QUIZRR
equation of the tangent at P is
y asin3 = tan(x acos3)
xtan + y = asin3 + acos3 tan
dp1 dp2
and are of opposite signs.
dx dx
dp1 dp2
. 0
dx dx
Illustration 1 3
Prove that (a + b)n a n + b n , a > 0, b > 0 and 0 n 1.
Solution :
We went to prove that (a + b)n an + bn i.e.
n n
a a
b 1 b 1
i.e. (x + 1)n 1 + xn where x = a/b and x > 0,
Since a and b both are positive.
To prove above inequality, consider
f(x) = (x + 1)n xn 1
Differentiate to get,
f´(x) = n (x + 1)n 1 nxn 1
1 1
= n
1 n
1 n ...(1)
( x 1) x
Consider x+ 1> x
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 73
n n
(x + 1)1 > x1 ( 1 n > 0)
1 1
1 n
1 n ...(2)
( x 1) x
Illustration 1 4
x
Let g ( x ) 2 f f (2 x ) and f´´(x) < 0 x (0, 2) . Find the intervals of increase and
2
decrease of g(x).
Solution :
x
We have g( x) 2 f f (2 x)
2
x
g´( x) f ´ f ´ (2 x) ...(1)
2
We are given that, f´´(x) < 0
It means that f´(x) would be decreasing in (0, 2).
x 3x 4
Let 2x 2 x
2 2 3
x 4 x 4
2 x if 0 < x < and 2 x if x2
2 3 2 3
x 4 x 4
f ´ f ´ (2 x), x 0, and f ´ f ´ (2 x), x , 2
2 3
2 3
4 4
g´(x) > 0, x 0, and g´ (x) < 0, x , 2
3 3
4 4
g(x) is increasing in 0, and decreasing in , 2
3 3
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
74 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 5
2 b
If a x c for all positive x, where a > 0 and b > 0, show that 27a b 2 4c 3 [IITă 82]
x
Solution :
2 b
Let f ( x) ax c ...(1)
x
Given, f (x) 0 for all x > 0,
Least value of f (x) in (0, ) 0 ...(2)
b 2ax3 b
Now, f ´( x) 2ax ...(3)
x2 x2
Since x2 > 0, therefore sign scheme for f´(x) will be same as that of (2ax3 b)
1
3 b 3
Now 2ax b = 0 x 0
2a
1 2
b 3 b 3 b
From (2), f 0a c0
2a 2a 1
b 3
2a
2 1
b 3 b b b 3
a c a. b c
2a 1 2a 2a
b 3
2a
1
3b b 3 27b3 b
c. c3 . 27ab2 4 c3
2 2 a 8 2 a
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 75
Illustration 1 6
3 b3 b2 b 1
x , 0 x 1
Let f ( x ) b 2 3b 2 [IITă93]
2x 3 1 x 3
Find all possible values of b such that f (x) has smallest value at x = 1
Solution :
b3 b2 b 1
Given, f(x)= x3 ,0 x1
b2 3b 2
= 2x 3 1 x< 3
2
f´(x) = 3x , 0 x< 1
= 2, 1< x< 3
Here f´(1 0) = 3.12 = 3 and f´ (1 + 0) = 2
Therefore f (x) is not differentiable at x = 1
Sign scheme for f´(x) is
Lt f ( x) f (1)
x10
3 b3 b2 b 1
Lt x 1
x 1 0
b2 3b 2
b3 b2 b 1 (b 1)(b2 1)
1 0 0 ...(i)
b2 3b 2 (b 1)(b 2)
(b 1)(b2 1)
Sign scheme for is
(b 1)(b 2)
ve 2 +ve 1 ve 1 +ve
(b 1)(b2 1)
0 2 < b < 1 or 1 b < .
(b 1)(b 2)
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
76 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 7
A swimmer S is in the sea at a distance d km from the closest point A on a straight shore.
The house of the swimmer is on the shore at a distance L km from A. He can swim at a speed
U km/hour and walk at a speed V km/hour (V > U). At what point on the shore should he
and, so that he reaches his house in the shortest possible time. [IIT ă 83]
Solution :
Let H be the house of the swimmer
L
Let the swimmer land at B. A B H
Let AB = x, then since AH = L x L x
BH = L x
d 2 2
Let t1 be the time taken to go from S to B and t2 be the time taken d +x
to go from B to H
Let T be the total time taken by swimmer to reach his house H.
S
2 2
d x
Now t1
U
Lx
and t2 =
V
d 2 x2 Lx
T = t1 t2 ...(i)
U V
dT x 1
= 2 2 V ...(ii)
dx U d x
Vx U d 2 x2
= ...(iii)
UV d 2 x2
dT
UV d 2 x2 0, therefore sign scheme for will be same as that of Vx U d 2 x2
dx
Ud
x
[ x > 0]
V U2
2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 77
Second Method :
dT
For maximum or minimum values of T, 0
dx
x 1 x2 1
0 2
V or
U d 2 x2 2 2 2
U (d x ) V
2 U2 d 2
or, V x = U d + U x or, x
2 2 2 2 2 2
V 2 U2
Ud
x
[ V > U]
V U2
2
x
d 2 x2 .1 x.
2
d 2 x2
From (ii), d T 1 .
dx2 U d 2 x2
1 d2 Ud
= . 3
0, when x
U V U2
2
(d 2 x2 ) 2
Ud
x
T is minimum when
V 2 U2
Illustration 1 8
A lane runs at right angles to a road Âa Ê feet wide. Find how many feet wide the lane must
be if it is just possible to carry a pole b feet long (b > a ) from the road into the lane, keeping
it horizontal.
Solution :
Let y be the width of the lane
Let BCL =
given, AB = b, BL = a D B
Now b = BC + AC
a Road
= a cosec + y sec
b a cosec C L
y =
sec y
A M
= b cos a cot ...(i) Lane
dy
= b sin + a cosec2
d
a b sin3
= ...(ii)
sin2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
78 QUIZRR
dy
Since sin2 > 0, therefore sign scheme for will be same as that of a b sin3.
d
1
a 3
Now a b sin3 = 0 sin
b
1
1 a 3
sin (say)
b
1
a 3
Here 0 and sin
2 b
dy
Sign scheme for i.e. for (a b sin3) is
d
b 2/ 3
a 2/3
b 2/ 3
a 2/ 3 b1/3 a3
= b. a a1/3 sin 1
1/ 3 1/ 3
b a b3
2/ 2/ 2/ 2/ 2/ 2/
= b 3 b 3 a 3 a 3 b 3 a 3
3/
2
2/ 2/ 2 /3 2/ 2/ 2/
= b 3 a 3
b a 3 b 3 a 3 k (say)
3/
2
2/ 2/
Thus required width of the lane = b 3 a 3 feet. k is the maximum width of the lane for
just taking the pole from the road to the lane keeping it horizontal and also k is the minimum
width of the lane for taking the pole from road to the lane.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 79
Note : This is the maximum value of y (maximum width of the lane) when the pole can be taken
3
2 2 2
from the road to the lane touching at A and B and if y b a , then the pole can be taken
3 3
3
2 2 2
Illustration 1 9
x2 y2
Find the co-ordinates of all the points P on the ellipse 1, for which the area of
a2 b2
the triangle PON is maximum, where O denotes the origin and N, the foot of the perpendicular
from O to the tangent at P. [IIT 99]
Solution :
x2 y2
Given ellipse is 1 ...(1)
a2 b2
Let P (a cos, b sin ) be a point on the ellipse in the first quadrant.
Then 0
2 Y
N P(co, bsin)
Eqn. of tangent at P is
x cos y sin
1 0
90
a b O
L X
or b cos x + asiny ab = 0 ...(2)
Eqn. of normal at P is
ax sec + bycosec (a2 b2) = 0 ...(3)
ab ab
ON = 2 2 2 2
...(4)
b cos a sin b cos a2 sin2
2 2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
80 QUIZRR
(a 2 b2 ) (a 2 b2 ) sin cos
OL = ...(5)
a2 sec 2 b2 cosec 2 a2 sin 2 b2 cos2
ab ( a2 b2 ) ab (a 2 b2 )
= 2 (b2 cot a 2 tan )
2[(b cot a tan ) 2 2ab]
b
or tan
a a2+b2
b
a2 b2
Hence P , a
a 2 b2 a2 b2
By symmetry, there will be one point in each of the second, third and fourth quadrants and they
are
a2 b2 a2 b2
= , , ,
a2 b2 a2 b2 a2 b2 a 2 b2
a2
b2
,
and 2 2 2 2
a b a b
a2 b2
Thus required points are ,
a2 b2 a2 b2
Illustration 20
If a , b, c be non-zero real numbers such that [IITă81]
1 2
(1 cos (1 cos
8 2 8
x ) (a x bx c )dx x ) (a x 2 bx c )d x 0
0 0
2
then equation a x + bx + c = 0 will have one root between 0 and 1 and other root between
1 and 2.
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 81
Solution :
(1 cos
8
Let x) ( ax2 bx c) dx F( x)
Illustration 21
If f(x) and g (x) are differentiable functions for 0 x 1 such that f (0) = 2, g (0) = 0, f (1) =
6, g (1) = 2, then show that there exists Âc Ê satisfying 0 < c < 1 and f´(c ) = 2g´(c ) [IIT ă 82]
Solution :
Let F(x) = Ag (x) + f(x) ...(1)
Since f (x) and g (x) are differentiable in [0, 1]
Therefore, f (x) and g (x) are also continuous in [0, 1] since differentiable functions are continuous.
Hence f (x) and g (x) are continuous in [0, 1] and f (x) and g (x) are differentiable in [0, 1] and
hence differentiable also in (0, 1).
Thus F (x) is a continuous function in the closed interval [0, 1] and differentiable in the open
interval (0, 1)
From (1), F´(x) = Ag´(x) + f´(x) ...(2)
F´(c) = Ag´(c) + f´(c)
We choose A such that F(0) = F(1)
Af(0) + g(0) = Af(1) + g(1)
g (1) g(0)
A ...(3)
f (1) f (0)
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
82 QUIZRR
F(x) satisfies all conditions of mean value theorem in [0, 1], therefore there exists at least one c,
0 < c < 1 such that F´(c) = 0
Af´(c) + g´(c) = 0
f´(c) = 2g´(c).
by LagrangeÊs mean value theorem for f´(x) in [c, x],
f ´( x) f ´( c)
f ´´() for at least one , c < < x
xc
max.
O O
0 c a x 1
By lagrangeÊs man value theorem for f´(x) in interval [c, x], there exists c < < x such that
f ´(c) f ´( x)
f ´´() | f´(x)| = |c x| |f´´()|
cx
Illustration 22
Show that the semivertical angle of a cone of maximum volume and of given slant height
is tan 1 2
Solution :
Let be the semivertical angle and k be the slant height of a cone.
A
Then AB = k, BD = k sin and
AD = k cos
Let y be the volume of the cone, then k
1
y BD2 . AD = . k2 sin 2 . kcos
3 3 B C
D
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 83
3
or, y k .sin 2 cos ...(i)
3
dy 3
k [2 sin cos .cos sin 2 ( sin )]
d 3
k3
= sin (2 cos2 sin 2 ) ...(ii)
3
dy
Here 0 sin > 0, therefore sign scheme for will be same as that of 2 cos2 sin2 .
2 d
2 cos2 sin2 = 0 tan 2 [ 0 ]
2
tan 1 2 (say)
dy
Sign scheme for i.e. for (2 cos2 sin2) is
d
Illustration 23
Show that the semivertical angle of a right circular cone of given surface area and maximum
1
volume is sin 1 .
3
Solution :
Let BD = r, AD = h, AB = l
BAD = A
Given, r2 + rl = cos tan t = k (say)
k r 2 l
l ...(i) h
r
Let y be the volume of the cone, then B C
r D
1 2 1
y r h r 2 l2 r 2
3 3
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
84 QUIZRR
2
Let z = y , then
1 2 4 2
z = r (l r 2 )
9
2
1 2 4 k r 2 2
r r
= 9 r [from (i)]
2 r 4
2
= k r 2 2 r 4
2 2
9 r
=
9
1 2 2
k r 2 kr 2 ...(ii)
=
9
1 2 2
k r 2 kr 4
dz
dr
=
1 2
9
k 2r 8 kr 3
2
= kr ( k 4 r 2 ) ...(iii)
9
2
Clearly kr 0
9
dz
Sign scheme for i.e. for (k 4r2) is
dr
k
z is maximum and hence y is is maximum when r
4
k
k
From (i), l 4 3k . 2 3 k
k 4 k 2
4
r 1 k 2 1
Now sin . sin 1 1
l 2 3 k 3 3
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 85
Illustration 24
Prove that the right circular cone of maximum volume which can be inscribed in a sphere
4
of radius r has its altitude equal to r
3
Solution :
Let OAB = then BOD = 2 A
From OBD, OD = r cos2
r
and BD = r sin2
AD = AO + OD = r + r cos2 O
r2
= r (1 + cos2 ) = 2rcos2 C
B D
Let y be the volume of the cone, then
1
y= BD2 . AD
3
1 2
= r sin 2 2.2r cos2
3
2 3 8 3
r 2sin cos .cos2 =
2
= r sin 2 cos 4
3 3
dy 8 3 2
= r sin .4 cos3 sin 2sin .cos .cos4
d 3
= 16 r 3 sin cos3 ...(2)
3
ve
cos2 2sin 2 , 0
2
1 1
cos2 2 sin2 = 0 tan tan 1 (say)
2 2
dy
Sign scheme for i.e. for (cos2 2 sin2) is
d
2r 2r 4
In this case altitude AD = 2r cos2 = r
2
sec 1 3
1
2
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
86 QUIZRR
Illustration 25
Show that the height of the circular cylinder of maximum volume that can be inscribed in
h
a gi v en r i gh t ci r cu l ar con e of h ei gh t h is .
3
Solution :
Let AL = x, MC = r
A
Given, AM = h LM = h x
From similar ALQ and AMC
P L Q
AL LQ x LQ rx
LQ
AM MC h r h
Let y be the volume of the cylinder, inscribed in the cone, then
S R
2 2 B M C
r x
y = . LQ . LM =
2 (h x) ...(i)
h2
dy r 2
2 x( h x) x2 1
dx h2
r 2
x(2 h 3 x)
= ...(ii)
h2
For maximum or minimum value of y,
dy 2h
0 x (2h 3x) = 0 x [ x > 0]
dx 3
d2 y r 2
From (ii), = 2h 6 x ...(iii)
dx2 h2
2 h d 2 y r 2
At x= , 2 (2h) 0
3 dx2 h
2
Hence y in maximum when x h
3
2 h
In this case height of the cylinder = h x h h
3 3
Illustration 26
If the function f (x) = x 3 ă 9x 2 + 24x + c has three real root and distinct roots , and then
the value of [] + [] + [] is :
Solution :
Take y = x3 9x2 + 24x = (x2 9x + 24) ve +ve
2 2
y = x (x 9x + 24) = x {(x 3) + 15} 0
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
QUIZRR 87
dy
= 3x2 18x + 24 = 3 (x2 6x + 8)
dx
= 3 (x 2) (x 4)
+ +
2 4
18 (3,18)
16 (1,16) (4,16)
X
1 2 3 4
APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES
DIFFERENTATION
QUIZRR 3
DIFFERENTIATION
change in y
Derivative lim
h0 change in x
dy d
f , f ( x),. , f ( x)
dx dx
The derivative of the function f with respect to the variable x is the function f whose value of
x is
f ( x h) f ( x )
f ( x ) lim provided that limit exists.
h 0 h
Differ en t ia b ilit y
Before going to find the derivatives of some functions we need to check whether they are
differentiable or not.
For this we need to prove that R.H.L.(Right Hand Limit) & L.H.L. (Left Hand Limit) exists are
and equal.
f (a h) f (a) f (a h) f (a)
lim = lim
h0 ( a h) h h 0 h
L.H.L.
f (a h) f (a) f (a h) f ( a)
lim = lim
h0 ( a h) a h 0 h
DIFFERENTIATION
4 QUIZRR
Illustration 1
x 1
If f ( x) 2 when x 1
2x 7x 5
1
, when x = 1
3
1
Given f (1)
3
x1
f ( x) 2
, when x 1
2x 7x 5
1 h 1
f (1 h)
2(1 h)2 7(1 h) 5
h h h 1
2
2(1 2 h h ) 7 7 h 5 2
2 h 3h h(2h 3) 2h 3
from (i),
1 1
2h 2 2
3 2h 3 lim
f (1) lim 2h 3 3 lim h0 3 h(2h 3)
lim
h0 3(2h 3)
.
9
h0 h h0 3(2h 3)h
Illustration 2
1
f ( x ) x 2 sin when x 0
x
= 0, when x = 0. then find the d.c. of f(x) at x = 0.
Solution :
By defintion d.c. of (x) at x = 0, i.e.
1
h2 sin 0 1
lim h sin 0 1 sin h 1
h 1
lim
h 0 h h0 h
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 5
Illustration 3
Is |x| differetiable at x = 0 ?
Solution :
Let f ( x) x (i)
f (0) 0 0
Now d.c. of f ( x) at x = 0
f (0 h) f (0) f ( h) f (0)
lim lim
h 0 h h0 h
f (0 h) f (0)
L.H.L lt
h 0 h
f ( h) f (0)
lt
h 0 h
h
lt (as h 0) = ă1
h 0 h
f (0 h) f (0)
R.H.L. lt
h 0 h
f (h) f (0)
lt
h 0 h
h
lt 1
h 0 h
R.H.L L.H.L
Hence |x| is not differentiable at x = 0
Illustration 4
Show that the function f(x) = |x2 ă 4| is not differentiab x = 2.
Solution :
x2 4 : x 2
f ( x) 4 x2 : 2 x 2
2
x 4 : x2
f (2) 22 4 0
DIFFERENTIATION
6 QUIZRR
f (2 h) f (2)
Lf (2) lim
h 0 h
4 (2 h) 2 0 4 h h2
lim lim lim ( h 4) 4
h 0 h h 0 h h0
f (2 h) f (2)
Rf (2) lim
h0 h
(2 h)2 4 h2 4 h
lim lim lim (h 4) 4
h 0 h h 0 h h0
Lf (2) Rf (2) .
Hence f(x) is not differentiable at x = 2.
Illustration 5
Show that the function
Solution :
( x2 1)( x2 3 x 2) cos x, x 1 or x 2
2 x( x2 3 x 2) ( x2 1)(2 x 3) sin x , x 1 or x 2
f (2 0) 3 sin 2
f (2 0) 3 sin 2
Hence f(x) is not differentiable at x = 2.
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 7
Illustration 6
If [x] denotes the integral part of x and in (0, ), we define
= 3, x .
2
Then for n > 1, show that f(x) is continuous and differentiable at x .
2
Solution :
For 0 x or x ,
2 2
0 sin x 1
3(sin x sin n x)
f ( x) n 3, x
sin x sin x 2
3, x
2
Thus, in (0, ), f ( x) 3 .
Hence f(x) is continuous and differentiable at x .
2
Illustration 7
f (2 h) 2 (2 h) h
DIFFERENTIATION
8 QUIZRR
f (2 h) f (2) h 0
Now, f (2 0) lim lim 1
h0 h h 0 h
R.H. Derivative : In this case h > 0
2h 2
f (2 h) 2 h 2 h .
f (2 h) f (2) h0
Now, f (2 0) lim lim 1
h 0 h h 0 h
f (2 0) f (2 0)
Hence, f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0.
Illustration 8
1 ; 2 x 0
f ( x)
x 1 ; 0 x 2
Solution :
Consider f x
Replace x by x to get :
2 x 2 0 x 2
f x x 1; 2 x 2 ...(1)
Consider f ( x)
1 ; 2 x 2
Now f ( x) x 1 ; 0x2
1 ; 2 x 0
f ( x) ...(2)
x 1 ; 0x2
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 9
x 1 1 ; 2 x 0
f x f ( x)
x 1 x 1 ; 0 x2
x ; 2 x 0
g ( x)
x 1 x 1 ; 0 x2
On further simplification
x ; 2 x 0
g ( x) x 1 1 x ; 0 x1
x 1 x 1 ; 1 x2
x ; 2 x 0
g ( x) 0 ; 0 x1
2 x 2 ; 1 x2
g (0 h) g(0)
Lg(O) lim
h0 h
( h) 0
lim 1
h 0 h
g (0 h) g (0)
Rg (0) lim
h0 h
00
lim 0
h 0 h
g (1 h) g (1) 00
Lg (1) lim lim 0
h 0 h h 0 h
g (1 h) g (1) 2(1 h) 2 0
Rg (1) lim lim 2
h 0 h h 0 h
Lg(1) Rg(1) .
Therefore g(x) is not differential at x = 1.
Hence g(x) is not differentiable at x = 0,1 in (ă2,2).
DIFFERENTIATION
10 QUIZRR
W hen d oes a Funct ion not have a Der ivat ive at a Point ?
A function ha s a deriva tive a t a point x0 if the slope of the ta ngent lines from left ha nd side
is equa l to slope of ta ngent from Right ha nd side a nd a tains a finite value.
P2
a c d
b P4 X
P5 Jump
P1 P3 discontinuity
Case-I.
At P1
Slope of tangent from LHS = slope of tangent from RHS
function is differentiable at x = a
Case-II
At P2
Slope of tangent from LHS Slope of tangent from RHS
but LHL = RHL
Therefore, function is continuous but non-differentiable.
Case-III
At P3
Slope of tangent from LHL
Slope of tangent from LHL
but LHL = RHL
Therefore, function is continuous & non-differentiable.
Case-IV
At P4
Its vertical tangent
Slope of tangent from LHS = Slope of tangent from RHS
but slope or
Therefore, its not differentiable.
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 11
Case-V
At P5
Discontinuity
Therefore , its neither continuous nor differentiable
Therefore, we conclude
For a function to be differentia ble, it must be continuous but vice-versa is not true.
Illustration 9
1 1
x exp , x0
Let f ( x ) x x [IIT ă 97]
0 x0
1 1
x exp , x0
f ( x)
x x
0 x0
1 1
x e x x , x0
1 1
x, x 0
f ( x) xe x x x0 x
0, x, x 0
x0
xe2/ x , x 0
f ( x) x, x0 ...(i)
0, x0
(a) To check continuity of f ( x) at x = 0
h
RHL lim f ( x) lim xe2 / x lim 0, f (0) 0
x0 x0 h0 e2 / h
f(x) is continuous at x = 0.
DIFFERENTIATION
12 QUIZRR
(b) Checking for discontinuity at x = 0
f (0 h) f (0)
LHD Lf (0) lim , h0
h 0 h
( h) 0
lim 1
h 0 h
f (0 h) f (0)
RHD Lf (0) lim
h0 h
he2/ h 0
lim lim e2/ h
h 0 h h 0
e 0
Lf (0) Rf (0)
Therefore, f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0.
Illustration 1 0
Show that the function f(x) is continuous at x = 0 but its derivative does not exists at x = 0
if
x sin(log x 2 ) ; x0
f ( x)
0 ; x0
Solution :
Test for Continuity :
As h 0 , log h2 .
RHL hlim
0
f (0 h)
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 13
f (0) 0 (Given)
f (0 h) f (0)
Lf (0) lim
h 0 h
lim sin(log h2 )
h 0
As the expression oscillates between -1 and +1, the limit does not exists.
Hence the function is not differentiable at x = 0.
Note :
As LHD is undefined there is no need to check RHD for differentiability as for differentiability
both LHD and RHD should be defined and equal.
Illustration 1 1
e1 / x 1
Check the function f ( x ) lim for continuity and differentiability at x = 0.
x 0 e1 / x 1
Solution :
e1/ x 1
Let f ( x) .
e1/ x 1
Then LHL
= lim f ( x) hlim
0
f (0 h)
x0
e1/ h 1 (1 / e1/ h 1) 0 1
lim lim 1
h0 e1/ h 1 h0 (1 / e1/ h
1) 0 1
DIFFERENTIATION
14 QUIZRR
e1/ h 1 (1 1 / e1/ h )
lim lim
h0 e1/ h 1 h0 (1 1 / e1/ h )
10
1
10
Clearly,
lim f ( x) lim f ( x)
x0 x0
.
f ( x h) f ( x)
h
f ( x h) f ( x)
f ( x) lim
h0 h
Illustration 1 2
x
(a) Differentiate f ( x ) ,
x 1
(b) Where does the curve y = f(x) have slope ă 1 ?
Solution :
We take the three steps listed above
x
Step-1 : Here we have f ( x)
x1
and
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 15
y
y= x
x ă1
3
( x h) (2,2)
f ( x h) 2
, so
( x h) 1 Slope ă 1
1
Slope ă 1
x
ă2 ă1(0,0) 1 2 3
ă1
ă2
x h x
Step-2. f ( x h) f ( x) x h 1 x 1
h h
1 ( x h)( x 1) x( x h 1)
.
h ( x h 1)( x 1)
1 h
. , and
h ( x h 1)( x 1)
Step-3.
1 1
f ( x) lim
h0 ( x h 1)( x 1) ( x 1)2
1
1 .
( x 1)2
Illustration 1 3
f ( x h) f ( x) x h x x h x
Step-2 : Multiply by
h h x h x
DIFFERENTIATION
16 QUIZRR
( x h) x
h x h x
1
x h x
1 1
Step-3 : f ( x) hlim
0 x h x 2 x
y
x)
1 /( 2 y´
m= y= x
y´= 1
2 x
x
x 0 x
0 x
1
The graph of (a) y x and (b) y , x 0 . The function is defined at x = 0, but its
2 x
derivatives is not.
y
y= 1 x+1
4
(4,2) y= x
1
x
0 4
dy 1 1
dx x 4 2 x x 4
4
The tangent is the line through the point (4,2) with slope 1/4.
1
y2 ( x 4)
4
1
y x1 .
4
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 17
O t her way :
dy
Also as we know that is defined as rate of change of y w.r.t. change in x
dx
dy rate of change of y
i.e.
dx rate of change of x
y
lim
x0 x
f ( x x) f ( x)
lim
x0 x
Illustration 1 4
x0
Find d.c. of sec from the first principle.
3
Solution :
x0 x 0
Let y sec sec . [ 1 rad ]
3 3 180 180
y sec kx , where k ...(i)
540
y y sec k( x x) ...(ii)
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
y sec k( x x) sec kx
1 1
cos k( x x) cos kx
cos kx cos k( x x)
cos kx cos k( x x)
2 kx k x k x
2sin sin
2 2
cos kx cos k( x x)
DIFFERENTIATION
18 QUIZRR
2 kx k x k x
y 2sin 2
sin
2
x x.cos kx cos k( x x)
2kx k x k x
2sin sin
y 2 2 .k
lim lim .
x0 x x0 cos kx cos k( x x) k x 2
2
sin kx
.k ksec kx.tan kx
cos kx cos kx
dy x0 x0 x0
Hence, sec .tan [ k and kx rad. ]
dx 540 3 3 540 3
Illustration 1 5
y cos( x x) 2 cos x2
( x x)2 x2 x2 ( x x)2
2sin sin
2 2
( x x)2 x2 x2 ( x x) 2
2sin sin
y 2 2
x x
( x x x)( x x x)
sin
y ( x x)2 x2 2
2sin .
x 2 x
2 x x
sin x
( x x) x
2 2
2
sin . (2 x x)
2 2x x
x
2
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 19
y x2 x2
lim sin .1.2 x 2 x sin x2
x0 x 2
dy
2 x sin x2 .
dx
Illustration 1 6
Let y sin x
y y sin( x x) ...(ii)
y sin( x x) sin x
sin( x x) sin x sin( x x) sin x
sin( x x) sin x
2x x x
2cos sin
sin( x x) sin x 2 2
sin( x x) sin x sin( x x) sin x
2x x x
2 cos sin
y 2 2
.
x sin( x x) sin x x
2x x
2 cos
y 2
lim lim .
x0 x x0 sin( x x) sin x
x
sin 2 1
lim .
x0 x 2
2
dy 2cos x 1 cos x
Hence, .1. .
dx 2 sin x 2 2 sin x
DIFFERENTIATION
20 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 7
Find the d.c. of loga x from the first principle.
Solution :
y y k log( x x) ...(ii)
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get
x x
y k log( x x) log x k log
x
x x 1 x 2 1 x 3
k log 1 k ...
x x 2 x 3 x
x
3
1 x 1 x
k. 1 . ...
x 2 x 3 x
k 1 x 1 x 2
y
lim lim 1 ...
x0 x x0 x 2 x 3 x
dy k log ae
Hence [ k log a e ]
dx x x
d log e
a
(log a x) .
dx x
Illustration 1 8
Let y cos1 (3 x 2)
3 x 2 cos y
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 21
3 x cos y 2
1
x (cos y 2)
3
1
Then, x x [cos( y y) 2]
3
1 1 1
x [cos( y y) 2] [cos( y) 2] [cos( y y) cos y]
3 3 3
2 y y y
2sin sin
dx 1 2 2 1 1 sin y
lim ( sin y)
dy y0 3 y 2 3 3
2
dy 3 3
dx sin y 1 cos2 y
dy 3
dx .
1 (3 x 2) 2
Illustration 1 9
Find the derivative of tană1 x 2 by ab-initio method.
Solution :
Let y tan1 x2
x2 tan y
x tan y
DIFFERENTIATION
22 QUIZRR
dy 2 tan y
dx 1 tan 2 y
dy 2x
dx 1 ( x2 )2
dy 2x
dx 1 x4
tan(x)
lim x2 [1 tan( x x) tan x] (x 2 x) tan( x x)
x0 x
dy
x2 sec 2 x 2 x tan x .
dx
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 23
Illustration 20
Find the derivative of sec(log x) by first principle.
Solution :
Let y sec(log x) and let y be small change in y corresponding to small change x in x.
1 1 1
lim
x0 x cos(log( x x)) cos(log x)
DIFFERENTIATION
24 QUIZRR
Hence, we end this topic, though this is not that relevent as regard to IIT but it is useful in your
boards preparation. That is the reason we covered it.
d
1. ( c) 0 , where c is a constant.
dx
d n d n n
2. x n.xn1 & x nx n1 n 1
dx dx x
d x
3. (e ) ex
dx
d x
4. (a ) a x log a
dx
d 1 d 1
5. (log e x) & (log a x)
dx x dx x log e a
d d
6. (sin x) cos x , (cos x) sin x
dx dx
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 25
d d
7. (tan x) sec 2 x , (cot x) cos ec2 x
dx dx
d d
8. (sec x) sec x tan x , (cos ecx) cos ecx cot x
dx dx
d 1 d 1
(sin 1 x) (cos1 x)
9. dx 1 x2
, dx 1 x2
for 1 x 1
d 1 d 1
10. (tan 1 x) , (cot 1 x) for x R
dx 1 x2 dx 1 x2
d 1 d 1
(sec 1 x) (cos ec 1 x)
11. dx , dx for x 1
x x2 1 x x2 1
DIFFERENTIATION RULES
Power s, M ult ip les, Sums and Differ ences
The first rule of differentiation is that the derivative of every constant function is zero.
Rule-1. Derivative of a Constant
d
If c is constant, then c 0.
dx
d d
Illustration. (10) 0, ( 2) 0
dx dx
The rule (d/dx) (c) = 0 is another way to say that the values of constant functions never change
and that the slope of a horizontal line is zero at every point.
d n
x nx n 1
dx
To apply the Power Rule, we subtract 1 from the origin exponent (n) and multiply the result
by n.
Illustration :
f x x2 x3 x4 ...
DIFFERENTIATION
26 QUIZRR
T he Power R ule for Negat ive I nt eger s
The power Rule for negative integers is the same as the rule for positive integers.
d n
( x ) nxn 1 .
dx
d 1 d 1 1
Illustration : ( x ) (1) x2 2
dx x dx x
d 4 d 1 12
4 ( x ) 4(3) x4 4
dx x
3 dx x
Illustration 21
2
Find an equation for the tangent to the curve y x .
x
Solution :
The slope of the curve is
dy d d 1 1 2
( x) 2 1 2 2 1 2
dx dx dx x x x
The slope at x 1 is
dy 2
1 1 2 1.
dx x1 x2 x1
y x 1 3
y x 4 .
d du
(cu) c .
dx dx
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 27
d
(cxn ) cnxn 1 .
dx
d
Illustration : (4 x3 ) 4.3 x2 12 x2
dx
says that if we rescale the graph of y x2 multiplying each y-coordinate by 3, then we multiply
the slope at each point by 3.
d du dv
(u v ) .
dx dx d x
Combining the Sum Rule with the Constant Multiple Rule gives the equivalent Difference Rule,
which says that the derivative of a difference of differentiable functions is the difference of their
derivatives
d d du du du dv
(u v) [u (1)v] (1)
dx dx dx dx dx dx
The Sum Rule also extends to sums of more than two functions, as long as there are only finitely
many functions in the sum. If u1 , u2 ,..., un are differerntiable at x, then so is u1 u2 ... un , and
d du1 d u2 du n
(u1 u 2 ... u n ) ... .
dx dx dx dx
Illustration :
4 2
(a) y 5 x4 12 x2 (b) y x3 x 5x 1
3
dy d 4 d dy d 3 d 4 2 d d
(x ) (12 x2 ) x x (5 x) (1)
dx dx dx dx dx dx 3 dx dx
4
20 x3 24 x 3 x2 .2 x 5 0
3
8
3 x2 x5
3
DIFFERENTIATION
28 QUIZRR
Illustration 22
Solution :
The horizontal tangents, if any, occur where the slope dy/dx is zero. To find these points, we
dy dy d 4
1. Calculate ( x 2 x2 2) 4 x3 4 x
dx dx dx
dy
2. Solve the equation 0 for x;
dx
4 x3 4 x 0
4 x( x2 1) 0
x 0,1, 1
The curve y x4 2 x2 2 has horizontal tangent at x 0,1 and 1 . The corresponding points on
the curve are (0,2), (1,1) and (-1,1).
d dv du
(uv) u v
dx dx dx
Illustration 23
Solution :
d
[( x2 1)( x3 3)] ( x2 1)(3 x2 ) ( x3 3)(2 x)
dx
3 x4 3 x2 2 x4 6 x
5 x4 3 x2 6 x .
Above Illustration be done as well (perhaps better) by multiplying out the original expression for
y and differentiating the resulting polynomial. We now check :
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 29
y ( x2 1)( x3 3) x5 x3 3 x2 3
dy
5 x4 3 x2 6 x .
dx
Illustration 24
Let y = uv be the product of the function u and v. Find y´(2) if
u(2) 3, u (2) 4, v(2) 1, and v(2) 2
Solution :
From the Product Rule, in the form
y (uv) uv uv
we have
y(2) u(2)v(2) v(2)u(2)
(3)(2) (1)(4) 6 4 2 .
du dv
v u
d u dx dx .
dx v v2
Illustration 25
dy
(a) If y x 4 4 x 3 5 x 6 , then find .
dx
2 sin 2 x 3 cos y 1 dy
(b) If y , then find .
sin x dx
Solution :
dy d 4
(a) ( x 4 x3 5 x 6)
dx dx
d 4 d d d
(x ) (4 x3 ) (5 x) (6)
dx dx dx dx
4 x3 4.3 x2 5.1 0 4 x3 12 x2 5
DIFFERENTIATION
30 QUIZRR
2sin 2 x cos x 1
(b) y 2sin x 4 cot x cos ecx
sin x sin x sin x
dy d
Now, (2sin x 3cot x cos ecx)
dx dx
d d d
(2sin x) (3cot x) (cos ecx)
dx dx dx
d d d
2 (sin x) 3 (cot x) (cos ecx)
dx dx dx
Illustration 26
dy d x
Then, (2 x2 2 x log 2 x)
dx dx
d x d 2 d d
(2 ) (x ) 2 ( x) (log 2 x)
dx dx dx dx
1
2 x log 2 2 x 2
x log 2
1 1 3
(b) Let y sin x 2 cos ec x
cos x
sin 1 x 2 cos ec 1 x 3sec x .
dy d
Then, (sin 1 x 2cos ec1 x 3sec x)
dx dx
d d d
(sin 1 x) 2 (cos ec1 x) 3 (sec x)
dx dx dx
1 1 1 2
2 3sec x tan x 3sec x tan x
1 x2 x x2 1 2 2 .
1 x x x 1
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 31
Illustration 27
x 2 dy x 2
If y , prove that 2 xy .
2 x dx 2 x
Solution :
x 2 x 2 1
y x1/2 2 x1/2
2 x 2 x 2
dy d 1 1/2
x 2 x1/2
dx dx 2
1 d 1/2 d 1/2
(x ) 2 (x )
2 dx dx
1 1 1/21 1
x 2 x1/21
22 2
1 2 3/2 1 2
x1/2 x 3/2
2 2 2 2 2 x 2x
dy 1 2 2x 2x 2
Now, 2 xy dx 2 xy 3/2 2 2 x 2 x3/2
y
2 2 x 2x
x 2 x 2
y y
2 x 2 x
x 2 x 2 x 2
2 x
2 x 2 x
dy x 2
2 xy .
dx 2 x
Illustration 28
dy d x d d
Then, (a log a x) a x (log a x) log a x ( a x )
dx dx dx dx
1
ax log a xa x log a
x log a
DIFFERENTIATION
32 QUIZRR
dy d 2 d d 2
Then, ( x cos1 x) x2 (cos 1 x) cos1 x (x )
dx dx dx dx
1 x2
x2 cos1 x(2 x) 2 x cos1 x
2 2
1 x 1 x
Illustration 29
Differentiate the following w.r.t. x :
1 1
(i) e x . log x .a x (ii) sin x cos x .
x
Solution :
(i) Let y ex log xa x
dy d x
Then, ( e log xa x )
dx dx
d x d d
( e ) log x.a x ex (log x).a x ex log x (a x )
dx dx dx
1
ex log x.a x ex . .a x ex log xa x log a
x
1 1
(ii) Let y sin x cos x.
x
dy d 1
Then, sin 1 x cos x
dx dx x
d 1 d 1 d 1
(sin 1 x) cos x sin 1 x (cos x). sin 1 x cos x.
dx x dx x dx x
1 1 d 1 d 1
cos x. sin 1 x (cos x). sin 1 x cos x.
1x 2 x dx x dx x
1 1 1 1
cos x. sin1 x( sin x). sin 1 x cos x 2
1 x 2 x x x
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 33
Illustration 30
Differentiate the following functions w.r.t. x :
(i) x 4 sin x e x tan x
Solution :
dy d 4
Then, ( x sin x ex tan x)
dx dx
d 4 d x
( x sin x) (e tan x)
dx dx
d d d d x
x4 (sin x) sin x ( x4 ) ex (tan x) tan x (e )
dx dx dx dx
dy d x
Then, [2 log x (1 x2 ) cot 1 x]
dx dx
d x d
(2 log x) [(1 x2 ) cot 1 x]
dx dx
d d x d d
2x (log x) log x (2 ) (1 x2 ) (cot 1 x) cot 1 x (1 x2 )
dx dx dx dx
1 1
2 x. log x.2x log 2 (1 x2 ) 2
cot 1 x.2 x
x 1 x
2x
log x.2 x.log 2 1 2 x cot 1 x .
x
dy d
Then, [( x log x a x )( x2 ex log x)]
dx dx
DIFFERENTIATION
34 QUIZRR
d 2 x d
( x log x a x ) ( x e log x) ( x2 ex log x) ( x log x a x )
dx dx
d d d d x
( x log x a x ) ( x2 ex ) (log x) ( x2 ex log x) ( x log x) (a )
dx dx dx dx
d x d 2 d
( x log x a x ) x2 ( e ) ex (x ) (log x)
dx dx dx
d d d x
( x2 ex log x) x (log x) log x ( x) (a )
dx dx dx
1 1
( x log x a x )( x2 ex ex 2 x ( x2 ex log x) x log x 1 a x log a
x x
1
x log x a x x2 ex ex 2 x x2 ex log x 1 log x a x log a
x
Illustration 31
Solution :
a x log x
(i) Let y
sin x
dy d a x log x
Then, dx dx sin x
d x d
sin x (a log x) a x log x (sin x)
dx dx
(sin x)2
d d x d
sin x a x (log x) ( a ) log x a x log x (sin x)
dx dx dx
(sin x)2
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 35
1 sin x
sin x a x . a x log a log x a x log x cos x ax sin x log a log x log x cos x
x x
2
2
sin x sin x
tan x
(ii) Let y
x log x
dy d tan x
Then,
dx dx x log x
d d
x log x (tan x) tan x ( x log x)
dx dx
2
( x log x)
d d d
x log x (tan x) tan x x (log x) log x ( x)
dx dx dx
( x log x)2
1
x log x sec 2 x tan x x. log x x log x sec 2 x tan x(1 log x)
x
( x log x)2 ( x log x)2
ex log x x
(iii)
x a x log a x
ex log x x
Let y
x a x log a x
dy d ex log x x
Then, dx dx
x
x a log a x
d x d
( x a x log a x) (e log x x) (ex log x x) ( x a x log a x)
dx dx
( x a x log a x)2
ex
( x a x log a x) ex log x
x
1 ex log x x 1 a x log a log a x a x .
1
x log a
.
( x a x log a x)2
DIFFERENTIATION
36 QUIZRR
Illustration 32
ex
Find the d.c. of w.r.t.x.
log x
Solution :
ex
Let y
log x
d d
log x. ( ex ) ex . (log x)
dy d ex dx dx
Now,
dx dx log x (log x)2
1
log x.ex ex . x x x
x xe log x e e ( x log x 1)
(log x)2 x(log x) x(log x)2
Illustration 33
x tan x dy
If y , then find .
sec x tan x dx
Solution :
d d
(sec x tan x) ( x tan x) x tan x. (sec x tan x)
dy dx dx
dx (sec x tan x)2
d d d d
(sec x tan x) x. (tan x) tan x. ( x) x tan x (sec x) tan x
dx dx dx dx
2
(sec x tan x)
x sec3 x x tan x sec 2 x sec x tan x tan2 x x sec x tan2 x x tan x sec 2 x
(sec x tan x)2
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 37
Illustration 34
1 cos x
If f ( x ) , then find f .
1 cos x 2
Solution :
d d
(1 cos x) (1 cos x) (1 cos x) (1 cos x)
f ( x) dx dx
(1 cos x) 2
d d d (1) d
(1 cos x) (1) (cos x) (1 cos x) cos x
dx dx dx dx
2
(1 cos x)
2sin
2 2
f 2
2
2 12 .
1 cos 2
x y
Ć tan 1 x tan 1 y tan1 x 0, y 0, xy 1
1 xy
x y
Ć tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1 x1 0, y 0, xy 1
1 xy
DIFFERENTIATION
38 QUIZRR
x y
Ć tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1 if x 0, y 0
1 xy
1
Ć sec 1 cos1 x
x
1
cos ec1 sin 1 ( x)
x
1
cot 1 tan 1 x
x
We advice to change sec 1 & cos ec1 by using above rules to ease out differentiation/
2x
Ć sin1 1
2tan x (put x tan )
1 x2
1 x2
cos1 2 tan 1 x
Ć 1 x2 (put x tan )
1 x substitute
x cos
1 x
substitute a cos
a 2 x2 , a 2 x2 x
a sin
substitute
x2 a2 , x2 a 2 x a sec / a cosec
substitute
x2 a2 , x2 a 2 x a tan / a cot
Illustration 35
cos x
(a) tan 1 (b) tan 1 (sec x tan x )
1 sin x
1 sin x 2
(c) tan 1 (d) sec 1
1 sin x 1 cos x
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 39
Solution :
(a) Let
cos x
y tan 1
1 sin x
2 x 2 x
cos x cos 2 sin 2
x x
cos2 sin 2 x x
tan 1 2 2 sin x 2sin cos
2 2
cos2 x sin 2 x 2sin x cos x
x x
2 2 2 2 1 cos2 sin2
2 2
x x x x x x
cos 2 sin 2 cos 2 sin 2 cos sin
1 tan 1 2 2
tan
x x x x
cos sin cos sin
2 2 2 2
x
Dividing num. and denom. by cos , we get
2
x
1 tan
1 2
y tan
1 tan x
2
x 1 tan x
tan 1 tan [ tan x ]
4 2 1 tan x 4
x
4 2
dy 1
dx 2
Other Method
sin x
1 cos x 1 2
Lwet y tan tan
1 sin x
1 cos 2 x
x x
2sin 4 2 cos 4 2
tan 1 tan 1 tan x
2 x 4 2
2cos
4 2
x dy 1
dx 2
4 2
DIFFERENTIATION
40 QUIZRR
1 1 1 sin x
(b) Let y tan (sec x tan x) tan
cos x cos x
x x x x
cos2 sin 2 2sin cos
1 sin x 2 2 2 2
tan 1 1
tan
cos x x x
2 2
cos sin
2 2
x x
2
cos sin x x
cos 2 sin 2
tan 1 2 2 1
tan
x x x x
cos sin cos sin cos x sin x
2 2 2 2 2 2
x
Dividing num. and denom. by cos , we get
2
x
1 tan
1 2
y tan
1 tan x
2
x 1 tan x
tan 1 tan 1 tan x tan 4 x
4 2
x
4 2
dy 1
.
dx 2
Other Method
1 sin x
Let y tan 1 (sec x tan x) tan 1
cos x cos x
1 cos x
1 sin x 2
tan 1 1
tan
cos x
sin 2 x
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 41
x
2cos2
tan 1 4 2
x x x x
2sin 4 2 cos 4 2
x x
tan 1 cot tan 1 tan
4 2 2 4 2
x x
tan 1 tan
4 2 4 2
dy 1
dx 2
1 sin x
(c) Let y tan 1
1 sin x
x x x x
cos2 sin 2 2 sin cos
tan 1 2 2 2 2
x x x x
cos2 sin 2 2 sin cos
2 2 2 2
2
x x x x
cos sin cos 2 sin 2
1 2 2 1
tan tan
cos x sin x
2
x x
cos sin 2 2
2 2
x
Dividing num. and deno. by cos , we get
2
x
1 tan
1 2 tan 1 tan x x
tan
1 tan x 4 2 4 2
2
dy 1
.
dx 2
DIFFERENTIATION
42 QUIZRR
2
(d) sec 1
1 cos x
1 2 1 cos x
Let y sec cos1
1 cos x 2
x
2cos2
cos 1 2 cos1 cos x x
2 2 2
dy 1
dx 2
Illustration 36
Differentiate
(a) sin 1 (3 x 4 x 3 )
3x x3
(b) tan 1
1 3x 2
(c) tan 1 1 x2 x
1 1 x 1 x 1 2
(d) sin (e) sin ( x 1 x x 1 x )
2
Solution.
Putting x sin
sin 1 x , we get
dy 3
dx 1 x2
1 3 x x
3
(b) Let y tan
2
1 3x
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 43
3 tan tan 3
y tan 1 1 1
tan (tan 3 ) 3 3 tan x
1 3 tan 2
dy 3
dx 1 x2
1 cos 1 1 cos
tan 1 tan
sin sin sin
2cos2 cos
tan 1 2 1 2 tan 1 cot
tan
2sin cos sin 2
2 2 2
1
tan 1 tan cot 1 x
2 2 2 2 2 2
dy 1 1 1
dx 2 1 x 2(1 x2 )
2
1 1 x 1 x
(d) Let y sin 2
2 2
2 cos 2sin
1 cos 1 cos 2 2
y sin 1 1
sin
2 2
2 cos 2 sin
sin 1 2 2 sin 1 2 cos 2 sin
2 2 2 2 2
DIFFERENTIATION
44 QUIZRR
1 1
sin1 cos sin sin 1 cos sin sin cos
2 2 2 2 2 4 2 4
1 1
sin 1 sin cos1 x
4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2
dy 1 1 1
.
dx 2 1 x2 2 1 x2 .
y sin1 x 1 ( x )2 x 1 x2
sin 1 (sin 1 sin 2 sin 1 sin 2 )
sin 1 x sin 1 x
dy 1 1 1 1 1 1
. .
dx 1x2
1 ( x) 2 2 x
1 x2 1 x 2 x
1 1
1 x2 2 x x2
Illustration 37
Differentiate
(a) sin
1
2a x 1 a 2 x 2 1 x 2n
(b) cos 1
1 x 2n
2 x 1
(c) tan 1
1 4x
.
6x 1 a cos x b sin x
(d) tan 1 (e) tan
1 8x 2 b cos x a sin x
Solution :
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 45
dy 1 2
2. .a
dx 1 a 2 x2 1 a2 x2
1 1 x
2n
(b) Let y cos
2n
1 x
1 tan 2
y cos 1 1 1 n
cos (cos 2 ) 2 2 tan x
1 tan 2
dy 1 n 1 2nxn1
2 .nx .
dx 1 ( xn ) 2 1 x2 n
x1
1 2 1 2.2
x
(c) Let y tan
x
tan
1 22 x
14
2tan
y tan1 1
tan (tan 2 )
1 tan2
2 2 tan 1 2 x
1 6 x 4 x 2x
(d) Let y tan 2
tan1
1 8x 1 (4 x)(2 x)
dy 1 1 4 2
.4 .2
dx 1 (4 x) 2
1 (2 x) 2
1 16 x2
1 4 x2
DIFFERENTIATION
46 QUIZRR
1 a cos x b sin x
(e) Let y tan
b cos x a sin x
a
tan x
1 a
y tan 1 b tan tan 1 (tan x)
a
1 tan x b
b
a
tan 1 x
b
dy
1 .
dx
Let y ( x3 1)5
Hence y is a function of u.
Thus, we see that y is a function of u and u is a function of x. In this, we say that y is a function
of function.
dy dy du
Hence .
dx du dx
dy dy du dv
Then . .
dx du dv dx
Chain Rule
If y and x both are expressed in terms of t, then
dy dy / dt
dx dx / dt
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 47
dy dy / dt
dx dx / dy
dy 1
dx dx / dy
Hence deriva tive of y w.r.t. x a nd deriva tive of x w.r.t. y a re rec iproca l of ea ch other.
( x 1)( x2 2 x)
y
x4
(x 1)( x2 2 x) x3 3 x2 2 x
y 4
4
x1 3 x2 2 x3
x x
dy
The derivative y is the first (first order) derivative of y with respect to x. This derivative
dx
may itself be a differentiable fucntion of x; if so, its derivative
dy d dy d 2 y
y
dx dx dx dx2
dy d 3 y
If y is differentiable, its derivative, y is the third (thrid order) derivative of y with
dx dx3
respect to x. The names continue as you imagine, with
d (n 1)
y(n) y
dx
denoting the nth (nth order) derivative of y with respect to x, for any positive integer n.
DIFFERENTIATION
48 QUIZRR
Illustration 38
dy
If y sin(cot x ) , then find
dx
Solution :
dy d
sin(cot x)
dx dx
Illustration 39
dy
If y (7 x 2 11 x 39)3 / 2 , find .
dx
Solution :
dy d
(7 x2 11 x 39)3/2
dx dx
d (7 x2 11 x 39)3/2 d (7 x2 11 x 39)
.
d (7 x2 11 x 39) dx
3
3 1 d ( x2 ) d ( x) d (39)
(7 x2 11 x 39) 2 . 7. 11
2 dx dx dx
1
3 3 2
(7 x2 11 x 39) 2 .(14 x 11) (14 x 11) 7 x 11x 39 .
2 2
Illustration 40
2 dy
If y sin x a x 1 , find .
dx
Solution :
dy d
(sin x2 ax 1)
dx dx
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 49
d sin x2 ax 1 d x2 ax 1 d 2
. . ( x ax 1)
d x2 ax 1 d ( x ax 1) dx
2
1
cos x2 ax 1. .(2 x a)
2 x2 ax 1
(2 x a)cos x2 ax 1
.
2 x2 ax 1
Illustration 41
dy
If y sin x , find .
dx
Solution :
dy
dx dx
d
sin x
d sin x d sin x d x
. .
d sin x d x dx
1 1 cos x
.cos x.
2 sin x 2 x 4 x sin x
Illustration 42
dy
If y cos sin x , find .
dx
Solution :
dy d
(cos sin x )
dx dx
sin sin x . 2 sin1 x
.cos x.
1
2 x
cos x.sin sin x
4 x. sin x
DIFFERENTIATION
50 QUIZRR
Illustration 43
dy
If y sin3 a x 2 bx c , find .
dx
Solution :
1
3sin2 ax2 bx c .cos ax2 bx c . (2ax b)
2
2 ax bx c
Illustration 44
2 cot x dy
If y 1 x , find .
x dx
Solution :
dy d d cot x
1 x2
dx dx dx x
d d
x (cot x). ( x)
d 1 x2 d (1 x2 ) dx dx
.
d (1 x2 ) dx
x
2
1
x ( cos ec2 x) cot x.
1
(2 x) 2 x
2 1 x 2 x
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 51
W or king R ule :
(i) Diffeentiate the given relation between x and y w.r.t. x.
dy
(ii) Bring all the terms containing on left hand side and remaining terms on right hand side
dx
dy
and then find .
dx
(iii) Use the given relation between x and y to get the result in simplified form.
Illustration 45
3 3 dy
If xy x y , find .
dx
Solution :
Given xy x3 y3
d d 3 d 3
( xy) (x ) (y )
dx dx dx
dy dy
1. y x. 3 x2 3 y2
dx dx
dy
or ( x 3 y2 ) 3 x2 y
dx
dy 3 x2 2
dx x 3 y2
Illustration 46
dy
If x y sin( xy) , find .
dx
Solution :
Given x y sin( xy) (ii)
differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
dy d d d
1 (sin( xy)) sin( xy). ( xy)
dx dx dx dx
DIFFERENTIATION
52 QUIZRR
dy dy
cos( xy). 1. y x y cos( xy) x cos( xy)
dx dx
dy
1 x cos( xy) y cos( xy) 1
dx
dy y cos( xy) 1
dx 1 x cos( xy)
Illustration 47
dy
If x 3 y3 sin( x y) , find .
dx
Solution :
Given, x3 y3 sin( x y)
d 3 d 3 d
(x ) (y ) [sin( x y)]
dx dx dx
d 3 d 3 dy d sin( x y) d
or (x ) (y ) . ( x y)
dx dx dx d ( x y) dx
dy dy
3 x2 3 y2 cos( x y). 1
dx
or
dx
dy
or [3 y2 cos( x y)] cos( x y) 3 x2
dx
dy cos( x y) 3 x2
dx 3 y2 cos( x y)
Illustration 48
dy
If x y log( xy) , find .
dx
d d dy
or 1 y log( xy) . (xy) log( xy).
d ( xy) dx dx
1 dy dy
y. 1. y x log( xy)
yx dx dx
y dy dy
or 1 log( xy)
x dx dx
dy y x y
1 log( xy) 1
dx x x
dy x y
dx x[1 log( xy)]
x y ( x y) y x
[from (i), log( xy) ]
x x( y x) y
x 1
y
Illustration 49
dy
If y sin x sin x sin x ....to find .
dx
Solution :
y sin x y
or y2 sin x y ...(i)
d 2 d dy
(y ) (sin x)
dx dx dx
d 2 dy dy dy dy
or ( y ). cos x or 2y cos x
dy dx dx dx dx
dy dy cos x
or (2 y 1) cosx
dx dx 2 y 1
DIFFERENTIATION
54 QUIZRR
Illustration 50
1 dy
If x y . Prove that 2 x 2 y 2 3 xy .
1 dx
y
1
y
y ... to
Solution :
1
x y
1
y
1
y
y ... to
1
x y
x
dy 1
1
dx x2
dy 1
or 1 2
dx x
dy 1
or 1 ( x y)2 [ from (i) x y]
dx x
1 x2 y2 2 xy (ii)
From (i), x2 xy 1 1 x2 xy
dy
Putting in (ii), we get x2 xy x2 y2 2 xy
dx
dy
Hence, 2 x2 y2 3 xy .
dx
Illustration 51
dy
If x 3 y 2 log e ( x y) sin(e x ) , find .
dx
Solution
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 55
dy 1 dy
3 x2 y2 x3 .2 y 1 cos(ex ).ex
dx x y dx
dy 1 1 dy
or 3 x2 y2 2 x3 y . ex cos(ex )
dx x y x y dx
3 1 dy 1 ( x y) ex cos(ex ) 3 x2 y2 .( x y)
2 x y
x y dx
or
x y
dy 1 ( x y) ex cos(ex ) 3 x3 y2 3 x2 y3
or .
dx 2 x4 y 2 x3 y2 1
Illustration 52
1 dy
If y tan ( x y) , find .
dx
Solution :
y tan 1 ( x y) (i)
dy d d
tan 1 ( x y). ( x y)
dx d ( x y) dx
1 dy
. 1
1 ( x y) 2 dx
1 1 dy
1 ( x y) 2
1 ( x y) dx
2
1 dy 1
or 1 2 dx
1 ( x y) 1 (x y)2
1 ( x y)2 1 dy 1
or 2 dx
1 ( x y) 1 ( x y)2
dy 1
dx ( x y)2 .
DIFFERENTIATION
56 QUIZRR
Illustration 53
2 2 dy
If y 1 x x 1 y 1 , when |x| < 1 and |y| < 1, find .
dx
Solution :
y 1 x2 x 1 y2 1 .
or sin( ) 1
or sin1 (1)
1 1 dy
. 0
1 x2 1 y2 dx
dy 1 y2
Hence,
dx 1 x2
f 2 xy
1 y2
x 2
1 x
f 2 xy
1 x2
and y 1 y2
f
dy x [ 1 x2 1 y2 2 xy] / 1 x2
dx f [ 1 x2 1 y2 2 xy] / 1 y2
y
dy 1 y2
or
dx 1 x2
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 57
Illustration 54
d y x 2 1 y6
If 1 x 1 y a ( x y ) . Prove that dx 2
6 6 3 3 3 .
y 1 x6
Solution :
Here, 1 x6 1 y2 a3 ( x3 y3 ) ;
3
2cos .cos a 2cos sin
2 2 2 2
3
cos a sin
2 2
3
cot a
2
or 2cot 1 (a3 )
1 1 dy
.3 x2 .3 y2 . 0
1 x6 1 y6 dx
dy x2 1 y2
Hence, dx 2
y 1 x6
Logarithmic Differentiation
So far, we have discussed derivatives of the functions of the form ( f ( x)) n , n f ( x) and nn , where
DIFFERENTIATION
58 QUIZRR
of the functions of the form ( f ( x)) g ( x) , where f(x) and g(x) are functions of x. To find the
derivatives of this type of functions we proceed as follows :
1 dy 1 df ( x) dg ( x)
. g ( x). . log f ( x).
y dx f ( x) dx dx
dy g ( x) df ( x) dg ( x)
y . log f ( x).
dx f ( x) dx dx
dy g ( x) df ( x) dg ( x)
or ( f ( x)) g ( x) . log f ( x).
dx f ( x) dx dx
If y f ( x) ( x) then
dy ( x)
d.c of f ( x) w.r.t. x taking ( x) as a constant
dx
( x)
d.c. of f ( x) w.r.t. x taking f ( x) as a constant.
dy ( x) 1 df ( x) ( x) d ( x)
( x). f ( x) . f ( x) .log f ( x).
dx dx dx
or when we have to differentiate the function of the form (variable), take log on both sides and
differentiate.
Illustration 55
dy
If y = x sin x, find
dx
Solution :
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 59
1 dy 1
sin x. log x.(cos x)
y dx x
dy sin x
or y (cos x) log x
dx x
dy sin x
xsin x (cos x) log x
dx x
Other Method :
Here,
y xsin x
d d d
(variable)variable (va riable)constant (constant) variable
dx dx dx
dy d d
i.e. ( x)sin x ( x)sin x
dx dx dx
( x)sin x
(sin x) ( x)sin x .log x.cos x
x
sin x
xsin x cos x.log x
x
Illustration 56
dy
If x y y x , find .
dx
Solution :
Given x y yx
dy 1 1 dy
log x y. 1.log y x. .
dx x y dx
DIFFERENTIATION
60 QUIZRR
x dy y
or log x log y
y dx x
y log x x dy x log y y
or .
y dx x
dy y ( x log y y)
.
dx x ( y log x x)
Illustration 57
dy
If x m y n ( x y)m n , find .
dx
Solution :
xm yn ( x y) m n ....(i)
m n dy m n dy m n m n dy
. 1
x y dx x y dx x y x y dx
n m n dy m n m
or
y x y dx x y x
nx ny my ny dy mx nx mx ny
y( x y) dx x( x y)
nx my dy nx my
or
y( x y) dx x( x y)
dy y
dx x
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 61
Illustration 57
xe x e x ... to dy y
If y e , prove that .
dx 1 y
Solution :
x ex... to
Given y ex e
y ex y (i)
or log y x y [ log e e 1 ]
1 dy dy
. 1 ;
y dx dx
1 dy
or 1 1
y dx
1 y dy dy y
or 1 dx 1 y
y dx
Illustration 59
dy
If y e x sin x 3 (tan x )x , find .
dx
Solution :
Now u ex sin x3
du x
e .
d sin( x)3
sin x3 .
d x
(e )
dx dx dx
du
Hence, 3 x2 ex cos x3 ex sin x3
dx
DIFFERENTIATION
62 QUIZRR
x
and v (tan x) log v x log(tan x)
Differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
1 dy 1
1.log(tan x) x. .sec 2 x
v dx tan x
dv
v[log(tan x) x cot x.sec 2 x]
dx
Now, y u v
dy du dv
dx dx dx
Illustration 60
x dy
If y x x , find
dx
Solution :
x
y xx (i)
x x
log y log( x x ) log[( x x )] x x log x (ii)
1 1 dy 1 1 1
. 1.log x x. .
log y y dx x log x x
dy 1
y log y log x 1
dx x log x
x 1
xx .x x log log x 1 [from (i) and (ii)]
x log x
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 63
Illustration 61
dy
If x y y x 4, find .
dx
Solution :
x y yx 4 (i)
Let u x y and v yx
u xy log u y log x
Differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
1 du 1 dy
y. log x.
u dx x dx
du y dy y y dy
u log x x log x
dx x dx x dx
1 dv 1 dy
1.log y x.
y dx y dx
dv x dy x x dy
v log y y log y (iii)
dx y dx y dx
From (i), u v 4
du dv
0
dx dx
y dy x dy
x y log x yx log y 0
x dx y dx
y x x dy y
or x . log x y . yx log y . x y
y dx x
or x y
log x xy x1 dy
dx
y x
log y yx y1
dy yx log y yx y1
y .
dx x log x xyx1
DIFFERENTIATION
64 QUIZRR
Illustration 62
dy
(Logarithmic differentiaton) Find for tyhe functions
dx
x 1
1 1 (2 x 1)3 1 x 2
(i) y 1 x x (ii) y
x (3 x 2)2 2 x
Solution :
x
1 1
(i) Let u 1 and y x1 x
x
y uv
dy du dv
i)
dx dx dx
x
1
Now u 1
x
1
log u x log 1 x log( x 1) x log x
x
1 du x x
log( x 1) log x
u dx x 1 x
du x1 1
u log
x 1
(2)
dx x
1
Consider 1
v x x
1
log v 1 log x
x
1 dv 11 1
1 log x 2
v dx x x x
dv v
( x 1 log x) (3)
dx x2
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 65
1
x 1
dy 1 x1 1 x x
1 log 2 ( x 1 log x)
dx x x x 1 x
1
log y 3 log(2 x 1) log(1 x2 ) 2 log(3 x 2) x log 2
2
1 dy 3(2) 2 x 2(3)
log 2
y dx 2 x 1 2(1 x ) 3 x 2
2
dy (2 x 1)3 1 x2 6 x 6
x
log 2
dx 2
(3 x 2) 2 2x 1 1 x2 3x 2
1 1 1
log x log log x
dy
log x x x
dx (log x) 2
dy 1
(1 log log x)
dx x(log x)2
Illustration 63
1 x dy
If y f (sin 2 x ) and f ( x ) , then show that 2tan(1 sin 2 x ) .
1 x dx
Solution :
Let u sin 2 x
dy du
Using chain rule : f (u)
dx dx
dy 1 u d
(sin 2 x)
dx 1 u dx
DIFFERENTIATION
66 QUIZRR
1 sin2 x
(2sin x cos x)
1 sin2 x
2tan(1 sin2 x)
Illustration 64
A function f : R R satisfy the equation f(x + y) = f(x)f(y) for all x, y in R and f(x) 0 for
any x in R. Let the function be differentiable at x = 0 and f´(0) = 2. Show that f´(x) = 2f(x)
for all x in R. Hence determine f(x).
Solution :
In f ( x y) f ( x) f ( y) substitutte y = 0
f ( x 0) f ( x) f (0)
f ( x) f ( x) f (0)
f (0) 1 [ f ( x) 0 ] (1)
f (0 h) f (0)
Consider f (0) lim
h0 h
f (h) 1
2 lim (2)
h0 h
f ( x h) f ( x)
Consider f ( x) lim
h0 h
f ( x) f (h) f ( x)
lim
h0 h
f ( h) 1
f ( x) lim
h0 h
f ( x) 2 f ( x)
f ( x)
2
f ( x)
d d
[log f ( x)] (2 x)
dx dx
log f ( x) 2 x
f ( x) e2 x
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 67
u( x) v( x) w( x)
y p( x) q( x) r ( x)
If
( x) ( x) ( x)
Illustration 65
x x2 x3
If f ( x ) 1 2x 3 x 2 , find f´(x)
0 2 6x
Solution :
x x2 x3
2
Here, f ( x) 1 2 x 3 x
0 2 6x
On differentiating , we get
d d 2 d 3
( x) (x ) (x ) x x2 x3
dx dx dx x x2 x3
d d d
f ( x) 1 2x 3 x2 (1) (2 x) (3 x2 ) 1 2x 3 x2
dx dx dx
0 2 6x d d d
0 2 6x (0) (2) (6 x)
dx dx dx
1 2 x 3 x2 x x2 x3 x x2 x3
or f ( x) 1 2 x 3 x2 0 2 6 x 1 2 x 3 x2
0 2 6x 0 2 6x 0 0 6
DIFFERENTIATION
68 QUIZRR
As we know if any two rows or columns are equal, then value of determiannt is zero
x x2 x3
0 0 1 2 x 3 x2
0 0 6
f ( x) 6(2 x2 x2 )
Therefore, f ( x) 6 x2
Illustration 66
x3 sin x cos x
3
Let f ( x ) 6 1 0 , where p is constant. Then, find d [ f ( x )] at x = 0. [IITă97]
2 dx 3
p p p3
Solution :
x3 sin x cos x
Give, f ( x) 6 1 0
p p2 p3
d 3 d d
(x ) (sin x) (cos x)
dx dx dx x3 sin x cos x x3 sin x cos x
d
[ f ( x)] 6 (1) 0 0 0 0 6 1 0
dx
p p2 p3 p p2 p3 0 0 0
3 x2 cos x sin x
d
[ f ( x)] 6 1 0
So, dx
p p2 p3
6 x sin x cos x
d2
[ f ( x)] 6 1 0 Remaining two determinants as zero
dx2
p p2 p3
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 69
Differentiating it again at x = 0
6 cos x sin x
d3
[ f ( x)] 6 1 0 Remaining two determinants as zero
dx3
p p2 p3
at x = 0
6 1 0
d3
[ f ( x)] 6 1 0 0
dx3
p p2 p3
d3
3 [ f ( x)] 0
(i.e., independent of p)
dx at x0
Illustration 67
Solution :
DIFFERENTIATION
70 QUIZRR
Putting x 0 ;
a 1b1 1 1 1 a 1b2 1 1 1 a 1 b3
B a2 b1 1 1 1 a 2 b2 1 1 1 a 2 b3
a3 b1 1 1 1 a 3 b2 1 1 1 a 3 b3
B = 0
dy
To find when parametric equations are given :
dx
Let x f (t) and y (t) , be differentiable functions of parameter t and t ( x) be the inverse
function of function x f (t) , then y [ ( x)] , is a function of x and y is a function of t and t
is a function of x.
dy dy dt
Now . (i)
dx dt dx
dt 1
But (ii)
dx dx / dt
dy dy 1 dy / dt
from (i), .
dx dt dx / dt dx / dt
dy dy / dt
Hence
dx dx / dt
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 71
Working Rule :
dx dy
(i) If x and y are functions of parameter t, then find and separately.
dt dt
dy
(ii) Then find by the following formula
dx
dy dy / dt
dx dx / dt
Illustration 68
dy
If x a ( sin ), y a (1 cos ) , find .
dx
Solution :
dx
x ( sin ) a(1 cos ) (i)
d
dy
and y a (1 cso ) a(0 sin ) a sin (ii)
d
2 sin cos
Now, dy dy / d a sin 2 2
dx dx / d a(1 cos )
2 cos2
2
Illustration 69
dy
If x a cos3 , y a sin , find .
dx
Solution :
x a cos3
dx d (cos3 ) d (cos )
a .
d d cos d
dx
or a.3cos2 ( sin ) 3a.cos2 sin (i)
d
y a sin3
DIFFERENTIATION
72 QUIZRR
dy d (sin 3 ) d (sin )
a .
d d sin d
dy
or a.3sin 2 .cos 3a sin 2 cos (ii)
d
dy dy / d 3a.sin2 .cos
Now, tan
dx dx / d 3a cos2 sin
Illustration 70
dy
If x log t sin t, y et cos t , find .
dx
Solution :
dx 1
x log t sin t cos t (i)
dt t
dy
and y et cos t et sin t (ii)
dt
dy dy / dt et sin t t( et sin t)
Now, dx dx / dt 1 cos t 1 t cos t
t
Illustration 71
d2y
If x a (cos sin ), y a (sin cos ) , then find 2 at .
dx 4
Solution :
x a(cos sin )
dx
a( sin 1.sin cos ) a cos (i)
d
dy
a[cos (1.cos ( sin )] a sin (ii)
d
dy dy / d a. sin
Now, tan
dx dx / d a cos
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 73
d2 y d d d
(tan ) (tan ).
dx 2 dx d dx
1 1 sec 3
sec 2 . sec 2 . [from (i)]
dx / d a .cos a
4
3
sec3 2
d2 y 8 2
, .4
When 4 dx 2 a a
a.
4
Illustration 72
2t 2t dy
If sin x , tan y , find .
1 t 2
1t 2 dx
Solution :
2t 2t
sin x 2 x sin 1 2
2 tan1 t
1 t 1t
dx 1 2
2.
dt 1 t2
1 t2
2t 2t
and tan y y tan 1 2
2 tan 1 t
2
1t 1 t
dy 1 2
2. (ii)
dt 1t2
1 t2
dy dy / dt
Now, 1.
dt dx / dt
Illustration 73
x ....
xa dy
If y a , then find
dx
Solution :
x.... y
xa can be written as y a x
y a
DIFFERENTIATION
74 QUIZRR
log y x y log a
1 1 dy 1 dy
y log x
log y y dx x dx
dy 1 y
log x
dx y log y x
dy y2 log y
dx x(1 y log x log y)
Illustration 74
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 75
Illustration 75
f ( x h) f ( x)
Here, f ( x) lim
h0 h
f ( x) f (h) f ( x) f ( h)
lim lim
h 0 h h0 h
lim (2h 3) g ( h)
h 0
3 g (0)
= 9
f ( x) 9 .
Illustration 76
d2y dy
If x sin t and y cos pt , show that (1 x 2 ) x p2 y 0
dx 2 dx
Solution :
dy dy / dt p sin pt
dx dx / dt cos t
As the equation to be drived does not contain t, we eliminate t using expressions for x and y
dy p 1 y2
dx 1 x2
dy
1 x2 p 1 y2
dx
DIFFERENTIATION
76 QUIZRR
As the equation to be derived does not contain any square root, we square and then differentiate.
2
dy
(1 x2 ) 2 2
p (1 y )
dx
2
dy d 2 y dy dy
(1 x2 )2 (2 x) p2 2 y
dx dx 2
dx dx
d2 y dy
(1 x2 ) x p2 y
dx2 dx
d2 y dy
(1 x2 ) x p2 y 0 .
dx2 dx
Illustration 77
Given a function g(x) which has derivatives g´(x) for every real and which satisfies the
following equation g ( x y) e y g ( x ) e x g ( y) for all x and y and g´(0) = 2. Show that
g ( x ) g ( x ) ce x also find c.
Solution :
Here, g ( x y) ey g ( x) ex g ( y)
put x y0
g(0) 2 g(0)
g(0) 0
g ( x h) g ( x)
Now, g ( x) lim
h0 h
eh g ( x) ex g (h) g ( x) lim g ( h) e 1 ex g ( h)
h
lim
h 0 h h 0
h h
g ( h) g (0)
g ( x) ex lim g ( x) ex g´(0)
h 0 h
g ( x) g ( x) 2ex ,
Thus, g ( x) g ( x) cex
c2
DIFFERENTIATION
QUIZRR 1
2 . CON T I N U I T Y
2 .1 I n t r o d u c t i o n
Continuity in general means that you can draw the graph of a function without lifting your pen,
in its defined domain.
2 .2 Co t in u i t y a t a Po i n t
In practice, most functions of a real variable have domains that are intervals or unions of separate
intervals, and it is natural to restrict our study of continuity to functions with these domains. This
leaves us with only three kinds of points to consider : interior points (points lie in an open interval
in the domain), left endpoints, and right endpoints.
De f i n i t i o n
A function f is continuous at an interior point x = c of its domain if
lim f ( x) f ( c)
xc
In Fig. the first function is continuous at x = 0. The function in (b) would be continuous if it had
f (0) = 1. The function in (c) would be continuous if f (0) were 1 instead of 2. The discontinuties in (b)
and (c) are removable. Each function has a limit as x 0, and we can remove the discontinuity by
setting f (0) equal to this limit.
y y y y
2
y = f(x) y = f(x) y = f(x)
y = f(x)
1 1 1 1
x x x x
0 0 0 0
y y
1
y = f(x) = 2
x 1
x
0
x 1
0 y = sin x
ă1
(e) (f)
The discontinuties in parts (d)ă(f) are more serious : limx0 f (x) does not exist and there is no
way to improve the situation by changing f at 0. The step function in (d) has a jump discontinuity
: the one-sided limits exists but have different values. The function f (x) = 1/x2 in (e) has an infinite
discontinuity. Jumps and infinite discontinuities are the ones most frequently encountered, but there
are others. The function in (f) is discontinuous at the origin because it oscillates too much to have a
limit as x 0.
2 .3 T y p e s o f d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s
(1) Discontinuity of First kind : The point x = a will be a point of discontinuity of first type
if both right hand and left hand limits at x = a exist but are not equal, i.e.
Lt f a h Lt f ( a h)
h0 h0
(2) Discontinuity of Second kind : The point x = a will be a point of discontinuity of second
type if either or both the right hand and left hand limits do not exist or if either or both
the limits
Lt f a 0 or Lt f ( a 0)
h0 h0 are infinite.
Removable Discontinuity : h 0
Lt f a h = Lt f (a h)
(3) h 0 i.e., limit exists but is not
equal to f (a) i.e., value, then the function is said to have a removable discontinuity. We can
re-define the function at x = a so that limit = value and thus the discontinuity has been
removed and the funtion has become continuous now.
2 .4 Co n t i n u i t y a t e n d p o i n t s
Continuity at end points is defined by taking one-sided limits.
Definition
A function f is continuous at a left end point x = a of its domain if
lim f ( x) f (b) x
. a c b
x b
continuous at an interior point c of its domain if and only if it is both right-continuous and left-
continuous at c.
y
2 y = 4 ă x2
ă2 0 2
Continuous at every domain point
Example : The function f ( x) 4 x2 is continuous at every point of its domain, [ă 2, 2]. This
y = U(x)
1
x
0
Right-continuous at the origin
Example : The unit step function U (x) is right-continuous at x = 0, but is neither left-continuous nor
continuous there.
We summarize continuity at a point in the form of a test.
Co n t i n u i t y T e s t
A function f (x) is continuous at x = c if and only if it meets the following three conditions.
For one-sided continuity and continuity at an end point, the limits in parts 2 and 3 of the test
should be replaced by the appropriate one-sided limits.
Illustration 35
Consider the function y = f (x) whose domain is the closed interval [0, 4]. Discuss the
continuity of f at x = 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4.
Solution : y
The continuity test gives the following results : y = f(x)
2
(a) f is continuous at x = 0 because
(i) f (0) exists (f(0) = 1) 1
2 .5 Ru l e s o f Co n t i n u i t y
If two functions are continuous at a point, then various algebraic combinations of those functions
are continuous at that point.
Continuity of Algebraic Combinations
If functions f and g are continuous at x = c, then the following functions are continuous at x = c :
1. f + g and f ă g
2. fg
3. kf, where k is any number
4. f/g (provided g (c) 0)
5. (f(x))m/n (provided f (x)m/n is defined on an interval containing c, and m and n are integers)
As a consequence polynomials and rational functions are continuous at every point where they
are defined.
Example :
The functions f (x) = x4 + 20 and g (x) = 5x (x ă 2) are continuous at every value of x. The function
f ( x) x4 20
r ( x)
g ( x) 5 x x 2
g.f
Continuous at c
f g
Continuous Continuous
at c at f(c)
c f(c) g(f(c))
The continuity of composites holds for any finite number of functions. The only requirement is
that each function be continuous where it is applied.
A function f is said to be continuous on an interval I in its domain if limxc f (x) = f (c) at
every interior point c and if the appropriate one-sided limits equal the function values at any end points
I may contain. A function continuous on an interval I is automatically continuous on any interval
contained in I. Polynomials are continuous on every interval, and rational functions are continuous on
every interval on which they are defined.
So m e e x a m p l e s o f Fu n c t io n s c o n t i n u o u s o n i n t e rv a l s
y y
2 y = 4 ă x2 y= 1
x
x x
ă2 0 2 0
y y
1
y = U(x) y = cos x
1
x
0
x
0
(c) Continuous on (ă, 0) and (0, ) (d) Continuous on (ă, )
Functions that are continuous on intervals have properties that make them particularly useful in
mathematics and its applications. One of these is the intermediate value property. A function is said
to have the intermediate value property if it never takes on two values without taking on all the
values in between.
The Intermediate Value Theorem
Suppose f (x) is continuous on an interval I, and a and b are any two points of I. Then if y0 is
a number between f (a) and f (b), there exists a number c between a and b such that f (c) = y0.
y
y = f(x)
f(b)
y
y = [x],
y 1 0<x<1
0
f(a)
x x
0 a c b 0 1
Fig. 1. The function f, being continuous on [a, b], Fig. 2. The function f(x) = [x], 0 < x < 1, does not
takes on every value between f(a) and f(b) take on any value between f(0) = 0 and f(1) = 1
Illustration 36
x3
If possible, find the value of Lt
x 0 x
Solution :
L.H. limit : In this case x < 0 x3 < 0
|x3| = ă x3.
x3 x3
Now, Lt
x00
f ( x) Lt
x00 x
Lt Lt x2 0
x 0 x x 0
R.H. limit : In this case x > 0 x3 > 0 |x3| = x3
x3
Now, Lt
x00
f ( x) Lt
x00 x
Lt
x3
x0 x
Lt x2 0
x0
Lt f ( x) Lt f ( x) 0 Lt f ( x) 0
x00 x00 x0
Illustration 37
x2 4
Does Lt exist ?
x 2 x 2
Solution :
x2 4
Let f ( x)
x2
x2 4
Now Lt f ( x) Lt Lt ( x 2) = ă 4
x20 x2 2 x x2
x2 4 x2 4
Now Lt f ( x) Lt Lt Lt ( x 2) = 4)
x20 x2 x2 x2 x2 x2
x2 4
Lt f ( x) Lt f ( x) Lt f ( x) i.e. Lt does not exist.
x20 x20 x2 x2 x2
Illustration 38
x 3 x 2 16 x 20
If f (x) = , when x 2
x 22
= k, when x = 2
and f (x) is continuous at x = 2, find the value of k. [I.I.T. 81]
Solution : Given, f (2) = k ...(1)
x3 x2 16 x 20
Lt f ( x) Lt f ( x) Lt
Now x 2 0 = x20 x2 x 2 2
x3 2 x2 3 x2 6 x 10 x 20
Lt
x2 x 2 2
Lt
x 2 x2 3 x 10
x2 x 2 2
x 2 x 2 x 5
Lt Lt x 5 7
x2 x 2 2 x2
f (x) is continuous at x = 2
Lt f ( x) Lt f ( x) f (2),
x20 x20 k= 7
Illustration 39
Test the continuity of the function f (x) at x = 0, where
1
ex
,
f (x) = 1 when x 0 = 0, when x = 0
1 ex
Solution :
Given, f (0) = 0
1
L.H. limit : In this case x < 0 Lt
x 0 0 x
1
ex 0
Lt f ( x) Lt 0
x00 x0 1 10
1 ex
LIMITS & CONTINUITY
QUIZRR 9
1
R.H. limit : In this case x > 0 Lt
x 0 0 x
1
ex 1 1
Lt f ( x) Lt Lt 1
x00 x0 1 x0 1
1 01
1 ex 1/
x
e
Lt f ( x) Lt f ( x)
Since x 0 0 x 0 0
f (x) is discontinuous at x = 0.
Illustration 40
The function
x2
f (x) = if 0 x < 1
a
= a, if 1 x 2
2b 2 4b
= , if 2x
x2
is continuous for 0 x < ; then find the most suitable values of a and b.
Solution :
Given, f(1) = a
x2 1 Lt f ( x) Lt a a
Lt f ( x) Lt
x10 x10 a a and x 1 0 x a
2b2 4b
Given, f
2 b2 2b
2
2
Lt f ( x) Lt (a) a
x 2 0 x 20
2b2 4b
Lt f ( x) Lt ( a) a b2 2b
and x 20 x 20
x2
Lt f ( x) Lt f ( x) f (1) 1
or a a 1
x 10 x 10 a
Lt f ( x) Lt f ( x) f ( 2) or a = b2 2b
and
x 2 0 x 2 0
or, b2 ă 2b ă a = 0
When a = 1, b2 ă 2b ă 1 = 0
22 2
b= 1 2
2
When a = ă1, b2 ă 2b + 1 = 0, (b ă 1)2 = 0 or b = 1
Answer a = 1, b = 1 2 ; a = ă 1, b = 1
Illustration 41
Determine the constants a , b, c for which the function
1
1 a x
/x
x 0
b
x 0
f (x)
x c /3 1
1
x 0
1
x 1 / 2 1
is continuous at x = 0
Solution :
For function to be continuous at x = 0
RHL = LHL = f (0) &
RHL & LHL should be finite
now, solving first LHL at x = 0
1
= lim 1 h h
h0
1
= ea using lim 1 f ( x)
/ f ( x)
e
f ( x) 0
lim f ( x) lim f (0 h)
RHL = x 0 x0
1
h c /3
1
lim
= 1
h 0 /2 1
h 1
LIMITS & CONTINUITY
MATRICES &
DETERMINANTS
QUIZRR 3
M ATRICES
Matrix Definition :
Matrix is a rectangular array of real complex numbers in rows and columns. A matrix is denoted by the capital letters A, B, C
etc. If there are m rows and n columns in the matrix, then the matrix is called a m ï n matrix.
Let us consider the following system of equations
x + 2y + 3z = 11
2x ă y ă z = ă 3
3x + 4y + 2z = 17
If we arrange the coefficients of x, y and z in the order in which they occur in the given equations and enclose them in brackets,
we get the following rectangular array of numbers.
1 2 3 1 2 3
2 1 1 2 1 1
or
3 4 2 3 4 2
This type of rectangular array of numbers has been given the name matrix. The horizontal lines are called rows and the vertical
lines are called columns.
1 2 3 1 2 3
Example : A or A
3 2 4 3 2 4
Here A is a 2 × 3 matrix because A has two rows and three columns.
Element of a matrix :
The numbers occurring in the rectangular array (matrix) are called the elements of the matrix. The elements of the matrix denoted
by the capital letters are usually denoted by the corresponding small letters with lower suffixes. Thus the element of the ith row
and jth column of the matrix denoted by the capital letter A is usually denoted by the corresponding small letter aij. The matrix
A is sometimes also written as (a ij ) or [a ij ].
Definition :
A set of mn numbers (real or complex) in the form of m horizontal lines (called rows) and n vertical line (called columns), is called
an m ï n matrix (to be read as m and n matrix).
Type of Matrices :
(a) Row Matrix : If a matrix has only one row and any number of columns, is called row matrix or row vector.
1 i
2 i
Column matrix or column vector : For example, A and B 2 are column matrices of orders 4 ï 1
(b)
3 4
w
and 2 ï 1 respectively.
(c) Square matrix : A matrix in which the number of rows is equal to the number of columns is called a Square Matrix.
1 0 0 d1 0 0
0 4 0
Thus or 0 d2 0
0 0 8 0 0 d3
Above are diagonal matrices of the type 3 ï 3. These are in short written as
Diag [1, 4, 8] or Diag [d 1, d2, d 3]
(e) Scalar Matrix : A diagonal matrix [i.e. all non-diagonal elements being zero] whose all the diagonal elements are equal
is called a scalar matrix.
3 0 0 d 0 0
0 3 0
Thus or 0 d 0
0 0 3 0 0 d
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 0 0
Thus and 0 0 1 0
0 0 1
0 0 0 1
are unit matrices of order 3 and 4 respectively. In general for a unit matrix
aij = 0 for i j and aij = 1 for i = j
They are generally denoted by I3, I4 or In where 3, 4, n denote the order of the square matrix. In case the order be known
then we may simply denote it by I.
(g) Zero matrix or Null Matrix : Any m ï n matrix in which all the elements are zero is called a zero matrix or null matrix
of the type m ï n and is denoted by Omï n.
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 0
Thus 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
All the above are zero or null matrices of the type 3 ï 2, 3 ï 3 and 2 ï 4 respectively.
Trace of a Matrix : The sum of the diagonal elements of a square matrix A (say) is called the trace of a matrix A.
2 7 9
For example, If A 0 3 2
8 9 4
2 3 4 5
8 9 7 2
For example, is a horizontal matrix.
2 2 3 4
2 3
4 5
For example, is a column matrix.
6 7
8 9
3 4
For example, is a sub matrix of
2 3
8 9 5
2
3 4
3 2 3
(k) Upper Triangular Matrix : A square matrix in which all elements below the leading diagonal are zero, is called Upper
Triangular Matrix.
3 2 4 1
0 2 3 2
For example, 0 0 7 5 is an upper triangular matrix.
0 0 0 8
(l) Lower Triangular Matrix : A square matrix in which all elements above the leading diagonal are zero is called Lower
Triangle Matrix.
2 0 0
3 4 0
For example, is a lower triangular matrix.
2 8 6
(i) A matrix can not be reduced to a number but determinant can be reduced to a number.
(ii) The number of rows may or may not be equal to the number of columns in matrices but in determinant the number of
rows is equal to the number of columns.
(iii) On interchanging the rows and columns, a different matrix is formed but in determinant it does not change the value.
(iv) A square matrix A such that |A| 0, is called a non-singular matrix if |A|´ = 0, then the matrix A is called a singular
matrix.
(v) Matrices represented by [ ], ( ), | | | | but determinant is represented by | |.
Illustration 1
Solution : aij = 2i ă 3j
aij = 2.1 ă 3.1 = ă 1, a12 = 2.1 ă 3.2 = 4. a13 = 2.1 ă 3.3 = ă 7
a21 = 2.2 ă 3.1 = 1, a22 = 2.2 ă 3.2 = ă 2, a23 = 2.2 ă 3.3 = ă 5
1 4 7
A
1 2 5
Illustration 2
1 0 1
A 3 2 1
Required matrix is
5 4 3
Illustration 3
i j , if i j
A ij i j , if i j
Construct a 4 ï 3 matrix A = [a ij ], where
i j , if i j
Solution :
Required matrix is having 4 rows and 3 columns.
a11 = 1 ï 1 = 1 ( i = j)
a12 = 1 + 2 = 3 ( i < j)
a13 = 1 + 3 = 4 ( i < j)
a21 = 2 ă 1 = 1 ( i > j)
a22 = 2 ï 2 = 4 ( i = j)
a23 = 2 + 3 = 5 ( i < j)
a31 = 3 ă 1 = 2 ( i > j)
a32 = 3 ă 2 = 1 ( i > j)
a33 = 3 ï 3 = 9 ( i = j)
a41 = 4 ă 1 = 3 ( i > j)
a42 = 4 ă 2 = 2 ( i > j)
a43 = 4 ă 3 = 1 ( i > j)
1 3 4
1 4 5
Required matrix is A
2 1 9
3 2 1
Equality of Matrices :
Comparable matrices. Two matrices are said to be comparable if their orders are same.
Illustration 4
x y 2 x y 3 3
y z 7 y z 4 4 , find x, y and z.
Solution :
x+y=3 and 2x ă y = 3
Solving them we get, x=2 and y=1
y+z=4 and 7y ă z = 4
Solving them we get, y=1 and z=3
Algebra of Matrices
(i) Addition of Matrices : Two matrices A and B can be added only if A and B are of same order. Sum is obtained by adding
the corresponding elements of A and B.
If A = [aij]m ï n
and B = [bij]m ï n,
then, A + B = [aij]m ï n
+ [bij]m ï n
= [aij + bij]m ï n
1 5 2 4 9 8
For example : If A and B
3 7 6 3 6 1
then, since order of A and B is same, both are 2 ï 3 matrices.
Therefore, we can add A and B.
1 5 2 4 9 8 1 4 57 2 8 5 14 10
A B
3 7 6 3 6 1 3 3 76 6 1 6 13 7
Difference of matrices A and B of same order is obtained by adding A and ă B. ă B is obtained by changing the sign of each
element of B.
A ă B can also be obtained by subtracting from the elements of A the corresponding elements of B. A and B must be of same
order.
For A and B of last example,
1 5 2 4 9 8 1 4 5 9 2 8 3 4 6
AB
3 7 6 3 6 1 3 3 7 6 6 1 0 1 5
Property I : Matrix addition is commutative i.e. if A and B be any two m ï n matrices, then A + B = B + A.
2 3 1
Thus if A =
6 4 2
2 3 1
then ă A =
6 4 2
(ii) Scalar Multiple of a Matrix : If A be a given matrix and k is any scalar number real or complex. [We call it scalar k
to distinguish it from matrix [k] which is 1 ï 1 matrix] then by matrix kA = Ak is meant the matrix all of whose elements
are k times of the corresponding elements of A.
2 3 1
If A =
5 2 4
6 9 3
or 3A =
15 6 12
8 12 4
=
20 8 16
II. Subtraction of Matrices :
i.e. A ă B. This can be proceeded as follows A + (ă B) i.e. negative of B is added to matrix B.
Illustration 5
3 2 1 7 5 3 , find matrix Y.
If X and 2X + Y
15 11 19
7 5 9
Solution :
3 2 1 6 4 2
2X = 2
7 5 9 14 10 18
7 5 3
Now, 2X + Y =
15 11 19
6 4 2 7 5 3
+ Y =
14 10 18 15 11 19
7 5 3 6 4 2
Y = ă
15 11 19 14 10 18
76 54 3 2 1 1 1
=
15 14 11 10 19 18 1 1 1
Illustration 6
8 9 10 13 12 11
Find matrix X and Y such that 2X + Y and X + 2Y
11 12 13 10 9 8
Solution :
8 9 10
2X + Y
11 12 13
Multiplying both sides by 2, we get :
16 18 20
4X + 2Y = ...(i)
22 24 26
13 12 11
Subtracting, X + 2Y = ...(ii)
10 9 8
16 18 20
from equation (i) 4X + 2Y =
22 24 26
13 12 11
X + 2Y =
10 9 8
ă ă ă
1 3 6 9 1 2 3
X =
3 12 15 18 4 5 6
Putting the value of X in equation (ii), we get
1 2 3 13 12 11
2Y =
4 5 6 10 9 8
1 12 10 8 6 5 4
Y =
2 6 4 2 3 2 1
Illustration 7
1 2 2 1 2 1
2 2
1 1 1 2
is a null matrix.
2 1 1
2 2 1
Solution :
1 2 2 1 2 1
2 2 2
1 1 1
2 1 1
2 2 1
1 2 1 2 1 2
0 0 0
2 2 2
= 1 1 1 0 0 0 , which is a null matrix.
2 2 2
1 1 1 0 0 0
Matrix Multiplication
If A = [aij]m ï p
B = [bij]pï n and then C = AB = [Cik]m ï n
p
where Cik = aij b jk
j 1
Illustration 8
2 3
1 2 3 4 5
If A and B compute AB and show that AB BA.
4 2 5 23
2 1
32
Solution :
A is 2 ï 3 type and B is 3 ï 2 type and hence both AB and BA are defined because the number of columns in pre-factor is
equal to the number of rows in post-factor.
AB =
1.2 2.4 3.2 1.3 2.5 3.1
4.2 2.4 5.2 4.3 2.5 5.1
0 4
=
10 3 2 2
2 3
1 2 3
BA = 4 5 4 2 5
2 1 2 3
32
10 2 21
16 2 37
=
2 2 11
33
Hence AB BA
If A and B be two matrices then their product is defined or in other words A is conformable to B for multiplication if the number
of columns of A is the same as the number of rows in B. i.e., If be m ï p and p ï n, the matrix AB will be of the type
m ï n.
0 1 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
None of the matrices on the left is a null matrix whereas their product is a null matrix.
(f) Multiplication of matrix A by a unit matrix I : Let A be a m ï n matrix and I be a square unit matrix of order n,
so that A and I are conformable for multiplication, then
AIn = A.
Similarly for IA to exist I should be square unit matrix of order m and in that case ImA = A
Illustration 9
4 2
1 2 4
Find AB, where A 1 6 , B
3 5 3 5 1
Solution :
Order of A is 3 ï 2 and that of B is 2 ï 3. Number of columns in A is 2 and number of rows in B is 2, therefore product AB
is defined and order of AB is 3 ï 3.
1st
column 1
a11 = [1st row of A] [4 2] = 4 ï 1 + 2 ï 3 = 10
of 3
B
2nd
column 2
a12 st
= [1 row of A] [4 2] = 4 ï 2 + 2 ï 5 = 18
of 5
B
3rd
a13 = [1st row of A] column [4 2]
4 = 4 ï 4 + 2 ï 1 = 18
of 1
B
1st
column [1 6] 1
a21 = [2nd row of A] 3 = 1 ï 1 + 6 ï 3 = 19
of
B
2nd
column [1 6] 2
a22 = [2nd row of A] 5 = 1 ï 2 + 6 ï 5 = 32
of
B
3rd
column [1 6] 4
a23 = [2nd row of A] 1 = 1 ï 4 + 6 ï 1 = 10
of
B
1st
column [3 5] 1
a31 rd
= [3 row of A] 3 = 3 ï 1 + 5 ï 3 = 18
of
B
2nd
column [3 5] 2
a32 rd
= [3 row of A] 5 = 3 ï 2 + 5 ï 5 = 31
of
B
3rd
column 4
a33 rd
= [3 row of A] [3 5] = 3 ï 4 + 5 ï 1 = 17
of 1
B
10 18 18
19 32 10
=
18 31 17
Illustration 1 0
2 3
1 2 3 4 5 find AB and BA and show that AB BA.
If A and B
4 2 5
2 1
Solution :
A is a 2 ï 3 matrix and B is a 3 ï 2 matrix
AB is defined and it will be a 2 ï 2 matrix.
2 3
1 2 3
Now AB = A 4 5
4 2 5
2 1
286 3 10 3 0 4
=
8 8 10 12 10 5 10 3
Since B is a 3 ï 2 matrix and A is a 2 ï 3 matrix
BA is defined and it will be a 3 ï 3 matrix.
2 3
1 2 3
BA 4 5
Again 4 2 5
2 1
2 12 4 6 6 15 10 2 21
4 20 8 10 12 25 16 2 37
=
2 4 4 2 6 5 2 2 11
Clearly AB BA.
Illustration 1 1
4 3
If A 2
and A ă a A + bI = 0, find a and b.
2 5
4 3 4 3
A 2 = A.A =
2 5 2 5
4 4 3 2 4 3 3 5 22 27
=
2 4 5 2 2 3 5 5 18 31
4 3 4 a 3a
ă aA = ă a
2 5 2a 5a
1 0 b 0
bI = b
0 1 0 b
Now, A2 ă aA + bI = 0
22 27 4 a 3a b 0 0 0
18 31 2a 5a 0 b 0 0
22 4 a b 27 3a 0 0
18 2a 31 5a b 0 0
22 ă 4a + b = 0, 27 ă 3a = 0
18 ă 2a = 0 and 31 ă 5a + b = 0
Solving them, we get : a = 9 and b = 14
Illustration 1 2
1 3 2 1
Find the value of x if 1 x 1 2 5 1
2 0
15 3 2 x
Solution :
1 3 2 1
1 x 1 2 5 1 2 0
15 3 2 x
1
1 1 x 2 1 15 1 3 x 5 1 3 1 2 x 1 1 2 2 0
x
1
2 x 16 5x 6 x 4 2
=0
x
Illustration 1 3
cos2 sin 2
cos sin cos sin cos sin sin cos
sin cos
= sin cos sin cos sin 2 cos2
cos sin
Illustration 1 4
cos x sin 0
If f () = sin cos 0 , show that f (x).f(y) = f (x + y)
0 0 1
Solution :
cos( x y) sin( x y) 0
sin( x y) cos( x y) 0
f (x + y) =
0 0 1
cos( x y) sin( x y) 0
sin( x y) cos( x y) 0
= = f (x + y)
0 0 1
Illustration 1 5
0
tan cos sin
If A 2 then show that : I2 + A = (I2 ă A)
tan sin cos
2 0
Solution :
Let tan = t then
2
1 tan 2 2 2 tan
2t
cos =
2 1 t and sin 2
1 t2 2 1 t2
1 tan 2 1 tan
2 2
1 0 0 t 1 t
Now, L.H.S. = I2 + A =
0 1 t 0 t 1
1 t2 2t
1 t
2 1 t2
R.H.S. = (I2 ă A) 2t 1 t2
1 t2 1 t2
1 0 0 t 1 t2 2t 1 1 t2 2t 1
= .
0 1 t 0 2t 1 t 1 t
2 2
2t 1 t2 1 t2
1 t2 2t2 2t t t3 1 1 t2 t (1 t2 ) 1
=
2
t t3 2t 2 2
2t 1 t 1 t 2
t(1 t ) 1 t 2
1 t2
1 t 1 t2 1 t
=
t 1 1 t t 1
2
cos sin
I2 + A = (I2 ă A)
sin cos
Illustration 1 6
Three shopkeepers A, B and C go to a store to buy stationary. A purchases 12 dozen notebooks, 5 dozen pens and 6 dozen
pencils, B purchases 10 dozen notebooks, 6 dozen pens and 7 dozen pencils and C purchases 11 dozen notebooks, 13 dozen
pens and 8 dozen pencils. A notebook costs 40 paise, a pen costs Rs. 1.25 and a pencil costs 35 paise. Use matrix multiplication
to calculate each individualÊs bill.
Solution :
Cost of one dozen notebooks is Rs. 12 ï 0.40 = Rs. 4.80, cost of one dozen pens is
Rs. 12 ï 1.25 = Rs. 15 and cost of one dozen pencils is
Rs. 12 ï 0.35 = Rs. 4.20.
Purchases madey by A, B and C can be represented by a 3 ï 3 matrix X as
Notebook Pen Pencil
A 12 5 6
B 10 6 7
C 11 13 8
12 5 6
10 6 7
X =
11 13 8
4.80
15
Y =
4.20
(i) Idempotent Matrix : A square matrix A is called idempotent provided it satisfies the relation A2 = A.
Illustration 1 7
2 2 4
4 is idempotent.
Show that the matrix A 1 3
1 2 3
Solution :
2 2 4 2 2 4
1 3 4 1 3 4
A2 = A.A =
1 2 3 1 2 3
2 2 4
1 3 4
= = A.
1 2 3
(ii) Periodic Matrix : A square matrix A is called periodic, if Ak+1 = A, where k is a positive integer. If k is the least positive integer
for which Ak+1 = A, then k is said to be period of A. For k = 1, we get A2 = A and we called it to be idempotent matrix.
(iii) Nilpotent Matrix : A square matrix A is called Nilpotent matrix of order m provided it satisfies the relation Ak = 0 and Akă
1
0, where k is positive integer and 0 is null matrix and k is the order of the nilpotent matrix A.
Illustration 1 8
1 1 3
6 is nilpotent matrix of order 3.
Show that 5 2
2 1 3
Solution : Let
1 1 3
5 2 6
A =
2 1 3
1 1 3 1 1 3
5 2 6 5 2 6
A2= A.A =
2 1 3 2 1 3
0 0 0
3 3 9
=
1 1 3
0 0 0 1 1 3
3 3 9 5 2 6
A3 = A2.A =
1 1 3 2 1 3
0 0 10 0 0 0 000 0 0 0
3 15 18 3 6 9 9 18 37
= = 0 0 0
1 5 6 1 2 3 3 6 9 0 0 0
A3 = 0 i.e., Ak = 0
Hence A is nilpotent of order 3.
(iv) Involutory Matrix : A square matrix A is called involutory provided it satisfies the relation
A2 = I, where I is identity matrix.
Illustration 1 9
5 8 0
0 is involutory.
Show that the matrix A 3 5
1 2 1
Solution :
5 8 0 5 8 0
3 5 0 3 5 0
A2 = A.A =
1 2 1 1 2 1
25 24 0 40 40 0 0 0 0
15 15 0 24 25 0 0 0 0
=
5 6 1 8 10 2 0 0 1
1 0 0
0 1 0
=
0 0 1
=I
Hence the given matrix A is involutory.
Transpose of a matrix
Let A be any matrix then the matrix obtained by interchanging its rows and columns is called the transpose of AO and is denoted
by A´ or AT. If A is a m ï n matrix then A´ will be a n ï m matrix.
1 2
1 2 3
Example : A , then A ' 2 0
2 0 5
3 5
i = 1, 2, ..., m
Note : If A = |aij|;
j = 1, 2, ..., n
j = 1, 2, ... n
Then A´ = [a ji ];
i = 1, 2, ..., m
Property I. (A + B)´ = A´ + B´
Property II. If A is any matrix, then (A´)´ = A
Property III. If k is any number real or complex and A be any matrix, then (kA)´ = kA´
Property IV. If A be a m ï n matrix and B be a n ï p matrix, then (AB)´ = B´A´.
Symmetric Matrices :
A square matrix A = [aij] will be called symmetric it for all values of i and j, a ij = a ji .
a h g
e.g. A h b f
g f c
33
Property A´ = A
A square matrix A = [aij] wil be called skew symmetric if its i-jth element is ă ive of j-ith element for all values of i and j i.e.
an = an for all values of i and j.
Since diagonal elements will be of the type a11.a22.a33, ... an and by given condition an = ă an for all values of i
or 2aii = 0 a ii = 0
Hence the diagonal elements of a skew symmetric matrix are zero.
0 h g
h 0 f
e.g. is a skew symmetric matrix.
g f 0
Property : A´ = ă A.
(i) If A is any square matrix, then A + A´ is a symmetric matrix and A ă A´ is a skew symmetric matrix.
A ă A´ is a skew symmetric matrix.
Proof : (A + A´) = A´ + (A´) = A´ + A + A´ [ (A + B)´ (A´ + B´]
Hence A + A´ is a symmetric matrix.
Again (A ă A´) = A´ ă (A´) = A´ ă A = ă (A ă A´)
Hence A ă A´ is a skew symmetric matrix
(ii) Every square matrix can be uniquely expressed as the sum of a symmetric matrix and a skew symmetric matrix.
1 1
Proof : Let A be any square matrix. Then as in (i) (A + A´) will be a symmetric matrix and (A ă A´) will be
2 2
a skew symmetric matrix.
1 1
Let B = (A + A´) and C = (A ă A´)
2 2
1 1
Then A = (A + A´) + (A ă A´) = B + C
2 2
where B is a symmetric matrix and C is a skew symmetric matrix.
To prove that the representation is unique :
If possible let A = D + E where D is a symmetric and E is a skew symmetric matrix. Then D´ = D and E´ = ă E.
...(1)
Now A = D + E A´ = D´ + E´ = D ă E [From (1)]
Thus A = D + E 1
and E = (A ă A´) = C.
and A' = D E 2
4 2 3
Express A as the sum of a symmetric and a skew symmetric matrix, where A 1 3 6
5 0 7
Solution :
4 2 3
1 3 6
We have A =
5 0 7
4 1 5
2 3 0
A´ =
3 6 7
4 2 3 4 1 5
1 3 6 2 3 0
then A + A´ =
5 0 7 3 6 7
8 3 8
3 6 6
= ...(1)
8 6 0
4 2 3 4 1 5
1 3 6 2 3 0
and A ă A´ =
5 0 7 3 6 7
0 1 2
1 0 6
= ...(2)
2 6 14
Adding (1) and (2), we get
8 3 8 0 1 2
3 6 6 1 0 6
2A = +
8 6 0 2 6 14
4 3 / 2 4 0 1/ 2 1
3 / 2 3 3 1 / 2 0 3
A =
4 3 0 1 3 7
Symmetric matrix Skew symmetric matrix
D ETERMINANTS
Determinant is a number associated with every square matrix, i.e. the number of rows and columns are equal.
Determinant of a square matrix A = [aij] is denoted by |A| = |aij| or = |A|
Determinant of order 2 :
Order 2 means 2 rows & 2 columns.
a11 a12
i.e. A
a21 a22
denotion aij means number associated with ith row & jth column.
Also notice in order 2 there are 2 ï 2 = 4 numbers
Determinant of order 3 :
order = 3 rows ï 3 columns
a11 a12
for |A| =
a21 a22
or oder 3 :
Here there are 2 possibilities of expanding the determinant i.e. finding its value.
One is by expanding row & the other is by expanding column.
We will solve first by expanding row.
a22 a23 a a a a
A a11 a12 21 23 a13 21 22
a32 a33 a31 a33 a31 a32
Sign Convention :
Why there is (ă) sign for a12 ?
How to decide :
1. multiply the term with (ă1)i + j
for example for a11, it is (ă 1)1+1 = 1
for a12, it is (ă 1)1 + 2 = 1 that is the reason for ă 1 sign.
for a13, it is (ă 1)1 + 3 = 1
or other way to learn sign convention is by alternate +, ă
Expanding by column
Illustration 21
1 2 4
3 4 9
Find the value of the determinant
2 1 6
Solution :
Expanding the determinant along the first row
4 9 3 9 3 4
= 1 2 4
1 6 2 6 2 1
= 1 (24 ă 9) ă 2 (18 ă 8) + 4 (3 ă 8)
= 15 ă 2 ï 0 + 4 ï (ă 5) = ă 5
Illustration 22
3 1 7
Find the value of the determinant 5 0 2
2 5 3
Solution :
Expanding the determinant along the second row,
1 7 3 7 3 1
=ă 5 0 2
5 3 2 3 2 5
In the determinant
if we leave the row and the column passing through the element aij then the second order determinant thus obtained is called the
minor of aij and it is denoted by Mij Thus we can get 9 minors corresponding to the 9 elements.
For example, in determinant (i)
a12 a13
The minor of the element a21 = M21
a32 a33
a11 a13
The minor of the element a32 = M32
a21 a23
In terms of the notation of minors if we expand the determinant along the first row, then,
= (ă1)1+1 a11M11 + (ă1)1+2 a12M12 + (ă1)1+3a13M13
= a11M11 ă a12M12 + a13M13
Similarly expanding along the second column. We have,
= a1M12 + a22M22 ă a32M32
Cofactors : The minor Mij multiplied by (ă1)i + j is called the cofactor of the element aij
If we note the cofactor of the element aij, by Aij, then
Cofactor of aij = Aij = (ă1)i +j
Mij
a12 a13
Cofactor of the element a 21 A 21 (1)2 1 M21
a32 a33
So the cofactor of an element aij = (ă1)i + j ï the determinant obtained by leaving the row and the column passing through that
element.
In terms of the notation of the cofactors.
= a11A11 + a12A12 + a13A13
= a21A21 + a22A22 + a23A23
= a31A31 + a32A32 + a33A33
Also a11A21 + a12A22 + a13A23 = 0
a11A31 + a12A32 + a13A33 = 0 etc.
Therefore, in a determinant the sum of the products of the elements of any row or column with the corresponding cofactors is
equal value of the dterminant. Also the sum of the products of the elements of any row or column with the cofactors of the
corresponding elements of any other row or column is zero.
Illustration 23
2 3 4
Find the determinant of minors and cofactors of the determinant 7 2 5
8 1 3
Solution :
2 5
Here M11 = (Delete 1st row and first column)
1 3
=6ă5
M11 = 1
C11 = 1( (ă 1)1 + 1 = 1)
7 5
M12 = (Delete 1st row and 2nd column)
8 3
7 2
M13 = (Delete 1st row and 3rd column)
8 1
= 7 ă 16
M13 = ă 23
C13 = ă 23( (ă 1)1 + 3 = 1)
3 4
M21 = (Delete 2nd row and 1st column)
1 3
= 9 ă (ă 4)
M21 = 13
C21 = ă 13( (ă 1)2 + 1 = ă 1)
2 4
M22 = (Delete 2nd row and 2nd column)
8 3
= 6 ă 32
M22 = ă 26
C22 = ă 26( (ă 1)2 + 2 = 1)
2 3
M23 = (Delete 2nd row and 3rd column)
8 1
= ă 2 ă 24
M23 = ă 26
C23 = 26( (ă 1)2 + 3 = ă 1)
3 4
M31 = (Delete 3rd row and 1st column)
2 5
= ă 15 ă 8
M31 = ă 23
C31 = ă 23( (ă 1)3 + 1 = 1)
2 4
M32 = (Delete 3rd row and 2nd column)
7 5
= ă 10 ă 28
M32 = ă 38
C32 = 38( (ă 1)3 + 2 = ă 1)
2 3
and M33 = (Delete 3rd row and 3rd column)
7 2
1 61 23 1 61 23
13 26 26 13 26 26
and are respectively.
23 38 17 23 38 17
Orthogonal Matrix :
A square matrix A is called an orthogonal matrix if the product of the matrix A and as transpose A´ is an identity matrix.
i.e. AA´ = I
Note (i) If AA´ = I then Aă1 = A´
Note (ii) If A and B are orthogonal then AB is also orthogonal.
Illustration 24
1 2 2
1
Verify that A 2 1 2 is an orthogonal matrix.
3 2 2 1
Solution :
1 2 2
1
Given A 2 1 2
3 2 2 1
1 2 2
1
A´ = 3 2 1 2
2 2 1
1 2 2 1 2 2
1 1
AA´ = 3 2 1 2 2 1 2
3
2 2 1 2 2 1
144 224 2 4 2
1
=
9 2 2 4 4 1 4 422
2 4 2 4 2 2 4 4 1
9 0 0 1 0 0
1
= 0 9 0 = 0 1 0 = 1
9 0 0 0 1
0 9
Adjoint of a Matrix :
If A = [aij] be a n-squared matrix then the matrix B = [bij] such that bij is the co-factor of the element aji in the determinant
|A| is called the adjoint of matrix A and is written as adj.A.
In simple language we can say that adj.A is the transpose of the matrix formed by the co-factors of elements of |A|.
Illustration 25
A find adj.A and show that adj. (adj.A) = A.
Co-factor of is and co-factor of is ă .
Co-factor of is ă and co-factor of is .
Matrix formed by co-factors is ...(1)
Adj. A = transpose of matrix (1)
= ...(2)
You may see that , ă are the co-factors of first row of A and it forms the first column of
adj.A, ă , are the co-factors of 2nd row of A and it forms the second column of adj.A.
Rule for adjoint of 2 ï 2 matrix : If A be 2 ï 2 then adj.A is written by interchanging the elements of leading diagonal and
3 4 7 4
changing the sign of the elemnts of other diagonal i.e. if A then adj.A =
5 7 5 3
...(3)
i.e. elements 3, 7 of leading diagonal have been interchanged and the sign of 4, ă 5 in the other diagonal have been changed.
Properties of adjoint A.
1 0 0 A 0 0
= A 0 1 0 0 A 0
...(I)
0 0 1 0 0 A
0 1 1
if A 1 2 0
3 1 4
8 5 2
4 3 1
then Adj A =
7 3 1
11 0 0 A 0 0
0 11 0 0 A 0
=
0 0 11 0 0 A
=diag[|A|.|A|.|A|]
Taking determinants of both sides, we get
|A adj. A|= |diag. [|A|, |A|, |A|]
or |A11 adj.A|= |A|n
|adj.A| = |A|nă1 provided
|A| 0 i.e. A is non-singular.
2 5
Minor of 2 = = ă 12 ă 0 = ă 12
0 6
Cofactor of 2 = (ă 1)1 + 2 (ă 12) = 12 [ 2 occurs in the 1st row and 2nd column]
Let A be a square matrix of order n. Then a matrix B (if such a matrix exists) is called the inverse of A if AB = BA = In
Inverse of the square matrix A is denoted by Aă1.
adj.A
Let B =
A
Then AB = A ( adj A)
A In
In A.(adj A) A In ...(1)
A A
a d j .A
Hence B i.e. is the inverse of matrix A (by definition of inverse)
A
Only if part : Let A be a square matrix of order n. Let inverse of A exist. Let B be the inverse of A.
Then by definition of inverse
AB = In |AB|= |In| = 1
or |A| |B| = 1 [ |AB| =|A| |B|]
|A| 0, because product |A| |B| is non-zero.
Hence A is non singular.
1 adj.A
Note : (i) A (ii) AAă1 = In [From (1)]
A
(i) If A and B be any two non-singular matrices, then AB is also a non-singular matrix and (AB)ă1 = Bă1 Aă1.
A, B are non-singular |A| 0, |B| 0
|AB| = |A| |B| 0 Hence AB is non-singular.
Now AB (Bă1 Aă1)
= A {B(Bă1 Aă1)} = A {BBă1) Aă1} [by associative law]
= A {In Aă1} { BBă1 = In]
= AAă1 [ In Aă1 = Aă1]
= In
Hence Bă1 Aă1 is the inverse of AB
(AB)ă1 = Bă1 Aă1
(ii) If A is a non singular matrix, then (Aă1)ă1 = A
Let A be a square matrix of order n,
Then Aă1A = In inverse of Aă1 = A (Aă1)ă1 = A
If a matrix A is having complex numbers as its elements, the matrix obtained from A by replacing each element of A by its conjugate
a ib x iy p iq
i i i
If A =
r is iv i
33
a ib x iy p iq
i i i
then =
A r is iv i
33
(i) (A) A, i.e., conjugate of the conjugate of a matrix is the matrix itself.
(ii) (A + B) A B, i.e., the conjugate of the sum of the two matrices is the sum of their conjugates.
The conjugate of the transpose of a matrix A is called the conjugate transpose of A and is denoted by A.
2 4i 3 5 9i
4 i 3i
If A =
2 5 4 i
2 4i 4 2
3 i 5
then Aă = (A´) =
5 9i 3i 4 i
(i) For any matrix A, (A)´ (A´), i.e., the transposed conjugate of a matrix is equal to the conjugate of its transpose.
Hermitian Matrix :
A square matrix A such that A´ A is called Hermitian matrix, provided aij = aij a ji for all values of i and j or Aă1 =
A.
For example :
a i i
i x iy
If A =
i iy y
a i i
i x iy
A´ =
i iy y
a i i
i x iy A
(A´) =
i iy y
Hence A is Hermitian.
Skew-Hermitian Matrix :
A square matrix A such that A´ A is called skew-hermitian matrix, provided aij = ă a ji for all values of i and j for A
= ă A.
For example :
2i 2 3i 2 i
2 3i i 3i
If A =
2 i 3i 0
2i 2 3i 2 i
2 3i i 3i
A´ =
2 i 3i 0
2i 2 3i 2 i 2i 2 3i 2 i
2 3i i
3i 2 3i i 3i
(A´) =
2 i 3i 0 2 i 3i 0
(A´) = ă A
or A = ă A
Hence A is Skew-Hermitian Matrix.
1 1
i.e., A = (A + A ) (A A )
2 2
1 1
where (A + A ) and (A A ) are Hermitian and Skew-Hermitian parts of A.
2 2
Illustration 26
2 3i 2 5
Express A as the sum of a Hermitian and a Skew-Hermitian matrix where A 3 i 7 3 i
3 2i i 2 i
Solution :
2 3i 2 5
We have A 3 i 7 3 i
3 2i i 2 i
2 3i 3 i 3 2i
2 7 i
A´ =
5 3 i 2 i
2 3i 3 i 3 2i
i
(A´) = 2 7
5 3i 2 i
2 3i 3 i 3 2i
2 7 i
or A =
5 3i 2 i
2 3i 2 5 2 3i 3 i 3 2i
A + A =
3 i 7 3 i 2 7 i
3 2i i 2 i 5 3i 2 i
4 1 i 8 2i
1 i 14 3 2i
= ...(1)
8 2i 3 2i 4
2 3i 2 5 2 3i 3 i 3 2i
3 i 7 3 i 3 i 7 i
and A ă A =
3 2i i 2 i 3 2i 3i 2 i
6i 5 i 2 2i
5i 0 3
= ...(2)
2 2i 3 2i
4 1 i 8 2i 6i 5 i 2 2i
1 i 14
3 2i 5 i 0 3
2A =
8 2i 2i 4 2 2i 3 2i
1 i 5 i
2 4 i 3i
2 2 2 2 2 2i
1 i 3 5 i
7 1 0 3
= 2 2 2 2 2 i
Hence A
3 3
4i i 2 1i
2 2
Unitary Matrix :
A square matrix A is called a unitary matrix if AA = I, where I is an identity matrix and A is the transposed conjugate of A.
Illustration 27
1 1 1 i
Prove that the matrix is unitary.
3 1 i 1
Solution :
1 1 1 i
Let A =
3 1 i 1
1 1 1 i
A´ =
3 1 i 1
1 1 1 i
(A´) =
3 1 i 1
1 1 1 i
or A =
3 1 i 1
1 1 1 i 1 1 1 i
AA =
3 1 i 1 3 1 i 1
1 3 0 1 0
= I
3 0 3 0 1
Hence A is unitary matrix.
Illustration 28
a h g x
If A.B.C are three matrices such that A x y z , B h b f , C y
find ABC.
g f c z
Solution :
Since associative law holds for matrix multiplication, therefore A (BC) = (AB) C which can be written as ABC.
a h g x ax hy gz
h b f y hx by fz
Now BC =
g f c z gx yf zc
a h g x ax hy gz
h b f y hx by fz
A(BC) = [xyz]
g f c z gx yf zc
Illustration 29
1 2 3
Find the transpose and adjoint of the matrix A, where A 0 5 0
2 4 3
Solution :
1 0 2
Ist part : A´ 2 5 4
3 0 3
2nd part :
Let B be the matrix whose elements are cofactors of the corresponding elements of the matrix A. Then B =
15 0 10
6 3 0
15 0 5
15 6 15
0 3 0
adj. A = B´ =
10 0 5
MATRICES & DETERMINANTS
40 QUIZRR
Illustration 30
0 1 2
Find the inverse of the matrix A 1 2 3
3 1 1
Solution :
Let B be the matrix whose elements are the cofactors of the corresponding elements of A. Then
1 8 5 1 1 1
1 6 3 8 6 2
B= adj A = B´ =
1 2 1 5 3 1
0 1 2
A 1 2 3
= 0 (ă 1) + 1.8 + 2 (ă 5) = ă 2
3 1 1
1 1 1
2 2 2
adj A adj A
A 1 4 3 1
A 2 5 3 1
2 2 2
Illustration 31
1 2 5
2 3 1
Compute the inverse of the matrix A ă1
and verify that A A = I
1 1 1
Solution :
Let B be the matrix whose elements are co-factors of the corresponding elements of A, then
2 3 5 2 3 13
B 3 6 3 3 6 9
adj A = B´ =
13 9 1 5 3 1
1 2 5
A 2 3 1
= 1.2 + 2(ă 3) + 5.5 = 21
1 1 1
2 / 21 3 / 21 13 / 21
adj A adj A
A 1
3 / 21 6 / 21 9 / 21
A 21
5 / 21 3 / 21 1 / 21
1 2 5
Also A 2 3 1
1 1 1
2 6 13 4 9 13 10 3 13
21 21 21
1 0 0
3 12 9 6 18 9 15 6 9
1
A A 0 1 0 I
21 21 21
0 0 1
5 61 10 9 1 25 3 1
21 21 21
Illustration 32
1 2 2
Let A 2 1 2 , prove that A2 ă 4A ă 5I = 0, hence obtain Aă1.
2 2 1
Solution :
1 2 2 1 2 2
2 1 2 2 1 2
A2 = A.A =
2 2 1 2 2 1
1 4 4 2 2 4 2 4 2 9 8 8
2 2 4 4 1 4 4 2 2 8 9 8
=
2 4 2 4 2 2 4 4 1 8 8 9
9 8 8 4 8 8 5 0 0
8 9 8 8 4 8 0 5 0
Now A2 ă 4A ă 5I =
8 8 9 8 8 4 0 0 5
9 4 5 8 8 0 8 8 0 0 0 0
8 8 0 9 4 5 8 8 0 0 0 0 O
=
8 8 0 8 8 0 9 4 5 0 0 0
1 2 2 4 0 0 3 2 2
2 1 2 0 4 0 2 3 2
5Aă1 = A ă 4I =
2 2 1 0 0 4 2 2 3
3 2 2 3 / 5 2 / 5 2 / 5
2 3 2 2 / 5 3 / 5 2 / 5
1 1
A
5
2 2 3 2 / 5 2 / 5 3 / 5
Note : Similarly we can deline the three column operations. Cij (Ci Cj). Ci(k) (Ci kCi) and Cij(k) (Ci Ci + kCj).
If A is reduced to I by elementary row (L.H.S.) transformation, then suppose I is reduced to P (R.H.S.) and not change A in
R.H.S.
i.e., A =I A
After transformation I = PA
then P is the inverse of A
P = Aă1
Let us consider the following system of n linear equations in n unknowns x1, x2, ..., xn
If b1 = b2 = ... = bn = 0, then the system of equations (1) is called a system of homogeneous linear equations and if at least
one of b1, b2 ..., bn is non zero, then it is called a system of non homogeneous linear equations.
Illustration 34
5 3 1 x 16
2 1 3 , X y 19
Let A= and B =
1 2 4 z 15
5 3 1
Now A 2 1 3 5 (4 6) 3 (8 3) 1 (4 1) 22 0
1 2 4
Hence A is non-singular. Therefore the given system of equations will have the unique solution given by X = Aă1 B
Let C be the matrix whose elements are the cofactors of the corresponding elements of A, then
2 5 3
2 10 8
C 10 19 7
adj A = C´ 5 19 13
8 13 1
3 7 1
2 10 8
adj A 1
A 1
5 19 13
A 22
3 7 1
2 / 22 10 / 22 8 / 22 16 1
5 / 22 19 / 22 13 / 22 19 2
3 / 22 7 / 22 1 / 22 25 5
x 1
y 2
x = 1, y = 2, z = 5
z 5
Illustration 35
5 1 3 1 1 2
3 2 1
Find the product of two matrices A and B where A 7 1 5 , B
and use it for solving the equations
1 1 1 2 1 3
x + y + 2z = 1
3x + 2y + z = 7
2x + y + 3z = 2
a b c
Remark. For reducing a 3 ï 3 matrix, A d e f to identify matrix by using elementary
g h i
>
a b c
i ix viii
>
d e f
<
ii iii vii
>
g h i
<
iv v vi
> >
Illustration 33
0 0 ă 1
Find the inverse of the matrix, A 3 4 5 by using elementary row transformations.
ă 2 ă4 ă 7
Solution : We have
A = I3A
0 0 ă1 1 0 0
3 4 5 0 1 0 A
ă 2 ă 4 ă 7 0 0 1
ă 2 ă 4 ă 7 0 0 1
3 4 5 0 1 0 A
0 0 ă1 1 0 0
1 0 ă 2 0 1 1
3 4 5 0 1 0 A
0 0 ă 1 1 0 0
1 0 ă 2 0 1 1
0 4 11 0 ă 2 ă 3 A
0 0 ă 1 1 0 0
1
Applying R2 R , we get
4 2
1 0 ă 2 0 1 1
11 2 3
0 1 0 A
4 3 4
0 0 1 1 0 0
1 0 ă 2 0 1 1
11 2 3
0 1 0 A
4 4 4
0 0
0 1 1 0
Applying R 2 R 2 11 R 3
4
0 1 1
1 0 2 11
0 3
0 2
1 A
4 4 4
0 0 1 1
0 0
Applying R1 R1 + 2R3
2 1 1
1 0 0 11
0 1 0 2 3
A
4 4 4
0 0 1 1
0 0
2 1 1
11 8 4 4
3 1
3
1 2
A 11 2
4 4 4 4
1
4 0 0
0 0
5 1 3 1 1 2
Solution : AB 7 1 5 3 2 1
1 1 1 2 1 3
5 3 6 5 2 3 10 1 9
7 3 10 7 2 5 14 1 15
=
1 3 2 121 2 1 3
4 0 0 1 0 0
0 4 0 4 0 1 0 4I3
....(1)
0 0 4 0 0 1
x 1
where X y and C 7
z 2
A
From (1), AB 413 . B I3
4
5 7 6
4 4 4
5 / 4 1 / 4 3 / 4 1 2
A
1 / 4 5 / 4 7
1 7 7 10
B 7/4 1
4 4 4 4
1 / 4 1 / 4 1 / 4 3 1
1 7 2
4 4 4
x = 2, y = 1, z = ă1
Rank of a matrix
1 3 4
Consider the matrix A
2 6 8 2 3
Above is 2 ï 3 matrix.
Sub-matrix of order r :
If we retain any r rows and equal number of r columns we will have a square submatrix of order r whose determinant is called
minor of order r.
In the above matrix we cannot have a square sub matrix of order 3 because there are no 3 rows though 3 columns are there. We
1 3 3 4 1 4
can at the most have minors of order 2 say , ,
2 6 6 8 2 8
or we can have minors of order 1 which means each element of the matrix is a minor of order 1. Similarly if a matrix A is 3 ï
4 then we can have minors of order 3, 2 and 1 only.
Note : From above it clearly follows that the rank of a null matrix i.e., zero matrix all of whose elements are zeroes is zero.
Also the rank of a singular square matrix of order n cannot be n because minor of highest order i.e., |A| = 0 and there is only
one minor of highest order.
Working rule :
Calculate the minors of highest possible order of a given matrix A. If it is not zero then the order of the minor is the rank. If
it is zero and all other minors of the same order be also zero then calculate minors of next lower order and if at least one of them
is not zero then this next lower order will be the rank. If, however, all the minors of next lower order are zero then calculate
minors of still next lower order and so on.
Illustration 36
1 2 3
A 2 4 7
Find the rank of the matrix
3 6 10
Solution :
First method :
1 2 3
A 2 4 7
= 1 (40 ă 42) ă 2 (20 ă 21) + 3 (12 ă 12) = 0
3 6 10
There will be square submatrices of A of order 2. Now we consider the determinants of these submatrices.
1 2 1 3
(i) 4 4 0 (ii) 76 1 0
2 4 2 7
Thus rank of A = 2
[Because there is at least one square submatrix of order 2 whose determinant is non-zero and determinants of all square submatrices
of A of order greater than 2 are zero. Only one such matrix exist and that is the matrix A itself.
1 2 3 1 2 3
R 2 R 2 2R1
Now A 2 4 7 ~ 0 0 1
R R 3 3R1
3 6 10 0 0 1 3
1 2 3
0 0 1 [R R R ]
~ 3 3 2
0 0 0
Solution of Equations
1 2 x 4
or or AX = B
3 1 y 2
1 2 4
A is called coefficient matrix and C = [A, B] = is 2 ï 3 matrix. C is called augmented matrix.
3 1 2
Nature of solution
(a) Rank A = Rank C = n = 2 the number of unknown. Solution is unique and is obtained as under.
1 2
Here A = 16 50
3 1
A is non-singular and Aă1 exists and
1 1 1 2
A 1 (adj.A)
A 5 3 1
x 1 1 2 4
or =
y 5 3 1 2
1 0 0
=
5 10 2
x=0
y=2
x y 1
D1 D2 D
x y 1
x y 1
4 2 1 4 1 2
or or
2 1 3 2 3 1 0 10 5
1 2 x 0
3x + 2y = 0 or
3 1 y 0
AX = B
1 2 0
C [A, B]
3 1 0
Here as above Rank A = Rank C = n = 2 the number of unknown variables and hence the solution will be unique and is given
by X = Aă1 B
x 1 1 2 0 0
or
y 5 3 1 0 0
x = 0, y = 0
1 2 x 4
or
3 6 y 12
1 2 4
or AX = B C = [A, B] =
3 6 12
1 2
Here A 0
3 6
so that matrix A is singular and Aă1 will not exist
Apply R2 ă 3R1
1 2 4 1 2
C and A
0 0 0 0 0
Clearly Rank C = Rank A = 1 which is less than n = 2 the number of variables and hence the system of equations are
consistent and will have infinite solutions. As a matter of fact we have only one equation on two variables x + 2y = 4
(The second equation on dividing by 3 becomes the same as x + 2y = 4)
4c
We can have infinite number of points on a line Choosing x = c we have y
2
(d) Homogeneous equations
x + 2y = 0
1 2 x 0
3x + 6y = 0 or
3 6 y 0
or Ax = B
Arguing as in (c) Rank C = Rank A = 1, |A| = 0. As a matter of fact we have only one equation x + 2y = 0. Rank C
= Rank A = 1, < n = 2 the number of variables.
Choosing y = c, x = ă 2c (c, ă 2c) constitute infinite solutions.
1 2 4
3x + 6y = 7 or
3 6 7
1 2 4
or AX = B C
3 6 7
|A| = 0 i.e., A is singular.
Clearly Rank A = 1 but Rank C = 2
Rank A < Rank C Inconsistent
7
As a matter of fact the two equations are x + 2y = 4 and x 2 y which are clearly inconsistent and have no solution.
3
Gist
I. Rank A = Rank C = n the number of variables then equations are consistent and have unique solution. A 0 sec (a), (b).
II. Rank A = Rank C = r < n the number of variables the equations are consistent and have infinite solutions, |A| = 0 sec (c), (d).
Non-homogeneous equation : We will illustrate the method by two examples. We have discussed this topic in determinants.
Here we illustrate the method by use of matrices.
Illustration 37
5 6 4 x 15
The above equations can be written in matrix form as 7 6 3 y 19
2 1 6 z 46
or AX = B
5 6 4
A D 7 4 3
2 1 6
17 6 40
D = 1 4 27
0 1 0
By Cramer’s rule.
x y z 1
D1 D2 D3 D
15 6 4
D1 = 19 4 3
46 1 6
5 15 4 15 5 4
D2 = 7 19 3 19 7 3
2 46 6 46 2 6
5 6 15
D3 = 7 4 19
2 1 46
x y z 1
1257 1676 2514 419
x = 3, y = 4, z = 6.
2nd Method :
AX = B.
Since A is non-singular and hence its inverse exists. Multiplying both sides by Aă1 we get
Aă1 AX = Aă1B or IX = Aă1 B
or X = Aă1 B
adj.A
Now A 1 = A where
5 6 4
A = 7 4 3 419
2 1 6
27 40 2
adj.A= 48 22 43
1 17 62
27 40 2
1 Adj.A 1
A 48 22 43
A 419
1 17 62
X = Aă1 B
x 27 40 2 15
y 1 48 22 43 19
or 419
z 1 17 62 46
1257 3
1
1676 4
= 419
2514 6
x = 3, y = 4, z = 6
Illustration 38
1 1 1 x 6
1 1 1 y 2
In matrix form the given equations are or AX = B
2 1 1 z 1
1 1 1
A 1 1 1
2 1 1
1 1 1
A D 1 1 1
2 1 1
1 1 1
0 2 0 60
=
0 1 3
x y z 1
D1 D2 D3 D
6 1 1 6 1 1
D1 2 1 1 4 2 0
1 1 1 7 2 0
By R2 ă R1 and R3 + R1
4 2
D1 = 8 14 6
7 2
1 6 1 1 6 1
1 2 1 0 4 0
D2 =
2 1 1 0 11 3
4 0
= 12
11 3
1 1 6 1 1 6
D3 1 1 2 0 2 4
2 1 1 0 1 11
2 4
= 22 4 18
1 11
x y z 1
6 12 18 6
MATRICES & DETERMINANTS
56 QUIZRR
x = 1, y = 2, z = 3.
Above gives the unique solution.
Illustration 39
1 1 1 x 6
1 2 3 y 10
or
1 2 z
have, (a) no solution, (b) a unique solution, (c) an infinite number of solutions.
Solution :
(a) For no solution
Rank A Rank C
(b) For unique solution i.e., coefficient matrix is non-singular.
Rank A Rank C = n
(c) For infinite number of solutions,
Rank A = Rank C = r where r < n
Augmented Matrix
1 1 1 6
C A, B 1 2 3 10
Apply R3 ă R2
1 2
1 1 1 6
or 1 2 3 10 Apply R2 ă R1
0 0 3 10
1 1 1 6
~ 0 1 2 4
0 0 3 10
1 1 1
Also A ~ 0 1 2
0 0 3
(a) = 3, ø 10.
In this case Rank A = 2 whereas Rank C = 3.
Rank A Rank C and hence no solution.
1 1 1 x 6
0 1 2 y 4
0 0 0 z 0
or x + y + z = 6, y + 2z = 4, 0 = 0
Choose z=k y = 4 ă 2k
x = 6 ă y ă z = 6 ă (4 ă 2k) ă k = 2 + k.
Homogeneous Equations :
Refer chapter of determinants. If D = |A| 0 then the system of homogeneous equations have trivial solution i.e., x = 0, y =
0 and z = 0. If however |A| = 0 then the system of equations will have non-trivial solution. We will illustrate the same by following
examples.
Illustration 40
1 3 2
A = 2 1 4
1 11 14
Reduce the matrix to Echelon form by applying elementary row, column operation
1 3 2
A = 0 7 8
by R2 ă 2R1, R3 ă R1
0 14 16
= ă 112 + 112 = 0
Since |A| = 0 the system of equations with have non-trivial solution
Above is Echelon form of A and its rank is 2 the number of non-zero rows. Rank A = r < n where n = 3. Hence the system
has non-trivial solution. We shall assign arbitrary values to
n ă r = 3 ă 2 = 1 variable and remaining r = 2 variables shall be found in terms of these.
The equivalent system of equations is AX = O
1 3 2 x
0 7 8 y O
0 14 16 z
24 10
and hence x = 2z ă 3y = 2k ă k k
7 7
Illustration 41
1 k 4 4 k 2 x
3k 3 k 4 y O
The given equations can be written as 2
1 2 k 2 3 k 4 z
1 k 4 4k 2
A 2 3k 3k 4
1 2k 2 3k 4
Apply R2 ă 2R1, R3 ă R1
1 k 4 4k 2
A 0 k 8 5k
0 k2 k2
= (k ă 8) (ă k + 2) + 5k (k ă 2)
or ă k + 2k + 8k ă 16 + 5k2 ă 10k = 4k2 ă 16
2
1 6 10 x
For k = 2 the equivalent system of equations will be 0 6 10 y O
0 0 0 z
Clearly rank of A is 2 and we will assign arbitrary values to n ă r i.e. 3 ă 2 = 1 variable and remaining r = 2 variables shall
be found in terms of these
x + 6y + 10z = 0, ă 6y ă 10z = 0, 0 = 0
Only two equations in three variables.
Choose z = c y = ă 5c/3 and x = 0
For k = ă 2 the equivalent system of equations will be
1 2 6 x
0 10 10 y 0
0 4 4 z
1 2 6 x
0 1 1 y 0
or
0 1 1 z
x + 2y ă 6z = 0, y ă z = 0 and y ă z = 0
Choose z = k y = k and x = 4k
P ROPERTIES OF DETERMINANTS
Property I. The value of a determinant is not changed when rows are changed into corresponding columns.
Naturally when rows are changed into corresponding columns, then columns will be changed into corresponding rows.
a1 b1 c1
Proof : Let a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
1 2 3
Example : 2 3 4 1 (15 4) 2 (10 0) 3 (2 0) 3
0 1 5
1 2 0
and ´ 2 3 1 1 (15 4) 2 (10 3) 0 (8 9) 3
3 4 5
Clearly ´ =
Property II. If any two rows or columns of a determinant are interchanged, the sign of the determinant is changed, but its
value remains the same.
1 2 3
Example : 2 3 4 1 (15 4) 2 (10 0) 3 (2 0) 3
0 1 5
2 3 4
and ´ 1 2 3 [R1 R 2 ]
0 1 5
= 2 (10 ă 3) ă 3 (5 ă 0) + 4 (1 ă 0) = 3
1 2 3
Example : 2 3 4 1 (9 8) 2 (6 4) 3 (4 3) 0
1 2 3
Property IV.
A common factor of all elements of any rwo (or of any column) may be taken outside the sign of
the determinant. In other words if all the elements of the same row (or the same column) are
multiplied by a certain number, then the determinant becomes multiplied by that number.
32 24 16 4 3 2
Example : 8 3 5 8 8 3 5 [taking 8 common from Ist row]
4 5 3 4 5 3
1 3 2
= 8 4 2 3 5 [taking 4 common from the Ist column]
1 5 3
Property V.
If every element of some column or (row) is the sum of two terms, then the determinant is equal
to the sum of two determinants; one containing only the first term in place of each sum, the other
only the second term. The remaining element of both determinants are the same as in the given
determinant.
a1 1 b1 c1 a1 b1 c1 1 b1 c1
a 2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2 2 b2 c2
Proof : We have to prove that 2
a3 3 b3 c3 a3 b3 c3 3 b3 c3
a1 b1 c1 d1 e1 a1 c1 e1 a1 d1 e1 b1 c1 e1 b1 d1 e1
a b2 c2 d2 e2 a2 c2 e2 a2 d2 e2 b2 c2 e2 b2 d2 e2
Note : 2
a3 b3 c3 d3 e3 a3 c3 e3 a3 d3 e3 b3 c3 e3 b3 d3 e3
Property VI.
The value of a determinant does not change when any row or column is multiplied by a number
or an expression and is then added to or subtracted from any other row or column.
Here it should be noted that if the row or column which is changed is multiplied by a number,
then the determinant will have to be divided by that number.
1 2 3 5 2 13
Example : 2 3 4 7, ´ 2 3 4 [R1 R1 2R 3 ]
2 0 5 2 0 5
= 5 (15 ă 0) ă 2 (10 ă 8) + 13 (0 ă 6)
= 75 ă 4 ă 78 = ă 7
7 6 19
1
´ 2 3 4
3
R1 3R1 2R 3 2 0 5
[Here ´´ has also been obtained from applying R1 3R1 + 2R3]
1 1
= [7 (15 0) 6 (10 8) 19 (0 6)] ( 21) 7
3 3
In obtaining ´´ from , R1 has been changed and R1 has been multiplied by 3, therefore, the
determinant has been divided by 3
a1 b1 c1 a1 mb1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2 a2 mb2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3 a3 mb3 b3 c3
Evaluation of determinant :
a1 a2 a3 x1 x2 x3
Let 1 b1 b2 b3 and 2 y1 y2 y3
c1 c2 c3 z1 z2 z3
a1 x1 a2 x2 a3 x3 a1 y1 a2 y2 a3 y3 a1 z1 a2 z2 a3 z3
1 2 b1 x1 b2 x2 b3 x3 b1 y1 b2 y2 b3 y3 b1 z1 b2 z2 b3 z3
c1 x1 c2 x2 c3 x3 c1 y1 c2 y2 c3 y3 c1 z1 c2 z2 c3 z3
1 2 3 3 4 1
Example : Let 1 2 3 5 2 0 1 2
0 2 1 3 2 6
8 4 19
1 7 42
=
7 0 10
Note : (i) Here we have multiplied rows by rows. Since value of a determinant does not change
when rows and columns are interchanged, therefore, while finding the product of two determinants,
we can also multiply rows by columns or columns by columns.
Note : (ii) 12 = 21 (since in a determinant rows and columns can be interchanged)
An important result
a1 a2 a3 A1 A 2 A 3
2
If b1 b2 b3 then B1 B2 B3
c1 c2 c3 C1 C2 C3
Where capital letters denote the cofactors of corresponding small letters in i.e. Ai = cofactor of
ai, Bi = cofactor of bi and ci = cofactor of ci in the determinant . We have seen that
a1A1 + a2A2 + a3A3 =
b1B1 + b2B2 + b3B3 =
c1C1 + c2C2 + c3C3 =
and a1B1 + a2B2 + a3B3 = 0
b1A1 + b2A2 + b3A3 = 0
a1C1 + a2C2 + a3C3 = 0
c1A1 + c2A2 + c3A3 = 0
b1C1 + b2C2 + b3C3 = 0
c1B1 + c2B2 + c3B3 = 0
Case I. When 0
A1 A 2 A 3
Let 1 B1 B2 B3
C1 C2 C3
a1 a2 a3 A1 A 2 A 3
Now 1 b1 b2 b3 B1 B2 B3
c1 c2 c3 C1 C2 C3
0 0
0 0
= = 3
0 0
a1 A1 a2 A 2 a3 A3 0
Now
a1 B1 a2 B2 a3 B3 0 ...(i)
a1 C1 a2 C2 a3C3 0
(i) is system of homogeneous linear equations in a1, a2, a3 where a1 0, therefore it has nontrivial
solution.
A1 A 2 A 3
B1 B2 B3
= 0 1 = 0
C1 C2 C3
Thus 1 = 2 [ = 0 and 1 = 0]
Illustration 42
a 2 x2 a b cx a c bx x c b
2
a b cx b2 x 2 bc a x c x a
Show that
a c bx bc a x c2 x2 b a x
Solution :
x c b
Let D c x a
b a x
x2 a2 ab cx ac bx
c 2 2
D = ab cx x b ax bc
ac bx bc ax x2 c2
a2 x2 ab cx ac bx
2 2
ab cx b x bc ax
= (Rows interchanging into columns)
ac bx ax bc c2 x2
= D2
2
x c b
= c x a ( Dc = D2, D is third order determinant)
b a x
a2 x2 ab cx ac bx x c b
2
ab cx b2 x2 bc ax c x a
Hence,
ac bx ax bc c2 x2 b a x
Illustration 43
2
2 ( )( ) ( ) ( ) 0
Prove that
( ) ( ) 2
Solution :
2
2 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
L.H.S. =
( ) ( ) 2
1 1 0 1 1 0
0 0
= (Row by Row)
0 0
= 0ï 0
= 0
= R.H.S.
Illustration 44
Solution :
= 0ï 0
= 0
= R.H.S.
MATRICES & DETERMINANTS
66 QUIZRR
Illustration 45
Prove that
(a 1 b1 )2 (a 1 b2 )2 (a 1 b3 )2
(a 2 b1 )2 (a 2 b2 )2 (a 2 b3 )2 2 (a 1 a 2 ) (a 2 a 3 ) (a 3 a 1 ) (b1 b2 ) (b2 b3 ) (b3 b1 )
(a 3 b1 )2 (a 3 b2 )2 (a 3 b3 )2
Solution :
a12 a 1 2
1 2b1 b1
1
a22 a2 1 1 2b2 b22
= (Row by Row)
a32 a3 1 1 2b3 b32
2 2
1 a1 a1 1 b1 b1
1 a2 a22 ( 2) 1 b2 b22
= (ă 1)
1 a3 a2 1 b3 b2
3 3
2 2
1 a1 a1 1 b1 b1
1 a2 a22 1 b2 b22
= (2)
1 a3 a2 1 b3 b2
3 3
= 2 (a1 ă a2) (a2 ă a3) (a3 ă a1) (b1 ă b2) (b2 ă b3) (b3 ă b1) = R.H.S.
Illustration 46
1 a a2
1 b b 2 (a b) (b c ) (c a )
Show that
1 c c2
Solution :
1 a a2
1 b b2
Let =
1 c c2
2 2
0 ab a b
0 bc b2 c2
Now = [R1 R1 ă R2, R2 R2 ă R3]
1 c c2
0 1 ab
0 1 bc
= (a ă b) (b ă c)
1 c c2
= (a ă b) (b ă c) (b + c ă a ă b)
= (a ă b) (b ă c) ( c ă a)
1 a a2
1 b b2
Note : Determinant is called a circular
1 c c2
Illustration 47
a b c
Let a , b, c be positive and not all equal. Show that the value of the determinant b c a
c a b
is negative. [IITă81]
abc b c
abc c a
[C1 C1 + C2 + C3]
abc a b
1 b c
1 c a
= (a + b + c)
1 a b
1 b c
0 cb ac
= (a + b + c) [R2 R2 ă R1 and R3 R3 ă R1]
0 ab bc
= (a + b + c) {{c ă b} (b ă c) ă (a ă b) (a ă c)}
= (a + b + c) {bc + ca + ab ă a2 ă b2 ă c2}
= ă (a + b + c) (a2 + b2 + c2 ă bc ă ca ă ab)
1
= (a + b + c) [(a2 + b2 ă 2ab) + (b2 + c2 ă 2bc) + (c2 + a2 ă 2ac)]
2
1
= (a + b + c) [(a ă b)2 + (b ă c)2 + (c – a)2] ...(i)
2
a, b, c are positive a + b+ c > 0
Again since a, b, c are unequal (a ă b)2 + (b ă c)2 + (c – a)2 > 0
from (i), < 0
Illustration 48
a2 1 ab ac
Prove that ab b2 1 bc 1 a 2 b2 c 2
ac bc c2 1
Solution :
a2 1 ab ac
2
ab b 1 bc
L.H.S. =
ac bc c2 1
a ( a2 1) ab2 ac2
1
= a2 b b (b2 1) bc2
abc
a2 c b2 c c ( c2 1)
a2 1 b2 c2
abc
= a2 b2 1 c2
abc
a2 b2 c2 1
1 a2 b2 c2 b2 c2
2 2 2
= 1a b c b2 1 c2 [C1 C1 + C2 + C3]
2 2 2 2 2
1a b c b c 1
1 b2 c2
1 b2 1 c2
= (1 + a2 + b2 + c2)
1 b2 c2 1
1 b2 c2
0 1 0
= (1 + a2 + b2 + c2) [R2 R2 ă R1 and R3 R3 ă R1]
0 0 1
= (1 + a2 + b2 + c2) (1.1.1)
= 1 + a2 + b2 + c2 = R.H.S.
Illustration 49
15 x 1 10
Solve the equation 11 3 x 1 16 0
7x 1 13
Solution :
15 x 1 10
Given 11 3 x 1 16 0
7 x 1 13
15 x 1 10
or 4 2 x 0 6 0 [R2 R2 ă R1, R3 R3 ă R1]
8 0 3
or (ă 1) (ă 12 ă 6x + 48) = 0
or ă 36 + 6x = 0 x= 6
Illustration 50
a x c b
c bx a 0
If a + b + c = 0, solve the equation
b a c x
Solution :
abcx c b
From given equation, a b c x b x a 0 [C1 C1 + C2 + C3]
abcx a cx
1 c b
1 b x a 0
or (a + b + c ă x)
1 a cx
1 c b
or (ă x) 0 b c x a b 0 [R2 R2 ă R1; R3 ă R1]
0 a c cb x
[ a + b + c = 0]
or x[(b ă c ă x) (c ă b ă x) ă (a ă c) (a ă b)] = 0
or x(x2 ă b2 ă c2 + 2bc ă a2 + ab + ca ă bc) = 0
or x (x2 ă a2 ă b2 ă c2 + ab + bc + ca) = 0
x= 0
or x2 = a2 + b2 + c2 ă (ab + bc + ca)
1
= (a2 + b2 + c2) ă {(a + b + c)2 ă (a2 + b2 + c2)}
2
3
= (a2 + b2 + c2) [ a + b + c = 0]
2
3 2 2 2
x = 0, or x (a b c )
2
MATRICES & DETERMINANTS
QUIZRR 71
Illustration 51
a bc a bc a a2 a3
b ca a bc b b2 b3
Show without expanding that
c ab a bc c c2 c3
Solution :
a3 a2 bc a3 bc [R1 a2 R1
1
b3 ab2 c ab3 c R 2 b2 R 2
L.H.S. = a b c
2 2 2
c3 abc2 abc3 R 3 c2 R 3 ]
a3 a a 2 3
a a a
2
( abc) ( abc)
b3 b b2 b b3 b2
= a2 b2 c2 [C2 C2]
c3 c c2 c c3 c2
2 3
a a a
b b2 b3
= [C2 C3]
c c2 c3
Illustration 52
1 a1 a2 a3
Evaluate : a 1 1 a2 a3
a1 a2 1 a3
Solution :
1 a1 a2 a3 a2 a3
1 a1 a2 a3 1 a2 a3 [C1 C1 + C2 + C3]
1 a1 a2 a3 a2 1 a3
1 a2 a3
1 1 a2 a3
= (1 + a1 + a2 + a3)
1 a2 1 a3
0 1 0
R R1 R 2
0 1 1 1
= (1 + a1 + a2 + a3) R R 2 R 3
1 a2 1 a3 2
1 0
= (1 + a1 + a2 + a3)
1 1
= (1 + a1 + a2 + a3) (1 ă 0) = 1 + a1 + a2 + a3
Illustration 53
a b 2c a b
c b c 2a b 2 (a b c )3
Show that
c a c a 2b
Solution :
2 ( a b c) a b
2 ( a b c) b c 2a b
[C1 C1 + C2 + C3]
2 ( a b c) a c a 2b
1 a b
1 b c 2a b
= 2 (a + b + c)
1 a c a 2b
0 (b c a) 0
0 (b c a) ( a b c)
= 2 (a + b + c) [R1 R1 ă R2 and R2 R2 ă R3]
1 a c a 2b
0 1 0
0 1 1
= 2 (a + b + c) (a + b + c)2
1 a c a 2b
Illustration 54
a bc 2a 2a
2b bca 2b ( a b c )3
Prove that
2c 2c ca b
Solution :
1 1 1
2b b c a 2b
= (a + b + c) [taking (a + b + c) common from first row]
2c 2c cab
1 0 0
2b bca 0
= (a + b + c) [C2 C2 ă C1; C3 ă C1]
2c 0 cab
bca 0
= (a + b + c) [Expanding along R1]
0 cab
= (a + b + c) [ă (b + c + a) ï ă (c + a + b)]
= (a + b + c) (a + b + c)2 = (a + b + c)3
Illustration 55
x y z 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2
Prove that x y z x y z 2 ( y z)(z x )( x y)( yz zx xy)
yz zx xy x3 y3 z3
Solution :
x2 y2 z2
1
x3 y3 z3
= x. y.z [C1 xC1, C2 yC2, C3 zC3]
xyz xyz xyz
x2 y2 z2 x2 y2 z2 1 1 1
xyz 3 3 3 2 2
= x y z 1 1 1 x y z2
xyz
1 1 1 x3 y3 z3 x3 y3 z3
1 0 0
2 2 2
x y x z x2
2
= [C2 C2 ă C1; C3 ă C1]
x3 y3 x3 z3 x3
( y x) ( y x) ( z x)( z x)
= 1
( y x)( y xy x ) ( z x)( z2 zx x2 )
2 2
y x z x
= (y ă x) (z ă x)
y2 xy x2 z2 zx x2
y x z y
= (y ă x) (z ă x) [C2 C2 ă C1]
y2 xy x2 ( z2 y2 ) zx xy
y x z y
= (y ă x) (z ă x) 2 2 ( z y)( x y z)
y xy x
y x 1
= (y ă x) (z ă x) (z ă y) 2 2 ( x y z)
y xy x
Illustration 56
2 3
x x 1 x
If x, y, z are all different and if y y 2 1 y3 0, prove that xyz = ă 1.
z z 2 1 z3
Solution :
2 3 2 2
x x 1 x x x 1 x x x3
y y2 1 y3 y y2 1 y y2 y3
=
z z2 1 z3 z z2 1 z z2 z3
2 2
x x 1 1 x x
y y2 1 xyz 1 y y2
=
z z2 1 1 z z2
2 2
x 1 x 1 x x
y 1 y2 xyz 1 y y2
= [C2 C3 in first det.]
z 1 z2 1 z z2
2 2 2
1 x x 1 x x 1 x x
1 y y2 xyz 1 y y2 1 y y2
= [1 + xyz]
1 z z2 1 z z2 1 z z2
[C1 C2]
= (x ă y) (y ă z) (z ă x) (1 + xyz) [From value of a circular determinant]
= 0 (x ă y) (y ă z) (z ă x) (1 + xyz) = 0
1 + xyz = 0
[ x y, y z, z x]
xyz = ă 1
Illustration 57
bc a a
Evaluate b ca b
c c a b
Solution :
0 2c 2b
b ca b
= [R1 R1 ă R2 ă R3]
c c ab
0 2c 2b
1
0 c (c a b) b(c a b)
= c [R2 cR2 ă bR3]
c c ab
1
= [c (ă 2bc) [c ă a ă b ă (c + a ă b)]]
c
= (ă 2bc) (ă 2a) = 4abc
Illustration 58
If a , b, c are all positive and p th, q th and r th terms of a G.P., then prove that
log a p 1
log b q 1 0
log c r 1
log a p 1 ( p 1) log R p 1
log b q 1 ( q 1) log R q 1
=
log c r 1 (r 1) log R r 1
1 p 1 p1 p 1
1 q 1 log R q 1 q 1
= log A
1 r 1 r 1 r 1
p p 1 1 p 1
q q 1 1 q 1
= log A ï (0) + log R
r r 1 1 r 1
= log R [0 ă 0] = 0
Illustration 59
Solution :
If a, b, c are in A.P., then 2b = a + c
x1 x2 x a
x2 x3 xb
Let =
x3 x4 xc
Applying R1 R1 + R3
2x 4 2 x 6 2x a c
x2 x3 xb
=
x3 x4 xc
Applying R1 R1 ă 2R2
0 0 a c 2b
x2 x3 xb
=
x3 x4 xc
0 0 0
x2 x3 xb
= [ 2b = a + c]
x3 x4 xc
= 0
Illustration 60
3x 8 3 3
3 3x 8 3
Solve = 0
3 3 3x 8
Solution :
3x 8 3 3
3 3x 8 3
= 0
3 3 3x 8
Applying C1 C1 + C2 + C3
3x 2 3 3
3x 2 3x 8 3
= 0
3x 2 3 3x 8
1 3 3
1 3x 8 3
(3x ă 2) = 0
1 3 3x 8
1 3 3
0 3 x 11 0
(3x ă 2) = 0
0 0 3 x 11
Expanding by C1
(3x ă 2) (3x ă 11)2 = 0
3x ă 2 = 0 or 3x ă 11 = 0
x = 2/3 or x = 11/3
f1 ( x) f2 ( x) f3 ( x)
let y g1 ( x) g2 ( x) g3 ( x)
h1 ( x) h2 ( x) h3 ( x)
Illustration 61
If f, g and h are differentiable functions of x and
f g h f g h
( xf )´ ( xg )´ ( xh)´ f´ g´ h´
= prove that ´ =
( x 2 f )´´ ( x 2 g )´´ ( x 2 h )´´ ( x 3 f ´´)´ ( x 3 g ´´)´ ( x 3 h´´)´
Solution :
f g h
( xf )´ ( xg)´ ( xh)´
=
( x2 f )´´ ( x2 g)´´ ( x2 h)´´
f g h
xf ´ f xg´ g xh´ h
=
2 2 2
x f ´´ 4 xf ´ 2 f x g´´ 4 xg´ 2 g x h´´ 4 xh´ 2h
f g h
xf ´ xg´ xh´
=
2 2 2
x f ´´ 4 xf ´ x g´´ 4 xg´ x h´´ 4 xh´
by R3 ă 2R2 and R2 ă R1
Now apply R3 ă 4R2
f g h f g h
= x.x2 f ´ g´ h´ f ´ g´ h´
f ´´ g´´ h´´ x3 f ´´ x3 g´´ x3 h´´
f´ g´ h´ f g h f g h
´ = f´ g´ h´ f ´´ g´´ h´´ f´ g´ h´
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
x f ´´ x g´´ x h´´ x f ´´ x g´´ x h´´ ( x f ´´)´ ( x g´´)´ ( x h´´)´
f g h
= 0+ 0 + f´ g´ h´
( x3 f ´´)´ ( x3 g´´)´ ( x3 h´´)´
In the second det. R2.R3 become identical after taking x3 common from R3.
Illustration 62
Let be a repeated root of quadratic equation f(x) = 0 and A(x), B(x), C(x) be polynomial
A( x ) B( x ) C( x )
of degree 3, 4 and 5 respectively, then show that A() B() C() is divisible by f(x),
A´() B´() C´()
A( x) B( x) C( x)
A() B() C()
Set P(x) = ...(1)
A´() B´() C´()
Illustration 63
Solution :
= f (). If will be independent of if ´ () = 0
´ = sin sin ( + ă ă )
= sin sin ( ă ) = 0
= constant i.e. independent of .
Illustration 64
If 11 + 22 + 33 = 11 + 22 + 33 = 0
3
12 22 23 1 and 1 1 + 2 2 + 3 3 = (12 22 32 )(12 22 32 ) , then show that
2
2
1 2 3
1 2
1 2 3 (1 22 32 ).(12 22 32 )
4
1 2 3
Solution :
1 2 3 1 2 3
2 3 1 2 3
We have 2 = 1
1 2 3 1 2 3
12 11 1 1
= 11 12 11
11 11 12
MATRICES & DETERMINANTS
QUIZRR 81
3
12 2
() () 0
3
2
() () 2 0
1
= 0 1 (Using the given relation)
0
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2
= (1 2 3 ) (1 2 3 ) (1 22 32 ) (12 22 32 )
4
1 2
= (1 22 23 ) (12 22 32 )
4
Illustration 65
Prove that the area of the triangle enclosed by the lines a 1x + b 1y + c 1 = 0, a 2x + b 2y + c 2
2
a1 b1 c1
1
= 0, a 3x + b 3y + c 3 = 0 is a 2 b2 c2 (a 1 b2 a 2 b1 ) (a 2 b3 a 3 b2 ) (a 3 b1 a 1 b3 )
2
a3 b3 c3
Solution :
a1 b1 c1
a b c
Consider the determinant = 2 2 2
a3 b3 c3
2
A1 B1 C1 a1 b1 c1
A 2 B2 C2 a2 b2 c2 ...(1)
A 3 B3 C3 a3 b3 c3
x1 y1 1
b2 c2 c2 a2 a2 b2
b3 c3 c3 a3 a3 b3
x1 y 1
i.e., 1
A1 B1 C1
A1 B1
Hence point of intersection of the above two lines is .
C1 C1
This gives once of the vertices of the triangle
A 2 B2 A 3 B3
Similarly other two vertices are , and , . Hence area of triangle
C2 C2 C3 C3
A 1 / C1 B1 / C1 1 A1 B1 C1
1 1
= A 2 / C2 B2 / C2 1 = A 2 B2 C2 (C1 C2 C3 )
2 2
A 3 / C3 B3 / C3 1 A 3 B3 C3
a1 b1 c1
1
a b c ( a2 b2 a3 b2 ) ( a3 b1 a1 b3 ) (a1b2 a2 b1 )
= 2 2 2 2
a3 b3 c3
Integration of a Determinant
f g h
If f ( x) a b c
a1 b1 c1
when f, g, h are the function of x and a, b, c, a1, b1, c1 are constants, then
f dx g dx h dx
F( x) dx a b c
a1 b1 c1
f a a1
F( x) g b b1
Also if
h c c1
a a1
f dx
then F( x) dx g dx b b1
h dx c c1
Illustration 66
sin x
sin5 x In sin x
sin x cos x
n n
/2
If f ( x ) n k k find the value of 0 f ( x ) dx
k 1 k1
8 1
ln ( )
15 2 2 4
Solution :
4 2
. In 2
5 3 2 4 8 1
(By Walli's In ( )
formula) 15 2 2 4
n n
n n
= n k k = n k k
k1 k1
k1 k1
8 1 8 1
In ( ) In ( )
15 2 2 4 15 2 2 4
Illustration 67
Solution :
Applying C2 C2 ă cos2x C1
1 cos x
= cos2 x (1 ă cos2 x) cos x
cos x sin2 x
2
1 cos x
= cos2 x sin2 x cos x
cos x sin2 x
2
4 2 1
= . .1 .
5 3 2 2
8
= [By WalliÊs formule]
15 4
If b1, b2, ..... bn are all zero, the system is called homoeneous and non-homogeneous if at least
one bi is non-zero.
Definition 2.
The solution set of the system (A) is an n tuple (1, 2, ....., n) of real numbers (or complex
numbers if the coefficients are complex) which satisfy each of the equations of the sysem.
Definition 3.
A system of equations is called consistent if it has at least one solution; inconsistent if it does
not have any solution; determinate if it has a unique solution; indeterminate if it has more than
one solution.
b2 c1 b1 c2 a1 c2 a2 c1
x= ab a b , y=
a1b2 a2 b1
1 2 2 1
c1 b1 a1 c1
c2 b2 a2 c2
x = a1 b1 y = a1 b1
a2 b2 a2 b2
Dx Dy a1 b1
x , y where D is the determinant of coefficient of x and y,
D D a2 b2
c1 b1
Dx = c b is obtained by replacing coefficient of x by constants c1, c2 in D and
2 2
a1 c1
Dy =
a2 c2
is obtained by replacing coefficient of y by constants c1, c2 in D.
a1 b1 c1
Let D =
a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
a1 x b1 c1
Then, xD = a2 x b2 c2
a3 x b3 c3
a1 x b1 y c1 z b1 c1 d1 b1 c1
xD =
a2 x b2 y c2 z b2 c2 d2 b2 c2 D x
a3 x b3 y c3 z b3 c3 d3 b3 c3
Dx
x=
D
Dy Dz
Similarly, y= and z=
D D
a1 b1 c1
where, D a2 b2 c2 , is the determinant of the coefficients of x, y and z.
a3 b3 c3
d1 b1 c1
Dx =
d2 b2 c2
d3 b3 c3
a1 d1 c1
Dy = a2 d2 c2
a3 d3 c3
a1 b1 d1
Dz =
a2 b2 d2
a3 b3 d3
Illustration 68
Solve the following system of equations by CramerÊs rule : x + y = 5, y + z = 3, x + z = 4
Solution :
Given system of equations is x + y = + 0z = 5, 0x + y + z = 3, x + 0y + z = 4
1 1 0
0 1 1
D = = 1 (1 ă 0) ă 1 (0 ă 1) = 1 + 1 = 2
1 0 1
5 1 0
3 1 1
Dx = ă 5 (1 ă 0) ă 1 (3 ă 4) = 5 + 1 = 6
4 0 1
1 5 0
0 3 1
Dy = = 1 (3 ă 4) ă 5 (0 ă 1) = ă 1 + 5 = 4
1 4 1
1 1 5
0 1 3
Dz = = 1 (4 ă 0) ă 1 (0 ă 3) + 5 (0 ă 1) = 4 + 3 ă 5 = 2
1 0 4
Dx 6 D 4 Dz 2
Now, x= = 3; y y 2 and z 1
D 2 D 2 D 2
x = 3, y = 2 and z = 1
Illustration 69
Solve the following system of equations by CramerÊs rule :
x ă y + 3z = 6,
x + 3y ă 3z = ă 4,
5x + 3y + 3z = 10
Solution :
1 1 3
1 3 3
D =
5 3 3
= 1 (9 + 9) + 1 (3 + 15) + 3 (3 ă 15) = 18 + 18 ă 36 = 0
6 1 3
4 3 3
Dx =
10 3 3
1 6 3
1 4 3
Dy =
5 10 3
1 1 6
1 3 4
Dz =
5 3 10
x ă y = 6 ă 3k, x + 3y = ă 4 + 3k
1 1
Again, D = = 3+ 1= 4
1 3
6 3k 1
Dx = = 18 ă 9k ă 4 + 3k = 14 ă 6k
4 3k 3
1 6 3k
Dy = = ă 4 + 3k ă 6 + 3k = ă 10 + 6k
1 4 3k
Dx 14 6 k 7 3 k
Now, x= =
D 4 2
Dy 10 6 k 5 3 k
and y= =
D 4 2
7 3k 5 3k
x= , y= and z = k
2 2
By giving arbitrary values to k, we find that the given system has infinite number of solutions.
Illustration 70
Prove that the system of equation
3x ă y + 4z = 3
x + 2y ă 3z = ă 2
6x + 5y + z = ă 3
has at least one solution for any real . Find the set of solutions when = ă 5.
[IIT ă 84]
Solution :
3 1 4
1 2 3 3 (2 15) 1 ( 18) 4 (5 12) 7 ( 5)
6 5
Case I :
When 5. + 5 0. In this case 0, therefore given system of equations has unique solution.
Case II :
When = ă 5. + 5 = 0. In this case = 0
3 1 4 3 3 4
Also 1 2 2 3 0, 2 1 2 3 0
3 5 5 6 3 5
3 1 3
and 1 1 2 2 0
6 5 3
Hence in this case given system of equations has infinitely many solutions. Thus the given system
of equations has at least one solution.
Set of solutions : Putting the value of , given equations become
3x ă y + 4z = 3 ...(i)
x + 2y ă 3z = ă 2 ...(ii)
and 6x + 5y ă 5z = ă 3 ...(iii)
multiplying equation (i) by 2 and adding it to (ii), we get
4 7x
7x + 5z = 4 or z =
5
From (i), y = 3x + 4z ă 3
16 28 x 1 13 x
= 3x + 3
5 5
Thus solution is given by
xt
1 13t
y where t is an arbitrary number.
5
4 7t
z
5
Illustration 71
For what values of p and q, the system of equations
2x + py + 6z = 8
x + 2y + qz = 5
x + y + 3z = 4
has (i) no solution (ii) a unique solution (ii) infinitely many solutions.
Solution :
2 p 6
2(6 q) p (3 q) 6 (1 2)
1 2 q
12 2q 3 p pq 6
1 1 3
= pq ă 2q ă 3p + 6 = (p ă 2) (q ă 3)
8 p 6
1 5 2 q
4 1 3
= 2 (6 ă q) ă p (15 ă 4q) + 6 (5 ă 8)
= 48 ă 8q ă 15p + 4pq ă 18 = 4pq ă 8q ă 15p + 30
= 4q(p ă 2) ă 15(p ă 2) = (4q ă 15) (p ă 2)
2 8 6
1 5 q 2(15 4 q) 8(3 q) 6(4 5) 0
2=
1 4 3
2 p 8
2(8 5) p(4 5) 8(1 2)
1 2 5
3 = 6 p8 p2
1 1 4
Illustration 72
Solve using CramerÊs rule :
1 1 1 2 1 3 3 1 1
4, 0, 6
x y z x y z x y z
Solution :
1 1 1
D = 2 1 3 1 (1 3) 1 (2 9) 1 (2 3)
3 1 1
= 4 + 11 ă 1 = 14
4 1 1
0 1 3
D1/x =
6 1 1
1 4 1
2 0 3
D 1/y =
3 6 1
= 1 (0 + 18) ă 4 (2 + 9) + 1 (12 ă 0) = 18 ă 44 + 12 = ă 14
1 1 4
2 1 0
D1/z =
3 1 6
= 1 (6 ă 0) + 1 (12 ă 0) + 4 (2 ă 3) = 6 + 12 ă 4 = 14
1 D1 / x 28
Now, = = 2 x = 1/2;
x D 14
1 D1 / y 14
= = 1 y = ă 1;
y D 14
1 D1 / z 14
= = 1 z= 1
z D 14
x = 1/2, y = ă 1 and z = 1
Illustration 73
If f (x) = a x2 + bx + c and f (0) = 6, f (2) = 11, f (ă 3) = 6, find a , b, c and determine the quadratic
function f (x) using determinants.
Solution :
f (0) = 6 c= 6
f (2) = 11 4a + 2b + c = 11
f (ă 3) = 6 9a ă 3b + c = 6
We have
0a + 0b + c = 6
4a + 2b + c = 11
9a ă 3b + c = 6
0 0 1
4 2 1 0 0 1 ( 12 18) 30
D =
9 3 1
6 0 1
11 2 1 6 (2 3) 1 ( 33 12) 30 45 15
Da =
6 3 1
0 6 1
4 11 1 6 (4 9) 1 (24 99) 30 75 45
Db =
9 6 1
0 0 6
Dc = 4 2 11 6 ( 12 18) 180
9 3 6
Da 15 1 D b 45 3
Now, a= = ; b
D 30 2 D 30 2
D c 180
and c= 6
D 30
1 2 3
f (x) = ax2 + bx + c = x x6
2 2
Illustration 74
Let and be real. Find the set of all values of for which the system :
x + (sin)y + (cos)z = 0
x + (cos)y + (sin)z = 0
– x + (sin)y ă (cos)z = 0
has a non-trivial solution. For = 1, find all values of . [IIT ă 93]
Solution :
For nontrivial solution,
sin cos
1 cos sin 0
= 0 or
1 sin cos
or (ă cos2 ă sin2) ă (ă sin cos ă sin cos) ă (sin2ă cos2) = 0 [Expanding along C1]
or ă + 2sin cos + (cos2 ă sin2) = 0
or = sin2 + cos2
When = 1, sin2 + cos2 = 1
or sin2 = 1 ă cos2
or 2sin cos = 2sin2
or 2sin (cos ă sin) = 0
sin = 0 or cos ă sin = 0
sin = 0 or tan = 1.
Hence = n or = n + ; n I
4
Illustration 75
n! ( n 1)! (n 2)!
D
For a fixed positive integer n, if D (n 1)! (n 2)! (n 3)! then show that 4 is
( n !)3
(n 2)! ( n 3)! (n 4)!
1 n1 (n 1) (n 2)
D n ! (n 1)! (n 2)! 1 n2 (n 2)(n 3)
1 n3 (n 3) (n 4)
1 n1 (n 1)2
n ! (n 1)! (n 2)! 1 n2 (n 2)2
[C3 C3 ă C2]
1 n3 (n 3)2
1 a a2
1 b b2
= n! (n + 1)! (n + 2)! (ă 1) (ă 1) 2 [ = (a ă b) (b ă c) (c ă a)]
1 c c2
= 2 (n + 1) (n + 1) (n + 2) = 2 (n2 + 2n + 1) (n + 2)
= 2 (n3 + 4n2 + 5n + 2) = 2n3 + 8n2 + 10n + 4
D
or 4 n (2n2 8 n 10), which is divisible by n.
(n !)3
Illustration 76
x x x
C1 C2 C3
y y y
Evaluate C1 C2 C3
z z z
C1 C2 C3
Solution :
n n
We know that Cr , where n 1.2.3... n and 0 1
r nr
x x x x ( x 1) x x ( x 1) ( x 2)
C1 , xC2 , C3
1 x1 1 2 3
x x ( x 1) x ( x 1) ( x 2)
1 2 3
y y ( y 1) y ( y 1) ( y 2)
Now
1 2 3
z z ( z 1) z ( z 1) ( z 2)
1 2 3
1 x1 ( x 1) ( x 2)
xyz
1 y1 ( y 1) ( y 2)
= 2 3
1 z1 ( z 1) ( z 2)
1 x1 ( x 1)2
xyz
1 y1 ( y 1) 2
= 12 [C3 C3 + C2]
1 z1 ( z 1) 2
1 a a2
xyz
( x y) ( y z) ( z x) 1 b b2
= 12
1 c c2
= (a ă b) (b ă c) (c ă a)]
Illustration 77
p b c
p q r
If a p, b q, c r and a q c 0 , then find the value of [IIT 91]
pa qb r c
a b r
Solution :
p b c
a q c 0
Given
a b r
pa bq 0
R1 R1 R 2
0 qb cr 0 R R R
or 2 2 3
a b r
r b q
or 1 a 0 1 1
r c qb pa
r q p p q r
or 2 or 2
rc qb pa pa qb rc
Illustration 78
Show that
( x a )2 b2 c2
a2 b2 c2
a2 ( x b )2 c2 = x 2 ( x 2a ) ( x 2b) ( x 2c ) x
x 2a x 2b x c 2
a2 b2 ( x c )2
Solution :
x ( x 2a) x (2b x) 0
R1 R1 R 2 ,
0 x ( x 2b) x (2c x)
R 2 R 2 R3
a2 b2 ( x c)2
x 2a ( x 2b) 0
2 taking x common
= x 0 x 2b ( x 2c) from R and R
1 2
a2 b2 ( x c)2
1 1 0
2
= x ( x 2a) ( x 2b) ( x 2c) 0 1 1
2 2
a b c2
x
x 2a x 2b x 2c
a2 b2 c2
= x2 ( x 2 a) ( x 2b) ( x 2c) x
x 2 a x 2b x 2c
1 1 0
= 0 1 0 [C3 C3 + C2 + C1]
2 2
a b
1
x 2b x 2b
2 a2 b2 c2
= x ( x 2 a) ( x 2b) ( x 2c) x
x 2 a x 2b x 2c
Illustration 79
If a > 0, d > 0, find the value of the determinant
1 1 1
a a (a d ) (a d ) ( a 2 d )
1 1 1
a d ( a d ) (a 2 d ) (a 2d ) (a 3 d ) [IITă96]
1 b 1
a 2d (a 2d ) (a 3 d ) (a 3 d ) (a 4d )
Solution :
1
(a d ) (a 2 d ) ( a 3 d ) 2 ( a 4 d )
2 3
( a d ) ( a 2 d) a 2d a
( a 2d ) ( a 3d ) a 3d ad
( a 3d ) ( a 4 d ) a 4d a 2d
1
=
( a d )2 ( a 2 d )3 ( a 3 d )2 ( a 4 d )
( a d ) ( a 2 d) 2d a
( a 2d ) ( a 3d ) 3d ad
[C2 C2 ă C3]
( a 3d ) ( a 4 d ) 4d a 2d
1
=
a (a d ) (a 2 d ) 3 ( a 3 d ) 2 (a 4 d )
2
( a d ) (a 2 d ) 2 d a
( a 2d) 2d 0 d
[R3 R3 ă R2, R2 R2 ă R2]
( a 3d ) 2d 0 d
2d
= [2 d 2 (a 2d a 3 d)]
a ( a d ) ( a 2 d )3 ( a 3 d )2 ( a 4 d )
2
4d4
=
a (a d )2 ( a 2 d )3 (a 3 d ) 2 ( a 4 d )
Illustration 80
a2 (s a )2 (s a )2
If 2s = a + b + c , show that (s b)2 b2 (s b)2 = 2s3 (s ă a ) (s ă b) (s ă c )
(s c )2 (s c )2 c2
Solution :
Let = s ă a, = s ă b, = s ă c, then
+ = 2s ă (b + c) = a
+ = b and + = c, + + = 3s ă (a + b + c) = 3s – 2s = s
( )2 2 2
Now L.H.S. = 2 ( )2 2
2 2 ( ) 2
Illustration 81
Find the value of lying between 0 and /2 and satisfying the equation :
Solution :
1 sin 2 4 sin 4
or (2 4 sin 4) 1 1 sin 2 4 sin 4 0
1 sin 2 1 4 sin 4
1 sin 2 4 sin 4
or 2 (1 2 sin 4 ) 0 1 0 0 [Applying R2 R2 ă R1 & R3 R1 ă R1]
0 0 1
1 7 7
or sin 4 4
2 6 6 24
Illustration 82
Let m and p be two positive integers such that m p + 2.
m m m
Cp C p 1 Cp 2
m 1 m 1 m 1
I f (m , p ) Cp C p 1 Cp 2
m2 m2 m2
Cp Cp 2 Cp 2
m2
C3
Show that (m , p ) p2
(m 1, p 1) . Hence or otherwise, prove that
C3
(m 2 C3 )(m 1 C3 )...(m p 3 C3 )
(m , p )
( p 2 C3 )( p 1 C3 )...(3 C3 )
Solution :
r.nCr = nn ă 1
Cr ă 1
n n n 1
Cr . Cr 1
r
m m 1 m m 1 m m 1
. C p1 . Cp . Cp 1
p p1 p2
m1 m m1 m m1 m
Now (m, p) . C p1 . Cp . Cp 1
p p1 p2
m 2 m 1 m 2 m1 m 2 m1
. C p1 . Cp . Cp 1
p p1 p2
Taking m common from R1, (m + 1) from R2, (m + 2) from R3, 1/p from C1, 1/(p + 1) from C2 and
1/(p + 2) from C3, we get
m1 m1 m 1
C p 1 Cp C p 1
m(m 1)(m 2) m m m
(m, p) C p 1 Cp C p 1
p( p 1)( p 2)
m 1 m 1 m 1
Cp 1 Cp Cp 1
m2
C3
= p2
(m 1, p 1)
C3
m2 m1
C1 C3
= p2
. p1
(m 2, p 2)
C3 C3
m2 m1 m
C3 C3 C3
= p2
. p1
. p
(m 3, p 3)
C3 C3 C3
m p m p m p
C0 C1 C2
m p1 m p1 m p1
Now (m p, 0) C0 C1 C2
m p2 m p2 m p2
C0 C1 C2
(m p)(m p 1)
1 m p
2
(m p 1)(m p)
= 1 m p1 2
(m p 2)(m p 1)
1 m p2
2
(m p)(m p 1)
1 m p
2
0 1 m p
= = 1 [Applying R3 R3 ă R2 and R2 R2 ă R1]
0 1 m p1
Illustration 83
1 cos cos
If , and are such that + + = 0, then prove that cos 1 cos 0
cos cos 1
Solution :
1 0 0
C C2 cos C1
cos sin 2
cos cos cos 2
2 C3 C3 cos C1
cos cos cos cos sin
1 0 0
2 ( ) cos cos( )
cos sin sin sin
=
2 cos = cos cos sin sin
cos sin sin sin
Illustration 84
Solution :
sin( ) sin( )
tan
cos cos cos cos
cos cos cos 0 0 1
sin( ) sin( ) sin( ) sin( ) sin 2
1 1
tan
cos cos cos cos
= cos cos cos . sin( ) sin( ) 0 0 1
sin( ) sin( ) sin 2
sin( ) sin( )
= cos cos cos sin( ) sin( ). ( 1)
cos cos cos cos
= sin( ă ) sin( ă ) [cos sin( + ) ă cos sin ( + )]
1 1
= sin( ă ) sin( ă ) {sin(2 ) sin } {sin(2 ) sin }
2 2
1
= sin( ă ) sin( ă ) [sin(2 + ) ă sin (2 + )]
2
1
= sin( ă ) sin( ă ). 2cos ( + + ) sin( ă )
2
= sin( ă ) sin( ă ) sin( ă ) cos ( + + )
Illustration 85
n( n 1)
r x
2 n
If Dr 2r 1 y n 2
show that Dr 0
r 1
n(3 n 1)
3r 2 z
2
Solution :
n
Dr D1 D2 ... Dn
r1
n
n(n 1)
r x
2 n( n 1)
r 1 1 2 ... n x
n
2
= (3r 1) y n2 = 1 3 5 .... 2n 1 y n2
r 1 n(3n 1)
n 1 4 7 .... 3n 2 z
n(3n 1) 2
(3r 2) z
2
r 1
n(n 1) n(n 1)
x
2 2
= n2 y n2
n(3n 1) n(3n 1)
z
2 2
Illustration 86
3
5 3 5i 4i
2
Without expanding the determinant show that the value of 3 5i 8 4 5i is real.
3
4i 4 5i 9
2
Solution :
3
5 3 5i 4i
2
Let z = 3 5i 8 4 5i
3
4i 4 5i 9
2
3
5 3 5i 4i
2
Then z 3 5i 8 4 5i
3
4i 4 5i 9
2
3
5 3 5i 4i
2
[Changing rows into corr
3 5i 8 4 5i
= esponding columns]
3
4i 4 5i 9
2
= z
Illustration 87
If p(x), q(x) and r(x) are three polynomials of degree 2, then prove that
p( x ) q( x ) r(x)
p '( x ) q '( x ) r '( x )
is a independent of x.
p ''( x ) q ''( x ) r ''( x )
Solution :
Let p(x) = a1x2 + b1x + c1, q(x) = a2x2 + b2x + c2
and r(x) = a3x2 + b3x + c3
then p´(x) = 2a1x + b1, q´(x) = 2a2x + b2, r´(x) = 2a3x + b3
and p´´(x) = 2a1, q´´(x) = 2a2, r´´(x) = 2a3
p( x) q( x) r ( x)
Now p '( x) q '( x) r '( x)
p ''( x) q ''( x) r ''( x)
a1 x2 b1 x c1 a2 x2 b2 x c2 a3 x2 b3 x c3
2 a1 x b1 2a2 x b2 2a3 x b3
=
2 a1 2a2 2a3
a1 x2 b1 x c1 a2 x2 b2 x c2 a3 x2 b3 x c3
[R 2 R 2 xR 3 and
= 2 b1 b2 b3
[taking 2 common from R 3 ]
a1 a2 a3
c1 c2 c3
= 2 b1 b2 b3 [R1 R1 ă x2 R3 ă xR2]
a1 a2 a3
Clearly is independent of x.
Illustration 88
If f r (x), g r (x), h r (x), where r = 1, 2, 3 are polynomial in x such that f r (a ) = g r (a ) = h r (a ),
f1 ( x ) f 2( x) f3 (x )
r = 1, 2, 3 and F( x ) g 1 ( x ) g2 (x) g 3 ( x ) then find F´(a ). [IIT ă 85]
h1 ( x ) h2 ( x ) h3 ( x )
Solution :
f ´1 ( x) f ´ 2 ( x) f ´ 3 ( x) f1 ( x) f2 ( x) f3 ( x) f1 ( x) f ´ 2 ( x) f ´3 ( x)
F( x) g1 ( x) g2 ( x) g3 ( x) g´1 ( x) g´2 ( x) g´3 ( x) g1 ( x) g2 (x) g3 ( x)
h1 ( x) h2 ( x) h3 ( x) h1 ( x) h2 ( x) h3 ( x) h´1 ( x) h´ 2 ( x) h´3 ( x)
Illustration 89
Let be a repeated root of the quadratic equation f (x) = 0 and A(x), B(x), C(x) be polynomials
A( x ) B( x ) C( x )
of degree 3, 4 and 5 respectively. Show that ( x ) A() B() C() is divisible by f (x),
A´() B´() C´()
2 ( x) ( x)
Now ( x) a( x ) . a( x )2 . g( x), where g ( x)
a a
Thus (x) = f (x).g (x), where g (x) is a polynomial in x.
Hence (x) is divisible by f (x).
Illustration 90
u 2 u3
/2 2
1 cos 2nx
If u n d x , then find the value of the determinant u 4 u5 u6
1 cos 2 x
0 u7 u8 u9
Solution :
/ 2
1 cos 2 x /2
We have, u1 1 cos 2 x
dx [ x]0
2
0
/ 2
2cos(2n 2) x {cos(2n 4) x cos(2nx)}
Now 2un 1 (un un 2 )
1 cos2 x
dx
0
/2
2cos(2n 2) x 2cos (2n 2) x cos 2 x
= 1 cos 2 x
dx
0
/2 /2
sin(2n 2) x
= 2cos (2n 2) x dx
n1
0
0
0
Hence un + un + 2
ă 2un + 1
= 0
u1 u2 u3 u1 2u2 u3 u2 u3
Now u4 u5 u6 u4 2u5 u6 u5 u6
u7 u8 u9 u7 2u8 u9 u8 u9
0 u2 u3
= 0 u5 u6 0 [C1 C1 ă 2C2 + C3]
0 u8 u9
Illustration 91
Consider the system of linear equations in x, y, z
(sin 3) x ă y + z = 0
(cos 2) x + 4y + 3z = 0
2x + 7y + 7z = 0
Find the value of for which this system has non-trivial solutions.
Solution :
sin 3 1 1
The system will have a non-trivial solution if cos 2 4 3 0
2 7 7
1
or sin which gives = n + (ă 1)n./6,
2
where n is an integer
[Note that sin ă 3/2]
Illustration 92
Three vectors a , b, c are given by
(a) a i 3 j 2 k, b 2i 4 j 4 k, c 3i 2 j k
(b) a = i + j + k, b = 2i + 3j ă k, c = ă i ă 2j + 2k
Determine whether the systems of vectors in (i) and (ii) are linearly independent or dependent.
Solution :
Consider the linear relation
xa + yb + zc = 0 ...(i)
If, x, y, z are all zero, then it is L.I. and if x, y, z are not all zero, then it is L.D.
On putting the values of a, b, c as given and combining the terms of i, j, k, we have
(a) (x + 2y + 3z) i + (ă 3x ă 4y + 2z) j + (2x ă 4y ă z) k = 0
We know that i, j, k being non-coplanar represent at a L.I. system. Hence all the scalars
in the above must be zero.
x + 2y + 3z = 0
ă 3x ă 4y + 2z = 0
2x ă 4y ă z = 0
Above represents a homogeneous system of equations
1 2 3
Apply C2 2C1
3 4 2
Its = and C3 3C1
2 4 1
1 0 0
14 88
3 2 11
= 74 0
2 8 7
Henec the above system has only trivial solution i.e. all x, y, z will be zero. Hence the vectors
a, b, c are L.I.
(b) In this case proceeding as above
1 2 1
Apply C3 C2
2 3 1
=
2 1 1
The columns C1 and C3 become identical so that = 0. Hence the system has non-trivial
solution i.e. all x, y, z are not zero. Hence the vectors a, b, c are L.D.
Illustration 93
a 0 1 a 1 1 f a 2
A 1 c b , B 0 d c , U g , V 0
. If there is vector matrix X, such that AX = U has
1 d b f g h h 0
infinitely many solutions, then prove that BX = V cannot have a unique solution. If a fd
0 then prove that BX = V has no solution. [IIT ă 2004]
Solution :
0, Unique solution (Intersecting lines)
= 0, 1 = 0, 2 = 0, Infinite solutions (Identical lines)
= 0, 1 0, 2 0, No solution (Parallel lines)
AX = U has infinite many solutions.
= 0, 1 = 0, 2 = 0, 3 = 0
A 0, A1 0, A 2 0, A 3 0.
a 0 1
1 c b 0
A 0
1 d b
or ab (c ă d) + 1 (d ă c) = 0
or (c ă d) (ab ă 1) = 0
ab = 1 or c = d ...(1)
f 0 1
g c b 0
A1 0
h d b
a f 1
1 g b 0
A2 0
1 h b
a 0 f
1 c g 0
A3 0
1 d h
a 1 1
B 0 d c 0 as C and C are identical by virtue of relations in (2).
2 3
f g h
D efin it io n
Inverse functions relating trigonometrical ratios are called inverse trigonometric functions. The
definition of different inverse trigonometric functions can be given as follows :
If sin = x, then = sină1x, provided ă1 < x < 1 and
2 2
If tan = x, then = tană1x, provided ă < x < and
2 2
If cot = x, then = cotă1x, provided ă < x < and 0 < <
If sec = x, then = secă1x, provided x < ă1 or x > 1 and 0 ,
2
If cosec = x, then = cosecă1x, provided x < ă1 or x > 1 and , 0.
2 2
Note : In the above definition restricitons on are due to the consideration of principal values
of inverse terms. If these restrictions are removed, the terms will represent inverse trigonometric
relations and not functions.
For clear understanding let us consider one example.
1
Let sin
2
sin sin
6
nx (1) n where n 0, 1, 2, ...
9
1 1
Suppose we have to find the principal value of sin
2
1 1
For this, let sin 1 then sin
2 2
1
Among all these angles is the numerically smallest angle satisfying sin and hence
6 2
1
principal value of sin 1
2 6
Illustration 1
1
Find the principal value of sin 1 .
2
Solution : 2
1 1
Let sin 1 then sin .
2 2
0
Since sin is negative, will lie in 3rd in 4th quardrant.
ă5 ă
Hence for principal value, we will select clockwise direction. 6 6
5
The angles in the first circle are and .
6 6
Hence principal value .
6
Illustration 2
3 12 16
Prove that, sin 1 cos 1 sin 1
5 13 65
Solution :
3 3
Let sin 1 , so that sin
5 5,
5 3
9 4
and therefore cos 1
25 5
4
12 12
Let cos 1 , so that cos
13 13
144 5
and therefore, sin 1
169 13
16 16
Let sin 1 so that sin
65 65 13 5
We have then to prove that
ă =
12
i.e. to show that sin ( ă ) = sin
Now, sin ( ă ) = sin cos ă cos sin
3 12 4 5 36 20 16
= . . sin
5 13 5 13 65 35
Illustration 3
1 1
Prove that 2tan 1 tan 1
3 7 4
1 1
Let tan 1 , so that tan a
3 3
1 1
and let tan 1 , so that tan
7 7
2a
4
2tan
Now, tan 2
1 tan2
2
3 6 3
= 1 8 4
1
9
tan 2 tan
Also, tan(2 )
1 tan 2 tan
3 1
21 4
= 4 7 1 tan
3 1 28 3 4
1 .
4 7
2
4
Illustration 4
1 1
Prove that 4 tan 1 tan 1
5 239 4
Solution :
1 1
Let tan 1 so that tan
5 5
2
2 tan 5 5
Then, tan 2
1 tan a 2 1 12
1
25
INVERSE CIRCULAR FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 7
10
120
and tan 4 12
25 119
1
144
So that tan 4 is nearly unity, and 4 therefore, nearly .
4
Let 4 tan 1 x
4
120 1x
tan tan 1 x
119 4 1x
1 1
Hence, 4 tan 1 tan 1
5 239 4
Illustration 5
1 1 1 a b
Prove that tan a tan b tan
1 ab
Solution :
Let tană1 a = , so that tan = a,
and let tană1 b = , so that tan = b,
ab ab
Also, let tan 1 so,that
1 ab 1 ab
tan x tan y
tan ( x y)
1 tan x tan y
ab
Then, tan ( x y)
1 ab
ab
x y tan1
1 ab
ab
i.e. tan 1 a tan 1 b tan 1
1 ab
ab
In the above we have tacitly assumed that ab < 1, so that is positive, and therefore
1 ab
ab
tan 1 lies between 0Ĉ and 90Ĉ.
a ab
ab
If, however, ab be > 1, then a ab is negative, and therefore according to our definition
ab
tan 1 is a negative angle. Here is there a negative angle and, since tan ( + ) = tan
a ab
, the formula should be.
ab
tan 1 a tan 1 b tan 1
1 ab
It is evident that the sine function over the domain of all real numbers is not a one-to-one
1
function. For example, suppose that we consider the solutions for sin x . Certainly, is a
2 6
x
11 7 5 13 17
6 6 6 6 6 6
ă1
where ă1 < x < 1 and y
2 2
In definition, the equation y = sină1 x can be read by as y is the angle whose sine is x. Therefore,
1 1
y sin 1 means by y is the angle, between ă and , inclusive, whose sin is , thus y .
2 2 2 2 6
(The angle could also be expressed as 30Ĉ.)
Principal value of sină1x itself its value as inverse functions are consider as function only for a
particular interval. So their is no need to define separate principal value.
Illustration 6
1 1
Evaluate cos sin
2
Solution :
1
The expression cos sin 1 means the cosine of the angle between ă(/2) and /2, inclusive,
2
whose sine is ă1/2. We know that the angle between ă(/2) and /2, inclusive, whose sine is ă1/
2 is ă(/6), then cos( / 6)) 3 / 2.
1 3
Therefore, cos sin 1
2 2
Illustration 7
1
Solve y cos ( 3 / 2)) for y, whre 0 < y < .
Solution
The expression y cos1 ( 3 / 2)) can be interpreted as the angle whose consine is ( 3 / 2) . We
know that y = 5/6.
Illustration 8
1
Evaluate sin cos 1
2
Solution :
1
The expression sin cos1 means the sine of the angle, between 0 and , inclusive, whose
2
cosine is 1/2. We know that /3 is the angle whose cosine is 1/2 and we now that sin ( / 3) 3 / 2 .
By restricting the domain of the tangent function to real numbers between ă(/2) and /2, ă(/2)
and /2 are not included since the tangent is undefined at those values) a one-to-one function is
obtained. Therefore, the inverse tangent function.
The inverse tangent function or arctanget function is defined by
y = tană1 x = arctan x if and only if x = tan y
where ă < x < and ă(/2) < y < /2
Illustration 9
Solution :
The expression y tan 1 ( 3 / 3)) can be interpreted as the angle between ă90Ĉ and 90Ĉ whose
2
(ă1,0) 2
x´ x x´ x
(1,0) (ă1,0) O (1,0)
2 2
y = sină1x y = cosă1x
y´ y´
y y
2
x
ă4 ă3 ă2 ă1 0 1 2 3 4 x
2 y = cotă1x
y = tană1x
y
y
2
2
x
ă4 ă3 ă2 ă1 0 1 2 3 4 x
ă1 0 1
2
2
y = sină1x [ă1, 1] 2 , 2
y = tană1x (ă, ) 2,2
y = secă1x (ă, ă1] [1, ) 0, 2 2 ,
y = cosecă1x (ă, ă1] [1, ) 2 , 0 0, 2
(a) 1st quadrant is common the range of all the inverse functions.
(b) 3rd quadrant is not used in inverse fuctnions
(c) 4th quadrant is used in the clockwise direction i.e. y 0
2
(i) sină1 (sin x) = x. Provided that x
2 2
2
2
y=ă
x
ăx
y=
xă
y=
2
ă
(+
y=
3
y=
2 2
x)
x
ă2 3 ă O 2
2 2
2
y=ă
2
y=
x+
2
2
x
y=
y=
ăx
x
ă2 O 2
2 2
(iii) tană1 (tan x) = x, Provided that x
2 2
y
2
2
x+
x+
y=
xă
y=
y=
y=
2 x
2 3 ă O 3
ă2
2 2 2 2
x
y=
2
a
+x
ăx
ăx
x
x
2
+
ă
3
2
y=
y=
y=
y=
y=
y=
x
2
ă3 5 ă2 3 ă O 3 2 5 3
2 2 2 2 2 2
(v) secă1(sec x) = x, Provided that 0 x or x
2 2
2
y=
y=
x
x+
y=
2
ăx
y=
ăx
x
ă2 3 ă O 3 2
2 2 2 2
(vi) cosecă1(cosec x) = x Provided that x 0 or 0 x
2 2
y=
2
x
2
y=
y=
2
x+
(
xă
ă
+x
y=
y=
x
x
)
5 ă2 3 ă O 3 2 5
2 2 2 2 2 2
Illustration 1 0
2
Find the angle sin 1 sin
3
Solution :
2
sin 1 sin
3
Let
2
sin sin and
3 2 2
= sin sin
3 3 3
2
i.e. sin 1 sin
3 3
PROPERTY 2 :
(i) sin (sină1x) = x, Provided that ă1 < x < 1
Let sin = x .....(1)
= sină1 x .....(2)
Substituting the value of in (1) from (2), sin(sină1x) = x.
Here x is a number and will have no unit.
(iii) tan(tană1x) = x,
Provided that ă < x <
(v) sec(secă1)x = x,
Provided that ă < x < 1 or 1 < x <
PROPERTY 3 :
Illustration 1 1
Evaluate the following :
1 3
(i) tană1(ă1) (ii) cotă1 (ă1) (iii) sin
2
Then tan 1 and
2 2
The only value of in the given interval to satisfy tan 1 is .
4
Hence, tană1(ă1) = .
4
3 3
i.e. cot 1 (1) .
4 4
3
(iii) Let sin 1
2
3
sin and
2 2 2
3
i.e. sin 1
3 2 3
Illustration 1 2
1 1 3
(i) sin sin 1
3 2
(ii) sin arc cos
2
(iii) tan
1
3 cos 1
2
Solution :
1
(i) sin sin 1
3 2
1 1
= sin sin 2 [... sină1 (ăx) = ă sină1x, x > 0]
3
= sin sin 1.
3 6 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
(ii) sin arc cos sin cos1 cos 2 cos 2
2 2
2 3
= sin sin .
3 3 2
3
(iii)
sin tan 1 3 cos1
2
= sin sin 1.
3 6 2
Illustration 1 3
1 5
Evaluate tan cos 1
2 3
Solution :
5 5
cos1 2 then cos2 and 0 2
Let 3 3
5
Now, cos 2
3
1 tan2 5 1 tan 2 3
or, 2
or 2
1 tan 3 1 tan 5
2 tan 2 3 5
or, [By componendo and dividendo]
2 3 5
3 5 3 5
or, tan 2 .
3 5 3 5
3 5 3 5
2
But 0 < 2 < 0
2
lies in the first quadrant.
3 5
Hence is tan
2
INVERSE CIRCULAR FUNCTIONS
18 QUIZRR
PROPERTY 4 : Conversion Property :
1 1
(i) sin 1 cosec 1 ; 1 x 1 and cosec 1 x sin 1 , x R (1,1)
x
x
1 1
Let sin 1 x y x sin y cosecy y cosec 1
x x
1
sin 1 x cosec 1
x
1 1
(ii) cos1 x sec 1 1 x 1 and sec 1 x cos 1 , x R (1, 1)
x x
1 1 1 1 1
(iii) tan x cot x R and cot 1 x tan 1 , x 0 tan 1 x 0
x x x
1
tan 1 x 0
x
PROPERTY 5 :
1. sin 1 x cos 1 x x [1,1]
2
2. tan 1 x cot 1 x xR
2
3. sec 1 x co sec 1 x
2
PROPERTY : 6
(1) If x > 0, y > 0 then
x y
tană1x + tană1y = tan 1 if xy < 1
1 xy
1 x y
= tan if xy > 1
1 xy
x y
tană1x ă tană1y = tan 1
1 xy
(3) If x > 0
Illustration 1 4
1 3 1 5
Obtain the values of cos sin in terms of cosă1 function.
5 13
Solution :
3 5
cos1 sin 1
5 13
4 5 -1 3 1 3 1 5 1 5
= sin 1 sin 1 as cos cos & sin sin
5 13 5 5 13 13
4 4
Let sin 1 sin
5 5
5 5
sin 1 sin
13 13
3 12 4 5 16
consider cos ( + ) = cos cos ă sin sin = . .
5 13 5 13 65
16
+ = cosă1 (, quadrant 1)
65
16 16
Given quantity = ă cosă1 = cosă1
65 65
Property-7
2x
(i) 2tană1 x = tană1 , ă 1 < x < 1
1 x2
2x
(ii) 2tan x = sină1 , ă 1 < x < 1
1 x2
1 x2
(iii) 2tan ă1
x = cos ă1 ,x > 0
1 x2
(i) Let x = tan; (using ă 1 < x < 1)
4 4
1 2tan
R.H.S. = tan
1 tan2
= tană1 tan 2
= 2 = 2 tană1 x = L.H.S.
(ii) Let x = tan, (using ă 1 < x < 1)
4 4
2 tan
R.H.S. = sin 1
1 tan 2
= sină1 sin 2
= 2 2
2 2
= 2 tană1x = L.H.S.
(iii) Let x = tan, 0 < < /2 (using x > 0)
1 1 tan
2
R.H.S. = cos
1 tan 2
= cosă1 cos 2
= 2
= 2tană1 x
= L.H.S.
Illustration 1 5
Show that tană1 1/3 + tană1 1/2 = /4.
Solution :
L.H.S. = tană1 1/3 + tană1 1/2
1 1
1
3 2 11
= tan 1
1 1 1 3 2
3 2
5/6
= tan 1 1
tan 1 4 = R.H.S.
5 / 6
Illustration 1 6
1 1 1
Prove that 2 tană1 + tană1 + 2 tană1
5 7 8 4
Solution :
1 1
1 1 1 5 8 tan 1 1
2 tană1 + tană1 + 2 tană1 = 2 tană1 1 1 7
5 7 8 1 .
5 8
1
2.
1 1 3 tan 1 1
= 2 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1
3 7 1 7
1
9
3 1
3 1 25
= tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 4 7 tan 1 tan 1 1 45
4 7 3 1 25 4
1 .
4 7
Illustration 1 7
a (a b c ) b (a b c ) c (a b c )
Prove that tan 1 tan
1
tan
1
bc a c ab
Solution :
a (a b c) b ( a b c)
bc ac c ( a b c)
L.H.S. = tan 1 tan 1
ab
a (a b c) b (a b c)
1 .
bc ac
a b c (a b) 1 c( a b c)
= tan 1 tan
abc 1 ( a b c) / c ab
( a b c) c c (a b c
= tan 1 tan
1
ab ab
c ( a b c) c (a b c
= tan 1 1
tan
ab ab
2 2
sină1 x + sină1 y = sină1 x 1 y y 1 x where x 0, y 0, x2 + y2 1
2 2
sină1 x + sină1 y = ă sină1 x 1 y y 1 x where x 0, y 0, x2 + y2 > 1
x 1 y2 y 1 x2
sină1 x ă sină1 y = sină1 ; 0 0, y x where x 0, y 0
2 2
cosă1 x + cosă1 y = cosă1 xy 1 x 1 y where x 0, y 0
2 2
cosă1 x + cosă1 y = cosă1 xy 1 x 1 y where 0 x y
Illustration 1 8
If sină1 6x + sină1 6 3 x = 2 , then find the value of x
Solution :
sină1 6 3 x = ă sină1 6x = ă (sină1 1 + sină1 6x) = sină1 (1. 1 (6 x)2 ) 6 x. 1 1)
2
ă sin 1 1 36 x2 sin 1 ( 1 36 x2 )
6 3 x 1 36 x2
2 1 1
108x2 = 1 ă 36x2 144x2 = 1 x x
144 12
1
But only x satisfies the equation.
12
Illustration 1 9
1 1 1
Prove that tan 1 tan 1 sin 1 cot 1 3 45
2 3 5
1 1
1 1
Solution : tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 2 3 tan 1 1 45
2 3 1 1
1 .
2 3
1
sin
10
1
sin 1
10
1 1 1
sin 1
1
cot 1 3 = sin sin 1
5 5 10
1 1 3 1 2 1 5 1
= sin . . sin sin 1 45
5 10 10 5 10 2
Illustration 20
3 12 1 33
sin 1 cos 1 cos
5 13 65
Solution :
4 12 16 155 4 12 9 25
or cos1 1 1 or cos
1
5 13 25 169 5 13 25 169
48 15 1 33
or cos1 or cos = RHS
65 65 65
PROPERTY-9
1 2 1 1
sin (2 x 1 x , if x
2 2
1
(i) 2sin 1 x sin 1 (2 x 1 x2 ) , if x1
2
1 2 1
sin (2 x 1 x ) , if 1 x
2
cos 1 sin 2
so, sin 2 = 2 sin cos or sin 2 2 x 1 x2
1 3 1 1
sin (3 x 4 x ) , if x
2 2
1 1 3 1
(ii) 3sin x sin (3 x 4 x ) , if x 1
2
1 3 1
sin (3 x 4 x ) , if 1 x 2
cos 1 (2 x2 1) , if 0 x 1
(iii) 2 cos1 x
1 2
2 cos (2 x 1) , if 1 x 0
1 3 1
cos (4 x 3 x) , if x 1
2
1 1
(iv) 3 cos1 x 2 cos1 (4 x3 3 x) , if x
2 2
1 3 1
2 cos (4 x 3 x) , if 1 x 2
2tan sin 2
2x 1 2 x
Again, sin 2 or 2 2 sin
2
1 tan2 1 x 1 x
2x 1 tan 2
2 tan1 x sin 1 and cos 2
1 x2 1 tan 2
1 x2 1 x2
cos2 2 cos1
1 x2
or or
1 x2
3 x x3 1 1
tan 1 , if x
2
1 3x 3 3
3 x x3 1
3 tan 1 x tan 1 , if x
1 3 x2
(v)
3
1 3 x x
3
1
, if x
1 3 x2
tan
3
3 tan tan3 3 x x3 3 x x3
Now, tan 3 or tan 3 or 3 tan 1
1 3x2 2
1 3 tan 2 1 3 x
3 x x3
3 tan 1 x tan 1
1 3 x2
or
Illustration 21
4x x
sin 1 2 2 tan 1 is independent at x thenă
x 4 2
4x x 2.( x / 2) 1 x x x
(B) sin 1 2 2 tan 1 sin 1 2 tan tan 1 2 tan 1 0
x 4 2
2 ( x / 2) 1 2 2 2
x
Hence, 1; |x| 2 2 x 2
2
Illustration 22
1 1 1 1 1
Prove that 3 tan tan 1 tan 1
4 20 4 1985
Solution :
3 tan tan3
Since tan 3
1 3 tan 2
1 1 3
3
3 tan 1
1
tan 1 4 4 1 47
or 3 tan 1 tan 1
4 1 4 52
1 3
4
47 1
1 1 47 1 992
3 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 52 20 tan 1
4 20 52 20 47 1 993
1 .
52 20
1
1
1 1 1 1 1985 1984 992
and tan tan tan 1 tan 1
4 1985 1 1986 993
1
1985
Illustration 23
To solve 2tană1 (cos x) = tană1 (2 cosecx)
Solution :
2cos x 2 cos x 2
tan 1 tan 1 (2 cosecx) or or sinx (sinx ă cosx) = 0
2
1 cos x sin x sin x
or sinx ă cosx = 0 x n
4 4
Illustration 24
1
Prove that tan 1 tan 2 tan 1 cot tan 1 (cot3 ) 0, if
2 4 2
, if 0
4
Solution :
Case I : If 0 , then cot > 1, cot3 > 1
4
cot cot
3
tană1 (cot) + tană1 (cot3) = + tană1 4
1 cot
1
cot .cosec 2 .sin 4 1 sin cos
= tan 4 4 tan 2 2
cos sin cos sin
1 1 1 1
= tan tan 2 tan tan 2 since 2 and tan 2 > 0
2 2 2
1
tan 1 tan 2 tan 1 cot tan 1 (cot 3 )
2
Case II : If , 0 < cot < 1, 0 < cot3 < 1
4 2
1
tană1 (cot) + tană1 (cot3) = tană1 tan 2
2
1
= ă tană1 tan 2 {since 2 > and tan2 < 0}
2
tan 2
tană1 ă1 ă1 3
+ tan (cot) + tan (cot ) = 0
2
Illustration 25
If cosă1x + cosă1y + cosă1z =
prove that x 2 + y2 + z 2 + 2xyz = 1
Solution :
Given cosă1x + cosă1y + cosă1z =
cosă1x + cosă1y = ă cosă1z = cosă1(ă z)
cos [cosă1x + cosă1y] = cos [cosă1(ă z)]
Let cosă1x = A
cosă1y = B
cos (A + B) = cosA cosB ă sinA sinB
cos(A + B) = xy ă 1 x2 1 y2
2 2
(A + B) = cosă1 xy 1 x 1 y
cos1 xy 1 x2
1 y2 cos1 ( z) xy 1 x2 1 y2 z
Illustration 26
Write in the simplest form :
cos x 3
tan 1 where x
1 sin x 2 2
Solution :
x sin x
tan 1
cos 1 2
tan
1 sin x
1 cos 2 x
x x
2sin 4 2 cos 4 2
= tan 1 tan 1 tan x x
x 4 2 4 2
2 cos2
4 2
Differ ent iat ion and int egr at ion of inver se t r igonomet r ic funct ions :
To differentiate the arc tangent function, we imitate the method we used to differentiate the
logarithm function. Namely, if y = tană1 (x), then tan (y) = x, so
d d dy
tan( y) x Hence sec 2 ( y) 1
dx dx dx
dy 1
from which it follows that dx
sec 2 ( y)
Now, sec2(y) = 1 + tan2(y) = 1 + x2,
dy 1
so we have dx
1 x2
d 1
Proposition : tan 1 ( x)
dx 1 x2
1 1
As a consequence of the proposition, we have 1 x2 dx tan ( x) c
1 + x2 is an irreducible polynomial. We will see more example of this type in the following
examples.
d 8x
Using the chain rule, we have tan 1 (4 x2 )
dx 1 16 x4
1
Evaluating tan ( x) dx is similar to evaluating log( x) dx. That is, we will use integration by
parts with
u = tană1(x) v=x
1
du dx dv = dx
1 x2
1 x
Then, tan x dx x tan 1 x 1 x2 dx
Using the substitution, u = 1 + x2
du = 2x dx,
1
we have, du x dx, from which it follows that
2
x 1 1 1 1
1 x2 dx 2 u du 2 log u c
2
log(1 x2 ) c
1 1
Thus, tan ( x) dx x tan 1 ( x) log(1 x2 ) c
2
Illustration 27
1
To evaluate 1 4 x2 dx, we make the substitution
u = 2x
du = 2 dx
1 1 1 1 1 1
Then
1
du dx, so 1 4 x2 dx 2 1 u2 du 2 tan (u) c tan1 (2 x) c
2 2
Illustration 28
1 1 1
Prove that 4tan 1 tan 1 tan 1
5 70 99 4
Solution :
1
2. 1 2 x
1 1 1 5 1
2 tan x tan
Now, L.H.S. = 4 tan 2 tan
1 x2
5 1 1
25
5
2.
1 5 1 12 1 120
= 2 tan tan tan
12 1 25 119
144
1 1
1 1
tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 70 99
70 99 1 1 . 1
70 99
29 1
= tan 1 tan 1
6931 239
1 1
R.H.S. = tan 1 tan 1 1 tan 1
4 239 239
1
1 1 239 tan 1 240
= tan
1 1 238
239
1 120
= tan
119
Illustration 29
1 1
Prove that cos sin 1 a has six values and that the product of the six values is (1 a 2 ) .
3 16
Solution :
If = sină1 a and t cos then sin = a and cos2 = 1 ă a2,
3
cos cos3. 4t3 3t and t satisfies the polynomial equation of 6th degree
3
1 1 a2 1
This has 6 roots and accordingly cos sin a has six values whose product is
3 16
Illustration 30
a b x b a cos x
Show that 2tan 1 tan cos1 a b cos x for 0 < b a , and x 0.
a b 2
Solution :
ab
0 < b a, is real.
ab
ab x
Now, L.H.S. = 2 tan 1 tan
a b 2
ab x
1 tan 2 1 1 x
2
1 ab 2 2 tan 1
x cos
= cos
1 ab x 1 x2
tan 2
ab 2
2 x
2 x 2 x
a b a b tan 2 1
a 1 tan 2 b 1 tan 2
= cos1 = cos
a b a b tan 2 x 2 x 2 x
2 a 1 tan 2 b 1 tan 2
= tan
cot A 1 cot 2 A
1 tan 1 cot A
1 cot 4 A 2
1 cot A
1
tan A
= tan 1 tan A tan 1
1 1 tan2 A 1
tan 2 A
1 2 tan A 1
= tan 1 . = tan 1 tan 2A
2 1 tan2 A 2
1
tan 1 tan 2A tan 1 (cot A) tan 1 (cot 3A) 0
2
Case II : When 0 A
4
cotA > 1 and cot3A > 1.
cotA.cot3A > 1
Hence, tană1 (cotA) + tană1 (cot3A)
1 cot A cot A
3
= tan 3
1 cot A.cot A
1 1 1 x y
tan x tan y tan if x > 0, y > 0 and xy > 1]
1 xy
1 1
= tan tan 2A [as shown in case I]
2
1
tan 1 tan 2A tan 1 (cot A) tan 1 (cot3 A)
2
Illustration 31
1 x y
If cos cos1 , prove that 9x 2 ă 12xy cos + 4y2 = 36 sin2
2 3
Solution :
x 1 y
Let cos1 , and cos
2 3
x y
cos and cos
2 3
Given, + =
cos ( + ) = cos
or, cos cos ă sin sin = cos
x y x2 y2
or, . 1 . 1 cos
2 3 4 9
xy 4 x2 . 9 y2
or, cos
6 6
Illustration 32
xr yr zr
If r = x + y + z, prove that tan 1 tan 1 tan 1
yz zx xy
Solution :
xr yr zr
Let , and
yz zx xy
1
= tan 1
xr yr zr xr yr zr
Now, + + ă = . .
yz zx xy yz zx xy
x r y r z r r r
=
xyz xyz
r [ x y z] r r
=
xyz xyz
r r r r
= 0 [ x + y + z = r]
xyz xyz
xr yr yr zr zr xr
Also, 1 ă ă ă = 1 ă . . .
yz zx zx xy xy yz
r r r
= 1
z x y
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
= 1r 0 x y z r
x y z
L.H.S. = tană10
= n [ tană10 = tan = 0 = n]
= ă , 0, [for principal values]
= [since sum of three positive angles cannot be zero or negative]
= R.H.S.
Note 1 : For principal values
tan 1 , tan 1 , tan 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3
tan 1 tan 1 tan 1
2 2
Hence, we have selected ă , 0 and only, which satisfy the above condition.
xr
2. tană1 = tană1
yz´
xr xr
is positive, for principal value tană1 will represent a positive angle i.e. tană1 is
yz yz
a positive angle. Similarly, tană1 and tană1 are also positive angles. Sum of three positive
angles is positive. Hence only has been selected out of ă , 0 and .
Illustration 33
pq qr r p
If p > q > 0 and pr < ă 1 < qr, then prove that tan 1 tan 1 tan 1
1 pq 1 qr 1 rp
Solution :
1 pq
Since, p, q > 0, therefore for pq > 0, tan tan 1 p tan 1 q ...(1)
1 pq
1 r p
Since qr > ă 1, tan tan 1 q tan1 r ...(2)
1 qr
1 r p
Since pr < ă 1 and r < 0 tan tan 1 r tan 1 p ...(3)
1 rp
1 pq qr r p
On adding (1), (2) and (3) we get tan tan 1 tan 1
1 pq 1 qr 1 rp
Illustration 34
If tană1y = 4tană1x ( x tan ), find y as an algebraic function of x and hence prove that
8
tan is a root of the equation x 4 ă 6x 2 + 1 = 0.
8
Solution :
2x
We have tană1y = 4 tană1x = 2tană1 (as |x| < 1)
1 x2
4x
(1 x2 ) 4 x (1 x2 ) 2x
= tan 1 2
tan 1 4 2 as 2
1
4x x 6x 1 1 x
1 2 2
(1 x )
4 x (1 x2 )
y
x4 6 x2 1
If x tan tană1y = 4 tană1x = y = x4 ă 6x2 + 1 = 0
8 2
Illustration 35
Show that (sină1 x)3 + (cosă1 x)3 = 3 has no real solutions for < 1/32.
Solution :
LHS = (sină1 x + cosă1 x) ((sină1 x)2 ă (cosă1 x) (sină1 x) + (cosă1 x)2) = 3
((sin 1 x) 2 (cos1 x) (sin 1 x) (cos1 x)2 ) 3
2
2 2
3cos1 x sin 1 x 3 3 . sin 1 x 3 (sin 1 x)2 2
2
4 8 2 2 2
1
D 0 362 ă 4.122 (1 ă 8) 0 3 ă 4 + 32 > 0
32
Illustration 36
Find the positive integral solutions x and y of the equation.
x y
sin 1 cos1 tan 1 (3)
1 x2 1 y 2
Solution :
x y
We have, sin 1 cos1 tan 1 (3)
1 x2 1 y 2
1
tană1x + tană1 = tană1 3
y
1
tană1 x ă tană1 3 = tană1 y
1 3x 1 1
tană1 3 ă tană1 x = tană1 y tană1 1 3 x tan y
Illustration 37
Solution :
1 1
Given, cos x 3 cos x ...(i)
2
or, cos1 x 3 cos1 x
2 1
1ăx2
or, cos cos1 x 3 cos cos1 x
2
x
or, x 3 sin cos1
or, x 3 1 x2
Squaring we get 3x2 = 1 ă x2
1
or, 4x2 = 1 x
2
1
Check : When x ,
2
1 3 1 1
L.H.S. of eqn. (i) = cos 2 cos 2
= = R.H.S. of equation (i)
6 3 2
1
When x ,
2
3 1 1
L.H.S. of equation (i) = cos1 cos
2 2
1 3 1 1
= cos 2 cos 2
3
= R.H.S. of equation (i)
6 3 2
1
x is the only solution.
2
Note :
1. As squaring has been done during the solution process it is necessary to check roots.
2. While solving inverse trigonometric equations roots must be checked.
1
3. Here x is an extraneous root.
2
Illustration 38
The greater of the angles [IIT ă 89]
A 2 tan 1 2 2 1 and
1 3
B 3 sin 1 sin 1 is...
3 5
A = 2tan
1
2 2 1
= 2tană1 (2 ï 1.414 ă 1)
= 2tană1 (1.828)
1 1 1 3
B = 3sin sin 5
3
1 1
3
3 23 3
= sin 1 3 4 sin 1 = sin 1 sin 1
3 3 5 27 5
3
[Note : sin 1 sin 1 (0.86) 60
2
1
sin1 1
sin (.71) 45
2
sină1 (0.852) < 60Ĉ and sină1 (0.60) < 45Ĉ]
Illustration 39
a x y a 2 a1 a3 a2
Prove that tan 1 1 tan
1
tan
1
...
x a y
1 1 a a
2 1 1 a 3a 2
a an 1 1 1 1 x
tan 1 n tan tan
1 a n a n 1 an y
Solution :
When ever we have to sum trigonometric inverse terms we try to express each term as difference
of two inverse terms and then add.
y
1 a1 x y 1
a1 x 1 1 y
Here, tan tan
y
tan a1 tan
x a y
1 1 a1 x
x
a a1
tan 1 2 1 1
tan a2 tan a1
1 a a
2 1
a a2
tan 1 3 1 1
tan a3 tan a2
1 a a
3 2
a an 1
tan 1 n 1 1
tan an tan an1
1 an an1
1
tan 1 1
cot an
a
n
y
Adding we get L.H.S. = tană1 an + cotă1 an ă tană1
x
y 1 1
= tan 1 tan an cot an 2
2 x
y x
= cot 1 tan1 R.H.S.
x y
Illustration 40
Find the sum : cotă1 2 + cotă1 8 + cotă1 18 + ... to infinity.
Solution :
Let tn denote the nth terms of the series.
then, tn = cotă1 2n2
or, tn = cotă1 (2n ă 1) ă cotă1 (2n + 1) ...(1)
[ cotă1 (2n ă 1) ă cotă1 (2n + 1)
1 (2n 1) (2n 1) 1
= cot
(2n 1) (2n 1)
(4 n2 1 1)
= cot 1 1 2
cot 2n ]
2
Hence the required sum = cot 1 1
4
Illustration 41
2x
Show that the function y = 2tană1 x + sină1 is a constant for x 1. Find the value of
1 x2
this constant.
Solution :
Note that since x > 1, we can not write
2x
sin 1 2 tan 1 x, (for principal values)
1 x2
Working Rule : To prove that the given function is a constant, any one of the following methods
can be used.
1. Express both terms in the same inverse function and simplify. If y is independent of x, then
it will be a constant.
II. Since y = f (x)
dy
if 0, y will be a constant.
dx
2.1
y = 2tană1 1 + sină1 2.
11 4 2
2x
Case II : for x > 1, 2tană1 x = ă sină1
1 x2
2x
2tană1x + sină1 =
1 x2
2x
Thus, for x 1, 2tană1x + sină1 =
1 x2
Illustration 42
Using Mathematical Induction, prove that [IITă91]
1 1 1 1 n
tan 1 tan 1 ... tan 1 2 tan
3 7 n n 1 n 2
Solution :
n
We have to prove that tan 1 1 tan 1 1 ... tan 1 1
tan1 ...(1)
3 7 n2 n 1
n 2
when n = 1
1 1
L.H.S. of (1) = tan
3
1 1 1
R.H.S. of (1) = tan 2 tan 1
1 1 1
3
1 1 1 m
i.e. tan 1 tan 1 ... tan
1
2 tan
1
3 m 2
7 m m 1
1
Adding tan 1 to both sides, we get
2
(m 1) (m 1) 1
1
Now, tan 1 1 tan 1 1 ... tan 1 2
1
tan
1
2
3 7 m m 1 (m 1) (m 1) 1
1 m 1 1
= tan tan
m 2
2
(m 1) (m 1) 1
1 m 1 1
= tan tan 2
m 2 m 3m 3
1 m 1 2
= tan tan
m 2
2
2m 6 m 6
1 m 1 m 1 1 m
= tan tan tan
m 2 m 3 m 2
m 1 1 m 1
tan 1 tan
m 3 m 1 2
the result (1) is true for n = m + 1 also it is true for n = m ... (B)
From (A) & (B), we can say that result (1) is true for any natural number n.
Hence the result.
m 1 1 m
Note : tan 1 tan
m 3 m 2
m 1 m
m3 m2 (m 1) (m 2) m (m 3)
= tan 1 = tan 1
m 1 m (m 2) (m 3) m (m 1)
1 .
m 3 m 2
m2 3m 2 (m 2 3m) 1 2
= tan 1 = tan 2
2m 6m 6
2 2
(m 5m 6) m m
1
= tan 1
m 3m 3
2
Illustration 43
If x 1, x 2, x 3, x 4 are the roots of the equation x 4 ă x 3 sin2 + x 2 cos2 ă x cos ă sin = 0, prove
that tană1 x 1 + tană1 x 2 + tană1 x 3 + tană1 x 4 = n + ă . Where n is an integer.
2
Solution :
Since x1, x2, x3, x4 are the roots of the equation x4 ă x3 sin2 + x2 cos2 ă x cos ă sin = 0
( sin 2)
x1 x2 x3 x4 1
sin 2
x1x2 = cos2
x1x2x3 = cos and x1 x2 x3 x4 = ă sin
Now, tan [tană1 x1 + tană1 x2 + tană1 x3 + tană1 x4]
x1 x1 x2 x3 sin 2 cos
= 1 = 1 cos 2 sin
x1 x2 x1 x2 x3 x4
2sin cos cos cos (2sin 1)
= 2 = sin (2sin 1)
2sin sin
= cot
or, tan (tană1 x1 + tană1 x2 + tană1 x3 + tană1 x4) = tan
2
tană1 x1 + tană1 x2 + tană1 x3 + tană1 x4 = n + .
2
b
i.e. x1 a
c
sum of the product of roots taken two at a time i.e. x1 x2 a
b
sum of the product of roots taken three at a time i.e. x1 x2 x3 a
e
Product of roots i.e. x1 x2 x3 x4 =
a
2. We can mark the similarity of results from solution of quadratic equation.
b
If ax2 + bx + c = 0 and x1 and x2 be the roots of this equation then sum of roots = x1 + x2 = .
a
c
Product of roots = x1 x2
a
s1 s3
3. tan (a1 + a2 + a3 + a4) =
1 s2 s4
Where s1 = tan1 = tan1 + tan2 + tan3 + tan4.
s2 = tan1 tan2
s3 = tan1 tan2 tan3
s4 = tan1. tan2. tan3.tan4
Illustration 44
3
If cosă1 x + cosă1 y + cosă1z = and x + y + z = , then prove that x = y = z.
2
Solution :
Let cosă1 x = , cosă1 y = , cosă1 z =
cos = x, cos = y, cos = z
Also, + + =
3
From equation, x y z
2
3
or, cos + cos + cos = ...(1)
2
then z = 2 cos cos cos
2 2
= 2sin cos cos 2 2 2
2 2
Since is fixed cos and sin are fixed. Only changing term is cos
2 2
cos
Clearly, z will be maximum if 1 i.e., =
2
3
Thus, the maximum value of cos + cos + cos = and is possible only when = =
2
3
from (1), cos + cos + cos = , which is the maximum value
2
= =
x= y= z
Illustration 45
Convert the trigonometric function sin [2cosă1 {cot (2tană1 x)}] into an algebraic function
f (x). Then from the algebraic function find all the values of x for which f (x) is zero. Express
the values of x in the form a b where a and b are rational numbers.
1 2 x
= sin 2cos 1 cot tan
1 x2
1 1 x
2
= sin 2cos1 cot cot
2 x
1 1 x
2
= sin 2 cos
2 x
2
2. 1 x . 1 1 x
2 2
1
= sin.sin
2x 2 x
1 1 x2 1 x2
[Let cos cos
2x 2x
2
2
1 x2
and sin 1 cos 1 ]
2x
2
1 1 x2 1 x2
2 x
= sin 2. 1 .
2x
2
1 x2 1 x2
. 1
2 x
= 2
2x
2
1 x2 1 x2
From question, f ( x) 2 1
2 x
2x
1 x2 1 x2
. 1 0
2 x
2
2x
or, (1 x2 ). 4 x2 1 x4 2 x2 0
or, (1 x2 ). 6 x2 1 x4 0
either 1 ă x2 = 0 or, 6 x2 1 x4 0
x= 1 or, x4 ă 6x2 + 1 = 0
6 36 4.1.1
x2 =
2
= 32 2
= (1 2)2
x = (1 2)
x = + 1, (1 2)
Illustration 46
Solve the equation sin (2 cosă1 (cot (2 tană1 x))) = 0
Solution :
sin (2 cosă1 (cot (2 tană1 x))) = 0
2 cosă1 (cot (2 tană1 x)) = n, n I
n
cosă1 (cot (2 tană1 x)) = , nI
2
cot (2tană1 x) = 1, 0, ă 1 2tană1 x = m + , m , m
4 2 4
3
i.e. ă < m + < m = 0, ă 1 2 tană1 x = and and correspondingly
4 4 4
3
x tan , tan
8 8
3
Similarly, ă < m ă < m = 0, ă 1 x tan , tan 8
4 8
ă < m + < m = 0, ă 1 x tan
2 4
3
Hence the results are x tan , tan , tan
4
8 8
Illustration 47
x
1 1 x 2
Given 0 x then the value of tan sin 1 sin x is
1
2 2 2
(a) ă 1 (b) 1
1
(c) (d) 3
3
Solution :
Ans. (b). Put x = sin
1 1
sin1 sin cos sin 1 sin
2 2 4 4
E tan tan 1
4 4
Illustration 48
If cosă1 p + cosă1 q + cosă1 r = , then prove that p 2 + q 2 + r 2 + 2pqr = 1
Solution : cosă1 p + cosă1 q + cosă1 r =
pq (1 p2 ) (1 q2 ) r
Illustration 49
9
If sină1 x + sină1 y + sină1 z = 3/2, then the value of x 100 + y100 + z 100 ă 101 101 is
x y z101
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3
Solution :
Ans. (a). We know that |sină1 x| /2
Hence from the given relation we observe that each of sină1 x, sină1 y and sină1 z will be /2 so
that x = y = z = sin (/2) = 1
9
3 0
3
Illustration 50
2MN 2 pq 2MN
tan 1 2 2
tan 1 2 2
tan 1 where M = mp ă nq, N = np + mq
M N p q M2 N2
Solution :
n 1 q
L.H.S. = 2tană1 m 2 tan p
pn mq 1 N
= 2tană1 pm nq 2 tan M R.H.S.
Illustration 51
p2 2 pq q2
If cosă1 (p/a ) + cosă1 (q/b) = , then cos 2 sin 2
a2 ab b
Solution :
1 p q p2 q2
cos .
1 1 2
We have a b a 2 b
pq p2 q2
or 1 2 1 2 cos
ab a b
2
pq p2 q2 p2 q2
ab cos 1
a2 b2 a2 b2
p2 q2 2 pq
or cos2 cos
2 2
a b ab
p2 q2 p2 q2
= 1
a2 b2 a 2b2
p2 2 pq q2
or cos 2 1 cos2 sin2
a2 ab b
Illustration 52
2x 3 x 3
L.H.S. = tan 1 n
1 2 x.3 x 4
5x 3
or 2
tan 1
1 6x 4
or 6x2 ă 5x ă 1 = 0 (x ă 1) (6x + 1) = 0
x = 1, ă 1/6
Illustration 53
1 x 1 1 x 1
Find whether x = 2 satisfies the equation tan x 1 tan tan 1 ( 7).
x
x 1 x 1
tan 1 x 1 x tan 1 ( 7)
x1 x1
1 .
x1 x
2 x2 x 1
7 or 2x2 ă x + 1 = ă 7 + 7x
1 x
or 2x2 ă 8x + 8 = 0 or x2 ă 4x + 4 = 0
or (x ă 2)2 = 0 x = 2.
But if we put x = 2 in the given equation the L.H.S. is + ive and R.H.S. is ă ive. Hence x = 2
1 x 1 1 x 1
does not satisfy. We will have to write the equation as tan x 1 tan tan 1 ( 7).
x
R.H.S. = + tană1 (ă 7)
Illustration 54
Solve for x, sin [2 cosă1 cot (2 tană1 x)] = 0.
Solution :
2x 1 x2
2 tan 1 x tan 1 cot 1
1 x2 2x
1 x2
cot (2 tan 1 x)
2x
1 1 x
2
L.H.S. = sin 2cos 0
2 x
1 x2 (1 x2 )2
2cos 1 cos1 2. 1
2x 4x 2
x4 4 x2 1
= cos1
2 x2
x4 4 x2 1
L.H.S. = sin cos1 0 ...(1)
2 x2
1 ă t2 = 0
Hence from (1), we have
(x4 ă 4x2 + 1)2 ă (2x2)2 = 0
or (x4 ă 4x2 + 1 ă 2x2) (x4 ă 4x2 + 1 + 2x2) = 0
or (x4 ă 2x2 + 1) (x4 ă 6x2 + 1) = 0
From Ist factor (x2 ă 1)2 = 0, x = 1
From 2nd factor x4 ă 6x2 + 9 = ă 1 + 9
or (x2 ă 3)2 = 8
x2 3 2 2 (1 2)2
x (1 2)
Illustration 55
c1 x y c c1 c c2 1 x
Prove that tan 1 tan 1 2 tan 1 3 ... tan 1 tan 1
c1 y x 1 c 2 c1 1 c3 c 2 cn y
Solution :
1 x / y 1 / c1
T1 = tan 1 ( x / y).(1 / c )
1
1 x 1 1
= tan y tan c etc.
1
L.H.S.
1 x 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 x
= tan y tan c tan c tan c ... tan c tan y
1 1 2 n
Illustration 56
x ( x y z) y ( x y z) z ( x y z)
tan 1 tan
1
tan
1
yz zx xy
Solution :
Put x + y + z = r
rx ry r / xyx) ( x y)
tan 1 tan
1 1
zx = tan
yz (1 r / z)
1 (rz) /( xy) ( x y) rz 1 rz
= tan = tan1 = tan
( x y) xy
xy
rx ry rz
tan 1 tan 1 zx tan
1
yz xy
Illustration 57
Solve for x the following equations
x x
sec 1 sec 1 sec 1 b sec 1 a
a b
Solution :
1 a 1 1 b
From the given equation we have cos cos1 cos 1 cos1
x a b x
a 1 a2 1
cos1 . 1 1
or x a x2 a 2
1 1 b 1 b2
cos . 1 1
= b x b2 x2
1 x2 a 2 a2 1 1 b2 1 x2 b2
or
x ax x bx
Illustration 58
Sum the following series :
1 1 1
tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 ... n and or
3 7 13
1 1 1
tan 1 2
tan 1 2
tan 1 ...
111 1 2 2 1 3 32
Solution :
1 1 (n 1) n
Tn = tan tan 1
1nn 2 1 (n 1)n
= tană1 (n + 1) ă tană1 n
Putting n = 1, 2, 3, ..., n and adding, we get
Sn = tană1 (n + 1) ă tană1 1
S = tană1 ă
4 2 4 4
Illustration 59
3 3 3
cot 1 1 cot 1 22 cot 1 32 ...
4 4 4
Solution :
2
2 3 1 4 n 3
Tn = cot ă1
n cot
4 4
1 1
n 2 n 2
4 1 1
= tan 1 tan 1 = tan
3 1 1 1
4 n2 1 n2 1 n n
4 4 2 2
1 1 1 1
= tan n tan n 2
2
Putting n = 1, 2, 3, ..., n and adding
1 1 1 1
Sn = tan n tan
2 2
1 1
S = tan 1 cot 1 tan 1 2
2 2 2
x2 4
Example : Let f be a function defined by f ( x)
x2
22 4 0
At x = 2, f ( x)
22 0
x2 4 x 2 x 2
When x 2, x ă 2 0 f ( x) x2
x2 x2
Now we consider the values of f (x) when x 2, but is very-very close to 2 and x < 2.
It is clear from the above table that as x approaches 2 i.e., as x 2 through the values less than
2, the value of f (x) approaches 4 i.e. f (x) 4.
We will express this fact by saying that left hand limit of f (x) as x 2 exists and is equal to
4 and in symbols we shall write
Lt f(x) = 4 or Lt f(x) = 4
x 2 ă 0 x 2 ă
Again we consider the values of f (x) when x 2, but is very-very close to 2 and x > 2.
It is clear from the table given above that as x approaches 2 i.e., as x 2 through the values
greater than 2, f (x) approaches 4 i.e., f (x) 4.
We will express this fact by saying that right hand limit of f (x) as x 2 exists and is equal
to 4 and in symbols we will write.
Lt f(x) = 4 or Lt f(x) = 4
x 2 + 0 x 2 +
Thus we see that f (x) is not defined at x = 2 but its left hand and right hand limits as x 2
and are equal.
When Lt f (x) and Lt f (x) are equal to the same number l, we say
Ri g h t h a n d a n d L e f t h a n d l im i t s
If x approaches a from the right, that is, from larger values of x than a, limit of f as defined before
is called the right hand limit of f (x) and is written as
lim f ( x) or f a 0
x a 0
Similarly if x approaches a from the left, that is, from smaller values of x than a, the limit of f
is called the left hand limit and is written as
lim f ( x) or f a 0
x a 0
If both right hand and left hand limits of f(x), as x a, exist and are equal in value, their
common value, evidently, will be the limit of f(x), as x a. If, however, either or both of these
limits do not exist, the limit of f(x) as x a does not exist. Even if both these limits exist but are
not equal in value then also the limit of f(x) as x a does not exist.
Definition of limit : We say that limit of f(x) as x tends to a exists and is equal to a real number
l if as x approaches a (through the values less than or greater than a) the values of f (x) approach
a definite unique real number l. In other words if for every > 0, however small, there exists
> 0, such that
l ă < f (x) < l + i.e. |f (x) ă l| < for all x for which
a ă < x < a + i.e. |x ă a| <
Lt f ( x)
In this case we write xa = l
Lt f ( x)
Thus the statement x a = l means that the values of f (x) will approach the number l or are
equal to l as the values of x approach the number a from either direction.
ă
a
than or greater than a, f (x) becomes greater than any positive number however large.
values less than or greater than a, f (x) becomes smaller than any negative number however
small.
For the existence of the limit of f (x) at x = a , it is necessary and sufficient that
(i) f (a ă 0) = f ( a + 0) and
(ii) they both should be finite
Illustration 1
5 x 4, 0 x 1
If f x 3 show that lim f ( x ) exists.
4 x 3 x , 1 x 2 x 1
Solution : We have,
LHL of f (x) at x = 1
lim f ( x) lim f 1 h
= x 1 h 0
= hlim 5 1 h 4 lim 1 5h 1
0 h0
RHL of f (x) at x = 1
lim f ( x) lim f 1 h
= x 1 h0
4 1 h 3 1 h 4 1 3 1 1
3 3
= hlim
0
Illustration 2
Evaluate the right hand limit and left hand limit of the function
x4
,x4
f x x 4
x4
0,
4h4
= lim f ( x) lim f 4 h lim
x 4 h0 h0 4h4
h
= lim 1
h 0 h
LHL of f (x) at x = 4
4h4
= lim f ( x) lim f 4 h lim
x 4 h0 h0 4h4
h h
= lim lim 1
h0 h h 0 h
Illustration 3
1
e /x 1
Show xlim
0 1
/x
does not exist.
e 1
Solution :
1
/x
e 1
Let f x 1 . Then,
e /x 1
1 1 /h
1
/h /e 1
e 1 0 1 1
lim 1
lim
= h0 h0 1 1 01
e /h 1 /e
/h
1
1 1
/h 1
as h 0 h e 1/ e / h 0 ...(i)
lim f ( x) lim f 0 h
RHL = x 0 h 0
1
/
1/ 1 1/ e h
e h 1
lim lim
= h 0 e1 / h 1 h 0 1
/h [Dividing numerator and denominator by e1/h]
1 1 / e
10
= 1 L.H.L. R.H.L., Hence Limit does not exit
10
Illustration 4
x
Solve lim sin , where [.] denotes the greatest integer function.
x0 x
x
Solution : Here lim sin x , since we have greatest integral function we must define function.
x0
Now, RHL (put x = 0 + h)
sin 0 h
lim ,
h 0 0 h
sin h
we know 1 as h 0 but less than 1 as h > sin h
h
lim 0 0 sin h
0 as h 0
h0 h
RHL = 0
again LHL (put x = 0 ă h)
0h
lim sin ,
h 0 0h
sin h
we know h 1 as h 0 but greater than ă 1.
lim 1 1 sin h
1 as h 0
h0 h
LHL = ă 1
limit does not exists as RHL = 0 and LHL = ă 1.
I n d e t e r m in a t e Fo r m s Or M e a n i n g l e s s Fo r m s :
Following seven forms are called indeterminate forms :
0
1. 2. 3. 0. 4. ă 5. 1 6. 00 7. 0
0
0
1. Indeterminate form : When numerator 0 and denominator 0, the form is called
0
0
indeterminate form . Here it should be noted that neither denominator nor numerator
0
should be zero rather they should tend to zero.
x2 1 0
Example : lim form
x 1 x 1 0
2. Indeterminate form : when numerator and denominator , the form is called
indeterminate form .
log ex
Example : lim form
x x
3. Indeterminate form 0. : when one factor 0 (but not equal to zero) and other factor
, the form is called Indeterminate form 0.
lim x tan x
Example : x 2 [0. form]
2
4. Indeterminate form ă : when given expression is the difference of two functions both
of whom tend to , the form is called Indeterminate form ă
5. Indeterminate form 1 : when base 1 (but no equal to 1) and power , the form
is called Indeterminate form 1.
Lt sin xtan x
Example : x [1 form]
2
6. Indeterminate form 00 : When base 0 + 0 (but base is not equal to zero) and power
0 (but power is not equal to zero), the form is called the indeterminate form 00.
tan x
Example : x Lt sin x [00 form]
0
7. Indeterminate form 0 : When base and power 0 (but power is not equal to zero),
the form is called the indeterminate form.
So m e i m p o r t a n t p r o p e r t i e s o f l i m it s
4. lim f ( x). g( x) lim f ( x) . lim g ( x)
x a x a x a
lim f ( x)
f ( x) x a
5. lim , provided lim g( x) 0, g( x) 0
x a g( x) lim g( x) xa
x a
So m e I m p o r t a n t Ex p a n s i o n s :
1. Binomial Expansion :
(i) If n is a positive integer, then
(1 + x)n = 1 + nC1x + nC2x2 + ...... + nCnxn
n n n 1 2
= 1 x x ... xn (valid for all x)
1! 2!
(ii) If n is a negative integer or fraction, then
n n 1 2 n n 1 n 2 3
1 x n 1 nx x x ... to
2! 3!
where ă 1 < x < 1
xn a n
2.
xa
xn 1 axn 2 a 2 x x 3 ... a n 1
x2 x3 xn
3. (i) ex 1 x ... ... to , valid for all x
2! 3! n!
x x2 x3
(ii) e x 1 ... ... to valid for all x
1! 2! 3!
4. (i) ax = exlogea
x2
(ii) ax = 1 + x(loga) + log a 2 ... to
2!
x2 x3 x4
5. (i) loge (1 + x) = x ... to , 1 x 1
2 3 4
x2 x3 x4
(ii) loge (1 ă x) = x ... to , 1 x 1
2 3 4
x3 x5 x7
6. sin x ...
3! 5! 7!
x2 x4 x6
7. cos x 1 ...
2! 4! 6!
x3 2 5
8. tan x x x ...
3 15
Sp e c i a l n o t e s o n i n f i n i t y
Ć Infinity is a very big number which is not find on number line. No variable is equal to
infinity. Hence ordinary laws of algebra do not apply on
eg. ă 0, 1
(it is so because we do not know how big value is for ).
Ć Whenever the denominator becomes 0, the expression becomes undefined and it is not equal
to
1
(undefined)
0
but in case of limits
finite no.
lim 0; lim
finite no.
0 b b
lim 0 & lim if a 0
non zero a a
(here means approaching)
Do not confuse the above limits with the following limits.
LIMITS & CONTINUITY
QUIZRR 11
So m e l im i t s w h i c h a r e o b v i o u s
5. lim
x
x2 x2 0 6. lim
x2
x x2
1
0
(a) (i) is undefined if denominator is equal to zero
0
x x
(ii) Lt does not exist if denominator is equal to zero as is undefined.
x0 0 0
0
(iii) (Indeterminate) when numerator 0 and denominator 0
0
(b) 0. = 0
But (tends to zero) . is indeterminate.
(c) 1 = 1, if base is equal to 1.
But 1 is indeterminate when base 1
(d) 0 = 1, if power is equal to zero
But 0 is indeterminate when power 0
(iii) Lt 0x does not exist if base is equal to zero as 0x, when x < 0 is undefined.
x00
(iv) 00 is not defined if base is equal to zero and power is equal to zero.
Pro p e r t i e s o f i n f i n i t y :
(i) c =
(ii) + =
(iii) . =
(iv) (ă ) = ă , (ă ). = ă
(v) =
(vi) c. = , if c > 0
= 0, if c = 0
= ă if c < 0
0. = 0
But (tends to zero). is indeterminate
In fact c. , if c > 0
c. = 0, if c = 0
c. ă , if c < 0
(vii) c = , if c > 1
= 0, if 0 c < 1
= 1, if c = 1
In fact c , if c > 1
c 0, if 0 < c < 1
c = 0, if c = 0
c = 1, if c = 1
1 = 1, if base = 1
But (tends to 1) is indeterminate.
M e t h o d t o Ev a l u a t e t h e L i m i t o f a Fu n c t io n :
There are a number of methods to evaluate the limit of a function but for the sake of convenience,
we divide the problems in two types. If f (x) is a function of x then x is the independent variable.
Type I. We will call those problems in which the independent variable tends to or ă as
problems of Type I.
Type II. We will call those problems in which independent variable x does not tend to
or ă as problems of Type II.
x
a
Examples : (i) 1 Lt is a problem of type I, as here independent variable x
x x
a x bx
(ii) Lt is a problem of type II as here independent variable x does not tend to or ă .
x0 x
Note : Here is the independent variable and x is a constant.
Again for the sake of convenience we divide problems of each type in three categories.
Category A. Problems involving only algebraic functions.
Category B. Problems involving non-zero constant powers of sin, cos, tan, cot, sec or cosec of a
variable angle.
Category C. Problems involving exponential or logarithmic functions.
Examples :
x4 a4
(i) Lt . This problem is of category A of type II.
xa xa
x sin x
(ii) Lt . This problem is of category B of type II.
x0 x
log x 1
(iv) Lt . This problem is of category C of type II.
x2 x2
x2 x2 1
(v) Lt . This problem is of category A of type I.
x x4 2
1
(vi) Lt2n sin . This problem is of category B of type I.
x n
2x
1
(vii) 1
Lt . This problem is of category C of type I.
x x
T y p e I . Ca t e g o r y (A )
Problems involving algebraic expressions.
Working Rule :
N
1. First of all simplify the given expression in the form of .
D
2. (i) Then divide each terms of the numerator and denominator by xn where x is the
independent variable and n is the highest power of x in the numerator and denominator
taken together.
c c
(ii) Then put 0 , where c is a constant and k > 0. This is because 0 as x .
k
x xk
3. Alternatively, take out term containing highest power of x in the numerator and denominator
as common and finally put
xk = 0, if k < 0
= , if k > 0
= 1, if k = 0
Tip : Simply check the powers in numerator & denominator.
a
(iii) n = d; limit is
p
Illustration 5
x4 2x3 3 12 22 32 n2
(a) Find Lt (b) Find
Lt ...
x 2x 4 x 2 n n 3 n3 n3 n 3
Solution :
2 3
1
4
x 2x 3 3 x x4 1
Lt Lt
(a) = x 1 2 2
x 2 x4 x 2
3 4
x x
2 3 2
Since as x , 0, 4 0 and 4 0
x x x
12 22 32 n2
(b) Lt ...
n n3 n3 n3 n3
12 22 32 ... n2 n n 1 2n 1 n 1 2n 1
= Lt = Lt Lt
3
n n3 n 6n n 6 n2
= Lt
n 2n2 3n 1 = Lt
2
3
1
n n2 2 1
n 6 n2 n 6 6 3
Illustration II
(a) Find x Lt
x xc x (b) Lt
x
2
x 4x
x 2 4x
x2 1 3 x2 1
(c) lim
I : x 4 4
x 1 5 x4 1
Solution :
(a) Lt
x
x xc x
Lt
x xc x x c x
= x
x c x
x x c x c x
Lt Lt
= x
xc x x x c x
c c
Lt Lt
= x xc x x x c
1
x x x
c c c
Lt
= x 1 c 1 11 2
x
Lt x2 4 x x2 4 x
(b)
x
x2 4 x x2 4 x x2 4 x x2 4 x
Lt
= x x2 4 x x2 4 x
Lt
x2 4 x x2 4 x Lt
8x
=
x x2 4 x x2 4 x x x2 4 x x2 4 x
8
Lt
x x2 4 x x2 4 x
=
x
LIMITS & CONTINUITY
16 QUIZRR
8
= Lt
x x2 4 x x2 4 x
x2 x2
Here x 0 x x2 for example 4 4 2 16
8 8 8
Lt 4
x 4 4 11 2
1 1
x x
(c) dividing the numerator & denominator by x (which is the greatest power of x possible)
x2 1 3 x2 1
lim x x
x 4 x4 1 5 4
x 1
x x
x2 1 3 x2 1
lim x x
= x 4 x4 1 5 x4 1
x x
1 1
/2 /3
x2 1 x2 1
lim x x
1 1
= x
x x
4 /4 4 /5
1 1
x x
1 1/ 1/
/3 2 3
x2 1 1 / x2 1 1 1 1
2 1 2
x2 x3
x x x3
lim lim
1 1 1
= x = x
1 /4
/4 /
x4 1 1/
5
1 1 5
x4 1 1
x4 x x5
4 x5
x
1
as x 0 (for p > 1)
xp
1 0 0
= 1 0 01
LIMITS & CONTINUITY
QUIZRR 17
T y p e I I . Ca t e g o r y A .
When x a , where a is a fixed real number.
Problems in which algebraic functions occur.
Working Rule :
Limits of functions involving only algebraic functions and when independent variable does not
tend to or ă can be evaluated by using the following formula
xn a n
Lt na n 1
x a x a
for a limit, xlim f ( x), we can directly substitute x = a in the limit only if the following
a
Ć lim f ( x) is undefined.
xa
(b) Factorisation
Factorization method can also be used to solve these kind of questions.
P x
for lim , if P (a) = 0 & xlim Q a 0
x a Q x a
(note Q (a) 0, otherwise the function is undefined) then we can say that (x ă a) is a factor
of both P (x) & Q (x)
P x x a N x lim N x
lim lim
x a Q x x a x a D x x a D x
0
If we get form in the problems involving roots then we must rationalise them to get the
0
common factor, which will be cancelled out.
Illustration 6
Illustrations based on factorization
x3 a3 x3 x2 3x 9
(a) lim 2 (b) lim
x a x a x x 3 x 2 4x 3
x3 2x2 9x 4 x7 2x5 1
(c) lim (d) lim
x 4 x 2 2x 8 x 1 x3 3x2 2
Solution :
x3 a3
(a) given lim
x a x2 ax
x a x2 ax a2
lim
xa x x a
= lim
x2 ax a2 =
3a 2
3a
xa x a
x3 x2 3 x 9
(b) given lim
x3 x2 4 x 3
if we put x = 3 in numerator & denominator we get 0 in both, i.e. (x ă 3) is a factor of both
numerator & denominator.
( x 3) (x2 2 x 3)
limit becomes, lim
x3 ( x 3) x 1
now we can put x = 3
9 6 3 18
= 9
2 2
(c) [When x = 4 numerator and denominator become zero]
x3 2 x2 9 x 4
Lt
x4 x2 2 x 8
x3 4 x2 2 x2 8 x x 4 x 4 x2 2 x 1
= Lt Lt
x4 x2 4 x 2 x 8 x4 x 4 x 2
x2 2 x 1 23
= Lt
x4 x2 6
x3 2 x2 9 x 4
Second Method : Lt
x4 x2 2 x 8
x3 43 x2 42 x 4
( x 4) 2 ( x 4) ( x 4)
x4 x4 x 4
Lt
= x4 x2 4 2 x 4
( x 4) 2 ( x 4)
x4 x 4
x3 43 x2 4 2 x 4
2 9
x4
Lt x4 x 4
= x4 x2 42 x 4
2
x4 x 4
3.42 2.2.41 9 23
=
1 6
2.4 2
(d) When x = 1 numerator and denominator both become zero and hence (x ă 1) is a factor of both
x7 2 x5 1
Now Lt
x 1 x3 3 x2 2
x7 x6 x6 x5 x5 x4 x4 x3 x3 x2 x2 x x 1
= Lt
x1 x3 x2 2 x2 2 x 2
x6 ( x 1) x5 ( x 1) x4 ( x 1) x3 ( x 1) x2 ( x 1) x ( x 1) ( x 1)
= Lt
x1 x2 ( x 1) 2 x ( x 1) 2( x 1)
( x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x 1) 3
= Lt 1
x1 2
x 2x 2 3
x7 2 x5 1
Second Method : Lt
x 1 x3 3 x2 2
x7 17 x5 15
( x 1) 2 ( x 1)
x1 x1
Lt
x1 x 1
3 3 x 1
2 2
( x 1) 3 ( x 1)
x1 x1
Lt
7(1)6 2 5(1)4 Lt
7 10
x 1 3(1) 3 2(1)
2 x 1 36
3
Lt = 1
x 1 3
Qu e s t io n b a s e d o n f o r m u l a
Illustration 7
1 /6
x 4 625 x2
(a) lim lim
(b) x 64 1 / 3
3
x 5 x 125 x 4
1 1
( x h) / n x / n 1 x 5 1
(c) lim (d) lim
x 0 h x 0 3x 5x2
Solution :
x4 625
(a) given lim
x 5 x3 125
x4 54
if we write it like lim
x 5 x3 53
x4 54
lim
x5 x5
= x3 53
x5
4.53 20
& now we can use the formula =
3.52 3
x1 / 6 2
(b) lim
x 64 x1 / 3 4
1 1 1
x 2
6 x 6 64 6 1 1
Lt Lt 64 6 2, 64 3 4
x 64 1 x 64 1 1
x 4
3 x 3 64 3
1
1 1
1 1
x 64 6
6 (64) 6 5 2
1
Lt 6 64 6 3
x 64 x 64 1 1
1 2
1 64 3
1 3
x 3 64 3
x 64
1
1
1 1 1 1 1
64 6 26 6 .
2 2 2 2 4
1 1
(c) Lt
x h n xn
h0 h
1 1
x h n xn
Lt [ when h 0, x + h x]
x h x x h x
1 1n
1 n 1 1
= x x n
n n
Note : Here h is variable and x is a constant.
Lt
1 x5 1
(d)
x0 3 x 5 x2
Lt
1 x 15
5
. x Lt
1 x 15
5
5.14 5
x 0 1 x 1 x 0 1 x 1 3 3
x 3 5x 3 5x
Lt
1 x5 1
Second Method :
x0 3 x 5 x2
Lt
1 5 x 10 x2 10 x3 5 x4 x5 1
x0 x 3 5x
= Lt
5x 10 x2 10 x3 5x4 x5
x0 x 3 5 x
Lt
5 x 10 x 10 x2 5 x3 x4 .x 5
x0 x 3 5x 3
Illustration 8
Illustrations based on rationalization
1 x2 1 x
x2 a 2x 3x
lim Lt ,a 0
(a) lim (b) x 2 2 (c)
x 0 x x 4 x2 x a 3a x 2 x
Solution :
1 x2 1 x
Lt
x0 x
1 x2 1 x 1 x2 1 x
Lt
x0 x
1 x2 1 x
1 x2 1 x x2 x
Lt Lt
x 0
x 1 x2 1 x x0 2
1 x 1 x x
x x 1 x1
Lt Lt
x0 x0
x 1 x2 1 x 2
1 x 1 x
1 1
1 1 2
x2 0
Lt form
(b) x 2 x2 4 x 2 0
x1 21 x1 21
( x 2) . ( x 2)
x2 x2
Lt
Lt
x2 22 x2 2 2
x2 1
x 2 1
x 2 x1 21
( x 2) ( x 2) . x2
x2 x2 x2 x2
x1 21
. x2
x2
Lt
1.0
0
0
x2 2 2 2.21 1 3
x 2 x1 21
x2 x2
Second Method
x2 x2
Lt Lt
x2 x2 4 x2 x2 x 2 x 2 x2
x2 x2 0
Lt Lt 0 [I.I.T. 78]
x2 ( x 2) x21 x2 x2 1 21
a 2 x 3a 3 x 3a
. 2 x a .3( x a)
a 2 x 3a 3 x 3a
Lt
xa 3a x 4 a x a
. ( x a) 2 ( x a
3a x 4 a xa
1 1 1 1
( a 2 x) 2 3a 2 3 x 2 3a 2 .3
. 2
a 2 x 3a 3 x 3a
Lt
xa 1 1 1 1
3 a x 4 a
2 2 . 2 x a 2
2
3a x 4 a xa
T y p e I I . Ca t e g o r y B
Problems in which non-zero constant powers of sin, cos, tan, cot, sec, cosec of variable
angle occur (problems involving trigonometrical expressions).
Working Rule :
1. First of all see whether independent variable tend to zero or not. If the independent variable
x a, where a 0, then put x = a + h. Then go on simplifying only those factors of the
numerator and denominator which tend to zero till sin or tan occurs as a factor where
0.
sin sin
2. Then write sin . and tan . and use the formula
sin tan
Lt 1, Lt 1 whichever is required.
0 0
Illustration 9
sin a tan x
(a) Find Lt (b) Lt
0 tan b x 0 tan x
Solution :
sin a
sin a a a
Lt Lt
(a) 0 tan b 0 tan b
b b
sin a
a 1.a a
a
Lt
0 tan b 1.b b
b
b
(b) x x radian
180
x
tan
180 . x
x x 180
tan
tan x 180 Lt 180
Now x Lt Lt
0 x x0 x x0 x 180
Illustration 1 0
Solution :
x 3x 3x x
2sin sin
cos x cos 3 x 2 2
Lt Lt
(b) x 0 x(sin 3 x sin x) x 0 x.2cos x 3 x sin 3 x x
2 2
sin 2 x sin 2 x
.2 x .2
2x 2x 2
Lt Lt 2
x 0 x cos 2 x x 0 cos 2 x 1
sin x
sin x
tan x sin x cos x
(c) Lt Lt
x 0 1 cos x x 0 1 cos x
Lt tan x 0
x0 [By the definition of limit because the form is not indeterminate]
as x cos x 0,
2
sin x
we can use rule
x
lim sin x 1
=
x
2
Illustration 1 1
sin x
Using lim 1 Evaluate the following limits :
x 0 x
tan x tan
tan x 3 3
lim lim
(a) 9 x2 2
x x 9 x2 2
3 3
sin A B
Using tan A ă tan B = we get,
cos A cosB
sin x
lim 3
x cos x cos 3 x 3 x
3 3
1 1
sin
using lim 1 2
cos cos
3
0 3
3 3
sin x
sin x
tan x sin x
(b) Lt Lt cos x
x0 x3 x0 x3
x
sin x 1 cos x sin x.2sin2
Lt Lt 2
x0 x3 cos x x0 x3 cos x
2 2
x x
sin 2 sin
sin x 2 x sin x 2 1
2 x
. 2 x. x .
x x 2 x 4 1
2.1.12
Lt 2 2 4 1
Lt
x0 x3 cos x x0 cos x 1 2
(c) [Here independent variable x is not tending to zero rather x is tending to y, hence put x = y + h]
Let x = y + h, then as x y, h 0
1 sin y h sin y
Lt
h 0 h cos y h cos y
sin y h y
Lt
h 0 h cos y h cos y
sin h 1 1
Lt . 1 sec2 y
h0 h cos y h cos y 2
cos y
a sin x x sin a
(d) lim
xa ax2 a2 x
lim
a x sin x x sin x sin a
x a ax x a
lim
a x sin x lim sin x sin a
x a ax x a x a a x a
xa ( x a)
2cos ( ) sin
sin a
lim 2 2 sin a cos a
a2 x a 2a ( x a) a 2 a
2
Illustration 1 2
a h sin a h a 2 sin a
2
Lt
1 cos x cos 2 x cos 3 x
(c) Lt (d)
h 0 h x 0 sin 2 x
Solution :
tan 2 x x
(a) Lt f ( x) Lt [IIT-71]
x0 x 0 3 x sin x
tan 2 x tan 2 x
2x x 2 1 2 1 1
2x 2x
Lt Lt
x0 sin x x0 sin x 31 2
3x x 3
x x
1. 1. 1.2 4 2
2.1 1.
2 2 2
2
2
Lt
a h 2 sin a h a2 sin a
(c) [IIT-79]
h0 h
Lt
a2 2ah h2 sin a h a2 sin a
h0 h
a2 (sin a h sin a
Lt
2 ah h2 sin a h
h0 h h
2 2a h h
a .2cos 2 sin 2
Lt (2 a h) sin(a h)
h0 h
h
sin
2a h 2 .h
2 a2 cos
2 h 2
= a2cosa + 2a sin a
Lt 2 Lt 2a h sin a h
h0 h h0
1
= (cos 2x cos 3x cos 2x)
2
1
= [(cos 2x + cos 4x) cos 2x]
2
1
= [2 cos2 2x + 2 cos4x cos 2x]
4
1
= [1 + cos 4x + cos 2x + cos 6x]
4
1
1 1 cos 2 x cos 4 x cos6 x
Lt 4
x0 sin 2 2 x
2 2 2
sin x sin 2 x sin 3 x
2 . x2 2 . 4 x2 2 .9 x
2
Lt x 2x 3x 28 7
2
x0 sin 2 x 2 16 4
4 .4 x
2x
T y p e I . Ca t e g o r y B .
Trigonometric Problems in which variable tends to infinity.
There are no formulas as such for this type.
Illustration 1 3
sin x 1
(a) Lt (b) Lt 2 x tan
x x x x
Solution :
sin x
(a) We have Lt
x x
Lt ( 0)
(a number between (ă1, 1)
x
= 0
Note : You can though remember this limit.
1
(b) Lt 2 x tan
x x
1
put x , so as x h 0
h
2
Lt tan ( h)
h0 h
tan h
= 2 as Lt 1
h 0 h
Illustration 1 4
x cos x
Find the Limit, Lt
x x sin x
Solution :
x cos x
Given Limit is Lt
x x sin x
cos x
1
Lt x
= x sin x
1
x
= 1.
T y p e I I . Ca t e g o r y C
Problems containing exponential and logarithmic functions :
Working Rule :
Using the following formulae whichever is required
a f (x) 1
(i) Lt log e a
f ( x) 0 f ( x)
This formula should be used only when base is a constant and power is a variable.
Special Case :
ef ( x) 1
Lt 1
f ( x) 0 f ( x)
(ii) Lt [1 kf ( x )] f (x)
ek
f ( x) 0
This formula should be used when both base and powers are variables.
(iii)
log{1 f ( x )}
(iv) Lt 1
f ( x) 0 f (x)
= Lt eg ( x) [ f ( x) 1]
x a
Here x a, f ( x) 1 and g( x)
Illustration 1 5
log x ex 1 x
(a) Lt (b) Lt
x 1 x 1 x 0 x2
log( x h) log x
(c) Lt
h 0 h
Solution :
log x
(a) given limit is Lt
x 1 x 1
log (1 h)
= Lt
h 0 1 h 1
log (1 h)
= Lt 1
h0 h
ex 1 x
(b) Lt
x0 x2
ex 1
in this question if we try to use the formula x , then it will not be solved, why ?
Because we will get zero in numerator & denominator, which becomes unsolvable
ex 1 1
x x ( 1) 1 0 form
Lt Lt
x0 x x0 x 0
x x2 x3
1 ... 1 x
1 2! 3!
= Lt
x0 2
x
x2 x2 1 x x2
= Lt ... Lt ...
x 0 2! 3! = x 0 2 3! 4!
1
putting x = 0 in the rest =
2
1 h 1 h
log log
x x
Lt Lt
= h0 h h 0 h
x
x
1 (1 h)
= Lt log 1
x h0 h
Illustration 1 6
x
( a b) x a x b x 1 e tan e x
(a) Evaluate lim (b) Evaluate lim
x 0 x2 x 0 tan x x
3x 5x 6 x 2x 3 x 1
(c) lim (d) lim
x 0 x x 0 sin 2 x
Solution :
(ab) x a x b x 1 3 x 1 5x 1
(a) lim 3 x 5x
x0 x2
(c) lim = lim
x0 x x 0 x x
a xb x a x bx 1 3
= lim 2 = log 3 ă log 5 = log
x0 x 5
a x (bx 1) (b x 1)
= lim
x0 x2
= lim
( a x 1) (b x 1)
lim
ax 1
lim
bx 1 = log a ï log b
x 0 x x 0 x x 0 x
x ex e
tan x x 1
etan ex
(b) lim lim
x 0 tan x x x 0 tan x x
= lim
ex etan x x 1 = e0 ï 1 [as x 0, tan x ă x 0]
x0 tan x x
= 1ï 1= 1
6 x 2x 3 x 1
(d) lim
x0 sin 2 x
2 x 1 3 x 1) x2 2x 1
lim lim
3x 1
lim
x
2
x x 0 x x 0 sin x
= lim =
x0 x2 sin 2 x x0
= log e 3 log e 2
T y p e 1 . Ca t e g o r y C
Problems involving exponential & logarithmic functions.
1. If power is variable, express the given expression as power of e. Use the formula, ax = ex log a
1 k
3. Use the formula Lt 1 k f (x) f ( x) e where k is constant
f ( x) 0
Illustration 1 7
Find the limit
1 1
x
a Lt x ex e x
(a) Lt 1 (b)
x x x
Solution :
We try to convert these questions to type 2 only so that we can use formulas.
x
a
(a) Given, 1
Lt
x x
1
Now here it is a type II question only. Compare it with formula Lt 1 ax x .
x 0
1
= Lt 1 ah h
h0
1
= ea {using Lt 1 x x e}
x0
1 1
x
Lt x x e x
(b) x0
1
again putting x = x
h
Lt
1 h
h0 h
e e h
eh 1 ( e h 1) eh 1 e h 1
= Lt = Lt Lt
h 0 h h h 0 h h 0 h
eh 1 eh 1
= 1 ă h Lt = 1 + 1 Lt 1
0 h h 0 h
= 2
Illustration 1 8
1 x
1
(a) lim 1 2 x x (b) lim 1
x 0 x x2
2x 1
x 1 lim x cot 2 x
(c) lim (d)
x x 2 x 1
Solution :
1
(a) lim 1 2 x x
x0
using formula
1
1
= lim 1 2 x 2 x x 2 x
x0
2x
e
lim
x0 x
= eă2
x
1
(b) lim 1
x x2
1
our formula is lim 1 f ( x) f ( x) e where f (x) 0
x0
1
here f ( x) 2 which as x , f(x) 0, hence we can apply the same formula.
x
x x2
1 1 1
lim 1 lim 1 2 x 2
x 2 x
x x x
x 1
lim lim
= ex x2 x x
e
= e0 = 1
2x 1
x 1
(c) lim
x x 2
2 x 1 2 x 1
x1 3
= lim 1 1 = lim 1
x x 2 x x 2
3
lim 2x 1
= e x x 2 = e6
x1
lim
= x 1 tan (1 x)
e
1 1 x tan
=
lim
x 1 tan z (1 x) as tim 1
e 0
1
=
e
LIMITS & CONTINUITY
QUIZRR 37
So m e c o n f u s i n g l im i t s
Illustration 1 9
x
(a) lim (b) xlim x 3
x 0 x 0
Solution :
(a) for the limit to exist LHL & RHL should be equal lets take LHL first
x
= lim 1 ...(i)
x0 x
Now, RHL
x
lim
x 0 x as x 0 i.e. from positive side x returns x
x
= lim x 1 ...(ii)
x0
from (i) & (ii) LHL RHL, hence limit does not exist.
(b) lim x 3
x0
LHL
lim x 3
x 0
= hlim 0 h 3
0
lim h 3
= h 0
This will be a number between (ă 4, ă 3) and we know that for this the value of greatest
integer function is ă 4.
RHL
lim x 3
x 0
= hlim 0 h 3
0
lim h 3
= h0
this will be a number between (ă 3, ă 2) and hence greatest integer function returns ă 3
RHL = ă 3
Now, LHL RHL
Hence limit does not exist.
1
(c) lim sin
x0 x
1
now as x 0
x
1
but for sin or sin () is not a finite value. In fact it is a oscillatory value between
x
[ă 1, + 1] because we dont know the value of
Note : Some of the students get confused in this, in fact some think that sin () which
is absolutely wrong as sin x can never return a value other than [ă 1, 1].
Since the limit is not finite, limit does not exists.
1
(d) lim x sin
x0 x
This is a very important limit. Let us solve it.
1
We already solved the part lim sin in the above question. It is a value between
x0 x
[ă 1, 1] but x 0, x approaches 0.
Hence limit becomes
= 0 ï (a number between [ă 1, 1]
= 0
Hence limit exists and is equal to 0.
(You can check by equating LHL & RHL)
Illustration 20
Evaluate the following limits :
1 sin x
x Lt
(a) Lt 1 x tan 2
(b) x / 2 x cot x
x 1
2
Solution :
(a) These type of limits are solved by substituting the limit.
See now in the limit,
x x
Lt 1 x tan tan approaches so somehow we need to remove this. If it can be
x1 2 , 2
x x
converted to cot , then the limit will be solved as cot will approach 0.
2 2
x
And we know cot = tan x or tan 1 x
2 2 2 2
now, do you see something
putting x as (1 ă x) solves the question
(1 ă x) becomes x & lim changes to
x x 2
lim x cot lim
x0 2 x 0 x [as cos = 1]
sin
2
1 sin x
Lt
(b) x / 2 x cot x
2
Note : In these type of questions you will get the clue of what to substitute from the question
itself.
Like in this question we will substitute x for x, hence limit becomes
2
1 sin x
lim 2 lim 1 cos x
x0 x 0 x tan x
x cot x
2
1 cos x x 1 1 cos x 1
= lim = 1 as lim
x0 x2 tan x 2 x 0 x 2 2
So m e q u e s t io n s o n e x p a n s i o n s e r ie s
Generally expanding makes the question a bit easy. Lt us see how.
Illustration 21
x5
Evaluate Lt
x ex
x x2 x3
Solution : e 1 x ...
2! 3 !
putting this back in the limit
x5
Lt
x x2 x3 x4 x5
1 x ...
2! 3! 4! 5!
dividing by x5
1
Lt
x 1 1 1 1 1 x
1 ...
x5
x4
2! x3
3! x2 4! x 6!
1
Hence the limit becomes Lt which is 0.
x
Illustration 22
log 1 x
Find Lt
x 0 3x 1
Solution :
Here we will apply expansion series of both log (1 + x) & ax which is
x2 x3 x4
log 1 x = x ...
2 3 4
x2
& ax = 1 x log a log a 2 ...
2!
using these
x2 x3 x4
x
Lt 2 3 4
x0 2
x
1 x log 3 (log 3)2 ... 1
2!
x x2 x3
x 1 ...
2 3 4
Lt
= x0 x
x log 3 1 log 3 ...
2
L IM IT B Y L ’ ‘H OSPIT A L ’S RU L E
0
LÊHospitalÊs rule is applicable only when the form is or .
0
0
In case of other indeterminate forms, first of all they should be changed to the form or and
0
then L HospitalÊs rule should be applied.
ÂHospitalÊs rule : Let f (x) and g (x) be differentiable functions at x = a.
Let f´ (x), f´´(x), f´´´(x), ..., fn (x) denote the first, second, third, .... nth derivatives respectively of
f (x) and g´(x), g´´(x), g´´´(x), ..., gn(x) denote the first, second, third, ..., nth derivatives respectively of
g(x).
According to LÊHospitalÊs rule
f ( x) 0 f '( x)
1. Lt form = Lt
x a g ( x) 0 x a g '( x)
In general if f´(x), f´´(x), ..., fnă1(x) 0 and g´(x), g´´(x), ... gnă1(x) 0 as x a and
f ( x) 0 f n ( x)
Lt form Lt
x a g( x) 0 =
x a g n ( x)
f ( x) f '( x)
2. Lt form = Lt
x a g( x) x a g '( x)
In general if f´(x), f´´(x), ..., fnă1(x) and g´(x), g´´(x), ... gnă1(x) as x a and
f ( x) f n ( x)
Lt form Lt
x g( x) =
x g n ( x)
0
How to change the indeterminate forms to form or
0
1. When the form is 0., bring the suitable factor in the denominator.
0
The form will be now or .
0
x
Example : Lt 1 x tan
x 1 2 [0. form]
1x
Lt 0
= x 1 cot x form
2
0
0
2. When the form is ă : Go on simplifying until it reduces to the form or .
0
3. When the form is 1 , 0, 00 : Let the required limit be P, then take logarithm and proceed.
Illustration 23
x7 2x5 1
Find Lt
x 1 x3 3x2 2
Solution :
x7 2 x5 1 0
Lt 0 form
3 2
x1 x 3x 2
7 x6 10 x4 0
= Lt [by L ÂHospitalÊs rule]
x 1 3 x2 6 x 0
7 10 3
= 1
36 3
Illustration 24
x sin sin x
Find Lt
x x
[Here x is the variable and a is a constant, therefore we will have to differentiate w.r.t. to x.]
x sin sin x 0
Solution : Lt 0 form
x x
1.sin cos x
Lt sin cos
x 10
Illustration 25
tan x sin x
Find Lt
x 0 x3
tan x sin x 0
Solution : Lt 0 form
3
x0 x
sec 2 x cos x 0
= Lt
2 0 form
x0 3x
201 1
=
6 2
Illustration 26
a h sin a h a 2 sin a
2
Find Lt
h 0 h
a h 2 sin a h a2 sin a 0
Lt
h 0 form
h0
Lt
a h 2 cos a h (0 1) sin a h 2 a h 0 1 0
=
h0 1
M is c e l la n e o u s Fo r m s :
g ( x)
In this case we write, ( f ( x) g ( x) = elog e f ( x)
lim g ( x) log e f ( x)
g ( x)
lim f ( x) ex a
xa
Illustration 27
Solution :
log sin x
log A = lim [By LÊ HospitalÊs rule]
x 0 1/ x
1
. cos x
lim sin x lim x2 cot x
= x 0 1 =
x 0
x2
x2
= lim 0
x 0
tan x
Illustration 28
x
Evaluate xlim cos ec x
0
Solution :
x
Let A = xlim cosec x (0 form)
0
log cos ec x
lim
= x0 1 form
x
1 cosec x cot x
lim .
= x 0 cosec x
1 [By LÊHospitalÊs rule)
x2
x2
= lim 0
x 0 tan x
log A = 0 or A=1
lim cos ec x x 1
x0
Illustration 29
1
x log x
Evaluate lim e
x 0
Solution :
1
Let A lim e x log x
x0
1 1/ x
. log e . log e
log A = lim x log x = lim log x form [By LÊ HospitalÊs rule]
x0 x0
1 / x2
= lim 1/ x
x0
loge A = ă
1
A = eă or lim ex log x 0
x0
Illustration 30
sin x
Evaluate xlim x
0
Solution :
log e x
lim
sin x cosec x
lim x = lim sin x log e x ex 0
x0 e
x0
1/ x
lim
= x0 cos ec x cot x
e
2
sin x x
2 lim .
sin x x 0 x cos x
= lim e
x0 x cos x
e
= eă(1). (0) = e0 = 1
Illustration 31
Solution :
lim log sin x sin 2 x
Here, x 0
log sin 2 x
= lim form
x 0 log sin x
1 2x
lim . 2 cos 2 x cos 2 x
x 0 sin 2 x
lim sin 2 x
= 1 = x [By LÊ HospitalÊs]
s]
.cos x x 0
sin x cos x
sin x
cos 2 x
= lim 1
x 0 cos x
Illustration 32
log sin x
= lim form [By LÊ HospitalÊs]
x 0 cot x
1
lim .cos x lim sin x .cos x 0
sin x x 0
Applying L-HospitalÊs rule = x 0
2
cos ec x
loge A = 0
A = e0 = 1 A =1
Illustration 33
2
Evaluate lim n /n
n
Solution :
2
Here; A = lim n /n
(0 form)
n
2 log n
log A = lim form
n n
1
2. . 2
= lim n = lim n 0
n 1 n
loge A = 0 A = 1
Illustration 34
1
/n
en
Evaluate lim
n
Solution :
1/
n
en
Here, A = lim (0 form)
n
1 en
log A = lim log
n n
n log e log
= lim n form
n
log e 0
= lim
n 1
= log e
A = e
HYPERBOLA
D efin it io n
A Hyperbola is the locus of a point which moves in a plane so that the ratio of its distance from
a fixed point (called focus) and a fixed line (called directrix) is a constant which is greater than
one, this ratio is called eccentricity and is denoted by e. For hyperbola e > 1.
Let S be the focus, QN be the directrix and P be any point on the hyperbola. Then by definition
PS
or PS = e PN, e > 1
PN
where PN is the length of the perpendicular from P on the directrix QN. In other words a
hyperbola is the locus of a point which moves in such a way that the difference of its distance
from two fixed points (called foci) is constant.
Y
M´ P
M
X
S´ Z´ C Z S
HYPERBOLA
4 QUIZRR
x2 y2
or x2 (1 – e)2 + y2 = a2 (1 – e)2 i.e., 1 ...(i)
a2 a2 (e2 1)
x2 y2
2
Since e > 1, e ă 1 is positive. Let a 2 2 2
(e ă 1) = b . Then the equation (i) becomes 1.
a2 b2
x2 y2 b2
The eccentricity e of the hyperbola 1 is given by the relation e2 = 1 2 .
a2 b2 a
Since the curve is symmetrical about the y-axis, it is clear that there exists another focus S´ at
(ă ae, 0) and a corresponding directrix Z´M´ with the equation x = – a/e, such that the same
hyperbola is described if a point moves so that its distance from S´ is e times its distance from
Z´M´.
T er ms R elat ed t o H yp er b ola
Symmetry : Since only even powers of x and y occur in the above equation, so the curve is
symmetrical about both the axes.
Foci : S and S´ are the two foci of the hyperbola and their coordinates are (ae, 0) and (ă ae, 0)
respectively, then distance between foci is given by SS´ = 2ae.
B P(x,y)
N M´ P(x,y)
M L
Ractum
Axis
Rectum
X´ Transverse axis
X
Z´ C´ Z
A´(0,ăa)
A(a,0)
S´ S(ae,0)
(ăae,0)
Conjugate
Latus
x=a/e
Directrix
Directrix
N´
L´
x=ăa/e B´
Y´
a
Directries : ZM and Z´M´ are the two directrices of the hyperbola and their equations are x
e
a 2a
and x respectively, then the distance between directries is given by ZZ´ =
e e
Axes : The lines AA´ and BB´ are caled the transverse axis and conjugate axis respectively of the
hyperbola. The length of transverse axis = AA´ = 2a. The length of conjugate axis = BB´ = 2b.
Centre : The point of intersection C of the axes of hyperbola is called the centre of the hyperbola.
All chords passing through C, are bisected at C.
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 5
Vertices : The point A (a, 0) and A´ (– a, 0) where the curve meets the line joining the foci
S and S´ are called the vertices of the hyperbola.
Focal chord : A chord of the hyperbola passing through its focus is called a focal chord.
x2 y2
Focal distance : The focal distance of any point (x, y) on the hyperbola 1 are
a2 b2
ex ă a and ex + a.
The difference of the focal distance of any point on the hyperbola is constant and equal to the
length ofo the transverse axis of the hyperbola. If P is any hyperbola, then
S´P ă SP = 2a = Transverse axis.
Latus Rectum : If LL´ and NN´ are the latus rectum of the hyperbola then these lines are
perpendicular to the transverse axis AA´, passing through the foci S and S´ respectively.
b2 b2 b2 b2
L ae, , L´ ae, , N ae, N´ ae,
a a a a
2b2
Length of latus rectum = LL´ NN´
a
Eccentricity of the Hyperola
We know that SP = ePM or SP2 = e2 PM2
2
2 x a
or 2
(x ă ae) + (y ă 0) = e 2 or (x ă ae)2 + y2 = (ex ă a)2
e
x2 y2
1
a2 a2 (e2 1)
x2 y2 2
On comparing with 1, we get b2 = a2 (e2 ă 1) or e 1 b
a2 b2 a2
(conjugate axis)2
or e 1
(transverse axis)2
e 2 (lx my n )2
ÂeÊ is given by ( x h )2 ( y k )2
(l 2 m 2 )
HYPERBOLA
6 QUIZRR
Illustration 1
Find the equation of the hyperbola whose focus is (1, 2) directrix is the line x + y + 1 = 0
3
and eccentricity .
2
Solution :
Let S (1, 2) be the focus and let P (x, y) be a point on the hyperbola. Draw perpendicular PM
from P on the directrix x + y + 1 = 0. Then
SP = e PM
3 x y 1
( x 1)2 ( y 2)2 = 2 12 12
Y
P(x,y)
S(1,2)
Focus
9 ( x y 1)2
(x ă 1) + (y ă 2)2 = 4 2
M
X´ O X
2 2 2
8 [(x ă 1) + (y ă 2) ] = 9 [(x + y + 1) ]
Di
8 x2 + 8 y2 ă 16x ă 32y + 40 re
ct
r
= 9x2 + 9y2 + 9 + 18xy + 18x + 18y Y´ ix
x2 + y2 + 18xy + 34x + 50y ă 31 = 0
This is the equation of the required hyperbola.
Illustration 2
Find the eccentricity of the conic represented by x 2 ă y2 ă 4x + 4y + 16 = 0
Solution :
We have x2 ă y2 ă 4x + 4y + 16 = 0
(x2 ă 4x) ă (y2 ă 4y) = ă 16 (x2 ă 4x + 4) ă (y2 ă 4y + 4) = ă 16
( x 2)2 ( y 2)2
(x ă 2)2 ă (y ă 2)2 = ă 16 1
42 42
X2 Y2
Shifting the origin at (2, 2), we obtain 1, where x = X + 2, y = Y + 2
42 42
Illustration 3
Find the centre, eccentricity, foci, directrices and the lengths of the transverse and conjugate
axes of the hyperbola, whose equation is (x ă 1)2 ă 2 (y ă 2)2 + 6 = 0
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 7
Solution :
The equation of the hyperbola can be written as (x ă 1)2 ă 2(y ă 2)2 + 6 = 0
( x 1) 2 ( y 2)2 Y2 X2
or ă 1 or 1
(6) 2 ( 3)2 ( 3)2 ( 6)2
directrices yă2= 3 / 3 1 or y = 3, y = 1.
Illustration 4
4
Find the equation of the hyperbola whose foci are (8, 3) (0, 3) and eccentricity = .
3
Solution :
The centre of the hyperbola is the mid-point of the line joining the two foci. So the coordinates
8 0 3 3
of the centre are ,
2
i.e. (4, 3).
2
Let 2a and 2b be the length of transverse and conjugate axes and let e be the eccentricity. Then
( x 4)2 ( y 3)2
the equation of the hyperbola is 1 ...(i)
a2 b2
Now, distance between the two foci = 2ae
4
(8 0)2 (3 3)2 2ae ae = 4 a = 3 e
3
16
Now, b2 = a2 (e2 ă 1) b2 9 1 7
9
Thus, the equation of the hyperbola is
( x 4)2 ( y 3)2
1 [Putting the values of a and b in (i)]
9 7
7x2 ă 9y2 ă 56x + 54y ă 32 = 0
HYPERBOLA
8 QUIZRR
Par amet r ic E q uat ions of t he H yp er b ola
x2 y2
Since coordinate x = a sec and y = b tan satisfy the equation 1 for all real values
a2 b2
x2 y2
of therfore, x = a sec, y = b tan are the parametric equations of the hyperbola 1,
a2 b2
where the parameter 0 < 2
x2 y2
Hence, the coordinates of any point on the hyperbola 1 may be taken as (a sec, b
a2 b2
tan). This point is also called the point . The angle is called the eccentric angle of the point
(a sec, b tan) on the hyperbola.
Auxiliar y C ir cle
A circle drawn with the centre C and T.A. as a diameter is called the Auxiliary Circle of the
hyperbola. Equation of the auxiliary circle is x2 + y2 = a2.
Note from the figure that P and Q are called the “Corresponding Points” on the hyperbola and
the auxiliary circle. ‘’ is called the eccentric angle of the point ÂPÊ on the hyperbola (0 < 2).
Y
Q P(asec, btan)
(ăa,0) (0,0) A
X
A´ C (a,0) N
Y´
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 9
x2 y2 x2 y2 x2 y2
Standard equation 1 1 or 1
a2 b2 a2 b2 a2 b2
Centre (0, 0) (0, 0)
Eq. of transverse axis y= 0 x= 0
Eq. of conjugate axis x= 0 y= 0
Length of transverse axis 2a 2b
Lentgh of conjugate axis 2b 2a
Foci ( ae, 0) (0, be)
Equation of directrices x = a/e y = b/e
Vertices ( a, 0) (0, b)
a 2 b2 a 2 b2
Eccentricity e e
a2 b2
Y
Posit ion of A Point P w.r .t . H yp er b ola :
Let S = 0 be the hyperbola and P (x1, y1)
be the point and S1 S(x1, y1). Interior Exterior Interior
region region region
Then X
O
S1 < 0 P is in the exterior region
S1 > 0 P is in the interior region
S1 = 0 P lies on the hyperbola
Important :
x2 y2
Note that most of the results proved for hyperbola 1 can be obtained from the same
a2 b2
2 2
formula for ellipse x y 1 , by replacing b2 by ă b2 in conditions for ellipse.
a2 b2
HYPERBOLA
10 QUIZRR
Illustration 5
Show that the equation x 2 ă 2y2 ă 2x + 8y ă 1 = 0 represents a hyperbola. Find the coordinates
of the centre, lengths of the axes, eccentricity, latus rectum, coordinates of the foci and
vertices and equations of directrices of the hyperbola.
Solution :
x2 ă 2y2 ă 2x + 8y ă 1 = 0
(x2 ă 2x) ă 2 (y2 ă 4y) = 1
(x2 ă 2x + 1) ă 2 (y2 ă 4y + 4) = ă 6
(x ă 1)2 ă 2 (y ă 2)2 = ă 6
( x 1) 2 ( y 2)2
1 ...(i)
( 6)2 ( 3)
Shifting the origin at (1, 2) without rotating the coordinates axes and denoting the new coordinates
with respect to these axes by X and Y, we have
x = X + 1 and y = Y + 2 ...(ii)
Using these relations, equation (i) reduces to
X2 Y2
1 ...(iii)
( 6)2 ( 3) 2
X2 Y2
This equation is of the form 1, where a2 = ( 6)2 and b2 = ( 3)2 . So, we have :
a2 b2
Centre The coordinates of the centre with respect to the new axes are (X = 0, Y = 0).
So, the coordinates of the centre with respect to the old axes are (1, 2) [Putting X = 0, Y = 0 in
(ii)]
Lengths of the Axes : Since the transverse axis of the hyperbola is along new Y-axis.
Transverse axis = 2b = 2 3 , Conjugate axis = 2a = 2 6 .
a2 6
Eccentricity : The eccentricity e is given by e 1 2
1 3
b 3
2 a2 12
Latus rectum : Length of the latus rectum = 4 3.
b 3
Foci : The coordinates of foci with respect to the new axes are
(X = 0, Y = be) i.e. (X = 0, Y = 3).
So, the coordinates of the vertices with respect to the old axes are (1, 2 3) i.e. (1, 5) and
(1, ă 1) [Putting X = 0, Y = 3 in (ii)]
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 11
Vertices : The coordinates of the vertices with respect to the new axes are X = 0, Y = b i.e.
(X = 0, Y = 3 )
So the coordinates of the vertices w.r.t. to the old axes are
Illustration 6
1 1
If e and e´ be the eccentricities of a hyperbola and its conjugate, prove that 2
1.
e e2
Solution :
x2 y2
Let the equation of the hyperbola be 1 ...(i)
a2 b2
x2 y2
Then the equation of the hyperbola conjugate to (i) is 1 ...(ii)
a2 b2
2
conjugate axis
e = Eccentricity of (i) = 1
Transverse axis
2
2b b2 a2 b2
e 1 e2 1 e2 ...(iii)
2a a2 a2
2
conjugate axis
And, e´ = Eccentricity of (ii) = 1
Transverse axis
2
2a a2 a2 b2
e´ 1 e´2 1 e´2 ...(iv)
2b b2 b2
1 1 a2 b2 a 2 b2 1 1
1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
e e´ a b a b a b e e´2
HYPERBOLA
12 QUIZRR
T a n gen t t o t h e H yp er b ola :
1. Condition for tangency and points of contact : The condition for the line y = mx + c to be
x2 y2
a tangent to the hyperbola 1 is that c 2 = a 2m 2 ă b 2 and the coordinates of the points
a2 b2
a2 m b2
,
of contact are
a 2 m2 b2 a 2 m2 b2
2. Equation of tangent
x2 y2
(a) Point form : The equation of the tangent to the hyperbola 1 at the point
a2 b2
xx1 yy1
(x1, y1) is 1
a2 b2
The equation of tangent at (x1, y1) can also be obtained by replacing x2 by xx1, y2 yy1, x by
x x1 y y1 xy1 x1 y
y by and xy by . This method is used only when the equation of
2 2 2
hyperbola is a polynomial of second degree in x and y.
x2 y2
(b) Parametric Form : The eqn. of the tangent to the hyperbola 1 at the point
a2 b2
x y
(a sec b, tan) is sec tan 1
a b
x2 y2
(c) Slope Form : The equation of tangent to the hyperbola 1 in terms of slope ÂmÊ
a2 b2
a2 m b2
,
a 2 m2 b2 a 2 m2 b2
3. Number of Tangents From a Point : Two tangents can be drawn from a point to a hyperbola.
The two tangents are real and distinct or coincident of imaginary according as the given point lies
outside, on or inside the hyperbola.
4. Director Circle : It is the locus of point from which tangents are drawn to the hyperbola. The
x2 y2
equation of director circle of the hyperbola 1 is x 2 + y2 = a 2 ă b 2
a2 b2
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 13
5. Equation of the pair of tangents : The equation of the pair of tangents drawn from a point
x2 y2
P (x1, y1) to the hyperbola 1 is SS = T2
a2 b2 1
Illustration 7
Find the condition for the line x cos + y sin = p to be a tangent to the hyperobla
x2 y2
1.
a2 b2
Solution :
We have,
x cos + y sin = p y = ă x cot ă p cosec
y = (ă cot ) x + (ă p cosec ) ...(i)
x2 y2
This will touch 1, if
a2 b2
Illustration 8
Prove that the product of the lengths of the perpendiculars drawn from foci on any tangent
x2 y2
to the hyperbola 1 is b 2.
a2 b2
Solution :
x2 y2
The equation of any tangent to the hyperbola 1 is y mx a 2 m 2 b2 ...(i)
a2 b2
Let S (ae, 0) and S´ (ă ae, 0) be two foci of the hyperbola.
Let p and and p´ be the lengths of perpendicular from S (ae, 0) and S´ (ă ae, 0) on (i). Then,
p = Length of the from S(ae, 0) on (i)
mae 0 a 2 m2 b2 mae a 2 m2 b2
=
m2 1 1 m2
HYPERBOLA
14 QUIZRR
p´ = Length of the from S´(– ae, 0) on (i)
mae a 2 m2 b2 mae a2 m2 b2
=
m2 1 1 m2
Now,
mae a 2 m2 b2 mae a2 m2 b2
p.p´ = .
1 m2 1 m2
m2 a 2 e2 a 2 m2 b2 m2 a 2 (e2 1) b2
=
1 m2 m2 1
m2 b b2 (m2 1)b2
= 2
2
b2
m 1 (m 1)
Illustration 9
x2 y2
If the tangent at the point (p, q) on the hyperbola 1 cuts the auxiliary circle in
a 2 b2
points whose ordinates are y1 and y2 then q is Harmonic mean of y1 and y2.
Solution : Here we choose the tangent as
xp yq p2 q2
1 where 1 ...(1)
a2 b2 a2 b2
Its intersection with x2 + y2 = a2 is given by eliminating x as we are concerned with ordinates
2
yq a 4
1 2
. 2 y2 a 2
b p
2y1 y2 ( a4 b4 a2 p2b4 )
Now H = by (2)
y1 y2 2 qb2 a 4
a4 b4 (1 p2 / a 2 ) b2 q2
= q, by (1).
2 qb2 . a4 q b2
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 15
Illustration 1 0
x2 y2 y2 x2
Determine the equations of common tangents to the hyperbolas 1 and 1.
a2 b2 a2 b2
Solution :
x2 y2
Tangent to 1 is
a2 b2
y m1 x ( a2 m12 b2 ) ...(1)
x2 y2
The other hyperbola is 1
( b2 ) ( a 2 )
or a 2 m12 b2 a2 b2 m12
m12 1 m1 = 1
y x a 2 b2
a2 m mb2
,
1. (i) The coordinate of the point of contact are 2 2
a 2 b2 m2 2
a b m
2. Equation of normals :
x2 y2
(a) Point Form : The equation of the normal to the hyperbola 1 at the point
a2 b2
x2 y2 a 2 x b2 y
(x1, y1) is 1 is a 2 b2
a2 b2 x1 y1
HYPERBOLA
16 QUIZRR
x2 y2
(b) Parametric Form : The equation of the normal to the hyperbola 1 at the point
a2 b2
ax by
(a sec, b tan) is a 2 b2
sec tan
x2 y2
(c) Slope Form : The equation of normal to the hyperbola 1 in terms of slope ÂmÊ
a2 b2
m(a 2 b2 )
is y mx
a 2 b2 m2
3. Number of Normals : In general, four normals can be drawn to a hyperbola from a point in
its plane i.e. there are four points on the hyperbola, the normals at which will pass through a
given point. These four points are called the co-norma l points.
4. Tangent drawn at any point bisects the angle between the lines joining the point to the foci,
where as normal bisects the supplementary angle between the lines.
Illustration 1 1
x2 y2
Prove that the line lx + my + n = 0 will be a normal to the hyperbola 1 if
a2 b2
a2 b2 (a 2 b 2 )2
l2 m2 n2
Solution :
The equation of the normal at (a sec , b tan) to the hyperbola
a x sin + b y = (a2 + b2) tan ...(i)
and the equation of the line is
lx + my + n = 0 ...(ii)
Equations (i) and (ii) will represent the same line. If
a sin b ( a2 b2 ) tan
l m n
am (a 2 b2 )m
cosec and cot
bl b2
a2 m2 (a 2 b2 ) m2
2
cosec ă cot = 1 2
1
b2 l2 b2 n2
a2 (a2 b2 )2 b2 a2 b2 (a2 b2 )2
l2 n2 m2 l2 m2 n2
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 17
Illustration 1 2
x2 y2
Ê on the hyperbola
If the normal at  1 meets the transverse axis at G, prove that
a2 b2
AG.A´G = a 2 (e4 sec2 ă 1)
where A and A´ are the vertices of the hyperbola.
Solution :
The equation of the normal at (a sec, b tan) to the given hyperbola is
ax cos + by cot = (a2 + b2)
a 2 b2
This meets the transverse axis i.e. x-axis at G. So, the coordinates of G are sec , 0
a
a2 b2 a 2 b2
AG.A´G
= a sec a sec
a a
= (ă a + a e2 sec) (a + e2 sec)
= a2 (e4 sec2 ă 1)
Illustration 1 3
Show that the locus of the middle points of the normal chords of the rectangular hyperbola
x 2 ă y2 = a 2 is (y2 ă x 2)3 = 4a 2x 2y2.
Solution :
If (h, k) be the mid-point of the chord of the hyperbola x2 ă y2 = a2 then its equation by T = S1 is
hx ă ky = h2 ă k2 ...(1)
But since (1) is normal to the hyperbola its equation is
x cos + y cot = 2a ...(2)
Putting b = a
Comparing (1) and (2), we get
h k h2 k2
cos cot 2a
h2 k2 h2 k2
sec = and tan
2 ah 2 ak
Put in sec2 ă tan2 = 1
( h2 k2 )2 1 1
2 2 2 1
4a h k
HYPERBOLA
18 QUIZRR
Hence the locus of the mid-point (h, k) is
(x2 ă y2)2 (y2 ă x2) = 4a2 x2y2
or (y2 ă x2)3 = 4a2x2y2
Illustration 1 4
x2 y2
A normal to the hyperbola 1 meets the axes in Q and R, and lines QL and RL are
a2 b2
drawn at right angles to the axes and meet at L. [In other words the rectangle QORL is
completed].
Prove that locus of the point L is the hyperbola
a 2x 2 ă b 2y2 = (a 2 + b 2 )2
Prove that further that the locus of the middle point of QR is 4 (a 2x 2 ă b 2y2 ) = (a 2 + b 2 )2
Solution :
Any normal to the hyperbola is
ax cos + by cot = a2 + b2 ...(1)
Putting y = 0 and then x = 0, we get the points Q and R where it meets the axes as
a2 b2 a 2 b2
Q sec , 0 and R 0, tan
a b
a2 b2
Line through Q perpondicular to x-axis is x sec
a
a 2 b2
Line through R perpondicular to y-axis is y tan
b
Both these lines meet at the point L and in order to find its locus, we have to eliminate between
their equations by the help of relation sec2 ă tan2 = 1.
a 2 x2 b2 y2
or 1
( a 2 b2 ) (a2 b2 )2
a 2 b2 a2 b2
2h sec , 2 k tan
a b
4(a2h2 ă b2k2) = (a2 + b2 )2 (sec2 ă tan2)
or (a2x2 ă b2y2) = (a2 + b2)2
is the required locus.
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 19
C hor d wit h A G iven M id -Point
x2 y2
The equation of chord of the hyperbola 1 with P (x , y ) as its middle point is given
a2 b2 1 1
x2 y2 xx1 yy1
1 is T = 0 where T 2
1
a2 b2 a b2
The equation of the chord joining the points P (a sec1, b tan1) and Q (a sec2, b tan2) is
x y 1
x 1 2 y 1 2 1 2 a sec 1 b tan 1 1 0
cos sin cos
a 2 b 2 2 or
a sec 2 b tan 2 1
x2 y2 2
The equation of the diameter bisecting chords of slope of the hyperbola 2
2
1 is y b
a b a 2m
x2 y2
to the other. If m1 and m2 be the slopes of the conjugate diameters of a hyperbola 1,
a2 b2
b2
then m 1m 2 =
a2
Illustration 1 5
Chords of the circle x 2 + y2 = a 2 touch the hyperbola x 2/a 2 ă y2/b 2 = 1. Prove that locus of their
middle point is the curve (x 2 + y2) = a 2x 2 ă b 2y2.
Solution :
Let (h, k) be the mid-point of the chord of the circle x2 + y2 = a2, so that its equation by T = S1
is
hx + ky = h2 + k2
HYPERBOLA
20 QUIZRR
h h2 k2
or y x i.e. of the form
k k
y = mx + c
It will touch the hyperbola if c2 = a2m2 ă b2
h2 k2 2 h
2
2
a b
k k
Illustration 1 6
x2 y2
Prove that the locus of the middle points of the chords of the hyperbola 1 which
a2 b2
pass through a fixed point (, ) is a hyperbola whose centre is (/2, /2).
Solution :
Equation of the chord of the hyperbola whose mid-point is (h, k) by T = S1 is
hx ky h2 k2
a2 b2 a2 b2
h k h2 k2
a2 b2 a2 b2
x2 x y2 y
Locus of (h, k) is 0
a2 b2
( x / 2)2 ( y / 2) 2 1 2 2 2
or k ,
a2 b2 4 a 2 b2
Illustration 1 7
From points on circle x 2 + y2 = a 2 tangents are drawn to the hyperbola x 2 ă y2 = a 2. Prove that
the locus of the middle points of the chords of contact is the curve (x 2 ă y2) = a 2 (x 2 + y2).
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 21
Solution :
Any point on the curve x2 + y2 = a2 is (acos, a sin). Chord of contact of this point w.r.t. the
hyperbola x2 ă y2 = a2 is
x (a cos) ă y (a sin) = a2
or x cos ă y sin = a ...(1)
If its mid-point be (h, k), then it is same as T = S1.
or hx ă ky = h2 ă k2 ...(2)
Comparing (1) and (2), we get
cos sin a
2
h k h k2
2 2
ah ak
2 1
h k2 h2 k2
Illustration 1 8
et et et e t
For any real t x ,y is a point on the hyperbola x 2 ă y2 = 1. Show that the
2 2
area bounded by the hyperbola and the lines joining its centre to the points corresponding
to t1 and ă t1 is t1.
Solution :
Substituting the point in the equation of hyperbola, we get
1 t 1
[(e et ) 2 (et e t )2 ] 4 et e t 1
4 4
Above is true for all values of t. Hence the point lies on the hyperbola x2 ă y2 = 1.
Let P (x1, y1) be the point corresponding to t1 then
1 1
x1 ( et e t ), y1 ( et et )
2 2
If Q (x2, y2) be the point corresponding to ă t1 then
1 t
x2 (e et ) x1 ,
2
1 t
y2 ( e et ) y1
2
HYPERBOLA
22 QUIZRR
The point Q is (x1, y1). Hence PQ is a double ordinate.
The vertex A (1, 0) corresponds to t = 0
1 1
CPQ = ( x1 y2 x2 y1 ) ( x1 y1 x1 y1 )
2 2
= |ă x1y1| = x1y1
t1 dx
Area of APMQA = 2 area APMA = 2 0 y dt
dt
t1 1 t 1
= 2 0 (e e t ). (et e t ) dt
2 2
1 t1 2t
(e e2t 2) dt
2 0
=
t
1 e2t e2t 1
= 2 2 2t
2 0
1 e2t1 e2t1
= 2 2t1
2
1 t1 1
= ( e et1 ). ( et2 et1 ) t1
2 2
= x1y1 ă t1
Hence the required shaded area is
(x1y1) ă (x1y1 ă t1) = t1
x1
ydx
Alternative : Required area = 2
1
...(1)
1 x1 x1
2
x1 y1 and 1 y dx 1 ( x2 1) dx
x
x 2 1 1 x 1
= x 1 log x x2 1 = 1 x12 1 log x1 x12 1 0
2 2 1 2 2
1 1 1 1
= x1 y1 log ( x1 y1 ) log et1 = t1
2 2 2 2
Putting in (1), we get
1
Area = 2D ă 2 + 2. t1 t1
2
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 23
x2 y2 xx1 yy1
The polar of a point P (x1, y1) w.r.t. the hyperbola 1 is T = 0, where T 2
1
a 2 2
b a b2
x2 y2 a 2 l b2 m
(i) Pole of a given line lx + my + n = 0 w.r.t. the hyperbola 1 is n , n
a2 b2
As ym p t ot es
If the length of perpendicular drawn from a point on the hyperbola to a straight line tends to zero
as the point on moves to infinity. The straight line is called asymptotes.
x2 y2
Let y = mx + c is the asymptote of the hyperbola .
a2 b2
Solving these two we get the quadratic as (b2 ă a2m2)x2 ă 2a2mcx ă a2 (b2 + c2) = 0
In order that y = mx + c be an asymptote, both roots of equation (1) must approach infinity.
Which are coefficient of x2 = 0 & coefficient of x = 0 Y
b Q BP
or m & a2mc = 0 = 0 ...(1)
a
A´ A
X
x y x y C
equation of asymptote are 0 & 0
a b a b R B´S
x2 y2
0 so asymptotes are diagonals of the rectangle PQRS. This rectangle is called associated
a2 b2
rrectangle.
x2 y2 x2 y2 x2 y2
H 2 2 1, C 2 2 1 & A 2 2 0 .
a b a b a b
HYPERBOLA
24 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 9
Find the equation of the asymptotes of the hyperbola 2x 2 ă 5xy ă 3y2 ă 5x ă 3y ă 21 = 0.
Solution
Since the equation of the pair of asymptotes of the hyperbola differ by the hyperbola by a
constant only. So, let the equation of the pair of asymptotes be
2x2 ă 5xy ă 3y2 ă 5x ă 3y + = 0 ...(i)
This equation represents a pair of straight lines
abc + 2fgh ă af2 ă bg2 ă ch2 = 0
Here : a = 2, b = ă 3, h = ă 5/2, g = ă 5/2f = ă 3/2 and c =
75 9 75 25
6 0 ă 49 ă 75 ă 18 + 75 = 0
4 2 4 4
= ă 18/49.
Putting the value of in (i), we get the required equation
18
2 x2 5 xy 3 y2 5 x 3 y 0
49
Illustration 20
x2 y2
A series of chords of the hyperbola 1 touch the circle on the line joining the foci
a2 b2
as diameter. Show that the locus of the poles of these chords with respect to the hyperbola
x2 y2 1
is 4
4
2 .
a b a b2
Solution :
The foci of the hyperbola are the points S (ae, 0) and S´ (ă ae, 0). Circle on SS´ as diameter is
(x ă ae) (x + ae) + y2 = 0
or x2 + y2 = a2e2 ...(1)
If (h, k) be the pole of the chord which touches (1), then its equation is the polar of (h, k) w.r.t.
hyperbola
hx ky
i.e. 2
1 ...(2)
a b2
Since the line (2) touches the circle (1) therefore perpendicular from centre (0, 0) should be equal
to radius ae.
1
ae
h2 k2
4 4
a b
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 25
h2 k2 1 1
or 4
4
2 2
b2 = a2 (e2 ă 1)
a b a e a b2
2
x2 y2 1
Generalising, the locus of the pole (h, k) is the ellipse 4
4
a b a b2
2
Illustration 21
Show that the locus of poles with respect to the parabola y2 = 4a x of tangents to the
hyperbola x 2 ă y2 = a 2 is the ellipse 4x 2 + y2 = 4a 2.
Solution :
Any tangent to the hyperbola x2 ă y2 = a2 is
x secq ă y tan = a
x ă y sin = a cos ...(1)
2
If its pole w.r.t. parabola y = 4ax be (h, k) then it is same as ky = 2a (x + h)
or 2ax ă ky = ă 2ah ...(2)
1 sin cos
Compare (1) and (2),
2a k 2h
Illustration 22
A series of hyperbolas are such that the length of their transverse axis is 2a . Show that the
locus of a point P on each such that its distance from the transverse axis is equal to its
distance from an asymptote is the curve (x 2 ă y2)2 = 4x 2 (x 2 ă a 2).
Solution :
x2 y2 x y
Let the hyperbola be =1 and one of its asymptotes is 0
a 2
b 2 a b
Here a is given but b is not known. Choose any point (h, k) on the hyperbola.
h2 k2
1 ...(1)
a2 b2
h k
By given condition k a b
1 1
2 2
a b
HYPERBOLA
26 QUIZRR
2
1 1 h k
or k2 2 2 ...(2)
a b a b
In order to find the locus of (h, k) we have to eliminate unknown b2. Now form (2)
k2 h2 2hk
a 2
a 2 ab
4a2 h2 k2
(k2 ă h2)2 =
b2
h2
or (k2 ă h2) = 4a2h2 2 1 , by (1)
a
Illustration 23
x2 y2
Prove that the product of the perpendiculars from any point on the hyperbola 1
a2 b2
a 2 b2
to its asymptotes is equal to .
a 2 b2
Solution :
x2 y2
Let (a sec, b tan) be any point on the hyperbola = 1
a2 b2
x y x y
The equations of the asymptotes of the given hyperbola are 0 and 0
a b a b
x y
Now, p1 = length of the perpendicular from (a sec, b tan) on 0 = sec tan
a b 1 1
2
2
a b
x y
and, p2 = length of the perpendicular from on (a sec, b tan) on 0 = sec tan
a b 1 1
2
2
a b
sec 2 tan 2 a2 b2
p1p2 = 2
1 1 a b2
a2 b2
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 27
x2 y2
2
2
1 are y = (b/a)x so they are perpendicular if ă b2/a2 = ă 1 i.e., b2 = a2, i.e., a = b.
a b
Hence equation of a rectangular hyperbola can be written as x2 ă y2 = a 2
c
(i) Equation is xy = c2 with parametric representation x = ct, y , t R ~ (0) .
t
(ii) Equation of chord joining the points P (t1) & (Q (t2), x + t1t2y = c (t1t2)
x y x
(iii) Equation of the tangent at P (x1, y1) is x y 2 and at P(t) is ty 2c .
1 1 t
(iv) Chord with a given middle point as (h, k) is kx + hy = 2hk.
(v) Equation of the normal at P(t) is x t3 ă yt = c (t4 ă 1)
(vi) Vertex of this hyperbola is (c, c) and (ă c, ă c); focus is ( 2 c, 2 c) and ( 2 c, 2 c) , the
Illustration 24
If the normal at the point Ât1Ê to the rectangular hyperbola xy = c 2 meets it again at the point
Ât2Ê, prove that t2 = ă 1/t13.
Solution :
The equation of the normal at (ct1, c/t1) to the hyperbola xy = c2 is xt13 yt1 ct14 c 0
c
If this passes through c t2 , , then
t2
c
ct2 t13 t1 ct14 c 0 t22 t13 t1 t14 t2 t2 0
t2
t2 1 / t13
HYPERBOLA
28 QUIZRR
Illustration 25
If a circle cuts the rectangular hyperbola xy = 1 in the points (x r , yr ); r = 1, 2, 3, 4. Prove
that x 1x 2x 3x 4 = y1y2y3y4 = 1
Solution :
Let the equation of the circle be
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + k = 0
The equation of the hyperbola is xy = c2
Eliminating y from these two equations, we get
1 1
x2 2 gx 2 f k0 x4 + 2gx3 + kx2 + 2fx + 1 = 0
2
x x
This is a fourth degree equation in x giving four values of x, say x1, x2, x3 and x4.
x1x2x3x4 = 1
Corresponding to every value of x, there is a value of y given by xy = 1.
1
y1 y2 y3 y4 1
x1 x2 x3 x4
Illustration 26
A rectangular hyperbola whosoe centre is C is cut by any circle of radius r in four points
P, Q, R and S. Prove that CP2 + CQ2 + CR2 + CS2 = 4r 2.
Solution :
Taking the rectangular asymptotes as the axes of reference the equation of the hyperbola and the
circle are
xy = k2 ...(1)
2 2
and x + y + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ...(2)
where g2 + f2 ă c = r2 (given) ...(3)
Eliminating v between (1) and (2), we get a biquadratic in x giving us the abscissas of the four
points of intersection as
x4 + 2gx3 + cx2 + 2f k2 x + k4 = 0
Its roots are x1, x2, x3 and x4 then
x1 = ă 2g, x1x2 = c
= x12 y12 4 g2 2c 4 f 2 2 c
= 4 (g2 + f2 ă c) = 4r2
HYPERBOLA
QUIZRR 29
Illustration 27
If a circle cuts a rectangular hyperbola xy = c 2 in A, B, C and D and the parameters of these
four points be t1, t2, t3 and t4 respectively, prove the following :
1
(a) t1 t2 t3 t4 = 1, find the value of t
1
(b) If H be the orthocentre of the triangle ABC, then H and D are extremities of a diameter
of the rectangular hyperbola.
(c) The centre of mean position of the four points bisects the distance between the centres
of the two curves.
(d) The centre of the circle through A, B and C is
c 1 c 1 1 1
t1 t2 t3 , t1t2 t3
2 t1t2 t3 2 t1 t2 t3
Solution :
(a) Let the equation of the rectangular hyperbola referred to rectangular asymptotes as axes be
c
xy = c2 or its parametric equations be x = ct and y ...(1)
t
and that of the circle be
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + k = 0 ...(2)
Solving (1) and (2), we get
c2 c
c2t2 2 gct 2 f . k 0
t2 t
Above equation being of fourth degree in t gives us the four parameters t1, t2, t3 and t4 of
the points of intersection.
2 gc 2g
t1 + t2 + t3 + t4 = ...(4)
c 2 c
2 fc 2f
t1t2t3 + t1t2t4 + t3t4t1 + t3t4t2 = ...(5)
c 2 c
c2
t1t2 t3 t4 1, which proves (a). ...(6)
c2
Dividing (5) by (6), we get
1 1 1 1 2f
t4 t3 t2 t1 c
HYPERBOLA
30 QUIZRR
(b) Orthocentre of the triangle ABC is
c
, ct1t2 t3
t1t2 t3
c
or H is the point ct4 , ,
t4
t1t2t3t4 = 1, by (6)
c
and D is the point ct4 , and clearly H and D are extremities of a diameter.
t4
c c 1 1 1 1
(t1 t2 t3 t4 ),
4 4 t1 t2 t3 t4
c 2 g c 2 f
= , , from (4) and (7)
4 c 4 c
g f
or 2 , 2 which is clearly the mid-point of (0, 0) and (ă g, ă f) i.e., of the join of the
centres of the two curves.
(d) Let the circle through ABC meet the hyperbola in fourth point D; then from (4) and (7), the
centre (ă g, ă f) is
c c1 1 1 1
(t1 t2 t3 t4 ), ...(8)
2 2 t1 t2 t3 t4
1
t4 ...(9)
t1 t2 t3
Putting the value of t4 in (8), we get the required centre in terms of the parameters of the
given points A, B, C in the form as given.
HYPERBOLA
E LLIPSE
QUIZRR 3
ELLIPSE
The ellipse is a locus of a point which moves such that ratio of its distances from a fixed point
(called focus) and from a fixed line (called directrix) is always constant. This constant (denoted
by e) is called eccentricity of the ellipse which must be less than 1. Alternatively the locus of a
point which moves such that sum of its dista nces from two fixed points is always constant
is called ellipse. We shall later see that the fixed points are two foci of the ellipse and the constant
is equal to length of the major axis of the ellipse.
For every ellipse there is a point called centre of the ellipse through which every chord of the
ellipse is bisected. The line joining centre and focus of the ellipse is called major axis of the ellipse.
A line perpendicular to the major axis and passing through the centre of the ellipse is called minor
axis of the ellipse. The distance between the points on the ellipse which lie on major axis is called
length of the major axis. The length of the minor axis of an ellipse is distance between two points
on its which lie on minor axis. If the major and minor axis are along x and y-axis respectively
with lengths 2a and 2b and centre of the ellipse be origin the equation of the ellipse can be proved
to be
x 2 y2
+ =1
a 2 b2
Deriving the equation of the ellipse in the standard form :
Let us choose a vertical line V´V as directrix and S as focus. Draw SZ V´V. Let e < 1 eccentricity
of the ellipse. There must be a point A on SZ such that
SA = e AZ ...(i)
a
2a = 2eOZ OZ = . ...(iii)
e
Again, subtracting (i) from (ii)
SA´ SA = e (A´Z AZ) (SO + a) (a SO) = e(A´A)
ELLI PSE
4 QUIZRR
2SO = e(2a) OS = ae ...(iv)
Let us take O as origin, A´A as x-axis and a line to A´A and passing through O as y axis then
FG x a IJ 2
PS2 = e2 PM2 (x ae)2 + y2 = e2
H eK
.
...(v)
x2 y2
x2 (1 e2) + y2 = a2 (1 e2) + = 1. ...(vi)
a 2 a 2 (1 e2 )
x2 y2
On putting b2 = a2 (1 e2) we get the required standard equation + = 1 which is an ellipse
a2 b2
(a) Centre is origin
(b) Focus is at (ae, 0)
a
(c) Directrix is the line x = .
e
The equation to the ellipse, whose focus and directrix are any given point and line, and whose
eccentricity is known, is easily written down.
For example, if the focus be the point ( 2, 3), the directrix be the line 2x + 3y + 4 = 0, and the
4
eccentricity be , the required equation is
5
2 2 F 4I
= G J
2
(2 x+ 3 y+ 4)2
(x + 2) + (y 3)
H 5K 22 + 32
2 2 2 ( Ax+ By+ C) 2
(x f) + (y g) = e
A 2 + B2
a
CZ = CZ´ =
e
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 5
a
x=
e
Let P(x, y) be any point on the ellipse then
S´P = ePM´
or (S´ P)2 = e2 (PM´)2
FG x+ a IJ 2
or (x + ae)2 + (y 0)2 = e2
H eK
or (x + ae)2 + y2 = (ex + a)2
or x2 (1 e2) + y2 = a2 (1 e2)
x2 y2
or + = 1
a2 a2 (1 e2 )
x2 y2
or + = 1, where b2 = a2 (1 e)
a2 b2
The equation being the same as that of the ellipse when S(ae, 0) is focus and MZ i.e.,
x = a/e is directrix.
Hence co-ordinates of foci are (μ ae, 0) and equations of directrices are x = μ a/e.
Note : 1. Distance between foci SS´ = 2ae and distance between directrices ZZ´ = 2a/ e
2. If e = 0
then b2 = a2 (1 0)
2 2
b = a
x2 y2
then equation of ellipse + = 1 changes in circle
a2 b2
i.e., x2 + y2 = a2
ELLI PSE
6 QUIZRR
1 .2 Tracing the curve
x2 y2
+ = 1 ...(1)
a2 b2
The equation may be written in either of the forms
x2
y = μ b 1 ...(2)
a2
y2
or x = μ a 1 ...(3)
b2
From equation (2), it follows that if x2 > a2, i.e., if x > a or < a, then y is impossible. There is
therefore, no part of the curve to the right of A´ or to the left of A.
From equation (3), it follows, similarly, that, if y > b or < b, x is impossible and hence that there
is no part of the curve above B or below B´.
If x lie between a and + a, the equation (2), gives two equal and opposite values for y, so that
the curve is symmetrical with respect to the axis of x.
If y lie between b and + b, the equation (3) gives two equal and opposite values for x, so that
the curve is symmetrical with respect to the axis of y.
x2 y2
+ = 1, (a > b)
a2 b2
1. Centre : All chords passing through C are bisected at C
Here C (0, 0)
2. Foci : S and S´ are two foci of the ellipse and their co-ordinates are (ae, 0) and ( ae, 0)
respectively.
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 7
a
3. Directrices : ZM and Z´ M´ are two directrices of the ellipse and their equation are x =
e
a
and x = respectively.
e
4. Axes : The lines AA´ and BB´ are called the major and minor axes of the ellipse
. 0< e< 1
or 0 < e2 < 1 ( 0 > e2 > 1)
2 2
or 0 < 1 e < 1 (or 1 > 1 e > 1 1)
2 2 2 2
or a (1 e) < a (or 0 < 1 e < 1)
2 2
or b < a
i.e., b <a
5. Double ordinates : If P be a point on the ellipse draw PN perpendicular to the axis of the
ellipse and produced to meet the curve again at P´. Then PP´ is called a double ordinate.
If abscissa of P is h then ordinate of P,
y2 h2
= 1
b2 a2
b
y= (a 2 h 2 ) (for first quadrant)
a
b
and ordinate of P´ is y= (a 2 h 2 ) (for fourth quadrant)
a
6. Lastus rectum : The double ordinates LL´ and L1L1´ are latus-rectums of the ellipse. These
line are perpendicular to major axis A´ A and through the foci S and S´ respectively.
Length of the latus rectum
Now let LL´ = 2k
then LS = L´ S = k
Co-ordinates of L and L´ are (ae, k) and (ae, – k) lies on the ellipse
x2 y2
+ = 1
a2 b2
a2 e2 k2
+ 2 = 1
a2 b
or k2 = b2 (1 e2)
Fb I
= b G J
2
2
[ . b2 = a2 (1 e2)]
Ha K 2
ELLI PSE
8 QUIZRR
b2
k = ( . k > 0)
a
2 b2
2k = = LL´
a
2 b2
Length of latus rectum LL´ = L1 L1´ = and end of points of latus-rectum are
a
F b I ; L F ae, b I
2 2
L ae, GH a JK GH a JK
F b I; L F ae, b I
G ae,
2 2
L1
H a JK GH
1
a JK
respectively.
7. Focal chord : A chord of the ellipse passing through its focus is called a focal chord.
8. Vertices : The vertices of the ellipse are the points where the ellipse meets its major axis.
Hence A and A´ are the vertices
A (a, 0) and A´ ( a, 0)
x 2 y2
Eccentricity of the Ellipse + = 1, a > b
a 2 b2
x2 y2
For the ellipse + = 1, we have
a2 b2
b2 4 b2 2b FG IJ 2
b2 = a2 (1 e2) e2 = 1
a 2
= 1
4 a 2
=1
2a H K
2
b = a (1 2 2
e ) e =
F Minor axisIJ
1 G
2
H Major axis K
This formula gives the eccentricity of the ellipse.
x2 y2
In the equation of the ellipse 2
+ 2 = 1, if a > b or a2 > b2 (denominator of x2 is greater than
a b
that of y2), then the major and minor axes lie along x-axis and y-axis respectively But if a < b
or a2 < b2 (denominator of x2 is less than that of y2), then the major axis of the ellipse lies along
the y-axis and is of length 2b and the minor axis along the x-axis and is of length 2a.
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 9
The coordinates of foci S and S´ are (0, be) and (0, be) respectively. The equations of the
directrices ZK and Z´ K´ are y = μ b/ e and eccentricity e is given by the formula
a2
a2 = b2 (1 e2) or e = 1
b2
x 2 y2 x 2 y2
+ = 1, a > b + = 1, b > a
Basic fundamentals a 2 b2 a 2 b2
2 b2 2 a2
Length of latus rectum
a b
F ae, b2 I F a , 2
I
Ends of latus rectums GH
a JK GH b JK
be
ELLI PSE
10 QUIZRR
SPECIAL FORM : If the centre of the ellipse is at point (h, k) and the directions of the axes
are parallel to the coordinate axes, then its equation is
( x h) 2 ( y k) 2
+ = 1
a2 b2
If we shift the origin at (h, k) without rotating the coordinate axes, then
x = X + h and y = Y + k
So, the equation of the ellipse with respect to new origin, becomes
X2 Y2
+ 2 = 1
a2 b
Illustration 1
Find the equation of the ellipse whose focus is at (1, 1), directrix is the line x + y = 3 and
1
eccentricity is .
3
Solution :
If (x, y) is any point on the ellipse then will
FG
1 x+ y 3 IJ
( x 1) 2 + ( y+ 1) 2 =
3 H
2 K
Or 18[(x 1)2 + (y + 1)2] = (x + y 3)2
Or 17x2 + 17y2 2xy 30x + 42y + 27 = 0
Illustration 2
Find the equation of the ellipse whose two foci are (4, 0) and ( 4, 0) and whose eccentricity
1
is .
3
Solution :
Since the distance between foci = 8 we must have
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 11
Now since the midpoint of the line joining the foci is centre of the ellipse and the mid point of line
joining (4, 0) and ( 4, 0) is origin.
Origin is centre of the ellipse and x-axis is the major axis.
We also conclude that y-axis is the minor axis. Thus the equation of the ellipse is
x2 y2 x2 y2
2
+ 2 =1 + =1
a b 144 128
Illustration 3
Find the eccentricity of the ellipse if its latus rectum be equal to half of the minor axis.
Solution :
b2 1
We must have 2 = b a = 4b
a 2
15
e =
4
Illustration 4
Find focal distance of the point (4 3 , 5) on the ellipse 25x 2 + 16y2 = 1600.
Solution :
x2 y2
The ellipse is + = 1 a2 = 64, b2 = 100
64 100
3
64 = 100(1 e2) e =
5
x2 y2
The focal distances of any point (x1, y1) on the ellipse + = 1 (a < b) must be b ey1, b +
a2 b2
3 3
ey1 which, in this question, are 10 5, 10 + 5 or 7 and 13.
5 5
ELLI PSE
12 QUIZRR
Illustration 5
Show that the locus of a point which moves such that the sum of its distances from two
x 2 y2
fixed points (a e, 0) and ( a e, 0) is always a constant equal to 2a is the ellipse + = 1.
a 2 b2
Solution :
Let P be (x, y) then from the condition given we have
( x ae) 2 + y2 + ( x+ ae) 2 + y2 = 2 a
x2 + y2 + a2 e2 2 aex + x2 + y2 + a2 e2 + aex = 2 a
x2 y2
x2 + y2 + a2e2 e2x2 = a2 + = 1
a 2 a 2 (1 e2 )
Thus locus of a point P the sum of whose distances from two fixed points S(ae, 0), S´( ae, 0) is
a constant (= 2a) is an ellipse. Note that this constant is equal to length of the major axis of the
ellipse.
Illustration 6
Reduce the equation of the ellipse 4x 2 + 3y2 + 8x + 12y = 1 to the standard form and hence
determine/locate centre, focus, directrix of the ellipse.
Solution :
Grouping terms we get
4x2 + 8x + 3y2 + 12y = 1
4(x2 + 2x) + 3(y2 + 4y) = 1 4(x2 + 2x + 1) + 3(y2 + 4y + 4) = 1 + 4 + 12
( x+ 1) 2 ( y+ 2)2
4(x + 1)2 + 3(y + 2)2 = 17 + = 1
17 / 4 17 / 3
X2 Y2
Put X = x + 1, Y = y + 2 we get + = 1
17 / 4 17 / 3
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 13
17 17
a2 = , b2 = since b > a the major axis of the ellipse must be along y-axis.
4 3
17 17 1
On which foci will lie. From a2 = b2 (1 e2) we get = (1 e2) e =
4 3 2
1
Thus the eccentricity of the given ellipse is , the lengths of major and minor axes and 2b and
2
2a or 2 17 , 17 respectively.
3
Now observe the following table for various locations :
F0, 17 1 I F 1, 17 1 I
Foci GH .
3 2 JK GH . 1
3 2 JK
F0, 17 1 I F 1, 17 1 I
GH .
3 2 JK GH . 1
3 2 JK
17 / 3 17 / 3
Directrix X=μ x+ 1= ±
1/2 1/2
The student must note that the eccentricity, length of major, minor axes, length of
latus rectum are invariants. They remain same in all frame of reference. In addition
you must note that if the general equation of second degree represents an ellipse then
coeff. of y2
(1) eccentricity = 1 if coeff. of y2 < coeff. of x2.
coeff. of x2
Or
coeff. of y2
eccentricity = 1 2 2
2 if coeff. of y > coeff. of x .
coeff. of x
(2) If the general equation of second degree f(x, y) = 0 represents on ellipse and xy term is absent
f f
then centre of the ellipse is given by = 0, =0
x y
f
where denotes the derivative of f(x, y) with respect to x, keeping y constant.
x
ELLI PSE
14 QUIZRR
Illustration 7
Find the lengths and equations of the focal radii drawn from the point (4 3 , 5) on the
ellipse 25x 2 + 16y2 = 1600.
Solution :
The equation of the ellipse is
25x2 + 16y2 = 1600
x2 y2
or + = 1
64 100
Here b > a
a 2 = 64, b2 = 100
a 2 = b2 (1 e2)
64 = 100(1 e2)
e = 3/5
3 3
SP = 10 5 and S´ P = 10 + 5
5 5
SP = 7 and S´ P = 13
FG0, 10 3 IJ
i.e.,
H 5K
i.e., (0, 6)
x2 y2 x12 y12
The point P(x1, y1) lies outside, on or inside the ellipse + = 1 according as + 1 > 0,
a2 b2 a2 b2
= or < 0.
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 15
x2 y2
If ellipse be + = 1 (a > b), then
a2 b2
a uxiliary circ le will be x2 + y2 = a 2 and point
Q will be (a cos , a sin ), hence point P will be
(a cos , b sin ).
Here x = a cos , y = b sin is called as
x2 y2
parametric equation of the ellipse + =1
a2 b2
Illustration 8
x 2 y2
Find the eccentric angles of the extremities of latus-recta of the ellipse + = 1.
a 2 b2
Solution :
F a b2 I
The coordinates of the end-points of latus recta of the given ellipse are GH e,
a JK
x2 y2
Let be the eccentric angle of an end of a latus-rectum of the ellipse + = 1. Then, its
a2 b2
x2 y2
coordinates are (a cos , b sin ) of the ellipse + = 1.
a2 b2
b2
a cos = a e and b sin =
a
b sin b2 b 1 FG b IJ
= 2 tan =
a cos a e ae
= tan
H aeK
1
Similarly,the eccentric angles of other ends of latusrecta are given by = tan ( b/ae).
x2 y2
Hence, the eccentric angles of the extremities of the latus-recta of the ellipse + = 1 are given
a2 b2
1
by = tan (μ b/ae).
ELLI PSE
16 QUIZRR
Illustration 9
x 2 y2
Show that the line lx + my + n = 0 will cut the ellipse + = 1 in points whose eccentric
a 2 b2
angles differ by /2, if a 2 l 2 + b 2 m 2 = 2n 2.
Solution :
Suppose the line lx + my + n = 0 cuts the ellipse at P (a cos , b sin ) and Q (a cos (/2 + ),
b sin (/2 + )). Then these two points lie on the line.
la cos + m b sin + n = 0
and l a sin + m b cos + n = 0
la cos + mb sin = n
and, la sin + mb cos = n
(la cos + mb sin )2 + ( la sin + mb cos )2 = n2 + n2
l2 a2 + m2 b2 = 2n2.
x2 y2
The abscissae of points of the intersection of the line y = mx + c and the ellipse + = 1, are
a2 b2
x2 (mx+ c) 2
given by the quadratic equation + = 1 Or (a2m2 + b2) x2 + 2a2 mcx + a2(c2 b2) =
a2 b2
0 (*). If the roots be x1, x2 then
2 a2 mc a 2 (c 2 b 2 )
x1 + x2 = ; x x =
a2 m2 + b2 1 2 a 2 m 2 + b2
x2 y2
the ellipse + = 1 which is equal to
a2 b2
( x1 x2 ) 2 + ( y1 y2 ) 2 = ( x1 x2 ) 2 + m 2 ( x1 x2 ) 2 =|x1 x2| 1 + m 2
= ( x1 x2 ) 2 4 x1 x2 1 + m2
2 ab a 2 m2 + b2 c 2
=
a 2 m2 + b2
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 17
x2 y2
If the line happens to be tangent to the ellipse the length intercepted by it on the ellipse + =1
a2 b2
must be zero.
a2m2 + b2 c2 = 0 c2 = a2m2 + b2 c = μ a 2 m 2 + b2
a2 mc a2m
In case c2 = a2m2 + b2 the equal root of the quadratic equation (*) is x = =
2 2
a m +b 2
c
(If the equation Ax2 + Bx + C = 0 has equal root then it is equal to B/2A)
F a2m I a 2 m2 + c 2 b2
Also y = mx + c = m GH c JK
+c=
c
=
c
x2 y2
The line y = mx + c will be a tangent to the ellipse + = 1 if c 2 = a 2m 2 + b 2 and it will touch
a2 b2
F a 2m b2 I x2 y2
GH
the ellipse at
c
,
c JK
. The line y = mx μ a 2 m 2 + b2 will be a tangent to the ellipse 2 + 2 =
a b
a2 m
x=μ
b
Illustration 1 0
x 2 y2
Show that the line x cos + y sin = p touches the ellipse 2
+ 2 = 1 if a 2 cos2 + b 2 sin2
a b
Fa 2
cos b 2 sin I
= p 2 and that point of contact is GH p
,
p
. JK
Solution :
The given line is x cos + y sin = p
ELLI PSE
18 QUIZRR
y= x cot + p cosec
Comparing this line with y = mx + c
m = cot and c = p cosec
Hence the given line touches the ellipse then
c2 = a2m2 + b2
p2 cosec2 = a2 cot2 + b2
p2 = a2 cos2 + b2 sin2
F a m , b I
2 2
and point of contact is GH c c JK
F a (cot ) ,
2
b2 I
i.e., GH p cosec p cosec JK
Fa 2
cos b2 sin I
i.e., GH p
,
p JK
1. Point Form
x2 y2
The equation of the tangent to the ellipse + (a > b) at a point (x1 y1) is
a2 b2
xx1 yy1
+ 2 =1
a2 b
x+ x1 y+ y1 xy1 + x1 y
y2 by yy1, x by , y by and xy by .
2 2 2
This is method is apply only when the equation of ellipse is a polynomial of second
degree in x and y.
2. Slope Form
(a) y = mx + c ...(1)
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 19
c = μ a 2 m 2 + b2
In this case the straight line (1) is a tangent, and it becomes
y = mx μ a 2 m 2 + b 2 ...(2)
This is the required equation.
Since, the radical sign on the right-hand of (2) may have either + or prefixed to it, we
see that there are two tangents to the ellipse having the same m, i.e., there are two tangents
parallel to any given direction.
It will be found that the point of contact is the point
F a2 m b2 I
GH a2 m 2 + b2
,
a 2 m2 + b 2
JK
(b) By a proof similar tothat of the last article, it may be shewn that the straight line
x cos + y sin = p
touches the ellipse, if
p2 = a2 cos2 + b2 sin2
(c) Similarly, it may be shewn that the straight line
lx + my = n
touches the ellipse, if a2l2 + b2m2 = n2.
3. Parametric Form
x y
cos + sin = 1 ...(1)
a b
x y
cos + sin 1 = 0
a b
ELLI PSE
20 QUIZRR
x y
and cos ´ + sin ´ 1 = 0
a b
x y
a b 1 1
= = =
sin sin cos cos sin cos cos sin sin ( )
i.e.,
x y 1
= =
+ +
2 a cos sin 2 b sin sin 2 sin cos
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1
cos( + ) sin ( + )
Hence, x = a 2 and y = b 2
1 1
cos ( ) cos ( )
2 2
R| (sum) (sum) U|
|STip to remember: x= a
cos
2 , y= b
sin
2 |V
|| (diff.) diff FG IJ |
T
cos
2
cos
2 H K |W
Illustration 1 1
Find the equations of the tangents to the ellipse 3x 2 + 4y2 = 12 which are perpendicular
tothe line y + 2x = 4.
Solution :
Let m be the slope of the tangent, since the tangent is perpendicular to the line y + 2x = 4.
1
m ( 2) = 1 m =
2
x2 y2
or + = 1
4 3
x2 y2
Comparing this with + = 1
a2 b2
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 21
a 2 = 4 and b2 = 3
So the equations of the tangents are
1 1
y= x μ 4 +3
2 4
1
y= xμ2
2
or x 2y μ 4 = 0
Illustration 1 2
x 2 y2
Find the condition that the line lx + my = n may touch the ellipse + = 1. Also, find the
a 2 b2
point of contact.
Solution :
The equations of the line and the ellipse are
lx + my = n ...(i)
x2 y2
and + = 1 ...(ii)
a2 b2
respectively.
Let the line (i) touch the ellipse (ii) at (x1, y1). Then the equation of the tangent at (x1, y1) is
xx1 yy1
+ 2 = 1 ...(iii)
a2 b
x1 / a 2 y1 / b2 1 a2 l b2 m
= = x1 = , y1 =
l m n n n
Fa l,
2
b2 m I
Thus, (x1, y1) = GH n n JK is the point of contact.
x12 y12 a2 l 2 b2 m2
+ = 1 + = 1
a2 b2 n2 n2
a2l2 + b2m2 = n2
This is the required condition of tangency.
ELLI PSE
22 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 3
Find the locus of the foot of the perpendicular drawn from centre upon any tangent to the
x 2 y2
ellipse + = 1.
a 2 b2
Solution :
x2 y2
Any tangent of + = 1 is
a2 b2
y = mx + (a 2 m2 + b2 ) ...(1)
x
or m = ...(2)
y
Substituting the value of m from (2) in (1) then
x2 Fa x2 I
y=
y
+ GH 2
y2
+ b2 JK
(x2 + y2)2 = a2x2 + b2y2
or changing to polars by putting x = r cos , y = r sin it becomes
r2 = a2 cos2 + b2 sin2
Illustration 1 4
Prove that the tangents at the extremities of latus rectum of an ellipse intersect at the
corresponding directrix.
Solution :
x2 y2
The LSL´ be a latus rectum of the ellipse + = 1.
a2 b2
F bI 2
F b2 I
The co-ordinates of L and L´ are G ae, a J and G ae, JK
H K H a respectively
F ae, b I
2
Equation of tangent at L GH a JK is
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 23
y
FG b IJ
2
x (ae)
+
H aK = 1
a2 b2
xe + y = a ...(1)
F ae, b2 I
The equation of the tangent at L´ GH
a JK is
FG
y
b2 IJ
x (ae)
+
H a K = 1
a2 b2
ex y=a ...(2)
Solving (1) and (2) we get
a
x= and y = 0
e
Thus the tangents at L and L´ intersect at (a/ e, 0) which is a point lying onthe corresponding
a
directrix i.e., x = .
e
Illustration 1 5
Prove that the product of the perpendiculars from the foci upon any tangent to the ellipse
x 2 y2
2
+ 2 = 1 is b 2.
a b
Solution :
x2 y2
The equation of any tangent to the ellipse + = 1 is y = mx + a 2 m 2 + b2
a2 b2
mx y + a 2 m 2 + b2 = 0 ...(i)
The two foci of the given ellipse are S(ae, 0) and S´( ae, 0). Let p1 and p2 be the lengths
of perpendicular from S and S´ respectively on (i). Then,
mae 0 + a 2 m2 + b2
p1 = Length of from S(ae, 0) on (i) =
m2 + (1) 2
ELLI PSE
24 QUIZRR
mae+ a2 m 2 + b2
=
m2 + 1
mae 0 + a2 m2 + b2
=
m2 + (1)2
mae+ a 2 m 2 + b2
=
m2 + 1
F mae+ a m + b I F mae+ a m + b I
2 2 2 2 2 2
Now, p1p2 = GH m +1 2
JK GH m +1
JK 2
m2 a 2 e2 + a2 m2 + b2
=
m2 + 1
a 2 m 2 (1 e) 2 + b2 m2 { a 2 (1 e2 )} + b2
= =
1 + m2 1 + m2
m2 b2 + b2
= [ . b2 = a2 (1 e2)]
1 + m2
b2 (m 2 + 1)
= = b2
(m2 + 1)
Illustration 1 6
x 2 y2
Show that the point of intersection of the tangents at two points on the ellipse + =
a 2 b2
x 2 y2
1, whose eccentric angles differ by a right angle lies on the ellipse + = 2.
a 2 b2
Solution :
Let P (a cos , b sin ) and Q (a cos , b sin ) be two points on the ellipse such that = /2.
The equations of tangents at P and Q are
x y
cos + sin = 1 ...(i)
a b
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 25
x y
and, cos + sin = 1 ...(ii)
a b
respectively.
Since = /2, so (i) can be written as
x y
sin + cos = 1 ...(iii)
a b
x2 y2
Squaring (ii) and (iii) and then adding, we get + = 2.
a2 b2
x2 y2
Hence, the points of intersection of tangents at P and Q lie on the ellipse + = 2.
a2 b2
Illustration 1 7
x 2 y2
Prove that the locus of the mid-points of the portion of the tangents to the ellipse + =
a 2 b2
1 intercepted between the axes is a 2y2 + b 2x 2 = 4x 2y2.
Solution :
Let (x1, y1) be any point on the ellipse
x2 y2
+ = 1 ...(i)
a2 b2
xx1 yy1
The equation of the tangent at (x1, y1) to (i) is + 2 = 1
a2 b
F a , 0I
2 F 0, b I .
2
This meets the coordinate axes at Q GH x JK
1
and R GH y JK
1
a2 b2 a2 b2
h = , k= x1 = , y1 = ...(ii)
2 x1 2 y1 2h 2k
x12 y12 a4 b4 a2 b2
2
+ 2 =1 2 2
+ 2 2
=1 2
+ =1
a b 4h a 4k b 4h 4 k2
a2 b2
Hence, the locus of (h, k) is 2
+ = 1
4x 4 y2
ELLI PSE
26 QUIZRR
9.1 NUMBER OF TANGENTS DRAWN FROM A POINT TO AN ELLIPSE
Two tangents can be drawn from a point to an ellipse. The two tangents are real and distinct or
coincident or imaginary according as the given point lies outside, on or inside the ellipse.
x2 y2
Proof : Let the ellipse be + = 1, and let P (h, k) be a point. The equation of any tangent
a2 b2
to the given ellipse is
y = mx μ a 2 m 2 + b2
If it passes through (h, k), then
k = mh μ a 2 m 2 + b2 (k mh)2 = a2m2 + b2
m2 (h2 a2) 2 mkh + (k2 b2) = 0
This equation, being quadratic in m, gives two values of m. Corresponding to each value of
m there is a tangent to the ellipse.
Thus, two tangents can be drawn from a point P(h, k) to an ellipse.
The tangents are real and distinct, coincident or imaginary according as the roots of quadratic
in m are real and distinct, equal or imaginary
i.e., 4k2h2 4 (h2 a2) (k2 b2) > or < 0
a2k2 + h2b2 a2 b2 > or = or < 0
h2 k2
+ 1 > or = or < 0
a 2 b2
h2 k2
(h, k) lies outside or on or inside the ellipse + = 1.
a 2 b2
x2 y2
Equation of the Director Circle : Let the ellipse be + = 1. The equation of any tangent
a2 b2
to the ellipse is
y = mx μ a 2 m 2 + b2 ...(i)
Let (h, k) be a point on the director circle if (i) passes through (h, k), then
k = mh μ a 2 m 2 + b2 (k mh)2 = a2m2 + b2
m2 (h2 a2) 2mhk + (k2 b2) = 0
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 27
This gives two values of m, say, m1 and m2. Corresponding to each of these values there
is tangent passing through (h, k) to the ellipse.
If the two tangents are perpendicular. Then,
k2 b2
m1 m2 = 1 = 1 h2 + k2 = a2 + b2
h2 a 2
So, the locus of (h, k) i.e. the equation of the director circle is x 2 + y2 = a 2 + b 2.
Clearly, it is a circle whose centre coincides with the centre of the ellipse and radius equal to
a 2 + b2 .
b2 x b2
y= x+
a2 y y
F b2 x I
where GH
m
a2 y
JK = 1
a 2 y
i.e., m =
b2 x
a 2 y
The equation to the normal is therefore, y y´ = (x x´)
b2 x
x x y y
i.e., =
x y
a 2
b2
Or
a 2 x b2 y
= a2 b2
x1 y1
x a cos y b sin
it becomes =
cos sin
a b
ax by
i.e., – a2 = b2.
cos sin
The required normal is therefore
a x sec by cosec = a 2 b2
x2 y2
The equations of the normal of slope m to the ellipse + = 1 are given by
a2 b2
m(a2 b2 )
y = mx
(a 2 + b2 m2 )
F a2 mb2 I.
at the points GH ( a2 + b2 m2 )
, J
(a + b m ) K
2 2 2
Illustration 1 8
x 2 y2
Prove that the straight line lx + my + n = 0 is a normal to the ellipse + = 1 if
a 2 b2
a 2 b2 (a 2 b 2 )2
+ = .
l2 m2 n2
Solution :
x2 y2
The equation of any normal to + = 1 is
a2 b2
ax sec by cosec = a2 b2
x2 y2
The straight line lx + my + n = 0 will be a normal to the ellipse + = 1, if
a2 b2
ax sec by cosec = a2 b2
Since lx + my + n = 0 and (i) represent the same line.
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 29
a sec b cosec a2 b2
= =
1 m n
an bn
cos = and sin =
l(a2 b2 ) m(a2 b2 )
a 2 n2 b2 n2
cos2 +sin2 = +
l 2 (a 2 b2 ) 2 m( a 2 b2 ) 2
( a 2 b2 ) 2 a2 b2
2
= 2 + 2
n l m
Illustration 1 9
If the normal at an end of a latusrectum of an ellipse passes through one extremity of the
minor axis, show that the eccentricity of the ellipse is given by e4 + e2 1 = 0.
Solution :
x2 y2
Let + = 1 be the ellipse. The coordinates of an end of the latusrectum are (a e, b2/a).
a2 b2
a 2 x b2 y ax
= a2 b2 or ay = a2 b2
ae b2 / a e
It passes through one extremity of the minor axis whose coordinates are (0, b).
ab = a2 b2 a2b2 = (a2 b2)2
a2 a2 (1 e2) = (a2 e2)2 1 e2 = e4 e4 + e2 1 = 0
Illustration 20
Any ordinate MP of an ellipse meets the auxiliary circle in Q. Prove that the locus of the
point of intersection of the normals at P and Q is the circle x 2 + y2 = (a + b)2.
Solution :
x2 y2
Let P (a cos , b sin ) be any point on the ellipse + = 1, and let Q (a cos , a sin ) be the
a2 b2
corresponding point on the auxiliary circle x2 + y2 = a2. The equation of the normal at P (a cos
, b sin ) to the ellipse is
ax sec by cosec = a2 b2 ...(i)
The equation of the normal at Q (a cos , a sin ) to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 is y = x tan
ELLI PSE
30 QUIZRR
Let (h, k) be the point of intersection of (i) and (ii). Then,
ah sec by cosec = a2 b2 ...(iii)
and, k = h tan ...(iv)
Eliminating from (iii) and (iv), we get
k2 h2
ah 1 + bk 1 + = a2 b2
h2 k2
(a b) h2 + k2 = a2 b2 h2 + k2 = (a + b)2
Hence, the locus of (h, k) is x2 + y2 = (a + b)2
x2 y2
Equation of normal at (a cos , b sin ) to the ellipse + = 1 is
a2 b2
ax sec by cosec = a2 b2
FG IJ byFG1 + tan IJ
H
ax 1 + tan2
K H 2K
2
2
= a2 b2
FG1 tan IJ
H 2K
2
2 tan
2
Let tan = t
2
ah+ a 2 e2
t1 + t2 + t3 + t4 = 2 ...(i)
bk
t1t2 = 0 ...(ii)
ah a 2 e2
t1t2t3 = 2 ...(iii)
bk
and t1 t2 t4 = 1 ...(iv)
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 31
We know
FG + + + IJ s1 s3 s s
H2 2 2 2K = 1 3 = {from trigo}
1 2 3 4
tan =
1 s2 + s4 0
1 + 2 + 3 + 4
= n+
2 2
a2 x b2 y
= a2 b2
x1 y1
Illustration 21
If are the eccentric angles of three points on the ellipse, the normals at which are
concurrent, then sin ( + ) + sin ( + ) + sin ( + ) = 0.
Solution : We know the equation by . t4 + 2t3 (ax + a2e2) + 2t (ax a2e2) by = 0
t1t2 = 0 ...(i)
and t1, t2 t3 t4 = 1 ...(ii)
Now, t1 t2 = 0
t1 t2 + t2 t3 + t3 t1 = t4 (t1 + t2 + t3)
LM t t t t = 1OP
1 2 3 4
t +t +t
t1 t2 + t2 t3 + t3 t1 = 1 2 3 MM t = t t1 t PP
t1 t2 t3 N 4
Q
1 2 3
1 1 1
t1 t2 + t2 t3 + t3 t1 = + +
t2 t3 t1 t3 t1 t2
ELLI PSE
32 QUIZRR
tan tan + tan tan + tan tan
2 2 2 2 2 2
= cot cot + cot cot + cot cot
2 2 2 2 2 2
( + b) ( )
4 cos 2
cos
2 =0
sin sin
2 (cos + cos ) = 0
2 sin (cos + cos ) = 0
sin sin sin sin
13.1 Equation of the chord of the ellipse whose eccentric angles are and :
x2 y2
Let the ellipse be + =1 ...(1)
a2 b2
Let P(a cos , b sin ) and Q(a cos , b sin ) be two points on ellipse (1).
Equation of chord PQ is
b(sin sin )
y b sin = (x a cos )
a(cos cos )
+
2 cos sin
b 2 2 (x
= a cos )
a 2 sin + sin
2 2
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 33
x + y + + FG IJ
or
a
cos
2
+ sin
b 2
= cos
2 H K
x + y +
or cos + sin = cos
a 2 b 2 2
x 2 y2
13.2 Equation of the chord of the ellipse + = 1 whose middle point is ( x1, y1).
a 2 b2
x2 y2
Given ellipse is + =1 ...(1)
a2 b2
Let P(x1, y1) be the middle point of a chord
AB of the ellipse (1), then the required equation is
xx 1 yy1 x 2 y2
or 2
+ 2 1 = 12 + 12 1
a b a b
or T = S1
where T and S1 have usual meanings.
13.3 Equation of pair of tangents to an ellipse from an external point ( x1, y1).
x2 y2
Let the given ellipse be + = 1
a2 b2
Let P(x1, y1) be an external point.
Fx 2
y2 I Fx 2
y12 I FGxx1 yy1 IJ 2
GH a 2
+
b2
1JK GH a
1
2
+
b2
JK H
1 =
a2
+ 2 1
b K
This can be written as SS 1 = T 2
ELLI PSE
34 QUIZRR
1 3.4 Equation to the chord of contact of tangents drawn from a point ( x1, y1) is
xx1 yy1
+ 2 = 1
a2 b
Illustration 22
x 2 y2
Find the locus of the points of the intersection of tangents to ellipse + = 1 which make
a 2 b2
an angle .
Solution :
Given ellipse is
x2 y2
+ = 1 ...(1)
a2 b2
= m + (a 2 m2 + b2 )
2 b2 2
m1 + m2 = , m m
1 2 =
(a2 2 ) a2 2
4 2 2 4(b2 2 )
=
(a 2 2 ) 2 ( a2 2 )
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 35
2
= 2 (a 2 2 + b2 2 a 2 b2 )
|(a 2 )|
m1 m2
tan =
1 + m1 m2
2
( a2 2 + b2 2 a2 b2 )
(a 2 )
2
=
F b2 2 I
GH
1+ 2
a 2
JK
2 ( a2 2 + b2 2 a2 b2 )
tan =
a 2 + b2 2 2
Illustration 23
Prove that the chord of contact of tangents drawn from the point (h, k) to the ellipse
x 2 y2 h2 k2 1 1
+ = 1 will subtend a right angle at the centre, if 4
+ 4 = 2 + 2 . Also, find the locus
a 2
b 2
a b a b
of (h, k).
Solution :
x2 y2
The equation of chord of contact of tangents drawn from P(h, k) to the ellipse + = 1 is
a2 b2
hx ky
+ = 1 ...(1)
a 2 b2
ELLI PSE
36 QUIZRR
x2 y2
The equation of the straight lines CA and CB is obtained by making homogeneous ellipse + =
a2 b2
1 with the help of (1)
x2 y2 FG
hx ky IJ 2
a 2
b a H
+ 2 = 2+ 2
b K
Fk 2
1 I F k2 1 I 2 hk
GH a
4
a
JK
2 GHb b
JK
x2 + 4 2 y2 + 2 2 xy = 0
a b
...(2)
h2 1 k2 1
+ = 0
a 4 a2 b4 b2
h2 k2 1 1
+ 4 = 2+ 2
a 4
b a b
Hence locus of (h, k) is
x2 y2 1 1
4
+ 4 = 2+ 2
a b a b
Illustration 24
Show that the locus of the middle points of chords of an ellipse, which pass through a fixed
point, is another ellipse.
Solution :
x2 y2
Let P(x1, y1) be the middle point of any chord AB of the ellipse + = 1 then equation of chord
a2 b2
AB is T = S1.
xx1 yy1 x2 y2
2
+ 2 = 12 + 12 ...(i)
a b a b
But it passes through a fixed point Q(h, k), its coordinates must satisfy equation (i),
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 37
FG x h IJ FG y kIJ2 2
H 2 K + H 2K
1 1 F
1 h2 k2 I
a 2
b2
= GH +
4 a 2 b2 JK
Hence locus of P(x1, y1) is
FG x hIJ FG y kIJ 2 2
H 2K + H 2K I F
1 h2 k2
a b 2 JK 2
= GH +
4 a 2 b2
F h kI
which is obviously an ellipse with centre at G , J
H 2 2K and axes parallel to coordinate axes.
Illustration 25
x2 y2
Let PQRS be a quadrilateral inscribed in the ellipse + = 1.
a2 b2
Let PQ, QR and RS be the three sides parallel to the given lines.
Equation of PQ is
x FG + y IJ
+ FG IJ FG IJ
a H
cos
2
+ sin
b 2K H K = cos
H 2 K
b FG
+ IJ
Its slope is
a
cot
2H K which is constant by hypothesis
ELLI PSE
38 QUIZRR
Now the equation of SP is
x FG+ y + IJ FG IJ FG IJ
a
cos
H 2
+ sin
b 2 K H K = cos
H 2 K
b + FG IJ
Its slope m =
a
cot
2 H K
But + = ( + ) ( + ) + ( + )
= 21 22 + 23 = constant
Hence, the slope of the fourth side PS is constant. Hence the fourth side is also parallel to a fixed
straight line.
Illustration 26
x 2 y2
Find the locus of the mid-point of normal chords of the ellipse + = 1.
a 2 b2
Solution :
Let (h, k) be the mid-point of a normal chord of the given ellipse. Then, its equation is
hx ky h2 k2
+ 1 = + 1 [Using T = S´]
a 2 b2 a 2 b2
hx ky h2 k2
or + = + ...(i)
a 2 b2 a 2 b2
If (i) is a normal chord, then it must be of the form
ax sec by cosec = a2 b2 ...(ii)
h2 k2
+
h k a 2 b2
= =
a3 sec b3 cosec a2 b2
a3 h2 k2F b3 I h2 k2 F I
cos = +
h(a 2 b2 ) a2 b2
GH
, sin = JK +
k( a2 b2 ) a 2 b2
GH JK
Eliminating from the above relations, we get
a6 F h2 k2 I 2
b6 h2 k2 F I
GH +
h2 ( a2 b2 ) a2 b2
JK + +
k2 (a 2 b2 ) 2 a2 b2
=1 GH JK
Fa 6
b6 IF h 2
k2 I 2
GH h 2
+
k2
JK GH a
2
+
b2
JK = a2 b2
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 39
Fa 6
b6 IF x 2
y2 I 2
GH x
2
+
y2
JK GH a 2
+
b2
JK = (a2 b2)2
13. DIAMETER
DEFINITION : The locus of the mid-point of a system of parallel chords of an ellipse is called
a diameter and the chords are called its double ordinates.
The point where the diameter intersects the ellipse is called the vertex of the diameter.
x2 y2 b2
The equation of the diameter bisecting the chords of slope m of the ellipse + = 1 is y = x
a2 b2 a 2m
x2 y2
Let y =m1 x and y = m2 x be conjugate diameters with respect tothe ellipse + = 1. Then, y
a2 b2
= m2 x bisects the system of chords parallel to y = m1x. So, its equation is
b2
y= x ...(i)
a 2 m1
b2 b2
m1
m2
=
a2 m1 a2
x2 y2
Thus, two straight lines y = m1 x and y = m2 x are conjugate diameters of the ellipse + =
a2 b2
b2
1, if m1 m2 =
a2
REMARK : In an ellipse, the major axis bisects all chords parallel to the minor axis and
vice-versa, therefore major and minor axes of an ellipse are conjugate diameters of the
ellipse but they do not satisfy the condition m1 m2 = b2/a 2 are the only perpendicular
conjugate diameters.
PROPERTY 1. The eccentric angles of the ends of a pair of conjugate diameters of an ellipse
differ by a right angle.
ELLI PSE
40 QUIZRR
x2 y2
PROOF : Let PC P´ and D CD´ be a pair of conjugate diameters of an ellipse + = 1, and
a2 b2
let the eccentric angles of the extremities P and D be and respectively. Then the coordinates
of P and D are (a cos , b sin ) and (a cos , b sin ) respectively.
b
Now, m1 = Slope of CP = tan
a
b
and, m2 = Slope of CD = tan
a
b b b2
tan tan = 2
a a a
tan = tan
FG + IJ =
+ =
H2 K 2 2
PROPERTY II : The sum of the squares of any two conjugate semi-diameters of an ellipse is contant
and equal to the sum of the squares of the semi-axes of the ellipse i.e. CP2 + CD2 = a2 + b2.
x2 y2
PROOF : Let CP and CD be two conjugate semi-diameters of an ellipse + = 1, and let the
a2 b2
eccentric angle of P be . The eccentric angle of D is /2 + . So, the coordinates of P and D are
(a cos , b sin ) and (a cos (/2 + ), b sin (/2 + )) i.e., ( a sin , b cos ) respectively.
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 41
x2 y2
PROOF : Let PCP´ and DCD´ be a pair of conjugate diameters of the ellipse + = 1. Let the
a2 b2
eccentric angle of P be . Then the eccentric angle of D is + . So the coordinates of P and D
2
are (a cos , b sin ) and (a cos (/2 + ), b sin (/2 + )) = ( a sin , b cos ) respectively. The
coordinates of P´ and D´ are ( a cos , b sin ) and (a sin , b cos ) respectively.
Equation of tangents at P, D, P´ and D´ are respectively.
x y x y
cos + sin = 1, sin cos = 1
a b a b
x y x y
cos + sin = 1 and sin cos = 1
a b a b
Clearly, the tangents at P are P´ are parallel. Also, the tangents at D and D´ are parallel. Hence,
the tangents at P, D, P´, D´ form a parallelogram.
PROPERTY V : The area of the parallelogram formed by the tangents at the ends of conjugate
diameters of an ellipse is constant and is equal to the product of the axes.
PROOF : Area of parallelogram T1 T2 T3 T4
= 4 (Area of parallelogram CPT2D)
= 4 (2 Area of CDP)
= 8 (Area of CPD)
0 0 1
1
= 8 a cos b sin 1 = 4 (ab cos2 + ab sin2 )
2
a sin b cos 1
ELLI PSE
42 QUIZRR
1 3.2. The length of the subtangent and subnormal
Let the tangent and normal at P, the point (x´, y´),
meet the axis in T and G respectively, and let PN
be the ordinate of P.
P
The equation to the tangent at P is
xx yy
+ 2 = 1 ...(1)
a2 b
To find where the straight line meets the axis, we
put y = 0 and have
a2 a2
x= , i.e., CT =
x CN
a2 a 2 x 2
Hence, the subtangent NT = CT – CN = x =
x x
x x y y
=
x y
2
a b2
x x y
= = b2
x y
a2 b2
b2 a2 b2
i.e., CG = x = x´ x´ = x´ = e2 . x´ = e2 . CN ...(3)
a2 a2
3. If the normal at any point P meet the major and minor axes in G and g, and if CF be the
perpendicular upon this normal, then PF . PG = b2 and PF . Pg = a2.
4. The locus of the feet of the perpendiculars from the foci on any tangent to an ellipse is the
auxiliary circle.
Illustration 27
A ray emanating from the point ( 3, 0) is incident on the ellipse 16x 2 + 25y2 = 400 at the point
P with ordinate 4. Find the equation of the reflected ray after first reflection.
Solution :
For point P, y-co-ordinate = 4
. given ellipse is
16x2 + 25y2 = 400
16x2 + 25(4)2 = 400
co-ordinate of P is (0, 4)
16 9
e2 = 1 =
25 25
3
e=
5
x y
+ = 1 or 4x + 3y = 12.
3 4
ELLI PSE
44 QUIZRR
15. CONCYCLIC POINTS
Any circle intersects an ellipse in two or four real points.
They are called concyclic points and the sum of their eccentric
angles is an even multiple of .
If be the eccentric angles of the four concyclic
points on an ellipse, then + + + = 2nwhere n is any
integer.
Illustration 28
Let P be a point on the ellipse whose foci are S´ and S. If normal at P meets the axes at G
and G´ then
ii(i) S´G = e S´P
i(ii) S´G : SG = S´P : SP
(iii) PG bisects the angle S´PS
Solution :
If P be (x´, y´) then equation of PGG´ is ax sec by cosec = a2 b2
a 2 b2 a2 b2
On putting y = 0 we get OG = = a cos = e2 x1
a sec a2
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 45
Illustration 29
If the normal at any point P meets the major and minor axes in G and G´ and if OF be the
perpendicular upon this normal then prove that
(i) PF . PG = b 2 (ii) PF . PG´ = a 2
Solution :
x y
Let P be (a cos , b sin ) then equation of tangent at P is cos + sin = 1.
a b
Now PF = OL = distance of origin from the tangent
1 ab
= =
cos sin
2 2
a sin + b2 cos 2
2 2
+
a2 b2
1
2 = e 1
tan
FG IJ 2
a2 b2
Also the normal at P is ax sec
tan
2 e+ 1 H K by cosec = a2 b2 OG =
a
cos
2
Fa b
2 2
I
G is GH a cos , 0 JK
PG 2
F
= G a cos
a b
2 2 I
cos J
2
+ b2 sin2 =
b2
(a2 sin2 + b2 cos2 )
H a K a2
a 2
PG = b cos 2 + a 2 sin 2 . Whence it follows that PF . PG = b2
b
F0, a b
2 2
I
Again on putting x = 0 in the equation of the normal we get G´ as GH a sin JK
ELLI PSE
46 QUIZRR
2
PG´ = a cos2 2 F
+ G b sin +
2
a b 2
I
sin J
2
a2 2
db cos 2 + a 2 sin2 i
H a K =
b2
a 2
PG´ = b cos 2 + a2 sin2 whence it follows that PF . PG´ = a2.
b
Illustration 30
If SY and S´ Y´ be the perpendicular from the foci S and S´ upon the tangent at any point
P of the ellipse then show that
(a ) Y and Y´ lie on auxiliary circle
(b) SY . S´ Y´ = b 2
(c ) OY and S´P are parallel.
Solution :
Let P be (a cos , b sin )
x y
then equation of tangent at P is cos + sin = 1 ...(i)
a b
cos
Slope of tangent = a (x ae)
sin
b
sin
Equation of SY must be y 0 = b (x ae) ...(ii)
cos
a
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 47
F b2 I
GH
a3 e sin2 +
a2
cos JK
x=
F b2 I
GH
a 2 sin 2 +
a2
cos J
K
2
d i
a e e cos 2 + (1 e2 )cos F b2 I
=
a d1 cos + cos e cos i
2 2 2 2 2
GH a2
= 1 e2 JK
H a 2
K
Note carefully that co-ordinates of Y´ will be obtained by simply replacing e by e.i.e. Y´ must
a2 [ e2 cos 2 + 1 + 2 e cos ]
= = a2
(1 + e cos )2
ELLI PSE
48 QUIZRR
As similar proof can be given on show that Y´ also satisfies x2 + y2 = a2.
e cos 1
(b) Now SY = distance of S from tangent =
cos 2 sin2
+
a2 b2
e cos 1
S´Y´ = (replacing e by e)
cos 2 sin2
+
a2 b2
F b2 I
=
b2 (1 e2 cos 2 )
b2
= b2 GH a 2
= 1 e2 JK
cos 2 + sin2
a2
b sin
(c) We have slope OY =
a(e+ cos )
b sin 0 b sin
Slope S´P = =
a cos + ae a( e+ cos )
= slope OY OY S´P.
Illustration 31
Prove that the sum of squares of the perpendicular on any tangent from two points on the
2
minor axis each distant a 2 b 2 from centre is 2a .
Solution :
x2 y2 x y
Any tangent the ellipse + 2 = 1 is cos + sin = 1
a 2
b a b
a 2 b2 a 2 b2
sin 1 sin 1
p1 = b , p2 = b
cos 2 sin2 cos 2 sin2
+ + 2
a2 b2 a2 b
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 49
F a b sin + 1I
2 2
GH b
2 2 JK 2
p12 + p22 =
F cos + sin I
2 2
GH a b JK 2 2
Fa 2
I 2 a F sin + cos I
2 2
2 GH b
2
sin2 sin2 + cos 2 + sin2 JK GH b a JK
2
2 2
2
= = = 2a
cos2 sin2 cos2 sin2
+ 2 + 2
a2 b a2 b
Illustration 32
If PSQ and PS´R are two focal chords of an ellipse and the eccentric angles of the points
1
2 = e1
tan
FG IJ 2
Q an d R ar e 1 and 2. Show that for all such P
tan 2 e+1 H K .
Solution :
Let P be (a cos , b sin ). Then the equation of PQ is
x + 1 y + 1 2
cos + sin = cos 1
a 2 b 2 2
+ 1 2
Since this passes through S (ae, 0), we have e cos = cos 1
2 2
F I
eG 1 tan tan J = FG 1 + tan tan IJ
H K
1
H 2K
1
2 2 2
e 1
tan tan 1 = (*)
2 2 e+ 1
On replacing e by e and 1 by 2 we get
e 1
tan tan 2 = (**)
2 2 e+ 1
1
tan
2 = e 1 FG IJ 2
On dividing (*) by (**) we get
tan
2 e+ 1 H K
2
ELLI PSE
50 QUIZRR
Illustration 33
Ê show
If PSQ and PHR be two focal chords of the ellipse whose two foci are S and H. If P is Â
x y 1+ e 2
that equation of chord QR is cos + . sin + 1 = 0
a b 1 e2
Solution :
Let Q be (a cos , b sin ) and R be (a cos , b sin ) then the equation of the chord QR must
x + y +
be cos + sin = cos
a 2 b 2 2
Expanding and dividing by cos cos we get
2 2
x FG y IJ FG
IJ = FG1 + tan tan IJ
a H
1 tan tan +
2 2 b
tan + tan
2 K H
2 K H 2 2K
e 1
Now from previous example, tan tan =
2 2 e+ 1
e+ 1
tan tan =
2 2 e 1
FG e 1 IJ 1 , tan = FG e+ 1 IJ 1
tan
2
=
H e+ 1 K tan 2 H e 1 K tan
2 2
On substituting tan , tan in the equation of the chord QR we get
2 2
F I F I F I
GG1 1 JJ x + y GG e 1 + e+ 1 JJ G
= G1 +
1 J
GH tan 2 JK a b GH (e+ 1) tan 2 (e 1) tan 2 JK
2
GH tan 2 JJK
2
FG tan IJ
H 1
K F I
2
x y 2(e2 + 1)
tan2 +1
2
or
tan2
. +
a b tan e2 1 GH JK = 2
tan2
2 2 2
On dividing by the expression on RHS and multiplying by 1 we get the equation of the chord
x y 1 + e2F I
QR as
a
cos +
b 1 e2GH JK sin + 1 = 0
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 51
Illustration 34
PSQ and PHR be two focal chods of an ellipse whose two foci are S and H. Show that the
tangents at Q and R and normal at P are concurrent.
Solution :
Following the last two solved examples and its result
e 1 e+ 1
tan = , tan =
2 2 ( e 1)tan
( e+ 1)tan
2 2
F a cos + + I
G
Tangents at Q and R will intersect at T G 2 ,
b sin
2 JJ
GH cos 2
cos
2
JK
It is sufficient to show that T lies on the normal at P i.e. T satisfies the equation
ax sec by cosec = a2 b2
Now for the coordinates of T,
F a cos + I +
G
L.H.S. = a sec G 2 J b cosec
b sin
J
2
GH cos 2 JK cos
2
expanding and dividing by cos cos
2 2
putting values of tan and tan as calculated in previous illustration
2 2
1 1 FG e 1 + e+ 1 IJ
H e+ 1 e 1 K
1
tan2 tan
2
= a sec . 2 b2 (cosec 2
1 1
1+ 1+
tan2 tan2
2 2
ELLI PSE
52 QUIZRR
F I
GG sin = 1 tan
JJ
2
2 2 tan
2 2 e +1 2 , cos = 2
= a b
e2 1 GH 2
1 + tan
2
1 + tan 2
2
JK
a 2 b2
2
+1
= a2 b2 . 2a 2
a b
1
a2
2 a 2 b2
= a2 b2 .
= a2 + (2a2 b2) = a2 b2 = R.H.S.
b2
Thus the tangents at Q and R and normal at P must be concurrent.
Illustration 35
Show that the area of a triangle inscribed in a ellipse bears a constant ratio to the area
of triangle formed by joining points on the auxiliary circle corresponding to the vertices
of the first triangle.
Solution :
Let P(a cos 1, b sin 1), Q(a cos 2, b sin 2) and R(a cos 3, b sin 3) be the vertices of the triangle
x2 y2
inscribed in the ellipse + = 1. The points on the auxiliary circle corresponding to these points
a2 b2
are P´(a cos 1, a sin 1) Q´(a cos 2, a sin 2) and R´(a cos 3, a sin 3).
a cos 1 b sin 1 1
1
1 = Area PQR = a cos 2 b sin 2 1
2
a cos 3 b sin 3 1
cos 1 sin 1 1
1
= ab cos 2 sin 2 1
2
cos 3 sin 3 1
a cos 1 a sin 1 1
1
and, 2 = Area of P´Q´R´ = a cos 2 a sin 2 1
2
a cos 3 a sin 3 1
cos 1 sin 1 1
1
= a2 cos 2 sin 2 1
2
cos 3 sin 3 1
1 b
Clearly, = = constant.
2 a
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 53
Illustration 36
If the chord joining two points whose eccentric angles are and , cut the major axis of
an ellipse at a distance c from the centre, show that
ca
tan tan =
2 2 c +a
Solution :
The equation of the chord joining points whose eccentric angle are and on the ellipse
x2 y2
+ = 1, is
a2 b2
x FG
+ y IJ
+ FG IJ FG IJ
a
cos
2H + sin
K2 H K = cos
H 2 K
This will cut the major axis at the point (c, 0), if
FG + IJ
c +FG IJ FG IJ cos
H 2 K=a
a
cos
2 H K = cos
H 2 K
cos G
F IJ c
H 2 K
FG + IJ + cos FG IJ
cos
H 2 K H 2 K a+ c
cos G
F + IJ cos FG IJ =
a c
(by componendo & dividendo)
H 2 K H 2 K
2 cos / 2 cos / 2 a+ c c a
= tan tan =
2 sin / 2 sin / 2 a c 2 2 c+ a
ELLI PSE
54 QUIZRR
Illustration 1
As ellipse whose semi-axes are a and b touches the axis of x at the origin prove that locus
of its centre is x2y2 + (y2 ă a 2) (y2 ă b 2) = 0.
Solution :
Let C() be centre of the ellipse whose semi-axis are a
and b which touches x-axis at origin. Then y-axis will be
normal at O. Suppose this normal is met by major and
minor axes at G and G´ respectively. Draw CF normal.
Let the equation of the major and minor axes of the
ellipse be
y = m (x ) ...(i)
1
y = (x ) ...(ii)
m
where m is a parameter, then
OG = m, OG´ = +
m
We know OG . OF = b 2, OG´ . OF = a 2
m) = b2,
FG + IJ = a 2
(
H mK
On eliminating m we get 2 2 + (2 a2) (2 b2) = 0
locus of centre C is x2 y2 + (y2 a2) (y2 b2) = 0.
Illustration 2
x 2 y2
Let d be the perpendicular distance from the centre of the ellipse + = 1 to the tangent
a 2 b2
drawn at a point P on the ellipse. If F1 and F2 are two foci on the ellipse then show that
F1 b I
2
(PF1 ă PF2)2 = 4a 2 GH d JK
2
[IIT 1995]
Solution :
xx1 yy1
If P be (x1, y1) then equation of tangent at P must be + 2 = 1
a2 b
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 55
x12 y12
Also + = 1 (**)
a2 b2
On eliminating y12 between (*) and (**), we get
F b2 I
Now (PF1 PF2)2 = ((a + ex1) (a ex1)) = 4e2 x12 = 4a2 1 GH d2
JK from (***)
Illustration 3
x 2 y2 x 2 y2
A tangent to the ellipse + = 1 meets the ellipse + = a + b in the points P and Q.
a 2 b2 a b
Prove that the tangents at P and Q are at right angles.
Solution :
x2 y2
The second ellipse is + =1 (*)
a2 b2
where a´2= a(a + b) and b´2 = b(a + b)
To prove the assertion it is sufficient to show that point of intersection of tangents at P and Q
(say (h, k)) of the first ellipse lies on director circle of (*) i.e., we must show that
h2 + k2 = a´2 + b´2= (a + b)2 (**)
ELLI PSE
56 QUIZRR
Now PQ is a chord of contact which has arisen when tangents are drawn from (h, k) to the ellipse
x2 y2
+ =1
a 2 b 2
xh yk b2 h b 2
Equation of PQ is + = 1 or y = +
a 2 b 2 a 2 k k
x2 y2
But the last line is a tangent to the ellipse + = 1
a2 b2
Therefore c2 = a2m2 + b2 (with usual meanings)
b 4 2 b h
4 2
b2 (a+ b) 2 b2 ( a+ b) 2 h2
= a . + b2
= a2 . 2 2 2
+ b2
k 2 4
a k2
k2 a ( a+ b) k
Illustration 4
Consider the family of circles x 2 + y2 = r 2 (2 < r < 5). If in the first quadrant the common
tangent to a circle of this family and the ellipse 4x 2 + 25y2 = 100 meets the co-ordinate axes
at A and B then find the locus of the mid-point of AB. [IIT 1999]
Solution :
x2 y2
The elipse is + =1
25 4
r2 4
25m2 + 4 = r2 (1 + m2) m2 =
25 r 2
The given data is possible only whe m2 > 0 i.e., 4 < r2 < 25 which is infact given to us. Now, let
FG , 0IJ
(*) meet x-axis at A and y-axis at B then A and B are H m K and (0, ) where = 25 m 2 + 4 .
k
Thus if (h, k) be the mid point of AB then h = , k= on dividing we get m =
2m 2 h
25 k2
Now 4k2 = 25m2 + 4 = + 4. Locus of (h, k) must be 4x2y2 4x2 = 25y2.
h2
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 57
Illustration 5
x 2 y2
If a circle cuts an ellipse + = 1 in four points whose eccentric angles are 1, 2, 3, 4,
a 2 b2
then prove that
i(i) 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 = 2n
Fa b
2 2
I
(ii) centre of the circle is GG 4 a (cos 1 + cos 2 + cos( 1 + 2 + 3 )), JJ
GG b2 a 2
+ ))J
J
H 4b
(sin 1 + sin 2 + sin 3 sin( 1 + 2 3
K
Solution :
x2 y2
(i) Let the circle be x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0. If it cuts at + = 1 at (a cos , b sin ) then
a2 b2
for intersection points
a2 cos2 + b2 sin2 + 2ag cos + 2bf sin + c = 0 (*)
2 tan 1 tan2
2 2
On putting sin = and cos = , t = tan
2 2 2
1 + tan 1 + tan
2 2
F1 t I
a G
2 2
FG 2 t IJ 2
1 t2 2t
H 1 + t JK H1+ t K
2
2
+ b2 2
+ 2 ag 2
+ 2 fb +c=0
1+ t 1 + t2
1
The equation (ii) must have four roots tan , tan 2 , tan 3 , tan 4 whose symmetric functions
2 2 2 2
(in usual notations) are given by
4 bf 4 b2 2 a 2 + 2 c 4 bf a 2 + 2 ag+ 2 c
S1 = , S 2 = , S 3 = , S 4 =
a2 2 ag+ c a 2 2 ag+ c a 2 2 ag+ c a 2 2 ag+ c
FG + + + IJ = S S
H 2 2 2 2 K 1S +S
1 2 3 4 1 3
Now tan =0
2 4
ELLI PSE
58 QUIZRR
(ii) Let us now convert the equation (*) in a fourth degree equation in sin or cos . Indeed the
equation (*) is
(a2 b2) cos2 + 2ag cos + c + b2 = bf sin
If this equation is squared the
coeff of cos4 = (a2 b2)2 and the coeff of cos3 = 4ag (a2 b2)
4 ag ( a2 b2 ) 4 ag
cos 1 + cos 2 + cos 3 + cos 4 = = 2 2
(a b )
2 2 2
a b
But from part (i) 4 = 2n (1 + 2 + 3)
4 ag
cos 1 + cos 2 + cos 3 + cos(1 + 2 + 3) =
a 2 b2
x co-ordinate of the centre
a2 b2
g = [cos 1 + cos 2 + cos 3 + cos(1 + 2 + 3)]
4a
We can similarly show that
b2 a2
f = [sin 1 + sin 2 + sin 3 sin(1 + 2 + 3)]
4b
Illustration 6
An equilateral triangle is described about an ellipse. Prove that if (x, y) are the co-ordinates
of one vertex of the triangle referred to the principal diameters as axes of co-ordinates, the
1 x 2 + y2 a 2 b 2
opposite side makes an angle with the major axis, given by = 2
2 cos 2 x y 2 a 2 + b 2
Solution :
x2 y2
Let the sides AB, BC, AC of the equilateral triangle ABC circumscribing the ellipse + =1
a2 b2
meet at ÂÊ, ÂÊ and ÂÊ respectively.
x y
Equation of BC is cos + sin = 1
a b
cos
Slope = a = b cot
sin a
b
If BC makes angle with x-axis (major axis)
b2
1 cot 2
b a 2
tan = cot cos 2 = ...(i)
a b2
1 + 2 cot 2
a
ELLI PSE
QUIZRR 59
+ +b
a cos a sin
Now, x= 2 , y= 2
cos sin
2 2
b a x 2 ay
From these we easily get tan .tan = , tan + tan = ...(ii)
2 2 a+ x 2 2 b(a+ x)
2 tan 2 tan 4 tan tan
2 2 2 2
Now, tan
2
tan = .
2 1 tan2 1 tan2
=
FG IJ
2 2
1 tan2 + tan2
2 2 2 H
+ tan2 + tan2
2 K
b2 (a2 x2 )
= ...(iii)
a 2 (b2 y2 )
b b
cot + cot
a a
Now if be or than tan 60 =
b2
1 + 2 cot cot
a
3 a 2 b2 cot 2 a2
cot cot = . ...(iv)
3 b2 cot 2 a 2 b2
a 2 (b2 y2 ) 3 a 2 b2 cot 2 a2
From (iii) and (iv) = .
b2 ( a2 x2 ) 3 b2 cot 2 a 2 b2
a2 (3 a 2 + b2 3 x2 y2 )
We easily get cot2 =
b2 (3 b2 3 y2 + a 2 x2 )
1 x2 + y2 a2 b2
On putting cot2 in (i), we easily get = 2 2 2 2
2 cos 2 x y a + b
Illustration 7
x 2 y2
If the normals at two points on the ellipse + = 1 meet on the curve, prove that the
a 2 b2
Fx 2
y2 I 2
(a 2 b 2 )2 RS y2 x2 UV
tangents at these points meet on GH a 2
+
b2
JK = 4 4
a b
(a 2 x 2 )2 2 + (b 2 y 2 ) 2 2
T b a W
ELLI PSE
60 QUIZRR
Solution :
x2 y2
Let the normals at ÂÊ and ÂÊ of the curve + = 1 meet at ÂÊ on the curve, then
a2 b2
(a+ )
cos
a2 b2 2
a cos = cos cos (*)
a ( )
cos
2
( + )
sin
a 2 b2 2
b sin = sin sin
a ( )
sin
2
If (h, k) be the point of intersection of tangents at ( ), then
( + ) ( + )
a cos b sin
h = 2 , k= 2 (**)
( ) ( )
cos cos
2 2
If we eliminate from (*) and (**), we get the required locus.
On squaring and adding the relation in (**), we get
1
cos2 = 2
2 h k2
+ 2
a 2
b
1 + cos ( ) 1 h2 k2
= where = +
2 a 2 b2
2 1 + cos( ) 1
cos ( ) = cos = =
2 2
+ h h 1 h
Also cos = cos = . =
2 a 2 a a
+ 2 h2
and cos ( + ) = 2 cos2 1 = 2 1
2 a
=
LM
a2 b2 2 h2
1+
2
.
hOP
2a N
a
2
a Q
ELLI PSE
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 3
PARABOLA
1. INTRODUCTION TO CONICS
1.1 Definition
Conic Section :· The locus of a point which moves such that its distance from a fixed point
called focus bears a constant ratio (called eccentricity denoted by the letter e) to its distance
from a fixed straight line called directrix is called a conic section.
The above conic section is a hyperbola or ellipse according as the constant ratio e is greater or
less than unity.
In case the ratio e is equal to unity, then the locus of the moving point is called parabola. Hence
we can define a parabola as follows :·
„A parabola is the locus of a point such that its distance from a fixed point called
focus is equal to its distance from a fixed straight line called directrix.
1. Section of a right circular cone by a plane passing through its vertex is a pair
1. of straight lines passing through the vertex as shown in the figure.
PARABOLA
4 QUIZRR
3. Section of a right circular cone by a plane parallel to a generator of the cone
3. is a parabola as shown in the figure.
5. Section of a right circular cone by a plane parallel to the axis of the cone is
5. a hyperbola as shown in the figure.
PS
=e ...(2)
PN
From (2), PS2 = e2PN2 ...(3)
But 2
PS = (x 2 2
) + (y ) and PN 2
L A x+ B y+ C OP
=M
2
MN A + B PQ
2 2
F A x+ B y+ C I
.G
2
H A + B JK
2 2 2
From (3), (x ) + (y ) = e
2 2
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 5
Thus we see that the equation of a conic is an equation of second degree in x and y.
Note : 1. Let the focus S lie on the directrix QN and S be taken
as the origin and QN be taken as the y axis. Let P(x, y) be any point
on the conic, then
PS x2 + y2
= e; or =e
PN |x|
or (e2 1)x2 = y2 which is a pair of straight lines through the origin (focus).
Case II : When 0
In this case equation (1) represents the Non-degenerate conic whose nature is given in
the following table :
PARABOLA
6 QUIZRR
Illustration 1
If the equation x 2 ă y2 ă 2x + 2y + = 0 represents a degenerate conic then find the value
of .
Solution :
For degenerate conic = 0
Comparing the given equation of conic with
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
a = 1, b = 1, h = 0, g = 1, f = 1, c =
2
= abc + 2fgh af bg2 ch2 = 0
or (1) ( 1) () + 0 1 (1)2 + 1 ( 1)2 (0)2 = 0
or 1 + 1 = 0 = 0
Illustration 2
If the equation x 2 + y2 ă 2x ă 2y + c = 0 represents an empty set then find the value of c .
Solution :
For empty set 0 and ab h2 > 0
Now comparing the given equation of conic with
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c´ = 0
then a = 1, h = 0, b = 1, g = 1, f = 1, c´ = c
. ab h2 > 0
(1) (1) 0> 0
1> 0 which is true
and = abc´ + 2fgh af2 bg2 c´h2 0
or (1) (1) (c) + 0 1 ( 1)2 1 ( 1)2 0 0
or c 2 0
c 2
Hence c R ~ (2)
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 7
Let S be the fixed point and ZM the directrix. We require therefore, the locus of a point P
which moves so that its distance from S is always equal to PM, its perpendicular distance from
ZM.
PARABOLA
8 QUIZRR
Note :
The parabola is symmetric with respect to the line through the
focus perpendicular to the directrix, since the image Q of every
point P in the parabola with respect to this line is also a point on
the parabola.
(c) Double ordinate : If PN be drawn perpendicular tothe axis and produced to meet the
curve again at P´, then PP´ is called a double ordinate.
(d) Latus Rectum : The double ordinate LSL´ which passes through the focus is called the
latus rectum of the parabola.
The equation of the latus rectum of parabola y2 = 4ax, is x = a.
Solving x = a and y2 = 4ax, we find the co-ordinates of the extremities of the latus rectum
which are L(a, 2a) and L´(a, 2a).
Since LS = L´S = 2a, therefore length of the latus rectum LL´ = 4a.
(e) Chord : A cord of a parabola is the line segment joining any two points on the parabola.
(f) Focal chord : a chord of a parabola passing through the focus is called a focal chord. In
the given figure QQ´ and LL´ are focal chords.
(g) Focal distance : The focal distance of any point Q(x, y) on the parabola is its distance from
the focus i.e., QS.
Also QS = QM = distance of Q from the directrix. {as e = 1}
For the parabola y2 = 4a x, a > 0.
(i) focus is (a, 0) (ii) Vertex is (0, 0) (iii) directrix is x = a (iv) axis is x-axis i.e., y = 0
(v) length of latus rectum = 4a (vi) equation of latus rectum is x = a (vii) extremities of latus
rectum are (a, 2a) and (a, – 2a) (viii) focal distance of Q(x, y) is (x + a).
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 9
There are other three forms also. All the four forms are listed as follows :
Equation y2 = 4a x y2 = ă 4a x x 2 = 4a y x 2 = ă 4a y
Graph
If the vertex is not the origin and the axis and directrix are parallel to the coordinate axes, then
the equation of parabola with vertex at (h, k) can be obtained by using translation of axes as
follows :
Illustration 3
Find the equation of a parabola whose focus is (ă 2, 3) and whose directrix is x + y + 5 = 0.
Solution :
Let P(h, k) be any point on the parabola then by definition the distance of P from ( 2, 3) must
be equal to perpendicular distance of (h, k) from the line x + y + 5 = 0
h+ k+ 5
(h+ 2) 2 + (k 3) 2 =
2
PARABOLA
10 QUIZRR
2
2[(h + 2) + (k 3)2] = (h + k + 5)2
On simplifying and replacing h, k by x, y we get the required equation of the parabola as
x2 + y2 2xy 2x 22y + 1 = 0
Illustration 4
Find the equation of the parabola whose vertex is (ă1, 2) and focus is (3, 4).
Solution :
Since the vertex V( 1, 2) lies on the parabola it must be equidistant from focus F(3, 4) and from
directrix. If the line joining F and V (which is the axis of the parabola) meets the directrix at
M(h, k) then V must be midpoint of FM.
h+ 3 k+ 4
1 = , 2 = M is ( 5, 0)
2 2
4 2 1
Since directrix is perpendicular to the axis FM whose slope is =
3+1 2
Equation of directrix is y 0 = 2 (x + 5) Or 2x + y + 10 = 0
Since focus and directrix are known the equation of the parabola (as in the last example), is
( x 3) + ( y 4)
2 2 F 2 x+ y+ 10) IJ
=G
2
H 5 K
which simplifies to x2 + 4y2 4xy 70x 60y + 25 = 0
Note :
We must note that in the equation of a parabola the second degree terms form a perfect square
(i.e., h2 = ab in usual notations).
1
The equation becomes Y2 = X which is the standard form in X, Y coordinates.
a + b2
2
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 11
Illustration 5
Reduce the parabola 2y2 + y + 5x + 1 = 0 to the standard form and hence determine its axis,
vertex, focus and equation of its directrix.
Solution :
We have 2y2 + y = 5x 1
On dividing by 2 we get
1 5 1 1 1 5 1 1
y2 + y= x y2 + y+ = x +
2 2 2 2 16 2 2 16
FG
y+
1 IJ 2
5 7 FG y+ 1 IJ 2
5FG 7 IJ
H 4 K = x
2 16
H 4K =
2 H
x+
40 K
7 1
On putting X = x + , Y = y+ (*)
40 4
5
We get Y2 = X (**)
2
5 5 5
4a = , a = Length of latus rectum is .
2 8 8
Now vertex of the parabola (**) is (0, 0).
Vertex of the original parabola is given by
7 1 FG 7 , 1 IJ
0= x+
40
, 0= y+
4 H 40 4 K
i.e., the vertex is
FG 4 , 1 IJ
Focus is H 5 4K
The axis and directrix of the original parabola are clearly given by Y = 0, X + a = 0
1 7 5
or in old system y + = 0, x + = 0 which reduce to, 4y + 1 = 0 and 20x 9 = 0.
4 40 8
Trick : This can be easily noticed that the latus rectum of the parabola Ay2 + By + Cx + D = 0
C
Trick :is .
A
PARABOLA
12 QUIZRR
Illustration 6
Find the equation of the parabola whose vertex is at (2, 1) and the directrix is x = y ă 1.
Solution :
The axis of the parabola is a line to the directrix and passing through the vertex. The equation
of a line to x y + 1 = 0 is
x+ y+ = 0
This will pass through (2, 1) if
2 + 1 + = 0 = 3.
So the equation of the axis is
x+ y 3 = 0 ...(i)
The equation of the directrix is
x y+ 1 = 0 ...(ii)
Solving (i) and (ii),we get
x = 1, y = 2.
So, the coordinates of K are(1, 2).
Let (x1, y1) be the coordinates of the focus S. Then A is the mid-point of KS
x1 + 2 y +2
= 2 and 1 = 1
2 2
x1 = 3 and y1 = 0
So, the coordinates of the focus S are (3, 0).
Let P(x, y) be a point on the parabola. Then
PS = PM
PS2 = PM2
F x y+ 1 I 2
(x 3)2 + (y 0)2 =G JK
H 12 + (1) 2
2(x2 + y2 6x + 9) = x2 + y2
= + 1 2xy + 2x 2y
2 2
x + y 14x + 2y + 2xy + 17 = 0
Illustration 7
Find the equation of the parabola whose latusrectum is 4
units, axis is the line 3x + 4y ă 4 = 0 and the tangent at the
vertex is the line 4x ă 3y + 7 = 0.
Solution :
Let P (x, y) be any point on the parabola and let PM and PN
be perpendiculars from P on the axis and tangent at the
vertex respectively. Then
PM2 = (Latusrectum) (PN)
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 13
F 3 x+ 4 y 4 I 2
F 4 x 3 y+ 7 I
GH 3 + 4 JK
2 2 =4 GH 4 + (3) JK
2 2
Illustration 8
A double ordinate of the parabola y2 = 4a x is of length 8a . Prove that the lines from the
vertex to its ends are at right angles.
Solution :
Let PQ be the double ordinate of length 8a of the parabola y2 = 4ax. Then PR = QR = 4a.
Let AR = x1. Then the coordinates of P and Q are (x1, 4a) and (x1, 4a) respectively.
Since P lies on y2 = 4ax.
(4a)2 = 4ax1 x1 = 4a.
So, coordinates of P and Q are (4a, 4a) and (4a, 4a) respectively.
Also, the coordinates of the vertex A are (0, 0).
4 a 0
m1 = slope of AP = = 1,
4 a 1
4 a 0
and, m2 = slope of AQ = = 1
4 a 0
Clearly, m1m2 = 1. Hence, AP AQ.
Illustration 9
Prove that the equation to the parabola whose vertex and focus are on the x-axis at a
distance a and a ´ from the origin respectively is y2 = 4(a ´ ă a ) (x ă a ).
Solution :
Let O, A and S be the origin, vertex and focus of the parabola respectively. Then, OA = a,
OS = a´. Therefore, the coordinates of S are (a´, 0). Let KK´ be the directrix of the required
parabola.
Suppose SA produced meets the directrix at Z. Let the coordinates of Z be (x1, y1). Then.
x1 + a y1 + 0
= a and = 0 [ . A is the mid-point of SZ]
2 2
x1 = 2a a´ and y1 = 09
So, the equation of the directrix KK´ is x = x1 i.e., x = 2a a´.
Let P(x, y) be any point on the parabola. Then
SP = PM
x 2 a+ a
( x a ) 2 + ( y 0)2 =
1+0
PARABOLA
14 QUIZRR
2 2 2
(x a´) + y = (x 2a + a´)
(x a´)2 + y2 = [(x a´) 2(a a´)]2
(x – a´)2 + y2 = (x a´)2 + 4(a a´)2 4(x a´) (a a´)
y2 = 4(a a´) {(a a´) (x a´)} y2 = 4(a´ – a) (x a).
Illustration 1 0
Find the locus of the middle points of all chords of the parabola y2 = 4a x which are drawn
through the vertex.
Solution :
Let OA be a chord, drawn through the vertex and P(h, k) be its mid-point. Let the coordinates
of A be (x1, y1). Then,
x1 + 0 y +0
= h, 1 = k.
2 2
x1 = 2h and y1 = 2k
So, the coordinates of A are (2h, 2k).
Since A lies on y2 = 4ax.
(2k)2 = 4a (2h) k2 = 2ah
Hence, the locus of (h, k) is y2 = 2ax.
Illustration 1 1
An equilateral triangle is inscribed in the parabola y2 = 4a x whose vertex is at the vertex
of the parabola. Find the length of its side.
Solution :
l 3 l
Let AB = l. Then, AM = l cos 30 = and BM = l sin 30 =
2 2
Fl 3, lI
So, the coordinates of B are GH 2 2JK
Since, B lies on y2 = 4ax.
l2 F l 3I
4
= 4a GH 2 JK l = 8a 3
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 15
Illustration 1 2
If y1, y2, y3 be the ordinates of a vertices of the triangle inscribed in a parabola y2 = 4a x, then
1
show that the area of the triangle is |(y1 ă y2) (y2 ă y3) (y3 ă y1)|.
8a
Solution :
Let A (x1, y1), B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) be the vertices of ABC. Since (x1, y1), (x2, y2) and (x3, y3)
lie on the parabola, therefore
y12 = 4ax1, y22 = 4ax2 and y32 = 4ax3
y12 y2 y2
x1 = , x2 = 2 and x3 = 3
4a 4a 4a
Now,
1
Area of ABC = [x (y y3) + x2 (y3 y1) + x3 (y1 y2)]
2 1 2
=
LM
1 y12 y2 y2
( y2 y3 ) + 2 ( y3 y1 ) + 3 ( y1 y2 )
OP
N
2 4a 4a 4a Q
1
= [y2 (y y3) + (y22y3 y2y32) y1 (y22 y32)]
8a 1 2
1
= [y2 (y y3) + y2y3 (y2 y3) y1 (y22 y32)]
8a 1 2
1
= (y y3) [y12 + y2y3 y1 (y2 + y3)]
8a 2
1
= (y y3) [(y12 y1y2) + (y2y3 y1y3)]
8a 2
1
= (y y3) [y1 (y1 y2) y3 (y1 y2)]
8a 2
1
= (y y3) (y1 y2) (y1 y3)
8a 2
1
= (y y2) (y2 y3) (y3 y1)
8a 1
Hence,
1
Area of ABC = |(y1 y2) (y2 y3) (y3 y1)|
8a
PARABOLA
16 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 3
QQ´ is a double ordinate of a parabola y2 = 4a x. Find the locus of its point of trisection.
Solution :
Let the double ordinate QQ´ meet the axis of the parabola.
y2 = 4ax ...(1)
in N.
Let co-ordinate of Q be (x1, y1) then co-ordinate of Q´ be (x1, y1) since Q and Q´ lies on
(1) then
y12 = 4ax1 ...(2)
Let R and T be the points of trisection of QQ´. Then the co-ordinates of R and T are
FG 1. x + 2. x , 1.( y ) + 2. y IJ FG x , y IJ
H 3K
1
H 1+2 K
1 1 1 1
or 1
1+2
FG 2. x + 1. x , 2.( y1 ) + 1. y1 IJ FG x ,
y1 IJ
H 2+1 K H K
1 1
and or 1
2+1 3
respectively.
Since R divide QQ´ in 1 : 2 (internally)
and Since T divide QQ´ in 2 : 1 (internally)
For locus, Let R (h, k) then
y1
x1 = h and = k or y1 = 3k
3
y1
then x1 = h´ and = k´ or y1 = 3k´
3
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 17
Alternative Method : Let R and T be the points of trisection of double ordinates QQ´. Let
(h, k) be the co-ordinates of R.
then AL = h and RL = k
RT = RL + LT = k + k = 2k.
Since RQ = TR = Q´T = 2k
LQ = LR + RQ = k + 2k = 3k
thus the co-ordinates of Q are (h, 3k)
Since (h, 3k) lies on y2 = 4ax
9k2 = 2ah
Hence the locus of (h, k) is 9y2 = 4ax
The assertion can be easily proved. If P(x1, y1) be any point withinthe parabola then produce the
ordinate of P to a point Q(x1, y´1) on the upper branch of the parabola. We must have
y´1 > |y1| y´12 > y12
Now, as (x1, y´1) lies on the parabola y2 = 4ax we have y´12 = 4ax1
Thus 4ax1 > y12 y12 4ax1 < 0
If P(x1, y1) lies in the left half plane then x1 < 0 and y12 4ax1 > 0 is obvious. If P lies in the
right half plane but does not lie within the parabola then |y´1| < |y1|.
which will reduce to y12 4ax1 > 0.
Note :
1. The point (x1, y1) lies inside, on or outside y2 = 4ax according as
y12 + 4ax1 <, = or > 0
2. The point (x1, y1) lies inside, on or outside x2 = 4ay according as
x12 4ay1 <, =, or > 0
3. The point (x1, y1) lies inside, on or outside x2 = 4ay according as
x12 + 4ay1 <, = or > 0
PARABOLA
18 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 4
Show that the point (2, 3) lies outside the parabola y2 = 3x.
Solution :
Let the point (h, k) = (2, 3)
We have k2 3h = 32 3.2
= 9 6= 3> 0
2
k 3h > 0
This shows that (2, 3) lies outside the parabola y2 = 3x.
Illustration 1 5
Find the position of the point (ă2, 3) with respect to the parabola y2 ă 4y + 9x + 13 = 0.
Solution :
Let the point (h, k) = ( 2, 2)
We have k2 4k + 9h + 13 = (2)2 4 (2) + 9 ( 2) + 13 = 4 8 18 + 13
= 9< 0
Hence k2 4k + 9h + 13 < 0
Therefore the point ( 2, 2) lies inside the parabola
y2 4y + 9x + 13 = 0
3.2 EQUATION OF THE CHORD JOINING ANY TWO POINTS ON THE PARABOLA
Let P(at12, 2at1), Q(at22, 2at2) be any two points on the parabola y2 = 4ax. Then, the equation of
the chord joining these points is
2 at2 2 at1
y 2at1 = ( x at12 )
at22 at12
2
or y 2at1 = ( x at12 )
t1 + t2
or y(t1 + t2) = 2x + 2a t1 t2
3.3 CONDITION FOR THE CHORD JOINING POINTS HAVING PARAMETERS t 1 AND t2 TO
3.3 BE A FOCAL CHORD
If the chord joining points (at12, 2at1) and (at22, 2at2) on the parabola passes through its
focus, then (a, 0) satisfies the equation
y (t1 + t2) = 2x + 2at1t2
0 = 2a + 2at1t2
t1 t2 = ă 1
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 19
= a (t2 t1)2
Thus, the length of a focal chord having parameters t1 and t2 for its end points is
a(t2 t1)2.
Illustration 1 6
Show that the focal chord of parabola y2 = 4a x makes an angle with the x-axis is of length
4a cosec2 .
Solution :
Let P (at12, 2at1) and Q(at22, 2at2) be the end points of a focal chord PQ which makes an
angle with the axis of the parabola. Then,
2
PQ = a (t2 t1)2 and tan = slope of PQ =
t1 + t2
Now, PQ = a (t2 t1)2
PQ = a [(t2 + t1)2 4 t1 t2]
2
= a [4 cot + 4] [ . t2 + t1 = 2 cot and t1 t2 = 1]
2
= 4a cosec
Illustration 1 7
Show that the semi-latusrectum of the parabola y2 = 4a x is the harmonic mean between the
segments of any focal chord of the parabola.
Solution :
Let PQ be a focal chord of the parabola y2 = 4ax having focus at S (a, 0). Let the coordinates of
P and Q be (at12, 2at1) and (at22, 2at2). Then, t1t2 = 1.
Now, SP = Focal distance of P
= a + at12 = a(1 + t12)
Similarly, SQ = a (t22 + 1)
F 1 + 1I = a (1 + t )
2
= a GH t JK
2
1
2
t
1
1
[ . t1 t2 = 1]
PARABOLA
20 QUIZRR
FG 1 + 1 IJ = 1 + t = 1 1
2
SP+ SQ 1
H SP SQ K a(t + 1) a(t + 1) a
2
1
2
1 SP. SQ
=
a
SP.SQ 2 SP.SQ
=a = 2a
SP+ SQ SP+ SQ
( x2 x1 ) 2 + ( y2 y1 ) 2 = ( x2 x1 ) 2 + ( mx2 + c mx1 c) 2
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 21
= ( x2 x1 ) 2 + m2 ( x2 x1 ) 2
= 1 + m2 ( x2 x1 ) 2
= 1+ m2 ( x1 + x2 ) 2 4 x1 x2
4(mc 2 a) 2 4 c 2
= 1 + m2 2
m4 m
2 (mc 2 a)
because from (i) x1 + x2 =
m2
c2
x1x2 =
m2
2
= 1 + m2 (mc 2 a) 2 c2 m2
m2
2
= 1 + m2 4 a 2 4 amc
m2
4
= 2
1 + m2 a2 amc
m
4
= 1 + m2 a(a mc)
m2
4
So the length of chord cut by the line = 1+ m 2 a (a mc )
m2
Now let us discuss the case 2.
Case 2 : Condition for tangency :
a
as done earlier, for this D = 0 then the condition is Âc Ê =
m
So putting this value of c in line to get the tangent equation
a
y = mx +
m
Point of contact :
a
Putting c = in quadratic equation for finding the points on parabola.
m
FG FG a IJ 4 aIJ x+ a
2
H H mK K m
m2 x2 + 2 m 2
= 0
PARABOLA
22 QUIZRR
a2
m2x2 2ax + = 0
m2
FG mx a IJ 2
H mK = 0
a
x=
m2
Putting this equation of line to get value of y
a a FG IJ
a 2a
y = mx +
m
=m 2 + =
m m mH K
FG a 2a IJ
Point of contact becomes :
Hm 2
,
m K
Illustration 1 8
3
Prove that for any non-zero real m, the line y = mx + is a real chord to the parabola y2
m
= 16x. Find the value of m if length of the chord is 3.
Solution :
3
In the given question a = 4, c = , here a > mc for any m, so line is a real chord.
m
4 4
Now length of the chord is 1 + m 2 a( a mc) = 2 1 + m2 4(4 3)
m 2
m
8
= 1 + m2 = 3 (given)
m 2
m2 = 8 m = μ 2 2 .
Illustration 1 9
For what value of k does the line x + y = 1 touches the parabola y2 = kx ?
Solution :
We have y = – x + 1
If this line touches the parabola y2 = kx, then
k/ 4
1 = [Using c = a/ m]
1
k = 4.
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 23
Illustration 20
Prove that the line lx + my + n = 0 will touch the parabola y2 = 4a x if ln = a m 2.
Solution :
We hae lx + my + n = 0 y =
FG 1 IJ x+ FG n IJ
H mK H mK
This will touch y2 = 4ax, if
m a
= [Using c = a/m]
n ( l / m)
nl = am2
Illustration 21
Find the condition that the line x cos + y sin = p touches the parabola y2 = 4a x.
Solution :
We have x cos + y sin = p
y sin = x cos + p y = x ( cot ) + p cosec .
This will touch the parabola y2 = 4ax, if
a
p cosec = [Using c = a/ m]
cot
p cos = a sin2 p cos + a sin2 = 0.
Illustration 22
a
Show that y = mx + c touches the parabola y2 = 4a (x + a ), if c = a m + .
m
Solution :
We have : y2 = 4a (x + a) and y = mx + c. Shifting the origin at ( a, 0), we have :
x = X + ( a) and y = Y + 0.
Substituting the values of x and y in the equations of the parabola and the line, we get
Y2 = 4a X and y = mX + c am
The line will touch the parabola, if
a
c am = [Using c = am]
m
a
c = am +
m
PARABOLA
24 QUIZRR
5.1 EQUATION OF TANGENT IN VARIOUS FORMS
Type 1 : POINT FORM :
The equation of tangent to parabola at point (x1 y1) is given by yy1 = 2a (x + x 1)
Logic : for parabola y2 = 4ax
Slope at point (x1 y1) is given by
FG dyIJ = 4a
dy 4 a 2 a
2y
H dx K =
dx 2 y
=
y
dy O 2a
dx PQ
and =
x1 y1
y1
2a
Slope of tangent at (x1 y1) =
y1
equation tangent becomes
2a
y y1 = (x x1)
y1
Solving this we get the required equation.
x+ x1 y+ y1
TRICK : This form can also be obtained by replacing x2 y xx1, y2 by yy1, x by , y by and
2 2
xy1 + x1 y
xy by in general equation of parabola.
2
Type 2 : PARAMETRIC FORM :
The equation of tangent in parametric form given the parametric point (at2, 2at) on parabola
y2 = 4ax is
ty = x + a t2
just replace x by at2 and y 2at in point form to get the answer
Illustration 23
Find m for which the line 3y + x ă m = 0 is a tangent to the parabola y2 = ă 7x.
Solution :
1 m
Putting the line in the form y = mx + c we get y = x+
3 3
1 m
m and c are and respectively.
3 3
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 25
7
Also, 4a = 7 a =
4
a m 7 / 4 63
Applying c = we get = m=
m 3 1 / 3 4
Illustration 24
Find k for which the line x + 2y + k = 0 touches the parabola y2 + 4y + 4x = 0.
Solution :
First Method :
The parabola can be written as y2 + 4y = 4x
(y + 2)2 = 4 (x 1)
Put X = x 1, y + 2 = Y we get
Y2 = 4X a = 1
Also line, in new coordinate system, is
1 3k
X + 1 + 2(Y 2) + k = 0 Y = X+
2 3
9 3k 1
For tangency c = = k = 1
m 2 1 / 2
Second Method :
Eliminating x between the two equations we get
y2 + 4y + 4( 2y k) = 0
2
y 4y 4k = 0
For tangency this equation must have equal roots
16 + 16k = 0 k = 1
NOTE :
The second method is always applicable. It is even applicable in the case when the equation of
the parabola contains xy term.
Illustration 25
Find the common tangents to the circle x 2 + y2 = 2 and the parabola y2 = 8x.
Solution :
Any tangent to the parabola y2 = 8x may be taken as
a 2
y = mx + OR y = mx +
m m
m2x my + 2 = 0 (*)
If this a tangent to the circle x2 + y2 = 2, the perpendicular length from centre (0, 0) of the circle
on the line (*) must be equal to radius 2 of the circle.
PARABOLA
26 QUIZRR
2
= 2 m4 + m2 2 = 0
m + m2
4
FG i.e., 2 at + 2 at IJ
and Q
H = a(t1 + t2 )
K is the y-co-
1 2
2
ordinate of the point of intersection of tangents at
P and Q on the parabola.
Illustration 26
Show that the tangents at the extremities of any focal chord of a parabola intersect at right
angles at the directrix.
Solution :
The equations of tangents at two points P(at12, 2at1) and Q(at22, 2at2) are
t1y = x + at12 ...(i)
and, t2y = x + at22 ...(ii)
The coordinates of the point of intersection of (i) and (ii) are
(at1 t2, a (t1 + t2))
Since PQ is a focal chord. Therefoere, t1 t2 = 1.
1 1 1 1
Now, slope of (i) slope of (ii) = = = = 1
t1 t2 t1 t2 1
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 27
Illustration 27
Show that the locus of the point of intersection of perpendicular tangents to the parabola
is its directrix.
Solution :
Let P(h, k) be the point of intersection of tangents at points Q(at12, 2at1) and R (at22, 2at2) on the
parabola y2 = 4ax.
Then, h = at1t2 and k = a (t1 + t2).
The equations of tangents at Q and R are
t1y = x + at12 and t2y = x + at22 respectively.
These two will be perpendicular, if
1 1
= 1 t1 t2 = 1
t1 t2
Illustration 28
Prove that the area of the triangle formed by three points on a parabola is twice the area
of the triangle formed by the tangents at these points. [I.I.T. 1996]
Solution :
Let A (at12, 2at1), B(at22, 2at2) and C(at32, 2at3) be three points on the parabola y2 = 4ax. Then,
1 = Area of ABC
at12 2 at1 1
1
= at22 2 at2 1
2
at32 2 at3 1
t12 t1 1
1 2 2
= (2 a ) t2 t2 1
2
t32 t3 1
= a 2
t22
t12
t12
t1
t2 t1 0
1
LMApplying R R R OP
2 2 1
t32 t12 t3 t1 0
N and R R R Q
3 3 1
t12 t1 1
2
= a (t2 t1 (t3 t1) t2 + t1 1 0
t3 + t1 1 0
PARABOLA
28 QUIZRR
t2 + t1 1
= a2 (t2 t1) (t3 t1)
t3 + t1 1
at1 t2 a(t1 + t2 ) 1
1
= at2 t3 a(t2 + t3 ) 1
2
at3 t1 a(t3 + t1 ) 1
t1 t2 t1 + t2 1
1
= a2 t2 t3 t2 + t3 1
2
t3 t1 t3 + t1 1
t1 t2 t1 + t2
1
= a2 t2 (t3 t1 ) t3 t1
1
0
LMApplying R R R OP
2 2 1
2
t1 (t3 t2 ) t3 t2 0 N and R R R Q
3 3 1
t1 t2 t1 + t2 1
1
= a2 (t3 t1 ) (t3 t2 ) t2 1 0
2
t3 1 0
1 2 1 2
= a (t3 t1) (t3 t2) (t2 t1) = a (t1 t2) (t2 t3) (t3 t1)
2 2
Clearly, 1 = 22.
Illustration 29
If the tangents at the points P and Q on a parabola meet in T, prove that ST2 = SP . SQ i.e.
ST is the geometric mean of the focal distances of P and Q.
Solution :
Let P (at12, 2at1) and Q (at22, 2at2) be two points on the parabola y2 = 4ax. The tangents at P and
Q intersect at T(at1 t2, a (t1 + t2)).
ST2 = (a t1t2 a)2 + {a(t1 + t2) 0)}2
= a2 [(t1t2 1)2 + (t1 + t2)2] = a2 [t12 + t22 + t12 t22 + 1]
= a2 (t12 + 1) (t22 + 1) = a(t12 + 1) . a (t22 + 1)
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 29
= (at12 + a) (at22 + 1)
LM SP = x+ a = at + a OP
2
1
= SP . SQ
MNand, SQ = x+ a = at + aPQ
2
2
Illustration 30
Show that the area of the triangle formed by three points on a parabola is twice the area
of the triangle formed by the tangents at these points.
Solution :
Let the three points on the parabola be (at12, 2at1), (at22, 2at2) and (at32, 2at3).
The area of the triangle formed by these points
at12 2 at1 1
1
= at22 2 at2 1 = a2 (t2 t3) (t3 t1) (t1 t2)
2
at32 2 at3 1
{at2t3, a(t2 + t3)}, {at3t1, a(t3 + t1)}, and {at1t2, a(t1 + t2)}
at2 t3 a(t2 + t3 ) 1
1
The area of the triangle formed by these three points = at3 t1 a(t3 + t1 ) 1
2
at1 t2 a(t1 + t2 ) 1
1
= {at2t3(at3 at2) + at3t1 (at1 at3) + at1t2 (at2 at1)}
2
1 2
= a (t2 t3) (t3 t1) (t1 t2)
2
Since the absolute value of the first expression is double the second expression. The result
follows.
PARABOLA
30 QUIZRR
a
y = mx +
m
a
k = mh +
m
m2h mk + a = 0
This equation, being a quadratic in m, gives two values of m. Corresponding to each of these
values of m there is a tangent to the parabola.
Thus, two tangents can be drawn from a point to a parabola.
The tangents are real and distinct, coincident or imaginary according as the roots of quadratic
in m are real and distinct, equal or imaginary i.e. according as
k2 4ah > or = or < 0
i.e. (h, k) lies outside or on or side the parabola y2 = 4ax.
Illustration 31
Prove that the locus of the point of intersection of tangents to the parabola y2 = 4a x which
meet at an angle is (x + a )2 tan2 = y2 ă 4a x.
Solution :
Let P (h, k) be the point of intersection of tangents to the parabola y2 = 4ax.
The equation of any tangent to y2 = 4ax is
a
y = mh +
m
If it passes through (h, k), then
a
k = mh + m2h mk + a = 0
m
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 31
k a
m1 + m2 = and m1 m2 =
h h
Clearly, m1, m2 are the slopes of the tangents drawn from P.
m1 m2 (m1 + m2 ) 2 4 m1 m2
tan = tan =
1 + m1 m2 1 + m1 m2
k2 4 ah
tan = k2 4ah = (a + h)2 tan2
a+ h
Illustration 32
Find the locus of the point of intersection of perpendicular tangents to the parabola y2 =
4a x.
Solution :
Forming the equation as formed in the previous illustration i.e., m2h mk + a = 0
a
m1 m2 =
h
a
m1 m2 = 1 = 1 h = a
h
Illustration 33
Find the locus of the point of intersection of two tangents to the parabola y2 = 4a x such that
they include at angle of 45Ĉ.
Solution :
From illustration 32, we have
y2 4ax = (a + x)2 tan2
Putting = 45 , we get
y2 4ax = (a + x)2
Hence, the required locus is y2 4ax = (a + x)2
PARABOLA
32 QUIZRR
5.4 DIRECTOR CIRCLE :
The locus of the point of intersection of perpendicular tangents to a conic is known as its director circle.
The director circle of a parabola is its directrix.
k y1
y y1 = (x x1)
h x1
y=
FG k y IJ x+ FG hy kx IJ
1 1 1
or,
H h x K H h x K
1 1
...(i)
Illustration 34
Find the angle between the tangents of the parabola y2 = 8x, which are drawn from the
point (2, 5).
Solution :
2
Let y = mx + be a tangent of parabola y2 = 8x, if it passes through (2, 5),
m
2
then 5 = 2m + or 2m2 5m + 2 = 0
m
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 33
roots of this quadratic equation in m will give slope of tangents of the parabola y2 = 8x, which
are passing through point (2, 5).
Angle between these tangents is given by
F I F 25 I
F m m I = tan GG (m1 + m2 ) 4 m1 m2
2
JJ = tan GG 4JJ FG IJ
3
tan 1 GH 1 + m m JK
1 2 1
H 1 + m1 m2 K
1
GG
4
1+1
= tan 1
JJ H K
4
.
H K
1 2
Illustration 35
Prove that the tangents at the extremities of any focal chord intersect at right angles on
the directrix.
Solution :
Let the parabola be y2 = 4ax ...(i)
Let A(at12, 2at1) and B(at22, 2at2) be the extremities of a focal chord.
Equation of chord AB is y(t1 + t2) = 2(x + at1t2) ...(ii)
Since line (ii) passes through the focus (a, 0)
2a(1 + t1t2) = 0 or t1t2 = 1 ...(iii)
The equation of the tangents at A and B are respectively
t1y = x + at12 ...(iv)
and t2y = x + at22 ...(v)
1 1
Slope of line (iv) is and slope of line (v) is .
t1 t2
Product of the slopes
1 1 1 1
= . = = = 1 [from (iii)]
t1 t2 t1 t2 1
Hence the tangents intersect at right angles.
Also on solving (iv) and (v) we get x = at1t2
x = a which is independent of choice of t1 and t2, hence tangents will meet always on
directrix, x = a.
Illustration 36
Find the equation of the common tangents to the parabola y2 = 4a x and x 2 = 4by.
Solution :
The equation of any tangent in terms of slope (m) to the parabola y2 = 4ax is
a
y = mx + ...(1)
m
If this line is also tangent to the parabola x2 = 4ay, then (1) meets x2 = 4by in two coincident
points.
PARABOLA
34 QUIZRR
FG a IJ
Substituting the value of y from (1) in x2 = 4by we get x2 = 4b mx+
H m K
4 ab
x2 4bmx = 0
m
The roots of this quadratic are equal provided „B2 = 4AC‰
FG 4 abIJ
i.e., ( 4bm)2 = 4.1
H m K
16b2m3 + 16ab = 0, m 0
or m3 = a/ b
m = a1/3/b1/3
Substituting the value of m in (1) the required equation is
a1/3 ab1/3
y= x
b1/3 a1/3
a1/3
y= x a2/3b1/3
b1/3
a1/3x + b1/3 y + a2/3b2/3 = 0
Illustration 37
The tangents to the parabola y2 = 4a x make angle 1 and 2 with x-axis. Find the locus of
their point of intersection if cot 1 + cot 2 = c .
Solution :
Let the equation of any tangent to the parabola y2 = 4ax is
y = mx + (a/m) ...(1)
2
Let (x1, y1) be the point of intersection of the tangents to y = 4ax then (1) passes through
(x1, y1)
y1 = mx1 + (a/ m)
2
or m x1 my1 + a = 0
Let m1 and m2 be the roots of this quadratic equation then
m1 + m2 = y1 / x1 and m1m2 = a / x1
or tan 1 + tan 2 = y1 / x1
and tan 1 tan 2 = a / x1 ...(2)
Now cot 1 + cot 2 = c (given)
1 1
+ =c
tan 1 tan 2
tan 1 + tan 2
=c [From (2)]
tan 1 tan 2
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 35
y1 / x1
=c
a / x1
y1 = ac
The required locus is y = ac (which is a line parallel to x-axis)
y1
y ă y1 = (x ă x 1)
2a
logic : we need to find the slope of normal to find the equation. We earlier calculated the slope
of tangent
dy 2a
i.e. =
dx x1 y1 y1
1 y1
Slope normal = =
Slope tangent 2a
y1
y y1 = (x x1)
2a
which is the required equation.
Type 2 : PARAMETRIC FORM
The equation of normal to the parabola y2 = 4ax at parametric point (at2, 2at) is
y + tx = 2a t + a t3
for proof just replace x1 by at2 and y by 2at in point form equation.
Type 3 : SLOPE FORM
The equation of normal of slope m to the parabola y2 = 4ax at the point (am2, 2am) (note that
point is also in slope form) is
y = mx ă 2a m ă a m 3
from point form we know eqn of normal is
y1
y y1 = (x x1) ...(i)
2a
y1
m = y1 = 2am (which is the ordinate of point taken)
2a
for abcissa we know point lies on parabola
PARABOLA
36 QUIZRR
y12 4 a2 m2
hence x1 = = = am2
4a 4a
hence here (x1 y1) = (am2, 2am)
put these values of x1y1 in (i) to get the required equation
y + 2am = m (x am2)
y = mx 2am am3
c = ă 2a m ă a m 3
Logic : Nothing just compare the equation of normal derived just above in slope form with
y = mx + c to arrive at the result.
Point of intersection of the normals to the parabola y2 = 4a x at (a t 12, 2a t 1) and
(a t22, 2a t2) :
Equation of normals at A(at12, 2at1) and B(at22, at2) are
y + t1x = 2at1 + at13 ...(1)
y + t2x = 2at2 + at23 ...(2)
(1) (2) (t1 t2)x = 2a (t1 t2) + a(t13 t23)
x = 2a + a(t12 + t22 + t1 t2)
t2 . (1) t1(2) (t2 t1) y = at1t2(t12 t22)
y= at1t2 (t1 + t2)
Thus point of intersection of lines (1) and (2) is
6.3 RELATION BETWEEN ‘t1’ AND ‘t2’ IF NORMAL AT ‘t1’ MEETS THE PARABOLA
AGAIN AT ‘t2’
Let the parabola be y2 = 4ax, equation of normal at P(at12, 2at1) is
y= t1x + 2at1 + at13 ...(1)
Since it meet the parabola again at Q(at22, 2at2) then equation
(1) passes through Q(at22, 2at2)
2at2 = at1t22 + 2at1 + at13
2a(t2 t1) + at1(t22 t12) = 0
a(t2 t1) [2 + t1(t2 + t1)] = 0
. a(t2 t1) 0 ( . t1 and t2 are different)
2 + t1 (t2 + t1) = 0
2
t 2 = ă t1 ă
t1
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 37
Result 2 : If normals at Ât1Ê and Ât2Ê meets the parabola y2 = 4ax at same point then
t1t2 = 2
Proof : Suppose normals meet at ÂTÊ then
2 2
T = t1 = t2
t1 t2
t2) = 2
FG 1 1 IJ
(t1
Ht t K
2 1
t 1t 2 = 2 ( . t1 t2)
Illustration 38
Find the equations of the normals at the ends of the latus-rectumof the parabola y2 = 4a x.
Also prove that they are at right angles on the axis of the parabola.
Solution :
The coordinates of the ends of the latusrectum of the parabola y2 = 4ax are (a, 2a) and (a, –2a)
is
2a
y 2a = (x a) or x + y 3a = 0 ...(i)
2a
FG 2 a IJ (x
y + 2a =
H 2a K a) or x y 3a = 0 ...(ii)
Clearly, (i) and (ii) are perpendicular as the product of their slopes is 1. The point of
intersection of (i) and (ii) is (3a, 0), which lies onthe axis of the parabola.
Illustration 39
We have : y x 2 + 4a 2 = 0
or y = 2x 4a 2 ...(i)
The equation of any normal to the parabola y2 = 4ax is
y = mx 2am am3 ...(ii)
Comparing (i) and (ii), we get
The coordinates of the point are (am2, 2am) i.e. (2a, 2 2 a).
PARABOLA
38 QUIZRR
Illustration 40
Prove that the tangent at one extremity of the focal chord of a parabola is parallel to the
normal at the other extremity.
Solution :
The PQ be a focal chord of the parabola, and let the coordinates of P and Q be (at12, 2at1) and
(at22, 2at2) respectively. Then,
t1 t2 = 1 ...(i)
t1 y = x + at12 ...(ii)
1
The slope the tangent at P = is m1 =
t1
1
m2 = t2 = [ . t1 t2 = 1 t2 = 1/t1]
t1
Illustration 41
If the normal at a point P(a t2, 2a t) to the parabola y2 = 4a x subtends a right angle at the
vertex of the parabola. Then prove that t2 = 2.
Solution :
The equation of the normal to the parabola y2 = 4ax at P is y + tx = 2at + at3. Suppose it meets
the parabola at Q. If O is the vertex of the parabola, then the combined equation of OPand OQ
is a homogeneous equation of second degree, given by
y2 = 4ax FG y+ tx IJ
H 2 at+ at K
3
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 39
Illustration 42
Illustration 43
Prove that the normal chord of a parabola at the point whose ordinate is equal to the
abscissa subtends a right angle at the focus.
Solution :
Let P(at12, 2at1) be a point on the parabola and PQ be a chord normal at point P. Let the
coordinates of Q be (at22, 2at2). Then,
2
t2 = t1
t1
2
t1 = 2 t2 = 2 = 3.
2
Thus, the coordinates of P and Q are (4a, 4a) and (9a, 6a). Let S (a, 0) be the focus of
the parabola.
9 a a 4
Thus, m1 = slope of SQ = =
6 a 0 3
4 a a 3
and, m2 = slope of SP = =
4 a 0 4
Clearly, m1 m2 = 1 SP SQ.
Hence, PQ subtends a right angle at S.
PARABOLA
40 QUIZRR
Illustration 44
Prove that two parabolas y2 = 4a x and y2 = 4c (x ă b) cannot have a common normal unless
b
> 2.
a c
Solution :
The equation of any normal of slope m to the parabola y2 = 4c (x b) is
3
y = m (x b) 2cm cm
or, y = mx mb 2cm cm3
For this to be normal to y2 = 4ax, we must have
mb 2cm cm3 = 2am am3
b + 2c + cm2 = 2a + am2
b + 2c 2a = (a c) m2
b 2( a c)
m2 =
a c
b
m = 2
a c
b b
2 > 0 > 2.
a c a c
Illustration 45
If normal at the point (a t2, 2a t) in the parabola y2 = 4a x intersects the parabola again at the
point (a m 2, 2a m), then find the minimum value of m 2.
Solution :
Since normal at the point ÂtÊ intersects again at the point ÂmÊ
2
we have m = t
t
t2 + tm + 2 = 0
since ÂtÊ is real, D 0
m2 8
so, least value of m2 is 8.
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 41
6.4 FROM ANY POINT THREE NORMALS CAN BE DRAWN TO A PARABOLA OF WHICH
AT LEAST ONE WILL BE REAL.
Let the equation of the parabola be y2 = 4ax and let the given point be (x1, y1).
The equation of any normal to the parabola in the slope form is
y = mx 2am am3 ...(1)
If this normal passes through (x1, y1), then
y1 = mx1 2am am3 or am3 + (2a x1)m + y1 = 0.
This is a cubic equation in m and has three roots, say m1, m2 and m3.
Corresponding to these three values of m we will get three normals to the parabola passing
through (x1, y1).
Since imaginary roots of a polynomial equation with real coefficients always occur in pair,
therefore at least one root will be real and hence at least one normal will be real.
Note : Any three points on a parabola normals at which pass through a common point are called
co-normal points.
Illustration 46
Three normals are drawn from the point (c, 0) to the curve y2 = x. Show that c must be
greater than 1/2. One normal is always the x-axis. Find c for which the other two normals
are perpendicular to each other.
Solution :
Equation to normal to the parabola
m m3
y2 = x is y = mx is passing through (c, 0)
2 4
m m3 1FG m3IJ
0 = cm
2
4
m c
2 H
=
4 K
1 m2
m = 0 or c =
2 4
1 F m2 I
c
2 GH
0 since
4
0 JK
1 1
c . If c = , then m = 0
2 2
Then only one normal will be there i.e., x-axis.
1
Since three normals are there, c >
2
PARABOLA
42 QUIZRR
F2 1 I F 2 1 I
Then GH c
2 JK GH c
2 JK = 1
1 1 3
c c=
2 4 4
(2 a x1 )
m1 m2 + m2 m3 + m3 m1 = ...(iii)
a
y1
and, m1 m2 m3 = ...(iv)
a
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 43
Result I. The sum of the slopes of the normals at conormal points is zero.
Result II. The sum of the ordinates of the co-normal points is zero.
Proof : The coordinates of the feet of the normals are (am12, 2am1), (am22, 2am2) and
(am32, 2am3).
Sum of the ordinates of the co-normal points
= 2a (m1 + m2 + m3) = 2a 0 [Using (i)]
= 0
Result III. The centroid of the triangle formed by the co-normalpoints lies on the axis of the
parabola :
Proof : The vertices of the triangle formed by the co-normal points are (am12, 2am1),
(am22, 2am2) and (am32, 2am3).
2a
So, y-coordinates of the centroid = (m1 + m2 + m3)
3
2a
= 0= 0
3
Hence, the centroid lies on the x-axis i.e. axis of the parabola.
Illustration 47
Find the locus of the points of intersection of the three normals to the parabola y2 = 4a x,
two of which are inclined at right angles to each other.
Solution :
Let (h, k) be the point of intersection of three normals to the parabola y2 = 4ax. The equation of
any normal to y2 = 4ax is
y = mx 2am am3.
If it passes through (h, k), them
k = mh 2am am3
am3 + m (2a h) + k = 0 ...(i)
This equation, being a cubic in m, gives three values of m say, m1, m2, m3.
m1, m2, m3 = k/a
But two of the three normals are at right angles.
k k
m1 m2 = 1 m3 = m3 = .
a a
Since m3 is a root of (i), therefore,
am33 + m3 (2a h) + k = 0
FG kIJ 3
k
a
H aK
a
(2a h) + k = 0 [ . m3 = k/a]
PARABOLA
44 QUIZRR
k {k2 + (3a h) a} = 0
So, locus of (h, k) is y (y2 + (3a h) a) = 0
Illustration 48
Prove that the locus of points such that two of the three normals from them to the parabola
y2 = 4a x coincide is 27a y2 = 4(x ă 2a )3.
Solution :
we have
m1 + m2 + m3 = 0 ...(i)
(2 a h)
m1 m2 + m2 m3 + m3 m1 = ...(ii)
a
k
and, m1 m2 m3 = ...(iii)
a
But here two of the three normals are given to be coincident i.e. m1 = m2
Putting m1 = m2 in (i) and (iii), we get
2m1 + m3 = 0 ...(iv)
k
and, m12 m3 = ...(v)
a
k k
2m13 = m13 =
a 2a
k FG IJ
k
1/3
[Putting m1 = (k/2a)1/3
2
+
H K
2a
(2a h) + k = 0
FG k IJ 1/3
3k
H 2 aK (2a – h) =
2
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 45
k 27 k3
(2a h)3 = 27ak2 = 4 (h 2a)3
2a 8
Illustration 49
Find the locus of a point which is such that () two of the normals drawn from it to the
parabola are at right angles, () the three normals through it cut the axis in points whose
distances from the vertex are in arithmetical progression.
Solution :
Any normal is y = mx 2am am3, and this passes through the point (h, k), if
am3 + (2a h) m + k = 0 ...(1)
If then m1, m2 and m3 be the roots, we have, by Art.2,
m1 + m2 + m3 = 0 ...(2)
2 a h
m2m3 + m3m1 + m1m2 = ...(3)
a
k
and m1m2m3 = ...(4)
a
(a) If two of the normals, say m1 and m2, be at right angles, we have m1m2 = 1, and hence,
k
from (4), m3 =
a
k
The quantity is therefore, a root of (1) and hence, by substitution, we have
a
k3 k
+ (2a h) + k= 0
a2 a
i.e., k2 = a (h 3a)
The locus of the point (h, k) is therefore the parabola y2 = a(x 3a) whose vertex is the point
(3a, 0) and whose latus rectum is one-quarter that of the given parabola.
The student should draw the figure of both parabolas.
() The normal y = mx 2am am3 meets the axis of x at a point whose distance fromthe
vertex is 2a + am2. The conditions of the question then give
(2a + am12) + (2a + am32) = 2(2a + am22)
i.e., m12 + m32 = 2m22 ...(5)
If we eliminate m1, m2 and m3 from the equations (2), (3), (4) and (5), we shall have a
relation between h and k.
PARABOLA
46 QUIZRR
From (2) and (3), we have
2 a h
= m1m3 + m2(m1 + m3) = m1m3 m22 ...(6)
a
Also, (5) and (2) give
2m22 = (m1 + m3)2 2m1m3 = m22 2m1m3
i.e., m22 + 2m1m3 = 0 ...(7)
Solving (6) and (7), we have
2 a h 2 a h
m1m3 = , and m22 = 2
3a 3a
Substituting these values in(4), we have
2 a h 2 a h k
2 =
3a 3a a
i.e., 27ak2 = 2(h 2a)3
so that the required locus is
27ay2 = 2(x 2a)3
Illustration 50
If the normals at three points P, Q and R meet in a point O and S be the focus, prove that
SP . SQ . SR = a . SO 2.
Solution :
As in the previous question we know that the normals at the points (am12, 2am1), (am22,
2am2) and (am32, 2am3) meet in the point (h, k), if
m1 + m2 + m3 = 0 ...(1)
2 a h
m2m3 + m3m1 + m1m2 = ...(2)
a
k
and m1m2m3 = ...(3)
a
By Art. 202, we have
SP = a(1 + m12), SQ = a (1 + m22), and SR = a (1 + m32)
SP.SQ.SR
Hence, = (1 + m12) (1 + m22) (1 + m32)
a3
= 1 + (m12 + m22 + m32) + (m22 m32 + m32 m12 + m12 m22) + m12 m22 m32
Also, from (1) and (2), we have
m12 + m22 + m32 = (m1 + m2 + m3)2 2(m2m3 + m3m1 + m1m2)
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 47
FG h 2 aIJ
= 2
H a K
and m22 m32 + m32 m12 m22 = (m2m3 + m3m1 + m1m2)2 2m1m2m3 (m1 + m2 + m3)
FG h 2 a IJ 2
=
H a K by (1) and (2)
SP. SQ. SR h 2 a h 2 a FG IJ 2
k2
Hence,
a3
= 1+ 2
a
+
a H K +
a2
( h a) 2 + k2 SO2
= = 2
a2 a
i.e., SP . SQ .SR = SO2 . a
Illustration 51
Prove that the normal chord to a parabola y2 = 4a x at the point whose ordinate is equal
to abscissa subtends a right angle at the focus.
Solution :
Let the normal at P(at12, 2at1) meet the curve at Q(at22, 2at2) PQ is a normal chord.
2
and t2 = t1 ...(1)
t1
PARABOLA
48 QUIZRR
4a 4
= =
3a 3
6 a 0
and Slope of SQ =
9 a a
6a 3
= =
8a 4
4 3
. Slope of SP Slope of SQ = = 1
3 4
PSQ = /2
i.e., PQ subtends a right angle at the focus S.
Illustration 52
Three normals are drawn from the point (7, 14) to the parabola x 2 ă 8x ă 16y = 0. Find the
coordinates of the feet of the normals.
Solution :
The equation of the given parabola is
x2 8x 16y = 0
Differentiating above equation thrughout w.r.t. x, we have
dy
2x 8 16 = 0
dx
dy x 4
gives =
dx 8
h2 8 h
k =
16
8
and slope of the normal at (h, k) =
4h
y k=
FG 8 IJ (x h)
H 4 hK
If the normal passes through (7, 14), then we have
h2 8 h 8 FG IJ h)
14
16
=
4h
(7
H K
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 49
of contact AB is yy1 = 2a (x + x 1)
which follows from the fact that the equation which is being claimed to be equation of AB
represents a line and is satisfied by co-ordinates of A and B. Indeed if A be
( ) then AP is tangent at P
Equation of AP is y = 2a (x + )
Since it passes through P(x1, y1) we must have
y1 = 2a (x1 + )
which shows that the point A( ) lies on the line
yy1 = 2a(x + x1)
Similarly the point B lies on the line yy1 = 2a (x + x1) which completes the proof.
NOTE :
The equation of chord of contact resembles with that of the tangentÊs equation but in the tangentÊs
case the point (x1, y1) lies on the parabola.
PARABOLA
50 QUIZRR
Illustration 53
Find the equation of the chord of contact of tangents drawn from a point (3, 4) to the
parabola y2 = 2x.
Solution :
Using yy1 = 2a (x + x1), the equation of the chord of contact is
4y = (x + 3) or x 4y + 3 = 0
Illustration 54
Tangents are drawn at the points where the line lx + my + n = 0 is intersected by the
parabola y2 = 4a x. Find the point of intersection of tangents.
Solution :
Let the point of intersection of tangents be (x1, y1) then the equation of the chord of contact of
tangents drawn from P to the parabola y2 = 4ax is
yy1 = 2a (x + x1)
Clearly, lx + my + n = 0 is also the chord of contact of
tangents. Therefore, yy1 = 2a (x + x1) and lx + my + n = 0
represent the same line. Hence,
2 a y1 2 a x1
= =
l m n
n 2 am
x1 = and y1 =
l l
FG n , 2 am IJ
Hence, the required point is
Hl l K
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 51
Illustration 55
Show that the length of the chord of contact of tangents drawn from (x 1, y1) tothe parabola
y2 = 4a x is
1
( y12 4 a x 1 ) ( y12 + 4 a 2 )
a
Solution :
Let AB be the chord of contact of tangents drawn from a
point P(x1, y1) to the parabola y2 = 4ax. Then, the equation
of AB is
yy1 = 2a (x + x1)
The ordinates of A and B are the roots of the equation
y2 = 4a
FG yy 2 ax IJ or y2 ă 2yy1 + 4ax1 = 0
H 2a K
1 1
Illustration 56
Prove that the area of the triangle formed by the tangents drawn from (x 1, y1) to y2 = 4a x
( y12 4a x 1 )3/ 2
and their chord of contact is .
2a
Solution :
Equation of AB (chord of contact) is
yy1 = 2a (x + x1)
or yy1 ă 2a (x + x1) = 0
ĉ.ĉ PM = length of perpendicular from
P(x1, y1) on AB
y1 y1 2 a( x1 + x1 )
=
( y12 + 4 a2 )
( y12 4 ax1 )
=
y12 + 4 a 2 )
1
(since P(x1, y1) lies outside the parabola y12 ă 4ax1 > 0} and area of PAB = AB.PM
2
1 1 ( y12 4 ax1 )
= . . ( y12 4 ax1 ) ( y12 + 4 a 2 ) .
2 |a| ( y12 + 4 a 2 )
yy1 ă 2a (x + x 1) = y12 ă 4a x1 or T = S´
where S´ = y12 ă 4ax1 and T = yy1 ă 2a (x + x1).
Proof : The equation of a line passing through (x1, y1) is
y ă y1 = m (x ă x1) ...(i)
where m is a variable.
The abscissae of the points of intersection of y2 = 4ax and (ii) are the roots of the equation
(y1 ă mx1 + mx)2 = 4ax
or m2 x2 + 2 {ă 2a + my1 ă m2 x1} x + (y1 ă mx1)2 = 0
Let p1 and p2 be the roots of this equation. Then,
2 { 2 a+ my1 m2 x1 }
p1 + q2 =
m2
Since (x1, y1) is the mid-point of the chord joining the points of intersection of (i) and the
parabola.
p1 + q2 { 2 a+ my1 m2 x1 } 2a
x1 = x1 = m=
2 m2
y1
Substituting this value of m in (i), we obtain
2a
y ă y1 = (x ă x1) yy1 ă y12 = 2a (x ă x1)
y1
Illustration 57
Find the equation of the chord of y2 = 8x which is bisected at (2, ă3).
Solution :
The equation of the required chord is given by
S´ = T 9 ă 8 ï 2 = ă 3y ă 4 (x + 2)
9 ă 16 = ă 4x ă 3y ă 8 4x + 3y + 1 = 0
Illustration 58
Find the mid-point of the chord intercepted on the line 4x ă 3y + 4 = 0 by the parabola
y2 = 8x.
Solution :
Let (x1, y1) be the middle point of the chord intercepted on the line 4x ă 3y + 4 = 0 by the parabola
y2 = 8x. Then the equation of the chord whose middle point is (x1, y1) is
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 53
4 y1 y12 4 x1 y y2 4 x1
= = 1= 1 = 1
4 3 4 3 4
y1 = 3 and y12 ă 4x1 = 4 y1 = 3 and x1 = 5/4
Hence, the required co-ordinates of the mid-point are (5/4, 3)
Illustration 59
Find the locus of the middle points of the chords of the parabola y2 = 4a x which pass
through the focus.
Solution :
Let (h, k) be the co-ordinates the mid-point of one of the chords which pass through the focus
(a, 0).
Then the equation of the chord whose mid-point is (h, k) is
ky ă 2a (x + h) = k2 ă 4ah
or ky ă 2ax + 2ah ă k2 = 0
If this line passes through the focus (a, 0), then
ă 2a2 + 2ah ă k2 = 0 k2 ă 2ah + 2a2 = 0
Illustration 60
Find the locus of the mid points of the chords of the parabola y2 = 4a x which subtend a right
angle at the vertex of the parabola.
Solution :
Let P(h, k) be the mid point of a chord QR of the parabola y2 = 4ax then equation of chord QR
is
T = S1
or yk ă 2a(x +h) = k2 ă 4ah
yk ă 2ax = k2 ă 2ah ...(1)
If A is the vertex of the parabola. For combined equation of AQ and AR making homogeneous
2
of y = 4ax with the help of (1)
y2 = 4ax (1)
PARABOLA
54 QUIZRR
y2 = 4ax
FG yk 2 ax IJ
H k 2 ah K
2
Illustration 61
Show that the locus of the middle points of normal chords of the parabola y2 = 4a x is
y4 ă 2a (x ă 2a ) y2 + 8a 4 = 0.
Solution :
Equation of the normal chord at any point (at2, 2at) of the parabola y2 = 4ax is
y + tx = 2at + at3 ...(1)
But if M(x1, y1) be its middle point its equation must be also
T = S1
1 t 2 at+ at3
= = 2
y1 2 a y1 2 ax1
2a
From first two relations t = ă ...(3)
y1
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 55
t 2 at+ at3
From last two relations = 2
2 a y1 2 ax1
y12 2 ax1
or = 2a + at2
2 a
y12 2 ax1
= 2a + a
FG
2 a IJ 2
or
2 a y1 H K (from equation (3)
Illustration 62
If Ât1Ê and Ât2Ê are two points of the parabola and chord joining them subtend 90Ĉ at origin
show that t1t2 = ă 4.
Solution :
The co-ordinate of points Ât1Ê and Ât2Ê are A (at12, 2at1) and B (at22, 2at2)
2 at1 0 2
Slope OA = =
at12 0 t1
2
Similarly slope OB =
t2
2 2
We must have . = ă 1
t1 t2
t1t2 = ă 4
Illustration 63
Find the locus of a point P which lies on the focal chord AB of the parabola y2 = 8x such
that AP : PB = 2 : 1.
Solution :
Let A be (at12, 2at1) and B be (at22, 2at2) (Note that a = 2)
PARABOLA
56 QUIZRR
and t1t2 = ă 1 (since AB is a focal chord)
The required locus must be eliminant of above equations. On putting a = 2 we have
3h = 4t22 + 2t12
3k = 8t2 + 4t1
1
t2 = ă
t1
1
On putting t2 = ă in the above system we get
t1
4
+ 2t12 = 3h (*)
t12
8
4t1 ă = 3k (**)
t1
64
16t12 + ă 64 = 9k2 (***)
t12
64
Multiplying the first relation by 64 and subtracting it from (***) (Eliminating ) we get
t12
48 h 9 k2 64
t12 =
9
On putting (t12 in (*) we get
36 96 h 18 k2 128
+ = 3h
48 h 9 k2 64 9
Thus the locus of point P is
36 96 x 18 y2 128
+ = 3x
48 x 9 y2 64 9
Illustration 64
Find the locus of point of intersection of tangents drawn at the extremities of normal
chords of the parabola y2 = 8(x ă 1).
Solution :
Putting x ă 1 = X, y = Y the parabola becomes
Y2 = 8X with a = 2
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 57
Let the extremities of a normal chord be (at12, 2at1) and (at22, 2at2) then tangents at these points
will intersect at a point ( ) where
= at1t2, = a(t1 + t2)
2
Also, t2 = ă t1 ă
t1
2
= 2t1t2, = 2 (t1 + t2), t2 = ă t1 ă
t1
since we have to find the locus of () we must eliminate t1 and t2 from above equations. From
2
third relation t1 + t2 = ă
t1
2 4
and from second t1 + t2 = = t1 =
2 t1 2
2 4
whence t2 = ă t1 ă = +
t1 2
= 2
FG 4 IJ FG 4 + IJ ( + 4) = ă 32
H K H 2K
Locus of ( ) is Y2 (X + 4) = ă 32
Switching over to old system of co-ordinates the locus is y2 (x + 3) + 32 = 0
yy1 = 2a (x + x 1)
Note :
Ć When the point (x1y1) lies outside the parabola the equation to its polar is the same as the
equation to the chord of contact of tangents drawn at (x1y1).
Ć When (x1y1) is on the parabola the polar is the same as the tangent at the point.
PARABOLA
58 QUIZRR
If the polar of a point P passes through the point T, then the polar of T goes through
P.
Let P be the point (x1, y1) and T the point (h, k).
The polar of P is yy1 = 2a (x + x1).
Since, it passes, through T, we have
y1k = 2a(x1 + h) ...(1)
The polar of T is, yk = 2a (x + h).
Since, (1) is true, this equation is satisfied by the coordinates x1 and y1.
Hence, the proposition.
Cor. : The point of intersection, T, of the polars of two points, P and Q, is the pole of the
line PQ.
To find the pole of a given straight line with respect to the parabola.
Let the given straight line be
Ax + By + C = 0
If its pole be the point (x1, y1), it must be the same straight line as,
yy1 = 2a(x + x1)
i.e., 2ax ă yy1 + 2ax1 = 0
Since, these straight lines are the same, we have
2a y 2 ax1
= 1 =
A B C
C 2 Ba
i.e., x1 = and y1 = ă
A A
Illustration 65
Show that the locus of the poles of normal chords of y2 = 4a x is (x + 2a ) y2 + 4a 3 = 0.
Solution :
Given parabola y2 = 4ax ...(1)
Equation of normal of (1) is
y = mx ă 2am ă am3 ...(2)
Let (x1, y1) be the pole of (2) with respect to (1), then (2) is the polar (x1, y1) with respect
to (1) i.e.,
yy1 = 2a (x + x1)
or yy1 = 2ax + 2ax1 ...(3)
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 59
y1 2 a 2 ax1
= =
1 m 2 am am 3
Then we get y1 = 2a/m ...(4)
2
and x1 = ă 2a ă am ..(5)
Eliminating m between (4) and (5) we get
FG 2 a IJ 2
x1 = ă 2a ă a
Hy K1
Illustration 66
Find the locus of the poles of the chords of the parabola y2 = 4a x which subtend a constant
angle at the vertex.
Solution :
The given parabola is y2 = 4ax ...(1)
2
Let (x1, y1) be the pole of a chord of y = 4ax
Then the equation of the chord of the polar of (x1, y1) with respect to (1) is
yy1 = 2a (x + x1)
yy1 2 ax
or = 1 ...(2)
2 ax1
For the equation of the lines joining the points of intersection of (1) and (2) with the vertex
O(0, 0)
y2 = 4ax
FG yy 2 axIJ
1
H 2 ax K1
PARABOLA
60 QUIZRR
2 2
or 4ax ă 2y1xy + x1y = 0 ...(3)
If chord subtends an angle at the vertex then
AOB =
2 h2 ab 2 ( y1 4 ax1 )
2
tan = =
|a+ b| |4 a+ x1|
2a
where tan = = m [slope of tangent at P(x, y)]
y
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 61
Illustration 67
Find the length of tangent, subtangent, normal and subnormal ty2 = 4a x at (a t2, 2a t).
Solution :
ĉ.ĉ Equation of tangent of (at2, 2at) of parabola y2 = 4ax is
ty = x + at2
1
Slope of this tangent m =
t
Let tangent makes angle with +ve direction of x-axis
1
tan =
t
then t = cot
2
Length of tangent at (at , 2at) = 2at cosec
= 2at (1 + tan2)
2a
Slope of line (2) =
2a 2a
= m or =
m
PARABOLA
62 QUIZRR
Hence locus of P( ) i.e., equation of diameter (which is the locus of a series of parallel
chords having slope m) is
2a
y= ...(3)
m
Clearly line (3) is parallel to the axis of the parabola.
Thus a diameter of a parabola is parallel to its axis.
Note : 1. The point is which any diameter meets the curve is called the extremity of the diameter.
2. Any line which is parallel to the axis of the parabola drawn through any point on the
parabola is called diameter and its equation is y-co-ordinate of that point. If point on
diameter (x1, y1), then diameter is y = y1.
Remark 1. The tangent at the extremity of a diameter of a parabola is parallel to
the system of chords it bisects.
Let y = mx + c (c variable) represents the system of parallel chords, then the equation of the
diameter of
y2 = 4ax
2a
is y=
m
FG a , 2 a IJ a
The diameter meets the parabola y2 = 4ax at Hm mK
2 and tangent is y = mx +
m
which is
parallel to y = mx + c.
Remark 2 : Tangents at the end of any chord meet on the diameter which bisects
the chords.
If extremities of the chord be P(at12, 2at1) and Q(at22, 2at2) then its slope
2 at2 2 at1 2
m= m =
2
at2 at1 2
( t2 + t1 )
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 63
Equation of diameter is
y = 2a/m y = a(t1 + t2) ...(1)
Now tangents at P(at12, 2at1) and
Q(at22, 2at2) meet at a point [at1t2, a(t1 + t2)] which lies on (1).
Alternative Method : Let equation of any chord PQ be y = mx + c
If tangents at P and Q meet at R(x1, y1) then PQ is the chord of contact with respect to
R(x1, y1).
Equation of PQ is
2a 2 ax1
yy1 = 2x (x + x1) or y= x+
y1 y1
which is identical to y = mx + c
2a 2a
m = or y1 =
y1 m
2a
Hence locus of R(x1, y1) is y = which bisects the chord PQ.
m
Note : The quantity 4a cosec2 is called the parameter of the diameter AQ. It is equal to length
of the chord which is parallel to AT and passes through the focus.
i.e., a cosec2 = a(1 + cot2 ) = a + a cot2
a
=a+
m2
= a + VL = SP
but length of focal chord if P(at2, 2at) is {ĉ.ĉ S (a, 0)}
a FG t+ 1IJ 2
H tK
2 at 0 2t
tan = =
at2 a t2 1
1
or t ă = 2 cot
t
PARABOLA
64 QUIZRR
F 1I
aG t+ J
2 R|F 1 I
= a SG t J
2
U|
H tK |TH t K V|
+ 4 = a{(2 cot )2 + 4}
W
= 4a cosec2
= 4 . SP
Illustration 68
If the diameter through any point P of a parabola meets any chord in A and the tangent
at the end of the chord meets the diameter in B and C, then prove that PA 2 = PB . PC.
Solution :
The equation of the parabola referred to the diameter through P and tangent at P as axes is
y2 = 4 x ...(1)
2
where = a cosec
Let QR be any chord of the parabola (1) let the extremities Q and R be (t12, 2t1) and (t22, 2t2)
Then the equation of QR is
y (t1 + t2) ă 2x ă 2t1t2 = 0 ...(2)
It meets the diameter through P i.e., x-axis or y = 0 then (2) reduces
0 ă 2x ă 2 t1t2 = 0
or x = ă t1t2 = PA
Now tangent at Q is t1y = x + t12 ...(3)
It meets the diameter through P i.e., x-axis or y = 0 then (3) reduces
0 = x + t12
or x = ă t12 = PB ...(4)
Similarly ă t22 = PC ...(5)
(PA) = (ă t1t2)2 = 2t12t22
2
PARABOLA
QUIZRR 65
1
Slope of this tangent PT, tan = ...(3)
t
2
2 at 2t
Slope of PS = = 2 = t
a(t 1) t 1 1 1
2
t2
2 tan
= = tan 2
1 tan 2
PSX = 2
TPS = PSX ă PTS = 2 ă =
Hence SPT = MPT =
Therefore PT bisects MPS.
Note. Reflection from the parabola of a ray parallel to the axis :
In PTN
TPN = 90Ĉ and PTN =
Since PR || TN
RPN = TNP = 90Ĉă
[ĉ.ĉ TNP = 90Ĉ ă ]
Also SPN = 180Ĉ ă PSN ă SNP
= 180Ĉ ă 2 ă (90Ĉ ă )
= 90Ĉ ă
SPN = RPN
Hence A ray parallel to the axis of the parabola after reflection from the parabola passes
through the focus.
Illustration 69
A ray of light is coming along the line y = b from the positive direction of x-axis and strikes
a concave mirror whose intersection with the xy-pane is a parabola y2 = 4a x. Find the
equation of the reflected ray and show that it passes through the focus of the parabola.
Both a and b are positive.
Solution :
A ray of light along y = b intersects the
F
b2 I
GH
parabola at P 4 a , b JK
Equation to the parabola is y2 = 4ax
PARABOLA
66 QUIZRR
dy 2 a
Differentiating (i) =
dx y
b
Slope of normal at P is ă
2a
b
If the angle between ray of light and the normal is then tan = ă
2a
Let the slope of PQ be m.
b b
m m+
2 a b 2 a
tan = ă =
1
b
m 2a 1 b m
2a 2a
b b2 b
+ = m+
2a 4a 2
2a
F4a b I
2 2
2b 4 ab
m GH 4 a JK
2
=
2a
m=
4 a 2 b2
4 ab F b2 I
Equation to the reflected ray is y – b = ă
4 a 2 b2
GH
x
4a JK
4 ab F 4 ax b I
2
yă b = ă
4 a 2 b2
GH 4 a JK
4abx + (4a2 ă b2) y ă 4a2b + b3 = 0
If we put x = a, y = 0, we get
4a2b + (4a2 ă b2) 0 ă 4a2b = 0
Reflected ray passes through the focus.
PARABOLA
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 3
THE CIRCLE
A circle is the locus of a point which moves, so that its distance from a fixed point, called the
centre, is equal to a given distance.
The fixed point is called the centre of the circle and the constant distance is called its radius.
i.e., CP = constant distance = Radius
fixed ius
rad
point (moving point)
C(centre) constant
distance
x 2 + y2 = a 2
(x ă h)2 + (y ă k)2 = a2
CP = radius = a
according to constraint defined by circle P(x,y)
a
distance CP = radius = a
(x ă h)2 + (y ă k)2 = a2 C (h,k)
This form is known as central form of equation of circle.
1 1 0 g f c
a b h 2 r 2
2
a = b i.e. coefficient of x 2 = coefficient of y2
h = 0 i.e., coefficient of xy = 0
THE CIRCLE
4 QUIZRR
The general equation of a circle is
2
x g 2 y f 2
g 2
f2 c
Comparing with the equation of the circle given in (ii), h = ă g, k = ă f
2 2
and a ( g f c)
Important remarks
(i) If g2 + f2 ă c > 0, equation (i) represents real circle with centre (ă g, ă f).
(ii) If g2 + f2 ă c = 0, the equation (i) represents a circle whose centre is (ă g, ă f) and radius
is zero i.e., the circle coincides with the centre and so it represents a point (ă g, ă f). It is
therefore, called a point circle.
(iii) If g2 + f2 ă c < 0, radius of the circle is imaginary. In this case, there are no real points on
the circle and so it is called a virtual circle or imaginary circle.
(iv) Dependence of the circle on three unknown parameters : The equation (i) i.e., x2 + y2 + 2gx
+ 2fy + c = 0 contains three unknown quantities g, f, c. Hence for determining the
equa tion of a circ le, three conditions a re required.
Note : In case the equation of circle is given by ax2 + ay2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0. Divide the equation
by a first. i.e. x2 y2 2 g x 2 f y c 0
a a
g2 f2 c
g f
then centre is ,
a
& radius 2 2 a
a a a
Remember that for finding centre and radius of circle the coefficients of x & y should be
equal to 1.
Note : Rule for finding the centre and radius of a circle :
(i) Make the coefficients of x2 and y2 equal to 1 and right hand side equal to zero.
(ii) Then co-ordinates of centre will be (, ),
1 1
where coefficient of x and coefficient of y
2 2
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 5
( x x1 )( x x 2 ) ( y y1 )( y y2 ) 0
Proof :
Let A be the point (x1, y1) and B the point (x2, y2), and let the coordinates of any point P on the
circle be h and k. (Where AB is a diameter)
P (x,y)
B (x2,y2)
A C
(x1,y1)
The equation to AP is
k y1
y ă y1 = ( x x1 ) ...(1)
h x1
k y2
y ă y2 = h x ( x x2 ) ...(2)
2
But, since APB is a semicircle, the angle APB is a right angle, and hence the straight lines (1)
and (2) are at right angles.
Hence, we have
k y1 k y2
. 1
h x1 h x2
THE CIRCLE
6 QUIZRR
Let CP = a Y
CM = x, PM = y
P(x,y)
x = a cos , y = a sin
Hence (a cos , a sin ) or ÂÊ are the parametric co-ordinates a
of the circle x2 + y2 = a2 and x = a cos and y = a sin are called X´ X
C (0,0)M
parametric equations of the circle x2 + y2 = a2 with parameters a
and . ( < 2)
Note :
1. The parametric co-ordinates of any point on the circle
Y´
(x ă h)2 + (y ă k)2 = a2
are given by (h + a cos , k + a sin ) (0 < 2)
and parametric equations of the circle
(x ă h)2 + (y ă k)2 = a2 are x = h + a cos , y = k + a sin .
2. Equation of the chord of the circle x2 + y2 = a 2 joining (a cos , a sin ) and
(a cos , a sin ) is
x cos y sin a cos
2 2 2
x2 y2 x y 1
x12 y12 x1 y1 1
0
x22 y22 x2 y2 1 ...(v)
x3 y3 1
x32 y32
(vi) is an equation of the circle passing through the points A, B and C.
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 7
x 2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy = 0
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + g 2 = 0
Y
(iii) When the circ le touches y-a xis.
Let the centre of the circle be C (, )
Since the circle touches the y-axis; the radius of the
circle = CM = || M ()
Hence the equation of the circle is
(x ă )2 + (y ă )2 = ||2
or (x ă )2 + (y ă )2 = 2 X
O
Note : The equation of a circle touching y-axis may be taken
as x 2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + f 2 = 0
THE CIRCLE
8 QUIZRR
(iv) When the circ le touches both the a xes. Y
y=x
In this case || = || = a.
Hence the equation of the circle, in the first quadrant, is
y=-x C
2 2 2 M (a,a)
(x ă a ) + (y ă a ) = a ...(1)
a
O X
L
(-a,a) y=-x
(x + a )2 + (y ă a )2 = a 2 ...(2)
a
X´ O X
L
Y´
The equation of the circle in the third quadrant is
y=-x Y
y=x
(x + a )2 + (y + a )2 = a 2 ...(3)
X´ O X
(-a,a) a
L
C
Y y=x
y=-x
2 2 2
(x ă a ) + (y + a ) = a ...(4)
X´ X
O
C
L (a,-a)
a
Thus if a circle touches both axes its centre may be taken
as ( a, a) where a is positive or negative and radius as
|a|.
Y´
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 9
Y
(vi) When the circ le pa sses through the origin a nd
centre lies on y-a xis :
Let centre of circle be C (0, a)
radius = a C (0,a)
Equation of circle is (x ă 0)2 + (y ă a)2 = a2
or x2 + y2 ă 2a y = 0 O
X
(vii) When the circ le cut off interc epts on x-a xis a nd y-a xis of lengths 2l a nd 2k a nd not
pa ssing through origin :
Let centre be (, ) Y
radius = CP = CQ = (say)
(CP)2 = (CQ)2 = 2
2 + k2 = 2 + l2 = 2 k
C()
N
= 2
k 2 [for I quadrant] k
P l l
and = 2 l 2 M X
O Q
Equation of circle is ( x 2 k 2 )2 ( y 2 l 2 )2 2
Illustration 1
For what value(s) of , the equation (10 ă 2)x 2 + ( 2 ă 8)y2 + (3 ă )yx ă 10x + 4y + 3 = 0
represent a real circle.
Solution :
For equation of circle we must satisty the following 2 conditions.
Condition 1 : coeff. of x2 = coeff. of y2
10 ă 2 = 2 ă 8 2 = 9 = 3
Condition 2 : and coeff. of xy = 0
3 ă = 0 = 3
So, the common value is = 3.
THE CIRCLE
10 QUIZRR
Illustration 2
Find the equation of the circle which touches the axes and whose centre lies on the line
x ă 2y = 3.
Solution :
Since the circle touches both the axes, therefore its centre will be (a, a) and radius will be |a|,
where a is a positive or negative number.
Given line is x ă 2y = 3 ...(i)
Case I : When centre is (a, a)
Since (a, a) lies on line (i)
centre of the circle is (ă 3, ă 3) and radius = |ă 3| = 3.
Hence equation of the circle will be
(x + 3)2 + (y + 3)2 = 32 or x2 + y2 + 6x + 6y + 9 = 0
Case II : When centre is (a, ă a)
Since (a, ă a) lies on line (i)
a + 2a = 3
a = 1
centre of the circle is (1, ă 1) and radius = |1| = 1
Hence equation of the circle will be
(x ă 1)2 + (y + 1)2 = 12 or x2 + y2 ă 2x + 2y + 1 = 0
Illustration 3
Find the equation of the circle passing through the origin and cuts off chords of length 4
and 6 on the positive side of x and y-axis respectively.
Solution :
If the centre C be (h, k) then the values of h, k will be length of perpendicular CM and CN from
C to x- and y-axis respectively.
M and N are mid points of chords OA and OB
OM = 2, ON = 3 B
C is (2, 3)
N C
Also radius OC = 22 32 13
M
O A
2
Hence the equation of the required circle is (x ă 2)2 + (y ă 3)2 = 13
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 11
Illustration 4
Find the equation to the circle which passes through the points (1, 0), (0, 6) and (3, 4).
Solution :
Let the equation to the circle be,
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ...(1)
Since, the three points, whose coordinates are given, satisfy this equation, we have
1 + 2g + c = 0 ...(2)
36 + 12f + c = 0 ...(3)
and 25 + 6g + 8f + c = 0 ...(4)
47 71
Hence, f and g
8 4
69
Equation (2), then gives c
2
Illustration 5
Find the equation to the circle which touches the axis of y at a distance + 4 from the origin
and cuts off an intercept 6 from the axis of x.
Solution :
Any circle is, x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
This meets the axis of y in points given by
y2 + 2fy + c = 0
The roots of this equation must be equal and each equal to 4, so that it must be equivalent to
(y ă 4)2 = 0
Hence, 2f = ă 8 and c = 16
The equation to the circle is then
x2 + y2 + 2gx ă 8y + 16 = 0
This meets the axis of x in points given by,
x2 + 2gx ă 8y + 16 = 0
THE CIRCLE
12 QUIZRR
i.e., at points distant
g g 2 16 and g g2 16
Hence, 6 2 g2 16
Illustration 6
The abscissae of two points A and B are the roots of the equation x 2 + 2a x ă b 2 = 0 and the
ordinates are the roots of the equation x 2 + 2px ă q 2 = 0. Find the equation and the radius
of the circle with AB as diameter.
Solution :
Given equations are
x2 + 2ax ă b2 = 0 ...(i)
2 2
and x + 2px ă q = 0 ...(ii)
Let the roots of equation (i) be and and and those of equation (ii) be and , then
2a + = 2p
2
and
b = q2
Illustraion 7
If the parametric of form of a circle is given by
(i) x = ă 4 + 5 cos and y = ă 3 + 5 sin
(ii) x = a cos + b sin and y = a sin ă b cos
find its cartesian form.
A
Solution :
(i) The given equations are
x = ă 4 + 5 cos and y = ă 3 + 5 sin
or (x + 4) = 5 cos ...(1)
and (y + 3) = 5 sin ...(2)
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 13
Illustration 8
Show that the four points (1, 0), (2, ă 7), (8, 1) and (9, ă 6) are concyclic.
Solution :
Since the given four points a re concyclic , we a re to show tha t they lie on a circ le. Let
the general equation of circle is
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ...(1)
has three parameters, it is sufficient to obtain the equation of the circle passing through any three
of these points. For concyclic, the fourth point should lie on this circle.
Let three points A (1, 0), B (2, ă 7) and D (8, 1) lie on (1) then
1 + 0 + 2g + 0 + c = 0 or 1 + 2g + c = 0 ...(2)
2 2
(2) + (ă 7) + 2g (2) + 2f (ă 7) + c = 0
or 53 + 4g ă 14f + c = 0 ...(3)
and (8)2 + (1)2 + 2g (8) + 2f (1) + c = 0
65 + 16g + 2f + c = 0 ...(4)
Now subtracting (2) from (3), we get
52 + 2g ă 14f = 0
or 26 + g ă 7f = 0 ...(5)
and subtracting (3) from (4), we get Y
D(8,1)
12 + 2g + 16f = 0
X´ X
3 + 3g + 4f = 0 ...(6) O A(1,0)
Solving (5) and (6), we get
g = ă 5 and f = 3
From (2), 1 ă 10 + c = 0 C(9,ă6)
Y´
c = 9 B(2,ă1)
Therefore equation of circle passing through these point is
x2 + y2 ă 10x + 6y + 9 = 0
THE CIRCLE
14 QUIZRR
Substituting the fourth point in the equation of this circle, we get
(9)2 + (ă 6)2 ă 10 (9) + 6 (ă 6) + 9 = 0
Hence point C (9, ă 6) lies on the circle, that is, the four points are concyclic.
Illustration 9
Find the equation of all the circles touching x-axis, y-axis and line 3x + 4y ă 12 = 0.
Solution :
We can easily observe that there will be four
circles touching x-axis, y-axis and the line B
3x + 4y ă 12 = 0. The centre of any such circle
must be of the form ( r, r) where r is the
radius of the circle. If we want to determine
the circles whose centres lie in first quadrant 3x + 4y ă 12 = 0
and which touch x-axis, y-axis and the line 3x O
+ 4y ă 12 = 0 then centres must be (r, r) (r >
0) and perpendicular distance of (r, r) from the
line 3x + 4y ă 12 = 0 must also be r.
3r 4 r 12
r
5
7r ă 12 = 5r, 7r ă 12 = ă 5r
r = 6, r = 1
Thus two such circles are
(x ă 6)2 + (y ă 6)2 = 62, (x ă 1)2 + (y ă 1)2 = 12
3r 4 r 12
Next in the second quadrant the centre of such a circle must be (ă r, r) and r
5
r = ă 3, r = 2
The value r = ă 3 is inadmissible since r > 0. Thus the equation of circle touching axes and the
line 3x + 4y ă 12 = 0, in the second quadrant is (x + 2)2 + (y ă 2)2 = 22
3r 4 r 12
In the third quarant r
5
r =, r = ă 6
Both values are inadmissible.
Thus there is no such circle in the third quadrant.
Finally in the fourth quadrant
3r 4 r 12
r r= 3
5
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 15
Second Method :
Note : We can solve the problem by trigonometry also. Denote the origin by C we have
a = CB = 3, b = CA = 4 and c = AB = 5 s = 6
s( s a)( s b)( s c) 6
6
Now r 1
s 6
6
r1 = 2
sa 63
6
r2 = 3
sb 64
6
r2 = s c 6 5 6
Since radii of such circles are determined the equations can be immediately written down since
circle touches both axes. You must note that the four circles obtained are the inscribed circle (the
one with the smallest radius) and the three described circles of the triangle formed by co-ordinate
axes and the line 3x ă 4y ă 12 = 0
Illustration 1 0
Find the area of an equilateral triangle inscribed in the circle x 2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
Solution :
Given circle is x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ...(1)
Let O be the centre and ABC be an equilateral triangle inscribed in the circle (1).
O g, f
and OA = OB = OC = g2 f 2 c ...(2)
BM
In OBM, sin 60
OB
3 A
BM = OB sin 60Ĉ = OB
2
60Ĉ
BC = 2BM = 3 OB ...(3)
O
3
Area of ABC = BC2 60Ĉ
4
3 B M C
3 OB (from (3))
2
=
4
3 3 2 2
= g f2 c sq. units.
4
THE CIRCLE
16 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 1
Find the equation of the circumcircle of the quadrilateral formed by the four
lines a x + by c = 0 and bx ă a y + c = 0
Solution : C
ăc=0
The given lines can be re-written as by
=0
ax+
c
ax + by + c = 0 ...(1)
ay+
D
ax + by ă c = 0 ...(2)
bxă
0
bx ă ay + c = 0 ...(3)
ăc=
bx ă ay ă c = 0 ...(4)
ay
Equation (1) and (2) are parallel and equations (3) and (4) are also B
bxă
c =0
parallel. by +
a ax+
Slope of (1) or (2) = m1 (say) A
b
b
and Slope of (3) or (4) = m2 (say)
a
Since m1m2 = ă 1
Hence ABCD be a square and AC and BD are the diameters of the circle. After solving, we get
bc ca bc ca ac bc ac bc
A 2 , and C 2 , 2
a b2 a2 b2 2 2
a b a b
bc ca ac bc bc ca cc bc
Equation of circle is x 2 x 2
2 2
y 2 y 2
2
0
a b a b a b a b2
2 ac 2bc
x2 y2 2 x 2 y0
a b2 a b2
Illustration 1 2
A circle of radius 5 units touches the co-ordinate axes in first quadrant. If the circle makes
one complete roll on x-axis along the positive direction of x-axis, find its equation in the
new position.
Solution :
Let C be the centre of the circle in its initial position and D be its centre in the new position.
Y
5 C(5,5) D(5+105)
N
5 5
X´ X
M L
O
5 10
Y´
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 17
Since the circle touches the co-ordinates axes in first quadrant and the radius of circle be 5 units.
Centre of circle is (5, 5)
Moving length of circle = circumference of the circle
= 2r = 2 (5) = 10
Now centre of circle in new position is (5 + 10 , 5) and radius is 5 units, therefore, its equation
will be
(x ă 5 ă 10)2 + (y ă 5)2 = 52
or x2 + y2 ă 10 (1 + 2) x ă 10y + 1002 + 100 + 25 = 0
Clearly A lies inside, on or outside the circle as d <, =, or > i.e., d 2 ă r2 <, =, or < 0
Hence S1(A) < 0 point lies inside the circle.
S1(A) = 0 point lies on the circle.
S1(A) > 0 point lies outside the circle.
C (ă g, ă f) and ( g 2 f 2 c) respectively
Case I :
If P inside the circle
In this case S1 < 0 A
r ( g 2 f 2 c) CA = CB P
C
The minimum distance of P from circle = PA = CA ă CP
B
= |r ă CP|
and the maximum distance of P from circle = PB
= CB + CP = |r + CP|
THE CIRCLE
18 QUIZRR
Case II : P
If P outside the circle
A
In this case S1 > 0
the minimum distance of P from circle C
= PA = CP ă CA = |CP ă r| B
and the maximum distance of P from the circle
= PB = CP + CB = |r + CP|
Case III : P
If P on the circle
In this case S1 = 0 C
the minimum distance of P from the circle = 0 A
and the maximum distance of P from the circle = PA = 2r
Illustration 1 3
Find the shortest and largest distance from the point (2, ă 7) to the circle
x 2 + y2 ă 14x ă 10y ă 151 = 0
Solution :
Y
Let S x2 + y2 ă 14x ă 10y ă 151 = 0 B
S1 = (2)2 + (ă 7)2 ă 14(2) ă 10 (ă 7) ă 151
= ă 56 < 0
P (2, ă 7) inside the circle C(7,5)
X´ X
O
radius of the circle, r 7 2
2
5 151 15
2 P
A
Centre of circle (7, 5) Y´
CP = 7 22 5 72 = 13
Shortest distance = PA = r ă CP = 15 ă 13
= 2
and Largest distance = PB = r + CP = 15 + 13 = 28
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 19
r1 r1 r1
A C A C A D L B
B r2 B C
D
r2 r2
r1 ă r2 = AB + DC AB = r1 ă r2 r1 + r2 = AC + CB + DC
AB < r1 ă r2 = AB + DC
AB < r1 + r2
r1 r2 r1 r2
A B A B
C CD
AB = r1 + r2 + CD
AB = r1 + r2 AB > r1 + r2
Illustration 1 4
Examine if the two circles x 2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y = 0 and x 2 + y2 ă 8y ă 4 = 0 touch each other
externally or internally.
Solution :
Given circles are x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y = 0 ...(1)
and x2 + y2 ă 8y ă 4 = 0 ...(2)
Let A and B be the centres and r1 and r2 the radii of circles (1) and (2) respectively, then
THE CIRCLE
20 QUIZRR
Now AB = (1 0) 2 (2 4)2 5
and r1 r2 3 5. r1 r2 52 5 5
Thus AB = |r1 ă r2|, hence the two circles touch each other internally.
Illustration 1 5
Prove that the circle x 2 + y2 + 2a x + c 2 = 0 and x 2 + y2 + 2by + c 2 = 0 touch each other if
1 1 1
2
2
a b c2
Solution :
Given circles are
x2 + y2 + 2ax + c2 = 0 ...(1)
and x2 + y2 + 2by + c2 = 0 ...(2)
Let A and B be the centres of circles (1) and (2) respectively and r1 and r2 be their radii, then
A a, 0 , B 0, b , r1 a2 c2 , r2 b2 c2
The two circles (1) and (2) will touch each other externally or internally according as
AB = r1 + r2 or AB = |r1 ă r2|
i.e. AB2 = (r1 + r2) or AB2 = (r1 ă r2)2
Thus the two circles will touch each other if
AB2 r1 r2
2
or a 2 b2 r12 r22 2r1 r2
or a2 + b2 = a2 ă c2 + b2 ă c2 2 a2 c2 b2 c2
or 2c2 2 a2 c2 b2 c 2
C2 a 2 c2 b2 c 2
1 1 1
or 2
2
[dividing by a2b2c2]
a b c2
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 21
Illustration 1 6
Prove that x 2 + y2 = a 2 and (x ă 2a )2 + y2 = a 2 are two equal circles touching each other. Find
the equation of circle (or circles) of equal radius touching both the circles.
Solution :
Given circles are
x2 + y2 = a2 ...(1)
and (x ă 2a)2 + y2 = a2 ...(2)
Let A and B be the centres and r1 and r2 the radii of the two circle (1) and (2) respectively, then
A (0, 0), B (2a, 0), r1 = a, r2 = a
Now AB = (0 2 a)2 02 2 a r1 r2
2
Thus required circles are x a y 3a
2
a2
or x2 y2 2ax 2 3 ay 3a 2 0
THE CIRCLE
22 QUIZRR
x2 + (mx + c)2 = a2
(1 + m2)x2 + 2mcx + c2 ă a2 = 0
In general, there are 3 cases arises. When circle and a line intersects
Case I :
There are two different real points of intersection.
i.e., > 0
4m2c2 ă 4(1 + m2) (c2 ă a2) > 0
a2 (1 + m2) > c2
c
or a
1 m2
Case II :
There are two coincident points of intersection.
i.e., = 0
4m2c2 ă 4(1 + m2) (c2 ă a2) = 0
a2 (1 + m2) = c2
c
a
1 m2
c a 1 m2
and y mx a 1 m2
Case III :
There is no real point of intersection
i.e., < 0
4m2c2 ă 4(1 + m2) (c2 ă a2) < 0
m2c2 ă (1 + m2) (c2 ă a2) < 0
m2c2 ă c2 ă m2c2 + a2 + a2m2 < 0
a2 (1 + m2) < c2
c2
a2
1 m 2
c
a
1 m2
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 23
Note :
(1) The line y mx a 1 m 2 will be a tangent to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 for all values of m.
(2) The condition of tangency can also be obtained by equating perpendicular distance of the
centre (0, 0) than the line y ă mx ă c = 0 to the radius of the circle.
(3) In case the circle is x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 we may shift the origin to the centre of the
circle and apply the results described above.
Another Method :
Let S = x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 and L = lx + my + n = 0
Let r be the radius of the circle and p be the length of the
perpendicular drawn from the centre (ă g, ă f) on the line L. Then
(i) line intersect the circle in two distinct points if p < r. p
(ii) line touch the circle if p = r r c
(iii) line neither intersects nor touches the circle i.e., passes outside
the circle if p > r.
Illustration 1 7
Find the values of k for which the line 3x ă 4y ă k = 0 will touch the circle x 2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y
+ h = 0. Find the point of contact also.
Solution :
We will solve the problem by two methods. The circle is
(x ă 1)2 + (y ă 2)2 = 1
Shifting the origin to (1, 2) the circle becomes x2 + y2 = 1 and the line becomes
3x ă 4y ă (5 + k) = 0
Now applying c2 = a2 (1 + m2)
2
5 k 9
4 1 1 16 k = 0, k = 10
5
If k = 0 then c
4
3/ 4 1 3 4
and the point of contact is , or, is ,
5/4 5/4 5 5
THE CIRCLE
24 QUIZRR
3 4 8 6
Now with reference to old origin this point will be 1, 2 or will be ,
5 5 5 5
Alternatively we can proceed as follows. For intersection of line and circle
2
3x k 3x k
x2 2x 4 40
4 4
25x2 ă (6k + 80)x + (k + 8)2 = 0
3 k 40 (8 k 80)( 2 k)
=
25
In case the line happens to be tangent we must have only one value of x.
Discriminant of the quadratic = 0
k = 0, k = ă 10
Illustration 1 8
Show that the line 3x ă 4y ă c = 0 will meet the circle having centre at (2, 4) and the radius
5 in real and distinct points if ă 35 < c < 15.
Solution :
Given line is 3x ă 4y ă c = 0 ...(i)
Centre of given circle circle is (2, 4) and its radius is 5, therefore its equation will be
(x ă 2)2 + (y ă 4)2 = 52
or x2 + y2 ă 4x ă 8y ă 5 = 0 ...(ii)
1
From (i), y 3 x c . Putting the value of y in (ii), we get
4
1 1
x2 3 x c 2 4 x 8 3 x c 5 0
16 4
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 25
20 400 2100 20 50
c 35,15
2 2
+ve ă35 ăve 15 +ve
TANGENT
In Geometry the tangent at any point of a circle is defined to be a straight line which meets the
circle there, but, being produced, does not cut it; this tangent is shown to be always perpendicular
to the radius drawn from the centre to the point of contact.
xx1 + yy1 = a 2
Note : For equation of tangent of circle at (x1, y1), substitute xx1 for x2, yy1 for x2, yy1 for
x x1 y y1 xy1 x1 y
y2 , for x, for y and for xy and keep the constant as such
2 2 2
THE CIRCLE
26 QUIZRR
Note : The equation of the tangent to the circle (x ă a)2 + (y ă b)2 = r2 at the point (a + r cos
, b + r sin ) is
(x ă a) cos + (y ă b) sin = r.
am a
co-ordinates of the point of contact are ,
(1 m2 ) (1 m2 )
Illustration 1 9
Find the condition that the straight line lx + my + n = 0 may touch circle x 2 + y2 = a 2 and
also find the co-ordinates of the point of contact.
Solution :
given line is lx + my + n = 0 ...(1)
2 2 2
and given circle is x + y = a ...(2)
line (1) will touch the circle (2) if the length of the perpendicular from its centre (0, 0) to line (1)
= radius of circle (2)
l.0 m.0 n
a
i.e. if
l2 m2
Second part :
Let line (1) be tangent to circle (2) at (, ).
Now equation of the tangent to circle (2) at (, ) is x + y ă a2 = 0 ...(3)
Since (1) and (3) are equations of the same straight line, therefore comparing the coefficients, we
get
a2
l m n
i ii iii
la 2 ma 2
From (i) and (iii), and from (ii) and (iii),
n n
la2 ma 2
Thus point of contact of line (1) and circle (2) is n , n
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 27
la2 ma 2
Note : Condition for tangency can be obtained by putting x , y in the equation
n n
of the circle because point of contact lies on the circle.
Illustration 20
Prove that the tangent to the circle x 2 + y2 = 5 at the point (1, ă 2) also touches the circle
x 2 + y2 ă 8x + 6y + 20 = 0 and find its point of contact.
Solution :
Given circles are x2 + y2 = 5 ...(1)
2 2
and x + y ă 8x + 6y + 20 = 0 ...(2)
Given point is (1, ă 2).
Now equation of the tangent to circle (1), at (1, ă 2) will be
x . 1 + y(ă 2) ă 5 = 0 or x ă 2y ă 5 = 0 ...(3)
Centre of circle (2) is C (4, ă 3) and its radius is 5
Now length of the perpendicular from C(4, ă 3) to line (3)
4 2 3 5 5
= 5 = radius of circle (2)
5 5
Second part :
Let (, ) be the point of contact of line (3) and circle (2).
Now equation of the tangent to circle (2) at (, ) is
x y
x y 8 6 20 0
2 2
4 3 4 3 20
1 2 5
i ii iii
THE CIRCLE
28 QUIZRR
Illustration 21
Prove that the equation x 2 + y2 ă 2x ă 2 y ă 8 = 0, where is a parameter, represents a family
of circles passing through two fixed points A and B on the x-axis. Also find the equation of
that circle of the family, the tangents to which at A and B meet on the line x + 2y + 5 = 0
Solution :
Given equation of the family of circles is
x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 2y ă 8 = 0 ...(1)
It can be written as x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 8 ă 2y = 0 ...(2)
Clearly (2) is the equation of circles passing through the point of intersection of circle
x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 8 = 0
and the line y = 0 ...(3)
2
Putting y = 0 in (2), we get x ă 2x ă 8 = 0 x = 4, ă 2
Let A (4, 0) and B (ă 2, 0). Thus (1) represents a family of circles passing through two fixed
points A (4, 0) and B (ă 2, 0) on the x-axis.
Now equation of tangents to circle (1) at (4, 0) and B (ă 2, 0) are
4x + y.0 ă (x + 4) ă (y + 0) ă 8 = 0 or 3x ă y ă 12 = 0 ...(4)
and ă 2x + y.0 ă (x ă 2) ă (y + 0) ă 8 = or ă 3x ă y ă 6 = 0 ...(5)
9
Solving (4) and (5), we get x = 1, y
9
If 1, lies on line x + 2y + 5 = 0
18
then 1 5 0 or = 3
Putting the value of in (1), we have the equation of the required circle as
x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 6y ă 8 = 0
Illustration 22
Find the equations of the tangents to the circle x 2 + y2 = 9, which
(i) are parallel to the line 3x + 4y ă 5 = 0
(ii) are perpendicular to the line 2x + 3y + 7 = 0
(iii) make an angle of 60Ĉ with the x-axis.
Solution :
3
(i) Slope of 3x + 4y ă 5 = 0 is
4
3
Let m
4
and equation of circle is x2 + y2 = 9
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 29
3 3
2
Equations of tangents y x 3 1
4 4
4y = ă 3x 15
or 3x + 4y 15 = 0
2
(ii) slope of 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 is
3
3
Slope of perpendicular to 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 is m (say)
2
and given circle is x2 + y2 = 9
Equations of tangents perpendicular to 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 is
2
3 3
y x3 1
2 2
2 y 3 x 3 13
or 3 x 2 y 3 13 0
(iii) Since tangent make an angle 60Ĉ with the x-axis
m tan60 3
and given circle x2 + y2 = 9
3
2
Equation of tangents y 3 x 3 1
or 3x y 6 0
Alternative Method
(i) Let tangent parallel to 3x + 4y ă 5 = 0 is
3x + 4y + = 0 ...(1)
2 2
and circle x + y = 9
then perpendicular distance from (0, 0) on (2) = radius
3
(3 4 2 )
2
or || = 15
= 15
From (1), equations of tangents are
3x + 4y 15 = 0
THE CIRCLE
30 QUIZRR
(ii) Let tangent perpendicular to 2x + 3y + 7 = 0 is
3x ă 2y + = 0 ...(2)
2 2
and circle x + y = 9
then perpendicular distance from (0, 0) on (2) = radius
3
32 ( 2)2
or 3 13
or 3 13
y 3x c ...(3)
or 3x ă y + c = 0
and circle x2 + y2 = 9
then perpendicular distance from (0, 0) to (3) = radius
c
3
(3)2 ( 1)2
or |c| = 6
or c = 6
5. Length of Tangent
I. The length of the tangent drawn from a given external point (x 1, y1) to the circle
Proof :
Equation of given circle is x2 + y2 = a2 ...(1)
Its centre is C (0, 0) and radius is a. Let P (x1, y1) be the given point. From P let PT be a tangent
to the circle touching the circle at T. Then PT will be the length of the tangent. Join C, P and
C, T since PT CT hence from right angled CTP, CT2 + PT2 = CP2
or PT2 = CP2 ă CT2 ...(1)
But CT = the radius of the circle = a
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 31
C
or PT x12 y12 a 2 (0,0)
This is the required length of the tangent drawn from an external point (x1, y1) to circle (1).
II. The length of the tangent drawn from a given external point (x1, y1) to the circle
and CP2 = (x1 ă (ă g)}2 + {y1 ă (ă f)}2 = (x1 + g)2 + (y1 + f)2
This is the required length of the tangent drawn from an external point (x1, y1) to the given
circle (1).
Tip : If S 0 is the equation of given circle and s1 0 is the equation achieved by butting
(x, y1) in s, then the length o tangent from (x1 y1) is given by S1 .
THE CIRCLE
32 QUIZRR
Illustration 23
If the length of tangent from (f, g) to the circle x 2 + y2 = 6 be twice the length of the tangent
from (f, g) to circle x 2 + y2 + 3x + 3y = 0 then will f 2 + g 2 + 4f + 4g + 2 = 0 ?
Solution :
According to the question
( g 2 f 2 6) 2 ( f 2 g 2 3 f 3 g)
Illustration 24
Let 2x 2 + y2 ă 3xy = 0 be the equation of a pair of tangents drawn from origin O to a circle
of radius 3 with centre in the first quadrant. If A is one of the points of contact find the
length of OA.
Solution :
The given equation represents lines y = x and y = 2x
if 2 is the angle between them
21 1 2 tan
tan 2
1 2 3 1 tan 2 tan 3 10
3
tan 3 10 only. Now OA = 3 cot = 3 10
Illustration 25
Tangents PA and PB are drawn from P (ă 1, 2) to the circle x 2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y + 2 = 0
(i) Find the lengths PA (or PB)
(ii) Find the area of PAB
(iii) Find the equation of PA and PB A
Solution :
(i) PA2 or PB2
(ă1,2) P M
= value of circles equation for x = ă 1 and y = 2
= 1 + 4 + 2 ă 8 = 1 PA = PB = 1
B
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 33
2 1 1 1
Now PM = distance of P (ă 1, 2) from AB =
2 02 2 2
2 2 1 3
AM = PA PM 1
4 2
1 3 1 3
Area of PAB = base. height = square units.
2 2 2 4
2m2m 2 2
3 4m = 3m + 3 m 3
2
1m
6 c2 3 c1 3, ă 4 = c2 ă c1, 1 = c1 c2
Illustration 26
AB is a diameter of a circle. CD is a chord parallel to AB and 2 CD = AB. The tangent at
B meets the line AC produced at E. Prove that AE = 2AB.
THE CIRCLE
34 QUIZRR
Solution :
Let O be the centre of the circle which is taken as the origin. Let a be the radius of the circle.
Now A (ă a, 0), B (a, 0) E
Since CD || AB and 2CD = AB
CD AB 2a
Also CL = a/2
2 4 4
In OLC
a, 3a a , 3a
2 2 C D
aL 2 2
2 a22 2 3a 2
OL OC CL a a 3a
4 2 2 B
A X
(a,0)
a O a (a,0)
a 3 a 3
C , a , D , a
2 2 2 2
Now equation of circle is x2 + y2 = a2 ...(1)
and equation of tangent at B(a, 0) is
xa + y.0 = a2 or x= a ...(2)
3
a 0
Equ. of AC is y ă 0 = 2
a
x a or y x x a ...(3)
a
2
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 35
1 1. Director circle
The locus of the point of intersection of two perpendicular tangents to a given conic is known as
its director circle.
The equation of the director circle of the circle x2 + y2 = a2 is x 2 + y2 = 2a 2
x´ a2
i.e. y x
y´ y´
The equation to the straight line passing through (x´, y´) perpendicular to this tangent is,
y ă y´ = m (x ă x´)
x´
Where m 1
y´
y´
i.e., m
x´
The required equation is therefore
y´
y y´ x x´
x´
i.e., x´y ă xy´ = 0
THE CIRCLE
36 QUIZRR
Similary you can find the equation of normal to the general form of circle.
Note : The equation of normal to circle x2 + y2 = a2 will always poss through centre and thus will
be of the form y = mx
Illustration 27
Find the equation of the normal to the circle x 2 + y2 = 2x, which is parallel to the line
x + 2y = 3.
Solution :
Given circle is x2 + y2 ă 2x = 0
Centre of given circle is (1, 0)
Since normal is parallel to x + 2y = 3
let the equation of normal is x + 2y =
Since normal passes through the centre of the circle i.e., (1, 0)
then 1 + 0 =l
= 1
then equation of normal is x + 2y = 1
or x + 2y ă 1 = 0
Alternative Method :
Equation of normoal at (x1, y1) of x2 + y2 ă 2x = 0 is
x x1 y y1
x1 1 y1 0
y1
or slope = x 1 m1 (say)
1
1
Slope = m2 (say)
2
but given m1 = m2
y1 1
x1 1 2
or x1 + 2y1 ă 1 = 0
locus of (x1, y1) is x + 2y ă 1 = 0
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 37
T = S1
THE CIRCLE
38 QUIZRR
x1 g
Now equation of chord PQ is y y1 y f ( x x1 )
1
xx1 + yy1 + g(x + x1) + f(y + y1) + c = x12 + y12 + 2gx1 + 2fy1 + c
This is the required equation of the chord PQ whose mid-point is (x1, y1).
Note : This equation can be written as T = S1,
C1 M C2
S1=0 S2=0
Q
S1 ă S2 = 0
C1 C2
= 2 {(C1 P)2 C1 M 2 } M
S´=0
S=0 Q
where C1P = radius of the circle S = 0
and C1M = length of perpendicular from C1 on common chord PQ.
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 39
Illustration 28
9 9 A
=
22 42 20
C1
81 99 M
AM = C2 A 2 C2 M2 9 C2
(0,0)
20 2 5 B
99
Length of common chord = 2AM =
5
Illustration 29
Tangents are drawn at those points of the circle x 2 + y2 ă 9 = 0 where it is intersected by
the circle x 2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y = 0. Find the intersection point of these tangents.
Solution :
Let the circles intersect at A and B and tangents to C1 are drawn at A and B which intersect at
P (, ) then the line AB has two status. At first it is a common chord of two circles and secondly
it is t he chor d of cont act when t angent s ar e dr awn fr om P (, ) to x2 + y2 ă 9 = 0
The lines 2x + 4y ă 9 = 0 and x + y ă 9 = 0 are coincident.
9
= 2, = 4
2 4 9
Illustration 30
Find the equation of the chord of x 2 + y2 ă 6x + 10y ă 9 = 0 which is bisected at (ă 2, 4).
Solution :
The equation of the required chord is
ă 2x + 4y ă 3 (x ă 2) + 5 (y + 4) ă 9 = 4 + 16 + 12 + 40 ă 9
ă 5x + 9y ă 46 = 0
or 5x ă 9y + 46 = 0
THE CIRCLE
40 QUIZRR
Illustration 31
Find the middle point of the chord intercepted on line lx + my + n = 0 by the circle
x 2 + y2 = a 2.
Solution :
Let (x1, y1) be the middle point of the chord intercepted by the circle x2 + y2 = a2, on the line
lx + my + n = 0. Then equation of the chord of the circle x2 + y2 = a2, whose middle points is
(x1, y1), is
x1 y1 x12 y12
= (say)
l m n
x1 = l
...(2)
y1 = m
n
=
l m2
2
nl mn
so from (2), x1 , y1
2 2
l m l m2
2
nl nm
Hence, the required point is 2 ,
l m
2
l2 m2
Illustration 32
Find the locus of middle points of chords of the circle x 2 + y2 = a 2, which subtend right angle
at the point (c , 0). Y
Solution : A
Let N (h, k) be the middle point of any chord
)
,k
(h
Y´
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 41
If through a point P (within or outside a circle) there be drawn any straight line to meet the circle
in Q and R, the locus of the point of intersection of the tangents at Q and R is called the polar
of P; also P is called the pole of the polar.
The equation to the polar of the point (x 1, y1) with respect to the circle x 2 + y2 = a 2.
T
R
xx1 + yy1 = a 2
In a similar manner it may be proved that the polar of (x1, y1) with respect to the circle.
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
is xx1 + yy1 + g(x + x1) + f(y + y1) + c = 0
THE CIRCLE
42 QUIZRR
Comparing equations (1) and (2), we have
x1 y a2
1
A B C
A 2 B
so that x1 a and y1 a 2
C C
The required pole is therefore, the point
A 2 B 2
C a , C a
2. Let the equation to the circle be
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
If (x1, y1) be the required pole, then (1) must be equivalent to the equation,
xx1 + yy1 + g(x + x1) + f(y + y1) + c = 0 ...(3)
i.e., x(x1 + g) + y(y1 + f) + gx1 + fy1 + c = 0
Comparing (1) with (3), we therefore, have
x1 g y1 f gx fy1 c
1
A B C
By solving these equations we have the values of x1 and y1.
If the polar of a point P pass through a point T, then the polar of T passes through P.
Let P and T be the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) respectively.
The polar of (x1, y1) with respect to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 is,
xx1 + yy1 = a2
This straight line passes through the point T if,
x2x1 + y2y1 = a2 ...(1)
Since the relation (1) is true, it follows that the point (x1, y1), i.e., P, lies on the straight line
xx2 + yy2 = a2, which is the polar of (x2, y2), i.e., T, with respect to the circle.
x y1
(i) In order to find the equation of the polar of point (x1, y1) in place of x and in place
2
of y in the equation of the circle.
(ii) If the pole of the given line lx + my + n = 0 with respect to the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy
+ c = 0 is to be obtained. Let the pole be (, ) and then compare the equation of this polar
and the equation of given line.
(iii) Two points are said to be conjugate to each other if the polar of one point w.r.t. the circle
passes through the other.
Also two lines are conjugate of each other w.r.t. a circle if pole of one line lies on the other.
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 43
Illustration 33
Find the equation of the polar of the point (2, ă 1) with respect to the circle x 2 + y2 ă 3x +
4y ă 8 = 0.
Solution :
Given circle is x2 + y2 ă 3x + 4y ă 8 = 0 ...(1)
Given point is (2, ă 1) let P (2, ă 1). Now equation of the polar of point P with respect to circle
(1) is
x 2 y 1
x.2 y 1 3 4 2 80
2
or 4x ă 2y ă 3x ă 6 + 4y ă 4 ă 16 = 0 or x + 2y ă 26 = 0
Illustration 34
Find the pole of the line 3x + 5y + 17 = 0 with respect to the circle x 2 + y2 + 4x + 6y + 9 = 0
Solution :
Given circle is x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y + 9 = 0 ...(1)
and given line is 3x + 5y + 17 = 0 ...(2)
Let P (, ) be the pole of line (2) with respect to circle (1).
Now equation of polar of point P(, ) with respect to circle (1) is
x + y + 2(x + ) + 3(y + ) + 9 = 0
or ( + 2)x + ( + 3)y + 2 + 3 + 9 = 0 ...(3)
Now lines (2) and (3) are same, therefore,
2 3 2 3 9
3 5 17
i ii iii
From (i) and (ii), we get 5 + 10 = 3 + 9 or 5 ă 3 = ă 1 ...(4)
From (i) and (iii), we get
17 + 34 = 6 + 9 + 27 or 11 ă 9 = ă 7 ...(5)
Solving (4) and (5), we get = 1, = 2
Hence required pole is (1, 2).
Illustration 35
Show that the polars of the point (1, ă 2) with respect to the circles x 2 + y2 + 2x + 8y + 5 =
0 and x 2 + y2 + 2x + 8y + 5 = 0 coincide. Prove also that there is another point, the polars
of which with respect to these circles are the same and find its co-ordinates.
Solution :
Given circles are
x2 + y2 + 6y + 5 = 0 ...(1)
and x2 + y2 + 2x + 8y + 5 = 0 ...(2)
Let P (1, 2)
Now polar of point P (1, ă 2) with respect to circle (1) is
x.1 + y(ă 2) + 3(y ă 2) + 5 = 0 or x + y ă 1 = 0 ...(3)
Again polar of point P (1, ă 2) with respect to circle (2) is
THE CIRCLE
44 QUIZRR
x.1 + y(ă 2) + x + 1 + 4(y ă 2) + 5 = 0
or 2x + 2y ă 2 = 0 or x+ yă1 = 0 ...(4)
From (3) and (4) it follows that the polars of point (1, ă 2) with respect to circles (1) and (2) are
same.
Second part :
Let Q(, ) be a point the polars of which with respect to circles (1) and (2) are same.
Now equation of polars of point P(, ) with respect to circles (1) and (2) are respectively.
x + y + 3(y + ) + 5 = 0 or x + ( + 3)y + 3 + 5 = 0 ...(5)
and x + y + (x + ) + 4(y + ) + 5 = 0
or ( + 1)x + ( + 4)y + + 4 + 5 = 0 ...(6)
Now equations (5) and (6) are identical
1 4 4 5
3 3 5
i ii iii
From (i) and (ii), we have
+ + 3 + 3 = + 4 or ă = 3 ...(7)
From (i) and (iii), we have
3 + 3 + 5 + 5 = 2 + 4 + 5
or 2 + ă 3 ă 5 = 0
or ( + 3)2 + ( + 3) ă 3 ă 5 = 0 [(from (7)]
or 22 + 6 + 4 = 0 or 2 + 3 + 2 = 0 = ă 1, ă 2.
From (7), when = ă 1, = 2 and when = ă 2, = 1.
Thus points are (2, ă 1) and (1, ă 2).
But given P is (1, ă 2), therefore, required point Q will be (2, ă 1).
Illustration 36
Let C be the centre of a circle. The lines L1 and L2 are the polars of points A and B
respectively with respect to the circle. Perpendiculars AM and BN are dropped from A to
the line L2 and from B to the line L1. Prove that CA : CB = AM : BN.
Solution :
Let the circle be x2 + y2 ă a2 = 0 ...(1)
A (x1, y1) and B (x2, y2)
Since C is the centre of circle (1)
C (0, 0)
Now Polars of A and B w.r.t. circle (1) are respectively
xx1 + yy1 ă a2 = 0 ... (2) and xx2 + yy2 ă a2 = 0 ...(3)
x1 x2 y1 y2 a2 x2 x1 y2 y1 a2 x12 y12 CA
AM
= = CB
BN x22 y22 x12 y12 x22 y22
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 45
1 7. Family of Circles
1. The equation of the family of circles passing
through the point of intersection of two given
circles S = 0 and S´ = 0 is given as S + S´ = 0
(where is a parameter, ă 1)
S=0 S´=0
S+S´=0
S+L=0
through the point of intersection of circle S = 0
and a line L = 0 is given as S + L = 0 (where
is a parameter)
S=0
L=0
S+L=0
of contact P is S + L = 0 (where is a
parameter)
S=0 L=0
x y 1 Q(x2,y2)
x1 y1 1 0
x 2 y2 1
(where is a parameter)
5. The equation of family of circles which touch y
ă y1 = m(x ă x1) at (x1, y1) for any finite m is
(x ă x1)2 + (y ă y1)2 + {(y ă y1) ă m(x ă x1)} (x1,y1)
= 0
and if m is infinite, the family of circles is
(x ă x1)2 + (y ă y1)2 + (x ă x1) = 0
(where is a parameter) yăy1=m(xăx1)
THE CIRCLE
46 QUIZRR
6. Equation of the circles given in diagram are
(x ă x1)(x ă x2) + (y ă y1) (y ă y2)
cot {(x ă x1) (y ă y2) ă (x ă x2) (y ă y1)} = 0
(x1, y1) (x2,y2)
Illustration 37
Find the equation of a circle which passes through the intersection of the circles x 2 + y2 ă
9 = 0, x 2 + y2 + 2x + 4y + 3 = 0 and also passes through (0, 0).
Solution :
The equation of the required circle must be of the form
x2 + y2 ă 9 + (x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y + 3) = 0
If this passes through (0, 0) we must have
ă 9 + 3 = 0 = 3
The required circle, is x + y ă 9 + 3(x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y + 3) = 0
2 2
or 2x2 + 2y2 ă 3x ă 6y = 0
Illustration 38
Find the equation of a circle which passes through the intersection of the circles x 2 + y2 ă
2x + 4y ă 3 = 0, x 2 + y2 ă 6x ă 8y + 5 = 0 and
(i) whose centre lies on y-axis
(ii) whose centre lies on the line 2x + y = 7
(iii) whose diameter is the common chord of given circles.
Solution :
The required circles must be of the form
x2 + y2 ă 2x + 4y ă 3 + (x2 + y2 ă 6x ă 8y + 5) = 0 ...(1)
which, on arranging becomes
(1 + )x2 + (1 + )2 ă 2 (1 + 3)x + 2 (2 ă 4)y + 5 ă 3 = 0
1 3 2 4 5 3
or x2 + y2 ă 2. 1 x 2. 1 y 1 0
1 3 4 2
The centre = ,
1 1
1 3
For part (i), we must have 1 0
1 1
. On putting at (1)
3 3
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 47
1 3 4 2 7
2 7
1 1 3
1 3 4 2
Now the centre , must lie on this common chord since common chord is the
1 1
diameter
1 3 4 2 7
3 20
1 1 13
Note : The student will determine easily that certain problems of this type will either lead to
indeterminate equations or equations which have no solutions. Let us discuss one case. Suppose
we want the equation of circles passing through the intersection of the circles x2 + y2 ă 9 = 0
and x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y = 0and passing through origin then on putting x = 0, y = 0 in
x2 + y2 ă 9 + (x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y) = 0 ...(1)
we get ă 9 = 0 does not exist.
But it can easily noticed that the second circle satisfies both the condition. (It passes through
origin and passes through the intersection of two given circles). Can we settle this paradox ?
Indeed the equation x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y = 0 can be obtained from (1) if = or else, from the
beginning itself we can take the family of the circles equation as
x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 4y + (x2 + y2 ă 9) = 0
which will yield = 0
Thus in all such complex situations we must re-do the problem and must observe intricacies of
the situation.
Illustration 39
Find the equation of a circle passing through the points (2, 0), (3, ă 1) and (2, 5).
Solution :
The equation of circles passing through first two points (2, 0) and (3, ă 1) may be taken as
x y 1
( x 2)( x 3) ( y 0)( y 1) 2 0 1 0
3 1 1
Or x2 + y2 ă 5x + y + 6 + (x + y ă 2) = 0
If this passes through (2, 5) we must have
4 + 25 ă 10 + 5 + 6 + 5 = 0 = ă 6
Thus the required circle is x2 + y2 ă 5x + y + 6 ă 6(x + y ă 2) = 0
x2 + y2 ă 11x ă 5y + 18 = 0
THE CIRCLE
48 QUIZRR
Illustration 40
Find the equation of circle passing through (2, 0) and (3, ă 1) and cutting a chord length
4 units on y-axis.
Solution :
From the equation x2 + y2 ă 5x + y + 6 + (x + y ă 2) = 0 we conclude that length of the chord
2
1
intercepted on y-axis = 2 6 2 (applying 2 f 2 c )
2
2
1
2 6 2 4
2
= 3, = ă 13
Thus one such circle is x2 + y2 ă 5x + y + 6 + 3(x + y ă 2) = 0
x2 + y2 ă 2x + 4y = 0
Illustration 41
Show that any chord that arises as an intersection of a circle through A (2, 0) and B
(3, ă 1) and the circle x 2 + y2 ă 2x + 6y ă 11 = 0 passes through a fixed point. Find the co-
ordinates of that point.
Solution :
Any circle through A (2, 0) and B (3, ă 1) is x2 + y2 ă 5x + y + 6 + (x + y ă 2) = 0
This will cut the circle x2 + y2 ă 2x + 6y ă 11 = 0 in a chord whose equation is
ă 3x ă 5y + 17 + (x + y ă 2) = 0
It is clear that these chords are concurrent at a point whose co-ordinates are given by
ă 3x ă 5y + 17 = 0, x + y ă 2 = 0
7 11
We easily get the fixed point as ,
2 2
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 49
Hence, O1O22 O1 P 2 O2 P 2 O1 O2
i.e., the square of the distance between the centres must be equal
to the sum of the squares of the radii.
Also the tangent frrom O2 to the other circle is equal to the radius a2, i.e., if two circles be
orthogonal the length of the tangent drawn from the centre of one circle to the second circle is
equal to the radius of the first.
Either of these two conditions will determine whether the circles are orthogonal.
The centres of the circles,
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 and x2 + y2 + 2g´x + 2f´y + c´ = 0
are the points (ă g, ă f) and (ă g´, ă f´); also the squares of their radii are
g2 + f2 ă c and g´2 + f´2 ă c´.
They therefore, cut orthogonally if
(ă g + g´)2 + (ă f + f´)2 = g2 + f2 ă c + g´2 + f´2 ă c´,
Illustration 42
Show that the circles x 2 + y2 ă 2x ă 6y ă 12 = 0 and x 2 + y2 + 6x + 4y ă 6 = 0 cut each other
orthogonally.
Solution :
Given circles are x2 + y2 ă 2x ă 6y ă 12 = 0 ...(1)
and x2 + y2 + 6x + 4y ă 6 = 0 ...(2)
x2 + y2 + 2g1x + 2f1y + c1 = 0
Here g = ă 1, f = ă 3, c = ă 12
and g1 = 3, f1 = 2, c1 = ă 6
THE CIRCLE
50 QUIZRR
Illustration 43
If S = 0 and S1 = 0 are the two circles with radii a and a 1 respectively. Show that the circles
S S1
intersect at right angles.
a a1
Solution :
Let A and B be the centre of the two circles. We take AB as x-axis and its middle point as the
origin. Let AB = 2k, then A (ă k, 0), B (k, 0).
A(ăk,O) O B(k,O)
Now the equation of the two circles are
S (x ă k)2 + y2 ă a2 = 0 and S1 (x + k)2 + y2 ă a12 = 0
S S1
Also 0 a1S aS1 = 0
a a1
a1 [( x k) y a ] a[( x k) y a1 ] 0
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
a1 [( x k) y a ] a[( x k) y a1 ] 0
(a a1 )( x y ) 2 kx ( a1 a) ( k aa1 )( a1 a) 0
2 2 2
2 2 2
(a1 a) ( x y ) 2 kx( a1 a) ( k aa1 )( a1 a) 0
2 a1 a
2
x y 2k
2
x k aa1 0 ... 1
a1 a
x2 y2 2 k a1 a
2
x k aa1 0 ... 2
a1 a
a1 a 2
Here g k, f1 0, c k aa1
a1 a
a a 2
and g1 1 k, f2 0, c1 k aa1
a1 a
S S1 S S1
Hence circles a a 0 and a a 0 intersect at right angles.
1 1
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 51
Illustration 44
Prove that the two circles which pass through the points (0, a ) and (0, ă a ) and touch the
line y = mx + c will cut orthogonally if c 2 = a 2(2 + m 2).
Solution :
Let a circle be x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + = 0 ...(1)
Since circle (1) passes through (0, a) and (0, ă a).
a2 + 2fa + = 0 and a2 ă 2fa + = 0
Solving these equations, we get f = 0, = ă a2
Since line mx ă y + c = 0 touches circle (1)
radius of the circle = length of the perpendicular from the centre (ă g, ă f) to the line.
mg f c
g2 f 2
1 m2
mg c
g 2 a2
[ f = 0 and = ă a2]
1 m2
Illustration 45
Find the angle between the circles
S : x 2 + y2 ă 4x + 6y + 11 = 0 and S´ : x 2 + y2 ă 2x + 8y + 13 = 0
Solution :
Centres and radii of circles S and S´ are
= (2 1)2 ( 3 4)2 2
THE CIRCLE
52 QUIZRR
If angle between the circles is , then
r12 r22 d 2
cos (180Ĉ ă ) = 2r1 r2
2 4 2 1
cos (180Ĉ ă ) =
2. 2.2 2
180Ĉ ă = 45Ĉ
= 135Ĉ
P(,) P(,)
Radical axis
B A
A B
Radicalaxis
and PB = 2 2 2 g2 2 f2 c2
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 53
f2 f1
slope of AB = m1 (say)
g2 g1
g1 g2 g g1
Its slope = 2 m2 (say)
f1 f2 f2 f1
since m1m2 = ă 1, hence radical axis is perpendicular to the line joining the centres.
THE CIRCLE
54 QUIZRR
Property II : The radical axis of three circles taken two at a time are concurrent.
Let the equation of the three circles be
S1 x2 + y2 + 2g1x + 2f1y + c1 = 0 ...(1)
S2 x2 + y2 + 2g2x + 2f2y + c2 = 0 ...(2)
2 2
S3 x + y + 2g3x + 2f3y + c3 = 0 ...(3)
Radical axis of circles (1) and (2), (2) and (3) and (3) and (1) are
S1 ă S2 = 2(g1 ă g2) x + 2(f1 ă f2) y + c1 ă c2 = 0 ...(4)
S2 ă S3 = 2(g2 ă g3) x + 2(f2 ă f3) y + c2 ă c3 = 0 ...(5)
and S3 ă S1 = 2(g3 ă g1) x + 2(f3 ă f1) y + c3 ă c1 = 0 ...(6)
Adding (4), (5) and (6) we see that L.H.S. is indentically zero, hence the three lines are concurrent.
Note : The point of intersection of these three radical axes is called the radical centre of the three
circles.
Property III : The radical axis of two circles bisects their common tangent.
Let AB be one of the common tangents meeting the radical axis at P, then since P lies on the
radical axis hence by definition of radical axis PA = PB.
Thus the radical axis bisects the common chord.
Property IV : If two circles cut a third circle orthogonally, then the radical axis of the two
circles will pass through the centre of the third circle.
Or
The locus of the centre of a circle cutting two given circles orthogonally is the radical axis
of the two circles.
Let the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 ...(1)
cut the circles
x2 + y2 + 2g1x + 2f1y + c1 = 0 ...(2)
and x2 + y2 + 2g2x + 2f2y + c2 = 0 ...(3)
orthogonally, then
2gg1 + 2ff1 = c + c1 ... (4) and 2gg2 + 2ff2 = c + c2 ...(5)
(4) ă (5), we get 2(g1 ă g2) g + 2(f1 ă f2) f = c1 ă c2 ...(6)
centre of circle (1) is (ă g, ă f). from (6) locus of (ă g, ă f) is
2(g1 ă g2) (ă x) + 2(f1 ă f2) (ă y) = c1 ă c2
or 2(g1 ă g2) x + 2(f1 ă f2) y + c1 ă c2 = 0 ...(7)
Clearly (7) is the radical axis of circles (2) and (3).
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 55
R adical Centre :
The point of concurrence of the radical axes of three circles whose centre are non-colliener, taken
in pair, is called the radical centre of circles
Illustration 46
Find the radical centre of three circles described on the three sides 4x ă 7y + 10 = 0, x + y
ă 5 = 0 and 7x + 4y ă 15 = 0 of a triangle as diameters.
Solution :
Since the radical centre of three circles described on the sides of a triangle as diameters is the
orthocentre of the triangle.
Radical centre = orthocentre
Given sides are 4x ă 7y + 10 = 0 ...(1)
x+ yă 5= 0 ...(2)
7x + 4y ă 15 = 0 ...(3)
Since lines (1) and (3) are perpendiculars the point of intersection of (1) and (3) is (1, 2), the
orthocentre of the triangle. Hence radical centre is (1, 2).
Definition : A system of circles is said to be coaxial when they have a common radical axis, i.e.,
when the radical axis of each pair of circles of the system is the same.
Some properties
1. Circles passing through two fixed points form a coaxial system of circles, because every pair
of circles has the same common chord and hence the same radical axis.
2. The equation x2 + y2 + 2gx + c, where g is variable and c is a constant, is the simplest
equation of a coaxial system of circles. The common radical axis of this system of circles is
y-axis.
THE CIRCLE
56 QUIZRR
To find the equation of a system of coaxial circles.
Since, the radical axis of any pair of the circle is perpendicular to the line joining their centres,
it follows that the centres of all the circles of a coaxial system must lie on a straight line which
is perpendicular to the radical axis.
Take the line of centres as the axis of x and the radical axis as the axis of y so that O is the origin.
The equation to any circle with its centre on the axis of x is
x2 + y2 ă 2gx + c = 0 ...(1)
Any point on the radical axis is (0, y1).
Since, this quantity is to be the same for all circles of the system it follows that c is the same for
all such circles; the different circles are therefore obtained by giving different values to g in the
equation (1).
The intersections of equation (1) with the radical axis are then obtained by putting x = 0 in
If c be negative, we have two real points of intersection. In such cases the circles are said to be
of the Intersecting Species.
If c be positive, we have two imaginary points of intersection.
Illustration 47
Find the equation of the system of circles co-axial with the circles
x 2 + y2 + 4x + 2y + 1 = 0
and x 2 + y2 ă 2x + 6y ă 6 = 0
Also, find the equation of that particular circle whose centre lies on the radical axis.
Solution :
Given circles are
S1 x2 + y2 + 4x + 2y + 1 = 0
and S2 x2 + y2 ă 2x + 6y ă 6 = 0
Radical axis is S1 ă S2 = 0 ...(1)
i.e., 6x ă 4y + 7 = 0
Now system of co-axial circle is
S1 + (S1 ă S2) = 0
2 2
(x + y + 4x + 2y + 1) + (6x ă 4y + 7) = 0
x + y2 + 2x (2 + 3) + 2y (1 ă 2) + 1 + 7= 0
2
...(2)
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 57
1
26
Substituting the value of in (2), the equation of circle is
3 2 7
x2 y2 2 x 2 2 y 1 26 1 26 0
26
26(x2 + y2) + 98x + 56y + 9 = 0
Illustration 48
If A, B, C be the centres of three co-axial circles and t1, t2, t3 be the lengths of the tangents
to from any point, prove that BC. t12 CA. t22 AB t32 0
Solution :
Let the equations of three circles are x2 + y2 + 2gix + c = 0, i = 1, 2, 3,
According to the question A (ă g1, 0), B (ă g2, 0), C (ă g3, 0)
Let any point be P (h, k)
t1 = h2 k2 2 g1 h c
t2 = h2 k2 2 g2 h c
t3 = h2 k2 2 g3 h c
BC = (g2 ă g3)
THE CIRCLE
58 QUIZRR
2 2. The Common Tangents of Two circles
Let C1 and C2 be two circles whose radii are r1 and r2 respectively. Let r1 > r2 and let d be the
distance between the centres C1 and C2. Five different cases arise.
C1 C2
T
Direct tangents
It is easy to observe by inspection that the necessary and sufficient condition for this case
is r1 ă r2 < d < r1 + r2
There will be two direct common tangents only. The length and the equation of tangents can
be found as in the last case.
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 59
C1C22 C1 M d 2 r1 r2
2 2
The length of direct common tangent = T1T2 = C2M =
The equation of common tangent T1T2 can be obtained by finding the co-ordinate of the
point P which is the point of intersection of T1T2 and C1C2 (produced). Note that
PC1 C1 T1 r1
PC2 C2 T2 r2
By external division formula P can be determined after which the common tangent T1T2 can
be found.
Now observe the following figure for length and equation of the transverse common tangents.
Let one of the transverse common tangent meet C1 at T1 and C2 at T2 and T1T2 is intersected
PC1 C1 T1 r1
by C1C2 at P. Then
PC2 C2 T2 r2
from which P can be determined easily if C1 and C2 are given. The length T1T2 = C2M where
M be the foot of the perpendicular from C2 to C1T1 produced.
THE CIRCLE
60 QUIZRR
Illustration 49
Determine the number of common tangents to the two circles
C1 : x 2 + y2 = 25, C2 : x 2 + y2 ă 4x + 6y + 4 = 0 and find their lengths.
Solution :
The centres are (0, 0), (2, 3) and radii are 5 and 3.
d 13, r1 5, r2 3
We can note that r1 ă r2 < d < r1 + r2
The circles intersect at two distinct real points.
There are two direct common tangents.
d 2 r1 r2 13 5 3 3 units
2 2
Their lengths =
Illustration 50
Find all the common tangents to the circles C1 : x 2 + y2 + 22x ă 4y ă 100 = 0 and C2 : x 2 + y2
ă 22x + 4y + 100 = 0. Find their lengths also.
Solution :
(C1 and C2 will also denote the centre of the two circles)
15 L
5
C (11 P
(ă11,2) ,ă C
2) 2
M
S
C1 P r1 15
3
C2 P r2 3
15 11 5 11 15 2 5 2
, i.e. P is (22, ă 4)
15 5 15 5
Any line through (22, ă 4) may be taken as y + 4 = m (x ă 22) or y ă mx + 4 + 22m = 0
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 61
S L
C C
P
N M
2 11m 4 22m 7 3
5 m ,
24 4
1 m2
7 3
The direct common tangents are y 4 ( x 22) and y 4 ( x 22)
24 4
or 7x ă 24y = 250 and 3x + 4y = 50 ...(1)
Again for transverse common tangents
C1 P r1 15
we note that common tangent NL is intersected by C1 C2 at P and
PC2 r2 5
15 11 5 11 15 2 5 2 11
P is , i.e. P is , 1
15 5 15 5 2
11 11
Now any line through , 1 may be taken as y + 1 = m x
2 2
24 4
As before we get m or
7 3
24 11 4 11
Transverse common tangents are y + 1 = x and y + 1 = x
7 2 3 2
Note : If we take one of the common tangents (1) and solve it with C1 and C2. The distance
between the points of contact will be the length of the direct common tangent. But the length
can be found without finding these points and without finding the equation of common
tangents. Indeed length of the direct
d 2 r1 r2 10
2
The length of the tranverse common tangent =
THE CIRCLE
62 QUIZRR
Illustration 51
Find the coordinates of the point at which the circles x 2 + y2 ă 4x ă 2y + 4 = 0 and x 2 + y2
ă 12x ă 8y + 36 = 0 touch each other. Also find the equation of common tangents touching
the circles in distinct points.
Solution :
I Circle II Circle
Centre A(2, 1) B (6, 4)
Radius r1 4 1 4 1 r2 36 16 36 4
AB = 16 + 9 25 5 1 4 r1 r2
1 P 4
Q A B(6,4)
(2,1)
+ 2,0
3
14 8
P, the point of contact, divides AB internally in the ratio 1 : 4 hence P is , and Q which
5 5
2
divides AB externally in the same ratio is , 0
3
The tangent from Q to the circle I will also be tangent to the circle II and hence will be a common
tangent touching the two circles in two distinct points.
If be the angle that this tangent (actually there are two) makes with AB, then
1 1 3
sin
AQ 16 5
1
9
3
tan
4
Now if ÂmÊ be the slope of one of the common tangents from Q, then
3
m
3
tan 4 slope of AB = 3
3
1m
4 4
4
16 m ă 12 = 12 + 9 m
24
7m = 24 m
7
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 63
3
m´
4 3
If ÂmÊ be the slope of the other common tangent 3 m´ = 0
4
1 m´
4
24 2
y0 x
7
and
3
7y = 24x ă 16 24x ă 7y ă 16 = 0
THE CIRCLE
64 QUIZRR
Illustration 1
Let a circle be given by 2x (x ă a ) + y (2y ă b) = 0 (a 0). Suppose it is possible to draw two
b
distinct chords from a , on the circle such that each is bisected by x-axis. Show that the
2
condition for this is a 2 > 2b 2.
Solution :
b
Let (, ) be the other ends of the chord drawn from P a, then as it bisected by a point on
2
x-axis we have P
b
b
0 2
2 2
b
Since , lies on the circle, we have O
2
b
2 ( ă a) ă (ă 2b) = 0 or 22 ă 2a + b2 = 0
2
For two distinct such chords this should yield two distinct real roots.
4a2 ă gb2 > 0 or a2 > 2b2
Illustration 2
Show that the circle circumscribing the triangle whose sides are
x cos + y sin = a sec + b sin
x cos b + y sin = a sec + b sin
x cos + y sin = a sec + b sin
passes through the points (0, b)
Solution :
The equation of a conic circumscribing the triangle must be of the form
(x cos + y sin ă a sec ă b sin )(x cos + y sin ă a sec ă b sin )
+ (x cos + y sin ă a sec ă b sin)(x cos + y sin ă a sec ă b sin )
+ ø (x cos + y sin ă a sec ă b sin )(x cos + y sin ă a sec ă b sin ) = 0 ...(i)
Since this represents a circle
coeff. of x2 = coeff. of y2 ...(ii)
coeff. of xy = 0 ...(iii)
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 65
(ii) cos cos + (cos cos ) + ø (cos cos ) = sin sin + (sin sin ) + ø (sin sin )
cos ( + ) + sin ( + ) + ø cos( + ) = 0 ...(iv)
(iii) sin ( + ) + sin ( + ) + ø sin( + ) = 0 ...(v)
Solving (iv) and (v) for and ø, we get
1
sin sin sin
sin sin
,
sin sin
sin sin
To prove (vii) it is difficult to show cos cos cos 0
sin sin
Illustration 3
Find the range of parameter Âa Ê for which the variable line y = 2x + a lies between the circles
x 2 + y2 ă 2x ă 2y + 1 = 0 and x 2 + y2 ă 16x ă 2y + 61 = 0 without intersecting or touching either
circle.
Solution :
The given circles are C1 : (x ă 1)2 + (y ă 1)2 = 1 and C2 : (x ă 8)2 + (y ă 1)2 = 4
The line y ă 2x ă a = 0 will lie between these circles if centre of the circles lie on opposite sides
of the line, i.e., (1 ă 2 ă a) (1 ă 16 ă a) < 0 a (ă 15, ă 1)
12a 1 16 a
Line will not touch or intersect the circles if, 1, 2
5 5
1 a 5, 15 a 2 5
a 5 1 or a 5, a 2 5 15 or a 2 5 15
On taking the intersection of these inequations the required values of a lie in the interval
2 5 15, 5 1
Illustration 4
Find the area of the quadrilateral formed by a pair of tangents from the point (4, 5) to the
circle x 2 + y2 ă 4x ă 2y ă 11 = 0 and a pair of its radii.
THE CIRCLE
66 QUIZRR
Solution :
Given circle is S x2 + y2 ă 4x ă 2y ă 11 = 0 ...(1)
Let C be its centre and a be its radius; then C (2, 1) and a = 4.
Let P (4, 5)
Now length of tangent PA or PB from P to circle (1)
A
= 42 52 4.4 2.5 11 2
and radius CA = 4
area of PAC P C
1 1
= PA.AC = 2.4 4
2 2
B
area of quadrilateral PACB
= 2 area of PAC = 8 square units.
Illustration 5
Prove that the circle x 2 + y2 ă 6x ă 4y + 9 = 0 bisects the circumference of the circle x 2 + y2
ă 8x ă 6y + 23 = 0
Solution :
Given circles are
S1 x2 + y2 ă 6x ă 4y + 9 = 0 ...(1)
2 2
and S2 x + y ă 8x ă 6y + 23 = 0 ...(2)
Equation of common chord of circles (1) and (2) which is also the radical axis of circles (1) and
(2) is
S1 ă S2 = 0
or 2x + 2y ă 14 = 0 or x + y ă 7 = 0 ...(3)
Centre of circle (2) is (4, 3)
Clearly line (3) passes through the point (4, 3) and hence line (3) is the diameter of circle (2).
Hence circle (1) bisects circumference of circle (2).
Illustration 6
One of the diameters of the circle circumscribing the rectangle ABCD is 4y = x + 7. If A and
B are the points (ă 3, 4) and (5, 4) respectively, find the area of the rectangle.
Solution : C
Given A (ă 3, 4) and B (5, 4) D
H 4y=x+7
Let P be the middle point of AB, then P (1, 4)
44 B
Equation of AB is y 4 ( x 3) or y = 4, clearly
35 P
A
(1,4)
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 67
AB is parallel to x-axis, therefore perpendicular bisector of AB will be parallel to y-axis and since
it passes through the point P (1, 4) therefore its equation will be x = 1. ...(1)
Also equation of one diameter of circle is 4y = x + 7 ...(2)
Solving (1) and (2), we get x = 1, y = 2
If H be the centre of the circle circumscribing the rectangle ABCD, then H (1, 2)
Illustration 7
C1 and C2 be two concentric circles. The radius of C2 being twice that of C1. From a point
P on C2 tangents PA and PB are drawn to C1. Prove that the centroid of the triangle PAB
lies on C1.
Solution :
Let the equations of C1 and C2 be
x2 + y2 = a2, x2 + y2 = 4a2 P
From any point P (2a cos , 2a sin ) tangents PA and PB are drawn then
A B
AB will be chord of contact whose equation must be
x. 2a cos + y. 2a sin = a2 or x cos + y sin = a/2 ...(i) C2
C1
If A be (x1, y1) and B be (x2, y2) must be roots of
2
a
x cos
x2 2 2
a (since A, B be points of intersection of AB
sin
and C1)
a2
x2 a cos x a 2 sin 2 0 x1 + x2 = a cos
4
2a cos x1 x2 2 a sin y1 y2
= , a cos , a sin
3 3
Which obviously lies on C1.
THE CIRCLE
68 QUIZRR
Illustration 8
Let S x 2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 be a given circle. Find the locus of foot of the drawn
from origin upon any any chord of S = 0 which subtend a right angle at the origin.
Solution :
Let AB be any arbitrary chord subtending 90Ĉ at origin whose equation is
y = mx + d ...(i)
Then equation of OA and OB can be obtained by homogenizing equation of S with the help of (i)
Thus equation of OA and OB is
2
y mx y mx y mx
x2 y2 2 gx 2 fy c 0 ...(ii)
d d d
90 M
2 gm cm2 2f c
1 2 1 2 0 ...(iii)
d d d d
Now equation of line to AB and passing through origin must be
1
y x ...(iv)
m
Since the point M whose locus is to be determined is point of intersection of OM and AB the
required locus must be eliminant of (i), (iv) and (iii). On solving (i) and (iv) for m and d,
x x2 y2
we get m and d
y y
2
x x y cy2
1 2g 2 c 1 2 f 0
x y2 x2 y2 x2 y2
2
x2 y2
c
which simplifies to x2 + y2 + gx + fy + = 0 (on multiplying by (x2 + y2)2).
2
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 69
Illustration 9
A circle touches the line y = x at P such that OP = 4 2 . The circle contains (ă 10, 2) in its
interior and the lengths of its chord on the line x + y = 0 is 6 2 . Determine the equation
of the circle.
Solution :
Let y = x cuts circle at A and B and M is the mid point of AB. Then if C be the centre of the circle
CPOM must be a rectangle.
(CMO = 90Ĉ, CPO = 90Ĉ, (y = x) (y = ă x)
CM = OP = 4 2
radius CA = CM 2 MA 2 (4 2) 2 (3 2) 2 5 2
k h
5 2 k ă h = 10 ...(i)
2
kh
4 2 k+ h = 8 ...(ii)
2
A
M
B
C P´
O
P
B´
In all, there are four possibilities in which equations (i) and (ii) can exist
k ă h k+ h Solution
Thus the only circle satisfying the condition of the problem is (x + 9)2 + (y + 1)2 = (5 2)2
THE CIRCLE
70 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 0
A ray is drawn from origin to cut the given circle x 2 + y2 = 2a x (a > 0) at B. From B equal
segments BM and BN of constant length b are laid of in either direction. As the ray revolves
the points M nd N describe a curve (limacon of Pascal). Find its equation.
Solution :
Let y = mx be any ray OB drawn from O then for B
2a 2am
we solve y = mx and x2 + y2 ă 2ax = 0. We easily get x 2
, y
1m 1 m2
Let us now put equation of OB in parametric from with respect to point B (since M and N are
situated at a distance b from B).
2 am 2a
Indeed equation of OB is y m
x
1 m2 1 m2
2a 2 am
x 2
y
1m 1 m2
or
1 / 1 m2 m / 1 m2
For the points M and N we can equate to b and the squared result will be satisfied by both M
2
2a b2
and N. Taking first expression equal to b and on squaring, we get x
1 m2 1 m2
But M and N satisfy the simple relation y = mx (since they lie on OB)
y
Therefore on putting m , we get a pure relation between abscissa and co-ordinates of M
x
2
2
x 2a b
(or N) as y2 y2
1 2 1 2
x x
which easily simplifies to (x2 + y2 ă 2ax)2 = b2 (x2 + y2) and which is the equation of limacon of
Pascal.
Illustration 1 1
Consider two circles C1 : x 2 + y2 = r12 and C2 : x 2 + y2 = r22 (r 2 > r 1). Let ÂAÊ be a fixed point
on the circle C1 say A (r 1, 0) and ÂBÊ a variable point on the circle C2. The line BA meets the
circle C2 again at C. Find
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 71
2k 2h r1
sin , cos 4k2 + (2h ă r1)2 = r22
r2 r2
2
r1 2 r22
Locus of ÂDÊ is, x y
2 4
Illustration 1 2
Prove that the square of the length of the tangent drawn from a point on one circle to
another circle is equal to twice the product of the perpendicular distance of that point from
the radical axis of the two circles and the distance between their centres.
Solution :
Without loss of generality, the equation of the two circles can be taken as
x2 + y2 = a2 and (x ă c)2 + y2 = b2
P(acos, asin)
M A
X
C1 (0,0) C2 (c,0)
(xăc)2 + y2 = b2
x2 + y2 = a2 B
Radical axis
THE CIRCLE
72 QUIZRR
Radical axis of the two circles is given by (x ă c)2 ă x2 ă b2 + a2 = 0 ...(1)
c2 a 2 b2
ă 2cx + c2 + a2 ă b2 = 0 x
2c
c 2 a2 b2 c2 a 2 b2 2ac cos
Also, PM a cos and C1C2 = c
2c 2c
c2 a2 b2 2ac cos
2 PM . C1C2 . c c2 a 2 b2 2 ac cos PA
2
c
Hence, (PA)2 = 2 (PM). (C1C2)
Illustration 1 3
Tangents are drawn from the point (h, k) to the circle x 2 + y2 = a 2. Prove that the area of
3
2 2 2 2
a (h k a )
the triangle formed by them and their chord of contact is
h 2 k2
Solution :
Given circle is x2 + y2 = a2 ...(1)
The equation of the chord of contact AB of tangents drawn from P(h, k) to the circle (1) is
xh + yk = a2 ...(2)
h2 k2 a2
Now PL ...(3)
h2 k2
..
Here h2 + k2 ă a2 > 0 . P(h, k) lies outside circle (1)
Also PA h2 k2 a 2 P(h,k)
...(4)
(h2 k2 a2 )2
2 2 2 2 2 2
AL = AP ă PL = (h + k ă a ) ă
h2 k2
A
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 L
( h k a )( h k ) ( h k a )
=
h2 k2 C
(0,0) B
(h2 k2 a 2 ) (h2 k2 h2 k2 a 2 )
AL
( h2 k2 )
THE CIRCLE
QUIZRR 73
1
a( h2 k2 a2 ) 2
= 1
2 2 2
(h k )
1
Now the area of APB = .AB.PL = AL.PL
2
1 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
a( h k a ) (h k a ) a (h k a )
= 1
. 1
h2 k2
( h2 k2 ) 2 ( h2 k2 ) 2
Illustration 1 4
Find the equation of a circle which is coaxial with the circles 2x 2 + 2y2 ă 2x + 6y ă 3 = 0 and
x 2 + y2 + 4x + 2y + 1 = 0. It is given that the centre of the circle to be determined lies on the
radical axis of these circles.
Solution :
Equation of the given circles are
3
S1 x2 + y2 ă x + 3y ă = 0 ...(1)
2
S2 x2 + y2 + 4x + 2y + 1 = 0 ...(2)
The radical axis of circles (1) and (2) is
5
S1 ă S2 = O or ă 5x + y ă = 0 or 10x ă 2y + 5 = 0 ...(3)
2
Required circle will have the equation of the form
x2 + y2 + 4x + 2y + 1 + k(10x ă 2y + 5) = 0
or x2 + y2 + 2(2 + 5k)x + 2(1 ă k)y + (1 + 5k) = 0 ...(4)
Its centre is (ă 2 ă 5k, k ă 1). From question it lies on line (3)
10(ă 2 ă 5k) ă 2(k ă 1) + 5 = 0; or ă 52k ă 13 = 0;
1
k
4
Putting the value of k in (4), we get
5 1 5
x2 + y2 + 2 2 x 2 1 y 1 4 0
4 4
3 5 1
or x2 + y2 + x y 0;
2 2 4
or 4(x2 + y2) + 6x + 10y ă 1 = 0 ...(5)
This is the required circle.
THE CIRCLE
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 3
Q.II. Q.I.
P(1, 3)
B(-6, 1.5)
F(5, 0)
x
G(-6, 0) 0 Q
E(, 2)
C(-4.5, -2) D(0, -3)
Q.III. Q.IV.
It is customary to enclose this pair of numbers in parentheses thus : (x, y) or in our specific case
(1, 3) and these numbers are called the coordinates of the point P. Since the figure OQPR is a
rectangle OQ = RP and OR = QP, so an alternate definition is possible, namely :
The x-coordinate of P is the directed distance of P from the y-axis,
The y-coordinate of P is the directed distance of P from the x-axis.
Note :
1. The ordinate of every point on x-axis is 0.
2. The abscissa of every point on y-axis is 0.
3. The abscissa and ordinate of the origin O(0, 0) are both zero.
4. The abscissa and ordinate of a point are at perpendicular distance from y-axis and x-axis
respectively.
5. Table for conversion sign of co-ordinates :
Location of point x-coordinate y-coordinate (x, y)
Ist quadrant + + (+, +)
2nd quadrant ă + (ă, +)
3rd quadrant ă ă (ă, ă)
4th quadrant + ă (+, ă)
6. Equation of x-axis, y = 0 and equation of y-axis, x = 0.
STRAIGHT LINE
4 QUIZRR
Po l a r Co -o r d i n a t e s o f a p o i n t
If OP = r (radius vector)
and XOP = (vectorial angle)
Then the ordered pair of real numbers (r, ) is called the polar co-ordinates of the point P.
Co n v e n t i o n o f s i g n o f p o l a r c o o r d i n a t e s
1. r may be positive or negative according as is measured P(r, )
in anticlockwise or clockwise direction. lies between ă r
to i.e., ă < . If it is greater than , then we
subtract 2 from it and if it is less than ă , then we add O X
2 to it. I is also known as principal value of P. (Pole) Initial line
5
Draw the polar co-ordinate 3, on the plane.
4
Solution :
5
Here = O
4 x
3
5 3 3 4
then ă 2 = 2
4 4
3, 5 or 3, 3
5 3 P 4 4
3, 4 is same 3, 4
Re l a t i o n b e t w e e n Ca r t e s i a n a n d Po l a r Co o r d i n a t e s
Let P be the point (x, y) with reference to rectangular axes OX, OY and the point (r, ) with
reference to the pole O and initial line OX. i.e., the X-axis.
we have x = r cos ; y = r sin
y
Hence tan and x2 + y2 = r2
x
These relations enable us to change from one system of coordinates to the other.
Y
y
= tană1
x
y P(x, y)
If = tană1
x
r
The values of in four quadrants y
Quadrant I II III IV
ă ă + ă
O x N X
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 5
Illustration 2
Find the polar co-ordinates of the points whose cartesian co-ordinates are (i) (ă 2, ă 2)
(ii) (ă 3, 4).
Solution :
(i) Given x = ă 2, y = ă 2
r = x 2
y2 4 4 = 2 2
1 x 2
and = tan tan1 tan1
y 2 4
3
4 4
3
Hence polar co-ordinates of the given points will be 2 2,
4
y 2
tan 1
x 2
(ii) Given x = ă 3, y = 4
r = ( x2 y2 ) (9 16) 5
y 4 4
and = tană1 tan 1 tan1
x 3 3
1 4
= ă = ă tan
3
1 4
Hence polar co-ordinates of the given points will be 5, tan .
3
STRAIGHT LINE
6 QUIZRR
Illustration 3
Transform the equation r 2 = a 2 cos 2
into cartesian form.
Solution :
1 y
r ( x2 y2 ) and tan x
y
or r2 = (x2 + y2) and tan
x
1 tan 2
r 2 a2 cos 2 a 2
Given 1 tan 2
y2
1
a 2 x2
or ( x2 y2 ) = y2
1
x2
2 x y2
2
then r2 = a 2 2
r r
or r4 = a2 (x2 + y2)
or (x2 + y2) = a2 (x2 + y2)
Di s t a n c e f o r m u l a
Let two points P1 and P2 be given in the plane. If we are given
y
the coordinates (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) of these points then it is
quite easy to compute the distance between the two points. Indeed P2(x2, y2)
if we draw a line segment joining the two points and then make
this segment the hypotenuse of a right triangle P1QP2 as d b
y P1(x1,y1)
indicated in by drawing suitable lines parallel to the axes, the
distance P1P2 can be computed by the Pythagorean Theorem. a Q(x2, y1)
x
x
P1P2 a2 b2
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 7
where a is the length of the line segment P1Q and b is the length of the line segment QP2.
Now along the line P1Q, the height above the x-axis does not change, so that a = |x|. Similarly
along the line PQ2 the x-coordinate does not change, so that b = |y|. In the case pictured in
Fig. 4, both x and y are positive, but in other cases they may not be, so the absolute value signs
are necessary.
The distance between the points P1 (x1, y1) and P2 (x2, y2) is given by
d x2 y2 x2 x1 2 y2 y1 .
2
given two points in the plane, the distance between them does not depend on the letter assigned,
so that either could be called P1 and the other one P2. Thus, either logically, or by inspection of
above equation, the quantity d is unchanged if the subscripts 1 and 2 are interchanged.
Illustration 4
Find the distance between (ă 3, 7) and (2, ă 5).
Solution : y
Therefore
x = x2 ă x1 = 2 ă (ă 3) = 5
y = y2 ă y1 = ă 5 ă 7 = ă 12 O x
52 12 25 144
2
d =
Illustration 5
A point P (x, y) moves so that it is always the same distance from A (4, 1) and B (2, 3). Find
a simple equation that the coordinates (x, y) must satisfy.
Solution :
PA ( x 4) 2 ( y 1)2 , PB ( x 2) 2 ( x 3)2
STRAIGHT LINE
8 QUIZRR
Illustration 6
Find the distance between the points (a cos , a sin ) and (a cos , a sin ) where a > 0.
Solution :
Let P = (a cos , a sin ) and Q (a cos , a sin )
=
a2 (cos cos )2 (sin sin ) 2
=
a2 cos2 cos2 2 cos cos sin 2 sin 2 2sin sin
= a 2 2 2cos
= 2a2 1 cos
2 2
= 2 a .2sin
2
= 4 a 2 sin 2
2
= 2 sin
2
= 2a sin ( a > 0)
2
Illustration 7
An equilateral triangle has one vertex at the point (0, 0) and another at 3, 3 . Find the
co-ordinates of the third vertex.
Solution :
Let O = (0, 0) and A = 3, 3 be the given points and let B = (x, y) be the required point. Then
OA = OB = AB
(OA)2 = (OB)2 = (AB)2
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 9
Y
2
(3 ă 0)2 + 30 = (x ă 0)2 + (y ă 0)2
(x,y)B
y 3
2
= (x ă 3)2 +
A(3 3)
2 2 2 2
12 = x + y = x + y ă 6x ă 2 3y + 12
Taking first two members then X´ X
O
x2 + y2 = 12 ...(1) (0,0)
and taking last two members then
Y´ B(x,y)
6 x 2 3 y 12 or y 3 2 x ...(2)
From (1) and (2), we get
x2 + 3 (2 ă x)2 = 12 or 4x2 ă 12x = 0
x = 0, 3
Putting x = 0, 3 in (2), we get y 2 3, 3
Di s t a n c e b e t w e e n t w o p o i n t s i n p o l a r c o -o r d i n a t e s :
Let O be the pole and OX be the initial line. Let A and B be two given points whose polar co-
ordinates are (r1, 1) and (r2, 2) respectively.
Then OA = r , AOX = , B(r2,2)
1 1
OB = r2, BOX = 2
AOB = 2 ă 1
A(r1,1)
From AOB,
2
AB2 = OA2 + OB2 ă 2OA.OBcos AOB
1
= r12 r22 2r1 r2 cos 2 1 O X
STRAIGHT LINE
10 QUIZRR
Illustration 8
Prove the points (0, 0), 3, and 3, are the vertices of an equilaterial triangle.
2 6
Solution :
Let A = (0, 0), B = 3, and C = 3,
2 6
Here given co-ordinates are in polar form
AB = (02 32 2.0.3cos 0 3 units
2
2 2
BC = 3 3 2.3.3cos
2 6
= 18 18 sin (18 9) 3 units
6
2 2
and CA = 3 0 2.3.0 cos 0 3 units
6
AB BC CA
Hence points A, B, C are the vertices of an equilateral triangle.
Alterenative Method :
BAX =
2
and CAX =
6
B 3,
2
BAC =
2 6 3
In ABC, AB = AC
ACB = ABC = (say)
C 3, 6
3
3
= /3
3
/6
X
or = A(0, 0)
3
Hence AB BC CA
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 11
Se c t i o n Fo r m u l a
It is divided into two parts, for point P (x, y) dividing the 2 points A (x1, y1) & B (x2 y2) internally
or externally.
(i) When P divides AB internally
let the point P divide the line joining the points A & B in the ratio m : n
AP m
n B
PB n (x2 y2)
Then the coordinates of point P
mx2 nx1 P
x= m
mn
A
my2 ny1 (x1, y1)
y=
mn
Tip : To remember the formula, multiply m with the coordinates of the point opposite to it,
i.e. here with B, and similarly n with A.
AP m P(x,y)
n
PB n
m
then the coordinates of P are
B(x,y)
mx2 nx1
x=
mn
A(x,y)
my2 ny1
y= mn
Note : Using the same formula we can say that the mid point of AB will be
x1 x2 y1 y2
,
2 2
Wo r k i n g r u l e
(i) If you have to find the ratio in which a point divides the line segment, let the ratio be m
: n (i.e. you take for granted that it is an internal division). But if you get a negative ratio
then that means that the division is external.
(ii) Instead of taking the ratio to be m : n, we will take it to be : 1. The advantage in the later
case is that it has only one new variable against to 2 new variables m, n in previous case.
Here also, if > 0, internal division
< 0, external division
STRAIGHT LINE
12 QUIZRR
y1
l The line joining the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is divided by the x-axis in the ratio y and
2
x1
by y-axis in the ratio x .
2
Illustration 9
Find the length of median through A of a triangle whose vertices are A (ă 1, 3), B (1, ă 1)
and C (5, 1).
Solution :
Let D be the mid point of BC, then
1 5 1 1 A
co-ordinates of D are , i.e., (3, 0)
2 2 (ă1,3)
C(5,1)
= 16 9 25 B(1,1)
= 5 units
Illustration 1 0
Find the ratio in which the point (2, y) divides the line segment joining (4, 3) and (6, 3) and
hence find the value of y.
Solution :
Let point P (2, y) divided points A (4, 3) & B (6, 3) internally in the ratio : 1.
6 4
Then, 2
1
1
2
Since is negative, it means that this is a case of external division opposed to what we have
thought.
Now finding the value of y, taking external division
3
3
3 3 2 3
y
1 1
1 /2
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 13
Illustration 1 1
In any triangle, ABC prove that :
AB2 + AC2 = 2(AD2 + DC2)
where D is the middle point of BC.
Solution :
Take B as origin, BC as the axis of x and a line through B perpendicular to BC as the axis of y.
Let BC = a, so that C is the point (a, 0) and let A be the point (x1, y1).
a
Then D is the point , 0
2
2 2
a 2 a
Hence AD2 = x1 y1 and DC2 =
2 2
2 2 a2
Hence, 2 2
2(AD + DC ) = 2 x1 y1 ax1
2
Illustration 1 2
ABC is a triangle and D, E and F are the middle points of the sides BC, CA and AB; prove
that the point which divides AD internally in the ratio 2 : 1 also divides the lines BE and
CF in the same ratio.
Hence prove that the medians of a triangle meet in a point.
Solution :
Let the coordinates of the vertices A, B and C be (x1, y1), (x2, y2) and (x3, y3) respectively.
The coordinates of D are therefore,
x2 x3 y2 y3
and
2 2
Let G be the point that divides internally AD in the ratio 2 : 1, let its coordinates be x and y .
By the last article
STRAIGHT LINE
14 QUIZRR
x2 x3
2 1 x1
2 x x2 x3
x = 1
21 3
y1 y2 y3
So, y =
3
In the same manner we could show that these are the coordinates of the points that divide BE
and BE and CF in the ratio 2 : 1.
Since, the point whose coordinates are :
x1 x2 x3 y1 y2 y3
and
3 3
lies on each of the lines AD, BE and CF, it follows that these three lines meet in a point.
This point is called the Centroid of the triangle.
Illustration 1 3
The line segment joining A (6, 3) to B (ă 1, ă 4) is doubled in length by having its length
added to each end. Find the co-ordinates of the new ends.
P(x1,y1)
Solution :
Let P and Q be the required new ends
Let the co-ordinates of P be (x1, y1) A(6,3)
Given AB = 2AP
AB 2 B(ă1, ă4))
=
AP 1
i.e., A divides BP internally in the ratio 2 : 1.
Q(x2,y2)
2 x1 1 1 19
Then 6 = 19 = 2x1 or x1 =
21 2
2 y1 1 4 13
and 3 = 13 = 2y1 or y1 =
21 2
19 13
Co-ordinates of P are ,
2 2
Also let co-ordinates of Q be (x2, y2)
Given AB = 2BQ
AB 2
BQ 1
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 15
2 x2 1 6 9
Then ă 1 = 21
ă 9 = 2x2 or x2 =
2
2 y2 1 3 15
and ă 4 = 21
ă 15 = 2y2 or y2 =
2
9 15
Co-ordinates of Q are ,
2 2
Alternative Method :
AB = 2AP
AB 2
=
AP 1
AB 2
1 = 1
AP 1
AB + AP 3 BP 3
AP 1 AP 1
P divides AB externally in the ratio 1 : 3
1 ( 1) 3 6 19
Then x1 = 13
=
2
1 4 3 3 13
and y1 = =
13 2
19 13
Coordinates of P are ,
2 2
Also AB = 2BQ
AB 2
=
BQ 1
AB 2
1 = 1
BQ 1
AB + BQ 3
=
BQ 1
AQ 3
=
BQ 1
Q divides AB externally in the ratio 3 : 1
STRAIGHT LINE
16 QUIZRR
3 ( 1) 1 6 9
Then x2 = 31
=
2
3 4 1 3 15
and y2 = =
31 2
9 15
Co-ordinates of Q are ,
2 2
A r e a o f T ri a n g l e
To find the area of the triangle, the coordinates of whose angular points are given, the axes being
rectangular.
Let ABC be the triangle and let the coordinates of its angular points A, B and C be (x1, y1), (x2,
y2) and (x3, y3).
Draw AL, BM and CN perpendicular to the axis of x, and let Y
denote the required area.
Then,
C
1
ă LM (LA + MB) L
2 O N M X
1
= [(x3 ă x1)(y1 + y3) + (x2 ă x3)(x2 + y3) ă (x2 ă x1)(y1 + y2)]
2
On simplifying we easily have
1
= x1 y2 x2 y1 x2 y3 x3 y1 x1 y3
2
or the equivalent form,
= [x1(y2 ă y3) + x2(y3 ă y1) + x3(y1 ă y2)
If we use the determinant notation this may be written as
x1 , y1 , 1
1
x 2 , y2 , 1
2
x 3 y3 1
Cor. : The area of the triangle whose vertices are the origin (0, 0) and the points (x1, y1),
1
(x2, y2) is (x y ă x2 y1).
2 1 2
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 17
Note : In order that the expression for the area may be a positive quantity (as all areas necessarily
are) the points A, B and C must be taken in the order in which they would be met by a person
starting from A and walking round the triangle in such a manner that the area of the triangle
is always on his left hand. Otherwise above expression would be found to be negative. Thus in
general to find the area of a quadrilateral the coordinates of whose angular points are given.
1 x1 y1 x y x y x y
| 2 2 3 3 ...... n n |
2 x2 y2 x3 y3 x4 y4 x1 y1
Formula 2
If the co-ordinates of the vertices of the triangle are given in polar form i.e., A (r1, 1), B (r2, 2),
C (r3, 3) Y
Then area of triangle A(r1 ,1 )
1
= [r r sin (1 ă 2) + r2r3 sin (2 ă 3) + r3r1 sin (3 ă 1)]
2 1 2
1 B
= | r1 r2 sin 1 2 | (r2 ,2 ) C(r3,3 )
2 X
O
Formula 3
If a1x + b1y + c1 = 0, a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 and a3x + b3y + c3 = 0 are the sides of a triangle then
the area of the triangle is given by (without solving the vertices)
2
a1 b1 c1
1
a2 b2 c2
2 C1C2C3
a3 b3 c3
where C1, C2, C3 are the cofactors of c1, c2, c3 in the determinant
a2 b2
Here C1 = a b = (a2b3 ă a3b2)
3 3
a3 b3
C2 = a b = (a3b1 ă a1b3)
1 1
a1 b1
and C3 = a b = (a1b2 ă a2b1)
2 2
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2 c1C1 c2C2 c3C3
and
a3 b3 c3
Or
STRAIGHT LINE
18 QUIZRR
2
Area of triangle =
2 1 2 3
a1 b1 c1
a b a b a b
a2 b2 c2 , 1 1 1 , 2 2 2 and 3 3 3
where a2 b2 a3 b3 a1 b1
a3 b3 c3
Formula 4
Area of the triangle formed by the lines of the form y = m1x + c 1, y = m2x + c2 and y
= m3x + c3 is
1 c2 c3 c3 c1 c1 c2
2 2 2
2 m2 m3 m3 m1 m1 m2
Note :
1. If area of a triangle is given then use sign.
2. The points A (x 1, y1), B (x 2, y2) and C (x 3, y3) are collinear then area of (ABC) = 0.
3. Four given points will be collinear, if area of the quadrilateral is zero.
4. Area of the triangle formed by the points (x1, y1), (x2, y2) and (x3, y3) is
1 x1 x3 x2 x3
| |
2 y1 y3 y2 y3
1
x1 y2 x2 y1
2
Illustration 1 4
Find the area of the pentagon whose vertices are A (1, 1), B (7, 21), C (7, ă 3), D (12, 2) and
E (0, ă 3).
Solution :
The required area
1 1 1 7 21 12 2 0 3
= | |
2 7 21 7 3 0 3 1 1
1
= 21 7 21 147 14 36 36 0 0 3
2
1
= 137
2
137
= sq. units
2
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 19
Illustration 1 5
The area of a triangle is 5. Two of its vertices are (2, 1) and (3, ă 2). The third vertex is
(x, y) where y = x + 3. Find the co-ordinates of the third vertex. [I.I.T. 78]
Solution :
Let A = (x, y), B = (2, 1) and C = (3, ă 2). Given area of ABC = 5
1
[ x 1 2 2 2 y 3 y 1 ] 5
2
1
or 3 x y 7 5 or 3x y 7 10
2
or 3x + y ă 7 = 10
or 3x + y = 17 or ă 3
Case I : When 3x + y = 17 ...(i)
Also it is given that
y = x + 3 or x ă y = ă 3 ...(ii)
7 13
Solving (i) and (ii), we get x , y
2 2
Case II : When 3x + y = ă 3 ...(iii)
According to question x ă y = ă 3 ...(iv)
3 3
Solving (iii) and (iv), we get x , y
2 2
Hence co-ordinates of the third vertex are
7 13 3 3
2 , 2 or 2 , 2
Illustration 1 6
The co-ordinates of two points A and B are (3, 4) and (5, ă 2) respectively. Find the co-
ordinates of any point P if PA = PB and area of APB is 10.
Solution :
Let co-ordinates of P be (h, k)
PA = PB (PA)2 = (PB)2
(h ă 3)2 + (k ă 4)2 = (h ă 5)2 + (k + 2)2
(h ă 3)2 ă (h ă 5)2 + (k ă 4)2 ă (k + 2)2 = 0
(2h ă 8) (2) + (2k ă 2) (ă 6) = 0
(h ă 4) ă 3 (k ă 1) = 0
hă 3k ă 1 = 0 ...(1)
STRAIGHT LINE
20 QUIZRR
h k 1
1
| 3 4 1 | 10
Now, area of PAB = 2
5 2 1
or 6h + 2k ă 26 = 20
6h + 2k ă 46 = 0 or 6h + 2k ă 6 = 0
3h + k ă 23 = 0 or 3h + kă 3 = 0
Solving h ă 3k ă 1 = 0 and 3h + k ă 23 = 0, we get h = 8, k = 2
Solving h ă 3k ă 1 = 0 and 3h + k ă 3 = 0, we get h = 1, k = 0
Hence the co-ordinates of P are (7, 2) or (1, 0).
Illustration 1 7
Find whether the points (ă a, ă b), [ă (s + 1) a, ă (s + 1)b] and [(t ă 1) a, (t ă 1)b] are collinear ?
Solution :
Let A = (ă a ă b), B = [ă (s + 1) a, ă (s + 1) b] and C = ((t ă 1) a, (t ă 1)b)
s 1 b b b
Then slope of AB =
s 1 a a a
(t 1) b (s 1)b b
and slope of BC = (t 1) a (s 1) a a
Illustration 1 8
For what value of k the points (k, 2 ă 2k), (ă k + 1, 2k) and (ă 4 ă k, 6 ă 2k) are collinear ?
Solution :
Let A = (k, 2 ă 2k), B = (ă k + 1, 2k) and C = (ă 4 ă k, 6 ă 2k) are collinear then
Slope of AB = Slope of AC
2 k 2 2 k 6 2 k 2 2 k
k1 k 4 k k
4k 2 4 1
k 2 ( Denominator 0)
2k 1 4 2k
(4k ă 2) (ă 4 ă 2k) = 4 (ă 2k + 1)
(2k ă 1) (ă 2 ă k) ă (ă 2k + 1) = 0
(2k ă 1) (ă 2 ă k + 1) = 0
1
k k= ă 1
2
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 21
So m e I m p o r t a n t Po i n t s
(1) In order to make the calculations simple make suitable choice of the origin and the axes. But
this can be done only when co-ordinates of no point or equation of no curve is given in the
question.
(2) Use the following geometrical facts which ever is needed.
(a) a triangle is equilateral iff its all sides are equal.
(b) a triangle is isosceles iff its two sides are equal.
(c) A quadrilateral is a parallelogram
(i) iff opposite sides are equal.
(ii) iff diagonals bisect each other.
(d) A quadrilateral is a rectangle
(i) iff opposite sides are equal and one angle is a right angle.
(ii) iff opposite sides are equal and the diagonals are equal.
(e) a quadrilateral is a rhombus
(i) iff all the four sides are equal.
(ii) iff the diagonals bisect each other at right angles.
(iii) iff the diagonals bisect each other and two adjacent sides are equal.
(f) a quadrilateral is a square
(i) iff all the four sides are equal and the diagonals are equal.
(ii) iff all the four sides are equal and one angle is a right angle.
(g) (i) a rectangfle is a parallelogram whose diagonals are equal.
(ii) a square is a rhombus whose diagonals are equal.
(iii) a rhombus is a parallelogram whose adjacent sides are equal.
Illustration 1 9
Prove that the points (ă 4, ă 1), (ă 2, ă 4) and (2, 3) are the vertices of a rectangle.
Solution :
Let A = (ă 4, ă 1), B = (ă 2, ă 4), C = (4, 0) and D = (2, 3)
Now AB2 = (ă 4 + 2)2 + (ă 1 + 4)2 = 13 AB = 13
Ce n t ro i d o f a T ri a n g l e
Definition : The point of intersection of the medians of a triangle is called the centroid of the
triangle and it divides the median internally in the ratio 2 : 1.
STRAIGHT LINE
22 QUIZRR
Or
The co-ordinates of the centroid of the triangle whose vertices sasre (x1, y1), (x2, y2) and (x3, y3)
are
x1 x 2 x3 y1 y2 y3
,
3 3
The medians of a triangle are concurrent.
K ey point s :
1. Centroid of the triangle obtained by joining the middle points of the sides of a triangle is
the same as the centroid of the original triangle.
Or
If (a1, b1), (a2, b2) and (a3, b3) are the mid points of the sides of a triangle, then its centroid
is given by
a1 a2 a3 b1 b2 b3
,
3 3
2. If two vertices of a triangle are (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) and the co-ordinates of centroid are (,
) then co-ordinates of the third vertex are
(3 ă x1 ă x2, 3 ă y1 ă y2)
3. Accordiong to important theorem s ABC and DEF are similar
=
Area of DEF EF 2
4 a2 a3 b2 b3
2
4
2
=
a2 a3 b2
2
b
3
2
Illustration 20
The vertices of a triangle are (ă 1, 4) and (5,2). If its centroid is (0, ă 3), find the third vertex.
Solution :
Let the third vertex be (x, y) then the co-ordinates of the centroid of triangle are
1 5 x 4 2 y 4 x 6 y
, i.e., 3 , 3
3 3
4 x 6 y
Now, 3 , 3 0, 3
4x 6 y
= 0 and 3
3 3
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 23
4+ x = 0 and y+ 6 = ă 9
or x = ă 4 and y = ă 15
Hence the third vertex is (ă 4, ă 15).
Short Cut Method :
(x, y) = (3 ï 0 ă (ă 1) ă 5, 3 ï (ă 3) ă 4 ă 2) = (ă 4, ă 15)
Illustration 21
The vertices of a triangle are (1, a ), (2, b) and (c 2, ă 3)
(i) Prove that its centroid can not lie on the y-axis.
(ii) Find the condition that the centroid may lie on the x-axis.
Solution :
Centroid of the triangle is
1 2 c2 a b 3 3 c2 a b 3
G
i.e., 3
, ,
3 3 3
3 c2
0 c2 = ă 3
3
or ci 3
a b 3
(ii) G will lie on x axis then 0
3
a + b ă 3 = 0
or a + b = 3
Illustration 22
If G be the centroid of ABC, show that
AB2 + BC2 + CA2 = 3(GA2 + GB2 + GC2)
Solution :
We take B as the origin and BC and BY as the x and y axes respectively.
Let BC = a then
B = (0, 0) and C = (a, 0)
and let A = (h, k)
STRAIGHT LINE
24 QUIZRR
A(h,k)
h 0 a k 0 0 h a k
, , i.e., 3 , 3
3 3
G
Take ABC as in Ist quadrant (for the sake of exactness).
Now LHS = (AB)2 + (BC)2 + (CA)2 X´ X
B(0,0) C(a,0)
= (h ă 0)2 + (k ă 0)2 + a2 + (h ă a)2 + (k ă 0)2 Y´
2 2 2
= 2h + 2k ă 2ah + 2a ...(1)
RHS = 3 ((GA)2 + (GB)2 + (GC)2
a h
2
k
2
a h
2
k
2
a h
2
k
2
= 3
3 h k 0 + 0 a 0
3 3 3 3 3
=
3
9
( a 2h) 2 2 k a h k2 ( h 2 a)2 k2
2 2
=
1
3
6 a 2 6 h2 6 k2 6 ah
= 2h2 + 2k2 ă 2ah + 2a2 ...(2)
Hence from (1) and (2) we get
AB2 + BC2 + CA2 = 3 (GA2 + GB2 + GC2)
Inc en t re
Definition : The point of intersection of internal angle bisectors of triangle is called the incentre
of the triangle.
The co-ordinates of the incentre of a triangle whose vertices are A (x1, y1), B (x2, y2), C (x3, y3)
are
a x1 bx 2 cx 3 a y1 by2 cy3
,
a b c a b c
x1 x2 x3 y1 y2 y3
then incentre = , = centroid
3 3
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 25
Illustration 23
Find the co-ordinates of incentre of the triangle whose vertices are (4, ă 2), (ă 2, 4) and
(5, 5).
Solution :
Let A (4, ă 2), B (ă 2, 4) and C (5, 5) be the vertices of the given triangle. Then
a = BC = ( 2 5)2 (4 5) 2 = 50 = 5 2
b = CA = (5 4)2 (5 2)2 = 50 = 5 2
a C
and c = AB = (4 2)2 ( 2 4)2 = 72 = 6 2 (5, 5)
B
Let (x, y) be the co-ordinates of incentre of ABC. (ă2, 4)
Then b
c
ax1 bx2 cx3
x =
abc
A(4, ă2)
5 2 4 5 2 2 6 2 5
=
5 25 26 2
20 2 10 2 30 2 40 5
=
16 2 16 2
5 2 2 5 2 4 6 2 5 40 5
=
5 25 26 2 16 2
5 5
The co-ordinates of the incentre are ,
2 2
Illustration 24
3 3
If , 0 , , 6 and (ă 1, 6) are mid points of the sides of a triangle, then find (i) centroidof
2 2
the triangle, (ii) incentre of the triangle.
Solution :
Let A = (, ), then co-ordinates of B = (ă 2 ă , 12 ă ) and co-ordinates of C = (3 ă , 12 ă
3
). But mid point of BC is , 0
2
STRAIGHT LINE
26 QUIZRR
x1 x2 x3 y1 y2 y3
,
3 3
B D C
(ă1, 0) 3, 0 (4, 0)
1 1 4 12 0 0 2
or ,
3 3
2
i.e., 3, 4
(ii) Incentre : We have
a = BC = ( 1 4) 2 (0 0)2 = 5
b = CA = (4 1)2 (0 12)2 = 13
5 ( 1) 13 ( 1) 12 4 5 12 13 0 12 0
or ,
5 13 12 5 13 12
i.e., (1, 2)
So m e St a n d a r d Re s u l t s
(i) Excentres of a triangle : This is the point of intersection of the
1)
(x1 , y
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 27
when BC a, CA b and AB c
(ii) Circumcentre of a triangle : The circumcentre of a triangle is the point of intersection of the
perpendicular bisectors of the sides of a triangle (i.e., the lines through the mid point of a side
and perpendicular to it).
A(x1, y1)
F E
O
ax1 cos A bx2 cosB cx3 cosC ay1 cos A by2 cosB cy3 cosC
,
a cos A b cosB c cos C a cos A b cosB c cosC
where BC a, CA b and AB c
(iii) Orthocentre of a triangle : The orthocentre of a triangle is the point of intersection of altitudes
(i.e., the lines through the vertices and perpendicular to opposite sides). Its co-ordinates are
A(x1,y1)
F E
O
B(x2,y2) D C(x3,y3)
STRAIGHT LINE
28 QUIZRR
Or
ax1 sec A bx2 sec B cx3 sec C ay1 sec A by2 sec B cy3 sec C
,
a sec A b sec B c sec C a sec A b sec B c sec C
where BC a, CA b and AB c
1 : The orthocentre, the centroid and the circumcentre therefore all lie on a straight line.
2 : If O is orthocentre, G is centroid and C is circumcentre then to remember it see OGC G
divides O and C in the ratio 2 : 1 (internally).
Note :
1. The distance between the orthocentre and circumcentre in an equilateral triangle is zero.
2. The orthocentre of a triangle having vertices (, ), (, ) and (, ) is (, ).
3. If the circumcentre and centroid of a triangle are respectively (, ), (, ) then orthocentre
will be (3 ă 2, 3 ă 2).
Illustration 25
If a vertex of a triangle be (1, 1) and the middle points of two sides through it be (ă 2, 3) and
(5, 2) then find the centroid and the incentre of the triangle.
Solution :
Let co-ordinates of A be (1, 1) and mid-points of AB and AC are F and E are
F = (ă 2, 3) and E = (5, 2)
Hence co-ordinates of B and C are
(2 ï (ă 2) ă 1, 2 ï 3 ă 1) B(ă5, 5)
and (2 ï 2 ă (ă 5), 2 ï 4 ă 5)
i.e., B = (ă 5, 5) and C = (9, 3) respectively D(2, 4)
1 5 9 1 5 3 F
Then centroid is , C(9, 3)
3 3 (ă2,3)
E(5, 2)
5
i.e., 3 , 3 A(1, 1)
b = CA = (9 1)2 (3 1)2 = 68 2 17
and c = AB = (1 + 5) 2 (1 5)2 52 2 13
10 2 1 2 17 ( 5) 2 13 9 10 2 1 2 17 5 2 13 3
Then incentre is ,
10 2 2 17 2 13 10 2 2 17 2 13
5 2 5 17 9 13 5 2 5 17 3 13
i.e., ,
5 2 17 13 5 2 17 13
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 29
Illustration 26
3 3
If a triangle has its orthocentre at (1, 1) and circumcentre at , then find the centroid.
2 4
Solution :
Since centroid divides the orthocentre and circumcentre in the ratio 2 : 1 (internally) and if
centroiod G (x, y), then
2 1 3 3
O 1, 1 G x, y C ,
2 4
3
2 11
2 4
x=
21 3
3
2 11
4 5
and y=
21 6
4 5
Centroid is , is the mid point of orthocentre and circumcentre.
3 6
Illustration 27
4
In a triangle ABC with vertices A (1, 2), B (2, 3) and C (3, 1) and A = cosă1 , B= C
5
1
= cosă1 then find the circumcentre of the triangle ABC.
10
Solution :
1 4
Since A = cos
5
4 3
cos A = then sin A =
5 5
3 4 24
sin 2A = 2 sin A cos A = 2. .
5 5 25
1
and B = C = cosă1
10
1
then cos B = cos C =
10
STRAIGHT LINE
30 QUIZRR
1 3
then sin B = sin C = 1
10 10
3 1 3
sin 2B = 2 sin B cos B = 2. . sin 2C
10 10 5
let the circumcentre be (x, y) then
24 3 3
1 2 3
25 5 5 11
= 24 3 3 6
25 5 5
24 3 3
2 3 1
25 5 5 2
= 24 3 3
24 5 5
11
Hence co-ordinates of circumcentre are , 2 .
6
Illustration 28
If the co-ordinates of the mid points of the sides of a triangle are (1, 1), (2, ă 3) and (3, 4)
then find the excentre opposite to the vertex A.
Solution :
Let D (1, 1), E (2, ă 3) and F (3, 4) are the mid points of the sides of the triangle BC, CA and
AB respectively. Let A = (, )
then B = (6 ă , 8 ă ) B(2,8)
and C = (4 ă , ă 6 ă )
Also D is the mid point of B and C then
F(3,4)
64
1= = 4 (1,1)D A(4,0)
2
86 E(2,ă3)
and 1= = 0
2
A = (4, 0), B = (2, 8) and C = (0, ă 6) C(0,ă6)
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 31
(0 4)2 6 0
2
b = CA = = 52 = 2 13
and c = AB = 4 - 2 2 0 8 2 = 68 = 2 17
10 2 4 2 13 2 2 17 0 10 2 0 2 13 8 2 17 6
i.e., ,
10 2 2 13 2 17 10 2 2 13 2 17
20 2 2 13 8 13 6 17
or ,
5 2 13 17 5 2 13 17
Illustration 29
If G be the centroid and I be the incentre of the triangle with vertices a (ă 36, 7), B (20, 7)
25
and C (0, ă 8) and GI = 205 then find the value of .
3
Solution :
Co-ordinates of centroid are
36 20 0 7 7 8
G ,
3 3
16
or G ,2
3
STRAIGHT LINE
32 QUIZRR
25 (36) 39 20 56 0 25 7 39 7 56 8
I ,
25 39 56 25 39 56
i.e., I = (ă 1, 0)
2
16 2 205
GI = 3 1 (2 0)
3
25
but given GI = (205)
3
1 25
(205) = (205)
3 3
1
=
25
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 33
T H E ST RA I GH T L I N ES
Definition : A straight line defined as the curve which is such that the line segment joining any
two points on it lies wholly on it.
Note :
1. The number of arbitary constants in the equation of a straight line is two (we observe
three constants a, b and c in the equation ax + by + c = 0 of a straight line. The given
a b a
equation of line can be rewritten as x y 1 0 or px + qy + 1 = 0 where p
c
c
c
b
and q .
c
Thus we have only two arbitary constants p and q in the equation of a straight line).
Hence to completely determine the equation of a straight line, we require two conditions to
deteremine the two unknowns in general.
2. A straight line is briefly written as a Âline.Ê
3. The equation of a straight line is the relation between x and y, which is satisfied by the co-
ordinates of each and every point on the line.
The inclination of a line is defined to be the smallest counter-clockwise angle through which the
positively directed x-axis must turn in order to coincide with the line. This angle is always
measured from the x-axis to the line. In both Fig., angle is the inclination of the line. The
inclination of any horizontal line is defined to be 0Ĉ. The inclination is always less than 180Ĉ.
Y Y
X O X
O
The tangent of the inclination of a line is called the slope of the line. We shall represent slope
by m. If the line makes an acute angle with the positive x-axis, the slope is positive; if the line
makes an obtuse angle with the positive x-axis, the slope is negative; if the line is parallel to the
Y Y
O y
X O X
y
R(x2, y2) x P1(x1, y1)
x R(x2, y2)
STRAIGHT LINE
34 QUIZRR
x-axis, the slope is 0; and, if the inclination is 90Ĉ, the slope is not defined. Conversely, if s is
positive, the inclination is an acute angle; if s is negative, the inclination is an obtuse angle; if
m = 0, the inclination is 0Ĉ; if s is undefined, the inclination is 90Ĉ.
slope = m = tan
Illustration 30
Find the slope of a line that passes throuogh the points P1 = (ă 3, 4) and P2 = (5, ă 1).
Solution :
We know that P P = (8, ă 5); therefore, s = ă 5/8. The student should notice that, if we had
1 2
5
taken P2P1 [ 8, 5] , we would also have obtained s .
8
Note :
1. Slope of a line is not the angle but is the tangent of the inclination of the line.
2. If a line is parallel to x-axis then its slope = tan 0Ĉ = 0.
3. Slope of a line parallel to y-axis or perpendicular to x-axis is not defined. Whenever we say
that the slope of a line is not defined.
4. If a line is equally inclined to the axes, then it will make an angle of 45Ĉ or 135Ĉ with the
positive direction of x-axis. Slope in this case will be tan 45Ĉ or tan 135Ĉ i.e., 1.
Y Y
O 45Ĉ
X´ X
45Ĉ
45Ĉ
45Ĉ 45Ĉ
45Ĉ
X´ X
O
Y´ Y´
Y 135Ĉ Y
O
X´ X
45Ĉ
45Ĉ 45Ĉ
45Ĉ
X´ X
O
Y´
Y´
5. When the two lines are parallel, then their slopes are equal i.e., m1 = m2.
6. If three points A, B, C are collinear, then slope of AB = slope of BC = slope of AC
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 35
I n t e r c e p t s o f a l in e o n a x e s
If a line cuts x-axis at A (a, 0) and the y-axis at B (0, b) then OA and OB are known as the
intercepts of the line on x-axis and y-axis respectively. a is called the length of intercept of the
line on x-axis. Intercept of a line on x-axis may be positive or negative and b is called the length
of intercept of the line on y-axis. Intercept of a line on y-axis may be positive or negative.
Y
B(0,b)
y intercept
X´ X
x intercept A(a,0)
Y´
Remark : If a line parallel to y-axis, then its itnercept on y-axis is not defined and if a line
parallel to x-axis, then its intercept on x-axis is not defined.
Eq u a t io n o f l in e i n d i f f e r e n t f o r m s
1. Slope-Intercept Form
y
In this type you are provided with the intercept line makes
with y-axis and also the slope of the line.
Then the equation is
(0,C)
y = mx + c
where m = slope of the line = tan
c = y-intercept x
P
(x1, y1)
m = tan
STRAIGHT LINE
36 QUIZRR
3. Two-Point Form
When two points lying on the line are given to us, then equation of line becomes
y2 y1
(y ă y1) = x x1 , or (x2, y2)
x2 x1
y2 y1
(y ă y2) = x x2 (x1, y1)
x2 x1
(b) Determinant Form
Equation of line passing through points P (x1 y1) & Q (x2 y2) can also be given as
x y 1
x1 y1 1 0
x2 y2 1
Illustration 31
Find the equation of a line which makes an angle of 135Ĉ with the positive direction of x-
axis and passes through the points (3, 5).
Solution :
The slope of the line = m = tan 135Ĉ = ă 1
Here x1 = 3, y1 = 5
The required equation of the line is
y ă 5 = ă 1 (x ă 3)
or x+ yă 8 = 0
Illustration 32
Find the equation of the straight line bisecting the segment joining the points (5, 3) and
(4, 4) and making an angle of 45Ĉ with the positive direction of x-axis.
Solution :
Here m = slope of the line = tan 45Ĉ = 1
Let A be the mid point of (5, 3) and (4, 4). Then co-ordinates of A are
5 4 3 4 9 7
2 , 2 i.e., 2 , 2
Hence the required equation of the line is
7 9
y = 1 x
2 2
or xă yă 1 = 0
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 37
Illustration 33
Find the equation of the straight line which passes through the point (1, 2) and makes an
1
angle with the positive direction of x-axis where cos = .
3
Solution : R
1
Here cos (a negative number)
3 3
8
2
tan 8 = slope of the line P 1 Q
We know that the equation of the straight line passing through the point (x1, y1) having slope
m is
y ă y1 = m(x ă x1)
Here x1 = 1, y1 = 2 and m = ă 8.
Therefore, equation of the required line is
y 2 8 x 1 or 8x y 8 2 0
or 2 2x y 2 2 2 0 or 2 2x y 2
2 1 0
Illustration 34
Find the equation of the line joining the points (ă 1, 3) and (4, ă 2).
Solution :
Equation of the line passing through the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is
y1 y2
y y1 x x1
x1 x2
Here x1 = ă 1, y1 = 3, x2 = 4, y2 = ă 2.
equation of the required line will be
32
y3 x 1
1 4
or yă 3 = ă xă 1
or x+ yă 2= 0
STRAIGHT LINE
38 QUIZRR
Illustration 35
Find the equation of the internal bisector of angle BAC of the triangle ABC whose vertices
A, B, C are (5, 2), (2, 3) and (6, 5) respectively.
Solution :
Let AD be the internal bisector of BAC which cuts BC at D.
BD AB 10 1
DC AC 10 1 B(2,3) 20 D C(6,5)
2 6 3 5
D , i.e. D (4, 4)
2 2
24
Now equation of AD is y 2 x 5 or y ă 2 = ă 2(x ă 5)
54
or 2x + y ă 12 = 0
Illustration 36
A rectangle has two opposite vertices at the points (1, 2) and (5, 5). If the other vertices lie
on the line x = 3, find the equation of the sides of the rectangle.
Solution :
Let A (1, 2)
C (5, 5)
Since vertices B and D lie on line x = 3, therefore, let B (3, y1) and D (3, y2).
Now since AC and BD bisect each other therefore, middle points of AC and BD will be same
y1 y2 2 5
or y1 + y2 = 7 ...(1)
2 2
Also BD2 = AC2 (y1 ă y2)2 = (1 ă 5)2 + (2 ă 5)2 = 25 D(3,y2)
or y1 ă y2 = 5 ...(2)
Solving (1) and (2), we get y1 = 6, y2 = 1 or y1 = 1, y2 = 6
x=3
A
Hence other vertices of the rectangle are (3, 1) and (3, 6). (1,2)
Let B (3, 1) and D (3, 6) H C(5,5)
y1 y2
Now by formula y y1 x x1 , equation of side AB is
x1 x2 B(3,y1 )
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 39
21
y2 x 1
13
or ă 2(y ă 2) = x ă 1 or x + 2y ă 5 = 0
15
equation of BC is y 1 3 5 x 3 or y ă 1 = 2(x ă 3)
or 2x ă y ă 5 = 0
26
equation of AD is y 2 1 3 x 1 or y ă 2 = 2 (x ă 1)
or 2x ă y = 0
56 1
equation of CD is y 5 x 5 or yă 5 = x 5
53 2
y
4 . I N T ERCEPT FORM
L
If a line L cuts intercepts a and b at x-axis and y-axis
respectively, then the equation of lines can be given as : (0,b)
(0,0)
x y
1
a b x
(a,0)
Note :
If the line cuts the axes in negative part then the negative of a & b are taken accordingly
like
(0,b)
(ăa,0)
(ăa,0)
(0, ăb)
x y x y
1 1
a b a b
STRAIGHT LINE
40 QUIZRR
Illustration 37
Find the equation to the straight line passing through the point (3, ă 4) and cutting off
intercepts, equal but of opposite signs, from the two axes.
Solution :
Let the intercepts cut off from the two axes be of lengths a and ă a.
The equation to the straight line is then
x y
= 1
a a
i.e. xă y= a ...(1)
Since, in addition, the straight line is to go through the point (3, ă 4), these coordinates must
satisfy (1) so that
3 ă (ă 4) = a
and therefore, a = 7
The required equation is therefore,
xă y= 7
Illustration 38
Find the equation to the straight line which passes through the point (ă 5, 4) and is such
that the portion of it between the axes is divided by the point in the ratio of 1 : 2.
Solution :
x y
Let the required straight line be 1 . This meets the axes in the points whose coordinates
a b
are (a, 0) and (0, b).
The coordinates of the point dividing the line joining these points in the ratio 1 : 2, are (Art. 22)
2a b
5 and 4
3 3
15
So that a and b = 12
2
The required straight line is therefore
x y
1
15 12
2
i.e. 5y ă 8x = 60
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 41
5 . N ORM A L FORM Y
2. If then equation x cos + y sin = p
2
i.e., y = p
3. If = 0Ĉ, p = 0 then equation x cos + y sin = p
i.e., x = 0
4. If , p 0 then equation x cos + y sin = p becomes
2
i.e., y = 0
Illustration 39
The length of perpendicular from the origin to a line is 9 and the line makes an angle of
120Ĉ with the positive direction of y-axis. Find the equation of the line.
Solution : Y
Here = 60Ĉ and p = 9 120Ĉ
Equation of the required line is
B N
x cos 60Ĉ + y sin 60Ĉ = 9 60Ĉ
1 3
x y 9
2 2 60Ĉ A
X´ X
O
or x+ y 3 = 18
Y´
Illustration 40
Find the equation of the straight line on which the perpendicular from origin makes an
50
angle of 30Ĉ with x-axis and which forms a triangle of area sq. units with the co-
3
ordinates axes.
STRAIGHT LINE
42 QUIZRR
Solution :
Let NOA = 30Ĉ
Let ON = p > 0 = a, OB = b
ON p
In ONA, cos 30Ĉ = =
OA a
Y
3 p
=
2 a B
2p
or a = b
3
N
60Ĉ p
ON p
and in ONB, cos 60Ĉ = X´ 30Ĉ
X
OB b O a A
1 p Y´
=
2 b
or b = 2p
1 1 2p 2 p2
Area of OAB = ab = (2p) =
2 2 3 3
2 p2 50
= (given)
3 3
p2 = 25
or p = 5 ( p > 0)
Using x cos + y sin = p, the equation of the line AB is
x cos 30Ĉ + y sin 30Ĉ = 5
or x 3 y 10
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 43
Q
Q
(x, y) r (x1 , y1 )
r
P
P (x , y ) (x, y)
1 1
Illustration 41
3
The slope of a straight line through A (3, 2) is . Find the co-ordinates of the points on the
4
line that are 5 units away from A.
Solution :
Let straight line makes an angle with positive direction of x-axis,
3
then tan = 5
4
3
3 4
sin = and cos =
5 5 4
Equation of the straight line through A (3, 2) in parametric form is
x3 y2
5
cos sin
4
x = 3 5 cos = 3 5 ï = 3 4 = 7 or ă 1
5
3
and y = 2 5 sin = 2 5 ï = 2 3 = 5 or ă 1
5
STRAIGHT LINE
44 QUIZRR
Illustration 42
If the straight line drawn through the point P 3, 2 and making an angle
6
with the x-
3x 4 y 8 0 ...(1) r
and P 3, 2 Q 3x ă 4y + 8 = 0
Let the line through P making an angle with the x-axis meet the line (1) at Q, let PQ = r
6
3 r
Then Q 3 r cos , 2 r sin i.e., 3 2 r, 2 2
6 6
3 r
Since Q 3 2 r, 2 2 lies on line (1)
3 r
3 3 2 r 4 2 2 8 0
or 6 + 3r ă 16 ă 4r + 16 = 0 or r= 6
Hence PQ = 6 units
Note :
(i) Co-ordinates of Q may also be taken as 3 r cos , 2 r sin
6 6
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 45
Illustration 43
3
A line through (2, 3) makes an angle with the negative direction of x-axis. Find the
4
length of the line segment cut off between (2, 3) and the line x + y ă 7 = 0.
Solution :
3
Line makes an angle with the negative direction of x-axis.
4
Line makes an angle with the positive direction of x-axis.
4
The equation of the line through (1, 2) in parametric form is
x2 y3 Y
r
cos sin
4 4
/4
r P
x2 y3
r A(2,3)
i.e., 1 1 ...(1) 3/4
2 2 /4 /
X´ x+ X
O y=
r r 0
x2 and y 3
2 2 Y´
r r
Co-ordinates of P 2 + ,3 lies on x + y ă 7 = 0
2 2
r r
then 2 3 70
2 2
2r
or = 2
2
or r = 2
AP = 2
Illustration 44
The extremities of the diagonal of a square are (1, 1), (ă 2, ă 1). Obtain the other two vertices
and the equation of the other diagonal.
Solution :
Let A (1, 1) and C (ă 2, 1)
STRAIGHT LINE
46 QUIZRR
D C(ă2ă1)
1
Then H , 0
2
90Ĉ
11 2
slope of line AC =
12 3 H
(ăó,0)
3
slope of BD = tan (say) A(1,1) B
2
is an obtuse angle
cos = 2
13
P
3
and sin =
13
3 13
Also AC =
32 22 13
DH = 13
Q 2 R
2
13
Now B and D lie on BD at distance from H, therefore, their co-ordinates (in some order) will
2
be
1 13 13
cos , 0 sin
2 2 2
1 3 3 3 1 3
i.e., 2 1, 2 or 2 , 2 and 2 , 2
3 3 1 3
Note : If D , , then B ,
2 2 2 2
1 3 3 3
If D , , then B ,
2 2 2 2
Illustration 45
Show that if any line through the variable point A (k + 1, 2k) meets the lines 7x + y ă 16 =
0, 5x ă y ă 8 = 0, x ă 5y + 8 = 0 at B, C, D respectively AC, AB and AD are in harmonic
progression. (The three lines lie on the same side of point A).
Solution :
A (k + 1, 2k)
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 47
Let the line through A making an angle with the positive direction of x-axis meet the given
lines.
A(k+1, 2k)
7x + y ă 16 = 0 ...(1)
5x ă y ă 8 = 0 ...(2)
and x ă 5y + 8 = 0 ...(3)
at B, C and D respectively.
Let AB = r1, AC = r2 and AD = r3
B 7x+yă16=0
Now B (k + 1 + r1cos) + 2k + r1sin)
Since B lies on line (1)
7(k + 1 + r1cos) 2k + r1sin ă 16 = 0
or r1(7cos + sin) = 9 ă 9k
9 1 k
r1
7cos sin
3 1 k
r2
5 cos sin
9 1 k
r3
5sin cos
2 7cos sin 2
=
9 1 k r1
Illustration 46
The centre of a square is at the origin and one vertex is A (2, 1). Find the co-ordinates of
other vertices of the square.
Solution :
Let ABCD be the square whose centre is O.
Given A (2, 1), O (0, 0)
Now AO = 5 and
STRAIGHT LINE
48 QUIZRR
D C(ă2ă1)
10 1
slope of AO tan (say)
20 2 90Ĉ
2 1
cos and sin H
5 5 (ăó,0)
Co-ordinates of the points on AC which are at
A(1,1) B
a distance 5 from O will be
0 5 cos , 0 5 sin
1 5
i.e. 2, 1
i.e. (2, 1) and (ă 2, ă 1)
But A (2, 1) C (ă 2, ă 1) 2
Again BD AC slope of BD = ă 2 = tan (say)
3
or 2
2 2
1 2
cos and sin
5 5 5
2
1 2
or cos , sin
5 5
1
Since B and D are on BD at a distance 5 from O, therefore, their co-ordinates (in some order)
will be
Re d u c t i o n o f Ge n e r a l Eq u a t io n t o s t a n d a r d f o r m s
General equation of straight line is given by Ax + By + c = 0. Now we will try & reduce this to
our standard forms
(1) To Âslope-interceptÊ form :
we know that slope intercept form is
y = mx + c
redistributing the standard equation
A C
y = x
B B
A C
where m= &c =
B B
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 49
x y
1
a b
Ax By C
Ax B
y1
C C
x y
1
C
/A C
/B
C
where a (x-intercept) =
A
C
b (y-intercept) =
B
(3) Reduction to ÂNormalÊ form
Normal form : x cos + y sin = p
Standard form : ax + by + c = 0
arranging, ax + by = ă c
dividing by a 2 b2
a b c
x y
2 2 2 2
a b a b a b2
2
WHY we divided by a 2 b2
2 2
a b a2 b2
a2 b2 a2 b2 = 1
a 2 b2 a 2 b2
a
x y b c
x cos + y sin = 2 2 a 2 b2
a b
STRAIGHT LINE
50 QUIZRR
A n g l e b e t w e e n t w o s t r a i g h t l in e s L1
m2
for two lines l 1 & l2, the angle between them is given by the
m1
formula
m1 m2
tan
1 m1m 2
the mod signifies that the angle we are considering is the acute
angle and not the obtuse angle which is also formed when two lines L2
intersect.
Co n d i t i o n f o r t w o l i n e s t o b e p a r a l l e l
m1 = m2 i.e. the slope of two lines are equal.
Note : Parallel lines never intersect, hence the angle between them is 0.
i.e. = 0 in this case.
Co n d i t i o n f o r t w o l i n e s t o b e p e r p e n d i c u l a r
m1 m2 = ă 1
i.e., the product of slopes of perpendicular lines, making an angle 90Ĉ with each other, is ă 1.
Tip : If the lines are given in general form i.e.
l1 : a1x + b1y + c1 = 0
l2 : a2x + b2y + c2 = 0
then these lines are
a1 b1 c1
parallel : when
a2 b2 c2
or a 1b 2 = b 1 a 2
perpendicular : when a 1a 2 + b 1b 2 = 0
Y
When the lines have been actually plotted tangent of any m1
m2
of the two angles between them can be written by the rule given
below :
Mark the arrow from one line to the other in anticlockwise
direction and take the slope of the line from which arrow starts as 1 ă2
m2 and the slope of the line on which arrow goes as m1 as shown
in the figure given alongside. 2 1
X
m m2 O
tan tan(1 2 ) 1
1 m1 m2
Thus when the lines have been actually plotted and their actual position are as given in the
figure, then
m1 m2 m m1
tan , tan 2
1 m1m2 1 m2 m1
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 51
Illustration 47
Find the angle between the lines x ă 2y + 3 = 0 and 3x + y ă 1 = 0.
Solution :
Given lines are
x ă 2y + 3 = 0 ... (1)
and 3x + y ă 1 = 0 ... (2)
coeff. of x 1 1
slope of line (1), m1 = ă coeff. of y 2 2
3
and slope of line (2), m2 3 .
1
If be the acute angle between the lines, then
1
3
m1 m2 2
tan 7
1 m1 m2 1
1 3
2
acute angle between the lines = tană1 7 and obtuse angle = ă tană1 7.
Illustration 48
A line passes through the points A (2, ă 3) and B (6, 3). Find the slopes of the eyes which
are
(i) parallel to AB (ii) perpendicular to AB
Solution :
Let m be the slope of AB. then
3 (3) 6 3
m
62 4 2
3
m1 m
2
(ii) The slope of a line perpendicular to AB is
1 1 2
m 3 3
2
STRAIGHT LINE
52 QUIZRR
Illustration 49
1
The angle between two lines is and the slope of one of them is . Find the slope of the
4 2
other line.
Solution :
If be the acute angle between the lines with slopes m1 and m2 then
m1 m2
tan
1 m1m2
1
Let and m 1
4 2
1
m2
then tan 2
4 1
1 . m2
2
1 2m2 1 2m2
1 1
2 m2 2 m2
1
m2
3
and taking negative sign then,
1 ă 2m2 = ă 2 ă m2
m2 = 3
1
Hence the slope of the other line is either or 3.
3
Illustration 50
Prove that the line joining the middle points of the two sides of a triangle is parallel to the
third side.
Solution : A(x1 ,y1 )
Let A (x1, y1), B (x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) be the vertices of a
ABC and P and Q be the middle points of sides AB and AC
respectively. P Q
x x2 y1 y2 x1 x3 y1 y3
Now P 1 , and Q ,
2 2 2 2
B(x2 ,y2 ) C(x3 ,y3 )
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 53
y1 y2 y y3
1
2 2 y y3
2
Slope of line PQ, m1 = x1 x2 x1 x3 x2 x3
2 2
y2 y3
Also slope of line BC, m2 =
x2 x3
Illustration 51
Find the value of k so that the straight line 2x + 3y + 4 + k (6x ă y + 12) = 0 is perpendicular
to the line 7x + 5y ă 4 = 0.
Solution :
Given lines are
(2 + 6k) x + (3 ă k) y + 4 + 12 k = 0 ... (1)
and 7x + 5y ă 4 = 0 ... (2)
2 6k 2 6k
slope of line (1), m1
3k k3
7
and slope of line (2), m2
5
Since line (1) is perpendicular to line (2)
2 6k 7
1 or (2 + 6k) 7 = 5 (k ă 3)
k 3 5
29
or 14 + 42k = 5k ă 15 or 37k = ă 29 or k
37
FA M IL Y OF L IN ES
Family means of a group of lines having a particular characteristic so, we can say
(i) Family of lines parallel to ax + by + c = 0 is of the form ax + by + k = 0
(ii) Family of lines perpendicular to ax + by + c = 0 is of the form bx ă ay + k = 0
(iii) Family of lines through the point of intersection of the lines
ax + by + c = 0 ...(i)
and a´x + b´y + c´ = 0 ... (ii)
can be written as (a x + by + c ) + (a ´x + b´y + c ´) = 0
Family of lines parallel to x-axis are of the form y = k, where k is any arbitrary real number.
Family of lines perpendicular to 2x ă y + 4 = 0 is x + 2y + k = 0 since product of slopes has to
be ă 1
STRAIGHT LINE
54 QUIZRR
Illustration 52
Find the equation of straight line through (2, 3) and
(a) parallel to 4x ă 3y = 10
(b) perpendicular to 4x ă 3y = 10
Solution :
(a) From family of lines we know that any line parallel to 4x ă 3y = 10 can be written as
4x ă 3y = k ...(i)
and now it should pass through (2, 3) so putting this in (i) & finding k
4 (2) ă 3 (3) = k k = ă 1
equation of req. line is 4x ă 3y + 1 = 0
(b) family of lines perpendicular to 4x ă 3y = 10
3x + 4y = k
putting (2, 3) in the equation to find k
3 (2) + 4 (3) = k k = 18
Required equation is 3x + 4y ă 18 = 0
Illustration 53
Find the equations of the straight lines passing through the point of intersection of the
lines x + 3y + 4 = 0 and 3x + y + 4 = 0 and equally inclined to the axes.
Solution :
Given lines are
x + 3y + 4 = 0 ...(1) and 3x + y + 4 = 0 ...(2)
Equation of any line through the point of intersection of lines (1) and (2) is
x + 3y + 4 + k (3x + y + 4) = 0
or (1 + 3k)x + (3 + k)y + 4 (k + 1) = 0 ...(3)
1 3k
Slope of line (3) =
3 k
and slope of line equally inclined to the axes = 1 (tan 45Ĉ or tan 135Ĉ)
If line (3) is equally inclined to the axes, then
1 3k
1 k = ă1, 1.
3k
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 55
Fu n c t io n f o r c o n c u r re n c y o f s t r a i g h t l in e s
Two or more lines are concurrent if they pass through one common point.
Let the equation of 3 straight lines be
a1x + b1y + c1 = 0
a2x + b2y + c2 = 0
a3x + b3y + c3 = 0
Then the condition for these 3 lines to be concurrent
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2 0
(1)
a3 b3 c3
Illustration 54
Prove that the straight lines 4x + 7y = 9, 5x ă 8y + 15 = 0 and 9x ă y + 6 = 0 are concurrent.
Solution :
Given lines are
4x + 7y ă 9 = 0 ...(1)
5x ă 8y + 15 = 0 ...(2)
and 9x ă y + 6 = 0 ...(3)
First Method :
4 7 9
5 8 15 4 48 15 7 30 135 9 5 72
=
9 1 6
x y 1
105 72 45 60 32 35
33 105
x , y
67 67
STRAIGHT LINE
56 QUIZRR
33 105
Hence point of intersection of lines (1) and (2) is ,
67 67
33 105
Putting x , y , we have
67 67
4 5 9
7 8 1
Now
9 15 6
Illustration 55
Show that the lines :
(p + q)x + (p + q)y ă (p ă q) = 0
(p ă q)x ă (p ă q)y ă (p + q) = 0
px + qy ă p = 0
and qx + py + q = 0 are concurrent.
Solution :
Given lines are
(p + q)x + (p + q)y ă (p ă q) = 0 ...(1)
(p ă q)x ă (p ă q)y ă (p + q) = 0 ...(2)
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 57
px + qy ă p = 0 ...(3)
qx + py + q = 0 ...(4)
It is sufficient to show that lines (1), (2) and (3) are concurrent and lines (2), (3) and (4) are
concurrent.
By trial we see that
1.[(p + q)x + (p + q)y ă (p ă q)] + 1.[(p ă q)x ă (p ă q)y ă (p + q)] ă 2[(px + qy ă p)] = 0
Hence lines (1), (2) and (3) are concurrent ...(A)
Again we see that
1.[(p ă q)x ă (p ă q)y ă (p + q)] ă 1.[(px + qy ă p] + 1.[(qx + py + q] = 0
Hence lines (2), (3) and (4) are concurrent ...(B)
From (A) and (B) it follows that lines (1), (2), (3) and (4) are concurrent.
Illustration 56
If the lines p 1x + q 1y = 1, p 2x + q 2y = 1 and p 3x + q 3y = 1 be concurrent, show that the points
(p 1, q 1), (p 2, q 2) and (p 3, q 3) are collinear.
Solution :
Given lines are
p1x + q1y ă 1 = 0 ...(1)
p2x + q2y ă 1 = 0 ...(2)
and p3x + q3y ă 1 = 0 ...(3)
Since lines (1), (2) and (3) are concurrent, therefore
p1 q1 1 p1 q1 1
p2 q2 1 0 or p2 q2 1 0
p3 q3 1 p3 q3 1
Hence points (p1, q1), (p2, q2) and (p3, q3) are collinear.
L i n e s m a k i n g a n a n g l e w it h a g i v e n l in e
In general there can be 2 lines making an angle with a given line.
L : the given line with slope m
l1l2 the two lines making an angle of with L with slopes m1 &
L
m2 respectively.
Then the slopes m1 & m2 can be obtained by the following L2
formula.
m tan m tan
m1 , m2
1 m tan 1 m tan L1
or vice versa.
STRAIGHT LINE
58 QUIZRR
Illustration 57
Find the lines which make an angle of 45Ĉ with line 3x ă y ă 5 = 0
Solution :
There are 2 set of lines which will make an angle of 45Ĉ with line 3x ă y + 5 = 0
From diagram you can see that there are 2 set of lines which will make an angle of .
(i.e. 45Ĉ here)
The values of m1 & m2 can be found from
m 3
tan 45
1 3m m2
m3 L2
1
or
1 3m 2nd set of lines
m3
1 m1
1 3m
1st set of lines
(m ă 3) = (3m + 1) 4
m ă 3 = 3m + 1 or m ă 3m ă 1
2m = ă 4 or 4m= + 2
m = ă 2, ó
So either m1 = ă 2 m2 = ó
or m1 = ó m2 = ă 2
for finding the family of lines of such lines we need a point for finding the equation. We will take
a point on the given line i.e., (2, 1)
now we know the slopes of two lines making angle of 45Ĉ with given line
one of the equations is
y1 y1 1
2 & other is
x2 x2 2
(2,1)
2x + y ă 5 = 0 & x ă 2y = 0
3xăy+5=0
& set of lines parallel to these equations is
2x + y + k1 = 0 & x ă 2y + k2 = 0
& this is the answer.
Illustration 58
A vertex on an equilateral triangle is (2, 3) and the equation of the opposite side is
x + y = 2. Find the equation of the other sides of the triangle. [IIT 75]
Solution :
Given line is
x+ yă 2= 0 ...(1)
Its slope, m1 = ă 1
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 59
Let the slope of the line which makes an angle of 60Ĉ with line (1) be m, then
A(2,3)
m1 m 1 m
tan 60 or 3
1 m1 m 1m
1 m 1m
or 3 or 3
m 1 m 1 60Ĉ 60Ĉ
B x+y=2 C
or 1 m 3 m 1
,
2 2
3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1
m = ,
3 1 3 1 2 2
= 2 3, 2 3
y 3 2 3 ( x 2) and y 3 (2 3)( x 2)
or 2 3 x y 2
3 1 0 and 2 3 x y 2 3 1 0
2nd Method : Given line is x + y ă 2 = 0 ...(1)
Its slope, m = ă 1
Now equation of the other two sides of the triangle which make an angle of 60Ĉ with line (1) are
y ă 3= tan ( 60Ĉ)(x ă 2), where tan = m = ă 1
3 1
or yă 3 = ( x 2)
3 1
or
y ă 3 = 2 3 (x 2)
3 1 ( 3 1) 2 3 1 ( 3 1)2
2 3 and 2 3
3 1 2 3 1 2
or 2 3 x y 2 3 1 0
and 2 3 x y 2 3 1 0
STRAIGHT LINE
60 QUIZRR
Po s i t i o n o f p o i n t r e l a t i v e t o a g i v e n l in e
Let a given line be L : ax + by + c = 0
Also assume two points P (x1 y1)
Q (x2 y2)
Ć Then P & Q lie on same side of line L if
(ax1 + by1 + c) & (ax2 + by2 + c)
are of same sign Q
P
or
Line Line
P Q
Ć Points P & Q lie on opposite side of line L if
(ax1 + by2 + c) & (ax2 + by2 + c) are of opposite signs.
P
or Q P
Line Q Line
Ć For origin we just need to check the sign of constant c.
(a) A point P (x1 y1) will lie on the origin side of line L if ax1 + by1 + c & c have same sign.
(b) A point P will lie on non-origin side of line l if a ax1 + by1 + c & c have opposite sign.
Illustration 59
Find the position of the points (1, 1) and (2, ă 1) with respect to the line 3x + 4y ă 6 = 0.
Solution : Let A (1, 1) and B (2, 1)
when x = 2, y = 1, 3x + 4y ă 6 = 3 ï 2 + 4(ă 1) ă 6 = ă 4 < 0 and
When x = 1, y = 1, 3x + 4y ă 6 = 3 ï 1 + 4 ï 1 ă 6 = 1 > 0.
Hence points A and B lie on the opposite sides of the line 3x + 4y ă 6 = 0.
Illustration 60
Show that the four points (0, 0), (ă 1, 1), (ă 7, ă 4) and (9, 6) are the four different compartments
made by the two straight lines 2x ă 3y + 1 = 0 and 3x ă 5y + 2 = 0.
Solution : Let the equation of lines AB and CD be
2x ă 3y + 1 = 0 ...(1)
and 3x ă 5y + 2 = 0 ...(2)
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 61
Illustration 61
Find the position of the origin with respect to the triangle whose sides are x + 1 = 0, 3x ă
4y ă 5 = 0, 5x + 12y ă 27 = 0
Solution :
Let ABC be the triangle and the equation of its sides BC, CA and AB be respectively
x+ 1 = 0 ...(1)
3x ă 4y ă 5 = 0 ...(2)
and 5x + 12y ă 27 = 0 ...(3)
Solving equations (1), (2) and (3) two by two, we get A(3,1)
8
A (3, 1), B 1, and C (ă 1, ă 2)
0
3
7=
3x
ă2
ă4
5=
+1
STRAIGHT LINE
62 QUIZRR
Clearly (0, 0) does not satisfy equations (1), (2) and (3) and hence O (0, 0) does not lie on sides
of triangle ABC. Point O will lie inside ABC only when points A and O lie on the same side of
BC, points B and O lie on the same side of CA and points C and O lie on the same side of AB.
Sign of x + 1 Sign of Sign of
3x ă 4y ă 5 5x + 12y ă 27
For points O (0, 0) + For O (0, 0) ă For O(0, 0) ă
8
For point A (3, 1) + For B 1, ă For C (ă 1, ă 2) ă
3
Thus we see that the signs of the expression x + 1, 3x ă 4y ă 5 and 5x + 12y ă 27 when the co-
ordinates of the origin (0, 0) are put are respectively +, ă, ă and when the co-ordinates of points
A, B, C are put then also they are +, ă, ă respectively. Hence O(0, 0) lies inside ABC.
T h e r a t i o i n w h i c h a g i v e n l in e d i v i d e s t h e l in e s e g m e n t j o i n i n g t w o p o i n t s
Take the given line as L : ax + by + c = 0 and the two points be P (x1 y1) & Q (x2 y2)
Then the line intersects the segment PQ in the ratio m : n, which is given by
m ax bxy1 c
1 L
n ax2 by2 c
Now see the significance of negative sign
m m
As shown in figure 1 L divides PQ internally in the ratio
n P n Q
which should be positive.
Also P & Q lie on opposite sides of line L.
Hence their signs will also be opposite
m
for internal division 0 , ax + by + c & ax + by + c have opposite sign.
n 1 1 2 2
m
external division 0 ax + by + c & ax + by + c have same sign.
n 1 1 2 2
You can see that in case of external division P & Q lie on the same side of line L.
Q C
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 63
T h e l e n g t h o f p e r p e n d i c u l a r f r o m a p o i n t o n a l in e
(i) The length of the perpendicular from the point (, ) to the line ax + by + c = 0 is given by
a b c
p
a2 b2
(ii) The length of the perpendicular from the origin (0, 0) to the line ax + by + c = 0 is given by
c
p
a b2
2
c1 c2
d
a 2 b2
(iv) The distance between two parallel lines can also be obtained by taking a suitable point (take
y = 0 and find x or take x = 0 and find y) on one straight line and then finding the length
of the perpendicular from this point to the second line.
(v) Area of a parallelogram or a rhombus equation of whose sides are given, can be obtained
by using the following formula
p1 p2
Area =
sin
Illustration 62
Find the distance of the point (4, 5) from the straight line 3x ă 5y + 7 = 0.
Solution :
Given line is 3x ă 5y + 7 = 0 ...(1)
Given point is (4, 5). Let A (4, 5)
Now length of the perpendicular from A (4, 5) to line (1)
3.4 5.5 7 6
P
2
3 ( 5) 2 34
Illustration 63
Find the distance of the point (1, 2) from the straight line with slope 5 and passing through
the point of intersection of x + 2y = 5 and x ă 3y = 7.
Solution :
Given lines are x + 2y = 5 ...(1)
and x ă 3y = 7 ...(2)
STRAIGHT LINE
64 QUIZRR
29 2
Solving (1) and (2), we get x and y
5 5
Thus if H be the point of intersection of lines (1) and (2), then
29 2
H ,
5 5
29 2
Now equation of the line through H , whose slope is 5 is
5 5
2 29
y 5 x
5
or 5y + 2 = 5(5x ă 29)
5
or 25x ă 5y ă 147 = 0 ...(3)
Now length of the perpendicular from point (1, 2) to line (3)
Illustration 64
If a and b are the intercepts of a straight line on the x and y-axes respectively and p be its
1 1 1
perpendicular distance from the origin, prove that 2 2 2 .
p a b
Solution :
Since a and b are the intercepts of the given line on x and y-axes respectively, therefore its
equation will be
x y
10 ...(1)
a b
The length of the perpendicular drawn from the origin (0, 0) upon line
0 0
1
a b 1
p= 1 1 1 1
a2 b2 a 2
b2
1 1 1 1 1 1
= , or
p a 2 2
b p 2
a 2
b2
Illustration 65
The equation of the base of an equilateral triangle is x + y = 2 and the vertex is (2, ă 1).
Find the length of side of the triangle. [IIT 73]
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 65
Solution :
Equation of side BC is
x+ yă 2= 0
A (2, ă 1) A(2,ă1)
212 1
Now AL =
2
1 1 2 2
AL
From ABL, sin 60Ĉ = 60Ĉ
AB
B L C
3 1 2 x+yă2=0
or AB
2 2 AB 3
Illustration 66
Find the equation of the straight line which cuts off intercepts on x-axis twice that on
y-axis and is at a unit distance from the origin.
Solution :
Let a and b be the intercepts cut off by the line on x and y axes respectively. Given a = 2b.
Now equation of the line will be
x y x y
1 or 1 or x + 2y ă 2b = 0
a b 2b b
Now according to question the length of the perpendicular drawn from the origin upon line (1)
is 1
0 2.0 2b 2b
1 1
2 2 or
1 2 5
2b 5
or 1; b
5 2
Hence equation of the required straight lines are
x 2 y 5 0 and x 2 y 5 0
Illustration 67
If p and p´ be the lengths of the perpendiculars from origin to the lines x sec ă y cosec
= a and x cos ă ysin = a cos2, respectively, show that 4p 2 + p´2 = a 2.
Solution :
The equations of given lines are
xsec ă ycosec ă a = 0 or xsin ă ycos ă asin cos = 0
a
or xsin ă ycos ă sin2 = 0 . ..(1)
2
STRAIGHT LINE
66 QUIZRR
a
0.sin 0.cos sin 2
2
p=
sin 2 cos2
a 2
or p = sin 2 or p2 a sin 2 or 4p2 = a2 sin22 ...(3)
2 4
Again the length p´ of the perpendicular drawn from the origin (0, 0) upon line (2).
A N GL E B I SECT ORS
L1
Consider two lines l1 & l2
l1 : a1x + b1y + c1 = 0
angle P
l2 : a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 bisector acute
Then the equation of angle bisectors is given by
obtuse L2
a1 x b1 y c1 a2 x b2 y c2
a12 b12 a22 b22
The explanation to the equation can be given by taking a point P on the angle bisector.
Since distance of any point on angle bisector from the two lines is equidistant
distance of P from l1 = distance of P from l2 & hence the equation
Now since there are 2 bisectors, which equation will represent the equation of acute/obtuse
bisector. This is decided by the value of a1 a2 + b1 b2
Condition Acute bisector Obtuse bisector
a1 a2 + b1 b2 > 0 ă sign + sign
a1 a2 + b1 b2 < 0 + sign ă sign
Shortcut :
To remember the formula just remember the sign of obtuse angle which is same as the sign of
value of a1 a2 + b1 b2. Acute angle will be opposite of obtuse angle.
Angle bisector containing origin
If (a1 a2 + b1 b2) (c1c2) > 0, then obtuse angle contains origin.
for (a1 a2 + b1 b2) (c1c2) < 0, acute angle contains origin.
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 67
Illustration 68
For straight lines 4x + 3y ă 6 = 0 and 5x + 12y + 9 = 0 find the equation of the
(i) bisector of acute angle between them
(ii) bisector of obtuse angle between them
(iii) bisector of the angle which contains the origin.
Solution :
Now let us solve this question using the formulas we just studied.
For the given two lines 4x + 3y ă 6 = 0 and 5x + 12y + 9 = 0 we will first calculate a1a2 + b1b2
which is 4(5) + (3)(12) > 0
hence + sign will give obtuse angle bisector
4x 3y 6 5 x 12 y 9
i.e. 2 2
4 3 52 122
4 x 3 y 6 5 x 12 y 0
5 13
which reduces to
27x ă 21y ă 123 = 0
or 9x ă 7y ă 41 = 0
now for acute angle, we will go for ă ve sign
4 x 3 y 6 5 x 12 y 9
5 13
or 7x + 9y ă 3 = 0
Hence this is the equation of acute angle bisector.
(c) Now for finding angle bisector which contains origin we will check for the value of
(a1a2 + b1b2) c1c2
i.e. [4(5) + 3(12)] (ă 6) (9) < 0
which implies that acute angle contains the origin.
Illustration 69
Prove that the length of the perpendiculars drawn from any point of the line 7x ă 9y + 10 = 0
to the lines 3x + 4y ă 5 = 0 and 12x + 5y = 7 are equal.
Solution : 3x
+4
yă
Given lines are 5
L =0
12x+5yă7=0
7x ă 9y + 10 = 0 ...(1) P1
12x + 5y ă 7 = 0 ...(2) M P P(,)
7xă9y+10=0
2
and 3x + 4y ă 5 = 0 ...(3)
Let P(, ) be any point on line (1)
STRAIGHT LINE
68 QUIZRR
Then 7 ă 9 + 10 = 0
9 10
or ...(4)
7
The length of the perpendicular drawn from (, ) on line 3x + 4y ă 5 = 0
3 4 5
p1 =
32 4 2
9 10
3 4 5
= 7 [from (4)]
5
55 65 11 13
=
57 7
9 10
12 5 7
12 5 7
7
p2 = , [from (4)]
122 52 13
Second Method :
The equation of the bisectors of the angles between the lines
3x + 4y ă 5 = 0
and 12x + 5y ă 7 = 0 are
3x 4 y 5 12 x 5 y 7
32 42 122 52
3x 4 y 5 12 x 5 y 7
or
5 13
or 60x + 25y ă 35 = (39x + 52y ă 65)
60x + 25y ă 35 = + (39x + 52y ă 65)
and 60x + 25y ă 35 = ă (39x + 52y ă 65)
or 21x ă 27y + 30 = 0 and 99x + 77y ă 100 = 0
Thus we can see 7x ă 9y + 10 = 0 is one of the bisectors of the angles between given lines. And
perpendiculars drawn from the line 7x ă 9y + 10 to the given lines from a point will be equal.
You can see using bisectors formula how easy this question has become.
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 69
So m e Sp e c i a l T y p e o f Qu e s t io n s
(I) Foot of perpendicular
P(x,y)
In this type you have to find the foot of perpendicular drawn from
the point (x1y1) to the line ax + by + c = 0
Working Rule
1. Let R be (x2, y2) which we have to fond. R
2. Put R in ax + by + c = 0 to get an equation
3. Since PR given line, apply m1m2 = ă 1, to get slope of PR
4. Get second equation in terms of x2y2 by using slope relation. ax+by+c=0
From step 2 & 4 get the values of (x2y2)
II. Similar to the previous type is ima ge or reflec tion of a point (x1 y1) about a line mirror.
Our aim is to find Q.
P(x1 y1 )
Working Rule
1. Let Q be (x2 y2)
=0
2. Since Q is the image of P, Q is equidistant from line as P is
by+c
from the given line. ax+
R
Hence R is the mid point of PQ & it lies on the line ax + by
+c= 0
3. Put R in the line to get an equation in (x2y2) Q(x2 y2 )
4. Also PQ is perpendicular to given line ax + by + c = 0. So
equate slopes (m1m2 = ă 1) to get another relation in (x2y2).
Solve step 3 & 4 to get (x2y2).
Illustration 70
Find the co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the point (2, 3) to the line
y = 3x + 4.
Solution :
P(2,3)
Given line is
3x ă y + 4 = 0 ...(1)
Let P (2, 3). Let L be the foot of the perpendicular drawn
from P to line AB.
Since PL passes through P (2, 3) and is perpendicular to
AB, therefore, equation of line PL will be
A L B
x + 3y ă (2 + 3 ï 3) = 0 or x + 3y ă 11 = 0 ...(2) 3xăy+4=0
Solving equation (1) and (2), we get
1 37 1 37
x , y L .
10 10 10 10
STRAIGHT LINE
70 QUIZRR
Illustration 71
Find the image of the point (ă 8, 12) with respect to the line mirror 4x + 7y + 13 = 0
Solution : P(ă8,12)
Equation of line mirror AB is
4x + 7y + 13 = 0 ...(1)
Let P (ă 8, 12). Let Q (, ) be the image of A B
point P with respect to the line mirror .....(1). L 4x+7y+13=0
Then PQ AB and PL = LQ.
Now since PL is perpendicular to line (1), therefore,
its equation will be Q(,)
7x ă 4y ă [7(ă 8) ă 4 ï 12] = 0 or 7x ă 4y + 104 = 0 ...(2)
Solving equations (1) and (2) we get
x = ă 12 and y = 5 L (ă 12, 5)
PQ 2
Since Q is the image of P, therefore, PL = LQ or . Thus Q divides PL externally in the
QL 1
ratio 2 : 1.
Q (ă 16, ă 2).
2nd Method :
Equation of line AB is 4x + 7y + 13 = 0 ...(1)
4 12
Slope of AB = and slope of PQ = 8
7
12 4
Since AB PQ 1
8 7
or 4( ă 12) = 7( + 8) or 7 ă 4 + 104 = 0 ...(2)
8 12
Also since L is the middle point of PQ L ,
2 2
8 12
Since L lies on line (1), 4 7 13 0 ...(3)
2 2
or 4 ă 32 + 7 + 84 + 26 = 0 or 4 + 7 + 78 = 0
Solving equations (2) and (3), we get = ă 16 and = ă 2
Q (ă 16, ă 2)
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 71
I I I . Re f l e c t i o n o f l ig h t
This is the normal physics concept. We know that
i = r incident i reflected
r
line line
The concept is well explained in the following question.
P
Normal
Illustration 72
A ray of light is sent along the line x ă 2y ă 3 = L A 3xă2yă5=0 M
0. Upon reaching the line 3x ă 2y ă 5 = 0, the ray
is reflected from it. Find the equation of the 0
ă3=
containing the reflected ray. 2y
xă
[Planning : Solving the equations of LM and PA co-
ordinates of A can be obtained. If slope of AQ is P Q
determined, equation of AQ will be known. If slope of
AQ be m, then equating the two values of tan N
(considering the angles between AL and AP and between AM and AQ) m can be found.] [IIT 90]
Solution :
Given equation of LM is 3x ă 2y ă 5 = 0 ...(1)
equation of PA is x ă 2y ă 3 = 0 ...(2)
Solving (1) and (2) we get x = 1, y = ă 1 A (1, ă 1)
3 1
Let slope of AQ = m. Slope of LM = , slope of PA =
2 2
Let LAP = , then QAM =
3 1
2 2 4
Now LAP = tan = 3 1 = ...(3)
1 . 7
2 2
3
m
2 2m 3
again QAM = tan = 3 = 2 3m ...(4)
1 m.
2
2m 3 4 2m 3 4 1 29
= or 2 3 7 m ,
2 3m 7 m 2 2
STRAIGHT LINE
72 QUIZRR
1 29
But slope of AP = slope of AQ =
2 2
Now equation of AQ will be
29
y1 ( x 1) or 29x ă 2y ă 31 = 0
2
2nd Method to find m : Marking the direction of arrow in anticlockwise direction in PAL and
QAM and equating the two values of tan , we get
1 3 3
m
2 2 2 4 3 2m
1 3 3
1 . 1 .m 7 2 3m
2 2 2
29
m equation of AQ will be 29x ă 2y ă 31 = 0
2
I V . Re f r a c t io n o f l i g h t Normal
In this type of question the incident ray is deviated from its in
cid
normal path. We are given the deviated angle & are required en
tl i
to find the refracted line. Let us solve a question to understand in
this. medium 1 e
medium2
r
ref
deviation
rac
ted
lin
e
Illustration 73
A ray of light is sent along the line 2x ă 3y = 5. After refracting across the line x + y = 1 it
enters the opposite side after turning by 15Ĉ away from the line x + y = 1. Find the equation
of the ling along which the refracted ray travels.
Solution :
Equation of line AB is
L 5
x+ y= 1 ...(1) 3 y=
ă P
Equation of line QP is 2x
A B
2x ă 3y = 5 ...(2)
QR is the refracted ray. According to question SQR = 15Ĉ Q
Solving (1) and (2), we get
M
8 3 8 3
x and y Q , DS R C
5 5 5 5
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 73
2 2
Slope of QP = slope of QS =
3 3
Slope of AB = ă 1
Let PQB = , then AQS =
2
1
3 5
Now tan = 2
1 1
3
Let slope of QR = m
SQR = 15Ĉ
2
m
3 2 3m
tan 15Ĉ = 2 or 2 3
1 m 3 2m
3
2 3m
or (2 3)
3 2m
or 2 3m [6 3 3 (4 2 3)m]
6 3 3 (4 2 3)m
or 2 3m
6 3 3 (4 2 3) m
3 3 4 3 3 8
m ,
72 3 12 3
2nd Method : Since QR makes an angle of 15Ĉ with QS, therefore slope of QR = tan ( 15Ĉ)
tan tan15
=
1 tan .tan15
where tan = slope of QS
2
3
2 3
83 3 3 3 4
,
=
1
2
3
2 3
2 3 1 7 2 3
Let AQR =
3 3 4
Now when m
72 3
STRAIGHT LINE
74 QUIZRR
3 3 4
1
72 3 3 3
tan = 3 34 11 5 3
1
72 3
3 3 11 5 3 48 26 3
5
=
11 5 3 11 5 3 46
3 3 8
Slope of line QR =
12 3
3 3 3 8 8
y x
5 12 3 5
or
(5x ă 8) 3 3 8 ă (5y + 3) 1 2 3 = 0
or 15
3 40 x 5 10 3 y 61 18 3 0
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 75
Illustration 74
If a point P moves in a plane such that whose distance from two fixed points A and B (say)
are always equal i.e., PA = PB.
P
(The point P cannot be at Q because AQ BQ)
P Q
Obviously all the positions of the moving point P lies on the right
bisector of AB. Thus the locus of the moving point P is the right P
bisector of AB.
P
Equation of a Locus
A relation f (x, y) = 0 between x and y which is satisfied by each
point on the locus and such that each point satisfying the equation A D B
is on the locus is called the equa tion of the locus.
How to find the Locus of a Point
1. Let (x1, y1) be the co-ordinates of the moving point say P.
2. Now apply the geometrical conditions on x1, y1. This gives a relation between x1 and y1.
3. Now replace x1 by x and y1 by y in the eliminant and resulting equation would be the
equation of the locus.
Note :
1. To find the locus of the point of intersection of two straight lines, eliminate the parameter
or parameters from the given lines. If more than one parameter, then additional condition
or conditions will also be given.
2. Simplify the equation by squaring both sides if square roots are there and taking LCM to
remove the denominators.
Illustration 75
A point moves so that the sum of the squares of its distances from two fixed points A
(a , 0) and B (ă a , 0) is constant and equal to 2c 2, find the locus of the point.
Solution :
Let P (x1, y1) be the moving point whose locus is required.
By hypothesis
(PA)2 + (PB)2 = 2c2 Y
(x1 ă a)2 + (y1 ă 0)2 + (x1 + a)2 + (y1 ă 0)2 = 2c2 P(x1 , y1 )
2
2 x12 2 y12 2 a2 = 2c
2 2
or x12 y12 = c ă a
X´ X
B(ăa, 0) O A(a, 0)
Changing (x1, y1) to (x, y) then
x2 + y2 = c2 ă a2
which is required locus of P.
Y´
STRAIGHT LINE
76 QUIZRR
Illustration 76
The ends of the hypotenuse of a right angled triangle are (6, 0) and (0, 6). Find the locus
of the third vertex.
Solution :
Let C (x1, y1) be the moving point (third vertex) whose locus is required and A (6, 0) and B
(0, 6) be the given vertices.
By hypothesis
Y
(AC)2 + (BC)2 = (AB)2 ( ACB = 90Ĉ) C(x1, y1)
2 2 2 2
(x1 ă 6) + (y1 ă 0) + (x1 ă 0) + (y1 ă 6) B
= 62 + 62 (0,6)
2 x12 2 y12 12 x1 12 y1 = 0
or x12 y12 6 x1 6 y1 = 0 X´ X
O A(6,0)
Changing (x1, y1) by (x, y) then Y´
2 2
x + y ă 6x ă 6y = 0
Illustration 77
Find the locus of a point whose co-ordinate are given by
x = t + t2, y = 2t + 1, where t is variable.
Solution :
Given x = t + t2 ...(1)
and y = 2t + 1 ...(2)
y 1
From (2), t= ...(3)
2
On eliminating t from (1) and (3), we get required locus as
2
y 1 y 1
x=
2 2
y 1 y 1
x= 1 2
2
y 1 y 1
x=
2 2
or 4x = y2 ă 1
or y2 = 4x + 1
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 77
Illustration 78
Find the locus of the point of intersection of the lines x cos + y sin = a and x sin
ă y cos = b where is variable.
Solution :
Given equations are
x cos + y sin = a ...(1)
and x sin ă y cos = b ...(2)
Here is a variable, on eliminating a. Squaring and adding (1) and (2), we get required locus
as
(x cos + y sin )2 + (x sin ă y cos )2 = a2 + b2
or (x2 cos2 + y2 sin2 + 2xy cos sin ) + (x2 sin2 + y2 cos2 ă 2xy sin cos )
= a2 + b2
x2 (cos2 + sin2 ) + y2 (sin2 + cos2 ) = a2 + b2
x2 + y2 = a2 + b2
SH I FT I N G OF A X ES
y
Translation of Coordinate Axes
Y
When origin is shifted to a new position A (h, k) without changing
P
the direction of the axes, then coordinates of all points in the
plane are obtained by the formulae : X
A (h, k)
x = X + h y=Y +k
where, P (x, y) referred to ox, oy
and P(X, Y) referred to AX, AY x
O
Note :
1. In this case axes are shifted parallel to themselves then it is also called Transformation
by parallel axes.
2. Inverse translation or shifting the origin back : Some times it is required to shift the
new origin back. Then putting x ă h in place of x and y ă k in place of y in any equation
of curve referred to the new origin to get the corresponding equation referred to the old
origin.
3. The above transformation is true whether the axes be rectangular or oblique.
Illustration 79
The equation of a curve referred to the new axes, axes retaining their direction and origin
is (4, 5) is x 2 + y2 = 36. Find the equation referred to the original axes.
Solution :
Here we want to shift the (4, 5) to the origin without changing the direction of axes. Then we
replace x by x ă 4 and y by y ă 5 in the equation of given curve then the required equation is
(x ă 4)2 + (y ă 5)2 = 36
x2 + y2 ă 8x ă 10y + 5 = 0
STRAIGHT LINE
78 QUIZRR
Illustration 80
Shift the origin to a suitable point so that the equation y2 + 4y + 8x ă 2 = 0 will not contain
term in y and the constant.
Solution :
Let the origin be shifted to the point (h, k) without changing the direction of axes. Then we
replace x by x + h and y by y + k in the equation of the given curve then the transformed equation
is
(y + k)2 + 4 (y + k) + 8 (x + h) ă 2 = 0
y2 + (2k + 4)y + 8x + (k2 + 4k + 8h ă 2) = 0
Since this equation is required to be free from the term containing y and the constant, we have
2x + 4 = 0 and k2 + 4k + 8h ă 2 = 0
3
k= ă 2 and h
4
3
Hence, the point to which the origin be shifted is , 2
4
ROT A T I ON OF COORDI N A T E A X ES
y X
When coordinate axes are rotated in anti-clockwise direction
through an angle , about the origin, then coordinates of a
point P in the plane are obtained by the formulae.
Illustration 81
Prove that if the axes be turned through the equation x 2 ă y2 = a 2 is transformed to the
4
form xy = . Find the value of .
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 79
Solution :
x y x y
i.e., ,
2 2
then x2 ă y2 = a2 becomes
2 2
x y x y
= a2
2 2
x y x y x y x y
= a2
2 2 2 2
2 x 2 y
= a2
2 2
a2
or xy =
2
a2
Comparing it with xy = then we get
2
Illustration 82
Through what angle should the axes be rotated so that the equation `
2 2
9 x 2 2 3 xy 7 y 2 10 may be changed to 3x + 5y = 5 ?
Solution : Let angle be then (x, y) by (x cos ă y sin , x sin + y cos )
then 9 x2 2 3 xy 7 y2 10 becomes
9 (x cos ă y sin )2 ă 2 3 ( x cos y sin ) ( x sin y cos ) 7 ( x sin y cos )2 10
STRAIGHT LINE
QUIZRR 1
3 . I N T RODU CT I ON
A sequence is a function whose domain is the set N of natural numbers.
For example 4, 1, 3 is a sequence.
whereas Series is an expression achieved by adding or subtracting the terms in sequence.
i.e. if a1, a2, a3, .... an is a sequence, then the expression a1 + a2 + a3 ... + an is a series.
A series is finite or infinite according as the number of terms in the corresponding sequence is finite
or infinite.
It is not necessary that the terms of a sequence always follow a certain pattern or they are described
by some formula or its rth term.
Progression are sequences whose terms follow certain patterns.
We will discuss some of the common progressions now.
3.1 A r it h m e t ic Pro g r e s s io n
An arithmetic progression is a sequence of numbers where each new term after the first is
formed by adding a fixed amount called the common difference to the previous term in the sequence.
For example the sequence 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 ... is an arithmetic progression. Note that having chosen the first
term to be 3, each new term is found by adding 2 to the previous term, so the common difference is 2.
The common difference can be negative : for example the sequence 2, ă 1, ă 4, ă 7, ... is an
arithmetic progression with first term 2 and common difference ă 3. In general we can write an arithmetic
progression as follows :
arithmetic progression : a, a + d, a + 2d, a + 3d, ...
where the first term is a and the common difference is d. Some important results concerning
arithmetic progressions (A.P.) now follow :
and in general
an = am + (n ă m)d.
A finite portion of an arithmetic progression is called a finite arithmetic progression and
sometimes just called an arithmetic progression.
Illustration 1
Show that the sequence defined by a n = 2n 2 + 1 is not an A.P.
Solution :
We have an = 2n2 + 1
replacing n by n + 1
an+1 = 2 (n + 1)2 + 1
According to the definition of AP the difference of two consecutive terms is always a constant.
So, if the sequence has to be in AP then the difference an + 1 ă an should be a constant.
Now, an+1 ă an = [2 (n + 1)2 + 1] ă (2n2 + 1)
= (2 (n2 + 2n + 1) + 1) ă (2n2 + 1)
= 4n + 2
(an + 1 ă an) is not a constant, not independent of n so the given sequence is not an AP.
Illustration 2
Find the number of terms common to the two APs : 3, 7, 11, ... 407 and 2, 9, 16 ..., 709
Solution :
Let the no. of terms in two APÊs be m and n.
Then nth term of Ist AP = 407 m = 3 + (m ă 1)4
nth term of 2nd AP = 709 n = 2 + (n ă 1)7
m = 102
& n = 102
So each AP consists of 102 terms.
Let pth term of first AP be identical to qth term of second AP.
Then 3 + (p ă 1) = 2 + (q ă 1)7
4p ă 1 = 7q ă 5
4p + 4 = 7a
4 (p + 1) = 7q
p1 q
K
7 4
p = 7K ă 1 & q = 4K
and we know that p has to be less than 102 & q also has to be less than 102
Since the total no. of terms are 102
for p = 7K ă 1 102
we get 7K 103
103 5
K K 14 ... (i)
7 7
from q = 4K 102
K 25ó ... (ii)
from (i) & (ii) we get
K 14 K = 1, 2, 3, ... 14
3 .1 .3 Su m (t h e a r i t h m e t ic s e r ie s )
The sum of the numbers of a finite arithmetic progression is called an arithmetic series.
Express the arithmetic series in two different ways :
Sn = a1 + (a1 + d) + (a1 + 2d) + ... + (a1 + (n ă 2)d) + (a1 + (n ă 1)d)
Sn = (an ă (n ă 1)d) + (an ă (n ă 2)d) + ... + (an ă 2d) + (an ă d) + an.
Add both sides of the two equations. All terms involving d cancel, and so weÊre left with :
2Sn = n (a1 + an).
Rearranging and remembering that an = a1 + (n ă 1)d, we get
n a1 a n n 2a 1 n 1 d
Sn
2 2
Guassian Trick
Let us write the sum of the natural numbers upto n in two ways as :
Sn = 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + (n ă 2) + (n ă 1) + n
Sn = n + (n ă 1) + (n ă 2) + ... + 3 + 2 + 1
If we add these two series we get :
2Sn = (n + 1) + (n + 1) + ... + (n + 1)
There are n of these (n + 1)Ês, so
2Sn = n (n + 1)
Sn = n (n + 1)/2
The sum of the natural numbers from 1 to n is therefore half the product of the first term plus the
last one multiplied by the number of terms.
M o re Pro p e r t i e s o f A .P. :
(1) If a fixed number is added (subtracted) to each term of a given AP then resulting sequence
is also AP with same common difference as given AP.
tn = a + (n ă 1)d, now let g be subtracted from each term.
tn = (a ă g) + (n ă 1)d. Therefore only the first term of AP has changed.
(2) If each term of an AP is multiplied (or divided) by fixed constant then resulting sequence is
also an AP with common difference multiplied (or divided) by same constant.
(3) Sum and difference of corresponding terms of two APÊs will form an AP
Let first AP be
And second AP be
Note : Ć for odd no. of terms the middle term is a & common difference is d.
Ć for even no. of terms the middle term is a ă d & a + d whereas common difference is 2d.
5. In a finite AP the sum of terms equidistant from the beginning and end is always same &
equal to sum of first & last term i.e.,
ak + an ă (k ă 1)
= a1 + an
for k 1, 2, ... n ă 1
6. tn = Sn ă Snă1
7. If a, b, c are in AP 2b = a + c or b ă a = c ă b.
8. A sequence is in AP.
Ć iff its nth term is a linear expression in n i.e. an = An + B (where A & B are constant)
& A is the common difference and
Ć iff sum of its n terms is of form An2 + Bn, in such cases common difference is 2A.
Illustration 3
1 2
Find the number of terms in the series 20, 10 , 18 ....... of which the sum is 300.
2 2
Solution :
2
Here we observe that a = 20, d , and Sn = 300.
3
n 2
So, 2 20 n 1 300
2 3
n2 ă 61n + 900 = 0
n = 25 or 36.
Illustration 4
Find the sum of first 24 terms of the AP : a 1, a 2, a 3 ... if it is known that
a 1 + a 5 + a 10 + a 15 + a 20 + a 24 = 225.
Solution :
We know that in AP the sum of terms equidistant from beginning & end is equal & same to the
sum of first & last term. i.e. a1 + an = a2 + ană1 = a3 + ană2 & so on.
So here a1 + a24 = a5 + a20 = a10 + a15 ... (i)
Now a1 + a5 + a10 + a15 + a20 + a24 = 225
(a1 + a24) + (a5 + a20) + (a10 + a15) = 225
3 (a1 + a24) = 225 {from (i)}
(a1 + a24) = 75 ... (ii)
24
S 24 a1 a24
2
from (ii)
S24 = 12 (75)
= 900
Illustration 5
The interior angles of a polygon are in AP. The smallest angle is 120Ĉ and the common
difference is 5Ĉ. Find the number of sides of polygon.
Solution :
Let the polygon be of ÂnÊ sides
So for a polygon of n sides, the sum of all its interior angles is given by
Sn = (n ă 2) ï 180 (i) (try to solve this on your own).
n
Sn 2 120 n 1 5 ... (ii)
2
n
2 120 n 1 5 n 2 180
2
3 .1 .1 A r it h m e t ic M e a n (A M )
When three quantities are in AP, then the middle one is a arithmetic mean of other two.
If a and b are two numbers and A is arithmetic mean of a and b, then a, A, b are in AP.
Aăa =băA
ab
A
2
a c
b
2
3 .1 .1 .1 I n s e r t i n g n a r i t h m e t ic m e a n s b e t w e e n t w o n u m b e r
A1, A2, A3, ........ An are called n arithmetic means between two numbers a and b,
if the series a, A1, A2, A3, A4, ....., An, b is an AP.
For this AP, first term is a, number of terms is (n + 2), & the lastterm = b = Tn+2.
ba
d
n 1
ba ba
A1 = a + d = a + and A2 = a + 2d = a + 2
n1 n1
ba
In general kth arithmetic mean is Ak = a + kd = a + k
n1
Property of AM
a b
Ć Sum of all AMÊs inserted between two numbers a & b is n
2
n
a b
i.e. A i n 2
i 1
b a
Proof : We know A i a i
n 1
n n n
b a
So Ai a i n 1
i 1 i 1 i 1
n
b a n
= a 1 i
i 1 n a i 1
b a
= a n 1 2 3...n
n 1
b a n n 1
= a n n 1 2
b an
= an
2
b a n a b
= n a
2
=
2
Illustration 6
13
The sum of 2 numbers is . An even number of arithmetic means are inserted between
6
them and their sum exceeds their number by 1. Find the number of means inserted.
Solution :
Let the 2 numbers be a & b.
13
then, a+ b = ... (i)
6
Suppose A1, A2 .... A2N be 2n arithmetic means inserted between a & b.
a b
Then A1 + A2 + ... A2n = 2n
2
n
( We know that sum of AMÊs is a b )
2
putting value from (i)
13
A1 + A2 ... A2n = n ... (ii)
6
Also it is given in the question that
n= 6
3.2 Ge o m e t ri c Pro g r e s s io n
A geometric progression is a sequence of numbers where each term after the first is found by
multiplying the previous term by a fixed number called the common ratio. The sequence 1, 3, 9, 27,
.... is a geometric progression with first term 1 and common ratio 3. The common ratio could be a fraction
and it might be negative. In general we can write a geometric progression as follows :
geometric progression : a, ar, ar2, ar3
where the first term is a and the common ratio is r.
Some important results concerning geometric progressions (G.P.) now follows :
Illustration 7
a 2 a b b2 b a
If a , b, c are in GP, then prove
bc ca a b cb
Solution :
If a, b, c are in GP, then
b = ar
& c = ar2
Now, putting these values in LHS
L.H.S
a 2 a( ar ) ar
2
=
ar ar 2 ar 2 a a ar
a2 a2 r a 2 r 2
=
a2 r 3 a 2 r 2 a2 r
a2 1 r r 2 1
a r r r 1 r
= 2 2
R.H.S.
ba ar a a r 1
= c b 2
ar ar ar (r 1)
1
=
r
L.H.S. = R.H.S.
Hence proved
Illustration 8
In a finite GP the product of terms equidistant from the beginning and the end is always
same and equal to the product of first and last term.
Solution :
Let a1, a2 ... ană1, an be a finite GP with common ratio r.
kth term from beginning = a1 rkă1
kth term from end = an ă k+ 1
k1
1
= an
r
k1
ak . anăk + 1
= a1 an r r
k1 1
a1 an
Hence proved.
Note : This can be taken as a standard result.
Illustration 9
If a x = b y = c z and x, y, z are in GP prove that logb a = logc b.
Solution :
Given that ax = by = c2
taking log x log a = y log b = 2 log c ... (i)
also x, y, z are in GP
then y = xr & z = xr2 (where ÂrÊ is the common ratio)
log a log b
r ... (ii) r ...(iii)
log b log c
Su m (Ge o m e t ri c Se r ie s )
The sum of first n terms of a GP :
a r n 1
if r 1
Sn r 1
na if r 1
Case 1 : Suppose r =1
Sn = a + a + a + ...... + a = na
Case 2 : If r 1
Sn ă rSn = arn
Sn (1 ă r) = a(1 ă rn)
Sn
a rn 1
r 1
a
If |r|< 1 and n then nlim Sn
1 r
Sn
a 1 rn
1r
a ar n
Now lim Sn lim lim
n n 1 r n 1 r
a
= 0 as lim r n 0 = a
1 r n 1r
3 .2 .2 Pro p e r t i e s o f G.P. :
(1) If each term of a G.P. is multiplied (or divided) by some non-zero quantity the resulting
progression is G.P. with some common ratio.
Suppose the G.P. is with tn = arnă1
Now this GP is multiplied by some k ( 0)
So G.P. will be
tn = (ak)rnă1
So, only the first term of G.P. has changed and the common ratio remains unaffected.
(2) If a1, a2, .... and b1, b2, ..... be two G.PÊs of common ratio r1 and r2 respectively, then a1b1, a2b2,
a1 a2 r1
... and . ..... will also form G.P. common ratio will be r1r2 and respectively.
b1 b2 r2
Let the series a1, a2 ........... have the nth term as a1r1nă1 and the series b1, b2 ........ have nth
term as b1r2nă1
So the series a1b1, a2b2 ........ will have nth term as
(a1r1nă1)(b1r2nă1)
= (a1b1)(r1r2)nă1
So the common ratio now becomes r1r2.
a
(3) If we have to take three terms in G.P. we take them as , a, ar with common ratio r and four
r
a a
terms as , , ar, ar 3 with common ratio r2.
r3 r
(5) If a1, a2, a3 ........ an is a G.P. then log a1, log a2 ...... log an is an AP (provided that all terms
are non-zero & non-negative).
Why ?
Now a1, a2, a3 ...... an form a G.P.
So a1 = a1riă1 (Let)
log ai = log a1 + (i ă 1) logr
This is clearly term of an AP
(1) How does log a1 + (i ă 1) log r represents an AP?
Ans. Let log a1 = A
And log r = D
6. In a finite GP the product of the terms equidistant from the beginning and the end is always
same and is equal to product of first & last terms.
i.e. a k a năk+1 = a1 an for k = 1, 2, 3 ... n ă 1
7. The reciprocals of the terms of a given GP, form a GP with common ratio 1/r.
1 1 1
i.e. if a1, a2, a3 ... an are in GP with common ratio r then , , ... are in GP with
a1 a2 an
1
common ratio .
r
Illustration 1 0
Find the sum of the following series :
5 + 55 + 555 + .... n terms
Solution :
These kind of questions can be solved with a little trick after which we get the result through GP.
We have 5 + 55 + 555 + ....... n terms
= 5 [1 + 11 + 111 + .......] n terms
5
= 9 99 999 ... n terms
9
5
= 10 1 100 1 1000 1 ....
9
5
= [(10 + 100 + 1000 ... n terms) ă n ï 1]
9
This is in GP now n times
with a = 10 &
r = 10
sum of series
n
5 10 10 1
n
= 9 10 1
=
5
9
10 n
9 10 1 n
5 n1
= 10 9n 10
81
Illustration 1 1
If Sn is the sum of first n terms of a G.P. : (a n ) and Sn is the sum of another G.P. : (1/a n ), then
show that : Sn = S´n a 1 a n .
Solution :
Sn = a1 + a2 + a3 + ......... + an
1 1 1
S´n = a a ........ a
1 2 n
Sn =
a1 1 r n
1r
1 1
For the second GP , common ratio =
a
n r
1
S´n =
1 1 n
r
rn 1
rn 1
a1 1 a1 r 1 r n1 an r 1
1
r
S´n =
1 a1 r n 1
a1 an r 1
1
S´n = Sn
a1 an
1
S´n = a a S n
1 n
Sn = S´n a1an
Illustration 1 2
If S1, S2 ....... Sn are the sums of infinite geometric series whose first terms are 1, 2, 3,... n and
1 1 1 1 1
common ratios are 2 , 3 , 4 ... n 1 resp., then prove S1 + S2 + ... Sn = n n 3 .
2
Solution :
a
We know the formula for an infinite series S where a is the first term &
1 r
r is common ratio.
1
a = k and CR =
k 1
k k
Sk = 1
1 k 1 1
k 1 k 1
Sk = k + 1
Putting k = 1, 2, ...... n
S S1 + S2 + S3 ....... Sn
= (1 + 1) + (2 + 1) + (3 + 1) ... (n + 1)
= (1 + 2 + 3 ...... n) + n ï 1
n n 3
=
2
n n 1
You can also learn this, sum of first n natural nos. =
2
3 .2 .1 Ge o m e t ri c M e a n s (G.M .)
If G1, G2, G3, G4 ........ Gn are GMÊs between a and b then a, G1, G2, ........ Gn, b are in G.P.
1
b n1
Or r =
a
1
b n1
and Thus G1 = a
a
Pro p e r t y o f GM
(1) The product of n G.M’s between a and b is equal to nth power of one G.M. between a and b.
n
i.e. G1, G2, ....... Gn = ab
i
b n 1
Gi a
a
n i
b n1
G1, G2, ...... Gn = a n i 1
a
i
b n 1
= an
a
n n 1
b 2( n1)
n
= a
a
n
n
= ab 2 ab
(2) If a1, a2, .......... an are n non-zero numbers then their G.M is given by
1
G a1 , a2 ...... an n
Note : You can check the analogy of formulas between Arithmetic Progression & Geometric progression.
Illustration 1 3
If we insert odd number (2n + 1) G.M.Ês between 4 and 2916 then find the value of (n + 1)th
G.M.?
Solution :
Now 4, G1, G2, G3 .......... Gn+1, ....... G2n, G2n+1, 2916 are in G.P. So Gn+1 will be the
middle mean of (2n + 1) odd means and so it will equidistant from 1st and last term.
So, 4, Gn+1, 2916 are also in GP.
And thus,
1
Gn+1 = 4.2916 2
1
= 4 9 324 2
1
= 4 9 4 81 2
= (2 ï 3 ï 2 ï 9)
= 108
A r it h m e t ic M e a n s a n d Ge o m e t ri c M e a n s (i n g e n e r a l )
The arithmetic mean, or less precisely the average, of a list of n numbers x1, x2, ..., xn is the sum
of the numbers divided by n :
x1 x2 ..... xn
n
The geometric mean is similar, except that it is only defined for a list of nonnegative real numbers,
and uses multiplication and a root in place of addition and division.
n x1 . x2 ... xn
If x1, x2, ... xn > 0, this is equal to the exponential of the arithmetic mean of the natural logarithms
of the numbers :
1n x1 1n x2 ... 1n xn
exp
n
3 .3 .1 T h e A N -GM I n e q u a l i t y
Restating the inequality using mathematical notation, we have that for any list of n nonnegative
real numbers x1, x2, .... xn,
x1 x 2 .... x n n
x1 . x 2 ... x n (known as AM-GM inequality)
n
AM GM
and that equality holds if and only if x1 = x2 = ... xn.
3 .3 .2 Ge n r a l i za t i o n s
There is a similar inequality for the weighted arithmetic mean and weighted geometric mean.
Specially, let the nonnegative numbers x1, x2, ......, xn and the nonnegative weights a1, a2, ....., an be
given. Set = 1 + 2 + ..... + n. If > 0, then the inequality
1 x1 2 x2 ... an xn 1 2
x1 x2 ... xnan
holds with equality if and only if all the xk with ak > 0 are equal. Here the convention 0Ĉ = 1 is used.
If all ak = 1, this reduces to the above AM-GM inequality.
Example application
Illustration 1 4
x y z
f x , y, z 3
y z x
for x, y and z all positive real numbers. Suppose we wish to find the minimum value of
this function. Rewriting a bit, and applying the AM-GM inequality, we have :
x 1 y 1 y 1 z 13 z 1 z
3 3
y 2 z 2 z 3 x 3 x 3 x
f x, y, z 6.
6
x 1 y 1 y 1 z 13 z 1 z
6 6 . . . 3 . . 3
y 2 z 2 z 3 x 3 x 3 x
1 x yz
= 6. 6
2.2.3.3.3 y z x
= 22/3 . 31/2
Further, we know that the two sides are equal exactly when all the terms of the mean are equal :
x 1 y 13 z
f x, y, z 22 / 3 . 31 / 2 when
y 2 z 3 x
Illustration 1 5
If A and G are arithmetic mean (AM) and geometric mean (GM) between two numbers a and
b find the roots of the equation : x 2 ă 2Ax + G2
Solution :
Let and be the roots of the equation, then
+ = 2A & = G2
Also, A is the AM between a & b and G is GM between a & b
ab
A & G ab
2
+ = a + b and = ab
The roots are a & b.
Illustration 1 6
If a , b, c are in A.P., x is the GM of a , b and y is GM of b, c , show that b 2 is the AM of x 2
and y2.
Solution :
a, b, c are in AP 2b = a + c (i)
x is G.M. of a, b x ab (ii)
y is G.M. of b, c y bc (iii)
Squaring (ii) & (iii) and adding, we get
x2 + y2 = ab + bc = b(a + c)
From (i) a + c = 2b
x + y2 = 2b2
2
x2 y2
b2
2
Hence b2 is arithmetic mean (AM) of x2 and y2.
Illustration 1 7
If 0 < r < 1 and m is a positive integer, show that (2m + 1)r 2m (1 ă r) < 1 ă r 2m +1
Solution :
Using AM > GM, we have
1
1 r r 2 .... r 2m
2m 1
1.r.r 2 ..... r 2m 2m 1
1
1 r 2m 1
or
1 r 2m 1
1.r.r 2 2 m1
2m(2m1)
1 r 2m1
or r 2m 1
or 1 r 2m1 1 r 2m 1 r 2 m
1 r 2m 1
PROGRESSION & SERIES
20 QUIZRR
3 .4 H a r m o n i c Pro g r e s s io n (H .P.) :
1 1 1 1
The sequence a1, a2, ...... an is said to be a H.P. if , , ....... is an A.P.
a1 a2 a3 an
1 1 1 1
The nth term of a H.P. (tn) is given by tn a (n 1) d where a a and d a a
1 2 1
3 .4 .1 H a r m o n i c M e a n s (H .M .) :
If H1, H2, H3 ........ Hn be n H.M.Ês between a and b then a, H1, H2, H3 ........ Hn, b is a H.P.
1 1 1 1 1
This means , , ...... , is a A.P.
a H H2 Hn b
1 1 i a b
And hence
H i a n 1 ab
Note : If a1, a2, a3 ......... an are n non-zero numbers then H.M. of these number is given by
n
H
1 1 1
.........
a1 a2 an
1 1 1
a, b, c are in H.P. so, , , are in AP
a b c
2 1 1 2ac
And b
b a c ac
Illustration 1 8
If the (m + 1)th, (n + 1)th and (r + 1)th term of an A.P. are in G.P. m, n, r are in H.P., Show that
ratio of the common difference to the first term in the AP is (ă 2/n).
Solution :
Let ÂaÊ be the first term and ÂdÊ be common difference of the AP. Let x, y, z be the (m + 1)th, (n + 1)th
and (r + 1)th term of the A.P. then x = a + md, y = a + nd, z = a + rd. Since x, y, z are in G.P.
y2 = xz i.e. (a + nd)2 = (a + rd) (a + md)
d r m 2n
a n2 rm
Now, m, n, r in H.P.
2 1 1
n m r
2 mr
n mr
r m
2 n
d
2
Hence a rm
nn
n
mr
2 n
n 2
rm =
n n n
n
Illustration 1 9
If a , b, c are respectively p th, q th, and r th terms of H.P., prove that
(q ă r) + ca (r ă p) + a b (p ă q) = 0
Solution :
A and D be the first term and common difference of the AP formed by the reciprocals of the given
H.P.
1
A p 1 D (i)
a
1
A q 1 D (ii)
b
1
A r 1 D (iii)
c
cb
Subtracting (iii) from (ii) we get q r D
bc
b c
bc (q ă r) =
D
L.H.S. = bc q r
bc 1
= b c
D D
1
= b c c a a b 0 = R.H.S.
D
PROGRESSION & SERIES
22 QUIZRR
Illustration 20
1 1 1 1
If 0 , prove that a , b, c are in H.P., unless b = a + c
a c a b cb
Solution :
1 1 1 1
0
a c ab cb
ac a c 2b
0
ac ac b(a c) b2
Let a + c = t
t t 2b
0
ac ac bt b2
2ac
a+ c =b or b
ac
a, b, c are in H.P. or a + c = b
3 .4 .2 So m e I m p o r t a n t T h e o r e m s :
Let A, G,H be the AM, GM, HM respectively between two positive unequal quantities.
First of all let us prove A>G
x y
A and G = xy
2
x y
So to prove xy
2
2
Now x y 0 ( x, y are positive)
x+ yă2 xy 0
x y
xy
2
Hence A >G ........ (i)
2 xy
Again H
x y
2
Also x y 0
x + y > 2 xy
2 xy
1
x y
G >H .......... (2)
Combining (1) and (2) we get A >G>H
Now we can prove :
G2 = AH
Let x, y be two numbers.
x y 2 xy
So, A ,G xy, H
2 x y
x y 2 xy
Hence AH
2 x y
= xy
= G2
Illustration 21
If a , b, c , d be four distinct positive quantities in H.P. then show that a + d > b + c .
Solution :
a, b, c, d are in H.P.
Then AM > H.M.
For first three terms
ac
b
2
a + c > 2b ...... (1)
And for last three terms
bd
c
2
b + d > 2c ........ (2)
From (1) and (2)
a + c + b + d > 2b + 2c
a+ d >b+ c
Illustration 22
a b
a b
Prove that a b b a , a b N & a b.
2
Solution
By just seeing the question we get the feel that it is kind of AM > GM
So, we get the idea from R.H.S.
a repeated b times
& b repeated a times
Now applying AM > GM
1
2ab
ab
a b ba ab ... (i)
a b
a b
2 ab ba
A r it h m e t ic m e a n o f m t h p o w e r
Let a1, a2 ...... an be n positive real numbers and let m be a real number, then
m
a1m a2m ..... anm a1 a2 .... an
if m R ă [0, 1]
n n
m
a1m a2m ..... anm a1 a2 .... an
for m (0, 1), then
n n
m
a1m a2m ..... anm a1 a2 .... an
and for m = 0 & 1
n n
Illustration 23
Solution :
Using mth power inequality
4
a4 b4 c4 a b c
... (i)
3 3
4
a b c
Now we have in RHS
3
using AM > GM
a b c
abc
1/3
3
3
a b c
abc
3
a b c
4
a b c
but we require , so multiplying both sides by
3 3
a b c abc a b c
4
... (ii)
3 3
a4 b4 c4 abc a b c
3 3
a4 + b4 + c4 abc (a + b + c)
Hence proved.
Su m m a t i o n o f Se r ie s
To find the summation of a series we follow 2 basic steps.
Step 1 : Find the nth term (Tn)
Step 2 : Find the sum using formula (for summation, using TN)
To find the nth term of a series we try to find out the differences between successive terms. If the
difference is constant then they are in A.P and sum can be calculated by using a formula.
But many times you will find different differences between successive terms.
For ex. 1 3 6 10 (difference is increasing)
2 3 4
In such cases,
we find second order difference (i.e. we again find difference of differences obtain)
1 3 6 10
2 3 4
1 1
This process of finding the nth order difference continues unless we get a constant difference.
2 3 4
for ex. S = 1, 3, 6, 10
We know this is level 1.
& for level 1, Tr = ar2 + br + c
T1 = a + b + c = 1 ............. (a)
T2 = 4a + 2b + c = 3 .................. (b)
T3 = 9a + 3b + c = 6 ................. (c)
Using the following [(b) ă (a) & (c) ă (b), we get 3a + b = 2 & 5a + b = 3
Subtracting we get a = ó
Similarly we can find b & c now which comes out to b = ó, c = 0
r2 r r
Tr = r 1
2 2 2
We can easily find the sum of this series now using formula for n2 & n .
Lets take another example, this time of level 2.
We have S = 1, 2, 5, 11, 21
We know it is level 2, so
Tr = ar3 + br2 + cr + d
T1 = 1 = a + b + c + d
T2 = 2 = 8a + 4b + 2c + d
T3 = 5 = 27a + 9b + 3c + d
T4 = 11 = 64a + 16b + 4c + d
1 ă1
solving eqn. we get a = /6, b = 0, c = /6, d = 1
r3 r
Tr = 1
6 6
This is how we solve these kind of questions, now we will move to questions where differences are
in G.P.
3 .5 .2 Di f f e r e n c e i n G.P
These are kind of questions in which differences successive terms is in GP instead of AP.
There are 2 methods to solve these kind of problems.
Method 1 : It is the method of finding Tr term with the help of levels (formulas)
Level 0 2 4 8 16
(Simple GP) 2 2 2
(multiplied by 2)
Here the series is clearly in GP,
Level 1 1 3 7 15 31
difference 2 4 8 16
again in simple GP
with factor 2.
Level 2 1 2 5 12
1 3 7
2 4
(now in simple GP
with factor 2)
PROGRESSION & SERIES
28 QUIZRR
So,
Type of series General Term
Simple GP abr
(Level 1)
difference in GP a + bcr
(Level 2)
difference of difference
in GP a + br + cd r
Method 2 :
This method involves the rearrangement of the given series in such a way that we get a simple
GP series in between the given series.
Let us take an example to clear the concept.
We have, Sn = 1 + 3 + 7 + 15 + .... + Tn
now shift the values of Sn & subtract it from SN only.
Sn = 1 + 3 + 7 + 15 + ..... Tn
Sn = 1 + 3 + 7 + ..... Tnă1 + Tn
0 =1+2+4+ 8 ..... (nă1) terms ă Tn
Tn = 1 2 4 8 ..... n 1 terms
this becomes a simple GP for n terms.
Tn
1 2n 1 2 n
1
21
or Tr = 2r ă 1
n n n n
Tr 2 r
1 2r 1
r 1 r 1 r 1 r 1
n
2 1 2
Sn n 2n1 2 n
12
3 .6 A r it h m e t ic Ge o m e t ri c Se r ie s
Consider the series :
Sn = 1 + 2r + 3r2 + 4r3 + ...... + nr(nă1)
This series is neither arithmetic (the differences between the terms isnÊt constant) nor geometric
(the ratio of successive terms isnÊt constant), yet it seems to be something of both.
It looks like something that is familiar yet alien.
If we know :
1 2 n1 ...
1 r 1 2r 3r 2 4 r 3 .... nr
1 r 2
then we know the sum to infinity of the series is (1 ă r)ă2, if |r| < 1 so the series converges.
However, this doesnÊt tell us the sum to n terms.
Consider
Sn = 1 + 2r + 3r2 + 4r3 + ..... + nr(nă1) (i)
And using our trick from the geometric series, multiply this by r :
r Sn = r + 2 r2 + 3 r3 + 4 r4 + ...... + n rn (ii)
Subtract Equations (i) & (ii) :
Sn (1 ă r) = 1 + r + r2 + ..... + rnă1 ă nrn
Nothing we know the formula for the geometric series, and using it :
Sn 1 r
1 r n r
n
n
1 r
Bringing it all together under one denominator :
Sn 1 r
1 r n
n rn n r
n1
1 r
Rounding up like terms, gives us the formula :
Sn
1 nr n1
n 1 r n
1 r 2
Therefore :
2
1 2 r 3 r ... n r
n1 1 n 1 r n
nr
n1
1 r 2
a + 2 a r + 3 a r2 .... n a r (nă1)
=
1 n 1 r n
nr
n1
1 r 2
The sum to infinity of this series, when n tends to infinity (and |r| < 1, is :
1
1 2 r 3 r 2 4 r 3 .... n r
n1 ...
1 r 2
3 .6 .1 Ge n e r a l A r it h m e t ic Ge o m e t ri c Se r ie s
In this series, which is neither geometric nor arithmetic, has the form :
r(n ă 1)
a + (a + d) r + (a + 2d)r2 + (a + 3d) r3 + ..... + (a + (n ă 1)d)
The simple arithmetic-geometric series is a special case of this, where a = 1
If we expand this series, we get :
(a + ar + ...... + ar(nă1) + (d r (1 + 2 r + 3r2 ...... + (n ă 1) r(nă2))
Naturally, we note the first bit is a normal geometric series, and the second bit is our simple
arithmetic geometric series.
That is :
a + (a + d) r + (a + 2 d) r2 + (a + 3 d) r3 + .... + (a + (n ă 1) d r(n ă 1) d r(n ă 1)
a
1 r rd 1 n r
n n1
n 1 r n )
=
1 r 1 r 2
Su m o f i n f i n i t e a r i t h m e t ic – Ge o m e t ri c s e q u e n c e
for |r|<| & n , rn approaches O
putting these values in general term obtained above.
a dr
S
1 r (1 r )2
3 .8 So m e Sp e c i a l Se r ie s
n n 1
(1) n 1 2 3 ..... n 2
(i.e. sum of first n natural numbers)
n
So, n 2 2.1 n 1 1
n n 1
n 2
n n 1 2 n 1
(2) n 2 12 22 32 .... n 2
6
Proof :
(x + 1)3 ă x3 = 3x2 + 3x + 1
Putting x = 1, 2, 3, 4, ... n then
23 ă 13 = 3.12 + 3.1 + 1
33 ă 23 = 3.22 + 3.2 + 1
43 ă 33 = 3.32 + 3.3 + 1
53 ă 43 = 3.42 + 3.4 + 1
(n + 1)3 ă n3 = 3.n2 + 3n + 1
Adding all we get,
(n + 1)3 ă 13 = 3(12 + 22 + ..... + n2) + 3(1 + 2 + ....... + n) + (1 + 1 .... n times)
n3 + 3n2 = 3n = 3 n2 = 3 n + n
n n 1
3 n2 n3 3n2 3n 3 n
2
n n 1 2n 1
n2 6
n n 1
2
(3) n 1 2 3 .... n
3 3 3 3 3
2
Proof :
(x + 1)4 ă x4 = 4x3 + 6x2 + 4x + 1
Putting x = 1, 2, 3, 4 ....... n then,
24 ă 14 = 4.13 +6.12 + 4.1 + 1
34 ă 24 = 4.23 + 6.22 + 4.2 + 1
44 ă 34 = 4.33 + 6.32 + 4.3 + 1
(n + 1)4 ă n4 = 4.n3 + 6.n2 + 4.n + 1
Adding all we get,
(n + 1)4 ă 14 = 4(13 + 23 + ..... + n3) + 6 (12 + 22 + ....... + n2) + 4 (1 + 2 + .... + n) +
(1 + 1 + ....... + n times)
n4 4 n3 6 n2 4 n 4 n3 6 n2 4 n n
6.n n 1 2n 1 4.n n 1
4 n3 n
6 2
4 n3 n4 4n3 6 n2 4 n n(n 1) 2n 1 2n n 1 n
= n2 (n + 1)2
2
n n 1
n3 2
4 Arithmetic-Geometric Progression
3 Geometric Progression
Arithmetic Progression
1
-0.05 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0
Su m m a t i o n o f Se r ie s (M e t h o d -2 )
The following method works in the case when the nth term of a series can be expressed as the
difference of two quantities.
i.e Tr = f(r) ă f (r ă 1)
or Tr = f (r) ă f (r + 1)
Steps to be followed in such a case
Ć find the general term (Tr)
Ć Express the general term as the difference of two consecutive terms
Ć In summation part (from 0/1 to n) (n) goes to the greater term & (1) goes to termwise smaller term
Let us solve some questions to understand the rule.
Illustration 26
1 1 1
Find Sn , where S n ...( n terms)
1.2 2.3 3.4
Solution :
Step 1 : find general term
1
Tr
r r 1
Step 2 : expressing Tr as difference of 2 terms here methods of partial fraction can be used
1 1
Tr
r r 1
n n
1 1
Step 3 : S n Tr r r 1
r 1 r 1
now the rule says that place n in greater term (termwise not by value) which is r + 1 here.
n n
1 1 1
Tr r
1
r 1
n 1
r 1 r 1
n
n 1
n
Sn
n1
Illustration 27
1 1
Find Sn where Sn = ...( n terms)
1.2.3 2.3.4
Solution : finding general term first
1
Tr
r r 1 r 2
1 r 2 r
Tr
2 r r 1 r 2
1 1 1
=
2 r r 1 r 1 r 2
Note here that though in numerator we could have many options like [(r + 1) ă r] etc. but we use
the above one (i.e. ((r + 2) ă r)) because after that we get terms which contains consecutive
termwise terms (like r (r + 1) & (r + 1) (r + 2). The rule is valid for consecutive terms only.
1 1
here r 1 r 2 is obtained by replacing r by r + 1 in r r 1 , which is what we require for
rule to be valid.
n n
1 1 1
Now, S n Tr 2 r r 1 r 1 r 2
r 1 r 1
1 n 1 1
Sn
2 r 1 r r 1 r 1 r 2
1 1 1
Sn
2 2 n 1 n 2
Illustration 1 9
1 1
Find Sn , where ...(n terms)
1.3.5 3.5.7
1
Solution : Tr 2r 1 2r 1 2r 3
again we will try to divide the term in 2 parts
1 2r 3 2r 1
Tr
4 2r 1 2r 1 2r 3
1 1 1
Tr
4 2r 1 2r 1 2r 1 2r 3
Now, we know that the second term can be achieved by replacing r by r + 1 in first term.
n n
1 1 1
Sn Tr 4 2r 1 2r 1 2r 1 2r 3
r 1 r 1
according to step 3
1 1 1
Sn
4 3 2n 3 2n 3
Illustration 29
1 1 1
Find Sn , where ...(n terms)
1.3 2.4 3.5
1
Solution : Tr
r r 2
1 r 2 r
=
2 r r 2
1 1 1
= .... (i)
2 r r 2
now still we donÊt have termwise consecutive terms, so we will try to achieve that adding &
1
subtracting in (i)
r 1
1 1 1 1 1
Tr
2 r r 1 r 1 r 2
n n
1 1 1 1 1
Sn Tr 2 r r 1 r 1 r 2
r 1 r 1
1 n 1 1 n
1 1
= r 1 r 2
2 r 1 r r 1 r 1
1 1 1 1
= 2 1 n 1 2 n 2
(applying step 3)
Illustration 30
Find Sn, where Sn = 1.3.5 + 3.5.7 + 5.7.9 + ... (n terms)
Solution : Here, Tr = (2r ă 1) (2r + 1) (2r + 3)
Now here too we have to divide Tr into 2 terms.
Trick : Let a be the term before (2r ă 1) i.e. (2r ă 3) & b be the term after (2r + 3) i.e. (2r + 5)
multiply and divide by (b ă a)
1
Tr 2r 5 2r 3 2r 1 2r 1 2r 3
8
1 2r 5 2r 1 2r 1 2r 3 2r 3 2r 1 2r 2 2r 3
= 8
1st
block 2nd block
Here the 2nd block can be achieved by replacing r by (r ă 1) in the first block
Ist block is termwise greater than 2nd block
n
Sn Tr
r1
n
1
= 8 2r 5 2r 3 2r 1 2r 1 2r 3 2r 1 2r 1 2r 3
r 1
1
= 2n 5 2n 3 2n 1 2n 1 5 3 1 1
8
1
= 2n 5 2n 3 2n 1 2n 1 15
8
Illustration 31
1 1 1
Find Sn , where Sn = ...(n terms)
1.3 1.3.5 1.3.5.7
r
Solution : firstly, Tr 1.3.5... 2r 1
1 2r
Tr =
2 1.3.5... 2r 1
1 (2r 1) 1
=
2 1.3.5... 2r 1
1 1 1
=
2 1.3.5... 2r 1 1.3.5... 2r 1
(... Previous term of (2r + 1) is (2r ă 1)
Now we have termwise consecutive terms
Applying step 3
n n
1 1 1
Sn Tr 2 1.3.5... 2r 1 1.3.5... 2r 1
r 1 r 1
1 1
Sn 1
2 1.3.5... 2n 1
BINOMIAL THEOREM
2 .1 B I N OM I A L EX PRESSION :
An algebraic expression consisting of two terms with a positive or negative sign between them is
called a binomial expression.
Example : (a + b), (P / x2) ă (Q / x4) etc.
2 .1 .1 B i n o m i a l T h e o r e m :
When a binomial expression is raised to a power ÂnÊ we would like to be able to expand it. The
binomial theorem assists us in doing this. It converts such an expression into a series.
Binomial Theorem for positive integral index :
(x + y)n = xn + nC1xnă1y+nC2xnă2y2 + ......... nCr xnăryr + ......... + ......... + nCnă1xynă1 + ncnyn.
2 .1 .2 Pro o f o f B i n o m i a l T h e o r e m :
The Binomial theorem can be proved by mathematical induction
Let P(n) stands for the mathematical statement
(x + a)n = xn + nC1 xnă1 a + nC2 xnă2 a2 + ... nCr xnăr ar + ... + ar ..... (i)
Note that there are (n + 1) terms in R.H.S. and all the terms are of the same degree in x and a
together
P (1) is verified to be true
Assume P (m) to be true
i.e., (x + a)m = xm + m
C1 xmă1 a + m
C2 xmă2 a2 + ... m
Cr xmăr ar + ... + am ...... (ii)
Multiplying equation (ii) by (x + a), we have
(x + a)m (x + a) = (x + a) {xm + mC1 xmă1 a + m
C2 xmă2 a2 + ... + m
Cr xmăr ar + ... + am}
i.e. (x + a)m+1= xm+1 + (mC1 + 1) xma + (mC2 + mC1) xmă1 a2 + ... + (mCr + mCră1) xmăr+1 ar + ... am+1
= xm+1 + (m+1)
C1 xm a + (m+1)
C2 xmă1 a2 + ...
m+1
Cr xm+1ăr ar + am+1 ........... (iii)
(using the formula nCr + nCră1 = (n+1)
Cr)
Equation (iii) implies that P (m + 1) is true and hence by induction P (n) is true.
2 .2 .3 Pa r t i c u l a r – Ca s e s :
(i) Replacing ÂyÊ by Âă yÊ, we have :
(x ă y)n = n
C 0 xy0 ă n C 1 xnă1 y+ n C 2 xnă2 y2 ....... + (ă 1) rn
Crxnăryr + .......... (ă 1)n nCnx0yn.
It can be represented as :
n
x yn 1r n Cr xn r yr
r 0
n
or 1 xn n Cr xr
r 0
n
or (1 ă x)n = (1)r n
Cr xr
r 0
2 .2 PROPERT I ES OF B I N OM I A L – EX PA N SI ON (x + y ) n :
(i) There are (n + 1) terms in the expansion.
(ii) In each term, sum of the indices of ÂxÊ and ÂyÊ is equal to ÂnÊ.
(iii) In any term, the lower suffix of ÂCÊ is equal to the index of ÂyÊ, and the index of x = n ă (lower
suffix of C).
(iv) Because nCr = nCnăr,
so we have :
n
C0 = nCn
n
C1 = nCnă1
n
C2 = nCnă2 etc.
It follows that the coefficients of terms equidistant from the beginning and the ends are equal.
Ex a m p le s 1
x x
6 6
(1) Simplify x2 1 x2 1
Solution : Let x 2
1 = a, so we have :
(x + a)6 + (x ă a)6
= [x6 + 6C1x5.a + 6C2.x4.a2 + 6C3x3a3 + 6C4x2a4 + 6C5x2a4 + 6C5xa5 + 6C6a6]
= [x6 ă 6C1x5a + 6C2.x4.a2 ă 6C3x3a3 + 6C4x2a4 ă 6C5xa5 + 6C5xa5 + 6C6a6]
= 2 [x6 + 6C2x4a2 + 6C4x2a4 + 6Ca6]
= 2 [x6 + 15x4 (x2 ă 1) + 15x2 (x2 ă 1) + (x2 ă 1)3]
= 2 [x6 + 15x6 ă 15x4 (x2 ă 1) + 15x2 (x2 ă 1) + (x2 ă 1)3]
= 2 [x6 + 15x6 ă 15x4 + 15x6 + 15x2 ă 30x4 + x6 ă 1 ă 3x4 + 3x3]
= 2 [32x6 ă 48x4 + 18x2 ă 1]
Ex a m p l e 2
In this expansion of (x + a )n , if the sum of odd-terms be ÂPÊ and sum of even be ÂQÊ Prove
that :
(i) P2 ă Q2 = (x 2 ă a 2)n
(ii) 4PQ = (x + a )2n ă (x ă a )2n
Solution :
(x + a)n = xn + nC1xnă1 a + nC2xnă2a2 + nC3nă3a3 + .......... + nCnan
= (xn + nC2xnă2a2 + .........) + (nC1xnă1a+nC3xnă3a3 + ..........)
(x + a)n = P + Q ...................... (1)
and (x ă a)n = xn ă nC1xnă1 a + nC2xnă2a2 ă nC3xnă3a3 + ....... + (ă 1)n nCnan
= (xn + nC2xnă2a2 + .........) ă (nC1xnă1 a + nC3xnă3a3 + .........)
(x ă a)n = P ă Q ................. (2)
Now we have :
(1) P2ăQ2 = (P + Q) (P ă Q)
= (x + a)n (x ă a)n
= P2 ă Q2 = (x2 ă a2)n
(2) 4PQ = (P + Q)2 ă (P ă Q)2
= (x + a)2n ă (x ă a)2n
Ex a m p l e 3
Prove that (101)50 > (100)50 + (99)50
Solution :
(101) 50 = (100 + 1)50
= (100)50 + 50
C1(100)49 + 50
C2(100)48 + ............ + 1 ................. (i)
(99) 50 = (100 ă 1)50
= (100)50 ă 50
c1(100)49 + 50
c2(100)48 ă ............. + 1 ....................(ii)
eq. (i) ă eq. (ii) :
(101)50 ă (99)50 = 2[50C1(100)49 + 50
C3(100)47 + ............]
= 2 ï (50!/ 1! ï 49!) (100)49 + 2. 50
C3(100)47 + ..............
= 100 ï (100)49 + (A positive number)
= (100)50 + (A positive number)
(101)50 ă (99)50 > (100)50
or (101)50 > (101)50 + (99)50
2 .2 .1 Ge n e r a l t e r m s :
(r + 1)th term from beginning in (x + y)n is called general ă term, and it is denoted by
Ex a m p l e 4
Type : 1
13
Find the 7th term in expansion of 4 x 1 / 2 x
Solution : We know the general term is Tr +1
& we want to find the 7th term. r + 1 = 7 r = 6
6
T7 = T6+1 = 13
C6(4x)13 ă 6
ă 1/2 x
= 13 6 3
C6.47x7. 1 / 2 .x
13 8 4
= C6.2 .x
= 13!/ (6! ï 7!) . 28 . x4
= T7 = 439296x4
Ex a m p l e 5
Type II. Find the coefficient of Xă 7 in the expansion of (a x ă 1/bx 2)11
Solution
r
11 11 ă r 1
General term, Tr = Cr(ax) ă 2
+ 1 bx
a11 r x11r
Tr = (ă 1)r 11
Cr r 2 r
+ 1
b x
a11r 113 r
Tr+1 = 11
Cr r x ................ (i)
b
Since we want to find the coefficient of xă7
Putting 11 ă 3r = ă 7
r= 6
BINOMIAL THEOREM IITJEE
QUIZRR 5
Ex a m p l e 6
Type III : Find the term independent of ÂxÊ in [(3 x 2/2) ă (1/3x)]9
Solution : General term, Tr+1 = 9Cr (3 x2/2)9 ă r ă (1/3x)r
= (ă 1)r 9Cr (3/2) 9ăr
x18ă2r (1/3r.xr)
Tr + 1
= (ă 1)r9 Cr (39ă2r / 29ăr) . x18ă3r .................. (i)
Putting 18 ă 3r = 0
r= 6
So, from (i), 7th term is independent of ÂxÊ and its value is :
T7 = (ă 1)6 . 9C6 . (3ă3 /23) x0
= 9! /(6! ï 3!) . 1 / (33 ï 23)
= T7 = (7/18)
pth term form end :
ÂpÊth term from end in the expansion of (x + y)n is (n ă p + 2)th term from beginning.
Ex a m p l e 7
Find the 4th term from the end in the expansion of [(x 3/2) ă (2/x 2)]7
Solution :
4th term from end = (7 ă 4 + 2)th or 5th term from beginning.
T5 = T4+1 = 7C4 (x3/2)7ă4 . (ă 2/x4)4
= 7C4 (x3/2)3 (ă 2/x2)4
= 7! / (4! ï 3!) . (x9/8). (16/x8)
= (7.6.5 / 3.2.1) . 2x
T5 = 70x
Hence Â4Ê term, from the end = 70x.
2 .2 .2 M i d d l e t e r m s :
It depends upon the value of ÂnÊ
Case 1 : When ÂnÊ is even, then total number of terms in (x + y)n is odd. so there is only one middle
term i.e. [(n/2) + 1]th them in the middle term.
So we find (Tn+1/2). th term is this case, if ÂnÊ is even.
Case II : When ÂnÊ is odd, then the total number of terms in (x + y)n is even. So there are two middle
n 3 th
terms i.e. (n + 1) 1/2 th and are true middle terms.
2
So we find T(n+1)/2 th and T(n+3)/2 th in this case if ÂnÊ is odd.
Ex a m p l e 8
2 .2 .3 Gre a t e s t t e rm i n (1 + x ) n
If ÂTr Ê and ÂTr+1Ê be the ÂrÊ th and (r + 1) the terms in the expansion of (1 + x)n , then :
Tr+1 = nCr(1)năr xr = nCrxr
And Tr = nCră1 . xră1
So Tr+1 / Tr = (nCr xr / nCră1 xră1) = (n ă r + 1)/r |x|
If ÂTr+1 be the greatest term, then Tr+1 / Tr
Or Tr+1/Tr = 1
Since (n ă r + 1) / r . |x| > 1, where ÂrÊ is a Â+Ê ve integer.
This inequality, changes either to the form r < m + f pr r < m, where ÂmÊ is a Â+Ê ve integer and
ÂfÊ is a fraction. So we get :
r < m + f ....................... (i)
or r < m .......................... (ii)
In case (i), ÂTÊ m+1
is the greatest term, and in case (i) ÂTÊ m
and ÂTÊ m+1
are the greatest terms, and
both re equal.
Short-cut : First calculate m = |x (n + 1) / (x + 1)|
Case (1) if ÂmÊ is an integer, then ÂTÊ m
and ÂTÊ m+1
are the greatest terms and both are equal.
Case (2) if ÂmÊ is not an integer, then T[m]+1 will be the greatest term, where [.] denotes greatest
integer function.
Ex a m p l e 9
Find numerically the greatest term in the expansion of (2 + 3x), when x = (3/2)
Solution : I. Method
(2 + 3x)9 = 29 [1 + 3x / 2]9
FORM S OF B I N OM I A L T H EOREM
(1) (1 + x)n = C0 + C1 x + C2x2 + C3x3 + ....... Cnxn
n
= n Cr xr
r 0
n
= n Cr xnr
r 0
1 x n 1 x n
(4) C0 C2 x2 C4 x4 .......
2
1 x n 1 x n
(5) C1 x C3 x3 C5 x5
2
1 xi n 1 xi n
(6) C0 C2 x2 C4 x4 C6 x6 ......
2
1 xi n 1 xi n
(7) C1 C3 x3 C5 x5 C7 x7
2i
2 .3 .1 Fo r m u l a e –I Su m o f f i rs t n t e rm s
n n n
(a) (i) Cr 2n (ii) rCr n2 n1
(iii) r 2 Cr n(n 1)2n 2
r 0 r 1 r 1
n n n
(b) (i) C 0r Cr 0 (ii) (1)r Cr 0 (iii) (1)r r 2 Cr 0
r 0 r 0 r 0
( B a s e d o f f o r m u l a s e t -I ) [ R e m e m b e r t h e s e f o r m u l a e c a r e f u l l y ]
Ex a m p l e 1 0
Find Sn
Sn = 1C1 + 3C2 + 5C3 + ... (n terms)
Solution : Tr = [1 + (r ă 1)2] Cr = (2r ă 1) Cr
n n
Tr (2r 1) Cr
r 1 r 1
n n
= 2 rCr Cr
r 1 r 1
nă1
= 2n2 ă 2n + 1
= n2n ă 2n + 1 = 2n (n ă 1) + 1
n r 1 n 1 C r 1 n 1 n C r
(2) r n
Cr n2 n 1
n n
r n Cr n n 1
C r 1 Cr
r 0 r 0
Proof : RHS
= r 1
= n . 2n ă 1
n!
n
= r! n r! r 1
Ex. : Find the value of n2
Cr 2
r 0
n 1 n!
=
n n 1 r 1! n r !
Ans. n 2
Cr 2 n 2
C2 n 2
C3 ...... n 2Cr 2
r 0
n 1!
Always try to expand the series.
= r1 1 r 1 ! n r !
= n 2
Cr 1 n 2 In the same fashion we can write
r 0
Cr 1 n 2
= 2n + 2 ă 1 ă (n + 2) Cr 2
r 1 r 1 n 1 n 1
Two very important formulas which, we will be
using in questions frequently
Ex a m p l e 1 1
Find Sn ?
Sn = 12C0 + 12C1 + 72C2 + 102C3 + .... (n + 1) terms
Solution : (1 + (r ă 1)3)2 Cr + 1
= (3r + 1)2 Cr
n n
Sn = Tr 1 (3r 1)2 Cr
r 0 r 0
n n n
= 9 r Cr Cr 6 r Cr
2
r 0 r 0 r 0
= 9 n (n + 1) 2n ă 2 + 2n + 6n ă 1
Ex a m p l e 1 2
Find Sn ?
Sn = 22C2 + 52C3 + 82C4 + ...... (n ă 1) terms)
Solution : [2 + (r ă 1)3]2 Cr + 1
Tr ă 1
= (2 + (r ă 2) 3)2 Cr
Tr ă 1
= (3r ă 4)2 Cr
n n
Sn = (3r 4)2 Cr (3r 4)2 Cr C1
r2 r =1
n n n
= 9 r Cr 16 Cr 24 r Cr C1
2
r 1 r 1 r 1
n ă 2
= 9 n (n + 1)2 + 16 (2n ă 1) ă 24 (n)2n ă 1
2 .3 .2 Fo r m u l a e -I I
n n
(i) C2r 2n
Cn (ii) r Cr2 n2n1 Cn1
r 0 r 1
n
(iii) r 2C2r n2 2n-2
Cn1 (iv) C0Cr C1 Cr 1 C2Cr 2
r 1
2n
... Cn r Cn Cn 5
Qu e s t io n s B a s e d o n Fo r m u l a e Se t -I I
Ex a m p l e 1 3
Find Sn ?
Sn = C1Cr + 2C2 Cr + 1
+ 3C3 Cr+ 2
+ 4 C4 Cr + 3
+ ...
Solution :
n(1 + x)n ă 1
= C1 + 2C2 x + 3C3x2 + 4C4x3 + ....
(n + 1)n = C0xn + C1xn + C2 xn ă 1
+ ... Crxnăr + Cr + 1
x n ă r ă 1
n (1 + x)2n ă 1
Coeffi. of xn ă r
n (2n ă 1
Cn ă r
)
Ex a m p l e 1 4
Find Sn ?
1C12 + 3C22 + 5C32 + .... (n terms)
Solution :
n n n
S = Tr (2r 1) C2r 2 rCr2 C2r
r 1 r 1 r 1
2nă1 2n
= 2n Cnă1 ă Cn+1
Ex a m p l e 1 5
Find Sn ?
12 C02 + 42 C12 + 72 C22 + .... (n + 1) terms
Solution :
2
Tr = [1 + (r ă 1)3]2 Cr1
n
Sn = (9r 2 1 6r)C2r
r 0
n n n
= 9 r 2 C2 C2r 6 rCr
r
r 0 r 0 r 0
= 9n2 2nă2
Cnă1 + 2n
Cn + 6n 2n ă 1
Cn ă 1
Ex a m p l e 1 6
Find Sn ?
22 C22 + 52C32 + 82C42 + ... (n + 1) terms
Solution :
Tr = [2 + (r ă 1)3]2 C2r1
Tr ă 1
= (2 + 3r ă 6)2 C2r = (3r ă 4)2 C2r
n
3r 4
2
Sn C2r
r=2
n
Sn = (3r 4)2 C2r n2
r 1
n n n
= 9 r 2Cr2 16 Cr2 24 r Cr2 n2
r 1 r 1 r 1
Ex a m p l e 1 7
Find Sn ?
C0 C1 C2 C
... n
1 2 3 n
Solution :
(Here in this series there are total (n + 1) forms).
In Tr + 1
th term if we vary value of r from 0 to n we will get summation of all terms.
Cr 1 Cr
Tr = Tr 1
r r 1
n n
Cr 1
Sn =
r 1 n1
n1 Cr1
r 0 r 0
2n1 1
= n 1
Ex a m p l e 1 8
Find Sn ?
C0 C C
1 2
1.2 2.3 3.4
Solution :
Cr 1 Cr
Tr = r r 1 Tr 1 (r 1) r 2
n n
C 1
Sn = (r 1) (rr 2) (n 1)(n 2) n2 Cr2
r 0 r 0
(here we apply the formula (2)
2n 2 1 n 2
=
(n 1) n 2
Ex a m p l e 1 9
Find Sn ?
C0 C1 C2
Sn ....
2 3 4
Solution :
Cr 1 Cr
Tr = r 1 Tr 1 (r 2)
n
1 n2
n 1 n 2
= r 2 1 Cr 2
r 0
1 n n
n 2 n 2
= ( r 2) C Cr 2
n 1 n 2 r 0 r 2
r 0
=
n 1
1
n 2
n 2 2 n 1 n 2 2 n 2 1 n 2
n 2n1 1
=
n 1 n 2
2 .4 I MP. RESU L T S
(1) The sum of binomial coefficient in (1 + x)n is 2n.
Proof (1 + x)n = C0 + C1x + C2x2 + ....... + Cnxn ................. (i)
Putting x = 1
2n = C0 + C1 + C2 + ............... + Cn .................................... (ii)
Ex a m p l e 2 0
Prove that the sum of the coefficients in the expression (1 + x ă 3x 2)2163 is Âă 1Ê.
Solution :
Putting x = 1 in (1 + x ă 3x2)2163
Sum of the coefficients
= (1 + 1 ă 3)2163
= (ă 1)2163 = ă 1
(2) The sum of the coefficients of the odd-terms in (1 + x)n is equal to the sum of coefficients of the
even terms and each is equal to 2n ă 1.
Proof : Putting x = ă 1, in eg. (1) :
O = C0 ă C1 + C2 ă C3 + ......... + (ă 1)nCn
and from (ii) : 2n = C0 + C1 + C2 + .............. + Cn
Adding these egn :
2n = 2 (C0 + C2 + C4 + ...............)
or C0 + C2 + C4 + ....................... = 2nă1 ................... (ii)
Subtracting these egn :
2n = 2 (C1 + C3 + C5 + ............. )
or C1 + C3 + C5 + ................. = 2n ă 1
........................ (iv)
From (iii) and (iv) :
C0 + C2 + C4 + ............... = C1 + C3 + C5 + .............. = 2n ă 1
(2) If the sum of the lower suffixes of binomial ă coefficients in each term is same.
For Ex :
C0 Cn + C1 Cn ă 1
+ C2 Cn ă 2 + ............. + Cn C0
Then :
Case-I : If each term is positive, then
(1 + x)n = C0 + C1 x + C2 x2 ă ................ + Cnxn ............... (1)
and (1 + x)n = C0 xn + C1 x + C2 x2 + ............. + Cn xn ...............(2)
Then multiplying (i) and (ii), and equate the coefficient of suitable power of ÂxÊ on both sides.
Case-II : If terms are alternately positive and negative,
The (1 + x)n = C0 + C1 x + C2 x2 ă ........... + Cn xn ................ (1)
and (1 ă x)n = C0 ă C1 x + C2 x2 + ........... + (ă 1)n Cn xn ................ (2)
Then multiplying (i) and (ii), and equating the coefficient of suitable power of ÂxÊ on both sides.
Ex a m p l e 2 1
Show that the middle term in the expansion of (1 + x)2n is 1.3.5 ...... (2n ă 1) / (n!) . 2n x n , ÂnÊ
being a positive integer.
Solution :
The no. of terms in (1 + x)2n
= 2n + 1 (odd).
ItÊs middle term = (2n + 1) / 2
= (n + 1)th term.
Tn + 1
= 2nCn xn
= 2n! / (n! x n!). xn
= 2n (2n ă 1) ......... 4.3.2.1 / (n! x n!). xn
= [{(2n ă 1) (2n ă 3) .......... 3.1.} {2n (2n ă 2) ....... 4.2}] / (n! x n!). xn
= [{1.3.5 .......... (2n ă 1)} 2n {1.2 ........ n}] / (n! x n!) . xn
= [{1.3.5 ........... (2n ă 1)} . 2n] / (n! x n!) . xn
= Tn + 1 = 1.3.5 ă (2n ă 1) / (n!). 2n xn
Ex a m p l e 2 2
Find the term independent of ÂxÊ in the expansion of
(i) (1 + x + 2x3) [(3 x 2 / 2) ă (1/3x)]9
(ii) [(x 1/3 ï 2) + x ă1/5]8
Solution :
(i) (1 + x + 2x3) {[(3/2)x2 ă (1/3x)]9
= (1 + x + 2x3) {[(3/2)x2]9 ă 9C1 [(3/2)x2]8 1/3x + .......... + 9C6 [(3/2)x2]3 (1/3x)6 ă 9C7 [(3/2)x2]
2
(1/3x)7 ..........}
= (1 + x + 2x3) {(3/2)x2]9 ă 9C1 (37/28)x15 + ........... + 9C6 (1 × 1/23 × 33) ă
Here n = 8
= 8Cr (1/2)8ăr x (8ăr)/3 ăr/5
40ă8r
Ex a m p l e 2 3
Ex a m p l e 2 4
Prove that the ratio of the coefficient of x 10 in (1 ă x 2)10 and the term independent of ÂxÊ in
[x ă (2/x)]10 is 1 : 32.
Solution :
In (1 ă x2)10 : Tr+1 = Cr (ă 1)r (x2)r
10
Putting r = 5
10
T6 = ă C5 x10
Coefficient of x10 = ă 10
C5
In [x ă (2/x)] 10
: Tr + 1
= 10Cr (ă 1)r (x)10ăr (2/x)r
= (ă 1)r 10
Cr.2r.x 10ă2r
Putting 10 ă 2r = 0
r= 5
So term independent of x : T6 = (ă 1)5 10
C5.25
10 10
Hence their ratio = (ă C5) : (ă 32. C5)
= 1 : 32
Ex a m p l e 2 5
logx 5
If third term in the expansion of (x + x ) is 10,00,000. Find the value of ÂxÊ.
Solution :
Putting log10 = z in the given expression
We have : (x + xz)5
T3 = T2+1 = 5C2(x)5ă2 (xz)2
= 5C2 x3 . x2z
= [5! (2! × 3!)] x2z + 3
= (5 x 4) / 2! x2z+3
= T3 = 10x2z+3
If (log x) = It means we are taking base 10
If (
10,00,000 = 10.x2z+3
Or x2z+3 = 105
(10z)2z+3 = 105
or 102z2+3z = 105
2z2 + 3z = 5
[Log10x = z]
or (z ă 1) (2z + 5) = 0
z = 1, ă 5/2
or log10x = 1 or log10x = ă 5/2
since x = 10 or 10ă5/2
Ex a m p l e 2 6
If in the expansion of (1 + x)m (1 ă x)n , the coefficients of ÂxÊ and Âx 2Ê are Â3Ê and Âă 6Ê res. Find
the value of ÂmÊ.
Solution :
(1 + x)m (1 ă x)n = [mC0 + m
C1x + m
C2x2 + ........... m
Cmxm]
[nC0 ă nC1x + nC2x2 + .......... + (ă 1)n nCnxn]
Coefficient of x = mC1x nC0 ă m
C0. nC1
= [m! / (1! × m ă 1!)] × 1 ă 1 × [n! / (1! × n ă 1!)]
= m ă n = 3 ................ (i)
Coefficient of x2
= ă mC1 × nC1 + nC0 × m
C2 + mC0 × nC2
= ă m!/ (1! × m ă 1!) × n! / (1! × n ă 1!) + 1 × m! / (2! × m ă 2!)
+ 1 × n! / (2! × n ă 2!)
= ă mn + m (m ă 1) / 2 + n(n ă 1)/2 = ă 6
or ă 2mn + m(m ă 1) + n(n ă 1) = ă 12
or ă 2mn + m2 ă m + n2 ă n2 ă n = 12
or (m ă n)2 ă (m + n) = ă 12
From (i), putting the value of (m ă n) :
ă 9 + (m + n) = 12
or m + n = 21 ............ (ii)
egn (i) + egn (ii) = 2m = 24
m = 12
Ex a m p l e 2 7
If the coefficients of (2r + 1)th term is (r + 2)th in the expansion of (1 + x)43 are equal, find
ÂrÊ.
Solution :
In (1 + x)43 T2r + 1
= 43
C2r. x2r
43
Coefficient = C2r
And Tr+2 = 43
Cr+1 xr+1
43
Coefficient = Cr+1
According to the questions :
43 43
C2r = Cr+1
2r + r + 1 = 43
or 3r = 42
r = 14
Ex a m p l e 2 8
If the coefficients of Â4Êth and Â13Ê th terms in the expansion of [x 2 + (1/x)]n be equal, then
find the term which independent of ÂxÊ.
Solution :
T4 = T3+1 = nC3 (x2)nă3. 1/x3
Coefficient = nC3
T13 = T12+1 = nC12 (x2)nă12 1/x12
Coefficient = nC12
According to the question :
n
C 3 = nC12
n = 12 + 3
n = 15
Expansion = [x2 + (1/x)]15
Now Tr+1 = 15Cr. (x2)15ăr. 1/xr
15
Tr+1 = Cr. x30ă3r ................. (i)
Putting
30 ă 3r = 0
r = 10
15
From (i) T11 = C10 = 15!/(10! × 5!) = (15 × 14 × 13 × 12 × 11)/ (5 × 4 × 3 × 2 ×)
= 3003.
Ex a m p l e 2 9
In the expansion of (a ă b)n , n 5, if the sum of the 5th and 6th terms is zero. Find (a / b)
in terms of ÂnÊ.
Solution :
T5 = T4+1 = nC4(a)nă4 (ă b)4
T5 = nC4 ană4 b4
T6 = T5+1 = nC5(a)nă5 (ă b)5 = ă nC5 ană5 b5
T5 + T6 = 0
nC4 ană4 b4 ă nC5 ană5 b5 = 0
or nC4 ană4 b4 = nC5ană5 b5
or n! / 4! n 4 ! a n 4
or = n ! / 5! n 5 a n5 b
Ex a m p l e 3 0
Find the coefficient of x r in the expansion of [x + (1/x)]n , if it occurs.
Solution :
General term : Tp+1 = nCp (x)năp (1/x)p
Tp+1 = nCp xnă2p .............. (i)
Ex a m p l e 3 1
Prove that the coefficient of the term independent of ÂyÊ in the expansion of
[(y + 1)/(y2/3 ă y1/3 + 1) ă (y ă 1) / (y ă y1/2)]10 is 210.
Solution :
We have (y + 1) / (y2/3 ă y1/3 + 1)
Putting y = t3, we have
= (t3 + 13) / (t2 ă t + 1) = (t + 1) (t2 ă t + 1) / (t2 ă t + 1)
= t+ 1
(y + 1) / (y2/3 ă y1/3 + 1) = y1/3 + 1
and putting y = a2 in (y ă 1) / (y ă y1/2) :
= (a2 ă 1) / (a2 ă a) = (a + 1) (a ă 1) / [a (a ă 1)]
= (a + 1) / a = 1 + 1 / a
(y ă 1) / (y ă y1/2) = 1 + 1 / 4
2/3 1/3
[(y + 1) / (y ă y + 1) ă (y ă 1) / (y ă y1/2)]10
= (y1/3 ă yă 1/2 10
)
1/3 ă1/2 10
In (y ă y ) ,
Tr+1 = Cr (y1/3)10ăr (ă yă1/2)r
10
10 r r
= 1 Cr y
r 10
3 2
r10 (20 ă 5r) / 6
Tr+1 = (ă 1) Cr . y
Putting (20 ă 5r) / 6 = 0
or r = 4
Putting this value in (1) T5 = (ă 1)4 10
C4
= 10! / (6! × 4!) = (10 × 9 × 8 × 7) / (4 × 3 × 2 × 1)
T5 = 210
Ex a m p l e 3 2
x 4r occurs in the expansion of [x + (1/x 2)]4n , prove that its coefficients is :
4
= 4n ! / 4 n r / 3)! 2 n r !
3
Solution :
p
2 4n 4n 4năp 1
In [x + (1/x )] , Tp+1 = Cp (x) 2
x
4n
Tp+1 = Cp x4nă 3p
............... (i)
Putting : 4n ă 3p = 4r
or 4 (n ă r) / 3 = p
4n
From (i) Tp + 1
= C4(n ă r)
x4r
4r 4n
Cofficient of x = C4(năr)/3
4 n r 4
= 4 n ! / ! 2n r !
3 3
Ex a m p l e 3 3
Find the coefficient of x50 in (1 + x)41 (1 ă x + x 2)40
Solution :
(1 + x)41 (1 ă x + x2)40 = (1 + x) (1 + x)40 (1 ă x + x2)40
= (1 + x) [(1 + x) (1 ă x + x2)]40
= (1 + x) (1 + x3)40
General Term = Tr+1 = (1 + x) [40Cr (x3)r]
40
= Cr (1 + x) x3r
40
= Cr (x3r + x3r + 1
)
Here either 3r = 50 or 3r + 1 = 50
r = (50 / 3) or (49 / 3)
The value of ÂrÊ is a fraction, so it doesnÊt contain the term x50. So coefficient of x50 is Â0Ê.
Ex a m p l e 3 4
Show that the term independent of ÂxÊ in the expansion of
[x + (1/x)]2n is [1.3.5. ..... (2n ă 1) / (n!)]2n
Solution :
General Term Tr+1 = 2n
Cr(x)2năr (1/x)r
2n
= Cr . x2nă2r ................. (i)
Here 2n ă 2r = 0
or n= r
2n
From (i) Tr + 1
= Cn
= 2n! / (n! × n!)
= [2n (2n ă 1) ........... 3.2.1] / (n! × n!)
= {2n (2n ă 2) ........... 4.2} {(2n ă 1) (2n ă 3) ......... 3.1.} / (n! × n!)
= [2n {n (n ă 1) ........ 2.1.}] {(2n ă 1) ........... 5.3.1.} / (n! × n!)
= 2n. n! {(2n ă 1) ........ 5.3.1.} / (n! × n!)
= {1.3.5. .......... (2n ă 1)} 2n / n!
Ex a m p l e 3 5
The 3rd, 4th and 5th terms in the expansion of (x + a )n are respectively Â84Ê, Â280Ê and Â560Ê,
find the value of ÂxÊ, Âa Ê and ÂnÊ.
Solution :
Tr+1 = nCr xnăr . ar
Putting r = 2, 3 and 4 respectively
T3 = nC2 xnă2.a2 = 84 ................. (i)
T4 = nC3 xnă3 a3 = 280 .................(ii)
and T5 = nC4 xnă4 a4 = 560 ................. (iii)
egn (i) egn (iii) : [nC2 xnă2 a2] [ nC4 xnă4 a4] = 84 × 560
= {n!/[2! × (n ă 2)!]} × {n! / [4! × (n ă 4)!]} . x2nă6 a6 = 84 × 560
or [n (n ă 1) / 2] × [n(n ă 1) (n ă 2) (n ă 3) / 4!] x2nă6 a6 = 84 × 560 ............. (iv)
Squaring of egn (ii), we have :
(nC3 xnă3 a3)2 = 2802
n
C3 nC3 × x2nă6 × a6 = 2802
= {n! / [3! × (n ă 3)!]} x n! / [3! × (n ă 3!] × x2nă6 a6 = 2802
or [n (n ă 1)(n ă 2) / 6] × [n(n ă 1) (n ă 2) (n ă 3) / 3!] x x2nă6 a6 = 280 × 280 ................ (v)
egn (v) egn (iv)
or 4 (n ă 2) / 3 (n ă 3) = 5/3
or 4n ă 8 = 5n ă 15
n = 7
Putting this value in (i), (ii) and (iii) :
7
C2 x5 a2 = 84 ................ (vi)
7
C3 x4 a3 = 280 ................ (vii)
7
C4 x3 a4 = 560 ................ (viii)
egn (vii) egn (vi) :
(7C3 x4 a3) / (7C2 x5 a2) = 280 / 84
a. [7! / (3! × 4!)] / [7! / (2! × 5!)] × = 10 / 3
2! 5! a 10
or
3! 4! x 3
or (5 / 3) × a / x = 10 /3
or a = 2x
Putting this value in egn (vi) :
7
C2. x5. 4x2 = 84
7! 7
or x 21
2!5!
42 7
x 21
2
x7 = 1
x= 1
Putting this value in (ix) = a = 2
Ex a m p l e 3 6
Let ÂnÊ be a positive integer. If the coefficients of second, third and fourth terms in (1 + x)2
are in arithmetic progression, then find the value of ÂnÊ.
Solution :
General Term : Tr+1 = nCr xr
2nd Term : T2 = nC1 x
Coefficient = nC1
3rd Term : T3 = nC2 x2
Coefficient = nC2
Similarly coefficient of 4th term = nC3
These are in A.P., so.
2 nC2 = nC1 + nC3
2 [n! / {2! × (n ă 2)!}] = n! / {1! × (n ă 1)!} + n! / {3! × (n ă 3)!}
or n! / (n ă 2)! = n! [1 / (n ă 1)! + 1/6 (n ă 3)!]
or 1/ [(n ă 2) × (n ă 3)! = 1 / [n ă 1) × (n ă 2) × (n ă 3)!] + 1/6 (n ă 3)!
or 1/(n ă 2) ă 1 / [(n ă 1) (n ă 2)] = 1/6
or (n ă 1 ă 1) / [(n ă 1) (n ă 2)] = 1/6
or (n ă 2) / [(n ă 1) (n ă 2)] = 1/6
or n ă 1 = 6
n = 7
Ex a m p l e 3 7
(a) The 6th term in the expansion of [(1 / x 8/3) + x 2 log10x]8 is 5600. Prove that x = 10.
Solution :
T6 = T5+1 = 8C5 (1/x8/3)8ă5 (x2 log10x)5
or C5 × (1/x8) × x10 (log10x)5 = 5600
8
n
(b) If P Q l f where l and n are positive integers, n being odd, and 0 f < 1, then
P Q
P Q 0 (given)
P Q 0 l and t both are +ve no.
n
0< P Q 1
n
Now let P Q f'
n n
l + f ă f´ = P Q P Q
RHS is an integer
Since RHS and I are integers
f ă f´ is also integer
f ă f´ = 0 1 < f ă f´ < 1
or f = f´
n n
(l + f) f = (l + f) f´ = P Q P Q = (P ă Q2)n = kn.
Ex a m p l e 3 8
n
If 2 + 3 I f where I and n are positive integers and 0 < f < 1, show that (i) I is an odd
Ex a m p l e 3 9
2 n 1
Let R = 5 5 11 and f = R ă [R], where [ ] denotes the greatest integer function. Prove
that Rf = 42n+1.
Solution :
Greatest integer function is defined as follows :
[ x] = greatest integer x
In the case of positive number, x
[x] = integral part of x
f = R ă [R] implies that f is the fractional part of R.
0< f < 1
Since 144 > 125 > 121, 125 = 5 5 lies between 11 and 12.
2 n1
0 < 5 5 ă 11 < 1 and hence 5 5 11 will also be a proper fraction.
2 n1
Let g = 5 5 11
Now [R] + f ă g = R ă g
2 n1 2 n 1 2 n 1
= 5 5 11 ă 5 5 11 5 5 11
= 2 (2n 1)C1 5 5
2n
. 111
2n 1
C3 5 5
2n 2
. 112 ...
= an even integer.
Since [R] is an integer, the above implies f ă g = 0 (i.e.) f = g
2 n 1 2 n 1
Hence Rf = Rg = 5 5 11 . 5 5 11
= (125 ă 121)2n + 1
= 42n + 1
2 .6 M U L T IN OM IA L T H EOREM
For any positive integer n,
n!
x4 x2 ... xr
n
x11 x2 2 ... xr r
1 2 ... r n ! 2 ! 3 ! ... r !
For example,
10!
in the same expansion of (x + y + z)10 coefficient of x3y2z5 will be 2!3!5! since while multiplying
x + y + z ten times one will get x3y2z5, as many number of times as is the number of ways of arraging
xxxyyzzzzz in a line.
Note : Binomial Theorem follows from multipnomial theorem by putting n = 2.
Ex a m p l e 4 0
Find the coefficient of x 3 y4 z 2 in the expansion of (2x ă 3y + 4z)9.
Solution :
General Term in (2x ă 3y + 4z)9
= 9! / (n1! ï n2! ï n3!) . (2x)n1 . (ă 3y)n2 . (4z)n3
= 9! / (n1! ï n2! ï n3!). 2n1 (ă 3)n2 (ă 3)n2 . (4)n3 . xn1 . yn2 . zn3
Putting n1 = 3, n2 = 4, n3 = 2
= 9! / (3! ï 4! ï 2!) . 23 (ă 3)4 . (4)2 . x3 y4 z2
= [9.8.7.6.5.4! / (3.2.1. 4!.2)] / (3.2.1. 4!.2)] ï 8 ï 81 ï 16 x3 y4 z2
Coefficient of x3 y4 z2 = 9 ï 8 ï 7 ï 5 ï 8 ï 81 ï 8
= 13063600
Greatest coefficient in the expansion of (x1 + x2 + ........... + xm)n
= n! / (q!)măr [(q + 1)!]r
where ÂqÊ is the quotient and ÂrÊ is the remainder, when ÂnÊ is divided by ÂmÊ.
Ex : Find the greatest coefficient in the expansion of (a + b + c + d)15
Sol. : Here n = 15, m = 4
15/4 is quotient 3 and remainder 3.
since q = 3 and r = 3
Hence greatest ă coefficient = 15! / [(3!)4ă3 x (3 + 1)!)3
= 15! / [3!) x (4!)3]
= 15! / (3! ï 4! ï 4! ï 4!)
Ex a m p l e 4 1
Find the coefficient of x 7 in the expansion of (1 + 3x ă 2x 3)10.
Solution :
General Term in (1 + 3x ă 2x3)10
= 10! / (n1! ï n2! n3!) (1)n1 (3x)n2 (ă 2x3)n3
= 10! / (n1 ï n2! ï n3!). 3n3n2(ă 2)n3 xn2+3n3
Where n1 + n2 + n3 = 10 ...................... (i)
For coefficient of x7 : n2 + 3n3 = 7 ............. (ii)
From (ii), possible non-negative integral values of Ân2Ê and Ân3Ê are :
n2 = 7, n3 = 0 since from (i) : n1 = 3
n2 = 1, n3 = 2 since from (i) : n1 = 7
or n2 = 4, n3 = 1 since from (i) : n1 = 5
So required coefficient of x7 : (will get it by adding the above 3 cases)
10! / (3! × 7! x 0!) . (3)7 (ă 2)0 + 10! / (7! × 1! × 2!). (3)1 (ă 2)2 + 10!/(5! × 4! × 1!). 34 (ă 2)1
Ex a m p l e 4 2
Find the total number of terms in the expansion of (x + y + z + w)n , n N
Solution :
The number of terms in the expansion of (x + y + z + w)n is n+4ă1
C4ă1.
n+3
= C3
n 3 n 2 n 1
=
6
= n r 1 r 1
r 0
= n 1 nr r 2 )
r 0
n n n
= n 1 1 n r r 2
r 0 r 0 r 0
n n 1 n n 1 2n 1
= n 1 . n n .
2 6
n 1 n 2 n 3
=
6
n n 1 n n 1 n 2
1 xn 1 nx x2 x3 ... provided |x| < 1.
1.2 1.2.3
n n 1 n n 1 n 2
1 xn 1 nx x2 x3 ......
1.2 1.2.3
n n 1 n 2 .... n n 1 n n
+ xn1 ......
1.2.3.... n 1
2 .7 .1 So m e Ob s e r va t i o n s
Ć If n N, then (1 + x)n is defined for all values of x and if n N Q ă N, then (1 + x)n is defined
only when |x| < 1.
Ć If n N, then (1 + x)n contains only n + 1 terms and if n Q ă N, then (1 + x)n contains infinitely
many terms.
Ć In the expansion of (1 + x)n, the exponent of x goes on increasing through 0.
Ć If n N, then the coefficient of any term in (1 + x)n is nCk where k is the exponent of x.
Ć If n N, then the exact value of (1 + x)n can be found by adding all terms (equal to n + 1) in the
expansion of (1 + x)n and if n Q ă N, then only an approximate value of (1 + x)n can be found
by adding certain finite number of terms in the expansion of (1 + x)n.
Working rules for expanding (1 + x)n , n Q :
Step 1 : (a)
If n N, then (1 + x)n can be expanded for all values of x and has (n + 1) terms.
(b) If n Q ă N, then (1 + x)n can be expanded only when |x|< 1 and has infinitely many terms.
Step 2 : The first term in (1 + x)n is always 1.
Step 3 : The second terms is the product ÂnxÊ of n and x.
n n 1
Step 4 : For the third term, take coefficient as increase the power of x by 1. Thus, the
1.2
n n 1
third term is x2 . Repeat this process repeatedly.
1.2
2 .8 N EGA T I V E B I N OM I A L SERI ES
The series which arises in the binomial theorem for negative integer (ă n.)
n k n k
(x + a)ă n
= x a (1)
k 0 k
n k 1 k n k
1
k
= x a (2)
k
1 1
(x + 1)ăn = 1 ă nx + n (n + 1)x2 ă n (n + 1) (n + 2)x3 + ....
2 6
Ex a m p l e 4 3
2 x
r
Expand 1 x 3 x in ascending powers of x and find x . Also state the range of x for
which this expression is valid.
Solution :
2x
Given expression = 1 x 3 x
On expressing RHS in the form of partial fractions, we get
1 1
Given expression = 2 1 x 2 3 x
1
x
1 x1 1
1 1
Given expression =
2 6 3
Given expression =
1
2
1 x x2 x3 .........
1 x x2 x3
+ 6 1 3 9 27 ..........
1 1 1 1
Given expression = 2 18 x
2 6
1 1 2 1 1 r
+ x ....... r x ............
2 54 2 6.3
2 5 14 2 1 1
Given expression = x x ........... 1 r 1 xr ..........
3 9 27 2 3
1 1 r
Coefficient of xr = 1 r 1 x
2 3
2x
Hence 1 x 3 x is valid for ă 1 < x < 1.
FACTORIAL
In mathematics, the factorial of a non negative integer n, denoted by n!, is the product of all
positive integers less than or equal to n.
For example :
6! = 6 ï 5 ï 4 ï 3 ï 2 ï 1
also (n + 1)! = (n + 1) ï n!
Special case :
Zero factorial
This is a special case whose value is 1.
0! = 1
Illustration 1
You have cleared IIT and you are going to a garment shop for purchasing some clothes for
yourself, which you will take to IIT. You select 5 jeans and 10 shirts from which you can
buy. In how many ways can you purchase
1. only 1 shirt and 1 jean ?
2. only one of shirt or jeans ?
Solution :
Though it is sad that you have to buy only one of shirts & jeans.
Lets solve the question now
(i) You have to buy a pair of shirt & jeans. If you take one jeans then you have 10 options
for shirt.
Same is the case for other jeans.
i.e. everytime you select a jeans, there are 10 options for a shirt.
Total ways = 5 ï 10 = 50 (i.e. fundamental principle of multiplication)
(ii) Now you have to select only one of either shirt or jeans.
You can select 1 jeans out of 5 in 5 ways & 1 shirt out of 10 in 10 ways.
Illustration 2
Find the total number of ways of answering 5 objective type questions, each having 4
choices.
Solution :
There are 5 questions,
st
2nd
1 rd
4 th
3 th
5
5 questions
And each question has 4 options i.e. each question can be answered in 4 ways
4 4 4 4 4
Illustration 3
Five persons entered a lift cabin of a 8 floor building. Suppose each of them can leave the
cabin independently at any floor beginning with first. Find the total no. of ways in which
each of five persons can leave the cabin.
(i) at any of the 7 floors
(ii) at different floors
Solution :
Suppose there are 5 person A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
(i) for this part, any person can leave any floor i.e. all persons have 7 options to choose from.
7 7 7 7 7
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
Total ways = 7 ï 7 ï 7 ï 7 ï 7 = 75
(ii) Now all persons have to leave at different floors. Suppose we start with A1, he drops at floor
2. Now A2 has (7 ă 1) = 6 options as he cannot leave at floor 2 according to the question.
7 6 5 4 3
So A3 now will (7 ă 2) options & so, on
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
total ways = 7 ï 6 ï 5 ï 4 ï 3
= 2520
PERMUTATIONS & COMBINATIONS
QUIZRR 5
Illustration 4
In how many ways can six persons be arranged in a row ?
Solution :
Arranging a given set of n different objects is equivalent to filling n places.
Now suppose A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6 to be the six persons which are to be arranged in a row.
For 6 people there are 6 positions to be filled and at one position only one person can stand.
So if we start from A1, he has 6 positions to choose from. For A2, he has 5 as 1 position has already
been occupied by A1 & so on for A3 A4 A5 & A6
6 5 4 3 2 1
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6
Total ways = 6ï 5ï 4ï 3ï 2ï 1
= 6!
Note : We can start from any person (A2 A3... A6), in this example we started from A1 but the
answer will be same for each case as it is just a representation.
Illustration 5
How many 3 digit numbers can be formed with using digits 0, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6,
(a) without repetition (b) with repetition
Solution :
3 digit can be represented by 3 places
2, 3, 4, 5, 6
{0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} ă 1 {0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} ă 2
5 options = 5 options = 4 ways
Illustration 6
You have to invite 5 of your friends to your birthday party. In how many ways can you
send invitation cards to them, if you have 3 servants to carry the cards ?
Solution :
You can sent the card to any of your friend through any of your 3 servants.
Each friend can receive invitation by 3 ways, i.e from 3 servents
3 3 3 3 3
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
Total ways = 3 ï 3 ï 3 ï 3 ï 3
= 35 ways
Illustration 7
You have 5 digits 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8
(i) find the number of 4 digit even numbers which can be formed by using above digits.
(ii) numbers which are divisible by 5 and are greater than 6000.
Solution :
(i) This part requires to find out even numbers. We know even numbers end with 0, 2, 4, 6
& 8 so our last digit has to be either one of them and from the digits given to us (4, 5, 6,
7, 8) 4, 6 & 8 are the possible options.
5 5 5 3
Total numbers = 5 ï 5 ï 5 ï 3
= 375
(ii) For a digit to be a multiple of 5, its ones digit should be either 0 or 5. From the digits given
to us only 5 is the option. Also the should be greater than 6000,
so in thousands digit only 3 options are there i.e. 6, 7 & 8.
3 5 5 1
Total numbers = 3 ï 5 ï 5 ï 1
= 75
PERMUTATIONS
Each of the arrangement which can be made by taking some or all things is called a permutation.
Let us understand this with the help of an example.
Suppose, India, Australia & Pakistsan are playing a triseries tournament. In how ways the result
can come out.
So there are 6 arrangements possible (though out of which we guys will prefer the first two.)
Note : You can see the order plays an important role in arrangement.
Now, write the number of permutations of letters A, B, C, D taking 3 at a time.
Let us see how many cases can we make I will start with A
AB C BA C CA B D A B
A B D B A D C A D D A C
AC B BC A CB A D B A
6 with A 6 with B 6 with C 6 with D
A C D B D A C B D D B C
A D B B C D C D A D C A
A D C B D C C D B D C B
So in all there are 24 permutations possible.
n n!
Pr
n r !
So if we apply this to the previous case we just covered, 4 things taking 3 at a time
4 4!
P3 24 arrangements
1!
n
Logic : Pr is equivalent to saying, the numbers of ways in which we can fill up r places, when
we have n different things to choose from.
n (n 1) (n 2) (n 3) (n r 1)
.....
1 2
3
4 r
r places
n!
n
Pr n n 1 n 2 ... n r 1
as
n r !
Here notice that we have have considered the case when no repetition is allowed. {because then
only 2, 3, 4, ... places are filled by (n ă 1), (n ă 2) ... values}
Now,
Permutations when repetition is allowed
It simple to understand. Here again there are r places but
n n n n n
...
1 2
3
4 r
r places
now every place can take any of the n values, hence total permutations = n r
Some properties of nP r
1. P (n, n) = P (n, n ă 1)
2. P (n, r) = n. P (n ă 1, r ă 1)
COMBINATIONS
Each of different selections made by taking all or some numbers out of defined objects,
irrespective of their arrangement is called combination.
In how many ways can be select 2 teams out of 4 to play for the final. Let the teams be India,
Australia, Pakistan & England.
India vs Australia ă 1
India vs Pakistan ă 2
India vs England ă 3
Australia vs Pakistan ă 4
Australia vs England ă 5
Australia vs India ï wrong case, this have already been covered in the Ist selection.
Pakistan vs England ă 6
Other already covered cases
Pakistan vs India ă same as 2
Pakistan vs Australia ă same as 4
England vs India ă same as 3
England vs Australia ă same as 5
England vs Pakistan ă same as 6
Total selections possible = 6
Again note, while selection ORDER is NOT IMPORTANT. So combinations ABC, ACB, CAB,
CBA, BAC & BCA are equal to 1 combination i.e. ABC, whereas they are 6 different permutations.
Notation :
Combinations of n different things taken r at a time.
n n!
= nCr or C (n, r) or = r ! n r !
r
Properties of nCr
n
1. Cn = nC0 = 1
n
2. Cr = nCnăr
n
3. Cr + nCră1 = n+1
Cr
n n n 1
4. Cr Cr 1
r
n
Cr 1 n
5. n1
Cr 1 n r 1
n1
Cr 1 n 1
7. n
Cr r 1
Illustration 8
There are 10 candidates standing from your area in election. You all given the liberty of
giving votes to any 2 of them. In how may ways can you vote ?
Solution :
You have to select any 2 candidates from 10 where the order in which you choose does not matter.
Hence selecting 2 out of 10.
10 10!
= C2 45 selections possible.
2!8!
Illustration 9
Suppose that IIT paper is divided into paper 1 & paper 2 each having 10 questions. You
somehow know that cut off to clear the paper is to rightly attempt 5 questions & 7 questions,
in paper 1 & paper 2 respectively. So in how many ways you can clear IIT ?
Solution :
See here also order does not matter, in fact the number of correct answers is the key. So total ways
of clearing IIT.
= Selecting 5 questions from paper 1 ï selecting 7 questions from paper II
= 10C5 10C7
Illustration 1 0
In how many ways a committee of 6 members can be formed from 6 men and 6 women,
consisting of 4 men and 2 women ?
Solution :
You have to select 4 men from a total of 6 men and 2 women from 6, which could be done in
6
C4 ï 6C2 ways.
Number of ways in which committee can be formed
= 15 ï 15 = 225 (also note that 6C4 = 6C2)
Illustration 1 1
If you invite 10 of your friends to party and all of you shake hands with each other, then
how many shake hands happen in the party ?
Solution :
Note that when you shake hands it is immaterial that in which order you shake hands. When
Illustration 1 2
(a) How many lines can be drawn through n points ?
(b) How many diagonals are there in a polygon with n sides ?
Solution :
(a) What is a line ? How it is formed ? Answer to these simple questions can solve this part for
you.
A line is formed by joining 2 points on a plane. So for the formation of line we need 2 points.
Number of lines possible when n points are there = nC2
(b) Taking of diagonals, they are also lines. Let us understand this by taking a small example
first.
2 diagonals 5 diagonals
n n n 1 n n 3
= C2 n n
2 2
Illustration 1 3
In how many ways can a cricket team be selected from a group of 25 players containing 10
batsmen, 8 bowlers, 5 all rounders and 2 wicket keepers ? Assume that the team of 11
players India will be playing with will have 4 batsmen, 3 all rounders, 3 bowlers and 1
wicket keeper ?
Solution :
This is a very simple problem, we just have to choose from the available options for the different
positions.
1. Selection of batsmen ă 10C4
2. Selection of bowler ă 8C3
Illustration 1 4
(a) How many triangles can be formed through n points, given that no 3 points are
collinear.
(b) How many triangles can be formed out of a Hexagon ?
Solution :
(a) Every problem can be understood if we try to break it down to a simpler & easy problem. For
a triangle we need three points which are non-collinear (remember this condition is important).
S
R S
1 R
3
4
2
P
Q P
Q
triangles possible when 4 points are there or 4C3 = 4
similarly for n points it would be nC3.
Similarly we can extend this for rn-sided polygon.
= nCm (m n)
(b) Hexagon is formed by six points, and for triangle we need to select any three of them at a
time. Hence number of triangles = 6C3 = 20
Illustration 1 5
If m parallel lines in a plane are intersected by a family of n parallel lines. Find the number
of parallelograms formed.
Solution :
If you are not able to understand the problem, break the problem.
m
We can see that for parallelogram we need two pair of straight lines.
And from the question we have m ï n parallel lines So for a parallelogram to exist we just need
to select 2 straight lines from each set of parallel lines. This can be done in
m n
= C2 ï C2 ways
m m 1 n n 1
=
2 2
mn m 1 n 1
=
4
Illustration 1 6
There are 10 points in a plane, no three of which are in the same straight line, except 4
points which are collinear. Find
(i) number of straight lines obtained from the pairs of these points.
(ii) number of triangles that can be formed with the vertices as these points.
Solution :
This question is different from the earlier ones as there are collinear points here.
(ii) Here also we will apply the same procedure as followed in above part
Number of triangles possible joining
10
10 points taken 3 at a time = C3 = 120
But 4 points are collinear,
otherwise if they had not been collinear
then number of triangles = 4C3 = 4
So now we have to remove this from total selections = 120 ă 4 = 116
(We subtracted the value 4C3 as there is no triangle possible through collinear points)
Though for finding arrangements in such cases we have direct formulas of permutations, but we
will focus on following approach which do not requires any cramming of formula.
Now let us solve an example to illustrate the use of combinations so that we do not require to use
the above formulas.
Illustration 1 7
How many 3 letter words can be formed by letters of the word SOCIETY when
(a) S is always included
(b) S is always excluded ?
Solution :
See here we need to make 3 letter words from 8 letters. So before finding the arrangements we
need to select 3 letters and we will then arrange those letters.
(a) Now since S always have to be included, we can say that it has already been selected, and
thus we need to select only 2 object/letters from the remaining 7 letters.
This could be done in 7C2 ways
and now after finding such 3 letter words we can just arrange these 3 letters, which we can
do in 3! ways.
Total words = 7C2 ï 3! ways
(b) S is now not to be taken while selecting the letters. So effectively there are only 7 letters
to choose from. So effectively there are only 7 letters to choose from. So selecting 3 letters
from 7 can be done in 7C3 ways and the 3 letters can be arranged in 3! ways.
Illustration 1 8
In how many ways can the letters of the word PENCIL be arranged so that
(i) N is always next to E
(ii) N & E are always together.
Solution :
P E N C I L
6 words
(a) N is always next to E : In these type of questions let EN be one word as they always have
to be together in the same order.
So now we just need to arrange 5 words, which can be done in 5! ways.
Illustration 1 9
How many words can be formed from the letters of the words TRIANGLE, where the words
begin with T and end with E
Solution :
Here T & E have to be starting & ending alphabets respectively.
T __ __ __ __ __ __ E
6 places
M ixed P r ob lem s
Illustration 20
You are going to join coaching classes for the preparation of IIT-JEE. You have 6 option
in mind. Find the numbers of ways in which
(a) you can choose any two of them.
(b) You can choose any two of them, one for regular program and one for correspondance
program.
Solution :
This question is especially covered so as you can differentiate between selection and arrangements.
(a) This is an easy one, you just need to select any two out of six possible options.
Total ways = 6C2 = 15 ways
(b) Here also you have to choose only 2 but note the difference here. Order matters here.
Regular Correspondance
1. Vidyamandir Zion
2. Zion Vidyamandir
are 2 different cases here.
Per mut at ions / Ar r angement s when all ob j ect s ar e not d ist inct
Formula : In a total of n objects if there are p, of one kind, p2 are alike of second kind & so
on, such that p1 + p2 + ... pn = n, the total arrangements possible
n!
=
p1 ! p2 ! p3 ! ... p n !
Note : If two p are alike of one kind & q are alike to second kind & all others are distinct,
then the formula boils down to simply
n!
= {as others which are different will be adding 1! only}
p! q !
Illustration 21
How many words can be formed using the letter A thrice, letter B twice & letter C thrice ?
Solution :
In this question all objects are not distinct
A is repeated 3 times
B 2 times
C 3 times
in all 3 + 2 + 3 = 8 letter word
8!
Total words = 3! 2! 3! 560
Illustration 22
How many arrangements can be made with the letters of the word ÂMATHEMATICSÊ? In
how many of them vowels are together?
Solution :
There are 11 letters in the word ÂMATHEMATICSÊ of which two are MÊs, two are TÊs, two are AÊs
and all other are distinct. So,
11!
Required number of arrangements = 4989600
2! 2! 2!
There are 4 vowels viz. A, E, A, I. Considering these four vowels as one letter we have 8 letters
(M, T, H, M, T, C, S and one letter obtained by combining all vowels), out of which M occurs twice,
8!
T occurs twice and the rest all different. These 8 letters can be arranged in 2! 2! ways.
4!
But the four vowels (A, E, A, I) can be put together in ways.
2!
Hence, the total number of arrangements in which vowels are always together
8! 4!
= 120960
2! 2! 2!
Illustration 23
If all the letters of the word ÂAGAINÊ be arranged as in a dictionary, what is the fiftieth
word ?
Solution :
This is the common dictionary problem. Let us sec how to solve it.
1. In dictionary the words at each stage are arranged in alphabetical order. Starting with the
letter A, and arranging the other four letters GAIN, we obtain 4! = 24 words.
2. Thus, there are 24 words which start with A. These are the first 24 words.
Then, starting with G, and arranging the other four letters A, A, I, N in different ways, we
4! 24
obtain 12 words.
2! 2
Thus, there are 12 words, which start with G. So uptil now we have covered 24 + 12 = 36
first words.
4!
3. Now, we start with I. The remaining 4 letters A, G, A, N can be arranged in 12 ways.
2!
So, there are 12 words, which start with I.
Thus, we have so far constructed 48 words.
4. The 49th word will start from N. Then the next alphabet will be A, then A, then G &
then I, hence the word is NAAGI and hence the 50th word is NAAIG.
Illustration 24
The letters of the word ÂRANDOMÊ are written in all possible orders and these words are
written out as in a dictionary. Find the rank of the word ÂRANDOMÊ.
Solution :
In a dictionary the words at each stage are arranged in alphabetical order. In the given problem
we must therefore consider the words beginning with A, D, M, N, O, R in order. A will occur in
the first place as often as there are ways of arranging the remaining 5 letters all at a time i.e.
A will occur 5! times. Similarly, D, M, N, O will occur in the first place the same number of times.
Number of words beginning with R is 5!, but one of these words is the word RANDOM. So, we
first find the number of words beginning with RAD and RAM.
Now, the words beginning with ÂRANÊ. One of these words is the word RANDOM itself.
The first word beginning with RAN is the word RANDMO and the next word is RANDOM.
Rank of RANDOM = 5 ï 120 + 2 ï 6 + 2 = 614
Illustration 25
How many four letter words can be formed using the word ÂINEFFECTIVEÊ ?
Solution :
There are a total of 11 letters in the word INEFFECTIVE
3 ă EÊs
2 ă FÊs
2 ă IÊs
1 ă C, T, N, V
6 4!
Case 1 1
C1 ï 6
C1 C1 24
3!
{choosing from remaining letters, including
repeated letters only once
3 4!
Case 2 3
C2 C2 18
2!2!
options from EF, FF, II we treat them as
groups so there are 3 groups out of which
2 have to selected for making 4 letter word
3 4!
Case 3 3
C1 ï 6
C2 C1 6 C2 540
2!
Selecting a group from EE, FF or II
7 7
Case 4 C4 C4 ï 4! = 840
There are 7 distinct letters i.e.
I, N, E, F, C, T, I, V & we have to
choose 4 from it.
Total number of 4 letter words
= 24 + 18 + 540 + 840
= 1422
from
The number of ways of selecting one or more items (Atleast one) from a group of n distinct items
is 2n ă1.
Logic : For atleast one, the selections can be done in the following manner.
n
C1 + nC2 + nC3 ... nCn
n
But we know that C0 + nC1 + nC2 ... nCn = 2n
n
C1 + nC2 ... nCn = 2n ă 1 {removing the case of no selection}
Hence the answer
Illustration 26
You want to invite 5 of your friends to your party. In how many ways can you invite atleast
one of them.
Solution :
They all can or may be some of them turn up for your party. But atleast one of them turns up.
So every person has 2 options, One to come to party, the other being not turning up for party.
So accordingly to the previous formula the answer is 25 ă 1 = 31 ways. Sub tracting the case when
all of them do not arrive for the party.
(a) The number of ways of selecting ÂrÊ items out of n identical items is 1.
Logic : There is no meaning of arrangement & selection in identical items.
for ex. take 3 identical black balls &
3 different black balls B1 B2 B3
B B B B1 B2 B3
BB B1 B2
BB same case repeated B1 B3 3 selection possible
BB B2 B3
You can see, selecting 2 out of 3 results in only 1 case, whereas there are 3 ways for
different balls.
(b) The total number of ways of selecting zero or more i.e. atleast one item from a group of n identical
items is n + 1
Logic : From case a, we know that selecting any number of items from n identical can be done
in 1 way only. So
(c) The total number of ways of selecting some or all out of p + q + r items where p are alike of one
kind, q are alike of second kind and rest are alike of third kind is [(p + 1) (q + 1) (r + 1] ă 1
Illustration 27
III. Select ion fr om a gr oup cont aining b ot h id ent ical and d iffer ent it ems.
The number of ways of selecting one or more items from p identical of one kind, q identical items
of second kind, similarly for r and n different items is
(p + 1) (q + 1) (r + 1) 2n ă 1
Logic : We can come to the answer by using the results derived earlier. p, q, r can be selected
in (p + 1), (q + 1) & (r + 1) ways, as done earlier. Now for distinct elements there are only 2 options
for them, i.f. either they are selected or rejected. So for n such distinct terms there will be
2 ï 2 ï 2 ... (n terms) ways of selecting one of them.
Combining both identical & distinct elements
Total ways = (p + 1) (q + 1) (r + 1) 2n
Subtract 1 to remove the case of no selection.
Illustration 28
Total factors = (3 + 1) (4 + 1) (5 + 1) 2 ï 2 ï 2
= 960 factors
If we exclude factor 1 then there are 959 factors.
Let n N and n = p11 . p22 . p33 . .... pk k , where p1, p2, p3, ... pn are different prime numbers and
= p 0
1
p11 p12 .... p1 1 p
0
2
p21 p22 .... p1 2 ..... p0k p1k pk2 .... pk1
(Use sum of G.P. in each bracket)
Ć the number of ways in which n can be resolved as a product of two factors is
1
1 1 2 1 .... ak 1 , if n is not a perfect square
2
1
[ 1 1 2 1 .... ak 1], if n is a perfect square
2
Ć the number of ways in which a composite number n can be resolved into two factors which
are relatively prime (or coprime) to each other is equal to 2kă1 where k is the number of
different factors (or different primes) in n.
Illustration 29
(b) for a divisor to be even, a should be at least one. So total number of even divisors
(c) 4m + 2 = 2(2m + 1). In any divisor of the form 4m + 2, a should be exactly 1. So number
of divisors of the form 4m + 2 = 1 (3 + 1) (2 + 1) = 12
(d) A divisor of n will be a multiple of 15 if b is at least one and c is at least one. So number
of such divisors = (4 + 1) ï 3 ï 2 = 30
PERMUTATIONS & COMBINATIONS
QUIZRR 25
Illustration 30
Find the number of divisors of 428652000 excluding the number and unity. Find also the
sum of the divisors.
428652000 = 25 . 37 . 53 . 72
Solution :
Any divisor of the given number has to be a combination of the 2Ês (five); 3Ês (seven); 5Ês (three)
and 7Ês (two).
There are 5 + 1 = 6 ways of selecting none or one or two etc., or all the 2Ês. Similar argument
repeats for the other numbers.
The number of divisors = 6 ï 8 ï 4 ï 3 = 576
This includes 1 and the given number also.
Excluding these two, the number of divisors 574
Until now we have read about arranging objects in a row. Now we will consider the cases in which
things are to be arranged along a circle.
C B A D
D B C A B D A C
A D C B
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
D A B C C D A B B C D A A B C D
Let us consider that persons A, B, C, D are sitting around a round table. If all of A, B, C, D are
shifted one place in anticlockwise order, then we will get fig. (ii) from fig. (i). Again if we shift
A, B, C, D in anticlockwise order, then we will get fig. (iii). If we shift again we will get fig. (iv).
If we again shift, then we will get fig. (i).
1
= (number of linear arrangements of n different things)
4
1
= . n n 1
n
D B B D B G G B
A A R R
Let the four persons A, B, C, D sit at a round table in anticlockwise direction and clockwise
directions. These two arrangements are two different arrangements. But if four flowers R (red),
G (green), Y (yellow) and B (blue) be arranged to form a garland in anticlockwise and in clockwise
order, then the two arrangements are same because if we see the garland from one side the four
flowers R, G, Y, B will appear in anticlockwise direction and if seen from the other side the four
flowers will appear in the clockwise direction. Here the two arrangements will be considered as
one arrangement because the order of flowers is not changing rather only side of observation is
changing. Here two permutations will be counted as one.
Therefore, when clockwise and anticlockwise arrangements are not different i.e. when observation
can be made from both sides, then number of circular arrangements of n different things
n 1
=
2
Illustration 31
In how many ways 5 Indians and 4 Englishmen can be seated at a round table if
(i) there is no restriction ?
(ii) all the four Englishmen sit together ?
(iii) all the four Englishmen do not sit together ?
(iv) no two Englishmen sit together ?
Solution :
(i) Total numbers of persons = 5 + 4 = 9. These 9 persons can be seated at the round table in
8 ways.
Required number = 8
These 6 persons can be seated at the round table in 5 ways. But 4 Englishmen can be
I I
EE
EE I
Required number = 5 4
number of arrangements when all the four Englishmen do not sit together = 8 5 4
(iv) Since there is no restriction on Indians therefore, first of all we arrange the 5 Indians.
If the Englishmen sit at the places indicated by ÂXÊ, then no two Englishmen will sit together.
Now there are 5 places for 4 Englishmen therefore, 4 Englishmen can be seated in, 5P4
ways. (or 5C4 ï 4! ways)
I
Required number = 4 5 P4 4 5
I I
I I
Illustration 32
In how many ways can 5 Indians and 5 Englishmen be seated along a circle so that they
are alternate ?
Solution :
5 Indians can be seated along a circle in 4 ways.
If the Englishmen sit at the places indicated by cross ÂXÊ then Indians and Englishmen will be
alternate. E
I I
I I
I I
I I E E
I I
(i) (ii)
Now there are 5 places for 5 Englishmen.
5 Englishmen can be seated in 5 ways.
Required number = 4 5
Illustration 33
Required number = 18 2
Illustration 34
Find the number of ways in which n different beads can be arranged to form a necklace.
Solution :
Since in forming a necklace clockwise and anticlockwise arrangements of beads are not different,
n 1
therefore, n beads can be arranged to form a necklace in ways.
2
1
Required number = n1
2
Before going to formula and questions on division and distribution, let us understand the difference
between the two.
Let us take an example to get hold of the point
F1 F2 F3
(where F1, F2 & F3 are three group & E1, E2 & E3 are items put in these groups)
We can say that,
In division, the order of selection (division) does not matter.
Generally we say
Division among group
Distribution among people
because groupÊs order does not matter where as order of people do matter as they can not
be identical.
among/into
So, we have divided division & distribution into 3 cases and we will now do them in detail
individually.
Number of ways to divide (m + n) items into 2 unequal groups containing m & n items respectively
is
m n !
m ! n!
Logic : It is simple. Just select m elements first from (m + n) things & then n out of n remaining
m n m n m n!
i.e. Cm nCn Cm
m! n!
m n!
Basic result =
m! n!
Now, distribution
The number of ways to distribute (m + n) items into 3 person in the groups containing m
& n items respectively is
m n!
= 2!
m ! n!
For case 1 :
Illustration 35
(a) Divide 6 balls in 3 boxes of different sizes such that one box contains 1 ball, another
contains 2 and remaining contains 3.
(b) Divide 6 balls in 3 boxes of different sizes such that box 1 contain 1 ball, box 2
contains 2 balls & box 3 contains 3 balls.
(c) Divide 6 balls in 3 identical boxes where one box contains 1 ball, another contains 2
balls & rest contains 3.
Solution :
This is to illustrate you, how to figure out the difference between division and distribution, and
then apply the formula.
First let us find out the basic result
6
1 2 3
6!
Basic Result = 60
1! 2! 3!
Now here there will be more cases where we can shift groups also i.e.
G1 ball 1 or G1 B2
G2 B2, B3 G2 B1, B6
G3 B4, B5, B6 G3 B3, B4, B5
and so on
But this is not division, infact this is distribution now using formula
for distribution = Basic Result ï (no. of groups)!
= 60 ï 3!
= 360
B1 B2 ă B3 B4 ă B6 3 is valid
B2 ă B3 B1 B4 ă B6 ï not valid
(c) Now it is given that boxes are identical i.e. all boxes are same & they cannot be differentiated.
No such box 1, box 2, box3 now.
So it becomes a case of division only.
Total ways = Basic Result
= 60
This case is the division/distribution of items into different or number or groups, where groups
contain equal no. of items.
Basic Result
No. of ways to divide =
No. of groups !
No. of ways to distribute = Basic Result
Illustration 36
Divide/distribute
(a) 9 different balls in 3 different boxes, equally.
(b) 9 different balls in 3 identical boxes, equally.
(c) divide 52 cards equally in 4 parts
(d) 52 cards equally among 4 players.
Solution :
(a) 9
3 3 3
9!
=
3! 3! 3!
Basic Result
Total ways =
of groups !
no.
52
13 13 13 13
52! 1 52!
Total ways =
13! 13! 13! 13! 4! 13!4 4!
P1 P2 P3 P4
52!
= 13! 4
In this case we find out the total ways in which we can divide/distribute items into groups
containing equal as well as unequal groups. For ex.
10
3 3 2 2
This is an example of case 3 as we have 2 kinds of groups here.
Ist group has 3 elements &
2nd group has 2 elements
& hence both have unequal sizes.
Here also there will be case of division and distribution but distribution is divided in 2 parts.
Basic Result
No. of ways to divide = no. of equal groups !
No. of ways to distribute completely = (no. of ways to divide) ï (no. of groups) !
No. of ways to distribute = Basic Result
among equal groups (DAEG)
Illustration 37
Five balls of different colours are to be placed in 3 boxes of different sizes. Each box can
hold all five balls. In how many different ways can we place the balls so that no box
remains empty. [IIT 81]
Solution :
Since there is no distinction between boxes this becomes a case of distribution as we have seen
in previous cases also.
1 3 1 III ways
5! 1
= 3!
3! 1! 1! 2!
= 60
Illustration 38
7 departments are to be divided among 3 ministers such that every minister should get
atleast 1 & atmost 4 departments. In how many ways can this be done ?
Solution :
This is a very practical problem which we encounter at the time of elections. Though it is clear
from the question only that this is a case of distribution only, as any minister can have any
number of departments.
Making the table to see the no. of possible cases
M1 M2 M3 case formula Basic Result No. of ways
7!
1 2 4 I distribution 105 105 ï 31 = 630
1! 2! 4!
7! 140
1 3 3 III distribution 140 3! = 420
1! 3! 3! 2!
7! 210
2 2 3 III distribution 210 3! = 630
2!2!3! 2!
Illustration 39
How can we divide 8 identical balls among three boys that each get atleast two balls ?
Solution :
Let us solve this question by Integral equation method {PROCEDURE}
let
x x x x x x x x x
2 3 4
2 3 4 2 3 4
3
1 x3
= coeff. of x in
2
1 x
3
= coeff.of x2 in
3
C0 3C1 x3 3C2 x6 3C3 x9 1 x
only this term will be able to give x2 term from (1 ă x)ă3 as other terms are of greater power
than x2
Solution = coefficient of x2 in 3C0 ï (1 ă x)ă3
3+2ă1
= C2 = 4C2 = 6
coefficient of xr = ar = n+ră1
Cr
T r ick
To get rid of 1 expansion and reducing our calculation use this method.
If CDQ LC
<
< <
i.e. CDQ < LC i.e. CDQ LC
then max value = CDQ i.e. expansion take max value = i.e. expansion will become
will be (1 + x + x2 + ... xn) where n is 1
(1 + x + x2 ... ) = 1 x forget CDQ here
defined by CDQ
Logical constraint
xi 4 i = 1, 2, 3
Now you an see
CDQ > 4 as ( > 4)
x6
=
1 x
= coeff. of x2 in (1 ă x)ă3
exactly what we have done earlier, but saves us from the trouble of solving (1 ă x)3.
Illustration 40
( x2 x3 x4 )3
Solution = coeff. of x10 in
because 2 xi 4
MAPPING METHOD
What if we can somehow remove the part of solving expansion series and can directly use
formulas for dividing things such that zero or more and atleast one items be used.
Yes, we can but only when
There is NO maximum constraint on any of the variable, in the question.
Let us understand with the help of an illustration.
Illustration 41
STEP 2 : In this step we will try to bring each variable to a position where we can give
zero or more elements to it rather than the min constraint define by question.
We do this step, so that we can use the direct formula (Resultă1)
Now x 1, y 2, z 3, w 0
if we replace
z = Z + 3
similarly z & w
w = W + 0
X + Y + Z + W = 23
Illustration 42
t x+ y+ z No. of ways
20+3ă1 22
1. 0 20 C3ă1 = C2
16+3ă1 18
2. 1 16 C3ă1 = C2
12+3ă1 14
3. 2 12 C3ă1 = C2
8+3ă1 10
4. 3 8 C3ă1 = C2
4+3ă1
5. 4 4 C3ă1 = 6C2
2
6. 5 0 C2 = 1
Illustration 43
Cases x2 2x1 + x3 S
3. 2 14 8
4. 3 11 6
5. 4 8 5
6. 5 5 3
7. 6 2 2
Total ways = 11 + 9 + 8 + 6 + 5 + 3 + 2
= 44
Illustration 44
x= xă 1
y= yă 1
z= ză 1
w = w
Equation becomes
(x + 1) + (y + 1) + (z + 1) + w = 10
x+ y+ z+ w = 7
This is just dividing 7 objects into 4 groups where each group contain zero or more items.
7+4ă1 10
Total ways = C4ă1 = C3 = 120
1. Dearrangement
If n items are arranged in a row, then the number of ways in which they can be rearranged so
that no one of them occupies the place assigned to it, as
1 1 1 1
n ! 1 ... 1n
1! 2! 3! n !
Illustration 45
There are 5 letters and 5 envelopes. Find the number of ways in which all letters are put
in wrong envelopes.
Solution :
Just apply the formula used above where n = 5
PERMUTATIONS & COMBINATIONS
QUIZRR 43
1 1 1 1 1
Total ways = 5! 1
1! 2! 3! 4! 5!
5! 5! 5! 5!
= 5! 5!
2! 3! 4! 5!
= 60 ă 20 + 5 ă 1
= 44
2. Sum of digits
Sum of the numbers formed by n non-zero digits is
10n 1
= (sum of the digits n 1 !
10 1
Illustration 46
Find the sum of all five digit numbers that can be formed using digits 2, 3, 4 & 5.
Solution :
There are 4 digits in all and hence 4 ! numbers can be formed. Therefore we have to find the sum
of these 24 numbers.
4!
Each of the numbers 2, 3, 4 & 5 will repeat times at each position (i.e. unitÊs place, hundredÊs
4
place, thousandÊs etc.)
Now summing up terms at oneÊs place
(2 + 3 + 4 + 5) ï 3! = 84
and this sum will repeat for 10Ês place also hence by symmetry we can say
sum = 84 (100 + 101 + 102 + 103)
= 93324
& hence the formula
3. Exponent of prime p in n!
Let p be a prime number & n be a positive number then the last integer amongst (2, 3 ... (n ă 1)
n
divisible by p is given by where [ ] denotes greatest integer function.
p
n n n
E p 2 ... t
p p p
Illustration 47
n n n
Then, E p n! 2 ... s
p p p
where s is the largest positive integer such that ps n < ps+1, here the greatest value for S is 4
i.e 34 = 81 < 100 as 35 > 100
= 33 + 11 + 3 + 1 = 48
Hence, the exponent of 3 in 100! is 48.
Illustration 48
Prove that 33! is divisible by 215. What is the largest integer n such that 33! is divisible by
2n ?
Solution :
Let Ep(n) denote the exponent of prime p in n.
Then, we know that
n n n n
E p n! 2 3 .... s , where s is the largest integer such that ps n < ps+1
p p p p
33 33 33 33 33
So, E2 33! = 2 3 4 5
2 2 2 2 2
= 16 + 8 + 4 + 2 + 1 = 31
PERMUTATIONS & COMBINATIONS
QUIZRR 45
Hence, the exponent of 2 in 33! is 31 i.e. 33! is divisible by 231. But 231 is divisible by 215 also.
Hence, 33! is divisible by 215 and the largest integer n such that 33! is divisible by 2n is 31.
Illustration 49
100 100
and, E5 (100!) = 20 4 24
5 52
Illustration 50
= 50 + 25 + 12 + 6 + 3 + 1 = 97
100 100
and, E5 (100!) = 20 4 24
5 52
Therefore,
100! = 297 ï 3b ï 524 ï 7d ï ... = 273 ï (2 ï 5)24 ï 7d ï ...
= 1024 ï 273 ï 3b ï 7d ï ...
Thus, the number of zeroes at the end of 100! is 24.
n
4. Number of rectangles of any size in a square of size n ï n is r
r 1
3
m m 1 n m 1
=
2 2
5. If there are m items of one kind, n items of another kind and so on, then the number of ways
of choosing r items out of these items = coeff. of xr in (1 + x + x2 ... xm) (1 + x2 + ... xn)
A little twist
If atleast one item of each kind is included in every selection then
= coefficient of xr in (x + x2 ... xm) (x + x2 + ... xn)
6. The number of ways of selecting r items point a group of n items in which p are identical is
năp năp năp năp
Cr + Cr–1 + Cr–2 ... C0 if r p
năp
Cr + năp
Cr–1... năp
Crăp if r > p
7. No. of ways to divide n different things in a groups such that each groups gets 0 or more is given
by rn.
whereas, no. of ways to divide such that each group gets atleast one item is given by
rn ă rC1 (r ă 1)n + rC2 (r ă 2)n ... + (ă 1)ră1 rCră1
Illustration 51
There are 5 tourists and 3 hotels. In how many ways they can stay ?
Solution :
Here receiver is hotel
Solution = (hotel)tourists
= (3)5
Illustration 52
In how many ways can 5 different balls be placed in 3 different boxes such that atleast one
ball should go in each box ?
Solution :
This is case 2 of the rule we just did above.
Applying formula to get the solution
= 35 ă 3C1 (3 ă 1)5 + 3C2 (3 ă 2)5 + 0
= 243 ă 3 (32) + 3
= 150
Illustration 1
m
Evaluate n
Ck
j 0
n j
Ck 1
Solution :
Value = nCk + (nCkă1 + n + 1
Ckă1 + n + 2
Ckă1 + ... + n + m
Ckă1)
= (nCk + nCkă1) + (n+1Ckă1 + n + 2
Ckă1) + ... + n + m
Ckă1)
n+1 n+1 n+2 n + m–1 n + m
= Ck + ( Ckă1 + C kă1
+ Ckă1 + Ckă1)
n+1
= ( Ck + 11+1
Ckă1) + (n+2Ck–1 + ... + n+m–1
Ckă1 + n+m
Ckă1
n+2
= Ck + (n+2Ckă1 + ... n+m–1
Ck–1 + n+m–1
Ckă1 + n+m
Ckă1)
= .................................................................
n+mă1
= Ck + (n+mă1Ck + n+m
Ckă1)
n+m n+m
= Ck + Ckă1
n+m+1
= Ck.
Illustration 2
A man has 7 relatives 4 of them are ladies and 3 gentlemen; his wife has also 7 relatives 3
of them are ladies and 4 gentlemen. In how many ways can they invite a dinner party of
3 ladies and 3 gentlemen so that there are 3 of the manÊs relatives and 3 of the wifeÊs
relatives ? [I.I.T. 85]
Solution :
4 3 3 4
Case I 0 3 3 0 C0 ï C3 ï C3 ï C0
4 3 3 4
Case II 1 2 2 1 C1 ï C2 ï C2 ï C1
4 3 3 4
Case III 2 1 1 2 C2 ï C1 ï C1 ï C2
4 3 3 4
Case IV 3 0 0 3 C3 ï C0 ï C0 ï C3
Illustration 3
Six „X‰s have to be placed in the squares of the figure given below, such that each row
contains at least one X, in how many different ways can this be done? [I.I.T. 78]
Solution :
Number of marks in
Ist row 2nd row 3rd row No. of ways (no. of selections of squares)
2 4 2
1 3 2 C1 ï C3 ï C2 = 8
2 4 2
1 4 1 C1 ï C4 ï C1 = 4
2 4 2
2 2 2 C2 ï C2 ï C2 = 6
2 4 2
2 3 1 C2 ï C3 ï C1 = 8
Required number = 8 + 4 + 6 + 8 = 26
Second Method :
Number of ways of putting six cross marks in 8 squares when there is no restriction
= 8C6 = 28
Number of ways when the six cross marks are put in first and second rows = 6C6 = 1
Similarly one case for second & third row.
Hence subtracting these two cases.
Required number = 28 ă 2 = 26
Illustration 4
A person writes letters to six friends and addresses the corresponding envelopes. In how
many ways can the letters be placed in the envelopes so that (i) at least two of them are
in the wrong envelopes. (ii) all the letters are in the wrong envelopes.
Solution :
(i) The number of ways in which at least two of them are in the wrong envelopes
6 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
= C4 .2! 1 C3 .3! 1 6 C2 .4! 1
1! 2! 1! 2! 3! 1! 2! 3! 4!
1 1 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 C1 . 5! 1 C0 6! 1
1! 2! 3! 4! 5! 1! 2! 3! 4! 5! 6!
1 1 1 1 1 1
= 6! 1
1! 2! 3! 4! 5! 6!
1 1 1 1 1
= 720
2 6 24 120 720
Illustration 5
From a well-shuffled pack of 52 cards, a player is given 5 cards. If the cards have consecutive
values then it is said that the player has a run and if they are also from the same suit it
is said that the player has a running flash. In how many different ways can a player hold
a (i) run (ii) running flash ?
Solution :
There are 4 suits of cards in a pack of 52 cards, each suit having 13 cards, the values being
1 (= A), 2, 3, ... 10, 11 (= J), 12 (= Q), 13 (= K).
In a game of cards A is also given the next value above K.
Our problem is to select 5 consecutive cards to have a running flash when the cards of a
suit are arranged as follows :
A J Q K A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
The number of selections of 5 cards of consecutive values from the pack = 10 ï 45,
because in each place we have 4 choices of suits.
the total number of running flashes
= 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 = 40
and the total number of runs = 10 ï 45 = 10240.
Illustration 6
In how many ways can a committee of 10 be selected with at least 4 women and 4 men from
9 women and 8 men if
(i) Ms X refuses to work with Mr Y
(ii) Ms X and Mr insist to work together?
Solution :
The number of committees of 10 with at least 4 women and 4 men :
Possibilities Combinations
9! 8!
4w, 6m 9
C4 ï 8
C6 = 4! 5! 6! 2!
9.8.7.6 8.7
= 3528
24 2
9.8.7.6 8.7.6
5w, 5m 9
C5 ï 8
C5 = 7056
24 6
9.8.7 8.7.6.5
6w, 4m 9
C6 ï 8
C4 = 5880
6 24
Illustration 7
In how many ways can 5 identical black balls, 7 identical red balls and 6 identical green
balls be arranged in a row so that at least one ball is separated from balls of the same
colour?
Solution :
The required number of ways
= (the number of ways without restriction)
ă (the number of ways when balls of each colours are consecutive)
18!
= 3! there are altogether 18 balls in which 5, 7
5! 7! 6!
and 6 are identical; and considering balls of
the same colour as one thing there are 3
things, there being no arrangement between
balls of the same colour
18!
= 5! 6! 7! 6 .
Illustration 8
How many words can be made with letters of the word INTERMEDIATE if
(i) the words neither begin with I nor end with E
(ii) the vowels and consonants alternate in the words
(iii) the vowels are always consecutive
(iv) no vowels is between two consonants
(v) the relative order of vowels and consonants does not change
(vi) the order of vowels does not change?
Solution :
(i) The required number of words
= (the number of words without restriction)
ă (the number of words beginning with I)
ă (the number of words ending with E)
+ (the number of words beginning with I and ending with E)
(because words beginning with I as well as words ending with E contain some words
beginning with I and ending with E).
The number of words without restriction
12 !
= ( there are 12 letters in which there are two Is, three Es and two Ts).
2!3!2!
11!
The number of words beginning with I =
3! 2!
( with I in the extreme left place we are left to arrange remaining 11 letters NTERMEDIATE
in which there are two Ts and three Es).
11!
The number of words ending with E =
2! 2!2!
( with E in the extreme right place we are left to arrange 11 letters INTERMEDIAT in
which there are two Is, two Es and two Ts).
10 !
The number of words beginning with I and ending with E = 2! 2!
( with I in the extreme left and E in the extreme right places we are left to arrange 10
letters NTERMEDIAT in which there are two Ts and two Es).
the required number of words
10 ! 83 10!
= 2! 3! 2! 12 . 11 11 . 2 11 . 3 6 24
(ii) There are 6 vowels and 6 consonants. So the number of words in which vowels and consonants
alternate
= (the number of words in which vowels occupy odd places and consonants occupy even
places)
+ (the number of words in which consonants occupy odd places and vowels occupy even
places)
6! 6! 6! 6!
=
2! 3! 2! 2! 2! 3!
6! 6!
= 2. 43200
2! 3! 2!
(iii) Considering the 6 vowels IEEIAE as one thing, the number of arrangements to this with
6 consonants
7!
= ( there are two Ts in the consonants)
2!
For each of these arrangements, the 6 consecutive vowels can be arranged among themselves
6!
in 2! 3! ways.
7! 6!
= 2! 2! 3! 151200
(iv) No vowel will be between two consonants if all the consonants become consecutive
the required number of words
= the number of arrangements when all the consonants are consecutive
7! 6!
= (as above)
2! 3! 2!
= 151200
(v) The relative order of vowels and consonants will not change if in the arrangements of letters
the vowels occupy places of vowels, i.e. Ist, 4th, 7th, 9th, 10th, 12th places and consonants
occupy their places, i.e., 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 8th, 11th places.
the required number of words
6! 6!
= 2! 3! 2! 21600
(vi) The order of vowels will not change if no two vowels interchange places, i.e., in the
arrangement all the vowels are treated as identical.
(For example LATE, ATLE, TLAE, etc. have the same order of vowels A, E. But LETA,
ETLA, TLEA, etc., have changed order of vowels A, E. So LATE is counted but LETA is not.
If A, E, are taken as identical, say V then LVTV does not give a new arrangement by
interchange V, V.)
The required number of words
= the number of arrangements of 12 letters in which 6 vowels are treated as identical
12!
= ( there are two Ts also)
6! 2!
Illustration 9
In how many ways 30 marks can be alloted to 8 questions if each question carries at least
2 marks.
Solution :
Here a question can be of minimum 2 marks & hence
Max = 30 ă (Min sum of remaining 7 question
= 30 ă 7(2) = 16
PERMUTATIONS & COMBINATIONS
QUIZRR 55
8
14
1 x15
= coeff. of x in
1 x
= coeff. of x14 in (1 ă x)ă8 (as x15 will not give x14 term, obviously)
21 8.7.9....21
= C14 116280 .
14
Second Method :
Let first, second, ...., eighth questions be allotted x1, x2, ..... x8 marks respectively, then
x1 + x2 + ... + x8 = 30, where x1, x2, ..... x8 ...(1)
Let yi = xi ă 2 (mapping method)
Then y1 + y2 + ... + y8 = (x1 + x2 + ... + x8) ă 16
or y1 + y2 + ... + y8 = 14, where y1, y2, ..., y8 0 ...(2)
Required number = number of solutions of equation (1)
= number of solutions of equation (2)
= number of ways of distributing 12 identical things among 8 persons when each person gets
zero or more things
n + r ă 1
= Cr Here n = 8, r = 14
8 + 14 ă 1
= C14
21 21
= C14 = C7 = 116280
Third Method :
Number of ways in which each of the 8 questions can be allotted 2 marks out of 30 marks
(equivalent to 30 identical things)
= 1ï 1ï 1ï 1ï 1ï 1ï 1ï 1= 1
Number of ways in which remaing 14 marks can be allotted to 8 questions when any question
may be allotted zero or more marks.
n+ră1 8 + 14 ă 1 21 21
= Cr = C14 = C14 = C7 = 116280
Illustration 1 0
Find the number of factors of the number 37800. Also find the sum of the odd proper
divisors of the number.
Solution :
Here 37800 = 378 ï 100 = 3 ï 126 ï 22 ï 52
= 3 ï 3 ï 42 ï 22 ï 52
= 3 ï 3 ï 3 ï 7 ï 23 ï 52
= 23 ï 33 ï 52 ï 7
the required number of factors
= the total number of selections from
(2, 2, 2), (3, 3, 3), (5, 5), (7)
= (3 + 1)(3 + 1)(2 + 1)(1 + 1) ă 2
{excluding 20 . 30 . 50 . 70, i.e., 1 and 23 . 33 . 52 . 7, i.e., 37800 as factors}
= 4 ï 4 ï 3 ï 2 ă 2 = 96 ă 2 = 94
For second part we need to find odd proper divisors. For that we have to remove any factors of
2 as this will make the factor even.
The required sum
= (30 + 31 + 32 + 33)(50 + 51 + 52)(70 + 71) ă 1
{2n as a factor and 1 as a divisor are to be excluded}
Illustration 1 1
There are 5 mangoes and 4 apples. In how many different ways can a selection of fruits be
made if
(i) fruits of the same kind are different
(ii) fruits of the same kind are identical?
Solution :
(i) The number of ways to select any number of mangoes
= 5C0 + 5C1 + 5C2 + ... + 5C5 = 25.
The number of ways to select any number of apples
= 4C0 + 4C1 + ... + 4C4 = 24.
the required number of ways to select fruits
= 25 ï 24 ă 1 {excluding the way in which 0 mangoes and 0 apples are selected}
9
= 2 ă 1
(ii) The required number of ways
= (5 + 1)(4 + 1) ă 1 = 6 ï 5 ă 1 = 29
Illustration 1 2
Two different packs of cards are shuffled together. Cards are dealt equally among 4 players,
each getting 13 cards. In how many ways can a player get his cards if no two cards are from
the same suit with the same denomination?
Solution :
Here, there are 52 distinct cards, each card being 2 in number. As no two cards are to be of the
same suit with the same denomination (i.e., two cards are identical), 13 cards are to be selected
from 52 cards where each card is two in number.
52
The number of selections of 13 cards from 52 distinct cards = C13.
But each of the 13 cards can be selected in 2 ways (belonging to either of the two packs)
the required number of ways
52 52 !
= C13 213 .213
13 ! 39 !
Illustration 1 3
In an examination the maximum marks for each of the three papers are 50 each. Maximum
marks for the fourth paper are 100. Find the number of ways in which the candidate can
score 60% marks in the aggregate. [Roorkee 89]
Solution :
The candidate must score 150 marks.
Required number
= coeff. of x150 in (1 + x + ... x50)3(1 + x + ... + x100)
3
1 x51 1 x101
= coeff. of x 150
in
1 x 1x
= 110556
Illustration 1 4
How many numbers of five digits can be made with the digits 1, 2, 3 each of which can be
used at most thrice in a number?
Solution :
We have the digits 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3 to make numbers of five digits. The digits will be as
follows (constructionwise) :
(i) three identical, one pair (for example : 1, 1, 1, 2, 2 etc.)
(ii) three identical, two different (for example : 3, 3, 3, 1, 2 etc.)
(iii) two pairs, one different (for example : 2, 2, 1, 1, 3 etc.)
Tip : In order to cover all the possibilities start with all identical digits and go on reducing the
number of identical digits, ultimately reaching all different digits.
Case (i) The number of selections of three identical digits, one pair = 3C1 ï 2
C1.
5!
Corresponding to each selection, the number of numbers that can be made = 3 ! 2 !
the total number of numbers of three identical digits and one pair
3 5! 54
= C1 2 C1 32 60 ...(1)
3!2! 2
Case (ii) The number of selections of three identical digits and two different digits = 3C1 ï 2
C2
the total number of numbers of three identical digits and two different digits
3 5! 120
= C1 2C2 3 60 ...(2)
3! 6
Case (iii) The number of selections of two pairs, one different digit = 3C2 ï 1
C1
the total number of numbers of two pairs and one different digit
3 5!
= C2 1C1 3 30 90
2! 2!
Illustration 1 5
How many integers between 1 and 1000000 have the sum of the digits 18 ?
Solution :
Any number of between 1 and 1000000 must be of less than seven digits. Therefore, it must be
of the form
a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6
Illustration 1 6
Illustration 1 7
27 3k 26 3k 3
=
2 2
3k
2
53 k 234
8
3k
3 2
Required number = 2 53 k 234
k0
3 8 9 17 89
. 3. 53 234 9 1215
2
=
6 2
Illustration 1 8
Find the number of positive unequal integral solution of the equation a + b + c + d = 20.
Solution :
Given a + b + c + d = 20, a, b, c, d 1. ...(1)
For the time being let us assume that a < b < c < d
Let x = a, y = b ă a, z = c ă b, t = d ă c
a = x, b = y + x, c = x + y + z, d = x + y + z + t
From (1), we have 4x + 3y + 2z + t = 20 ...(2)
Sum of minimum values of 4x, 3y, 2z and t = 4 + 3 + 2 + 1 = 10
Required number = number of positive unequal integral solutions of equation (1)
= number of positive integral solutions of equation (2)
= coefficient of x20 ă 10
in (1 ă x4)ă1(1 ă x3)ă1 (1 ă x2)ă1 (1 ă x)ă1
= coeff. of x10 in [(1 + x4 + x8)(1 + x3 + x6 + x9) (1 + x2 + x4 + x6 + x8 + x10)
(1 + x + x2 + x3 + ... + x10)
[leaving terms containing powers of x greater than 10]
= coeff. of x10 [{(1 + x4 + x8 + x3 + x7 + x6 + x10 + x9)}
{1 + x2 + x4 + x6 + x8 + x10 + x + x3 + x5 + x7 + x9 + x2 + x4 x6 + x8 + x10 + x3 + x5 + x7
+ x9 + x4 + x6 + x8 + x10 + x5 + x7 + x9 + x6 + x8 + x10 + x7 + x9 + x8 + x10 + x9 + x10}]
Illustration 1 9
Find the total number of selections of 5 letters from five As, four Bs, three Cs and two Ds.
Also find the number of 5-letter words that can be made.
Solution :
There is one letter A to take 5 identical letters, two letters A, B to take 4 identical letters, three
letters A, B, C to take 3 identical letters and four letters A, B, C, D to take pairs. There are only
four different letters.
Possible structures, selections and arrangements are given in a tabular form as below :
Possibilities Combinations Permutations
1 5!
5 identical 1
C1 C1
5!
4 identical, 2 5!
C1 3C1
1 different
2 3
C1 ï C1 4!
3 identical,
5!
1 pair
3 3 3
C1 ï C1 C1 3C1
3!2!
3 identical, 5!
2 different
3 3 3
C1 ï C2 C1 3 C2
3!
2 pairs, 5!
1 different
4 2 4
C2 ï C1 C2 2C1
2!2!
1 pair, 5!
3 different
4 3 4
C1 ï C3 C1 3 C3
2!
1 5! 2 5! 5! 5! 4 5! 5!
= C1 C1 3 C1 3C1 3C1 3 C1 3 C2 C2 2 C1 4 C1 3 C3
5! 4! 3! 2! 3! 2! 2! 2!
1 x6 1 x5 1 x4 1 x3
= coefficient of x5 in . . .
1x 1 x 1 x 1 x
= coefficient of x5 in
{1 ă x3 ă x4 ă x5} ï {1 + 4x + 10x2 + 20x3 + 35x4 + 56x5}
neglecting powers higher than x5
= 56 ă 10 ă 4 ă 1 = 41.
Illustration 20
Five balls are to be placed in three boxes. Each can hold all the five balls. In how many
different ways can we place the balls so that no box remains empty, if
(i) balls and boxes are all different
(ii) balls are identical but boxes are different
(iii) balls are different but boxes are identical
(iv) balls as well as boxes are identical
(v) balls as well as boxes are identical but boxes are kept in a row?
Solution :
As no box is to remain empty, boxes can have balls in the following numbers :
Possibilities 1, 1, 3 or 1, 2, 2
(i) The number of ways to distribute the balls in groups of 1, 1, 3
= 5C1 ï 4
C1 ï 3
C3.
But the boxes can interchange their content, no exchange giving a new way when boxes
containing balls in equal numbers interchange.
3!
= 5C1 ï 4
C1 ï 3
C3 ï 2 !
3!
= 5C1 ï 4
C2 ï 2
C2 ï
2!
3! 3!
= 5C1 ï 4
C1 ï 3
C3 ï + 5C1 ï 4
C2 ï 2
C2 ï
2! 2!
= 5 ï 4 ï 3 + 5 ï 6 ï 3 = 60 + 90 = 150
Note Writing the whole answer in tabular form,
possibilities combinations permutations
3!
5 4 3 5 4 3
1, 1, 3 C1 ï C1 ï C3 C1 ï C1 ï C3 ï
2!
= 5 ï 4 ï 3 = 60
3!
5 4 2 5 4 2
1, 2, 2 C1 ï C2 ï C2 C1 ï C2 ï C2 ï 2 !
= 5 ï 6 ï 3 = 90
the required number of ways = 60 + 90 = 150
(ii) When balls are identical but boxes are different the number of combinations will be 1 in
each case.
the required number of ways
3! 3!
= 1 1 336
2! 2!
(iii) When balls are different and boxes are identical, after giving 3 balls to a box, the remaining
2 are to be divided in two equal groups because the boxes are identical. Similarly, after
giving 1 ball to a box, the remaining 4 are to be divided in two equal groups.
the required number of ways
2
5 C1 1C1 5 4
C2 2C2
= C3 C1 10 15 25
2! 2!
Illustration 21
These are 12 seats in the first row of a theater of which 4 are to be occupied. Find the
number of ways of arranging 4 persons so that :
(i) no two persons sit side by side.
(ii) there should be atleast 2 empty seats between any two persons.
(iii) each person has exactly one neighbour.
Solution :
(i) We have to select 4 seats for 4 persons so that no two persons are together. It means that
there should be atleast one empty seat vacant between any two persons.
To place 4 persons we have to select 4 seats between the remaining 8 empty seats so that
all persons should be separated.
Between 8 empty seats 9 seats are available for 4 person to sit.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 options available
(ii) Let x0 denotes the empty seats to the left of the first person, xi (i = 1, 2, 3) be the number
of empty seats between i th and (i + 1) st person and x4 be the number of empty seats to
the right of 4th person.
x0 1 x1 2 x2 3 x3 4 x4
4 persons
(iii) As every person should have exactly one neighbour, divide 4 persons into groups consisting
two persons in each group.
Let G1 and G2 be the two groups in which 4 persons are divided.
According to the given condition G1 and G2 should be separated from each other.
8+1
Number of ways to select seats so that G1 and G2 are separated = C2 = 9C2
But 4 persons can be arranged in 4 seats in 4! ways.
So total number of ways to arrange 4 persons so that every person has exactly one neighbour
= 9C2 ï 4! = 864
Illustration 22
A man has to take 9 steps. He can move in 4 directions. In how many ways he can move
9 steps such that
(a) he can move any no. of steps in any direction
(b) atleast one step in each direction
(c) he finishes journey one step away from starting position
Solution :
(a) This one is easy. The person has 4 directions to go to for all 9 steps.
So answer becomes 49.
(b) Now he has to move atleast one step in each direction.
So just using the formula for division where each group gets atleast one item
Total ways 49 ă 4C1 39 + 4C2 29 ă 4C3 19
(c) Now in this part he has to land up only one step away from starting position either in right,
left, north or south direction.
We will consider the case whom he finishes in north direction. For total ways the answer
will be multplied by 4 due to symmetry (covering all the directions)
for one step in north direction
SW = SE
SN = SS + 1
9!
4 3 1 1 III DAEG 4! 3!
9!
3 2 2 2 III DAEG 3! 2! 2! 2!
9!
2 1 3 2 III DAEG 2! 1! 3! 3!
9!
1 0 4 4 III DAEG
1! 4! 4!
Total =
Why DAEG ?
let S1ă9 represent the 9 steps, then
SN SS SW SE
S1ă4 S5ă7 S8 S9 This is DAEG, distribution in equal
groups. This is allowed.
S1ă4 S5ă7 S9 S8
S1ă4 S9 S5ă7 S8 Not allowed, because new person will
not be one step in forward direction
Complete distribution is not allowed.
COM PL EX N U M B ERS
In this chapter we will discuss complex numbers and the calculus of associated functions. We will
begin the story in this section with a discussion of what complex numbers are and how we work with
them.
Although complex numbers originate with attempts to solve certain algebraic equations, such as
x2 + 1 = 0
we will give a geometric definition which identifies complex numbers with points in the plane.
This definition not only gives complex numbers a concrete geometrical meaning, but also provides us
with a powerful algebraic tool for working with points in the plane.
Definition :
A complex number, represented by an expression of the form x + iy (x, y are real), is taken to be
an ordered pair (x, y) of two real numbers, combined to form a complex number and algebra is defined
on the set of such numbers.
Iota (i)
Iota stands for the square root of ă 1.
i.e. i 1
This symbol is also the imaginary unit. In complex number x + iy, the coefficient of (i) describes
the imaginary value (i.e. y here).
i1 = 1
i2 = ă 1
i3 = ă i
i4 = 1
to find values for in, where n > 4, we first divide n by 4, i.e. let n be a number of the form
n = 4m + r.
Then in = i4m+r = i4m.ir = ir
so i5 = i4.i = i
1 i3
for ă1
i , i ă1
= i i3
i . i3
iă1 = i3
COMPLEX NUMBERS
4 QUIZRR
Illustration
Evaluate the following :
4n 3
(a) i 27 (b) i 999 (c) i ă999 (d) 1
Solution :
(a) i 27 = i24.i3 = i4(6).i3 = i3 = ă i
(b) i 999 = i996.i3 = i4(249).i3 = i3 = ă i
1 1
(c) i–999 = 999 = = i
i i3
4 n 3 4 n3
(d) i = ( 1) 1 = (– 1) (i)4n+3 = i2 ï i3 = i5 = i
Ć a b ab is not valid if both a & b are negative. This is valid only when atleast one
of a or b is positive or zero.
Ć The sum of four consecutive powers of i is zero.
i.e. in + in+1 + in+2 + in+3 = 0, (n I)
Co m p l e x N u m b e r s
If two numbers a, b are real, then a number a + ib will be a complex number.
here, a is the real part represented by Re (z) & b is the imaginary part Im(z)
where z = a + ib
for ex. z = 5 ă 3i, then Re (z) = 5
Im (z) = ă 3
if for z = a + ib
Ć Im (z) is zero, then the no. is purely real, & if Re (z) is zero, then the no. is purely imaginary.
Ć Like we represent real numbers by the set R, complex numbers are denoted by the set C.
Note : Real numbers are subset of complex numbers.
i.e. every real number is a complex number.
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 5
2. Subtraction
z = z1 ă z2
= Re (z1 ă z2) + Im (z1 ă z2)
= (a1 ă a2) + i (b1 ă b2)
3. Multiplication
z = z1 z2
= (a1 + b1i) (a2 + ib2)
= (a1a2 ă b1b2) + i (a1b2 + a2b1)
z = [Re(z1) Re(z2) ă Im(z1) Im(z2)] + i [Re (z1) Im (z2) + Re (z2) Im (z1)]
4. Division
z1
z = z
2
a a bb
1 2 1 2 i a2 b1 a1 b2
a22 b22 a22 b22
= Real
part
Imaginary part
Eq u a l i t y
i.e. z1 = z2
this is true, only when Re (z1) = Re (z2) &
Im (z1) = Im (z2)
Note : There is no order relation between complex numbers i.e., (a1 + ib1) > (a2 + ib2) is not a
valid inequality.
COMPLEX NUMBERS
6 QUIZRR
Illustration 1
2
1
25
19
Evaluate : i
i
Solution :
2 2
1
25 1
25
19 18
Given expression = i = i . i
i i
Illustration 2
Simplify : i n + 100
+ in + 50
+ in + 48
+ in + 46
Solution :
Given expression = in + 100
+ in + 50
+ in + 48
+ in + 46
Illustration 3
1 3 3 4i
Express 1 2i 1 i 2 4i in the form A + i B. [IIT 79]
Solution :
1 3 3 4i 1 i 3 1 2i 3 4i
1 2i 1 i 2 4i 1 2i 1 i 2 4i
4 5i 3 4i 12 i 20i 2 32 i 32 i
=
1 i 2i2 2 4i 3 i 2 4i 6 14i 4i 2 14i
2
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 7
Illustration 4
200
1 i
Simplify
1 i
Solution :
200
1 i 2 2i 1 1 2i
200
= = (i) 200
2 2
Illustration 5
Find x and y if (3x ă 2iy) (2 + i)2 = 10 (1 + i)
Solution :
Given, (3x ă 2iy) (2 + i)2 = 10 (1 + i)
(3x ă 2iy) (4 + 4i + i2) = 10 + 10i
(3x ă 2iy) (3 + 4i) = 10 + 10i
(9x ă 6yi) + 12xi ă 8i2y) = 10 + 10i
9x + 8y + i (12x ă 6y) = 10 + i. 10
Equating real and imaginary parts, we get
9x + 8y = 10 ....(i) and 12x ă 6y = 10 ...(ii)
14 1
Solving (i) and (ii), we get x , y
15 5
Illustration 6
1
Express 1 cos 2i sin in the form A + i B. [I.I.T. 78]
Solution :
1
1 cos 2i sin
1 (1 cos 2i sin )
= .
(1 cos 2i sin ) (1 cos 2i sin )
COMPLEX NUMBERS
8 QUIZRR
1 cos 2i sin
=
(1 cos )2 4sin2
2sin2 2i.2sin cos 2sin2 1 2i cot
2 2 2 2 2
= 2
2
2
2sin2 2sin 2 8 cos2
2sin 4 2sin cos 2 2 2
2 2 2
1 2i cot 1 2i cot
2 2
= 2 2 2 2 3 1 cos
2 sin cos 6 cos
2 2 2
1 2i cot 2cot
2 1 2
= i
5 3 cos 5 3 cos 5 3cos
CON J U GA T E o f a c o m p l e x n u m b e r
For complex number z = a + ib, its conjugate is denoted by z = a ă ib
Tip : We can obtain the conjugate by replacing i by ă i in z.
Properties of conjugate
1. z z
2. z + z = 2 Re (z)
3. z ă z = 2 Im(z)
4. z1 z2 = z1 z2
5. z1 z2 = z1 z2
6. z1 z2 = z1 z2
z1 z
7. = 1
z2 z2
8. I f z = z z is purely real
9. If z z 0 z is purely imaginary.
z z R e ( z) I m( z)
2 2
10.
M ODU L U S o f a c o m p l e x n u m b e r
For a complex number z = a + ib, its modulus is given by
z a 2 b2 R e ( z)2 I m ( z)2
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 9
Properties of Modulus
Ć |z| 0 |z| = 0 iff z = 0 and |z| > 0 iff z 0
Ć ă |z| Re (z) |z| and ă |z| |z|.
Ć |z| = z z = |ă z| = z
Ć zz z 2
z1 z
Ć 1 (z2 0)
z2 z2
Ć z1 z2 z1 z2
In particular, if |z1 + z2| = |z1| + |z2|, then origin, z1 and z2 are collinear with origin at
one of the ends.
Ć z1 z2 z1 z2
In particular, if |z1 ă z2| = || z1|ă|z2 ||, then origin, z1 and z2 are collinear with origin at one
of the ends.
Ć | zn| = |z|n
Ć ||z1| ă |z2|| | |z1| + |z2|
Thus |z1| + |z2| is the greatest possible value of |z1 + z2| and ||z1| ă |z2||is the least
possible value of |z1 + z2|
Ć z1 z2
2
z1 z2 z1 z2 z1 2
z2
2
z1 z2 z1 z2 or
2
z1 z2
2
2Re z1 z2
Ć z1 z2 z1 z2 2 z1 z2 cos 1 2 where 1 = arg (z1) and 2 = arg (z2).
2 2 2 z1
Ć z1 z2 z1 z2 is purely imaginary.
z2
Ć z1 z2
2
z1 z2
2
2 z2 2
z2
2
Ć az1 bz2
2
bz1 az2
2
( a2 b2 ) z1 2
z2
2
where a, b R.
Ć Unimodular : i.e., unit modulus.
If z is unimodular then |z| = 1. A unimodular complex number can always be expressed as
cos + i sin, R.
z
Note : z is always a unimodular complex number if z 0.
COMPLEX NUMBERS
10 QUIZRR
Illustration 7
Find multiplicative inverse of 3 + 2i.
Solution :
Let z be the multiplicative inverse of 3 + 2i, then (3 + 2i).z = 1
1 1 3 2i 3 2i 3 2
z i
3 2i 3 2i 3 2i 9 4 13 13
Illustration 8
z z
If z 1 and z 2 are 1 ă i, ă 2 + 4i respectively, find Im 1 2
z1
Solution :
z1 z2 1 i 2 4i 2 2i 4i 4
=
z1 1i 1i
2 6i 1 i 2 6i 2i 6 8 4 i
= 2
4 2i
1i 2 2
z z
I m 1 2 2
z1
Illustration 9
1 1
If |z 1| = |z 2| = 1 then prove that z1 z2
z1 z2
Solution :
1
|z1| = 1 |z1|2 = 1 z1 z1 1 z z1
1
1
Similarly, |z2| = 1 |z2|2 = 1 z2 z2 1 z2
z2
1 1
Now = z1 z2 z1 z2 z1 z2 z1 z2
z1 z2
= z1 z2 z z
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 11
Illustration 1 0
For any two complex numbers z 1 and z 2, prove that
(i) |z 1 + z 2|2 + |z 1 ă z 2|2 = 2 [|z 1|2 + |z 2|2]
Solution :
LHS = |z1 + z2|2 + |z1 ă z2|2
= z1 z2 z1 z2 z1 z2 z1 z2 z 2 zz
= z1 z2 z1
z2 z1 z2 z1 z2
= z1 z1 z2 z1 z1 z2 z2 z2 z1 z1 z2 z1 z1 z2 z2 z2
= 2 ( z1 z1 z2 z2 ) 2 z1 z2 2 2
(i) |z1 + z2|2 = (z1 + z2) z1 z2 = (z1 + z2) z1 z2
= z1 z1 z2 z2 z1 z2 z2 z1
2 2 z z z z z z
= z1 z2 z1 z2 z1 z2 1 2 1 2 1 2
= z1
2
z2
2
2Re z1 z2
z z
2 2
= z1 z2 2 Re z1 z2 Re z
2
Re c i p r o c a l /M u l t ip l i c a t iv e I n v e r s e
for complex z = a + ib
1 1
z a ib
a ib
& we know this is equal to
a 2 b2
1 z
z 2
z
COMPLEX NUMBERS
12 QUIZRR
SQU A RE ROOTS o f a c o m p l e x n u m b e r
Let z = a + ib be the complex number of which we want to find out the root, then
a ib x iy
squaring
a + ib = (x + iy)2 = (x2 ă y2) + 2ixy
equating real & imaginary coefficients on both sides
a = x2 ă y2 ...(i)
b= 2xy ...(ii)
x
2
2
now x2 y2 = y2 4 x2 y2
= a 2 b2 ...(iii)
x2 =
1
2
a a2 b2 & y2 =
1
2 a 2
b2 a
x
1
= a
2
a 2 b2 y =
1
2 a 2
b2 a
1
a ib
2
1
a2 b2 a i a 2 b2 a
2
1 2 2 1 2 2
= 2 a b a i 2 a b a
1 1
a ib z a i 2 z a
2
Illustration 1 1
Find the square root of ă 7 ă 24i. [Roorkee 79]
Solution :
Let 7 24i x iy
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 13
x2 + y2 = 25
But x2 + y2 cannot be negative
x2 + y2 = 25 ...(iii)
(i) + (iii) 2x2 = 18 x = 3
From (i), we get y2 = x2 + 7 = 9 + 7 = 16 y = 4
But from (ii), xy is negative, therefore x and y must be of opposite signs.
when x = 3, y = ă 4 and when x = ă 3, y = 4
24
ă 7 ă 24i 12 3 4 or 2 ï 6 or 1 ï 12
2
= 32 + (4i)2 ă 2.3.4i 3, 4 3, 4i 32 + 16i2 = 7
= (3 ă 4i)2 2, 6 2, 6i
Illustration 1 2
x2 y2 1 x y 31
Find the square root of
y 2
x 2 2i y x 16
Solution :
x2 y2 1 x y 31
y2
x 2 2i y x 16
x2 y2 1 31 i x y
=
y2
x2 2i 16 2 y x
COMPLEX NUMBERS
14 QUIZRR
2 2 2
x y i x y i x y i
= 2 .
y x
4 y x 4 y x 4
x y i
Required square root =
y x 4
Illustration 1 3
a ib 2 2 2
a 2 b2
If x + iy = then prove that (x + y ) = 2 [I.I.T. 79]
c id c d2
Solution :
a ib a ib
Given, x + iy = x iy2
c id c id
a ib | a ib| n n z1 | z1 |
|( x iy)2 | | x iy|2 | z || z| and
c id | c id | z2 | z2 |
a2 b2
2
x2 y2
c2 d 2
a 2 b2
x2 y2
c2 d 2
a2 b2
x2 y2
c2 d 2
Illustration 1 4
3
It = a + ib, prove that a 2 + b 2 = 4a ă 3 [I.I.T. 78]
2 cos i sin
2 cos i sin 1 a ib
Solution : Given, 2
3 a ib a b2
Equating real & imaginary parts, we get
2 cos a sin b
2 ...(1) ...(2)
3 a b2 3 a b2
2
3a 3b
from (1) cos 2 ...(3) sin ...(4)
2 2
a b a b2
2
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 15
9 12a 9 12a
= 2 2
( a2 b2 ) 4 2 2 2
2 2
4
(a b ) (a b ) a b a b2
2
or a 2 b2 4 a 3
Illustration 1 5
Find the complex number z such that z 2 + |z| = 0
Solution :
Let z = x + iy
Now given equation is z2 + |z| = 0 or (x + iy)2 + |x + iy| = 0
or x2 ă y2 + 2ixy + x2 y2 = 0
or, x2 ă y2 + x2 y2 + 2xyi = 0 = 0 + i. 0
Equating real and imaginary parts, we get
x2 ă y2 + x2 y2 = 0 ...(i)
But when x = 1, x2 x2 2 0
when y = 0, x = 0; Hence z = 0 + i 0 = 0 ...(iv)
Thus from (iii) and (iv), z = 0, i
Second Method : z2 = ă |z| = a real number
z is a real number or a purely imaginary number.
Case I : when z is real let z = x, then
z2 = ă |z| x2 = ă |x| |x|2 = ă |x| |x| (|x| + 1) = 0
|x| = 0 x = 0 z = x = 0 [ |x| ă 1]
COMPLEX NUMBERS
16 QUIZRR
EU L ER’S FORM U L A
A useful expression is EulerÊs formula which expresses an exponential with imaginary argument
in terms of a sum of real and imaginary parts :
ei = cos + i sin
Exponential form : Using EulerÊs formula, it is possible to compactly write a complex number
in terms of an exponential function :
z = x + iy r (cos + i sin ) = rei
On an Argand diagram, complex numbers with the same modulus r = |z| but different arguments
make up points on a circle centred on the origin with radius r = |z|. For modulus special points of
interest (for r = 1) are :
= 0 z = ei0 = 1 real
i/2
= /2 z= e = cos /2 + i sin /2 =i Imaginary
i
= z = e = cos + i sin = ă 1 real
3 i3/2 3 3
= /2 z= e = cos /2 + i sin /2 = – i Imaginary
= 2 z = ei2 = cos 2 + i sin 2 = 1 real
i/2
Z=e
or
Z = eă3i/2 unit circle
r =1
Z = ei Z = e0
Or Or
Z = eăi Z = e2i
Z = e ă3i/2
or
Z = eăi/2
GEOM ET RI CA L REPRESEN T A T I ON o f Co m p l e x N u m b e r s
Geometrically, we can represent complex numbers on a plane (known as Argand Plane).
This plane consists of two perpendicular lines known as real axis & imaginary axis. Real axis is
drawn horizontally and imaginary axis is vertical to it. Any complex number can be represented as a
point on this plane.
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 17
Let z = a + bi be the point to be represented on this plane. This point is represented through the
order pair (a, b) on the plane. Real part (a) is plotted along the real axis and imaginary part (b) is
plotted along the imaginary axis.
a = Re (z) = horizontal component
b = Im (z) = vertical component
3 (2,3)
or 2+3i
2
x
2 3 1
real axis
As in usual Cartesian coordinates, the distance from the origin to a point (x, y) is equal to
x y2 . This is equal to the modulus |z| of the complex number z = x + iy.
2
The Argand diagram may also be called the complex plane. It stresses that complex numbers are
a generalisation of real numbers, that lie on the horizontal axis only.
The expression z = x + iy is known as the Cartesian form or the rectangular form of the complex
number z. Using the Argand diagram, we can see that the addition of complex numbers behaves like
the addition of vectors.
If we express z = x + iy as an ordered pair (x, y), then the addition of two complex numbers may
be defined by (x, y) + (a, b) = (x + a, y + b) in the same way as the addition of two vectors.
y
5
Z + W = 4 + 5i
imaginary axis
3 W = 1 + 3i
1 Z = 3 + 2i
x
1 2 3 4
real axis
COMPLEX NUMBERS
18 QUIZRR
POL A R REPRESEN TA T I ON o f c o m p l e x n u m b e r s
A position vector of a point in two dimensions may be expressed in terms of Cartesian coordinates
(x, y) and plotted with y on the vertical axis and x on the horizontal axis.
It is also possible to express the two dimensional position vector in terms of polar coordinates (r,
) where r is the magnitude of the vector (distance from origin to the point) and is the angle between
the position vector and the positive x-axis.
The Cartesian and polar coordinates are related by :
x = r cos , y = r sin
y
r x 2 y2 , tan
x
imaginary axis
r
y
0
x
real axis
In the same way, the complex number z = x + iy may be expressed in polar coordinates (r, ) in
its polar form :
z = x + iy r (cos + i sin )
y
where r x2 y2 , tan
x
Illustration 1 6
z 1 3i x = 1, y 3
y= 3
2 2
r x y 4 2
imaginary axis
= /3
0 real axis x =1
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 19
T HE A RGU MENT o f a c o m p l e x n u m b e r
In polar coordinates (r, ) the angle is known as the argument of the complex number z, denoted
= arg(z).
x y
cos , sin
x2 y2 x2 y2
There is a complication because a single point on the Argand diagram does not correspond to a
single complex number. The reason is that we can add 2 to the value of the argument in order to
produce a different complex number, but when plotted on the Argand diagram, the two numbers are
plotted in the same place.
y
0 x
+2
Principal Value : If we want to uniquely define the value of the argument we can impose the
condition ă < so that is known as the principal value of the argument.
For the complex number z = x + iy, the argument is given by the solution of the equations :
x y
cos , sin
x2 y2 x2 y2
y
or tan
x
If the second expression = y/x is used to determine , it is wise to plot z = x + iy on an Argand
diagram to check that the answer is correct.
1 b
Step 1 : Find the value of tan
a
b
let = tan 1
a
Step 2 : Now find the argument according to the quadrant in which (a, b) lies.
COMPLEX NUMBERS
20 QUIZRR
i.e. y
2nd quadrant 1st quadrant
= ă =
x
= ă =ă
3rd quadrant 4th quadrant
Properties of Arguments
Ć Arg (z1z2) = Arg (z1) + Arg (z2) + 2k (k = 0 or 1 or ă 1)
In general Arg (z1z2z3..... zn) = Arg (z1) + Arg (z2) + Arg (z3) + ... + Arg (zn) + 2k
(where k I)
z
Ć Arg 1 Arg z1 Arg z2 2 k (k = 0 or 1 or ă 1)
z2
z
Ć Arg 2 Arg z 2k (k = 0 or 1 or ă 1)
z
Ć Arg (zn) = n Arg z + 2k (k = 0 or 1 or ă 1)
z2 z1
Ć If Arg z , then Arg z 2 k where k I
1 2
Ć Arg z = ă Arg z
Ć If arg (z) = 0 z is real
Note : Proper value of k must be chosen so, that R.H.S. of (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) lies in (ă , ].
All the above formulae are written on the basic of principal argument.
Illustration 1 6
Let z 2 2 i Here x 2, y 2
z 2 2i 2 2 i [By definition of z ]
2 2
2 2
and z 2 2i 22 2
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 21
y 2
Argument of z : tan x 1 tan 45 [between 0 and ]
2 4 2
7
arg z = 2 ă = 2 ă
4 4
Note : Here principal value of arg z can also be written
7
Principal value of arg z = 2
4 4
Illustration 1 7
2i
Find the conjugate and argument of 4i 1 i 2
Solution :
2 i 6i 6 12i 1 1
= i
6i 6i 36 6 3
1 1
z i
6 3
1 1 1 1
Now z i Here x , y
6 3 6 3
1
tan
y
3 2 2 tan1 2, 0
x 1 2
6
1 1
x 0 and y 0 . Hence z lies in the 4th quadrant.
6 3
arg z = 2 ă = 2 ă tană1 2.
Note : Principal value of arg z = (2 ă tană1 2) ă 2 = ă tană1 2
COMPLEX NUMBERS
22 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 8
1 7i
Put in the polar form. [Roorkee 81]
2 i 2
Solution :
1 7i
Let z
2 i 2
1 7i 1 7i 1 7i 3 4i 25 25i
Now z 1i
2
4 i 4i 3 4 i 3 4i 3 4i 32 4 2
r z i 2 12 2
Again z= ă 1+ i x = ă 1, y = 1
y 1
Also tan 1;
x 1 4
3
Hence arg z = ă = ă
4 4
3 3
Polar form of z 2 cos i sin
4 4
1/
n
1/
n
2 k 2 k
z r cos i sin
n n
where k can take value from 0, 1, 2, ... (n ă 1). (i.e. one less than the denominator)
for k n, the roots will repeat
put k = 0 in the above equation
1/
n
1/
n
z r cos n i sin n ...(i)
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 23
now put k = n
1/
n
1/
n 2n 2n
z r cos i sin
n n
1/
n 2n 2n
= r cos n n i sin n
/
1/
n
= r cos n i sin n
Illustration 1 9
If x n cos n i sin n prove that x1.x2.x 3... to infinity = ă 1.
2 2
Solution :
x1.x2.x3... to infinity
= cos i sin cos 2 i sin 2 cos 3 i sin 3 ...
2 2 2 2 2 2
= cos 2 3 ... i sin 2 3 ...
2 2 2 2 2 2
/2 /2 2 a
= cos i sin a ar ar ...
1 1/2 1 1/2 1 r
= cos + i sin = ă 1
Illustration 20
n
Prove that (1 + i)n + (1 ă i)n = 2(n/2)+1 cos
4
Solution :
Let 1 + i = r (cos + i sin ). Then
1
r 12 12 = 2 and tan = 1 4
1+ i = 2 cos i sin
4 4
COMPLEX NUMBERS
24 QUIZRR
n
n
cos 4 i sin 4
n
(1 + i) = 2
n/ n n
(1 + i)n = 2 cos 4 i sin 4
2
Let the polar form of 1 ă i be r (cos + i sin ). Then
1
r 12 1 2 and tan 1
2
4
1ăi = 2 cos i sin
4 4
n
2
n
cos 4 i sin 4
n
(1 ă i) =
n/ n n
(1 ă i)n = 2
2
cos i sin ...(ii)
4 4
n/ n n n n
(1 + i)n + (1 ă i)n = 2 cos 4 i sin 4 cos 4 i sin 4
2
n/ n n
2 cos
2 n / 2 1
= 2 . 2 cos
4 4
Illustration 21
n
n n
If n is a positive integer; prove that 3i 3i 2 n 1 cos
6
Solution :
1
Then r 3 2 12 2 and tan
3 6
3 i = 2 cos 6 i sin 6
n
n
n
3i = 2 cos i sin
6 6
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 25
n n n
n
3 i = 2 cos i sin
6 6
2 cos i sin 2 cos i sin
6 6 6 6
n
n
3 i = 2n cos i sin
6 6
n n n
3 i = 2n cos i sin ...(ii)
6 6
n n
n n n n
3i + 3 i = 2n cos i sin + 2n cos i sin
6 6 6 6
n n 1 n
= 2n 2 cos 2 cos
6 6
Illustration 22
Let (r, ) denote the point r (cos + i sin ) in the Argand plane. If a (1, ), b (1, ),
c (1, ) and a + b + c = 0, show that a ă1 + b ă1 + c ă1 = 0.
Solution :
Since (r, ) r (cos + i sin ), therefore a (1, ) = 1 (cos + i sin ), b (1, ) = 1 .
(cos + i sin ) and c (1, ) = 1 . (cos + i sin )
We have, a + b + c = 0 (cos + i sin ) + (cos + i sin ) + (cos + i sin ) = 0
(cos + cos + cos ) + i (sin + sin + sin ) = 0 + i 0
cos + cos + cos = 0 and sin + sin + sin = 0 ...(i)
ă1 ă1 ă1 ă1 ă1 ă1
Now, a + b + c = (cos + i sin ) + (cos + i sin ) + (cos + i sin )
= [cos (ă 1) + i sin (ă 1) ] + [cos (ă 1) + i sin (ă 1) ] + [cos (ă 1) + i sin (ă 1) ]
= (cos ă i sin ) + (cos ă i sin ) + (cos ă i sin )
= (cos + cos + cos ) ă i (sin + sin + sin )
= 0 ă i 0 = 0 [Using (i)]
Illustration 23
If cos + cos + cos = sin + sin + sin = 0, prove that
(i) cos 3 + cos 3 + cos 3 = 3 cos ( + + )
(ii) sin 3 + sin 3 + sin 3 = 3 sin ( + + )
COMPLEX NUMBERS
26 QUIZRR
+ cos 2 + cos 2 = 0
(iii) cos 2
(iv) sin 2 + sin 2 + sin 2 = 0
Solution :
Let a = cos + i sin , b = cos + i sin and c = cos + i sin . Then
a + b + c = (cos + cos + cos ) + i (sin + sin + sin ) = 0 + i0 = 0
(i) Since a + b + c = 0, therefore, a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc
(cos + i sin )3 + (cos + i sin )3 + (cos + i sin )3 = 3 (cos + i sin )
(cos + i sin ) (cos + i sin )
(cos 3 + i sin 3 ) + (cos 3 + i sin 3 ) + (cos 3 + i sin 3 ) = 3 [cos ( + + )]
cos 3 + cos 3 + cos 3 = 3 cos ( + + )
sin 3 + sin 3 + sin 3 = 3 sin ( + + )
(iii) We have,
1 1 1
= (cos ă i sin ) + (cos ă i sin ) + (cos ă i sin )
Illustration 24
Find 3 i
Solution :
Let z= i. We have |z|= 1 and arg (z) = . So, z in polar form is cos i sin
2 2 2
1/ 1/
3
1/ 3
Now, z 3 cos i sin cos 2m i sin 2 m 2
2 2 2
= cos 4 m 1 i sin 4 m 1 , m 0, 1, 2
6 6
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 27
1
1/
From m = 0, z 3 cos i sin 3i
6 6 2
For m = 1,
1/ 5 5
z 3 cos i sin cos i sin
6 6 6 6
= cos i sin
6 6
1
2
3i
1/ 9 9 3 3
For m = 2, z 3 cos i sin cos i sin i
6 6 2 2
Illustration 25
Find 3 1
Solution :
Let z = – 1. Then |z|= 1 and arg (z) . So, the polar of z is (cos + i sin ).
Now, z1/3 = (cos + i sin )1/3
= [cos (2 m + ) + i sin (2 m + ]1/3
= cos (2m + 1) + i sin (2m + 1) , m = 0, 1, 2
3 3
For m = 0, z1/3 = cos
3
+ i sin
3
=
1
2
1 i 3
For m = 1, z1/3 = cos + i sin = ă 1
5 5
For m = 2, z1/3 = cos i sin
3 3
= cos 2 i sin 2 3
3
= cos
3
ă i sin
3
=
1
2
1 i 3
COMPLEX NUMBERS
28 QUIZRR
Illustration 26
If (1 + x)n = C0 + C1 x + C2x 2 + C3x 3 + ... + Cn x n , prove that
(i) C0 ă C2 + C4 ă C6 + ... = 2n/2 cos n
/4
(ii) C1 ă C3 + C5 ă C7 + ... = 2n/2 sin n/4
(iii) C0 + C4 + C8 + ... = 2nă2 + 2(n/2)ă 1
cos n/4
nă2 (n/2)ă 1
(iv) C1 + C5 + C9 + ... = (2 + 2 sin n/4)
Solution :
We have :
(1 + x)n = C0 + C1 x + C2x2 + C3x3 + ... + Cnxn
or (1 + x)n = (C0 + C2x2 + C4x4 + ...) + x (C1 + C3x2 + C5x4 + ...) ...(i)
Replacing x by i on both sides, we get
(1 + i)n = (C0 ă C2 + C4 ă C6 + ...) + i (C1 ă C3 + C5...)
[ 2 (cos /4 + i sin /4)]n = [(C0 ă C2 + C4 ă C6 + ...) + i (C1 ă C3 + C5...)]
2n/2 (cos n /4 + i sin n /4) = (C0 ă C2 + C4 ă C6 + ...) + i (C1 ă C3 + C5...)
On equating real and imaginary parts on both sides, we get
C0 ă C2 + C4 ă C6 + ... = 2n/2 cos n /4 ...(ii)
n/2
and C1 ă C3 + C5 + ... = 2 sin n /4 ...(iii)
Now, putting x = 1 and x = ă 1 respectively in (i), we get
(C0 + C2 + C4 + ...) + (C1 + C3 + C5 + ...) = 2n
and (C0 + C2 + C4 + ...) ă (C1 + C3 + C5 + ...) = 0
By adding and sutracting these two, we get
C0 + C2 + C4 + ... = 2nă1 ...(iv)
nă1
C1 + C3 + C5 + ... = 2 ...(v)
Adding (ii) and (iv), we get
2 (C0 + C4 + C6 + ...) = 2n/2 cos n /4 + 2nă1
C0 + C4 + C6 + ... = 2nă2 + 2(n/2)ă 1
cos n/4
Adding (iii) and (v), we get
2 (C1 + C5 + C9 + ...) = 2n/2 sin n/4 + 2nă1
n
C1 + C5 + C9 + ... = 2nă2 + 2(n/2)ă1 sin
4
ROOT S OF U N I T Y
For z = (1)1/n i.e. nth roots of unity
z = (cos 0 + isin 0)1/n
2 k 0 2 k 0
or
z= cos
i sin k 0, 1; ... n 1
n n
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 29
2 k 2 k
= cos i sin
n n
2k
i
= e n
2
i k
= e n
2
i
now let = e n
z = k, where k = 0, 1, 2 ... (n ă 1)
= 1, , 2 ... nă1
1, if n is even
3. Product of roots
1, if n is odd
Note : Try & prove the last two properties yourself.
4. nth roots of unity lie on a unit circle and divide the circumference into n equal parts.
Cu b e r o o t s o f u n i t y
The roots of equation x3 ă 1 = 0 are called cube roots of unity.
Solving x3 ă 1 = 0
(x ă 1) (x2 + x + 1) = 0
1 i 3 1 i 3
x = 1, ,
2 2
or as discussed in previous section.
nth roots of unity = k
2
i
here = e 3
Cube roots are 1, , 2
or we call them 1, w, w 2
2
i 1 i 3
w = e 3
=
2
4
i 1i 3
w =2
e 3 =
2
COMPLEX NUMBERS
30 QUIZRR
geometrically,
ă1 , 3 B
2 2
1A
C
ă1 , ă 3 2
2 2
w w2 , w2 w
1 i
Ć square root of i =
2
Ć square root of w = w2
Ć square root of w2 = w
Ć You can also remember that w, w2 are also the roots of equation x2 + x + 1 {as this
equation is encountered very often}
Illustration 27
If , 2 be the imaginary cube roots of unity, then prove than
(i) (3 + 3 + 52)6 ă (2 + 6 + 22)3 = 0
(ii) (2 ă ) (2 ă 2) (2 ă 10) (2 ă 11) = 49
Solution :
(i) (3 + 3 + 52)6 ă (2 + 6 + 22)3
= (3 + 3 + 32 + 22 )6 ă (2 + 2 + 22 + 4)3
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 31
Illustration 28
If is an imaginary cube root of unity, then show that
(i) (1 ă ) ( 1 ă 2) (1 ă 4) (1 ă 5) = 9 [I.I.T. 65]
(ii) (1 ă + 2)5 + (1 + ă 2)5 (1 ă 5) = 32
Solution :
(i) 4 = 3 . = and 5 = 3 2 = 2
(1 ă ) (1 ă 2) (1 ă 4) (1 ă 5)
= (1 ă ) (1 ă 2) (1 ă ) (1 ă 2)
= (1 ă 2)2 (1 ă 2)2 = [(1 ă ) (1 ă 2)]2
= [1 ă( + 2) + 3]2
= [1 ă (ă 1) + 1]2 [ 1 + + 2 = 0 + 2 = ă 1]
= (3)2 = 9
(ii) (1 ă + 2)5 + (1 + ă 2)5
= (1 + 2 ă )5 + (1 + ă 2)5
= (ă ă )5 + (ă 2 ă 2)5 [ 1 + = ă 2 and 1 + 2 = ă ]
= (ă 2)5 + (ă 22)5 = ă 325 ă 3210 = ă 322 ă 32 (3)3.
= ă 322 ă 32 = ă 32 (2 + ) = (ă 32) ï (ă 1) = 32
Illustration 29
n n
1 3 1 3
If n is a positive integer, prove that
2 or 1 according as n is
2 2
a multiple of 3 or not a multiple of 3].
Solution :
1 3 1 3
We know , then 2
2 2
COMPLEX NUMBERS
32 QUIZRR
n n
1 3 1 3 n 2n
Now given expression =
2 2
Case I : When n = 3m
Given expression = n + 2n = 3m + 6m
= (3)m + (6)m = 1 + 1 = 2
Case II : When n = 3m + 1
n + 2n = 3m + 1
+ 6m + 2
= 3m. + 6m.2
= 1. + 1. 2 = + 2 = ă 1 [ 1 + + 2 = 0]
Case III : When n = 3m + 2
n 2n
+ = 3m + 2
+ 6m + 4
= 3m.2 + 6m.4
= 2 + 4 = 2 + 3 .
= 2 + = ă 1 [ 1 + + 2 = 0]
Illustration 30
If 1, 1, 2, ... nă1 be the n, nth roots of unity, show that (1 ă 1) (1 ă 2)... (1 ă n ă 1
) = n.
Solution :
Let x be a nth roots of unity, then
xn = 1 or xn ă 1
= 0 ...(i)
According to question 1, 1, 2... ană1 are all the nth roots of unity
xn ă 1
= (x ă 1) (x ă 1) (x ă 2)...(x ă nă1)
xn 1
(x ă 1) (x ă 2)...(x ă nă1) =
x1
Illustration 31
Show that x 3p + x 3q + 1
+ x 3r+2, where p, q, are positive integers is divisible by x 2 + x + 1.
Solution :
1 3
x2 + x + 1 = 0 x or 2
2
where x = , x3p + x3q+1 + x3r+2
= 3p + 3q+ 1 +3r + 2
= 1 + + 2 = 0
COMPLEX NUMBERS
QUIZRR 33
= 1 + 2 + 4 = 1 + 2 + = 0
Since all the roots of equation x2 + x + 1 = 0 satisfy the equation r3p + x3q + 1 + x3r+2 = 0
x3p + x3q+1 + x3r+2 is divisible by x2 + x + 1
Illustration 32
If z 1 + z 2 + z 3 = , z 1 + z 2 + z 3 2 = and z 1 + z 2 2 + z 3 = , express z 1, z 2, z 3 in terms of
, , . Hence prove that : ||2 + ||2 + ||2 = 3 (|z 1|2 + |z 2|2 + |z 3|2).
Solution :
Given, z1 + z2 + z3 = ...(i)
2
z1 + z2 + z3 = (ii)
and z1 + z2 2 + z3 = ...(iii)
+ + = 3z1 z1 = ...(iv)
3
2
+ + 2 = 3z3 z3 = ...(v)
3
2 y
and + 2 + = 3z2 z2 = ...(vi)
3
Second part :
2
z1 z2 z3 z1 z2 z3
= z1 z1 z2 z2 z3 z3 z1 z2 z3 z2 z1 z3 z3 z1 z2
= z1
2
z2
2
z3
2
z1 z2 z3 z2 z1 z3 z3 z1 z2
2
z1 z2 z3 2 z 1 z2 z3 2
= z1 z2 z3
2
z 1 z2 2 z3 2 & 2
= z1
2
z2
2
z3
2
z1 z2 2 z3 z2 z1 z3 2 z3 z1 2 z
2
z1 z2 2 z3 z 1 z2 2 z3
COMPLEX NUMBERS
34 QUIZRR
2
= z1 z2 z3 z1 z2 z3
2
2 & 2
= z1
2
z2
2
z3
2
z1 z2 z3 2 z2 z1 2 z3 z3 z1 z2 2
||2 + ||2 + |r|2
= 3 z1 2
z2
2
z3
2
2
+ z1 z2 1 z3 1
2
2
2
+ z2 z1 1 z3 1
+ z3 z 1 z 1
1
2
2
2
= 3 z1 2
z2
2
z3
2
COMPLEX NUMBERS
SOLUTION OF A
TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 3
SOLUTIONS OF TRIANGLE
1. I nt r od u ct ion
There are 6 elements in a ABC, the three sides BC = a, CA = b, AB = c and the three angles
A, B, C.
A + B + C = = 180Ĉ
1
1. Area of the triangle () = (Base) (height)
2 A
A
The area of a triangle ABC = a.c. sin B = b.c. sin = a.b. sin C
2 2 2
a b c
sin A sin B sin C
b2 c2 a 2
cos A
2bc
a2 c2 b2
cos B
2ac
a2 b2 c2
cosC
2ab
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
4 QUIZRR
4. Projec tion formula :
a = b cos C + c cos B
b = c cos A + a cos C
c = a cos B + b cos A
5. Semi-Perimeter of ABC (s) :
a b c
s
2
2s = a + b + c
2s ă 2a = b + c ă a
2s ă 2b = c + a ă b
2s ă 2c = a + b ă c
6. Half a ngle formula e :
A (s b)(s c)
sin
2 bc
A s(s a)
cos
2 bc
A (s b)(s c) ( s b)(s c)
tan
2 s(s a)
A s( s a) s(s a)
cot
2 (s b)(s c)
Tip : for sine formula, in numerator the other sides are taken and the side opposite to the
angle is not in the formula.
a bc
4R
B B B B C C C C
The expression for sin , cos , tan , cot , sin , cos , tan , cot can be derived using
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
symmetry.
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 5
7. Find the value of sin A, using sin A/2 & cos A/2
2 2
sin A = s(s a)(s b)(s c)
bc bc
8. Napier Analogy :
BC bc A
tan cot
2 bc 2
(i) Circum-circle
The circle passing through the vertices of the triangle ABC is called the circum-circle. Its
radius R is called the circum-radius. In the triangle ABC, A
a b c
R
2sin A 2sin B 2sin C O
R
abc
R B C
4
(ii) In-circle
The circle touching the three sides of the triangle internally is called the inscribed or the in-
circle of the triangle. Its radius r is called the in-radius of the circle. In the triangle ABC,
A
r
s
A B C
r (s a) tan ( s b) tan (s c) tan O
2 2 2
r
A B C B C
r 4R sin sin sin
2 2 2
B C A C A B
a sin sin b sin sin c sin sin
r 2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C
cos cos cos
2 2 2
A B C 1
Remark : From r = 4R sin sin sin , we find that r 4R.
2 2 2 8
2r R. Here equality holds for the equilateral triangle.
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
6 QUIZRR
(iii) Escribed circles
The circle touching BC and the two sides AB and AC produced of ABC externally is called
the escribed circle opposite A. Its radius is denoted by r1. Similarly r2 and r3 denote the radii
of the escribed circles opposite angles B and C respectively.
r1, r2, r3 are called the ex-radii of ABC. Here
A A B C
r1 s tan 4R sin cos cos , B
sa 2 2 2 2
r1 O1
B B C A
r2 s tan 4R sin cos cos ,
sb 2 2 2 2
A
C
C C A B
r3 s tan 4R sin cos cos ,
sc 2 2 2 2
r1r2 r3
r1r2 r2 r3 r3 r1 s2
r
4. m – n T heor em
If a point D divides the side BC of ABC internally in the ratio m : n and BAD = , DAC =
and ADC = then A
(m + n) cot = m cot ă n cot
= n cot B ă m cot C
B m : D n C
The result can be derived using sine rule in ABD and ADC.
Illustration 1
A 3 cm D B
5 cm
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 7
Solution :
Using m ă n theorem,
(3 + 2) cot CDA = 2 cot 30Ĉ ă 3 cot 60Ĉ
3
cot CDA =
5
AC AD
sin CDA sin ACD
3 5 3
AC . 5 cm
sin 60 28 7
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
8 QUIZRR
DH = c sin B ă 2R cos A
DH = 2R sin C sin B + 2R cos (B + C)
DH = 2R cos B cos C
The distances of orthocentre (H) from the sides BC, CA & AB are :
2R cosBcosC, 2R cosCcosA and 2R cosAcosB respectively.
BOC = 2A
O
COM = A R
OM = R cos A B M C
I mp or t ant T heor em
The centroid (G), circumcentre (O) & orthocentre (H) in any triangle are collinear. The
centroid divides the line joining orthocentre and circumcentre in 2 : 1 internally.
OG 1 2
i.e. 1
GH 2
H G O
or 1
OG = OH
3
2
& HG = OH
3
F
1 2 2
BE = c a 2 a cos B
2
1
CF = a 2 b2 2ab cosC B D C
2
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 9
1 R
OG = OH = 1 8 cosA cosB cosC
3 3
Distance between circumcentre (O) & incentre (I) / excentre
A B C
OI = R 1 8sin sin sin
2 2 2
A B C
OI1 = R 1 8sin cos cos
2 2 2
A B C
OI2 = R 1 8cos sin cos
2 2 2
A B C
OI3 = R 1 8cos cos sin
2 2 2 A
Length of angle bisector
2bc A
AD = cos
b+ c 2
B C
D
Illustration 2
A BC
Prove that : (b c ) sin a cos
2 2
Solution :
Since b = 2R sin B and c = 2R sin C
A A
(b c)sin 2R (sin B + sinC) sin
2 2
B+C BC A
= 4R sin .cos .sin
2 2 2
A A BC
= 2R 2cos .sin cos
2 2 2
BC BC
= 2R sin A cos a cos
2 2
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
10 QUIZRR
Illustration 3
Illustration 4
Solution :
a b c
Let k (say)
7 6 5
b2 c2 a 2 2 2
2 (6 5 7 )
2
1 7
cos A = k
2bc 2
k 2(6) (5) 5 35
c2 a2 b2 k2 (52 72 62 ) 19
cos B =
2ca k2 2 (5)(7) 35
a2 b2 c2 k2 (72 62 52 ) 5 25
cos C =
2 k2 2(7)(6) 7 35
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 11
Illustration 5
Illustration 6
4
In a triangle ABC, a = 6, b = 3 and cos (A ă B) = . Find the angle C.
5
Solution :
AB ab C
Since, tan cot
2 ab 2
1 cos(A B) ab C
cot
1 cos A B a b 2
4
1
5 6 3 cot C
4 63 2
1
5
C C
cot 1 45 C 90
2 2
Illustration 7
A B C
If in a triangle ABC, tan , tan , tan , are in harmonic progression, then show that
2 2 2
the sides a , b, c are in arithmetic progression.
Solution :
A B C
tan , tan , tan are in H.P.
2 2 2
A B C
cot , cot , cot are in A.P.
2 2 2
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
12 QUIZRR
B A C
2cot cot cot
2 2 2
s( s b) s(s a) s( s c)
2
( s a)(s c) (s b)( s c) ( s a)(s b)
2 (s ă b) = (s ă a) + (s ă c)
2b = a + c
a, b, c are in A.P.
We have studied that a triangle has six parts or six elements viz three sides and three angles.
From geometry, we know that when any three elements are given of which necessarily a side is
given, the triangle is completely determined i.e., remaining three elements can be determined. The
process of determining the unknown elements knowing the known elements is known as the
solution of a triangle. In practice, there are four different cases for which the solution is discussed
as under.
A ( s b)(s c)
tan
2 s( s a)
A (s b)(s c)
sin
2 bc
A s(s a)
cos
2 bc
b2 c2 a 2
or by cos formulas, cos A
2bc
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 13
Illustration 8
The sides of a triangle are 20, 30 and 21. Find the greatest angle.
Solution :
The grea test a ngle is opposite to the side whose length is 30.
Let a = 20, b = 30, c = 21
We have to find angle B.
B (s a)(s c) a b c
sin where s
2 ca 2
(15.5 14.5)
= = 5351
20 21
= 0.7315
B
sin 0.7315
2
B
47 (Approximately)
2
B = 94Ĉ
Case 2 : When two sides and the angle included between these are given.
Illustration 9
BC bc A
tan cot
2 b c 2
B C 251 147
tan cot 23 30´
2 251 147
26
= tan 66 30´ = 0.268 ï 2.2998 {we have used these]
97
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
14 QUIZRR
BC
tan 0.6164
2
BC
31 39´ (From the trignometric tables)
2
B ă C = 63Ĉ18´
But B + C = 133Ĉ (180Ĉ ă A = B + C)
Adding 2B = 196Ĉ 18´
B = 98Ĉ 9´
C = 34Ĉ 51´
a sin B
b
sin A
Illustration 1 0
a sin B
b
sin A
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 15
Ambiguous Case
Case 4 : Given two sides and the angle opposite to one of the sides
Given the elements b, c and B of a triangle. This case is called Ambiguous case.
Draw the specified side AB (= c) and make the angle B (= ABD) as given. Now to make the
triangle mark an arc of radius equal to b with centre at point A. This arc may intersect or touch
or neither intersect nor touch the line BD. Accordingly we have the following results :
B D
Ć Ib b = c sin B and B is acute, there is one right angled triangle and right angle at C.
A
c b
B D
C
Ć If b > c sin B and b < c and B is acute, there are two triangles satisfying the given
conditions. A
c b
b
B D
C2 C1
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
16 QUIZRR
Ć If b > c, there is only one triangle.
c b
B D
C
Illustration 1 1
Solution :
Two sides and included angle is given (case ă 2)
BA ba C
tan cot
2 ba 2
3 12
= cot 30
3 12
3 1
= 3
33
BA
15
2
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 17
or B ă A = 30Ĉ ...(i)
We know, A + B + C = 180Ĉ A + B = 120Ĉ ...(ii)
Solving (i) and (ii), we get B = 75Ĉ & A = 45Ĉ
To find side c, we use sine Rule
a c 2 3
or c 2 6
sin A sin 60 1 2
Illustration 1 2
If A = 30Ĉ, a = 100, c 100 2 , find the number of triangles that can be formed.
Solution :
Here a, c and A are given, therefore we will have to examine whether two triangles are possible
or not. For two triangles
(i) a > c sin A and (ii) a < c
Illustration 1 3
In the ambiguous case, if the remaining angles of the triangle formed with a , b and A be
sin C1 sin C2
B1, C1 and B2, C2, then prove that : sin B sin B 2cos A
1 2
Solution :
b sin A
sin B1 ă sin B2 = (using sine rule)
a
c1 sin A c2 sin A
sin C1 and sin C2
a a
c1 sin A c2 sin A
a a c1 c2 2b cos A
L.H.S. = b sin A b sin A L.H.S. = 2cosA
b b
a a
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
18 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 4
In a ABC; a , c , A are given and b 1 = 2b 2, where b 1 and b 2 are two values of the third side :
Solution :
a2 + b2 + c2 ă 2bc cos A
Consider this equation as a quadratic in b.
b2 ă (2c cos A)b + c2 ă a2 = 0
b1 + b2 = 2c cos A
& b1 b2 = c2 ă a2
& b1 = 2b2
3b1 = 2c cos A and 2b12 = c2 ă a2
2
2c cosA 2 2
2 c a 0
3
3 a c 1 8sin 2 A
Illustration 1 5
(r1 + r2) + (r3 ă r) = s a s b s c s
2s a b s ( s c)
=
( s a)(s b) s( s c)
c c
=
( s a)( s b) s(s c)
c
= s(s c) (s a)(s b)
s( s a)(s b)( s c)
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 19
Alternatively :
A B C B C A
r1 + r2 = 4R sin cos cos + 4R sin cos cos
2 2 2 2 2 2
C A B A B
= 4R cos sin 2 cos 2 cos 2 sin 2
2
C A + B 2C
= 4R cos sin 4R cos
2 2 2
A B C A B C
r3 ă r = 4R cos cos sin ă 4R sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2 2
C A B A B
= 4R sin cos 2 cos 2 sin 2 sin 2
2
C A + B 2 C
= 4R sin cos 4R sin 2
2 2
2C C
r1 + r2 + r3 ă r = 4R cos sin 2 4R
2 2
Illustration 1 6
1 1 1 1 a 2 b2 c 2
Prove that :
r12 r22 r32 r2 2
Solution :
1
r12
1
r22
1
r32
r
1
2
1
2 (s a) 2
(s b)2 (s c)2 s2
=
1
2 4s 2
2 s(a b c) a 2 b2 c2
=
1
2 4s 2
2s(2s) a2 b2 c2
a2 b2 c2
=
2
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
20 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 7
p
F E
H
q r
From figure,
HBD = EBC = 90Ĉ ă C
B C
D
HCD = FCB = 90Ĉ ă B
BHC = 180Ĉ ă (HBD + HCD)
= 180Ĉ ă [90Ĉ ă C + 90Ĉ ă B]
= B + C = 180Ĉ ă A
Similarly, AHC = 180Ĉ ă B and AHB = 180Ĉ ă C
Now, Area of BHC + Area of CHA + Area of AHB
= Area of ABC
1 1 1
.q.r.sin BHC + .r. p.sin CHA + . p.q.sin AHB =
2 2 2
1
bc.sin A
2
1 1 1
qr.sin(180 A) + rp sin(180 B) pq sin (180 C)
2 2 2
1 1 1
qr.sin A + rp sin B + pq.sin C =
2 2 2
1 a 1 b 1 c
qr. pr. pq.
2 2R 2 2R 2 2R
abc abc
aqr + brp + cpq = 4R. = 4. . abc
4 4R
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 21
Illustration 1 8
If the bisector of the angle C of a triangle ABC cuts AB in D and the circum-circle in E,
prove that CE : DE = (a + b)2 : c 2.
Solution :
AD is internal bisector of C.
AD b
DB a
C
AD + DB a b
or,
DB a
C/2 C/2
ac
or, BD = {remember this result}
ab
D
Since angles of the same segment are equal. A B
C
ABE = ACE =
2 E
and BEC = BAC = A
applying sine rule in triangle BEC,
C
a sin B +
CE
BC
CE = 2 ...(i)
sin CBE sin BEC sin A
C
ac sin
DE
BD
DE = 2
C sin A ( a b)sin A ...(ii)
sin
2
C
a sin B +
CE
2
( a b)
DE C
ac sin
2
C
(a b)sin B +
CE
2
or, DE C ...(iii)
c sin
2
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
22 QUIZRR
C C C
sin B + sin B + 2cos
2
2 2
Now, C C C
sin 2sin .cos
2 2 2
sin B + C sin B
=
sin C
sin A +sin B a b
= ...(iv)
sin C c
CE a b a b (a b)2
.
DE c c c2
Illustration 1 9
A B C
cot cot cot
(a b c)2
2 2 2
Prove that : in any ABC 2 2 2
a b c cot A + cot B + cot C
Solution :
b2 c 2 a 2 a2 b2 c2
cot a 4
4
A
2cos2
1 cos A 2 A
cot
Also sin A A A 2
2sin cos
2 2
2bc(1 cos A) A
cot
2bc sin A 2
=
2bc (b2 c2 a2 )
4
A
cot 2 ( a b c)2
cot A a 2 b2 c 2
Illustration 20
If p 1, p 2, p 3 are the length of the altitudes of a triangle ABC, prove that p 1ă2 + p 2ă2 + p3ă2
Solution :
1 1 a
ap1
2 p1 2
1 a2 b2 c2
p2
4 2
1
1 cos A
=
2 2 abc a
abc cos A
=
2 2 2R sin A
cot A abc
=
4 R
=
cot A since abc = 4R.
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
24 QUIZRR
Illustration 21
If a 2, b 2, c 2 are in A.P., prove that cot A, cot B and cot C are also in A.P.
Solution :
b2 ă a2 = c2 ă b2
sin2 B ă sin2 A = sin2 C ă sin2 B
or sin (B + A) sin (B ă A) = sin (C + B) sin (C ă B)
or sin C (sin B cosA ă cos B sin A) = sin A (sin C cos B ă cos C sin B)
Divide each term by sin A sin B sin C
cot A ă cot B = cot B ă cot C
cot A, cot B, cot C are in A.P.
Illustration 20
Prove that
(b + c ă a ) {cot (B/2) + cot (C/2)} = 2a cot (A/2).
Solution :
B+C
sin
L.H.S. = 2(s a) 2
B C
sin sin
2 2
Illustration 23
1 1 1
Prove : 2a bc cos A cos B cos C = (a + b + c )S.
2 2 2
Solution :
1 1 1
2 abc cos A cos B cos C
2 2 2
s ( s a) s (s b) s (s c)
= 2abc . .
bc ca ab
= 2s s ( s a) ( s b) (s c) (a b c)S
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 25
Illustration 24
1 1 1
tan A tan B tan C
2 2 2 1
Prove
(a b )(a c ) (b c )(b a ) (c a )(c b) S
Solution :
1 ( s b) (s c)
Putting tan A etc.,
2 s ( s a)
we have, L.H.S.
( s b) ( s c) (s c) (s a) ( s a) (s b)
s ( s a) s (s b) s ( s c)
= ( a b) (a c) ( c a) (b a) (c a) (c b)
( c b) ( s b) (s c) ( a c) ( s c) ( s a) (b a) (s a) ( s b)
=
(a b) (b c) (c a) [ s ( s a) ( s b) ( s c)
2
Nr = ă {(b ă c) {s ă s (b + c) + bc}
= ă s2 (b ă c) + s (b2 ă c2) ă bc (b ă c)
= 0 + 0 + (b ă c) (c ă a) (a ă b)
Note that on simpliication,
bc (b ă c) + ca (c ă a) + ab (a ă b) = ă (b ă c) (c ă a) (a ă b)]
Substituting in (1), we get
Nr 1 1
L.H.S. = r
D [ s( s a) ( s b) ( s c)] S
Illustration 25
A
Given S = a 2 ă (b ă c )2 in a triangle ABC whose area is S, then find the value of tan
2
Solution :
1
S bc sin A ( a b c) ( a b c)
2
A A 2( s b).2( s c) A
or sin cos 4 sin 2
2 2 bc 2
A 1
tan
2 4
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
26 QUIZRR
Illustration 26
1 3
= k [sin2 A [sin 2B + sin 2C) + sin2 B (sin 2C + sin 2A) + sin2 C (sin 2A + sin 2B)]
2
= k3 [sin2 A sin B cos B + sin2 A sin C cos C + sin2 B sin C cos C + sin2 B sin A cos A +
sin2 C sin A cos A + sin2 C sin B cos B]
= k3 [sin A sin B (sin A cos B + cos A sin B) + sin B sin C (sin B cos C + cos B sin C)
+ sin C sin A (sin C cos A + cos C sin A)]
= k3 [sin A sin B sin (A + B) + sin B sin C sin (B + C) + sin C sin A sin (C + A)]
= k3 [sin A sin B sin C + sin B Sin C sin A + sin C sin A sin B]
= 3k sin A.k sin B.k sin C = 3abc.
Illustration 27
1 5 1 20 1
In a triangle ABC, if tan A = and tan B = , find tan C , and prove that in this triangle
2 6 2 37 2
a + b = 2b.
Solution :
C A B A B
We have tan tan 90 cot
2 2 2 2
A B 6 37
cotcot 1 . 1
2 2 5 20
= B A 37 6
cot cot
2 2 20 5
A C ( s b) (s c) (s a) ( s b)
Again tan . tan .
2 2 s ( s a) s ( s c)
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 27
5 2 sb
Hence .
6 5 s
3s ă 3b = s or 2s = 3b
or a + b + c = 3b or a + c = 2b
Illustration 28
If p 1, p 2, p 3 are the altitudes of a triangle from the vertices A, B, C and be the area of
1 1 1 2a b C
triangle, prove that cos2
p1 p2 p3 (a b c ) 2
Solution :
Since p1, p2, p3 are perpendiculars from the vertices A, B, C to the opposite sides, we have
1 1 1
ap1 bp2 cp3
2 2 2
1 1 1 a b c
Hence p p p 2 2 2
1 2 3
a b c a b c 2c 2 s 2 c
=
2 2 2
s c ab s( s c)
= .
s ab
ab 1 2ab 1
= cos2 C = cos2 C
s 2 (a + b + c) 2
Illustration 29
1 1 1
a b c ...(1)
2 2 2
1 1
Also ab sin C bc sin A
2 2
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
28 QUIZRR
1
= ca sin B ...(2)
2
1 1 1 a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2
...(3)
2 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2
1 1 a2 b2 c2
And (cot A + cot B + cot C) =
4
a2 b2 c2
=
4 2
Illustration 30
Let O be a point inside a triangle ABC such that OAB = OBC= OCA = then show that
(a) cot = cot A + cot B + cot C
(b) cosec2 = cosec2 A + cosec2 B + cosec2 C
Solution :
OCB = C ă and
A
BOC = 180Ĉ ă ă (C ă ) = 180Ĉ ă C.
Similarly AOB = 180Ĉ ă B
Now from OAB, we have
O
OB AB c
sin sin (180 B) sin B
B C
c sin
so that OB ...(1)
sin B
OB BC a
sin (C - ) sin (180 C) sin C
a sin (C )
OB ...(2)
sin C
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
QUIZRR 29
Illustration 31
a b c
The sides of a triangle are such that 2 2
2 2
1m n m n (1 m )(1 n2 )
2
m
Prove that A = 2 tană1 , B = 2 tană1 (mn) and mnbc
n m2 n2
Solution :
From the given ratios we have
ab ab c
2 2
2 2
(1 m ) (1 n ) (1 m ) (1 n ) (1 m )(1 n2 )
2
a b 1 m 2 a b 1 n2
,
c 1 m2 c 1 n2
a b a sin A
sin A sin B b sin B
AB A B
sin cos
a b sin A + sin B 2 2
a b sin A ă sin B A+B A B
cos sin
2 2
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
30 QUIZRR
ab A B A ă B
tan cot
ab 2 2
or a + b = k si
AB A B
cos 2 sin 2
2 1 m 2 1n
,
A + B 1 m2 A B 1 n2
cos sin
2 2
A B A B
tan tan m2 , cot tan n2
2 2 2 2
A m2 B
tan 2 2 , tan 2 m2 n2
2 n 2
m
A = 2 tană1 , B = 2 tană1 (mn)
n
1 1 2 tan (A/2)
bc sin A bc . etc.
2 2 1 + tan 2 (A/2)
SOLUTION OF A TRIANGLE
TRIGONOMETRIC
EQUATIONS
QUIZRR 3
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
A trigonometric equation is one that involves one or more trigonometric functions. For example,
tan2 t + 1 = sec2 t
Solving trigonometric equations such as 2 sin x = 1 refers to the process of finding the values for
the variable x that will make a true numerical statement. Since trigonometric functions are
periodic most trigonometric equations have infinitely many solutions.
7 5
If = or or , etc.
6 6 6 6
4 2
= , , , etc.
3 3 3
Out of these, the numerically smallest is = /3.
This is the principal solution. It is a particular solution also. Also the above values of taken
individually are particular solutions.
For the general solution, we observe that since contangent function is periodic with period and
it takes the value 3 only once in the internal [0, ], ( /6) can be equal to any particular
solution plus a multiple of . If we take the particular solution as the principal solution,
then = n + , n 1
6 6
= n + , n 1 is the general solution.
3
If in any equation, we get two values of the unknown angle which are numerically equal but
opposite in sign, the principal solution is assumed as the positive angle, e.g., Principal solution of
sec = 2 is = /3, although = /3 also satisfies it.
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
4 QUIZRR
3. METHODS FOR FINDING PRINCIPAL VALUES :
1
Suppose we have to find the principal value of satisfying the equation sin =
2
Since sin is negative, will be in 3rd or 4th quadrant. We can approach 3rd or 4th quadrant
from two directions. If we take anticlockwise direction the numerical value of the angle will be
greater than . If we approach it in clockwise direction the angle will be numerically less than
. For principal value, we have totake numerically smallest angle.
So for principal value :
(i) If the angle is in 1st or 2nd quadrant we must select anticlockwise direction and if the angle
is in 3rd or 4th quadrant, we must select clockwise direction.
(ii) Principal value is never numerically greater than .
(iii) Principal value always lies in the first circle (i.e. in first rotation)
5
On the above criteria, will be or . Among these two has the least numerical
6 6 6
1
value. Hence is the principal value of satisfying the equation sin = .
6 2
From the above discussion, the method for finding principal value can be summed up as
follows :
(a) First draw a trigonometric circle and mark the quadrant, in which the angle may lie.
(b) Select anticlockwise direction for 1st and 2nd quadrants and select clockwise direction for
3rd and 4th quadrants.
(c) Find the angle in the first rotation.
(d) Select the numerically least angle among these two values. The angle thus found will be the
principal value.
(e) Incase, two angles one with positive sign and the other with negative sign qualify for the
numerically least angle, then it is the convention to select the angle with positive sign as
principal value.
(ii) cos = 0 = (2n + 1)
2
(iii) tan = 0 = n
(iv) sin = 1 = (4n + 1)
2
(v) sin = 1 = (4n + 3)
2
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
QUIZRR 5
5. GENERAL SOLUTION
Since trigonometrical functions are periodic functions, therefore, solutions of trigonometrical
equations can be generalised with the helpof periodicity of trigonometrical functions. The solution
consisting of all possible solutions of a trigonometrical equation is called its general solution.
General solution of equation
(a) sin = sin = n + ( 1)n ; n I
sin = k, 1 k 1 = n + ( 1)n ; n I. and = sin 1
k
(finding principal value of )
(b) cos = cos = 2n μ ; n I
1
cos = k = 2n μ ; n I and = cos k
(where is the principal angle)
(c) tan = tan = n + ; n I
1
tan = k = n + ; n I, = tan k
(where is the principal angle)
2 2
(d) sin = sin = n μ
2 2
(e) cos = cos = n μ
2 2
(f) tan = tan = n μ d
Some deductions :
(I) 1. sin = 0 = n
2. cos = 0 = (4n μ 1)
2
3. tan = 0 = n
(II) 1. sin = 1 = (4n + 1)
2
2. cos = 1 = 2n
3
(III) 1. sin = 1 = 2n +
2
6. PARTICULAR SOLUTION
Def. All possible values of unknown which satisfy the given equation are called solutions of the
given equation.
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
6 QUIZRR
For complete solution :
1. There should be no extraneous root.
2. There should be no root loss.
While solving equations following points must be kept in mind.
1. Squaring should be avoided as far as possible. If squaring is done check for the extraneous
roots.
2. Never cancel equal terms containing ÂunknownÊ on two sides which are in product. It may
cause root loss.
3. The answer should not contain such values of which make any of the terms undefined.
4. Domainshould not change. If it changes, necessary corrections must be made.
5. Check that denominator is not zero at any stage while solving equations.
Illustration 1
Solve sin x = tan x.
Solution :
sin x FG
cos x 1 IJ
sin x = tan x sin x
cos x
= 0 sin x
cos xH =0
K
sin x (cos x 1) = 0 sinx = 0 or cos x = 1
sin x = 0 x = n, n 1
cos x = 1 cos x = cos 0 x = 2m μ 0, m l or x = 2m, m l
These solutions are included in the solutions x = n, n l because 2m is also an integer.
The solution is x = n, n l
TIP : Cosine form is convenient compared to sine form, if occurs in both sides of the equation.
Ex. cos = sin 3
We can solve this equation to get two different forms.
FG IJ = sin 3
II. cos = sin 3 or sin
H2 K
= n + ( 1)n 3.
To obtain , we will have to consider two cases. When n is odd ( 1)n = 1 and when n is even
( 1)n = 1 and accordingly we can get the value of .
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
QUIZRR 7
Clearly in sine form we will have to deal with ( 1)n which is inconvenient compared to the
dealing of μ obtained in cosine form.
Type I. Problems based on preliminaries : In this type we will discuss problems which can
be converted in standard form after a little simplification.
Illustration 1
Find the most general values of satisfying the equations :
1
(i) sin = ă 1 (ii) cos = ă (iii) tan = ă 3
2
Solution :
(i) Given equation is sin = 1.
FG IJ = n + ( 1)n
FG IJ
or sin = sin
H 2K H 2K
i.e. = n + ( 1)n + 1
, where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
2
1
(ii) Given equation is cos =
2
2 2
or, cos = cos = 2n μ where n = 0. μ 1, μ 2, ...
3 3
FG IJ = n + FG IJ
or, tan = tan
H 3K H 3K
= n , where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
3
Illustration 2
Solve the equation :
(i) sin 9 = sin (ii) sin 5x = cos 2x
Solution :
(i) Given Equation is sin 9 = sin
or, sin 9 sin = 0
9 + 9
or, 2 cos . sin =0
2 2
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
8 QUIZRR
5 = (2n + 1) 4= n
2
n
or, = (2n + 1) =
10 4
n
= , (2n + 1) where n = 0, μ1, μ2, ...
4 10
FG 5 xIJ
or, cos 2x = cos
H2 K
FG 5 xIJ
2x = 2nμ H2 K
Takingpositive sign, 2x = 2n + 5x.
2
or, 7x = 2n + x = (4n + 1)
2 14
Taking negative sign, 2x = 2n + 5x
2
or, 3x = (4n 1) x = – (4n 1)
2 6
Hence x = (4n + 1) , (4n 1) where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
14 6
Illustration 3
Solve 3 tan ( ă 15Ĉ) = tan ( + 15Ĉ)
Solution :
Given, 3tan ( 15 ) = tan ( + 15 )
tan ( +15 ) 3
or, =
tan ( 15 ) 1
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
QUIZRR 9
or, 2 sin 2 = 2 or, sin 2 = 1 = sin
2
n
2 = n + ( 1)n = + (1) n
2 2 4
where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
Type II. Problems based onmethod of factorisation :
Working Rule :
Step I. Make R.H.S. zero, factorise L.H.S.
Step II. Equate each factor to zero and solve.
Step III. Check for root loss and extraneous roots.
Finally, collect the results after correction.
Illustration 4
Solve, 7 cos2 + 3 sin2 = 4
Solution :
Given 7 cos2 + 3 sin2 = 4
or, 7 cos2 + 3 (1 cos2 ) = 4
1
or, 4 cos2 = 1 cos = μ
3
1
Taking positive sign, cos = = cos = 2n
2 3 3
1 2 2
Taking negative sign, cos = = cos = 2n
2 3 3
2
= 2n μ , 2n μ , where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
3 3
Illustration 5
Solution :
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
10 QUIZRR
or,
LM
2 sin 1 2 2 sin 2 = 0
3
OP
MN PQ
If 2 sin = 0, sin = 0 [. z = 0 z = 0]
= n, where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
1
If 1 2 2 sin3/2 = 0, sin3/2 =
2 2
F 1I
3
= G J
2 1
or, (sin )3/2
H 2K sin =
2
= sin
6
= n + ( 1)n , where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
6
= n, n + ( 1)n , where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
6
Illustration 6
1
Solve cos cos 2 cos 3 =
4
Solution :
4 cos cos 2 cos 3 = 1
or, (2 cos 3 cos ) 2 cos 2 = 1
or, (cos 4 + cos 2) 2 cos 2 1= 0
2
or, 2 cos 4 cos 2 + 2 cos 2 1= 0
or, 2 cos 4 cos 2 + cos 4 = 0
or, cos 4 [2 cos 2 + 1] = 0
If cos 4 = 0, 4 = (2n + 1) = (2n + 1)
2 8
If 2 cos 2 + 1 = 0
1 2 2
or, cos 2 = = cos 2 = 2n μ
2 3 3
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
QUIZRR 11
= n μ
3
Hence, = (2n + 1) , n where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
8 3
Illustration 7
x
Solve 8 tan2 = 1 + sec x
2
Solution :
x 1 cos x
We know that tan2 =
2 1 + cos x
x
Given, 8 tan2 = 1 + sec x
2
FG 1 cos x IJ = 1 + 1 = 1 + cos x
or, 8
H 1 + cos x K cos x cos x
or, 8 cos x 8 cos2 x = (1 + cos x)2
or, 8 cos x 8 cos2 x = 1 + cos2 x + 2 cos x
or, 9 cos2 x 6 cos x + 1 = 0
or, (3 cos x 1)2 = 0 or, 3 cos x 1= 0
1
or, cos x = = cos (suppose)
3
x = 2n μ
FG 1 IJ , where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
H 3K
1
or, x = 2n μ cos
Check : (2 + 1) and cos x 0 [Otherwise, equationwill be meaningless]
2 2
x (2n + 1) and x (2n + 1)
2
i.e. x is not odd multiple of or which is clearly satisfied.
2
FG 1 IJ
x = 2n μ cos 1
H 3K
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
12 QUIZRR
Illustration 8
Solve the equation cot ă tan ă cos + sin = 0
Solution :
cot tan cos + sin = 0
cos sin
or, cos + sin = 0
sin cos
cos 2 sin2
or, (cos sin ) = 0
cos sin
or, tan = 1 or, tan = tan = n +
4 4
cos + sin
If 1 = 0
sin cos
1
or, cos + sin = sin 2
2
1
Squaring, we get 1 + sin 2 = sin2 2
4
4 16 4.1(4)
sin 2 =
2
or, sin 2 = 2 μ 2 2
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
QUIZRR 13
n
or, = + ( 1)n , where = sin 1
(2 2 2)
2 2
where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ....
Illustration 9
Solve for x, (ă x ), the equation 2(cos x + cos 2x) + sin2 x (1 + 2 cos x) = 2 sin x
Solution :
2(cos x + cos 2x) + sin 2x + 2 sin 2x cos x 2 sin x = 0
3x x
or, 2.2 cos cos + sin 2x + sin 3x + sinx 2 sin x = 0
2 2
3x x 5x x x x
or, 4 cos cos + 2 sin . cos 2 sin cos = 0
2 2 2 2 2 2
x LM
2 cos
3x
+ sin
5x
sin
x
=0
OP
or, 2 cos
2 N 2 2 2 Q
x LM
2 cos
3x
+ 2 cos
3x
.sin x = 0
OP
or, 2 cos
2 N 2 2 Q
x 3x
or, 4 cos cos [1 + sin x] = 0
2 2
x 3x
or, cos cos [1 + sin x] = 0
2 2
x x
If cos = 0, = (2n + 1) x = (2n + 1)
2 2 2
3x 3x
If cos = 0, = (2n + 1) x = (2n + 1)
2 2 2 3
FG IJ
If 1 + sin x = 0, sin x = 1 = sin H 2K
FG IJ
x = n + ( 1)n H 2K = n + ( 1)n + 1
2
Putting the value of n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, .... in the above results and selecting the values lying in the
interval x , we have
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
14 QUIZRR
x = , , , , ,
3 3 2
= , , , ,
2 3 3
Illustration 1 0
Solve tan x + tan 2x + tan 3x = 0.
Solution :
tan x + tan 2x + tan 3x = 0
or, tan x + tan 2x + tan (x + 2x) = 0
tan x+ tan 2 x
or, tan x + tan 2x + = 0
1 tan x tan 2 x
n
x=
3
1
If 1 + = 0 then, 1 tan x tan 2x = 1
1 tan x tan 2 x
2 tan x
or, tan x tan 2x = 2 or, tan x = 2
1 tan2 x
1
or, 2 tan2 x = 1 or, tan2 x =
2
1
or, tan x = μ
2
1
tan x = = tan (suppose)
2
x = n+
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
QUIZRR 15
tan x =
1
= tan ( )
LM tan () = tan = 1 OP
2 N 2Q
x = n + ( )
1 1
x = n μ = n μ tan
2
n 1 1
Hence, x = , n μ tan where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
3 2
Illustration 1 1
Find all solutions of the equation, 4 cos2 x sin x ă 2 sin2 x = 3 sin x.
Solution :
4 cos2 x sin x 2 sin2x 3 sin x = 0
or, sin x [4 cos2 x 2 sin x 3] = 0
2
or, sin x [4 4 sin x 2 sin x 3] = 0
or, sin x [4 sin2 x + 2 sin x 1] = 0
If sin x = 0, x = n
If 4 sin2 x + 2 sin x 1 = 0
2 4 4 4(1) 1 5
sin x = =
2.4 4
FG 3 IJ LM 54 = 3 OP
or, sin x = sin
H 10 K N 10 Q
x = n + ( n F 3 I
1) GH JK
10
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
16 QUIZRR
FG 3 IJ
x = n + ( 1)n
10
, n + ( 1)n H 10 K
where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ....
Illustration 1 2
Solution :
3 1 1
cos x+ sin x =
2 2 2
or, cos x . cos + sin x . sin = cos
6 6 4
FG IJ
or,
H
cos x
6 K
= cos
4
x = 2 n
6 4
Taking positive sign, x = 2n +
6 4
5
x = 2n + + = 2n +
4 6 12
Taking negative sign, x = 2n
6 4
x = 2n + = 2n
4 6 12
5
x = 2n + , 2n where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ....
12 12
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
QUIZRR 17
Illustration 1 3
FG , IJ
Find all values of in the interval H 2 2K satisfying the equation.
2
(1 ă tan ) (1 + tan ) sec2 + 2tan = 0
Solution :
Given equation is
2
(1 – t an ) (1 + tan ) . sec2 + 2tan = 0
tan2
or, (1 tan2 ) (1 + tan2 ) + 2 = 0
4 tan2
or, 1 tan + 2 = 0
z
or, 1 z + 2 = 0 where tan2 = z (suppose)
2
or, 1 + 2z = z2
Clearly, when z = 3 equation (1) is satisfied
z = 3 tan2 = 3 tan = μ 3 . = n +
3
Illustration 1 4
If 32 tan8 = 2 cos2 ă 3 cos and 3 cos 2 = 1, then find the genera value of .
Solution :
Given 3 cos 2 = 1
1
or, cos 2 =
3
1
1
2 1 cos 2 3 =2=1
Now, tan = = ...(1)
1 + cos 2 1 + 1 4 2
3
2 cos2
FG 1 IJ 4
or, 2 cos2
or, 3 cos = 32
H 2K = 2 3 cos 2 = 0
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
18 QUIZRR
1 2
or, 2 cos + 1 = 0 [ . cos 2] or, cos = = cos
2 3
2
= 2n μ where n = 0, μ 1, μ 2, ...
3
Illustration 1 5
Find real values of x for which 27cos 2x . 81sin 2x is minimum. Also find this minimum value.
Solution :
cos x + 4 sin 2x
Let y = 27cos 2x
. 81sin 2x
= 33
x=
1 LM
(2 n 1) + tan 1
4
, n I.
OP
2 N 3 Q
5 1
Minimum value of y = 3 = .
243
Illustration 1 6
4
If tan (cot x) = cot (tan x), prove that sin 2x = .
(2n + 1)
Solution :
FG tan xIJ
tan (cot x) = tan
H2 K
FG tan xIJ
cot x = n+
H2 K
or, cot x + tan x = n+
2
cos x sin x
or, + = (2n + 1)
sin x cos x 2
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
QUIZRR 19
cos 2 x+ sin2 x
or, = (2n + 1)
sin x cos x 2
1 1 (2 n+ 1)
or, = (2n + 1) or, =
2 sin x cos x 22 sin 2 x 4
4
sin 2x =
(2 n+1)
Illustration 1 7
x cos x
Solve the equation ecos = eă + 4.
Solution :
x cos x
Given equation is ecos = e + 4
1 x
or, z– – 4 = 0 where ecos = z (suppose)
z
or, z2 4z 1 = 0
4 16 4.1 (1)
z=
2
z=2μ 5
z= 2+ 5 or, z = 2 5
x x
ecos = 2 + 5 ecos = 2 5
Illustration 1 8
Find the solution set of inequality sin x > 1/2.
Solution :
When sin x = 1/2, the two values of x between 0 and 2
are /6 and 5/6.
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
20 QUIZRR
5
From, the graph of y = sin x, it is obvious that, between 0 and 2 sin x > 1/2 for < x< .
6 6
Hence sin x > 1/2 2n + /6 < x < 2n + 5/6.
FGH 2 n + 6 , 2 n + 6 IJK
5
The required solution set is
n1
Illustration 1 9
Solution :
FG 1 sin x+ 1 IJ FG IJ
or, 2
H 2 2
cos x = 2 sin 2 x or sin x+
K H 4 K
= sin 2 x
FG x+ IJ
or, 2x = n + ( 1)n H 4K
Taking n even, n = 2m, m I, 2x = 2m + x +
4
x = 2m + where m I
4
Taking n odd, n = 2m + 1, m I
FG x+ IJ
2x = (2m + 1) H 4K
2 m+ 1
3x = (2m + 1) or x =
4 3 12
FG 1IJ 1 FG 2 m+ 3 IJ , where m 1.
H
Thus, x = 2 m+
4 K
or
3 H 4K
Illustration 20
General value of satisfying the equation tan2 + sec 2 = 1 is .....
Solution :
Given tan2 + sec 2 = 1
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
QUIZRR 21
or, tan2 +
1 + tan2
= 1
LM cos 2 = 1 tan OP
2
1 tan2 N 1 + tan Q
2
tan = 0 tan = μ 3
= n = n μ
3
Clearly for tan to be defined odd and for sec 2 to be defined 2 odd
2 2
i.e. odd
4
= n or nμ
3
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
TRIGONOMETRIC
RATIOS
QUIZRR 3
OM Base
, i.e., , is called the Cosine of the angle AOP;
OP Hyp.
MP Perp. O
, i.e., , is called the Tangent of the angle AOP;. M
OM Base
OM Base
, i.e., , is called the Cotangent of the angle AOP;
MP Perp.
OP Hyp.
, i.e., , is called the Secant of the angle AOP;
OM Base
OP Hyp.
, i.e., , is called the Cosecant of the angle AOP;
MP Perp.
180 O or 360
Only tan & cot are positive Only cos & sec are positive
IIIrd quadrant IV quadrant
270
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
4 QUIZRR
You can learn this thing by the following line
ÂAfter School To CollegeÊÊ
All sin tan cos
T-ratios T-ratio T-ratios T-ratios
includes includes includes
1
= cosec cot sec
sin
Note : The angle we talk about in trigonometry and all its formulas is in Radians and NOT
in degrees. So we convert degree into radians whenever we are given question in
degrees.
Relation between Degree & Radian
radian = 180 degree
180
1 radian = degree
or 1 degree = radian
180
1 1 3 3 1 1
Sine 0 1 0
2 2 2 2 2 2
3 1 1 1 1 3
Cosine 1 0 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1
Tangent 0 1 1 0
3 3 3 3
1 1
Cotangent 1 0 1
3 3 3 3
2 2
Cosecant 2 2 1 2 2
3 3
2 2
Secant 1 2 2 1
3 2 2 3
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 5
Supplementary angles
Two angles are said to be supplementary when their sum is equal to two right angles i.e., the
supplement of any angle is 180 .
1
The angles n and 1 n , where is any integer, are known as allied or related
2 2
angles.
The trigonometric functions of these angles can be expressed as trigonometric functions of ,
with either a plus or a minus sign.The following working rules can be used in determining
these functions.
sin cos , cos sin
2 2
tan cot , cot tan
2 2
cosec sec , sec cosec
2 2
for supplementary angles, T-ratios remain same though value may become negative relative
to quadrant
sin( ) = sin sin (+ ) = sin {as in III quad sin is negative}
cos( ) = cos cos (+ ) = cos
tan( ) = tan tan ( + ) = +tan
(apply the quadrant rule for the last two also)
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
6 QUIZRR
For learning this table use the concept done earlier about quadrants
For Example sin (180 + ) will enter III quadrant (assuming to be acute) and we know sin is
negative in third quadrant
becuase (270 = 3 90) a complementary angle, so sin will change to cos, and 270 + lies in
IV quadrant and sin is negative in IV quadrant, so cos.
Note : We put the sign according to T-ratio on the left not on the R.H.S.
Also note T-ratios for
sin( ) = sin
cos( ) = cos
tan( ) = tan
BASIC FORMULAS
1. sin2 + cos2 = 1
2. 1 + tan2 = sec2 or sec2 tan2 = 1
3. 1 + cot2 = cosec2 or cosec2 cot2 = 1
1
sec + tan = sec tan
1
cosec + cot =
cosec cot
p a
If , then by using componendo & dividendo
q b
pq ab
pq a b
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 7
Illustration 1
1 sin
Prove that sec tan
1 sin
Solution :
1 sin
= sec tan R.H.S.
cos cos
Illustration 2
Show that (1 + cotA ă cosec A) (1 + tanA + secA) = 2
Solution :
L.H.S. = (1 + cotA cosec A) (1 + tanA + secA)
cosA 1 sin A 1
= 1 sinA sin A 1 cosA cos A
(sinA + cosA)2 12
=
sinA cos A
2sinA cosA
= = 2 = R.H.S.
sinA cosA
Illustration 3
Prove that 3(sinx ă cosx)4 + 4(sin6x + cos6x) + 6(sinx + cosx)2 = 13
Solution :
L.H.S. = 3[(sinx cosx)2]2 + 4[(sin2x)3 + (cos2x)3)] + 6(sin2x + cos2x + 2sinx cosx)
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
8 QUIZRR
2 2
= 3(sin x + cos x 2sinx cosx) + 4(sin2x + cos2x) (sin4x + cos4x
2
sin2x cos2x)]
+ 6(sin2x + cos2x + 2sinx cosx)
= 3(1 2sinx cosx)2 + 4(sin4x + cos4x) sin2x cos2x) + 6(1 + 2sinx. cosx)
= 3(1 + 4sin2x cos2x 4sinx cosx) + 4[(sin2x + cos2x)2 2sin2x cos2x sin2x cos2x]
+ 6 + 12sinx cosx
= 3 + 12sin2x cos2x 12sinx cosx + 4(1 3sin2x cos2x) + 6 + 12sinx cosx
= 3 + 12sin2x cos2x + 4 12sin2x cos2x + 6 = 13
Illustration 4
3
2 2 3 2 2
If tan = 1 ă e , prove that sec + tan cosec = (2 e )
Solution :
Given tan2 = 1 e2
Now, L.H.S. = sec + tan3 cosec
cosec
= sec 1 tan3
sec
3 3
= sec 3 (sec 2 ) 2 (1 tan 2 ) 2
3 3
= (1 1 e2 ) 2 (2 e2 ) 2
Illustration 5
Cosec ă sin = m and sec ă cos = n, eliminate .
Solution :
1
Given, cosec sin m or, sin m
sin
1 sin 2 cos2
or, m or, m ...(i)
sin sin
1
Again sec cos = n or, cos n
cos
1 cos2 sin 2
or, n or, n ...(ii)
cos cos
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 9
cos2
From (i), sin ...(iii)
m
cos4
Putting in (ii), we get n or, cos3 = m2n
2
m cos
1 2
cos (m 2
n) 3 2
or, cos (m 2
n) 3 ...(iv)
2 4 2
2 2 1 2 1
cos (m n) 3 m n3
3
From (iii), sin m 3 n 3 (mn2 ) 3
m m m
2
2
sin 2 3
( mn ) ...(v)
2 2
2 2 3
(m n) 3 (mn ) cos2 sin 2
2 2
2 2 3
or, (m n) 3 (mn ) 1.
Pr ob lems b ased on limit s b et ween which sin, cos, sec , cosec, lies or d oes not lie.
Working Rule : Use the following whichever is applicable.
(i) 1 < sin < 1 or , |sin| < 1 or, sin2 < 1
(ii) 1 < cos < 1 or, cos2 < 1
(iii) sec < 1 or, sec > 1 i.e. sec2 > 1
(iv) cosec < 1 or, cosec > 1 i.e. cosec2 > 1
Illustration 6
2 4 xy
Is the equation sec possible for real values of x and y ?
( x y)2
Solution :
2 4 xy
Given, sec
( x y)2
4 xy
sec2 > 1 1
( x y)2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
10 QUIZRR
2
or, (x + y) < 4 xy or, (x + y)2 4xy < 0 or, (x y)2 < 0
But for real values of x and y, (x y)2 < 0
(x y)2 = 0 x= y Also x + y 0 x 0. y 0
2 4 xy
given equation sec is possible for real values of x and y only when x = y
( x y)2
and x 0
Illustration 7
1
Show that the equation sin x is impossible if x is real.
x
Solution :
1
Given sin x
x
1 1 1
sin x2 2 x. x2 2 2 2
x2 x x
which is not possible since sin2 < 1
Illustration 8
If sin + sin2 = 1, then prove that cos12 + 3cos10 + 3cos8 + cos6 ă 1 = 0
Solution :
Given sin = 1 sin2 = cos2 . ...(1)
L.H.S. = Cos6[cos2 + 1]3 1
3 3
= sin (1 + sin) 1 by (1)
2 3 3
= (sin + sin ) 1 = 1 1 = 0. by (1)
Illustration 9
t3 t5 t5 t7
If tn sin n cos n , then
t1 t3
Solution :
L.H.S. = [(sin3 + cos3) (sin5 + cos4) (sin + cos)
= [sin3(1 sin2) + cos3 (1 cos2)] (sin + cos)
= sin2 cos2 [sin + cos) (sin + cos)
= sin2 cos2.
the L.H.S. is
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 11
t3 t5
L.H.S. =
t1
now we will solve R.H.S.
t5 t7
R.H.S. =
t3
(sin5 cos5 ) (sin7 cos7 ) sin5 (1 sin2 ) cos5 (1 cos2 )
= =
(sin 2 cos3 ) sin3 cos3
Illustration 1 0
2
1 sin cos 1 cos
1 sin cos 1 cos
Solution :
Illustration 1 1
1 1 2 2 1 sin 2 cos2
2 2
2 2
sin cos
sec cos cosec sin 2 sin 2 cos2
Solution :
1 cos2
sec2 cos2 1 cos4
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
12 QUIZRR
cos2
=
(1 cos2 ) (1 cos2 )
cos2
=
sin2 (1 cos2 )
Similarly
1 sin 2
cosec 2 sin2 cos2 (1 sin2 )
Hence,
cos2 sin 2
L.H.S. = 2 2
2 2 sin 2 cos2
sin (1 cos ) cos (1 sin
cos4 sin4
=
1 cos2 1 sin 2
1 sin2 cos2
= = R.H.S.
2 cos2 sin2
Illustration 1 2
Solution :
Square a cos bsin = c. Then
a cos + b2 sin2
2 2
2ab sin cos = c2
or a2 (1 sin2) + b2 (1 cos2) 2ab sin cos = c2
a2 + b2 c2 = a2 sin2 + b2 cos2 + 2ab sin cos
or (a sin + b cos)2 = a2 + b2 c2
a sin + b cos = μ (a2 + b2 c2)
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 13
Illustration 1 3
sin2 sin by
2
cos cos ax
(by)1 / 3
sin ,
[( ax)2 / 3 (by)2 / 3 ]1 / 2
(ax)1/ 3
cos
[( ax)2 / 3 (by) 2 / 3 ]1 / 2
ax by
a2 b2 , we get
cos sin
Illustration 1 4
If m 2 + m´2 + 2mm´ cos = 1, n 2 + n´2 + 2nn´ cos = 1, and mn + m´n´ + (mn´ + m´n) cos = 0,
prove that m 2 + n 2 = cosec2.
Solution :
The given relation can be written as
(m´ + mcos)2 = 1 m2 m2 cos2 =1
or (m´ + mcos)2 = 1 m2 sin2 ...(1)
2 2 2
Similarly (n´ + n cos) = 1 n sin ...(2)
Now (m´ + mcos) (n´ + ncos)
= m´n´ + (mn´ + m´n)cos + mncos2
= mn + mncos2 by given relation
= mn (1 cos2) = mnsin2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
14 QUIZRR
Now squaring both sides, we get
or (m´ + mcos)2 (n´ + ncos)2 = m2n2 sin4 ...(3)
Hence substituting from (1) and (2) in (3), we get
(1 m2 sin2) (1 n2 sin2) = m2n2 sin4
or (m2 + n2) sin2 = 1 i.e. m2 + n2 = cosec2.
(b) Eliminate from the equations
a cos + b sin = c and
a cos2 + 2a sin cos + b sin2 = c
Illustration 1 5
Prove that tan 1Ĉ tan 2Ĉ tan 3Ĉ ... tan 89Ĉ =1
Solution :
We will use the property of complementary angles to solve this problem.
We know tan cot
2
Illustration 1 6
1
Prove that sin25Ĉ + sin210Ĉ + sin215Ĉ + ... sin285Ĉ + sin290Ĉ = 9
2
Solution :
This question will also be solved on the same lines as that of previous questions
sin 5 = sin(90 45 ) = cos 85
Similarly sin 10 = sin(90 80 ) = cos 80
sin 40 = sin(90 50 ) = cos 50
& the middle term is sin 45
(sin285 + cos285) + (sin280 + cos280) ... (sin250 + cos250) + sin245
from 85 to 50 with a difference of 5 there are 8 terms (pairwise) & we know sin2 + cos2 = 1
Hence
= 8 + sin245 = 8 1 17
2 2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 15
tan A tan B
tan (A + B)
1 tan A tan B
tan A tan B
tan (A B)
1 tan A tan B
1
where A, B n
2
cot A cot B 1
cot (A B)
cot A cot B
cot A cot B 1
cot (A B)
cot B cot A
where A, B n
Cot formulaÊs are opposite of tan formulas, the denominator & numerator part are switched.
sin (A B)
tan A tan B
cos A cos B
sin (B A)
cot A cot B
sin A sin B
1 tan 1 tan
tan & tan
4 1 tan 4 1 tan
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
16 QUIZRR
T r ignomet r ic R at io of mult ip le angles
sin 2A = 2 sinA cosA
cos 2A = cos2A sin2A
= 2cos2A 1
= 1 2sin2A
2 tan A
tan 2A =
1 tan 2 A
3 tan A tan 3 A
tan 3A =
1 3 tan 2 A
1 cos
= tan
sin 2
1 cos
= cot
sin 2
1 cos
= tan 2
1 cos 2
1 cos
= cot 2
1 cos 2
1
sin2A = (1 cos 2A)
2
1
cos2A = (1 cos 2A)
2
1
sin3A = (3sin A sin 3A)
4
1
cos3A = (cos3A 3cos A)
4
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 17
2 tan A / 2
sin A =
1 tan 2 A / 2
1 tan 2 A / 2
cos A =
1 tan 2 A / 2
TRANSFORMATION FORMULAS
1. Transformation of product into sum or differences
2 sin A cos B = sin(A + B) + sin(A B)
2 cos A sin B = sin(A + B) sin(A B)
2 cos A cos B = cos(A + B) + cos (A B)
2 sin A sin B = cos(A B) cos(A + B)
2. Transformation of sum & differences into product
A B A B
sin A + sin B = 2sin cos
2 2
A B A B
sin A sin B = 2sin cos
2 2
A B A B
cos A + cos B = 2 cos cos
2 2
A B A B
cos A cos B = 2sin sin
2 2
Illustration 1 8
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
18 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 9
Show that cot x . cot x 1
4 4
cos x cos x
4 4
Solution : L.H.S. =
sin x sin x
4 4
1
cos2
sin2 x sin2 x
4 2 1
= 1
sin2 sin2 x sin2 x
4 2
Illustration 20
If sin sin ă cos cos + 1 = 0, prove that 1 + cot tan = 0
Solution :
Given, sin sin cos cos + 1 = 0
or, cos cos sin sin = 1
or, cos ( + ) = 1
cos sin
Now, 1 + cot tan = 1 .
sin cos
0
= sin cos 0 [ sin2 ( + ) = 1 cos2 ( + ) = 1 1 = 0]
Illustration 21
n sin cos
If tan , prove that tan( ă ) = (1 ă n) tan
1 n sin 2
n sin cos
Solution : tan =
1 n sin2
n sin cos
cos2
= 1 n sin2 [dividing numerator & denominator by cos2 ]
cos2 cos2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 19
n tan n tan
= 2 2
sec n tan 1 tan2 n tan2
n tan
= ...(i)
1 (1 n) tan2
tan tan
Now, L.H.S. = tan ( ) =
1 tan tan
n tan
tan
1 (1 n) tan2
= [From (i)]
n tan
1 tan
1 (1 n) tan 2
(1 n) tan (1 tan 2 )
= (1 n) tan
1 tan 2
Illustration 22
3
If cos ( ă ) + cos( ă ) + cos( ă ) = , prove that cos + cos + cos = sin + sin
2
+ sin = 0
Solution :
3
Given, cos ( ) + cos( ) + cos( ) =
2
or, 3 + 2 cos ( ) + 2 cos ( ) + 2cos ( ) = 0
or, 3 + 2 (cos cos + sin sin) + 2 (cos cos + sin sin) + 2 (cos cos + sin sin) = 0
or, (cos2 + sin2) + (cos2 + sin2) + (cos2 + sin2) + 2 (cos cos + sin sin)
+ 2 (cos cos + sin sin) + 2 (cos cos + sin sin) = 0
or, (cos2 + cos2 + cos2 + 2cos cos + 2cos cos + 2cos cos) + (sin2 + sin2 + sin2
+ 2sin sin + 2sin sin + 2sin sin) = 0
or, (cos + cos + cos)2 + (sin + sin + sin)2 = 0
which is possible only when
cos + cos + cos = 0 and sin + sin + sin = 0
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
20 QUIZRR
Illustration 23
If cos (A + B) sin (C + D) = cos (A ă B) sin (C ă D) prove that cotA cotB cotC = cotD.
Solution :
We have cos (A + B) sin (C + D) = cos(A B) sin (C D)
cos(A B) sin(C D)
i.e.
cos(A B) sin(C D)
Illustration 24
Prove that tan 70Ĉ ă tan 20Ĉ = 2 tan 50Ĉ
Solution :
70 = 50 + 20
2sin 50
= {Comp. Rule)
2sin 20 cos 20
Illustration 25
tan 3A tan 2A tan A = tan 3A ă tan 2A ă tan A
Solution :
Rearranging the given relation, we have to prove that
tan A + tan 2A = tan 3A (1 tan A tan 2A)
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 21
tan A tan 2A
or tan 3A
1 tan A tan 2A
Illustration 26
Prove that tan (/4 + ) ă tan (/4 ă ) = 2 tan 2)
Solution :
1 tan
Similarly, tan
4 1 tan
4 tan 2tan
= 2
2. 2tan 2
1 tan 1 tan 2
Illustration 27
1 sin
tan tan sec
4 2 1 sin
1 sin 1 sin
= =
1 sin [(1 sin ) (1 sin )]
1 sin 1 sin
= 2 = cos
(1 sin )
1 sin
= cos cos = sec + tan
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
22 QUIZRR
Illustration 28
tan A + 2 tan 2A + 4 tan 4A + 8 cot 8A = cot A
Solution :
tan A + 2 tan 2A + 4 tan 4A + 8 cot 8A = cot A
shift tan A to R.H.S.
now R.H.S.
= cot A tan A
2 cos 2A
= = 2 cot 2A
sin 2A
Tip : Remember this formula
cot A tan A = 2 cot 2A
now question becomes
2 tan 2A + 4 tan 4A + 8 cot 8A = 2 cot 2A
4 tan 4A + 8 cot 8A = 2 (cot 2A tan 2A)
using the same formula
4 tan 4A + 8 cot 8A = 4 cot 4A
8 cot 8A = 4 (cot 4A tan 4A)
now R.H.S.
= 4 (cot 4A tan 4A)
= 8 cot 8A
= R.H.S.
Illustration 29
1
Prove sin A sin (60Ĉ ă A) sin (60Ĉ + A) = sin 3A
4
Solution :
1
sin A sin (60 A) sin (60 + A) = sin 3A
4
L.H.S. = sin A sin (60 A) sin (60 + A)
here using the formula
sin (A + B) sin (A B) = sin2A sin2B
= sin A (sin2 60 sin2 A)
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 23
3 3sin A 4 sin3 A
= sin A sin 2 A =
4 4
but now 3sinA 4 sin3 A = sin 3A
sin 3A
L.H.S. =
4
= R.H.S.
Hence proved.
Illustration 30
Solution :
7+ 1= 3+ 5
Illustration 31
Solution :
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
24 QUIZRR
Illustration 32
Solution :
In the Nr write 6 as 1 + 5 and 15 as 10 + 5
Nr = cos 6 + cos 4 + 5cos 4 + 5 cos 2 + 10 cos 2 + 10
= 2 cos 5 cos + 5.2 cos 3 cos + 10.2 cos2
= 2 cos [cos 5 + 5 cos 3 + 10 cos ]
= 2 cos [Dr]
Nr
2cos
Dr
Alt. Bring 2 cos from R.H.S. with Dr in L.H.S. and using
2 cos A cos B = cos (A + B) + cos (A B),
r
we get D = (cos 6 + cos 4) + 5 (cos 4 + cos 2) + 10 (1 + cos 2)
= cos 6 + 6 cos 4 + 15 cos 2 + 10 = Nr
Nr / Dr = 1
Illustration 33
cos + cos + cos + cos ( + + ) = 4 cos {( + )/2} cos {( + )/2} cos {( + )/2}
Solution :
2
L.H.S. = 2 cos cos 2 cos cos
2 2 2 2
2
= 2 cos cos 2 cos
2 2
Illustration 34
n n
cos A cos B sin A sin B A B
2 cot n or 0 according as n is even or odd integer.
sin A sin B cos A cos B 2
Solution :
n n
2 cos (A + B)/2 cos A B)/2 2 sin (A + B)/2 cos (A B)/2
2 sin (A B)/2 cos A B)/2 2 sin (A B)/2 sin (B A)/2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 25
Illustration 35
Solution :
Multiply above and below by 2 and apply 2cos A cos B = cos (A + B) + cos (A B) and
2 sin A sin B = cos (A B) cos (A + B)
Illustration 36
If 2 cos A = x + 1/x, 2 cos B = y + 1/y, show that 2 cos (A ă B) = x/y + y/x.
Solution :
1
2 cos A x x2 2x cos A + 1 = 0
x
x = cos A + i sin A = eiA, y = eiB
x y eiB eiA
ei (A B) e i (A B)
y x eiA eiB
= 2 cos (A B)
ei = cos + i sin , e i
= cos i sin
Illustration 37
If and are the solutions of a cos + b sin = c , then show that
sin + sin = 2bc /(a 2 + b 2), sin sin = (c 2 ă a 2)/(a 2 + b 2)
Solution :
From the given relation we have
a cos = c b sin . Square and change in terms of sin
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
26 QUIZRR
2 2 2
a (1 sin ) = c 2bc sin + b sin2
2
2bc
sin + sin = sum of roots =
a b2
2
c2 a 2
sin sin = product of roots =
a 2 b2
Illustration 38
If a cos 2 + b sin 2 = c has and as its solutions, then prove that
tan + tan = 2b/(c + a ), tan tan = (c ă a )/(c + a )
Solution :
Given a cos 2 + b sin 2 = c
1 tan 2 2tan
putting cos 2 = & sin 2 =
2
1 tan 1 tan2
1 tan 2 2 tan
a b 2
c
1 tan 2
1 tan
2b
Hence tan + tan = c a
ca
& tan tan =
ca
Illustration 39
If 1, 2, 3, 4 be the four values of q which satisfy the equation 3 tan 3 = tan (45Ĉ + ), then
prove that tan 1 = 0
Solution :
equation given is 3 tan 3 = tan (45 + )
3 tan tan 3
putting tan 3 =
1 3 tan 2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 27
1 tan
& tan (45 + ) = 1 tan
& tan = t
now equation becomes
3t t3 1 t
3
2
1 3t 1 t
coeff. of tan3
sum of roots =
coeff. of tan 4
Illustration 40
Find the max. and min. value of 7cos + 24 sin
Solution :
In 7 cos + 24 sin ,
take 7 = r cos and 24 = r sin .
r (72 24 2 ) 25
Illustration 41
Prove that 5 cos + 3 cos ( + /3) + 3 lies between ă 4 and 10.
Solution :
The given expression is
1
5 cos + 3 (cos cos 60 sin sin 60 ) + 3 = [(13 cos 3 3 sin )] 3
2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
28 QUIZRR
r 169 27 196 14
r
Given expression = [cos ( )] 3 7 cos ( ) 3
2
Hence max. and min. values of expression are 7 + 3 and 7 + 3 i.e. 10 and 4 respectively.
Illustration 42
1 e cos e
If tan tan , prove that cos 1 e cos
2 1 e 2
Solution :
We know that
1 tan 2 (A / 2)
cos A
1 tan 2 (A / 2)
1 tan 2 / 2
cos =
1 tan 2 ( / 2)
cos e
cos
1 ecos
Illustration 43
a cos b
If cos , prove that tan / 2 [( a b ) /(a b)] tan ( / 2)
a b cos
Solution :
a cos b 1 tan 2 / 2
cos
a b cos 1 tan 2 ( / 2)
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 29
a 1 tan 2 ( / 2) b 1 tan 2 ( / 2)
a 1 tan ( / 2) b1 tan ( / 2)
= 2 2
1 tan 2 ( / 2) (a b) (a b) tan 2 ( / 2)
or
1 tan 2 ( / 2) (a b) (a b) tan 2 ( / 2)
2 tan2 ( / 2) 2 (a b) tan 2 ( / 2)
2 2( a b)
tan ( / 2) ( a b) /( a b) tan ( / 2)
Illustration 44
cos cos
If cos , then prove that tan (/2) = tan (/2) cot (/2).
1 cos cos
Solution :
1 cos
tan 2
2 1 cos
2sin2 ( / 2) 2cos2 ( / 2)
or tan 2 .
2 2 cos2 ( / 2) 2sin 2 ( / 2)
Illustration 45
If an angle be divided into two parts such that the tangent of one part is m times the
tangent of the other, then prove that their difference is obtained from the equation sin
= [(m ă 1) / (m + 1)] sin .
Solution : Let the two parts be A and B so that
A + B = and A B = and tan A = m tan B.
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
30 QUIZRR
tan A m
tan B 1
tan A tan B m 1
tan A + tan B m 1
sin (A B) m 1
or
sin (A B) m 1
Illustration 46
If cos ( + ) sin ( + ) = cos ( ă ) sin ( ă ), prove that cot cot cot = cot .
Solution :
From the given relation, we have
sin ( ) cos ( )
sin ( ) cos( )
Illustration 47
x y x y
If tan , tan z, tan are in G.P., then show that cos x = cos y . cos 2z.
2 2
Solution :
x y x y
sin sin
sin2 z 2 2
2
b = ac
2
cos z cos x y x y
cos
2 2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 31
Illustration 48
If 0 < , , < /2, prove that sin + sin + sin > sin ( + + )
Solution :
On putting the values of sin ( + + ), we get sin + sin + sin sin ( + + )
= sin (1 cos + cos ) + sin (1 cos cos ) + sin (1 cos cos ) + sin sin sin > 0
, , all lie in 1st quadrant.
cos cos is +ive and less than 1 so that 1 cos cos is +ive and also sin is + ive.
Thus every term in L.H.S. is + ive, i.e. L.H.S. > 0
sin + sin + sin > sin ( + + )
SUM OF SERIES
Ć Arithmatic Series
nd
sin
2 sin 2 a (n 1) d
sina + sin (a + d) + sin (a + 2d) + ... + sin (a + (n 1)d) = d
sin 2
2
nd
sin
2 cos 2 a (n 1) d
cosa + cos (a + d) + cos (a + 2d) + ... + cos (a + (n 1)d) = d
sin 2
2
difference
sin n .
2 (sin) or (cos) first last term
easier rule to remember : difference 2
sin
2
Geometric Series
sin (2n A)
cosA cos 2A cos 4A ... cos 2n 1
A =
2n sin A
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
32 QUIZRR
Some more (which you can remember, if possible)
sin + sin + sin sin ( + + ) = 4 sin sin sin
2 2 2
Illustration 49
For 0
2
, if x cos 2n , y sin 2n , z cos2n sin 2n , then x + y = xy and
n 0 n 0 n 0
xyz = x + y + z = xy + z.
Solution :
All are infinite G.P.s with common ratio < 1.
1 1 1 1
x 2
2
, y 2
1 cos sin 1 sin cos2
1
x y xy ...(1)
sin cos2
2
1
z ...(2)
1 cos sin 2
2
1 1 1
(x + y + z) = 2
2 2 2
sin cos 1 sin cos
1 1
= 2 2
sin cos 1 sin cos2
2
1 1
= .
sin cos (1 sin cos2 )
2 2 2
Illustration 50
Show that cos2 A + cos2 B ă 2 cos A cos B cos (A + B) = sin2 (A + B)
Solution :
L.H.S. = cos2 A + cos2 B 2 cos A cos B (cos A cos B sin A sin B)
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 33
= (cos2 A cos2 A cos2 B) + (cos2 B cos2 A cos2 B) + 2 sin A sin B cos A cos B
= cos2 A (1 cos2 B) + cos2 B (1 cos2 A) + 2 sin A sin B cos A cos B
= (sin A cos B + cos A sin B)2 = sin2 (A + B)
Illustration 51
Solution :
2 = 3 1, 6 = 9 3, 18 = 27 9
sin(A B)
Use tan A tan B =
cos A cosB
1
= tan 3 x tan x
2
1
T2 = tan 9 x tan 3 x ,
2
1
T3 = tan 27 x tan 9 x etc.
2
1
Hence, T1 + T2 + T3 = tan 27 x tan x
2
Illustration 52
(a) F or a posi t i ve i n t eger n, let f n () tan (1 sec )(1 sec 2) (1 + sec 4)... (1 + sec2n )
2
(a) f2 1 (b) f3 1
16 32
(c) f4 1 (d) f5 1
64 128
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
34 QUIZRR
Solution :
Ans. (a), (b), (c), (d).
f2 tan 4. tan 1
16 16 4
n 2,
16
Similarly each other is tan 1.
4
Illustration 53
If the angle A of a triangle ABC is given by the equation 5 cos A + 3 = 0, then sin A and
tan A are the roots of the equation 15x 2 + 8x ă 16 = 0
Solution :
We are given 5 cos A + 3 = 0 so that cos A = 3/5 A being the angle of ABC, sin A cannot
be negative so cos A = 3/5 sin A = 4/5 and then tan A = 4/3.
sin A + tan A = 8/15 = S
and sin A tan A = 16/15 = P
2
x x S + P = 0 is the required equation.
Illustration 54
If cosx + cosy + cosz = 0, then find the value of cos 3x + cos 3y + cos 3z.
Solution :
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 35
Illustration 55
Prove :
(a) = 16 cos5 ă 20 cos3 + 5 cos
cos 5
(b) sin 5 = 5 cos4 sin ă 10 cos2 sin3 + sin5
(c) Express sin 5 in terms of sin and hence find the value of sin 36Ĉ.
Solution :
(a), (b), (c)
By De-MoivreÊs Theorem we know that
(cos + i sin)5 = cos 5 + i sin 5
L.H.S. on expansion by binomial theorem is
cos5 + 5cos4 (i sin) + 10 cos3 (i sin)2 + 10 cos2 (i sin)3 + 5 cos (i sin)4 + (i sin)5
Now equate real and imaginary parts and change
sin2 to 1 cos2 and cos2 to 1 sin2
depending on the answer
cos 5 = cos (16cos4 20cos2 + 5) ...(1)
4 2
sin 5 = sin (16sin 20sin + 5) ...(2)
Deduction :
If = 36 , then 5 = 180
sin 5 = 0
1
Also sin 36 < sin 45 or sin 2 36 <
2
Now from (2) we get
0 = s (16s4 20s2 + 5), s = sin 36 0
20 400 320 10 2 5 2 1
s2 = s
32 16 2
10 2 5
s =
4
Illustration 56
Prove the following :
3
cos3 + cos3 (120Ĉ + ) + cos3 (240Ĉ + ) = cos 3
4
Solution :
We know that cos 3A = 4 cos3A 3 cos A
1
cos3 A (cos 3A + 3 cosA)
4
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
36 QUIZRR
Also cos (2n + ) = cos.
Applying the above we have
1
L.H.S. = [(3cos + cos 3) + 3cos (120 + ) + cos (360 + 3) + 3 cos (240 + ) + cos (720 + 3)
4
1 3
= [(3 cos 3] + [cos + cos (120 + ) + cos (240 + )]
4 4
3 3
= cos 3 + [cos + 2 cos ((180 + ) cos 60 ]
4 4
3 3 1 3
= cos 3 + cos 2. 2 ( cos ) = cos 3.
4 4 4
Illustration 57
3 5 7 3
cos 4 cos4 cos 4 cos 4
8 8 8 8 2
Solution :
cos4 (7/8) = cos4 ( /8) = cos4 (/8)
cos4 (5/8) = cos4 (/2 + /8) = sin4 (/8)
L.H.S. = 2 [cos4 A + sin4 A], where A = /8
= 2[1 2 sin2 A cos2 A] = 2 [2sin A cos A]2
2
2 1 3
= 2 sin 2. 2 sin 2
8 4 2 2
Illustration 58
2 6 7
tan 2 tan 2 ... tan 2 tan 2 35
16 16 16 16
Solution :
7 2 6 3 5
16 16
16 16 16 16 2
4
and . If we take
16 4 16
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 37
2 2
1 2
= 2 2
sin cos sin 2
8 4
= 2 where 4
1 cos 4 16 4
=
8 2
28 2
2 1 2.
2 1
8
2nd bracket = 2826
1 cos8
3rd bracket
8
= 1 cos12 8 2
2 1 2
and tan2 1
4
S = 14 + 6 + 14 + 1 = 35.
Illustration 59
r 3
sin 4 16
2
, r 1, 3, 5, 7
Solution :
7 5 3
16 16 2 , 16 16 2
Hence by C.R.,
(sin4x + cos4x) + (sin4y + cos4y)
= 1 2 sin2x cos2 x + 1 2 sin2 y cos2y
1 1 2 3
= 2 [sin 2 2 x sin 2 2 y] = 2 sin sin 2
2 2 8 8
1 2 2 3
= 2 sin 8 cos 8 2 by C.R.
2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
38 QUIZRR
Illustration 60
tan ( + 60Ĉ) + tan tan ( ă 60Ĉ) + tan ( + 60Ĉ) tan ( ă 60Ĉ) = ă 3.
tan
Solution :
sin A sin B
We know that tan A tan B + 1 = 1
cos A cosB
1
[cos ( 60) cos ( 60)] cos (90 30) cos
= 2
Dr
1
. 2 cos cos 60 sin 30 cos 1 (cos cos )
= 2 = 0
Dr 2 Dr
Illustration 61
2 4
If x sin = y sin z sin then prove that xy = 0
3 3
Solution :
Let each be equal to 1/k.
We have to prove that xy + yz + zx = 0
1 1 1
or 0, on dividing by xyz
x y z
1 2 4
On putting the values x k sin sin 3
sin
0
3
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 39
2 2 2
= k 2sin cos sin 0
3 3 3
2 1
2cos 2 1
3 2
1 1 1
0 or xy + yz + zx = 0
x y z
Illustration 62
2 4 6 1
(a) cos cos cos
7 7 7 2
3 5 7 9 1
(b) cos cos cos cos cos
11 11 11 11 11 2
2 3 4 5 6
(c) cos 0 cos cos cos cos cos cos 1
7 7 7 7 7 7
Solution :
(a) angles being in A.P. of three terms = 2/7 = , n = 3, /2 = /7
sin (3 / 7) 1 2 6
S cos
sin ( / 7) 2 7 7
sin (4 / 7) 4
= cos
sin ( / 7) 7
1 sin (8 / 7) 1 sin ( / 7) 1
= 2 sin ( / 7) 2 sin ( / 7) 2 .
(b) Here the angles are in A.P. of 5 terms.
2
n 5, ,
11 11 2 11
sin 5.
11 1 9
S .cos 11 11
2
sin
11
5 5 10
2sin cos sin
11 11 11 sin 1
=
11 2
2sin 2sin
11 11
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
40 QUIZRR
6
(c) Hint : cos 0 = 1, cos cos ,
7 7
Now solve it yourself.
Illustration 63
3 5 1
(a) sin sin sin
14 14 14 8
3 5 7 9 11 13 1
(b) sin sin sin sin sin sin sin
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 64
Solution :
6 6
(a) sin sin cos 14
14 2 14
8 8
= cos cos
14 14
3 4 4
sin sin cos
14 2 14 14
5 2 2
sin sin cos
14 2 14 14
2 4 8
L.H.S. = cos cos cos
14 14 14
= 3
1
2 sin A
.sin 23 A , A
2
14
1 8 1
= sin sin
7 7
8sin 8 sin
7 7
1 1
= 1
8 8
sin ( + ) = sin
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 41
7
(b) sin sin 1,
14 2
13
sin sin sin
14 14 14
11 3 9 5
Similarly sin sin and sin sin
14 14 14 14
Hence the question reduces to square of part (a)
2
1 1
Ans. =
8 64
Illustration 64
3
sin 20Ĉ sin 40Ĉ sin 60Ĉ sin 80Ĉ =
16
Solution :
L.H.S. =
3 / 2 sin 20 sin (60 20) sin (60 20)
=
3 / 2 sin 20 (sin2 60 sin2 20)
=
3 / 2 sin 20 [(3 / 4) sin 2 20]
=
3 / 8 [3sin 20 4sin3 20]
=
3 / 8 sin (3.20)
=
3 / 8 sin 60
3/8 .
3 / 2 3 /16 .
Illustration 65
2 cos 2 n 1
(2 cos ă 1) (2 cos 2 ă 1) (2 cos22 ă 1) .... (2 cos2nă1 ă 1) =
2 cos 1
Solution :
Try it yourself.
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
42 QUIZRR
Illustration 66
3 5 7 1
1 cos 1 cos 1 cos 1 cos
8 8 8 8 8
Solution :
By supplementary rule
cos ( A)= cos A
3 3
L.H.S. = 1 cos 1 cos 1 cos 1 cos
10 10 10 10
2 3
= 1 cos 1 cos2 sin 2 18 sin 2 54
10 10
2
5 1 5 1 1
= .
4 4 16
Illustration 67
If cos ( + ) = (4/5) and sin ( ă ) = (5/13) and , lie between 0 and /4 find tan 2.
Solution :
cos ( + ) = 4/5
tan ( ) (52 4 2 ) 4 3 / 4
sin ( ) = 5/13
tan ( ) 5 / (13 2 52 ) 5 / 12
tan 2 = tan ( + + )
tan ( ) tan ( ) 3 / 4 5 / 12 56
= =
1 tan ( ) tan ( ) 1 3 / 4.5 /12 33
Illustration 68
(a) If sinx + cosx = a , evaluate sin6 x + cos6 x.
(b) If sin A + sin 2A = x, cos A + cos 2A = y, then prove that (x 2 + y2) (x 2 + y2 ă 3) = 2y.
Solution :
(a) sin6 x + cos6 x
1
= 1 3 sin2 x cos2 x = [4 3 sin2 2x] ...(1)
4
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 43
1
L.H.S. = [4 3 (a2 1)2].
4
1 sin 2x 1 1 a2 1 1
2
or 0 a 2 a 0 and a2 2
2
1 2
cos A ( x y2 2) ...(1)
2
Now from second relation, we get
cos A + 2 cos2 A 1= y
2
or 2 cos A + cos A 1= y
or (cos A + 1) (2 cos A 1) = y
Now put for cos A from (1).
Illustration 69
If x and y are acute angles such that x + y and x ă y satisfy the equation tan2 ă 4 tan
+ 1 = 0, then x = ....., y = ......
Solution : x = /4, y = /6
The roots of quadratic in tan are
tan (x + y) and tan (x y)
S = tan (x + y) + tan (x y) = 4 ...(1)
and P = 1
tan 2x = tan (x + y + x y)
S
= tan
1P 2
2x or x
2 4
Now put x in S = 4 i.e. in (1)
4
1t 1t
4 where t = tan y
1t 1t
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
44 QUIZRR
2 (1 t2 ) 1
or 2
4 cos 2 y
1t 2
2y = /3 or y = /6
Illustration 70
Show that for all real values of , the expression a sin2 + b sin cos + c cos2 lies
1 1 1 1
between (a c ) b 2 (a c )2 and (a c ) b 2 (a c )2 .
2 2 2 2
Solution :
The given expression
1
= [ a (1 cos2) b sin 2 c (1 cos 2)]
2
1 1 1
= ( a c) b sin 2 ( c a) cos 2
2 2 2
Hence by the least and greatest values of the given expression are respectively
1 1 2
( a c) b ( c a)2
2 2 as
2 2 2 2
a b a sin b cos a b
and
1
2
( a c)
1
2
b2
( c a )2
so that the value of the expression lies between these values as required.
Illustration 71
1 2 2 2/3
2
If cos (a 1) and tan tan , prove that cos2/3 + sin2/3 = (2/a )2/3.
2
2
Solution :
1 cos 3 (a 2 1)
We have tan 2 / 3 tan 2
2 1 cos (3) ( a 2 1)
sin2 / 3 cos2 / 3
(3) (a 2 1) (3) ( a2 1)
a b
or
p q
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 45
1/3
a b a b a3 b3
...(2)
p q p q p3 q3
p + q= 2 3
p3 + q3 = 2[3 3 3 3 ( a2 1)] 6 3 a2
a3 + b3 = sin2 + cos2 = 1,
a + b = sin2/3 + cos2/3
From last two relations of (2), we have
sin2/3 + cos2/3
1/3 1/3
1 24 3
= 2 3 2
2
6 3 a 6 3 a
= (4/a2)1/3 = (2/a)2/3.
Illustration 72
tan( ) tan
(a) If , then prove that either sin ( ă ) = 0 or sin 2 + sin 2 + sin
tan( ) tan
2 = 0.
(b) If cos ( ă ) + cos ( ă ) + cos ( ă ) = ă 3/2, then prove that cos = 0, sin = 0
Solution :
(a) Apply componendo and dividendo and remember
sin (A B)
tan A tan B
cos A cos B
sin 2 sin( )
sin 2 ( ) sin( )
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
46 QUIZRR
Illustration 73
Prove that tan 18Ĉ is a root of the equation 5x 4 ă 10x 2 + 1 = 0 and hence prove that tan2 18Ĉ
= 0.1056
Solution :
If = 18 then 5 = 90 3 = 90 2
3t t3 1 t2
or tan 3 = cot 2 or
1 3t2 2t
Illustration 74
Determine the smallest positive value of x (in degrees) for which
tan (x + 100Ĉ) = tan (x + 50Ĉ) tan (x) tan (x ă 50Ĉ)
Solution :
From the given relation, we have
tan ( x 100)
tan ( x 50) tan x
tan ( x 50)
We have chosen the combination as above because sum of the angles in both sides is (2x + 50 ).
1
sin 150 = sin 30 =
2
sin (4x + 100 ) = sin 40
= sin (180 + 40 ) = sin 220
or = sin (2 40 ) = sin 320
4x + 100 = 220 or 320
or 4x = 120 or 220 or x = 30 or 55
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 47
Illustration 75
Solution :
A careful look at the question suggests that we have to prove x = y. We know that
2 cos2 = 1 + cos 2,
and 2 sin2 = 1 cos 2.
Hence changing to double angles in the given relation
cos4 x sin 4 x
1 , we get
cos2 y sin 2 y
1 1 1 1
(1 cos 2 x) 2 (1 cos 2 y) (1 cos 2 x) 2 . (1 cos 2 y)
4 2 4 2
1 1
= (1 cos 2 y). (1 cos 2 y)
2 2
or (1 cos2x) 2
(1 cos2 x)2 cos 2 y (1 cos2 x)2 (1 cos2 x)2
= 2 (1 cos2 2y)
or 2 (1 + cos2 2x) cos 2y (4 cos 2x) = 2 2 cos2 2y
or cos2 2x + cos2 2y 2 cos 2x cos 2y = 0
2
or (cos 2x cos 2y) = 0
cos 2x = cos 2y or y = n + x
cos4 y sin 4 y
2
2
cos2 x sin2 x 1
cos x sin x
(on putting y = x)
Illustration 76
Solution :
(a + b) (b sin4 A + a cos4 A) ab = 0
4 4
or ab [sin A + cos A 1] + a2 cos4 A + b2 sin4 A = 0
or ab [1 2 sin2 A cos2 A 1] + a2 cos4 A + b2 sin4 A = 0
or (a cos2 A b sin2 A)2 = 0
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
48 QUIZRR
cos2 A sin2 A 1
or ...(1)
b a ab
sin8 A cos8 A 1 a4 b4
. by (1)
a3 b3 a 3
(a b)4 (a b) 4
(a b) 1
=
4
(a b) (a b)3
Illustration 77
(a) Sum the following series :
1 1 1
... n terms.
sin sin 2 sin 2 sin 3 sin 3 sin 4
1 sin sin
S = ...
sin sin sin 2 sin 2 sin3
sin (2 )
T1 = cot cot 2
sin sin 2
1
Sn = [(cot cot 2) (cot 2 cot 3) ... cot n cot (n 1) ]
sin
1
= [cot cot (n 1) ]
sin
(b) Change in cos and proceed as in part (a) by multiplying above and below by sin .
1
S [tan (n 1) tan n]
sin
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 49
Illustration 78
Prove the following for A + B + C =
(a) sin 2A + sin 2B + sin 2C = 4 sinA sinB sinC
(b) cos 2A + cos 2B + cos 2C = ă1 ă 4 cosA cosB cosC
A A C
(c) sinA + sinB + sinC = 4cos cos cos
2 2 2
Solution :
(a) L.H.S. = 2 sin A cos A + 2 sin (B + C) cos (B C)
= 2 sin A cos A + 2 sin A cos (B C)
= 2 sin A [cos A + cos (B C)]
= 2 sin A [cos (B C) cos (B + C)] [ cos A = cos (B + C)]
= 2 sin A . 2 sin B sin C
= 4 sin A sin B sin C.
(b) In the answer we want 1 and as such we write cos 2A as 2 cos2 A 1 and combine the
other two terms.
L.H.S = (2 cos2 A 1) + 2 cos (B + C) cos (B C)
= 1 + 2 cos2 A 2 cos A cos (B C)
= 1 + 2 cos A [cos A cos (B C)]
= 1 + 2 cos A [ cos (B + C) cos (B C)]
= 1 2 cos A (2 cos B cos C)
= 1 4 cos A cos B cos C.
(c) L.H.S. = 2 sin (A/2) cos (A/2) + 2 sin {(B + C)/2} cos {(B C)/2}
= 2 sin (A/2) cos (A/2) + 2 cos (A/2) cos {(B C)/2}
= 2 cos (A/2) [sin(A/2) + cos {(B C)/2}]
= 2 cos (A/2) [cos {(B + C)/2} + cos {(B C)/2}]
= 2 cos (A/2) [2 cos (B/2) cos (C/2)
= 4 cos (A/2) cos (B/2) cos (C/2)
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
50 QUIZRR
Illustration 79
If + + = , prove that
sin2 + sin2 ă sin2 = 2sin sin cos [IITă1980]
Solution :
We are given + + = ,
+ =
cos ( + ) = cos ( )
..
or cos cos sin sin = cos [ . cos( ) = cos]
or sin sin cos = cos cos
[Note that we have brought sin sin and cos on one side because term without square in the
given identity is 2sin sin cos]
Squaring, we get
(sin sin cos)2 = cos2 cos2
or sin2 sin2 + cos2 2sin sin cos = (1 sin2) (1 sin2)
or sin2 sin2 + cos2 2sin sin cos
2
= 1 sin sin + sin2 sin2
2
Illustration 80
If A + B + C = 180Ĉ, Prove that
A B C A B C
sin 2 sin 2 sin 2 1 2 sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2 2
Solution :
Given A + B C = 180
A B C A B C
90 or, 90
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C
cos cos 90
2 2 2
A B A B C
or, cos cos sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2
A B C A B
or, sin sin sin cos cos
2 2 2 2 2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 51
A B C
[Note that sin sin sin occur without square in the given identity, therefore, we have brought
2 2 2
A B C
sin sin andsin on one side.]
2 2 2
2
A B C 2 A 2B
or, sin 2 sin 2 sin 2 cos 2 cos 2
A B C A B C
or, sin 2 sin 2 sin 2 2sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 A 2 B
= 1 sin 1 sin 2
2
A B C A B C
or, sin 2 sin 2 sin 2 2sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2 2
C A B C A B
or, sin 2 2sin sin sin 1 sin 2 sin 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C A B C
or, sin 2 sin 2 sin 2 1 2sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2 2
Illustration 81
Show that sin2 + sin2 + 2sin sin cos( + ) = sin2( + ).
Solution :
[Here three angles , and + occur and the term without square is 2sin sin cos( + )
which has a factor sin sin, therefore we will keep and one one side.]
Let + = , then cos( + ) = cos
or, cos cos sin sin = cos
or, sin sin + cos = cos cos
or, (sin sin + cos)2 = cos2 cos2
= (1 sin2) (1 sin2)
or, sin2 sin2 + cos2 + 2sin sin cos = 1 sin2 sin2 + sin2 sin2
or, cos2 + 2sin sin cos = 1 sin2 sin2
or, sin2 + sin2 + 2sin sin cos = 1 cos2 = sin2
sin2 + sin2 + 2sin sin cos( + ) = sin2( + ) [ = + ]
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
52 QUIZRR
Illustration 82
In a ABC, prove that tanA + tanB + tanC = tanA tanB tanC
Solution :
In ABC, A+B+C= A+B= C
or, tan(A + B) = tan( C)
tan A + tanB
or, tan C [ tan( C) = tanC]
1 tan A tan B
or, tanA + tanB = tanC + tanA tanB tanC
or, tanA + tanB + tanC = tanA tanB tanC
Illustration 83
If A + B + C = , prove that
A B B C C A
tan tan tan tan tan tan 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
Solution :
A+B+C=
A B C A B C
or,
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C C
tan tan cot
2 2 2 2 2
A B
tan tan
or, 2 2 1
A B C
1 tan tan tan
2 2 2
A C B C A B
or, tan tan tan tan 1 tan tan
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B B C C A
or, tan tan tan tan tan tan 1.
2 2 2 2 2 2
Illustration 84
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 53
Illustration 85
If A + B + C = , prove that
A B C
cos A + cosB + cosC 1 4 sin sin sin
2 2 2
Solution :
L.H.S. = (cosA + cosB) + cosC 1
A+B AB
= 2 cos cos cos C 1
2 2
C AB C
= 2sin cos 1 2sin 2 1
2 2 2
C AB C C AB C
= 2sin cos 2sin 2 = 2sin cos sin
2 2 2 2 2 2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
54 QUIZRR
C AB A B C AB A B
= 2sin cos sin = 2sin cos cos
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
C A B A B C
= 2sin . sin sin 4 sin sin sin
2 2 2 2 2 2
Illustration 86
Solution :
sin2A + sin2B + sin2C = 4sinA sinB sinC
A B C
and cos A cos B cosC 1 4 sin sin sin
2 2 2
A A B B C C
4.2sin cos . 2sin cos . 2sin cos
= 2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C
4 sin sin sin
2 2 2
A B C
= 8 cos cos cos
2 2 2
Illustration 87
A B C
L.H.S. = cos cos cos
2 2 2
A+B AB C
= 2cos cos cos
4 4 2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 55
C AB C
= 2cos cos sin
4 4 2 2
C AB C
= 2cos cos sin
4 4 4
C AB C
= 2 cos cos cos
4 4 4
2nd Method :
A B C
R.H.S. = 4 cos cos cos
4 4 4
A B C
= 2cos 2cos cos
4 4 4
A 2 (B C) C B
= 2 cos cos cos
4 4 4
[Using the formula 2cosA cosB = cos(A + B) + cos(A B)]
A 2 ( A) C B
= 2 cos cos cos [ B+ C= A]
4 4 4
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
56 QUIZRR
A A C B
= 2cos cos cos
4 4 4
A A A A CB
= cos
C+B
cos 2cos cos [ A = B + C]
4 4 4 4 4 4
A C + B C B C + B C B
= cos cos cos cos
2 2 4 4 4 4
A C B
= 0 cos cos cos [ cos( ) = cos]
2 2 2
A B C
= cos cos cos
2 2 2
Illustration 88
In a triangle prove that
(a) cos A + cos B + cos C > 1 but not greater than 3/2
A B C 1
(b) sin sin sin
2 2 2 8
Solution :
A B C
(a) cos A cos B cos C 1 4 sin sin sin 1 ...(1)
2 2 2
A B C
as neither of sin ,sin ,sin is ive or zero.
2 2 2
Again cosA + cosB + cosC
A B AB C C C
= 2cos cos 1 2sin 2 2sin .1 1 2sin 2
2 2 2 2 2
AB
0 cos 1
2
1 C
= 2 s2 s , where s = sin
2 2
1
2
1 1 3 1
2
3
= 2 s = s
2 2 4 2
2 2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 57
A B C 3
1 4 sin sin sin
2 2 2 2
A B C 1
sin sin sin
2 2 2 8
Illustration 89
Prove that 1 + cos56Ĉ + cos58Ĉ ă cos66Ĉ = 4cos28Ĉ cos29Ĉ sin33Ĉ [I. I. T. 73]
Solution :
L.H.S. = 1 + cos56 + (cos58 os66 )
= 2cos228 + 2sin62 sin4
= 2sin(90 28 ) sin4 + 2cos228 [ 62 = 90 28 ]
= 2cos28 (sin4 + cos28 )
= 2cos28 (sin4 + sin62 ) [ cos28 = cos(90 62 ) = sin62 ]
= 2cos28 . 2sin33 . cos29
= 4cos28 . cos29 . sin33
Illustration 90
If xy + yz + zx = 1, prove that
x y z 4 xyz
2
2
2
[I. I. T. 71]
1 x 1 y 1 z (1 x )(1 y 2 )(1 z 2 )
2
Solution :
Let x = tanA, y = tanB, z = tanC
given xy + yz + yz = 1
tanA tanB + tanB tanC + tanC tanA = 1
or, tanC (tanA + tanB) = 1 tanA tanB
tan A tan B 1
or, cot C tan C
1 tan A tan B tan C 2
or, tan(A B) tan C
2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
58 QUIZRR
AB C [Taking principal value]
2
or, A+ B+C = ...(1)
2
Now, L.H.S.
x y z
= 2
2
1x 1 y 1 z2
1
= (tan 2A tan 2B tan 2C). ...(2)
2
Now from (1), A + B + C =
2
2A + 2B + 2C =
or, 2A + 2B = 2C or, tan(2A + 2B) = tan( 2C)
tan 2A tan 2B
or, tan 2C
1 tan 2A tan 2B
1
From (2), L.H.S. = (tan 2A tan 2B tan 2C)
2
1
= (tan 2A tan 2B tan 2C)
2
1 2x 2y 2z 4 xyz
= . . . =
2 1 x2 1 y2 1 z2 (1 x ) (1 y2 )(1 z2 )
2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 59
Illustration 91
If x + y + z = xyz, show that
3x x3 3 y y3 3z z3 3x x3 3 y y3 3 z z3
= . .
1 3x 2 1 3 y2 1 3z 2 1 3x2 1 3 y2 1 3 z2
Solution :
Let x = tanA, y = tanB, z = tanC
Now, x + y + z = xyz
tanA + tanB + tanC = tanA tanB tanC
or, tanA + tanB = tanC (1 tanA tanB)
tan A tan B
or, tanC tan( C)
1 tan A tan B
tan 3A tan 3B
or, tan3C
1 tan 3A tan3B
3 x x3 3 y y3 3 z z3
= , . = R.H.S.
1 3 x2 1 3 y2 1 3 z2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
60 QUIZRR
Illustration 92
AB BC C A
, prove that cosA + cosB + cosC + cosD = 4cos
If A + B + C + D = 2 cos cos
2 2 2
Solution :
L.H.S. = (cosA + cosB) + (cosC + cosD)
CD A B
= A B C D 2
2 2
A B AB C D
= 2cos cos cos
2 2 2
AB A C (B D) B C (A D)
= 4 cos sin sin
2 4 4
AB A C B C
= 4 cos sin sin
2 2 2 2 2
A B A C B C
= 4 cos sin sin [ sin( ) = sin]
2 2 2 2 2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 61
Illustration 93
If A + B + C = 2S, prove that
cos2S + cos2(S ă A) + cos2(S ă B) + cos2(S ă C) = 2 + 2cosA cosB cosC
Solution :
L.H.S. = cos2S + cos2(S A) + cos2(S B) + cos2(S C)
1
= [4 {cos 2S + cos(2S 2A} + {cos(2S 2B) + cos(2S 2C)]}
2
1 4S 2A 2A 4S 2B 2C 2(C B)
= 4 2cos cos 2cos cos
2 2 2 2 2
1
= [4 2 cos (2S A) cos A 2 cos (2S B C) cos(C B)]
2
1
= [4 2 cos(B C) cos A 2cosA cos(C B)]
2
[ A + B + C = 2S 2S A = B + C and 2S B C = A]
1
= [4 2 cos A {cos(B C) cos(C B)]}
2
1
= [4 2cos A 2cos B cosC]
2
= 2 + 2cosA cosB cosC
Illustration 94
A B C
If A + B + C = , show that tan 2 tan 2 tan 2 1
2 2 2
Solution :
A + B + C = then as done earlier
A B B C C A
tan tan tan tan tan tan 1 ...(1)
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B C
Let tan x, tan y, tan z
2 2 2
then from (1), xy + yz + zx = 1 ...(2)
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
62 QUIZRR
Now (x y) + (y
2
z) + (z
2
x) > 0
2
or, x2 + y2 + z2 > 1 [ xy + yz + zx = 1)
Putting the values of x, y, z.
A B C
We get tan 2 tan 2 tan 2 1
2 2 2
Illustration 95
If A + B + C = , prove that
(tanA + tanB + tanC) (cotA + cotB + cotC) = 1 + secA secB secC
Solution :
A+B+C= A + B= C
tan(A + B) = tan( C) = tanC
tan A tan B
or tan C . which on simplification gives
1 tan A tan B
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
QUIZRR 63
Illustration 96
If A + B + C = , prove that
(cotB + cotC) (cotC + cotA) (cotA + cotB) = cosecA cosecB cosecC
Solution :
cos B cosC
cot B cot C
sin B sin C
sin ( A) sin A
= ...(1)
sin Bsin C sin Bsin C
sin C
Similarly, cot C cot B
sin A sin B
sin C
and cot A cot B
sin A sin B
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
64 QUIZRR
Illustration 97
1
If A + B + C = , show that
2
sin 2 A(sin 2B sin 2C) 2 sin A sin B sin C
Solution :
Ist term = sin2A sinB cosB + sin2A sinC cosC
Similarly, second term = sin2B sinC cosC + sin2B sinA cosA
and third term = sin2C sinA cosA + sin2C sinB cos B
Now, L.H.S. = (sin2A sinB cosB + sin2B sinA cosA) + (sin2A sinC cosC + sin2C sinA cosA)
+ (sin2B sinC cosC + sin2C sinB cosB)
= sinA sinB sin(A + B) + sinA sinC sin(A + C) + sinB sinC (B + C)
= sinA sinB sinC + sinA sinB sinC + sinA sinB sinC
= 3sinA sinB sinC.
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 3
FU N CT I ON S
El e m e n t a r y N u m b e r Sy s t e m
The whole of calculus is based on the concepts of real numbers. So let us briefly discuss real
numbers.
Real Numbers
Integers Fractions
Positive O Negative
Integers Integers
Int ervals
1. Open Interval : For two real numbers a and b, where a < b, the set of all real numbers
lying strictly between a and b (i.e. not including a and b) is called an
open interval.
denoted by ( ) [round brackets]
i.e. a < x < b x (a, b)
FUNCTIONS
4 QUIZRR
2. Closed interval : Again for same 2 real numbers, if x can take values between a and
b, including a & b, then its a closed interval.
i.e. a x b x [a, b] {square brackets are used}
3. Half Open Interval : It contains both type of intervals, open, closed interval & closed open
interval. In this type only one end point is included.
a < x b x (a, b]
a x< b x [a, b)
4. Infinite intervals : Before going to intervals let us discuss first about infinity, denoted
by .
By infinity we mean that it is a very big real number, larger than any
real number but how large, it is not fixed.
When we say x R, we indirectly mean
ă < x < or x (ă , )
coming to infinite intervals now,
whenever is at one or both the end points we never include them;
i.e.
ă < x < or x (ă , )
round brackets
Not square brackets
ă < x < a or x (ă , a)
ă < x a or x (ă , a]
x a or x (ă , a]
So m e B a s i c De f i n i t i o n s
Ć Domain : For a given function y = f (x), the set of values which x can take provided that
for those values y is well defined, is known as Domain of the function.
1
for ex. y , here x can take all real values except 0 because at x = 0 the value
x
of y is invalid.
Ć Range : For a given function y = f (x), the set of values which y can take, corresponding
to each real number in the domain, is known as Range of function.
for ex. y = x2, here x can take all real values but y can take only positive values.
Domain & Range can also be expressed as
Domain Range
function
The values which The values which
input can take output can take
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 5
-2 -1 1 2 3
This graph is repeating
after every integeral interval.
We just covered the basic definitions of these terms, though their properties will be discussed later
on in detail.
Cl a s s i f ic a t io n o f f u n c t i o n s :
(I) Algebraic functions :
Functions consisting of finite number of terms involving powers and roots of independent variable
with the operations +, ă, ï , are called algebraic functions.
x1
for example : f x x x, x2 1,
x1
1. Po l y n o m i a l f u n c t i o n s
f (x) = a0 + a1x + a2x2 + ... anxn, where a0, a1... an R (i.e. real constants) and n is a non negative
integer, is said to be a polynomial function of degree n (given an 0)
for ex. f (x) = 3x3 + 2x2 + x + 1 (polynomial of degree 3)
f (x) = 1 (polynomial with degree 0)
y R
45Ĉ
x
FUNCTIONS
6 QUIZRR
2. Rat io n al fu nc t io n
P x
They are of the form f x (Q (x) 0)
Q x
where P (x) Q (x) are 2 polynomials in x & Q (x) 0 as it will make denominator 0.
Domain : Here domain is all real no. excepts when denominator is zero [i.e. Q (x) 0]
x2 2 x 1
for eg. f x
x 1 x 2
here domain R ă {1, 2} because at 1 & 2 denominator becomes 0.
x1 / 2 x1 / 3 x2 1
eg. f x x1 / 2 , ,
x2 1 x1 / 3 1
T ip s f o r A l g e b r a i c f u n c t i o n s
1. Denominator should not be zero.
2. Expression under even root should not be negative.
3. Odd roots of any real no is defined & atleast one odd root of a real number is real.
Illustration 1
x
y
Find the domain of the function
x 2 3x 2
Solution :
x
y
Given
x2 3 x 2
for y to be valid, the value under root has to be greater than zero (here it cannot be zero because
it is in denominator)
x2 ă 3x + 2 > 0
x2 ă 2x ă x + 2 > 0
(x ă 2) (x ă 1) > 0
x< 1& x> 2 ă
domain (ă , 1) (2, ) 1 2
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 7
1
1
X
X
a>1
0<a<1
Shape of curve
as we can see from the graph that the value of y approaches zero but is never 0 (i.e. asymptote)
and can take all positive values.
Domain : x R
Range : y (0, )
2. L o g a r i t m i c Fu n c t i o n
The function y = f (x) = loga x is known as logarithmic function.
provided that
x> 0
a > 0
and a 1
So the domain is very clear from the constraints only
Domain : x (0, )
Range : y (ă, )
Here also the function depends on the value of a.
Y Y
O
X X
O 1 1
0<a<1 a>0
FUNCTIONS
8 QUIZRR
Pro p e r t i e s o f l o g a r i t h m i c f u n c t i o n s :
1. loge (ab) = loge a + loge b
b
2. l og e = log b ă log a
a e e
3. loge am = m loge a
4. loga a = 1
1
5. logbm a = logb a
m
1
6. logb a = log b
a
log m a
7. logb a =
log m b
b
8. alog a = b
log bc a
9. a = clog b
x y, if a 1
10. If loga x > loga y
x y, if 0 a 1
11. loga x = y x = ay
x a y , if a 1
12. loga x > y y
x a , if 0 a 1
x a , if a 1
y
Also, when we say log x = y, then we take log with base 10.
Similarly for loge x = y we write it as ln x = y (log with base e is also called natural log)
Illustration 2
Find domain of f (x) = ln (ă 2 + 3x ă x 2)
Solution : for f (x) to be valid the log function should be valid and for that ă x2 + 3x ă 2 > 0
Now, ă x2 + 3x ă 2 > 0
x2 ă 3x + 2 < 0
x2 ă 2x ă x + 2 < 0
(x ă 2) (x ă 1) < 0 ă
x (1, 2) 1 2
domain (1, 2)
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 9
Illustration 3
1
2
Find the domain of e x 1
Solution :
The function is valid for all real values except for those on which x2 ă 1 becomes zero.
x2 ă 1 0
for x = ă 1, 1, x2 ă 1 is zero
domain R ă {ă 1, 1}
Illustration 4
Find the domain of the following functions :
5x x2
(a) y log 10
4
Solution :
5 x x2
(a) Given, y log10 4
for this function to be valid, the term on R.H.S. has to valid. For that to be true there are 2
conditions i.e.
5 x x2
1. 0
4
5 x x2
2. log10
0
4
First solving for part 1
5 x x2
0
4
5x ă x2 > 0
ă
x2 ă 5x < 0
O 5
x (x ă 5) < 0
x (0, 5) ......... (i)
FUNCTIONS
10 QUIZRR
5 x x2
log10
0
4
5 x x2
100
4
5 x x2
1
4 ă
2
5x ă x 4 1 4
x2 ă 5x + 4 0
(x ă 4) (x ă 1) 0
x [1, 4] ................ (ii)
since both conditions have to be satisfied, we have to take the intersection of (i) & (ii)
from (i) & (ii)
x [1, 4]
Domain [1, 4]
Illustration 5
Find the domain of the function :
1
f x x 1
log10 1 x
Solution :
This question is a mix of algebraic & logarithmic functions.
1
Now, f x x1
log10 1 x
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 11
We will solve both the parts separately & then combine their results to get the final results.
log10 (1 ă x) is valid when x < 1
1
& log 1 x is valid when 1 ă x 1 ( loga1 = 0) & x < 1
10
x < 1 except x = 0 (from 1 ă x 1 because at x = 0, denominator becomes 0)
x (ă 1) ă {0} ................ (i)
now solving the algebraic part
for x 1 to be valid x + 1 0
x ă 1 ................ (ii)
combining (i) & (ii)
we get x [ă 1, 0) (0, 1)
The domain of the given functions is [ă 1, 0) (0, 1)
T r i g o n o m e t r y /c i rc u l a r f u n c t i o n s :
Functions involving trigonometric ratios are called trigonometric functions.
Interval in which the inverse can be obtained : ,
2 2
Y
(0, 1)
ă (0, 0) 2 3 4 X
ă3 ă2
(0, ă1)
ă2 ă /2 2
ă /2 X
ă1
FUNCTIONS
12 QUIZRR
Interval in which the inverse can be obtained : ,
2 2
3
ă2 2 2 2 2
3 0
X
2
ă2 0 2
3
X
2 2
Interval in which the inverse can be obtained : 0, ,
2 2
Y
3
2 1 2 2
X
0 ă1
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 13
Interval in which the inverse can be obtained : , 0 0,
2 2
3
1 2 2
0
X
2 ă1
I n v e r s e t r ig o n o m e t ri c /i n v e r s e c i r c u l a r f u n c t io n s :
Functions involving inverse of trigonometric ratios are called inverse trigonometric or inverse
circular functions. y
ă1
(a) y = f(x) = sin x /2
Domain : [ă 1, 1]
x
Range : 2 , 2 ă1 1
Nature : odd ;
/2
y = sină1x
y
(b) y = f(x) = cosă1 x
Domain : [ă 1, 1]
Range : [0, ] /2
Nature : neither even nor odd
x
ă1 0 1
y = cosă1x
x
Range : 2, 2 0
ă /2
Nature : odd;
FUNCTIONS
14 QUIZRR
2 , 0 0, 2
Range : x
ă1 0 1
Nature : odd; ă /2
y = cosec ă1 x
y
(e) y = f(x) = secă1 x
Domain : (ă , ă 1] [1, )
/2
Range : 0, 2 2 ,
ă1 0 1 x
Nature : neither even nor odd
y = sec ă 1 x
Domain : (ă , ),
Range : (0, ) /2
Nature : neither even or odd.
0 x
y = cot ă1x
Illustration 6
Find the domain for the following :
x2
(a) f ( x ) cos sin x (b) y f x sin 1 log 2
2
Solution :
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 15
because cos x 0 for , & >1
2 2 2
cos (sin x) 0 for all x
x R
Domain R
x2
(b) for function, f(x) = sin ă1 log 2 to be valid
2
x2
firstly 0 &
2
x2
then ă 1 < log2 1
2
x2
for the first part 0 x2 > 0
2
because log can not be 0
x R ă {0} ........... (i)
x2
for second part ă 1 < log2 1
2
x2
2ă1 < 21
2
1 x2
2
2 2
1 x2 4
ă 2 x ă 1 or 1 x 2 ........... (ii)
though we can also solve the inequality taking cases & combing to get (ii)
from (i) & (ii)
x [ă 2, ă 1] [1, 2]
Illustration 7
Find the domain of the definition of function :
2
(b) y cos 1
2 sin x
FUNCTIONS
16 QUIZRR
Solution :
for n = ă1 n=0
ă4 +3
1 2
(b) given y cos 2 sin x
for y to be defined.
2
1 1
2 sin x
2
solving first 1 2 sin x
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 17
denominator here can never be negative or zero because sin x [ă 1, 1], cross multiplying
ă (2 + sin x) 2
ă 2 ă sin x 2
sin x ă 3
which is true for all values of x as min. value of sin x is ă 1. ............. (i)
now solving the second part
2
1
2 sin x
2 2 + sin x
sin x 0
2n + 0 x 2n +
2n x (2n + 1) ............... (ii)
combining (i) & (ii)
Domain (2n, (2n + 1) )
So m e o t h e r f u n c t io n s
1. Absolute Value / Modulus function
By absolute / modulus function we mean only the numerical value of the function, irrespective of
its sign, from origin.
This concept is analogous to distance. We can also say that modulus function is distance with
respect to origin.
Though, modulus function is defined as
f : R R, f (x) = |x|
here,
y = –x y=x
X
O
FUNCTIONS
18 QUIZRR
x , x 0
x
x , x 0
ă7.9 O
On number line the distance of ă 7.9 from origin is 7.9. So the value of modulus function is 7.9
So if you are given
if a > 0 a < 0
B a s i c p r o p e r t i e s o f |x |
Ć ||x|| = |x|
Ć |xy| = |x||y|
x x
Ć , y 0
y y
Ć |x + y| |x| + |y|,
Ć |x ă y| |x| ă |y|
last two properties are intersecting ones, you can prove them by putting values.
Illustration 8
Find the domain of the following function :
2 x 1
(a) 1 (b) 0
x4 x 2
x3 x
(c) |x ă 1| + |x ă 2| 4 (d) 1
x2
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 19
Solution :
2
(a) We have 1
x4
2 a a
1 & 2 2
x4 b b
x 1
(b) we have, 0
x 2
let |x| = y
y1
y2
0 ă
1 2
y 2 or y 1
Note : we cannot include y = 2.
|x| > 2 or |x| 1
(x > 2 or x < ă 2) or (ă 1 x 1)
Domain (ă , ă 2) [ă 1, 1] (2, )
(c) we have |x ă 1| + |x ă 2| 4
we will solve this by finding the critical points & checking for values greater or smaller about
these critical points. Here critical points are 1 & 2
x 1 , x 1
|x ă 1| = x 1 , x 1
x 2 , x 2
& x2
x 2 , x 2
we can divide the values in 3 region i.e. < 1, between 1 & 2, & greater than 2.
FUNCTIONS
20 QUIZRR
1 7
Domain , ,
2 2
x3 x
(d) 1
x2
x3 x
10
x2
x 3 x x 2
0
x2
x3 2
0 ................ (i)
x2
we know that x (ă2)
now 2 cases arise for |x + 3|
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 21
Case 1 : x + 3 < 0
|x + 3| = ă (x ă 3)
putting these values in (i)
x 3 2
0
x2
x5
0 ă
x2 ă5 ă2
x5
0
x2
[Now here note that we are getting answer (ă 5, ă 2) but do not forget that this case is for
x < ă 3.
So the answer for this part is (ă 5, ă 3] ............. (ii)
Case : x + 3 0, for x ă 3
|x + 3| = x + 3
x 3 2
0
i.e.
x2 ă
ă2 ă1
x1
0
x2
x (ă , ă 2] [ă 1, )
but again this region is for x ă 3
x [ă 3, ă 2) [ă 1, ) ............. (iii)
combining (ii) & (iii)
Domain (ă 5, ă 3) [ă 3, ă 2) [ă 1, )
[ă 5, ă 2) [ă 1, )
Gr e a t e s t I n t e g e r f u n c t io n /St e p f u n c t i o n
The function y = [x] is known as greatest Integer function & is defined as greatest integer less than
equal to x.
i.e. y = [x] = a if a x < a + 1
for example
[2.3] = 2, [5.9] = 5, [7] = 7,
take special care of negative values
[ă 7.9] = ă 8, [ă 5] = ă 5
y = f(x) = [x]
FUNCTIONS
22 QUIZRR
1 { Points notincluded
Point included
ă3 ă2 ă1 0 1 2 3
ă1
ă2
The function is called step function as we can see from the graph that it follows a step like curve
Fr a c t io n p a r t o f x :
for example if x = 5.9
then fractional part of x is .9
It is denoted by {x} y
So m e p r o p e r t i e s o f g r e a t e s t i n t e g e r f u n c t i o n & f r a c t i o n a l p a r t
(i) [[x]] = [x]
(ii) [x + n] = [x] + n, if n is an integer
(iii) [{x}] = 0, {[x]} = 0
0 ; if x integer
(iv) [x] + [ă x] =
1 ; if x integer
0 ; if x integer
(v) {x} + {ă x} = 1 ; if x integer
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 23
[ x] ; if x integer
(vi) x
[ x] 1 ; if x integer
[ x] x
(viii) , n N
n n
n 1
x x n x
1 2
(ix)
n
...... x n nx , n N
(c ) Sig n u m f u n c t i o n
The function is defined as
y = f (x) = sgm (x) 1
1 x0
O
y sgn x 0 x0
1 x0
ă1
Domain : R Range : {ă 1, 0, 1}
Period : non-periodic Nature : odd
Illustration 9
Find the domain of the following :
(a) [x]2 ă 3[x] + 2 0
(b) 4 [x] = x + {x}
Solution :
(a) given [x]2 ă 3 [x] + 2 0
([x] ă 1) ([x] ă 2) 0
1 [x] 2
Here the value of greatest integer function is 1 & 2.
for value 2, x can lie b/w 2 & 3
Domain [1, 3)
TIP : if [x] n where n I
x [n, n + 1)
FUNCTIONS
24 QUIZRR
3 2
{x} = [x] or x x
2 3
2
0 [x] <
3
[x] = 0
0 x< 1 ............. (i)
3
but x x
2
Illustration 1 0
Find the domain of the following :
sin x 2
(a) x 2 ă 4x + [x] + 3 = 0 (b) f (x)
x 2 x 3
Solution : (a) given that x2 ă 4x + [x] + 3 = 0
x2 ă 4x + (x ă {x}) + 3 = 0
x2 ă 3x + 3 = {x}
0 x2 ă 3x + 3 < 1
9 9
But x2 ă 3x + 3 = x2 ă 3x + + 3 ă
4 4
2
3 3
= x
2 4
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 25
sin x 2
(b) Given that f x
x 2 x 3
there, there are 2 critical points ă 3 & 2 which divides the number line in 3 region.
1. ă 3 x< 2
[x ă 2] give negative values but there are no problem
but for [x + 3], if x (ă 2, ă 3]
the function becomes invalid for these values as denominator becomes 0.
x [ă 2, 2) ........... (i)
2. x< ă 3 in this region there is no problem as the function is valid for all values
x (ă , ă 3) .......... (ii)
3. x 2 for x [2, 3), the function [x ă 2] returns 0, which makes the function
invalid but for x 3 there is no problem.
x [3, ) .......... (iii)
combining (i), (ii) & (iii)
x (ă , ă 3) [ă 2, 2) [3, )
FUNCTIONS
26 QUIZRR
D OM A I N
Wo r k i n g Ru l e :
In order to find the domain of the function defined by y = f (x), find the real values of x for which y
is defined i.e. y is real. The set of all these values of x will be the domain.
Use the following informations whichever is required.
1. (a) sin x and cos x are defined for all real x.
(b) tan x and sec x are not defined at odd multiples of
2
(c) cot x and cosec x are not defined at multiples of .
sin 1 x 0 cos1 x
2 2
tan 1 x 0 cot 1 x
2 2
(d) cos ec 1 x 0 sec 1 x
2 2
But cos ec x 0
1
But sec 1 x
2
a bc , if b 1
(b) log b a c
a bc , if b 1
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 27
So m e u s e f u l t ip s t o f i n d d o m a i n
(a) Domain of (f (x) g (x)) = Domain of f (x) Domain of g (x)
(b) Domain of (f (x) . g (x)) = Domain of f (x) Domain of g (x)
f x
(c) Domain of = Domain of f (x) Domain of g (x) {x; g (x) 0}
g x
(e) Domain of loga f (x) = Domain of f (x) such that f (x) > 0
Illustration 1 1
If [x] denotes the integral part of x, find the domain of definition of the function.
sec 1 x
f x
x x
Solution : For f (x) to be defined,
(i) x ă [x] > 0 x > [x]
[x] < x
x an integer ... (1)
(ii) secă1 x should be defined,
x ă 1 or x 1 .... (2)
From (1) and (2), common values of x are given by
(ă < x < ă 1 or 1 < x < ) and x I
Domain = R ă ((ă 1, 1) I)
Illustration 1 2
Find the domain of the function
f (x) = log {a x3 + (a + b)x 2 + (b + c )x + c }, if b 2 ă 4a c < 0 and a > 0
Solution : Given, f (x) = log {ax3 + (a + b)x2 + (b + c)x + c} .............. (i)
For f (x) to be defined,
ax3 + (a + b)x2 + (b + c)x + c > 0
(ax3 + bx2 + cx) + (ax2 + bx + c) > 0
x(ax2 + bx + c) + ax2 + bx + c > 0
(x + 1) (ax2 + bx + c) > 0
x+ 1 > 0 [... b2 ă 4ac < 0 and a > 0
ax2 + bx + c > 0 for all real x]
x> ă 1
Hence domain of f = (ă 1, )
FUNCTIONS
28 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 3
Find the domain of definition of the following functions :
f x log 1 2 x 3
(i) f(x) = sină1 (x 2 ă 4x + 4) (ii)
2
x 1 x 2
(iii) f x (iv) f(x) = cosă1[2x 2 ă 3]
x 3 x 4
([.] denotes the greatest integer function).
Solution :
(i) For f (x) to be defined ă 1 x2 ă 4x + 4 1
ă 1 (x ă 2)2 1 |x ă 2| 1 ă 1 x ă 2 1 1 x 3
Hence the domain of definition of f(x) is the set x [1, 3].
3
Also 2x ă 3 > 0 x > .... (2) 0 < a < 1, b 1]
2
Combining (1) and (2) we get the required values of x. Hence the domain of definition of
3
f(x) is the set , 2
2
ă ă
x 1 x 2 0 ă2 1 3 4
(iii) For f(x) to be defined and x 3, 4.
x 3 x 4
By wayy-curve method the domain of definition of f(x) is the set
x (ă , ă 2] [1, 3) (4, )
5 5 5
If x2 < then x 2
,
2 ..... (2)
2
5 5
Combining (1) and (2), x 1 1,
2
2
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 29
RANGE
Wo r k i n g Ru l e :
First of all, find the domain.
1. If domain does not contain an interval, find the value of x putting the values of x from the
domain. The set of all these values of y will be the range.
2. If function is continuous and domain contains only finite intervals, find the least and greatest
values of y for values of x in the domain. If and be the least and greatest values of y
for values of x in the domain, then range f = [, ]. In order to find the least and greatest
dy
values of y, write down the sign scheme for .
dx
This method of finding the range of f (x) can also be used when domain is R or contains an
infinite interval provided f (x) is continuous in the domain.
3. If domain is R or the set of all real numbers except a few points, then express x in terms
of y and from this, find the value of y for which x is real and belongs to the domain. The
set of all these values of y will be the range. But if domain does not contain some points
say and , then find y when x = , and x = and exclude these values of y.
Illustration 1 4
Find domain and range of the function y = loge (3x 2 ă 4x + 5).
Solution :
y is defined if 3x2 ă 4x + 5 > 0
where D = 16 ă 4 (3) (5) = ă 44 < 0
and coefficient of x2 = 3 > 0
Hence, (3x2 ă 4x + 5) > 0 x R
Thus, Domain is R
Now, y = loge (3x2 ă 4x + 5)
We have 3x2 ă 4x + 5 = ey
or 3x2 ă 4x + (5 ă ey) = 0
Since, x is real thus, discriminant 0
12 ey 44
11
So, y log
3
11
Hence, range is log ,
3
FUNCTIONS
30 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 5
Find the range of the function f (x) = ln sin
1
x 2 x 1 , where [.] denotes the greatest
integer function.
Solution :
Given, f (x) = log e sin
1
x2 x 1
.... (1)
Domain of f :
For f (x) to be defined,
(i) x2 + x + 1 0 ă < x< ... (A)
x2 + x + 1 1 x x 1 0
2
(ii) 1 x2 x 1 1
x2 + x + 1 1 x2 + x 0
ă 1 x 0 ... (B)
(iii) sin 1 x2 x 1 0
sin 1 x2 x 1 sin 1 0
ă1
x2 x 1 0 [ sin x is an increasing function]
x2 + x + 1 > 0
ă < x< ... (C)
From (A), (B) and (C), ă 1 x 0
Domain f = [ă 1, 0]
Range of f :
2
1 3 3 1
Least value of x + x + 1 = x
2 at x
2 4 4 2
3
least value of x2 x 1
2
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 31
3
Thus x2 x 1 1
2
3
sin 1 sin
1
x2 x 1 sin 1 1
2
[ sină1 x is an increasing function]
sin 1 x2 x 1
3 2
log e log e sin 1
3
x2 x 1 log e
2
0 log e sin 1
x2 x 1 1 log e
1 & log e 0
2 3
e
log sin1 x2 x 1 0
f (x) = 0 for all x [ă 1, 0]
Hence range f = {0}
Note : Here f is a many-one function.
Illustration 1 6
1
Find the range of f x log e cos x sin x where [x] denotes the integral part of x.
Solution :
1
Given, f x log e cos x sin x
... (1)
Domain of f :
>
FUNCTIONS
32 QUIZRR
Range of f : In , 0 , [cos x] ă [sin x] = 1
2
from (1), f (x) = loge1 = 0
Hence range f = {0}
Note : Here f is a many-one function.
Illustration 1 7
Find the range of the following functions :
(i) f x ln x2 4x 5 (ii) f ( x ) 3 sin x 8 cos x 5
3
1 1 2 2x 2
(iii) f x sin x (iv) f x 2
2 x 2x 3
([.] denotes the greatest integer function)
Solution :
i.e. x2 + 4x + 5 takes all values in [1, ) f(x) will take all values in [0, ).
Hence range of f (x) is [0, ).
(ii) Here f (x) = 3 sin x + 8 cos x 5
3
1 4
r 73 24 3 and tan 3 4 3 f x 73 24 3 sin (x + ) + 5
Range of f(x) is 5 73 24 3 , 5 73 24 3
1 1 2
(iii) Here f x sin x
2
1 2
For any value of x, x is a non-negative integer and sină1 x is defined only for two
2
non-negative integers 0 and 1.
the range of f 0,
2
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 33
2x 2
(iv) Here f x 2
x 2x 3
2x 2
Let y = f (x) i.e. y = yx2 ă 2 (y + 1) x + 3y + 2 = 0
2
x 2x 3
which is a quadratic in x. For above quadratic to have real roots 0
4(y + 1)2 ă 4y (3y + 2) 0
1 1
y2 y
2 2
1 1
Hence the range of f(x) is , .
2 2
N a t u r e o f Fu n c t i o n
Wo r k i n g Ru l e :
1. (a) A function f (x) is odd if f (ă x) = ă f (x) i.e. f (ă x) + f (x) = 0
(b) A function f (x) is even if f (ă x) i.e. f (ă x) ă f (x) = 0
(c) Graph of an even function is symmetrical about y-axis.
(d) Graph of an odd function has the property that its part in first and third quadrants are
symmetric about the origin and its part in second and fourth quadrants are symmetrical
about the origin.
2. Properties of odd and even functions.
(a) a constant function is an even function
(b) a zero function is both an odd and an even function.
(c) For two functions, the following are the rules for their respective operations.
Functions Sum Difference Product Division
even ă even even even even even
even ă odd neither even neither even odd odd
nor odd nor odd
odd ă even neither even neither even odd odd
nor odd nor odd
odd ă odd odd odd even even
(d) (i) if f (x) + f (ă x) = 0 f is odd function.
(ii) if f (x) ă f (ă x) = 0 f is odd function.
(e) The derivative of an odd function is an even function and derivative of an even function is
an odd function.
(f) The square of even or an odd Function is always an even Function.
(g) Any function y = f (x) can written as y = f (x) = [odd part of f (x)] + [even part of f (x)]
f x f x f x f x
i.e. y f x
2 2
FUNCTIONS
34 QUIZRR
Illustration 1 8
t t
If f t t
1 , show that f (t) is an even function.
e 1 2
Solution :
1 t
Since f t t
1 ... (i)
e 1 2
t t
Now, f t t
1
e 1 2
tet t
t
1 ... (ii)
e 1 2
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get
f t f t 1 e t
t t
e 1
t
= ă t+ t= 0
f (ă t) ă f (t) = 0. Hence f (t) is an even function.
Illustration 1 9
Find out whether the given function is even, odd or neither even nor odd.
x x , x 1
where, f x 1 x 1 x , 1 x 1
x x , x 1
where || and [ ] represents modulus & greatest integer function.
Solution : The given function can be written as :
x2 , x 1
f x 2 x x , 1 x 1
2
x , x1
x2 , x 1
2 1 0 , 1 x 0
f x 2 , x0
2 0 1 , 0 x 1
x2 , x 1
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 35
x2 , x 1
1 , 1 x 0
f x 2 , x0
1 , 0 x 1
x2 , x 1
Illustration 20
Find out whether the given function is even or odd function, where
x sin x tan x
f x
x 1 , where x n
2
[ ] denotes greatest integer function.
Solution :
x sin x tan x x sin x tan x
f x
x 1 x 1
2 1 2
x sin x tan x
f x
x
0.5
x sin x tan x
f x
x
0.5
x sin x tan x
, x n
x
f x 1 0.5
0 , x n
x sin x tan x
f x
x 1
2
f(ă x) = ă f(x)
It is an odd function (if x n)
FUNCTIONS
36 QUIZRR
Illustration 21
Find for what values of x the following functions are identical
x2
(ii) f x , gx x
x
Solution :
(i) Domain of g = ] ă , [
Domain of f = ] ă , [
g x
2
x2 = positive square root of x = |x| = x, if x 0
and f (x) = x
f (x) and g (x) are identical x [0, [
x2
f x x, when x 0
x
Ex p l i c i t Fu n c t i o n
If x and y are two variables connected by a relation such that y is expressed explicitly in terms
of x or x is expressed explicitly in terms of y, i.e., y = f(x) or f(x) = y. Such functions are known as explicit
functions.
For examples y = x + 2, xy + y ă 5 = 0, x2 + y2 = 5 are explicit functions.
I m p l i c i t Fu n c t i o n
If the variables x and y are connected by a relation such that neither y is expressed explicitly as
a function of x nor x is expressed explicitly as a function of y. Such functions are known as implicit
functions. These functions are expressed in the form
f (x, y) = 0
For example, x3 + y3 + 3axy = 0, tan (x2 + y2) + cos (x + y) = ex are implicit functions, of x, y.
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 37
y
PERI ODI C FU N CT I ON
A function f : D R is said to be a periodic
function if there exists a positive real number p
such that
f (x + p) = f (x) for all x D. The least of all x
0
such positive numbers p is called the principal ă2 ă1 1 2 3
period of f. In general, the principal period is called
the period of the function e.g. sin x and cos x are
periodic functions, each having period 2.
{x} = x ă [x] is a periodic function, the period being 1. The graph of x ă [x] is as shown in the figure.
Ru l e s f o r f i n d i n g t h e p e r io d o f t h e p e r io d i c f u n c t i o n s :
(i) If f (x) is periodic with period p, then a f (x) b, where a, b R (a 0) is also a periodic
function with period p.
(ii) If f (x) is periodic with period p, then f (ax b), where a R ă {0} and b R, is also periodic
p
with period a .
(iii) Let us suppose that f (x) is periodic with period p and g (x) is periodic with period q. Let r
be the LCM of p and q, if it exists.
(a) If f (x) and g (x) cannot be interchanged by adding a least positive number k, then
r is the period of f (x) + g(x).
(b) f (x) and g (x) can be interchanged by adding a least positive number k and if k < r,
then k is the period of f (x) + g (x). Otherwise r is the period.
(iv) If f (x), g (x) are periodic functions with periods T1, T2 respectively then; we have,
a c e LCM of a, c, e
Note : (1) LCM of , ,
b d f HCF of b, d, f
FUNCTIONS
38 QUIZRR
Fo l lo w i n g r e s u l t s m a y b e d i r e c t ly u s e d
(i) sin x, cos x, sec x and cosec x are periodic functions with period 2.
(ii) tan x and cot x are periodic functions with period .
(iii) |sin x|, |cos x|, |tan x|, |cot x|, |sec x|, |cosec x| are periodic functions with period .
(iv) sinnx, cosnx, secnx and cosecnx are periodic functions with period 2 and according as n is
odd or even respectively.
(v) tannx and cotnx are periodic functions with period , whether n is odd or even.
Illustration 22
1 sin x cos x
Find the period of the function f x
2 cos x sin x
sin x
Period of = L.C.M. of and 2 = 2
cos x
cos x
Period of = L.C.M. of and 2 = 2
sin x
1 sin x cos x
Period of 2 cos x sin x = L.C.M. 2 and 2 = 2
Illustration 23
Find the period of the following functions :
x
(i) f (x) = sin x + {x} (ii) f x tan sin 2 x
3
(iii) f (x) = |sin x| + |cos x|
Solution :
(i) Here f (x) = sin x + {x}
Period of sin x is 2 and that of {x} is 1. But the L.C.M. of 2 and 1 does not exist. Hence
sin x + {x} is not periodic.
(ii) Here f (x) = tan x/3 + sin 2x. Here tan (x/3) is periodic with period 3 and and sin 2x is
periodic with period . Hence f (x) will be periodic with period 3 .
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 39
2 1 cos2 x
Now, sin x sin x , which is periodic with period .
2
But sin x cos x and cos x sin x [see rule (3) part (b)]
2 2
Illustration 24
Which of the following functions are periodic ? Also find the period if function is periodic.
(i) f (x) = 10 sin3x (ii) f (x) = a sinx + b cosx (iii) f (x) = sin3x
2
least positive value of T
3
2
Hence f (x) is a periodic function with period
3
a b
= a 2 b2 sin x cos x
a2 b2 a2 b2
b
= a 2 b2 cos sin x sin cos x , where tan
a
FUNCTIONS
40 QUIZRR
= a2 b2 sin x
2
Which is a periodic function of period
3sin x sin 3 x 3 1
(iii) f(x) = sin3x = sin sin 3 x
4 4 4
2
Sin x is a periodic function of period 2 and sin 3x is a periodic function of period .
3
2 2 L.C.M. of 2 and 2
Now L.C.M. of and 3 H.C.F. of 1 and 3
1
2
= 2
1
Hence f (x) is a periodic function of 2.
n
T x n 1 x
This will give no positive value of T independent of x because x on R.H.S. can be cancelled
out only when T = 0.
f (x) is a non periodic function.
(vi) f x tan x
tan (T + x) = tan x
T + x = n + x, = 0, 1, 2, .....
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 41
Illustration 25
Let f (x, y) be a periodic function satisfying f (x, y) = f (2x + 2y, 2y ă 2x) for all x, y. Let g (x)
= f (2x, 0). Show that g (x) is a periodic function with period 12.
Solution : Given, f (x, y) = f(2x + 2y, 2y ă 2x) ... (1)
f (x, y) = f (2x + 2y, 2y ă 2x)
= f [2(2x + 2y) + 2(2y ă 2x), 2(2y ă 2x) ă 2(2x + 2y)] putting x = 2x + 2y
= f (8y, ă 8x) & y = 2y ă 2x
Thus f (x, y) = f (8y, ă 8x)
= f (ă 64x, ă 64y)
= f [(ă 64) (ă 64x), (ă 64) (ă 64y)]
= f (212x, 212y)
f (x, 0) = f (212x, 0)
Now, g (x) = f (2x, 0)
= f (212.2x, 0)
= f (2x+12, 0)
= g (x + 12)
Hence g (x) is a periodic function with period 12.
FUNCTIONS
42 QUIZRR
Illustration 26
Let f be a real valued function defined for all real numbers x such that for some fixed
1
f x f x for all real x. Show that f (x) is a periodic function. Also
2
a > 0, f x a
2
1
f x f x x R
2
Solution : Given, f x a ... (1)
2
2
1
f x a f x f x
2
2
2
1 1
= f x
2 4
2 2
1 1 1
f x a f x ... (2)
2 2 4
2 2
1 1 1
f x 2a f x a ... (3)
2 2 4
2 2
1 1
(3) ă (2) f x 2a f x 0
2 2
1 1
f x 2a f x
2 2
1
[ from (1), f (x + a) ă 0 x R
2
1 1
f (x ă a + a) ă 0 or, f (x) ă 0 x R
2 2
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 43
T RA N SFORMA T I ON S
Transform at ion 1 :
Drawing the graph of y = f (x) a, from the graph of y = f(x)
(a) To draw the graph of y = f (x) + a,
shift the graph of y = f (x), a units in upward direction.
(b) To draw the graph of y = f (x) ă a
shift the graph of y = f (x), units in downward direction.
Logic : The graph can be taken as
y a = f (x), so we are just changing the value of y here.
Illustration 27
Plot the following :
(a) y = |x| ă 2 (b) y = sină1 x ă 1
Solution :
(a) y = |x| ă 2
we know the graph of y = |x| (i.e. modulus function) and the given function can be written
as y + 2 = |x| also.
applying the transformation for y = f (x) + a
shift the curve of y = |x| by 2 unit downward.
y = |x|
y = |x|–2
ă2
(b) y = sină1x – 1
or we can write y + 1 = sină1x
put y+ 1 y
now, y = sină1x
Y Y
2
2
ă1
applying
x x
transformation
ă1
2
ă1
2
FUNCTIONS
44 QUIZRR
Illustration 28
Plot the following :
(a) y = sin x + 5 (b) y = cos2x
Solution :
(a) y = sin x + 5
writing it as y ă 5 = sin x
applying y–5 y
y = sin x
y y
6
5
O yă5 y
4
x
O
y = sinx
(b) y = cos2x
we dont know the graph of cos2x but we do know the graph of cos x.
since cos 2x = 2 cos2x ă 1
2 cos2x = cos2x + 1
cos 2 x 1
cos2x =
2
cos 2 x 1
y=
2
1 cos 2 x
y
2 2
1 cos 2 x
y
2 2
applying transformation yă1/2 y
cos 2 x
y
2
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 45
cos 2 x
here have half the period of cos x & also half of amplitude.
2
y y
1
2 1
ă ă
2 2 x y ă 1/2 y 2 2
O 1
4 2 x
ă1 O
2
T ra n s f o r m a t i o n 2 :
To draw the graph of y = f (x a) from y = f (x)
(a) To draw y = f (x + a) from y = f (x) shift the graph of f (x) in ÂaÊ units to left.
(b) To draw y = f (x ă a) from y = f (x) shift the graph of f (x) by ÂaÊ units to right.
–a a
y = f(x - a)
y = f(x + a)
y = f(x)
Illustration 29
Plot
z
(a) y = |x + 2| (b) y sin x (c) y = 4.2x
4
x x+2
O ă2 0
y = |x+2|
y = |x|
FUNCTIONS
46 QUIZRR
(b) y = sin x
4
y = sinx
0 x x /4 O /4
(c) y = 4.2x
or we can write this as
y = 22.2x = 2x+2
we know the curve of 2x, so
1 4
1
O x x +2
Transform at ion 3
To plot the curve of y = f (ă x) from y = f (x)
1. Draw the graph y = f (x)
2. Then take the mirror image of y = f (x) in y-axis or we can say, turn the graph of f (x) by
180Ĉ about y-axis.
Illustration 30
Draw the graph of the following :
(a) y = eăx (b) y = log (ă x)
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 47
Solution :
(a) We will go stepwise for solving these curves.
Step 1 : Draw the graph of y = f (x)
so here putting ă x as x
y = ex
1 stepă2 (0, 1)
x x
taking mirror
image
(b) y = log (ă x)
ă x x
drawing the graph of y = log x
x x
(0, 1) mirror
image
y = log x
Transform at ion 4
To draw the graph of y = ă f (x) from y = f (x)
Step 1 : Draw the graph of y = f (x)
Step 2 : Then take the mirror image of y = f (x) in x-axis.
Illustration 31
Plot the graph of the following curve :
1
(a) y = ă ex (b) y log
x
FUNCTIONS
48 QUIZRR
Solution :
(a) y = ă ex
we know the curve of y = ex
step ă1
y
(0, 1) STEP
x
–f(x) f(x)
(0,ă1)
taking mirror
image
x
y=ăe
1
(b) y log
x
y y
x x
(0, 1) taking mirror (ă1, 0)
image
Transform at ion 5
To plot y = f (|x|) from y = f (x)
Step 1 : plot y = f (x) curve
Step 2 : Remove the left portion of the graph
Step 3 : Take the reflection of right portion in y-axis (including right part also)
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 49
Illustration 32
Plot the curves of the following :
(a) y = log |x| (b) y = x 2 ă 2 |x| + 3
1
(c) y
x 1
Solution :
(a) given y = log |x|
Step 1 : draw y = f (x)
Step 2 : remove left part already there is no left part here
STEP 3
|x| x
(ă1, 0) (1, 0)
y = log x
(b) y = x2 ă 2 |x| + 3
This is transformation of |x| x
Step 1 : putting |x| x
y = x2 = 2x + 3 drawing the curve
Step 2 : Remove the left part
Step 3 : taking reflection
(0, 3)
(0, 3)
y = x2 - 2x + 3 y = x2- 2|x|+ 3
FUNCTIONS
50 QUIZRR
1
(c) y
x 1
This one includes 2 transformations
1
1. |x| x y
x1
1
2. x+ 1 x y
x
1
So first drawing the curve y
x
applying
transformation
'2'
y = ă1 applying
y = 1/x
transformation
'1' now
1
y= removing the left part
|x| + 1
Note : The order of applying the transformations is very important, otherwise we will get wrong
answer.
Transform at ion 6
To plot y = |f(x)| from the curve of y = f(x)
Step 1 : Draw y = f (x)
Step 2 : Take mirror image of portion below x-axis in x-axis. (removing the lower portion).
Illustration 33
Plot the graph of the following curves
(a) y = |log x| (b) y = |x 2 ă 3x + 2|
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 51
Solution :
(a) given y = |f(x)| = |log x|
where f (x) = log x
STEP 1 y STEP 2
x Mirror
(1, 0) image of
lower portion
(b) y = |x2 ă 3x + 2|
y = |(x ă 1) (x ă 2)
applying transformation |f(x)| f (x)
f (x) = (x ă 1) (x ă 2)
(0, 2) (0, 2)
|f(x)|
(1, 0) (2, 0) (1, 0) (2, 0)
Transform at ion 7
To plot the graph of |y| = f (x) from y = f (x)
Step 1 : draw y = f (x)
Step 2 : Remove the lower portion i.e. below x-axis.
Step 3 : Take mirror image of upper part in lower part, keeping the upper part also.
Illustration 34
Draw the graph of the following :
(a) |y| = (x ă 2) (x ă 3)
(b) |y| = log x
FUNCTIONS
52 QUIZRR
Solution :
(a) given |y| = (x ă 2) (x ă 3)
applying the 3 steps
STEP ă 1 STEP ă 2 STEP ă3
(0, 6)
(2, 0) (3, 0)
removing
lower part
& taking
mirror image
(b) |y| = log x
STEP 2
removing
this taking mirror
y = log x |y| log x
image
Transform at ion 8
To plot x = f (y) from y = f (x)
Step 1 : Draw y = f (x)
Step 2 : Take reflection in line y = x, also called reflection about origin.
Illustration 35
Plot the graph of the following :
(a) x = log y (b) x = |y|
Solution :
(a) now here x & y are interchanged original function was y = log x
taking
mirror image
in y = x line
y = log x x = log y
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 53
(b) we have x = |y| & we know the graph of y = |x|, which we get by replacing x by y & y by x.
(y = |x|) (x = |y|)
Transform at ion 9
To plot x = |f(y)| from the graph x = f(y)
Step 1 : Draw the graph of x = f(y), using transformation 8.
Step 1 : Take reflection of Left portion in y axis.
Illustration 36
Plot the graph of the following :
(a) x = |log y|
Solution :
Firstly drawing the graph of x = log y from y = log x
(0, 1)
(1, 0)
y = log x
now applying step 2 for modulus function
x = |log y|
Note : This transformation is not valid for g(x) = |f(y)| i.e. on L.H.S. only x should be there &
no other function.
FUNCTIONS
54 QUIZRR
T r a n s f o r m a t io n 1 0
To plot the graph of y = [f (x)] from y = f (x)
Step 1 : Draw y = f (x)
Step 2 : Draw horizontal lines after every unit distance i.e. y k, where k integers.
Step 3 : From the point of intersection (as obtained from step 2), draw vertical lines.
Step 4 : From the intersection points draw horizontal lines upto the nearest vertical line (towards
right). The line drawn should be below the curve for that region.
We will understand the steps with the help of examples.
Illustration 37
Draw the graph of following curves :
(i) y = [x] (ii) y = [x 3] (iii) y = [2sinx]
Solution :
(a) We will go stepwise, so as to understand the procedure.
we have y = [x]
Step 1 : draw y = x Step 2
4
3
drawing 2
horizontal
lines 1
ă1 1 2 3 4
ă2
ă3
Step 3 y
drawing x
final lines
(b) y = [x3]
Step 1 Step 2 & 3 Step 4
y=[ ]
(c) y = [2 sin x]
drawing first 2 sin x, which is almost same curve as sin x but has an amplitude of 2 rather
than 1.
2
1
0
ă1
ă2
T r a n s f o r m a t io n 1 1
To plot y = f ([x]) from the graph of y = f (x)
Step 1 : Draw y = f (x)
Step 2 : Draw vertical lines on every integral point of x i.e. x = k where k I (integers)
Step 3 : Draw horizontal lines from point of intersection to the nearest right vertical line.
FUNCTIONS
56 QUIZRR
Illustration 38
Plot the following curves :
(a) y = e[x] (b) y = sin [x]
Solution :
(a) given y = e[x]
we know the graph of y =ex
Step 1
(0, 1)
Step 2
ă4 ă3 ă2 ă1 1 2 3 4 ă4 ă3 ă2 ă1 1 2 3 4
ă2 ă1 1 2 3
ă3
O Step 2 2 1 23 4
ă1
y = sin x
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 57
sin2
sin1
3 2 sin3 5
ă1 1 2 3 4
Note here that the figure in step 2 has parts above and below x-axis in (3, 4) but in final
graph the graph between (3, 4) is above x axis.
This is so because, for 3 x < 4, [x] = 3 only, so the value will be sin 3.
Also do not get confuse in values sin 1, sin 2 & sin 3.
for 1 x < 2; sin [x] = sin 1 ~ .84
2 x < 3; sin [x] = sin 2 ~ .909
3 x < 4; sin [x] = sin 3 ~ .14
& 1, 2 & 3 are in radians.
T r a n s f o r m a t io n 1 2
To plot [y] = f (x), from y = f (x)
Step 1 : Draw y = f (x)
Step 2 : Draw horizontal lines at a unit distance i.e. y = k (k belongs to set of integers)
Step 3 : Draw vertical lines from the point of intersection up till next upper horizontal line
Include only the lower point.
Illustration 39
Plot the following graph :
(a) [y] = x 3
(b) [y] = x 2 ă 2
FUNCTIONS
58 QUIZRR
Solution :
(a) given [y] = x3, we known the graph of y = x3
Step 1 & 2
y
3
x
ă1
ă2
ă3
ă1
ă2
(b) [y] = x2 ă 2
This one includes two transformations :
1. [y] y y = x2 ă 2
2. y + 2 2 y = x2
drawing first y = x2 y=2
y=1
applying y = ă1
transformation
(0, ă2)
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 59
T r a n s f o r m a t io n 1 3
To plot x = [f (y)] from x = f (y)
Step 1 : draw x = f (y) by using transformation 8.
Step 2 : draw vertical lines at a unit distance
i.e. x = k (k integers)
Step 3 : draw vertical lines from the point of intersection uptil the above intersection point.
Illustration 40
Solution :
Given x = y
16
9
4
1
1 2 3 4 1 2 3
x= y [ x]= y
Note : This transformation is not valid for functions of form g (x) = [f (y)]
T r a n s f o r m a t io n 1 4
Plot the graph of y = f ({x}) from y = f (x)
Step 1 : draw the graph of y = f(x) in the interval [0, 1]
Step 2 : Repeat the same graph as in step 1, with a period of 1.
FUNCTIONS
60 QUIZRR
Illustration 41
Plot the graph of the following :
2x
(a) y = sin (x ă [x]) (b) y
2[ x ]
Solution :
(a) given y = sin (x ă [x])
& we know that x ă [x] = {x}
we have to draw y = sin x in [0, 1]
sin 1
sin 1
1 1 2 3
2 ă1
2x
(b) y
2
x
2
x
1 y= 2
1 [x]
2
T r a n s f o r m a t io n 1 5
To draw the graph of y = {f (x)} from y = f (x)
Step 1 : Draw the graph of y = f (x)
Step 2 : Transfer the graph between the interval
y= 0& y= 1
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 61
Illustration 42
Plot the graph of the following :
(a)
y e x 1 (b) y = {2sinx}
Solution :
3
2
1
(0, 1) eă1
applying
x transformation 2 1 x -1
y=e y=e
1 log2+1 log3+1
(b) y = {2sinx}
We know the graph of y = 2 sin x, as we have done that earlier also.
ă1
ă2
FUNCTIONS
62 QUIZRR
T r a n s f o r m a t io n 1 5
y = f (x) {y} = f (x)
To draw {y} = f (x). Draw the graph of y = f (x) then retain the graph of y = f (x) which lies between
y [0, 1) and neglect the graph for other values. Also repeat this graph in the same interval for x,
but for all intervals y [n, n + 1).
Illustration 43
Plot the graph of {y} = eăx
Solution :
(i) y e x
y y
y e x
Y Y
4
y ă 4 = ex
3 y ă 3 = ex
1 y ă 2 = ex
2
X 1 y ă 1 = ex
0 X
0 y = ex
y+1= x
ă1 e
ă2 y + 2 = ex
ă3 y+3= x
e
Graph of y = ex
Graph of y = e x
T r a n s f o r m a t io n 1 6
x f y x f y
To draw x = { f (y)}. Draw x = f (y). Draw vertical lines corresponding to integral values of x.
Transfer the graph between two consecutive vertical lines to the region lying between x = 0 & x = 1.
DonÊt include the points lying on x = 1.
Illustration 44
Plot (i) x = {2y}
x = {2y} x = 2y Y
Solution : f(y) = f{y} 6
Y 5
ă5 4
ă4 3
ă3
ă2 2
ă1 1 X
X 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 ă1
ă2
ă3
ă4
ă5
Graph of x = {2y}
Graph of x = 2y
Note : This transformation is not valid for drawing g (x) = {f (y)} from g (x) = f (y)
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 63
T r a n s f o r m a t io n 1 7
y f x y sgn f x
To Draw y = sgn (f (x)). Draw y = f (x). Then draw y = 1 for which f (x) > 0 and y = ă 1 for which
f (x) < 0 and y = 0 for which f (x) = 0.
Illustration 45
Plot the graph of y = sgn (log x)
Solution :
Y Y
X X
O 1 O 1
ă1
COM POSI T E FU N CT I ON S
Let us consider two functions, f : X Y1 and g : Y1 Y. We define function h : X Y such that
h (x) = g(f(x)). To obtain h(x), we first take the f-image of an element x X so that f (x) Y1, which
is the domain of g (x). Then take g-image of f(x), i.e. g(f(x) i.e. g (f(x)) which would be an element of
Y. The adjacent figure clearly shows the steps to be taken.
f g
x f(x) g(f(x))
X Y1 Y
h = gof
The function ÂhÊ defined above is called the composition of f and g and is denoted by gof.
Thus (gof)x = g(f(x). Clearly Domain (gof) = {x : x Domain (f), f(x) Domain (g)} Similarly we
can define, (fog)x = f (g(x)) and Domain (fog) = {x : x Domain (g), g (x) Domain (f)}. In general
fog g of.
FUNCTIONS
64 QUIZRR
Ex p l a n a t i o n :
(i) To understand the concept of complete function consider fog (x) :
x g(x) fog(x)
g f
Ist IInd
in the above diagram for Ist block ÂxÊ is the independent variable and corresponding g(x) is
the dependent variable. But for IIrd block f (x) i.e. the dependent variable of Ist block is
independent variable of the IInd block and corresponding fog (x) is the dependent variable
of IInd block.
x f(x) fof(x)
(ii) fof(x) is f f
Ist IInd
x f(x) g gof(x)
(iii) gof(x) is f
Ist IInd
x g(x) g gog(x)
(iv) gog(x) is g
Ist IInd
Ge n e r a l s t e p s f o r d e t e rm i n i n g c o m p o s i t e f u n c t i o n s
Step 1 : Find critical points
(a) Draw graph of first block.
(b) Draw y = k (horizontal lines)
k critical pt(s) for second block
(c) Make pt(s) of intersection & find corresponding values of x.
(d) Critical pt(s) of first block & values obtained in c are critical pt(s) of composite
function.
Step 2 : Divide interval about critical point.
Step 3 : In each and every interval find appropriate definition of the function.
Illustration 46
Consider the function as defined as under
1 x , 0 x 2
f x
3 x ; 2 x 3
Evaluate f [f (x)]
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 65
Solution :
Here we have to evaluate fof (x)
x f(x) fof
f f
1 x ; 0 x 2 3
we know f x
3 x ; 2 x 3 2
1 2 3
(b) Now we have to y = k where k critical points of the above function which is 2 in this
question.
draw y = 2 line & find the point of intersection, which comes out to be 1
2 y=2
1 2 3
(c) now the critical point found will be the critical point of the composite function. Also the critical
point of first block will add to the critical points of composite function.
Step 2 : For composite function; now
the interval will be divided as follows
0 f (x) 2 & y
2 < f (x) 3
3
& now seeing for values, for these values. 3ăf(x)
2
1 1+f(x)
x
1 2 3
FUNCTIONS
66 QUIZRR
1 f x 0 x 1
f f x 3 f x 1 x 2
1 f x 2 x 3
1 1 x 0 x 1
fof 3 1 x 1 x 2
1 3 x 2 x 3
2 x 0 x 1
fof 2 x 1 x 2
4 x 2 x 3
Illustration 47
Evaluate and draw the graph of following functions :
(a) f (x) = sină1 (sin x) (b) f (x) = sin (sină1 x)
Solution :
(a) f (x) = sină1 (sin x)
This can be considered a composite function with f (g (x)) as sină1 (sin (x))
It is clear that Df R, since sin x is valid for all values of x & it value ranges from ă 1 to + 1 which
satisfies sină1 function also.
3
We know the graph of y = sin x from we get critical points as , ... 2n 1 (We will cover
2 2 2
3
2
2
2
For now you can say that in such curves the points on which the tangent is parallel to x-axis are
the critical points.
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 67
for 0 x sină1 (sin x) = x
2
3
for x sină1 (sin x) = ă x
2 2
Now this is important to understand this point, whenever we use inverse functions we represent
them in their principal value branch.
3
& sină1 x principal value branch is , so for value between , we have to convert
2 2 2 2
3 5
So similarly for interval x , we will subtract them by 2 and so on.
2 2
So the final graph becomes
y=x
x ; x
2 2
3 2 5
3
sin x x
2
f x sin 1 2 2 2
; x
2 2
y=xă2
3 5 y= –x
x 2 ; x
2 2
ă1
x
1
ă1
FUNCTIONS
68 QUIZRR
Illustration 48
Draw the following graphs :
(a) y = tană1 (tan x)
(b) y = sec (secă1 x)
Solution :
(a) given y = tană1 (tan x)
Again here, first of all we will try to find out the domain of the function
We know tană1 x will be valid for all x R
& tan x returns real values for x R ă (2n + 1)
2
D f R 2n 1
2
& Range will be according to the outer function which is tană1 here
Rf ,
2 2
We know the graph of y = tan x
Which is discontinuous at x 2n 1
2
so 2n 1 for n = 0, 1, 2 ...
2
0 3
become its critical points. 2 2
so for x tană1 (tan x) = x
2 2
3
& for x tană1 (tan x) = x ă
2 2
again according to principal value branch which , for tană1 x.
2 2
Y
3 2
x 2
x
2
y tan 1 tan x x
x 3 3
X
2 2 2
2 2 2
3
x x
2 2
2
Note : 2n 1 points are not included as they are not part of domain.
2
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 69
2
Rf [0, ] ă
2
y = sec x
and for this range the sec function is also valid.
Df (ă , ă 1] [1, )
& Rf (ă , ă 1] [1, ) (as equal to the range of normal sec x function)
y = sec (secă1 x) = x (for the given domain)
Note : The funda of principal value branch comes only when the outer function is an inverse
function because it is the property of inverse functions only.
So, drawing the graph now
ă1
1
ă1
Illustration 49
Draw the following graphs :
2x 1 x2
y sin 1 y cos 1
(a) 1 x 2 (b) 1 x 2
1 2 x
Solution : (a) given, y sin
2
1 x
These kind of problems are solved by substitution by putting x = tan & , the principal
2 2
branch value for tan
1 2 tan 2 tan
we get sin 2
sin ce sin 2
1 tan 1 tan2
= sină1 (sin 2)
FUNCTIONS
70 QUIZRR
3
x 2
x
2
but we know the graph of sină1 (sin x) i.e. y x x replacing x by 2
2 2
3
x x
2
2
replacing x by 2
3
2 ;
2
2
2
y 2 ; 2
2 2
3
2 ; 2
2
2
3
2 ;
4
4
y 2 ; /4 /4
3
2 ;
4 4
= tană1 x & also ,
2 2
replacing the value of in above values
1
2 tan x ; tan 1 x
2 4
y 2 tan 1 x ; tan 1 x
4 4
1
2 tan x ; tan1 x
4 2
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 71
1
2 tan x ; tan x tan
2 4
y 2 tan 1 x ; tan x tan
4 4
2 tan 1 x ; tan x tan
4 2
2 tan 1 x ; x 1
y 2 tan 1 x ; 1 x1
2 tan 1 x ; 1 x
Now we will draw the graph of the final function we know the graph of tană1 x, so drawing the
final graph from it.
2
y = tană1x y = ă2tană1x
2
ă1
0 1
ă
2
FUNCTIONS
72 QUIZRR
1 x2
y cos 1
(b) 1 x2
& , {make a rule to write down constraint as they come
2 2
1 tan2
cos 2
1 tan 2
x , x 0
y cos1 cos x 2
x , 0 x
for those who do not know this graph, try to solve it on your own.
2 ; 2 0
y cos1 cos 2
2 ; 0 2
2 ;
2
0
y
2
; 0
2
replacing by tană1 x
1
2 tan x ; tan 1 x 0
2
2 tan 1 x ;
0 tan 1 x
2
2 tan 1 x ; x 0
y ă2tană1x 2tană1x
1
2 tan x ; 0 x
O
Final graph is
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 73
Note :
M APPIN G
Definition : Let X and Y be two non-empty sets. A subset f of X ï Y is called a function from X
t o Y iff t o each x X, there exists a unique y in Y such that (x, y) f.
The other terms used for functions are „mappings‰, transformations‰ and „operators‰. We denote
this mapping by
f
f : X Y or X Y
It follows from the above definition that a relation X to Y is a function from X to Y iff
(i) to each x X there exists a y Y such that (x, y) f,
(ii) (x, y1) f and (x, y2) f y1 = y2.
The condition (i) ensures that to each x in X, f associates an element y in Y and condition (ii)
guarantees that y is unique.
We call X, the domain of f and Y the co-domain of f. The unique element y in Y assigned to x
X is called the image of x under f or the value of f at x and is denoted by f (x). Also x is called a pre-
image (or inverse image) of y. Note that there may be more than one pre-images of y. The graph
of f is the subset of X ï Y defined by {(x, f (x)) : x X} The range of f is the set of all images under
f and is denoted by f [X]. Thus
f [X] = {y Y : y = f (x) for some x X}
= {f (x) : x X}.
If A X, then the set {f (x) : x A} is called the image of A under f and is denoted by f [A].
If B Y; then the set {x X : f (x) B} is called the inverse image of B under f and is denoted by
fă1 [B].
M a n y -o n e , o n e -o n e o n t o a n d i n t o m a p p i n g s .
Let f : X Y.
The mapping f is said to be many-one iff two or more different elements in X have the same f-
image in Y. The mapping f is said to be one-one iff different elements in X have different f-images
in Y i.e. if x1 x2 f (x1) f (x2) or equivalently, f (x1) = f (x2) x1 = x2. One-one mappings are also
called injection. The mapping f is said to be into if there is at least one element in Y which is not
the f-image of any element in X. Note that in this case the range of f is a proper subset of Y, that is
FUNCTIONS
74 QUIZRR
f [X] Y and f [X] Y. The mapping f is said to be onto if every element in Y is the f-image of at
least one element in X. In this case, the range of f is euqal to Y, that is f [X] = Y. Onto mapping are
also called surjection. One-one and onto mappings are called bijection.
I l lu s t ra t i o n a n d i n t ro d u c t io n o f w o rd s , ‘o n e -o n e ’, ‘m a n y o n e ’ ‘o n t o a n d i n t o ’.
Let A be the set of books in a Library and B be the set of certain natural numbers. Let a, b, c,
d, .... denote different books and let 240, 320, 108, 50 etc. denote some elements of the set B which
correspond to the number of pages in the books.
Now choose f to be the correspondence which assigns to each book the number of pages contained
in it ie. f : A B.
The following points should be clearly understood.
1. Each book A is associated to some number B (ie. the number of pages in that book). This
number will be the image of the corresponding book.
2. Two or more books may be associated to the same number B (i.e. Two or more of books may
have the same number of pages).
In this case it will be termed as many one function or mapping as two or more elements
A will have the same image B or an element B will have more than one pre-image in A.
3. No book can be associated to different elements of B, i.e. the same book cannot have different
number of pages in it i.e. each book is associated to a unique number B i.e. the image of
each and every book is unique.
4. If all the books A are associated to different numbers B i.e. all the books have different
number of pages i.e. all the elements of A have different f images in B or an element of B
has only one pre-image in A then this mapping is said to be one-one mapping.
5. There may be certain numbers in B which do not represent the number of pages of any of
the books A then the mapping is said to be into mapping i.e. f is a mapping of A into B.
In other words there is at least one element B which is not the image of any element A
then f is a mapping from A into B. In this case the set of images i.e. range of f is a subset
of B.
6. Now suppose each number B represents the number of pages of at least one book to A
then the mapping f is said to be onto mapping i.e. f : A ÂontoÊ B. In this case each and every
element of set B is the image of at least one element in A. The set B i.e. co-domain is
completely covered by the f images of the domain A and consequently f (A) i.e. the set of
images = B.
7. Many-one onto mapping. When two or more
A B
books A have the same number of pages i.e.
a 240
the same image B (i.e. many-one) and also
b
each and every number B represent the 320
c
number of pages of at least one book (i.e. onto)
d 108
then f : A B is a many-one onto mapping.
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 75
8. Many-one into mapping. When two or more books A have the same number of pages i.e.
the same image B (i.e. many-one) and there are certain numbers B which do not represent
the number of pages of any of the books A i.e. (into) then f : A B is a many-one into
mapping.
A B
a 240
b 320
c 108
d 50
70
9. One-one into mapping. When all the books A are having different number of pages i.e.
they are associated to different numbers B (one-one) and there are certain numbers B
which do not represent the number of pages of any of the books A i.e. (into) then f :
A B is a one-one into mapping.
A B
a 240
b 320
108
c 50
d 90
70
10. One-one onto mapping. When all the books A are having different number of pages i.e.
they are associated to diferent numbers B (one-one) and there is no number B which does
not represent the number of pages of a book A i.e. each and every number B represents
the number of pages of a certain book A (onto) then f : A B is a one-one onto mapping.
This is also called Bijection.
A B
a 240
b 320
c 108
d 60
H o w t o De c i d e T h a t a Re l a t io n i s a m a p p i n g ?
(1) Draw graph of y = f (x)
(2) Draw vertical lines in domain
(3) Make pt(s) of intersection b/w vertical lines and graph.
FUNCTIONS
76 QUIZRR
(4) If every vertical line has exactly one pt. of intersection then f (x) is a mapping.
e.g. y = log x (R R)
not a mapping.
Type of Mappings :
(1) Injective mapping = one-one mapping ă Non- (many-one mapping).
(2) Surjective mapping = onto mapping ă Non (into mapping).
(3) Bijective mapping = inverse mapping (invertible)
I n j e c t iv e M a p p i n g :
Every element in co-domain should have at most one pre-image.
Checking injective mapping :
(1) By inspection
eg. y = x2 = 1, y = 0 at x = 1
non-injective (many one mapping)
(2) Graphical Approach :
Steps : (i) Draw graph of f (x) in domain and co-domain.
(ii) Draw horizontal lines in co-domain.
(iii) Mark pts. of intersection b/w graph.
(iv) If every horizontal line has atmost one pt. of intersection (0 or 1) with the graph then
mapping is injetive or else many one mapping.
eg. y = tan x 2, 2 R y = x2
one-one
many-one
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 77
dy 1 1
is > 0 for x (1, ) one-one mapping (increasing function)
dx log x x
dy 1 1 1
x (e, )
dx log log x log x x > 0
Su r je c t iv e M a p p i n g :
Every element is co-domain is a paired element or every element in co-domain has at least one pre
image.
or (codomain = Range)
B i j e c t io n M a p p i n g :
For bijection, function has to be both injective and surjective
n Pm ; if n m
Mapping possible
0 ; if n m
FUNCTIONS
78 QUIZRR
n
n r n m
The formula is 1 Cr r
r 1
A B
Illustration 50
Let A = {x : ă 1 x 1} = B be a mapping f : A B. For each of the following functions
from A to B, find whether it is surjective or bijective.
(a) f (x) = |x| (b) f (x) = |x| (c) f (x) = x 3
x
(d) f (x) = [x] (e) f x sin
2
Solution :
(a) f (x) = |x|
Graphically;
Which shows many one, as the straight line is parallel to x-axis and Y
cuts at two points. Here range for f (x) [0, 1]
Which is clearly subset of co-domain.
i.e. [0, 1] [ă 1, 1]
Thus, into
Hence, function is many-one-into. X
ă1 O 1
neither injective nor surjective.
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 79
Graphically, 1
The graph shows f (x) is one-one,
as the straight line parallel to x-axis cuts only at one point. X
ă1 O 1
Here, range
f(x) [ă 1, 1]
Thus, range = co-domain ă1
Hence, onto.
Therefore, f(x) is one-one onto or (bijective).
Graphically; 1
Graph shows f(x) is one-one onto
(i.e. bijective). X
ă1 O 1
[as explained in above example].
ă1
x
(e) f x sin Y
2
1
Graphically,
which shows f(x) is one-one and onto as range.
ă1
= co-domain. X
O 1
Therefore, f(x) is bijective.
ă1
FUNCTIONS
80 QUIZRR
Illustration 51
Find number of surjections from A to B where
A = {1, 2, 3, 4}, B = {a , b} [IIT 2000]
Solution :
Number of surjection from A to B
2
2 r 2
1 Cr r
4
=
r 1
= (ă 1)2 ă 1 2
C1 (1)4 + (ă 1)2ă 2 2
C2(2)4
= ă 2 + 16
= 14
Therefore, number of onto mapping from A to B = 14.
Alter : Total number of mapping from A to B is 24 of which two function f(x) = a for all x A
and g(x) = b for all x A are not surjective.
Thus, total number of surjection from A to B = 24 ă 2
= 14
I N V ERSE OF FU N CT I ON
Let f : A B be a one-one and onto function then there exists a unique function.
A B B A
f f ă1
1 2 2 1
2 4 4 2
3 6 6 3
4 8 8 4
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 81
M e t h o d t o f i n d I n v e r se
Ć First of all we have to check whether the function is bijective, i.e. one-one & onto both, or not.
Ć If the function is bijective, then for y = f(x) get
1. x = f(y)
2. put x as fă1(y) {as y = f(x) fă1(y) = x}
3. replace y by x on right hand side
This is your inverse function
We can also use the following formula for finding the inverse.
f [fă1 (x)] = x
Illustration 52
1
If f : [1, ) [2, ) is given by f x x then find f ă1(x). (assume bijective).
x
Solution :
Let y = f(x)
x2 1
y = x2 ă xy + 1 = 0
x
y y2 4
x =
2
y y2 4
fă1(y) = {as f(x) = y x = fă1(y)}
2
x y2 4
fă1(x) =
2
Since, range of inverse function is [1, ), therefore, neglecting negative sign, we have,
x x2 4
f 1 x
2
FUNCTIONS
82 QUIZRR
Illustration 53
e x e x
Let f : R R be defined by f x . Is f(x) invertible? If so, find its inverse.
2
ex e x
(a) One-one : Here, f x
2
e2 x 1
f x which is strictly increasing as e2x > 0 for all x.
2ex
Thus, one-one.
(b) Onto : Let y = f(x)
ex e x
y where y is strictly monotonic.
2
e2 x 1
(c) To find f ă1 : y
2ex
2 y 4 y2 4
e2x ă 2exy ă 1 = 0 ex
2
x log y y2 1
fă1(y) = log y y2 1 [as f(x) = y x = fă1(y)]
Hene,
f 1 x log x x2 1
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 83
Illustration 54
Let f : [1/2, ) [3/4, ), where f(x) = x 2 ă x + 1. Find the inverse of f(x).
1 3
Hence, solve the equation x 2 ă x + 1 = x
2 4
Solution :
(a) f(x) = x2 ă x + 1
2
1 3
f x x which is clearly one-one and onto in given domain and co-domain.
2 4
2
1 3
y= x 2 4
1 3
x = y
2 4
1 3
x= y [f(x) = y x = fă1 (y)]
2 4
1 3
fă1(y) = y [neglecting ă ve sign as always + ve.]
2 4
1 3
fă1(x) = x
2 4
1 3
(c) To solve : x2 ă x + 1 = x , as f(x) = fă1(x) has only one solution.
2 4
i.e. f(x) = x
2
x ă x+ 1=x
x2 ă 2x + 1 = 0 (x ă 1)2 = 0
x = 1 is the required solution.
FUNCTIONS
84 QUIZRR
Illustration 55
1
Let g (x) be the inverse of f(x) and f ' x . Then find g´(x) in terms of g(x).
1 x3
Solution : We know, if g(x) is inverse of f(x)
g{f(x) = (x)
1 3
g '{ f ( x)} = f ' x 1 x
g '{ f ( g ( x))} = 1 + (g(x))3
Illustration 56
Find the number of solutions of :
7|x| (|5 ă |x|) = 1
Solution :
In such type of questions we try to find the number of intersections of 2 curves.
We can write the equation as
(|5 ă |x||) = 7ă|x|
We did this to get 2 curves. Now we will draw LHS & RHS separately.
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 85
for y = |5 ă |x||
using transformations 1. |x| (x)
2. |f(x) | f(x)
y=5ăx
(0, 5) (0, 5)
(5, 0)
(ă5, 0) (ă5, 0) (5, 0)
x
1
using y & using |x| x
7
|x| x
(0,1)
y = 7 ă|x|
(B)
(0, 5)
(0, 1)
(ă5, 0) (5, 0)
FUNCTIONS
86 QUIZRR
Points of intersection = 4
No. of solutions of the equation = 4
You can see how easy a question becomes if u are comfortable with graphs, solving this question
algebraically could have been a bit confusing.
Illustration 57
Find the function/curve of f(x) = max. {x 2, (1 ă x)2, 2x (1 ă x)}
Solution :
First we will draw the graphs of each of the function x2, (1 ă x)2, 2x (1 ă x)
for y = x2
(0,0)
y = (1 ă x)2
= (x ă 1)2
(0,1)
(1, 0)
(0,0)
y = 2x (1 ă x)
= ă 2x2 + 2x
(0,0) (1, 0)
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 87
y = x2
y = (1ăx) 2
y = x2 y = (1ăx) 2
(A)
(0,0) (1,0)
(B)
y = 2x (1ăx)
We just now have to find the intersection points (A) & (B) for (A) its between
curves y = 2x (1 ă x) & y = x2
equating 2x (1 ă x) = x2
as we know the other point, i.e. x = 0
2 ă 2x = x
x = 2/3 ... (i)
for B its between y = (1 ă x)2 & y = 2x (1 ă x)
cancelling (1 ă x) from both sides
1 ăx = 2x
1
x = ... (ii)
3
FUNCTIONS
88 QUIZRR
1
1 x
2
x
3
1 2
f x 2 x 1 x x
3 3
2 2
x x
3
Illustration 58
Let f be a function satisfying f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y) for all x, y R. If f (1) = k then find f (n).
Solution :
f(n) = nk
FUNCTIONS
QUIZRR 89
T RI CK Y ON E
Illustration 59
1
If a f x 1 bf x 1 x , x ă 1, a b then find the value of f(2).
Solution :
Given af x 1 bf 1 x
x 1
rewriting it
1
af x 1 b x 1 1 ... (i)
x 1
1
replacing (x + 1) by
x1
1 1
af bf x 1 1 ... (ii)
x 1 x 1
a 2
b
b2 f x 1 a x 1 b a
x 1
b
(a2 ă b2) f (2) = 2a ă b a
2
b
= a
2
2a b
f 2
2 a2 b2
FUNCTIONS